From b35e0845dc9b3c8b9a5e52a682c769f383933fae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michele Calgaro Date: Sat, 23 Sep 2023 12:42:20 +0900 Subject: Replace QObject, QWidget, QImage, QPair, QRgb, QColor, QChar, QString, QIODevice with TQ* version Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro --- doc/appicon.doc | 4 +- doc/application-walkthrough.doc | 2 +- doc/charinput-qws.doc | 2 +- doc/collect.doc | 4 +- doc/coordsys.doc | 12 +- doc/customstyles.doc | 4 +- doc/datastreamformat.doc | 10 +- doc/debug.doc | 8 +- doc/dnd.doc | 24 +- doc/features.doc | 8 +- doc/focus.doc | 16 +- doc/html/index | 1176 +++++++++++++-------------- doc/html/propertydocs | 180 ++-- doc/html/propertyindex | 132 +-- doc/html/qt.dcf | 48 +- doc/html/titleindex | 32 +- doc/html/whatsthis | 42 +- doc/i18n.doc | 72 +- doc/layout.doc | 38 +- doc/mac.doc | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt | 56 +- doc/man/man3/tqaccessible.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleinterface.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleobject.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt | 100 +-- doc/man/man3/tqactiongroup.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt | 184 ++--- doc/man/man3/tqasciicache.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqasciidict.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqassistantclient.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxaggregated.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxbase.3qt | 54 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxbindable.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxfactory.3qt | 78 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxobject.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxscript.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptengine.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptmanager.3qt | 44 +- doc/man/man3/tqaxwidget.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqbitmap.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt | 26 +- doc/man/man3/tqbrush.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqbuffer.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqcache.3qt | 26 +- doc/man/man3/tqcacheiterator.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqcanvasitem.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmap.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmaparray.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqcanvastext.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqcanvasview.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqchar.3qt | 208 ++--- doc/man/man3/tqcharref.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt | 26 +- doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqchildevent.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqclipboard.3qt | 52 +- doc/man/man3/tqcloseevent.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqcolor.3qt | 190 ++--- doc/man/man3/tqcolordialog.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqcolordrag.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqcolorgroup.3qt | 78 +- doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt | 70 +- doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqconststring.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqcopchannel.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqcstring.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqcursor.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqcustomevent.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqdatabrowser.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqdatastream.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt | 80 +- doc/man/man3/tqdataview.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqdate.3qt | 40 +- doc/man/man3/tqdateedit.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqdatetime.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeedit.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeeditbase.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqdeepcopy.3qt | 40 +- doc/man/man3/tqdesktopwidget.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqdial.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt | 28 +- doc/man/man3/tqdict.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqdictiterator.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqdir.3qt | 132 +-- doc/man/man3/tqdirectpainter.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqdns.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqdockarea.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomattr.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomcharacterdata.3qt | 26 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomdocument.3qt | 102 +-- doc/man/man3/tqdomdocumenttype.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomelement.3qt | 106 +-- doc/man/man3/tqdomentity.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomimplementation.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomnamednodemap.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomnode.3qt | 46 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomnotation.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqdomprocessinginstruction.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqdragobject.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqdropevent.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqeditorfactory.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqerrormessage.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqeventloop.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqfile.3qt | 78 +- doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt | 150 ++-- doc/man/man3/tqfileiconprovider.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqfileinfo.3qt | 68 +- doc/man/man3/tqfilepreview.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqfocusdata.3qt | 28 +- doc/man/man3/tqfocusevent.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqfont.3qt | 68 +- doc/man/man3/tqfontdatabase.3qt | 108 +-- doc/man/man3/tqfontdialog.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqfontinfo.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqfontmetrics.3qt | 46 +- doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt | 72 +- doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverfactory.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverplugin.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqglcolormap.3qt | 32 +- doc/man/man3/tqglcontext.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqglformat.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqglwidget.3qt | 60 +- doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqguardedptr.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt | 32 +- doc/man/man3/tqhebrewcodec.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqhgroupbox.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqhideevent.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqhostaddress.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt | 60 +- doc/man/man3/tqhttpheader.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqhttprequestheader.3qt | 28 +- doc/man/man3/tqhttpresponseheader.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqicondrag.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqicondragevent.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt | 54 +- doc/man/man3/tqimage.3qt | 340 ++++---- doc/man/man3/tqimageconsumer.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqimagedecoder.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqimagedrag.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqimageformat.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqimageformatplugin.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqimageio.3qt | 66 +- doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqiodevice.3qt | 108 +-- doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverfactory.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverplugin.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt | 42 +- doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt | 84 +- doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt | 60 +- doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt | 40 +- doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqlocale.3qt | 132 +-- doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt | 32 +- doc/man/man3/tqmap.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqmemarray.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt | 58 +- doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt | 82 +- doc/man/man3/tqmessagebox.3qt | 90 +- doc/man/man3/tqmetaobject.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqmetaproperty.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqmimesourcefactory.3qt | 42 +- doc/man/man3/tqmotifdialog.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqmotifwidget.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverfactory.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverplugin.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqmouseevent.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqmoveevent.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqmovie.3qt | 42 +- doc/man/man3/tqnetworkoperation.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqnetworkprotocol.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqnpinstance.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqnpwidget.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt | 246 +++--- doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqobjectlist.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqobjectlistiterator.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevice.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevicemetrics.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt | 110 +-- doc/man/man3/tqpaintevent.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqpair.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqpalette.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqpen.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqpicture.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt | 106 +-- doc/man/man3/tqpixmapcache.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqplatinumstyle.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqpngimagepacker.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt | 84 +- doc/man/man3/tqprinter.3qt | 54 +- doc/man/man3/tqprocess.3qt | 50 +- doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt | 32 +- doc/man/man3/tqptrlist.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt | 30 +- doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt | 26 +- doc/man/man3/tqrangecontrol.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqregexp.3qt | 74 +- doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqregion.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqresizeevent.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqscreen.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqscrollbar.3qt | 26 +- doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt | 64 +- doc/man/man3/tqserversocket.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqsessionmanager.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqsettings.3qt | 84 +- doc/man/man3/tqsignal.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqsignalmapper.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqsimplerichtext.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqsize.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqsizegrip.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqsizepolicy.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqslider.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqsocket.3qt | 56 +- doc/man/man3/tqsocketdevice.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqsocketnotifier.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqsound.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt | 94 +-- doc/man/man3/tqsplashscreen.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlcursor.3qt | 78 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqldatabase.3qt | 126 +-- doc/man/man3/tqsqldriver.3qt | 38 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqldriverplugin.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqleditorfactory.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlerror.3qt | 28 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlfield.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlfieldinfo.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlform.3qt | 42 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlindex.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlquery.3qt | 44 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecord.3qt | 56 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecordinfo.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlresult.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqsqlselectcursor.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt | 32 +- doc/man/man3/tqstoreddrag.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqstring.3qt | 952 +++++++++++----------- doc/man/man3/tqstringlist.3qt | 68 +- doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt | 102 +-- doc/man/man3/tqstylefactory.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqstyleplugin.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqstylesheet.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqstylesheetitem.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqsyntaxhighlighter.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt | 106 +-- doc/man/man3/tqtable.3qt | 46 +- doc/man/man3/tqtableitem.3qt | 40 +- doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt | 126 +-- doc/man/man3/tqtextbrowser.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextcodec.3qt | 76 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextcodecplugin.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextdecoder.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextdrag.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt | 128 +-- doc/man/man3/tqtextencoder.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextistream.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextostream.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextstream.3qt | 88 +- doc/man/man3/tqthreadstorage.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqtime.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqtimeedit.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqtimer.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqtimerevent.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt | 58 +- doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt | 32 +- doc/man/man3/tqtooltip.3qt | 56 +- doc/man/man3/tqtooltipgroup.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqtranslator.3qt | 32 +- doc/man/man3/tqtranslatormessage.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tquridrag.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqurl.3qt | 128 +-- doc/man/man3/tqurlinfo.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqurloperator.3qt | 64 +- doc/man/man3/tquuid.3qt | 14 +- doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqvaluelist.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqvaluestack.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqvaluevector.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt | 120 +-- doc/man/man3/tqvbox.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqvgroupbox.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqwhatsthis.3qt | 50 +- doc/man/man3/tqwheelevent.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt | 654 +++++++-------- doc/man/man3/tqwidgetfactory.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqwidgetitem.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt | 42 +- doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt | 36 +- doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt | 78 +- doc/man/man3/tqworkspace.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqwsdecoration.3qt | 28 +- doc/man/man3/tqwsinputmethod.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqwskeyboardhandler.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqwsmousehandler.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqwsserver.3qt | 34 +- doc/man/man3/tqwswindow.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlattributes.3qt | 52 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlcontenthandler.3qt | 38 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmldeclhandler.3qt | 20 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmldtdhandler.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlentityresolver.3qt | 8 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlerrorhandler.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlinputsource.3qt | 30 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmllexicalhandler.3qt | 22 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlnamespacesupport.3qt | 26 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlparseexception.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlreader.3qt | 24 +- doc/man/man3/tqxmlsimplereader.3qt | 4 +- doc/metaobjects.doc | 26 +- doc/misc.doc | 2 +- doc/moc.doc | 40 +- doc/network.doc | 2 +- doc/networking.doc | 8 +- doc/object.doc | 94 +-- doc/opengl-x11-overlays.doc | 2 +- doc/plugins-howto.doc | 2 +- doc/porting3.doc | 142 ++-- doc/qasciicache.doc | 2 +- doc/qasciidict.doc | 2 +- doc/qcache.doc | 16 +- doc/qdict.doc | 24 +- doc/qembed.doc | 2 +- doc/qmap.doc | 28 +- doc/qmemarray.doc | 2 +- doc/qobjectlist.doc | 12 +- doc/qpair.doc | 48 +- doc/qptrlist.doc | 12 +- doc/qtl.doc | 18 +- doc/qtmac-as-native.doc | 2 +- doc/qvaluelist.doc | 12 +- doc/qvaluestack.doc | 2 +- doc/qvaluevector.doc | 10 +- doc/qws.doc | 4 +- doc/session.doc | 2 +- doc/shclass.doc | 6 +- doc/signalsandslots.doc | 22 +- doc/sql-driver.doc | 10 +- doc/sql.doc | 2 +- doc/threads.doc | 36 +- doc/tutorial.doc | 54 +- doc/tutorial2.doc | 6 +- doc/unicode.doc | 12 +- doc/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.doc | 2 +- 383 files changed, 7090 insertions(+), 7090 deletions(-) (limited to 'doc') diff --git a/doc/appicon.doc b/doc/appicon.doc index 32ad19676..0764cab02 100644 --- a/doc/appicon.doc +++ b/doc/appicon.doc @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The application icon, typically displayed in the top-left corner of an application's top-level windows, is set by calling the -QWidget::setIcon() method on top-level widgets. +TQWidget::setIcon() method on top-level widgets. In order to change the icon of the executable application file itself, as it is presented on the desktop (i.e. prior to application @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ application with the resulting .res file. \section1 Setting the Application Icon on Mac OS X The application icon, typically displayed in the application dock -area, is set by calling QWidget::setIcon() on a top-level widget. It +area, is set by calling TQWidget::setIcon() on a top-level widget. It is possible that the program could appear in the application dock area before the function call, in which case a default icon will appear during the bouncing animation. diff --git a/doc/application-walkthrough.doc b/doc/application-walkthrough.doc index e53c25bdc..10c052456 100644 --- a/doc/application-walkthrough.doc +++ b/doc/application-walkthrough.doc @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ In case of the \e Close command, the signal is connected to the \e close() slot of the respective \e ApplicationWindow object whilst the \e Quit command affects the entire application. -Because \e ApplicationWindow is a QWidget, the \e close() function +Because \e ApplicationWindow is a TQWidget, the \e close() function triggers a call to \link #closeEvent closeEvent()\endlink which we will implement later. diff --git a/doc/charinput-qws.doc b/doc/charinput-qws.doc index 5a5f510cf..acb8d43d2 100644 --- a/doc/charinput-qws.doc +++ b/doc/charinput-qws.doc @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ specify characters with the pointer device. server would then just send the key events back to the input widget. One way to make sure that the input widget never takes focus is to set the \c{WStyle_Customize} and \c{WStyle_Tool} widget flags in -the QWidget constructor. +the TQWidget constructor. The \link http://www.trolltech.com/products/qtopia/ Qtopia\endlink environment contains various input widgets such as diff --git a/doc/collect.doc b/doc/collect.doc index ffd865a2f..e2b862e34 100644 --- a/doc/collect.doc +++ b/doc/collect.doc @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ them out in reverse order: const char *name() const { return n; } int salary() const { return s; } private: - QString n; + TQString n; int s; }; @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Qt has the following predefined collection classes: \endlist In almost all cases you would choose \l QStringList, a value -list of implicitly shared QString Unicode strings. QPtrStrList and +list of implicitly shared TQString Unicode strings. QPtrStrList and QPtrStrIList store only char pointers, not the strings themselves. \section1 List of Pointer-based Collection Classes and Related diff --git a/doc/coordsys.doc b/doc/coordsys.doc index 31148cd05..356fb12ec 100644 --- a/doc/coordsys.doc +++ b/doc/coordsys.doc @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ \title The Coordinate System A \link QPaintDevice paint device\endlink in TQt is a drawable 2D -surface. \l QWidget, \l QPixmap, \l QPicture and \l QPrinter are all +surface. \l TQWidget, \l QPixmap, \l QPicture and \l QPrinter are all paint devices. A \l QPainter is an object which can draw on such devices. @@ -93,16 +93,16 @@ system: \i A single 2D vector. Internally, QPoint and QSize are the same, but a point is not the same as a size, so both classes exist. Again, most functions accept either a QSize or two ints, for - example \l QWidget::resize(). + example \l TQWidget::resize(). \row \i \l QRect \i A 2D rectangle. Most functions accept either a QRect or four - ints, for example \l QWidget::setGeometry(). + ints, for example \l TQWidget::setGeometry(). \row \i \l QRegion \i An arbitrary set of points, including all the normal set operations, e.g. \l QRegion::intersect(), and also a less usual function to return a list of rectangles whose union is equal to the region. QRegion is used e.g. by \l - QPainter::setClipRegion(), \l QWidget::repaint() and \l + QPainter::setClipRegion(), \l TQWidget::repaint() and \l QPaintEvent::region(). \row \i \l QPainter \i The class that paints. It can paint on any device with the @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ system: \i A device on which QPainter can paint. There are two internal devices, both pixel-based, and two external devices, \l QPrinter and \l QPicture (which records QPainter commands to a - file or other \l QIODevice, and plays them back). Other + file or other \l TQIODevice, and plays them back). Other devices can be defined. \endtable @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ The third step uses the viewport. The viewport too, describes the view boundaries, but in device coordinates. The viewport and the windows describe the same rectangle, but in different coordinate systems. -On-screen, the default is the entire \l QWidget or \l QPixmap where +On-screen, the default is the entire \l TQWidget or \l QPixmap where you are drawing, which is usually appropriate. For printing this function is vital, since very few printers can print over the entire physical page. diff --git a/doc/customstyles.doc b/doc/customstyles.doc index 949175c66..ea0bf0c9a 100644 --- a/doc/customstyles.doc +++ b/doc/customstyles.doc @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ private: \endcode Note that we disable the copy constructor and the '=' operator for our -style. QObject is the base class for all style classes in Qt, and a -QObject inherently cannot be copied since there are some aspects of it +style. TQObject is the base class for all style classes in Qt, and a +TQObject inherently cannot be copied since there are some aspects of it that are not copyable. From the QStyle docs we see that \c PE_ArrowUp, \c PE_ArrowDown, \c diff --git a/doc/datastreamformat.doc b/doc/datastreamformat.doc index 0929ad70a..4c3f393e2 100644 --- a/doc/datastreamformat.doc +++ b/doc/datastreamformat.doc @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ and to read back into the same TQt integer type when reading. \row \i QBrush \i \list \i The brush style (TQ_UINT8) - \i The brush color (QColor) + \i The brush color (TQColor) \i If style is CustomPattern, the brush pixmap (QPixmap) \endlist \row \i QByteArray @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ and to read back into the same TQt integer type when reading. \i The string bytes including the terminating 0 \endlist The null string is represented as \c {(TQ_UINT32) 0}. -\row \i \l QColor +\row \i \l TQColor \i \list \i RGB value serialized as a TQ_UINT32 \endlist \row \i QColorGroup \i \list @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ and to read back into the same TQt integer type when reading. \i The weight (TQ_UINT8) \i The font bits (TQ_UINT8) \endlist -\row \i QImage +\row \i TQImage \i \list \i If the image is null a "null image" marker is saved; otherwise the image is saved in PNG or BMP format (depending @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ and to read back into the same TQt integer type when reading. \i \list \i The pen styles (TQ_UINT8) \i The pen width (TQ_UINT8) - \i The pen color (QColor) + \i The pen color (TQColor) \endlist \row \i QPicture \i \list @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ and to read back into the same TQt integer type when reading. \i width (TQ_INT32) \i height (TQ_INT32) \endlist -\row \i QString +\row \i TQString \i \list \i If the string is null: 0xffffffff (TQ_UINT32)
otherwise: The string length (TQ_UINT32) followed by the diff --git a/doc/debug.doc b/doc/debug.doc index a6a6dd89e..20f3cef02 100644 --- a/doc/debug.doc +++ b/doc/debug.doc @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ that can help with debugging. \table \header \i Option \i Result \row \i -nograb - \i The application should never grab \link QWidget::grabMouse() - the mouse\endlink or \link QWidget::grabKeyboard() the + \i The application should never grab \link TQWidget::grabMouse() + the mouse\endlink or \link TQWidget::grabKeyboard() the keyboard \endlink. This option is set by default when the program is running in the \c gdb debugger under Linux. \row \i -dograb @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ output under Unix/X11 and to the debugger under Windows. You can take over these functions by installing a message handler; \link ::qInstallMsgHandler() qInstallMsgHandler()\endlink. -The debugging functions \l QObject::dumpObjectTree() and \l -QObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application looks +The debugging functions \l TQObject::dumpObjectTree() and \l +TQObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application looks or acts strangely. More useful if you use object names than not, but often useful even without names. diff --git a/doc/dnd.doc b/doc/dnd.doc index b7d54c151..27ac5937d 100644 --- a/doc/dnd.doc +++ b/doc/dnd.doc @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ QTextEdit widget source code. \section1 Dragging -To start a drag, for example in a \link QWidget::mouseMoveEvent() +To start a drag, for example in a \link TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent() mouse motion event\endlink, create an object of the QDragObject subclass appropriate for your media, such as QTextDrag for text and QImageDrag for images. Then call the drag() method. This is all you @@ -84,20 +84,20 @@ references. \section1 Dropping To be able to receive media dropped on a widget, call -\link QWidget::setAcceptDrops() setAcceptDrops(TRUE)\endlink +\link TQWidget::setAcceptDrops() setAcceptDrops(TRUE)\endlink for the widget (e.g. in its constructor), and override the event handler methods -\link QWidget::dragEnterEvent() dragEnterEvent()\endlink and -\link QWidget::dropEvent() dropEvent()\endlink. +\link TQWidget::dragEnterEvent() dragEnterEvent()\endlink and +\link TQWidget::dropEvent() dropEvent()\endlink. For more sophisticated applications overriding -\link QWidget::dragMoveEvent() dragMoveEvent()\endlink and -\link QWidget::dragLeaveEvent() dragLeaveEvent()\endlink will also be +\link TQWidget::dragMoveEvent() dragMoveEvent()\endlink and +\link TQWidget::dragLeaveEvent() dragLeaveEvent()\endlink will also be necessary. For example, to accept text and image drops: \code MyWidget::MyWidget(...) : - QWidget(...) + TQWidget(...) { ... setAcceptDrops(TRUE); @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ void MyWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) void MyWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) { - QImage image; - QString text; + TQImage image; + TQString text; if ( QImageDrag::decode(event, image) ) { insertImageAt(image, event->pos()); @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ void MyWidget::copy() void MyWidget::paste() { - QString text; + TQString text; if ( QTextDrag::decode(QApplication::clipboard()->data(), text) ) insertText( text ); } @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ void MyEditor::startDrag() void MyEditor::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) { - QString text; + TQString text; if ( QTextDrag::decode(event, text) ) { if ( event->source() == this && event->action() == QDropEvent::Move ) { @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ void MyEditor::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) Some widgets are more specific than just a "yes" or "no" response when data is dragged onto them. For example, a CAD program might only accept drops of text onto text objects in the view. In these cases, -the \link QWidget::dragMoveEvent() dragMoveEvent()\endlink is used and +the \link TQWidget::dragMoveEvent() dragMoveEvent()\endlink is used and an \e area is given for which the drag is accepted or ignored: \code void MyWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent* event) diff --git a/doc/features.doc b/doc/features.doc index c26d58a75..81b491d6b 100644 --- a/doc/features.doc +++ b/doc/features.doc @@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ The available options are: \header \i31 Painting/drawing \row \i TQT_NO_COLORNAMES - \i Color names such as "red", used by some \l QColor constructors - and by some HTML documents (\l QColor, \l QStyleSheet) + \i Color names such as "red", used by some \l TQColor constructors + and by some HTML documents (\l TQColor, \l QStyleSheet) \i   \row \i TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS \i Used by a number of classes in Qt. With this, rotation and @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ The available options are: \header \i31 Widgets \row \i TQT_NO_WIDGETS - \i Disabling this disables all widgets except \l QWidget. + \i Disabling this disables all widgets except \l TQWidget. \i   \row \i TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW \i HTML document viewing (\l QTextView) @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ The available options are: \header \i31 Dialogs \row \i TQT_NO_DIALOGS - \i Disabling this disables all common dialogs \l QWidget. + \i Disabling this disables all common dialogs \l TQWidget. \i TQT_NO_WIDGETS \row \i TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG \i The file selection dialog (\l QFileDialog) diff --git a/doc/focus.doc b/doc/focus.doc index d2733536d..77d256fd4 100644 --- a/doc/focus.doc +++ b/doc/focus.doc @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ called the tab order. In Qt, this list is kept in the \l QFocusData class. There is one QFocusData object per window, and widgets automatically append -themselves to the end of it when \l QWidget::setFocusPolicy() is -called with an appropriate \l QWidget::FocusPolicy. You can customize -the tab order using \l QWidget::setTabOrder(). (If you don't, Tab +themselves to the end of it when \l TQWidget::setFocusPolicy() is +called with an appropriate \l TQWidget::FocusPolicy. You can customize +the tab order using \l TQWidget::setTabOrder(). (If you don't, Tab generally moves focus in the order of widget construction.) \link designer-manual.book TQt Designer\endlink provides a means of visually changing the tab order. @@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ focus to this field. Another exception to Tab support is text-entry widgets that must support the insertion of tabs; almost all text editors fall into this class. TQt treats Control+Tab as Tab and Control+Shift+Tab as -Shift+Tab, and such widgets can reimplement \l QWidget::event() and -handle Tab before calling QWidget::event() to get normal processing of +Shift+Tab, and such widgets can reimplement \l TQWidget::event() and +handle Tab before calling TQWidget::event() to get normal processing of all other keys. However, since some systems use Control+Tab for other purposes, and many users aren't aware of Control+Tab anyway, this isn't a complete solution. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ entry, and to avoid it for most widgets where a mouse click has a different effect. (For buttons, we also recommend adding a keyboard shortcut: \l QButton and its subclasses make this very easy.) -In Qt, only the \l QWidget::setFocusPolicy() function affects +In Qt, only the \l TQWidget::setFocusPolicy() function affects click-to-focus. \section2 The user presses a keyboard shortcut. @@ -197,8 +197,8 @@ the last widget to have focus should regain it. TQt does this automatically. If focus has never been in this window before and you know where focus -should start out, call \l QWidget::setFocus() on the widget which -should receive focus before you \l QWidget::show() it. If you don't, +should start out, call \l TQWidget::setFocus() on the widget which +should receive focus before you \l TQWidget::show() it. If you don't, Qt will pick a suitable widget. */ diff --git a/doc/html/index b/doc/html/index index 25e358ea8..10b5e55fc 100644 --- a/doc/html/index +++ b/doc/html/index @@ -919,38 +919,38 @@ "QCanvasView::sizeHint" qcanvasview.html#sizeHint "QCanvasView::worldMatrix" qcanvasview.html#worldMatrix "QCanvasView::~QCanvasView" qcanvasview.html#~QCanvasView -"QChar" qchar.html -"QChar::Category" qchar.html#Category -"QChar::CombiningClass" qchar.html#CombiningClass -"QChar::Decomposition" qchar.html#Decomposition -"QChar::Direction" qchar.html#Direction -"QChar::Joining" qchar.html#Joining -"QChar::category" qchar.html#category -"QChar::cell" qchar.html#cell -"QChar::combiningClass" qchar.html#combiningClass -"QChar::decomposition" qchar.html#decomposition -"QChar::decompositionTag" qchar.html#decompositionTag -"QChar::digitValue" qchar.html#digitValue -"QChar::direction" qchar.html#direction -"QChar::isDigit" qchar.html#isDigit -"QChar::isLetter" qchar.html#isLetter -"QChar::isLetterOrNumber" qchar.html#isLetterOrNumber -"QChar::isMark" qchar.html#isMark -"QChar::isNull" qchar.html#isNull -"QChar::isNumber" qchar.html#isNumber -"QChar::isPrint" qchar.html#isPrint -"QChar::isPunct" qchar.html#isPunct -"QChar::isSpace" qchar.html#isSpace -"QChar::isSymbol" qchar.html#isSymbol -"QChar::joining" qchar.html#joining -"QChar::latin1" qchar.html#latin1 -"QChar::lower" qchar.html#lower -"QChar::mirrored" qchar.html#mirrored -"QChar::mirroredChar" qchar.html#mirroredChar -"QChar::operator char" qchar.html#operator-char -"QChar::row" qchar.html#row -"QChar::unicode" qchar.html#unicode -"QChar::upper" qchar.html#upper +"TQChar" qchar.html +"TQChar::Category" qchar.html#Category +"TQChar::CombiningClass" qchar.html#CombiningClass +"TQChar::Decomposition" qchar.html#Decomposition +"TQChar::Direction" qchar.html#Direction +"TQChar::Joining" qchar.html#Joining +"TQChar::category" qchar.html#category +"TQChar::cell" qchar.html#cell +"TQChar::combiningClass" qchar.html#combiningClass +"TQChar::decomposition" qchar.html#decomposition +"TQChar::decompositionTag" qchar.html#decompositionTag +"TQChar::digitValue" qchar.html#digitValue +"TQChar::direction" qchar.html#direction +"TQChar::isDigit" qchar.html#isDigit +"TQChar::isLetter" qchar.html#isLetter +"TQChar::isLetterOrNumber" qchar.html#isLetterOrNumber +"TQChar::isMark" qchar.html#isMark +"TQChar::isNull" qchar.html#isNull +"TQChar::isNumber" qchar.html#isNumber +"TQChar::isPrint" qchar.html#isPrint +"TQChar::isPunct" qchar.html#isPunct +"TQChar::isSpace" qchar.html#isSpace +"TQChar::isSymbol" qchar.html#isSymbol +"TQChar::joining" qchar.html#joining +"TQChar::latin1" qchar.html#latin1 +"TQChar::lower" qchar.html#lower +"TQChar::mirrored" qchar.html#mirrored +"TQChar::mirroredChar" qchar.html#mirroredChar +"TQChar::operator char" qchar.html#operator-char +"TQChar::row" qchar.html#row +"TQChar::unicode" qchar.html#unicode +"TQChar::upper" qchar.html#upper "QCharRef" qcharref.html "QCheckBox" ntqcheckbox.html "QCheckBox::autoMask" ntqcheckbox.html#autoMask-prop @@ -1007,36 +1007,36 @@ "QCloseEvent::accept" qcloseevent.html#accept "QCloseEvent::ignore" qcloseevent.html#ignore "QCloseEvent::isAccepted" qcloseevent.html#isAccepted -"QColor" ntqcolor.html -"QColor::Spec" ntqcolor.html#Spec -"QColor::alloc" ntqcolor.html#alloc -"QColor::blue" ntqcolor.html#blue -"QColor::cleanup" ntqcolor.html#cleanup -"QColor::colorNames" ntqcolor.html#colorNames -"QColor::currentAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#currentAllocContext -"QColor::dark" ntqcolor.html#dark -"QColor::destroyAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#destroyAllocContext -"QColor::enterAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#enterAllocContext -"QColor::getHsv" ntqcolor.html#getHsv -"QColor::getRgb" ntqcolor.html#getRgb -"QColor::green" ntqcolor.html#green -"QColor::initGlobalColors" ntqcolor.html#initGlobalColors -"QColor::initialize" ntqcolor.html#initialize -"QColor::isValid" ntqcolor.html#isValid -"QColor::leaveAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#leaveAllocContext -"QColor::light" ntqcolor.html#light -"QColor::maxColors" ntqcolor.html#maxColors -"QColor::name" ntqcolor.html#name -"QColor::numBitPlanes" ntqcolor.html#numBitPlanes -"QColor::operator!=" ntqcolor.html#operator!-eq -"QColor::operator=" ntqcolor.html#operator-eq -"QColor::operator==" ntqcolor.html#operator-eq-eq -"QColor::pixel" ntqcolor.html#pixel -"QColor::red" ntqcolor.html#red -"QColor::rgb" ntqcolor.html#rgb -"QColor::setHsv" ntqcolor.html#setHsv -"QColor::setNamedColor" ntqcolor.html#setNamedColor -"QColor::setRgb" ntqcolor.html#setRgb +"TQColor" ntqcolor.html +"TQColor::Spec" ntqcolor.html#Spec +"TQColor::alloc" ntqcolor.html#alloc +"TQColor::blue" ntqcolor.html#blue +"TQColor::cleanup" ntqcolor.html#cleanup +"TQColor::colorNames" ntqcolor.html#colorNames +"TQColor::currentAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#currentAllocContext +"TQColor::dark" ntqcolor.html#dark +"TQColor::destroyAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#destroyAllocContext +"TQColor::enterAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#enterAllocContext +"TQColor::getHsv" ntqcolor.html#getHsv +"TQColor::getRgb" ntqcolor.html#getRgb +"TQColor::green" ntqcolor.html#green +"TQColor::initGlobalColors" ntqcolor.html#initGlobalColors +"TQColor::initialize" ntqcolor.html#initialize +"TQColor::isValid" ntqcolor.html#isValid +"TQColor::leaveAllocContext" ntqcolor.html#leaveAllocContext +"TQColor::light" ntqcolor.html#light +"TQColor::maxColors" ntqcolor.html#maxColors +"TQColor::name" ntqcolor.html#name +"TQColor::numBitPlanes" ntqcolor.html#numBitPlanes +"TQColor::operator!=" ntqcolor.html#operator!-eq +"TQColor::operator=" ntqcolor.html#operator-eq +"TQColor::operator==" ntqcolor.html#operator-eq-eq +"TQColor::pixel" ntqcolor.html#pixel +"TQColor::red" ntqcolor.html#red +"TQColor::rgb" ntqcolor.html#rgb +"TQColor::setHsv" ntqcolor.html#setHsv +"TQColor::setNamedColor" ntqcolor.html#setNamedColor +"TQColor::setRgb" ntqcolor.html#setRgb "QColorDialog" ntqcolordialog.html "QColorDialog::color" ntqcolordialog.html#color "QColorDialog::customColor" ntqcolordialog.html#customColor @@ -2880,46 +2880,46 @@ "QIMEvent::isAccepted" qimevent.html#isAccepted "QIMEvent::selectionLength" qimevent.html#selectionLength "QIMEvent::text" qimevent.html#text -"QIODevice" ntqiodevice.html -"QIODevice::Offset" ntqiodevice.html#Offset -"QIODevice::at" ntqiodevice.html#at -"QIODevice::atEnd" ntqiodevice.html#atEnd -"QIODevice::close" ntqiodevice.html#close -"QIODevice::flags" ntqiodevice.html#flags -"QIODevice::flush" ntqiodevice.html#flush -"QIODevice::getch" ntqiodevice.html#getch -"QIODevice::isAsynchronous" ntqiodevice.html#isAsynchronous -"QIODevice::isBuffered" ntqiodevice.html#isBuffered -"QIODevice::isCombinedAccess" ntqiodevice.html#isCombinedAccess -"QIODevice::isDirectAccess" ntqiodevice.html#isDirectAccess -"QIODevice::isInactive" ntqiodevice.html#isInactive -"QIODevice::isOpen" ntqiodevice.html#isOpen -"QIODevice::isRaw" ntqiodevice.html#isRaw -"QIODevice::isReadWrite" ntqiodevice.html#isReadWrite -"QIODevice::isReadable" ntqiodevice.html#isReadable -"QIODevice::isSequentialAccess" ntqiodevice.html#isSequentialAccess -"QIODevice::isSynchronous" ntqiodevice.html#isSynchronous -"QIODevice::isTranslated" ntqiodevice.html#isTranslated -"QIODevice::isWritable" ntqiodevice.html#isWritable -"QIODevice::mode" ntqiodevice.html#mode -"QIODevice::open" ntqiodevice.html#open -"QIODevice::putch" ntqiodevice.html#putch -"QIODevice::readAll" ntqiodevice.html#readAll -"QIODevice::readBlock" ntqiodevice.html#readBlock -"QIODevice::readLine" ntqiodevice.html#readLine -"QIODevice::reset" ntqiodevice.html#reset -"QIODevice::resetStatus" ntqiodevice.html#resetStatus -"QIODevice::setFlags" ntqiodevice.html#setFlags -"QIODevice::setMode" ntqiodevice.html#setMode -"QIODevice::setState" ntqiodevice.html#setState -"QIODevice::setStatus" ntqiodevice.html#setStatus -"QIODevice::setType" ntqiodevice.html#setType -"QIODevice::size" ntqiodevice.html#size -"QIODevice::state" ntqiodevice.html#state -"QIODevice::status" ntqiodevice.html#status -"QIODevice::ungetch" ntqiodevice.html#ungetch -"QIODevice::writeBlock" ntqiodevice.html#writeBlock -"QIODevice::~QIODevice" ntqiodevice.html#~QIODevice +"TQIODevice" ntqiodevice.html +"TQIODevice::Offset" ntqiodevice.html#Offset +"TQIODevice::at" ntqiodevice.html#at +"TQIODevice::atEnd" ntqiodevice.html#atEnd +"TQIODevice::close" ntqiodevice.html#close +"TQIODevice::flags" ntqiodevice.html#flags +"TQIODevice::flush" ntqiodevice.html#flush +"TQIODevice::getch" ntqiodevice.html#getch +"TQIODevice::isAsynchronous" ntqiodevice.html#isAsynchronous +"TQIODevice::isBuffered" ntqiodevice.html#isBuffered +"TQIODevice::isCombinedAccess" ntqiodevice.html#isCombinedAccess +"TQIODevice::isDirectAccess" ntqiodevice.html#isDirectAccess +"TQIODevice::isInactive" ntqiodevice.html#isInactive +"TQIODevice::isOpen" ntqiodevice.html#isOpen +"TQIODevice::isRaw" ntqiodevice.html#isRaw +"TQIODevice::isReadWrite" ntqiodevice.html#isReadWrite +"TQIODevice::isReadable" ntqiodevice.html#isReadable +"TQIODevice::isSequentialAccess" ntqiodevice.html#isSequentialAccess +"TQIODevice::isSynchronous" ntqiodevice.html#isSynchronous +"TQIODevice::isTranslated" ntqiodevice.html#isTranslated +"TQIODevice::isWritable" ntqiodevice.html#isWritable +"TQIODevice::mode" ntqiodevice.html#mode +"TQIODevice::open" ntqiodevice.html#open +"TQIODevice::putch" ntqiodevice.html#putch +"TQIODevice::readAll" ntqiodevice.html#readAll +"TQIODevice::readBlock" ntqiodevice.html#readBlock +"TQIODevice::readLine" ntqiodevice.html#readLine +"TQIODevice::reset" ntqiodevice.html#reset +"TQIODevice::resetStatus" ntqiodevice.html#resetStatus +"TQIODevice::setFlags" ntqiodevice.html#setFlags +"TQIODevice::setMode" ntqiodevice.html#setMode +"TQIODevice::setState" ntqiodevice.html#setState +"TQIODevice::setStatus" ntqiodevice.html#setStatus +"TQIODevice::setType" ntqiodevice.html#setType +"TQIODevice::size" ntqiodevice.html#size +"TQIODevice::state" ntqiodevice.html#state +"TQIODevice::status" ntqiodevice.html#status +"TQIODevice::ungetch" ntqiodevice.html#ungetch +"TQIODevice::writeBlock" ntqiodevice.html#writeBlock +"TQIODevice::~TQIODevice" ntqiodevice.html#~TQIODevice "QIODeviceSource::enableRewind" qiodevicesource.html#enableRewind "QIODeviceSource::readyToSend" qiodevicesource.html#readyToSend "QIODeviceSource::rewind" qiodevicesource.html#rewind @@ -3123,78 +3123,78 @@ "QIconViewItem::x" qiconviewitem.html#x "QIconViewItem::y" qiconviewitem.html#y "QIconViewItem::~QIconViewItem" qiconviewitem.html#~QIconViewItem -"QImage" ntqimage.html -"QImage::Endian" ntqimage.html#Endian -"QImage::ScaleMode" ntqimage.html#ScaleMode -"QImage::allGray" ntqimage.html#allGray -"QImage::bitOrder" ntqimage.html#bitOrder -"QImage::bits" ntqimage.html#bits -"QImage::bytesPerLine" ntqimage.html#bytesPerLine -"QImage::color" ntqimage.html#color -"QImage::colorTable" ntqimage.html#colorTable -"QImage::convertBitOrder" ntqimage.html#convertBitOrder -"QImage::convertDepth" ntqimage.html#convertDepth -"QImage::convertDepthWithPalette" ntqimage.html#convertDepthWithPalette -"QImage::copy" ntqimage.html#copy -"QImage::create" ntqimage.html#create -"QImage::createAlphaMask" ntqimage.html#createAlphaMask -"QImage::createHeuristicMask" ntqimage.html#createHeuristicMask -"QImage::depth" ntqimage.html#depth -"QImage::detach" ntqimage.html#detach -"QImage::dotsPerMeterX" ntqimage.html#dotsPerMeterX -"QImage::dotsPerMeterY" ntqimage.html#dotsPerMeterY -"QImage::fill" ntqimage.html#fill -"QImage::fromMimeSource" ntqimage.html#fromMimeSource -"QImage::hasAlphaBuffer" ntqimage.html#hasAlphaBuffer -"QImage::height" ntqimage.html#height -"QImage::imageFormat" ntqimage.html#imageFormat -"QImage::inputFormatList" ntqimage.html#inputFormatList -"QImage::inputFormats" ntqimage.html#inputFormats -"QImage::invertPixels" ntqimage.html#invertPixels -"QImage::isGrayscale" ntqimage.html#isGrayscale -"QImage::isNull" ntqimage.html#isNull -"QImage::jumpTable" ntqimage.html#jumpTable -"QImage::load" ntqimage.html#load -"QImage::loadFromData" ntqimage.html#loadFromData -"QImage::mirror" ntqimage.html#mirror -"QImage::numBytes" ntqimage.html#numBytes -"QImage::numColors" ntqimage.html#numColors -"QImage::offset" ntqimage.html#offset -"QImage::operator!=" ntqimage.html#operator!-eq -"QImage::operator=" ntqimage.html#operator-eq -"QImage::operator==" ntqimage.html#operator-eq-eq -"QImage::outputFormatList" ntqimage.html#outputFormatList -"QImage::outputFormats" ntqimage.html#outputFormats -"QImage::pixel" ntqimage.html#pixel -"QImage::pixelIndex" ntqimage.html#pixelIndex -"QImage::rect" ntqimage.html#rect -"QImage::reset" ntqimage.html#reset -"QImage::save" ntqimage.html#save -"QImage::scale" ntqimage.html#scale -"QImage::scaleHeight" ntqimage.html#scaleHeight -"QImage::scaleWidth" ntqimage.html#scaleWidth -"QImage::scanLine" ntqimage.html#scanLine -"QImage::setAlphaBuffer" ntqimage.html#setAlphaBuffer -"QImage::setColor" ntqimage.html#setColor -"QImage::setDotsPerMeterX" ntqimage.html#setDotsPerMeterX -"QImage::setDotsPerMeterY" ntqimage.html#setDotsPerMeterY -"QImage::setNumColors" ntqimage.html#setNumColors -"QImage::setOffset" ntqimage.html#setOffset -"QImage::setPixel" ntqimage.html#setPixel -"QImage::setText" ntqimage.html#setText -"QImage::size" ntqimage.html#size -"QImage::smoothScale" ntqimage.html#smoothScale -"QImage::swapRGB" ntqimage.html#swapRGB -"QImage::systemBitOrder" ntqimage.html#systemBitOrder -"QImage::systemByteOrder" ntqimage.html#systemByteOrder -"QImage::text" ntqimage.html#text -"QImage::textKeys" ntqimage.html#textKeys -"QImage::textLanguages" ntqimage.html#textLanguages -"QImage::textList" ntqimage.html#textList -"QImage::valid" ntqimage.html#valid -"QImage::width" ntqimage.html#width -"QImage::xForm" ntqimage.html#xForm -"QImage::~QImage" ntqimage.html#~QImage +"TQImage" ntqimage.html +"TQImage::Endian" ntqimage.html#Endian +"TQImage::ScaleMode" ntqimage.html#ScaleMode +"TQImage::allGray" ntqimage.html#allGray +"TQImage::bitOrder" ntqimage.html#bitOrder +"TQImage::bits" ntqimage.html#bits +"TQImage::bytesPerLine" ntqimage.html#bytesPerLine +"TQImage::color" ntqimage.html#color +"TQImage::colorTable" ntqimage.html#colorTable +"TQImage::convertBitOrder" ntqimage.html#convertBitOrder +"TQImage::convertDepth" ntqimage.html#convertDepth +"TQImage::convertDepthWithPalette" ntqimage.html#convertDepthWithPalette +"TQImage::copy" ntqimage.html#copy +"TQImage::create" ntqimage.html#create +"TQImage::createAlphaMask" ntqimage.html#createAlphaMask +"TQImage::createHeuristicMask" ntqimage.html#createHeuristicMask +"TQImage::depth" ntqimage.html#depth +"TQImage::detach" ntqimage.html#detach +"TQImage::dotsPerMeterX" ntqimage.html#dotsPerMeterX +"TQImage::dotsPerMeterY" ntqimage.html#dotsPerMeterY +"TQImage::fill" ntqimage.html#fill +"TQImage::fromMimeSource" ntqimage.html#fromMimeSource +"TQImage::hasAlphaBuffer" ntqimage.html#hasAlphaBuffer +"TQImage::height" ntqimage.html#height +"TQImage::imageFormat" ntqimage.html#imageFormat +"TQImage::inputFormatList" ntqimage.html#inputFormatList +"TQImage::inputFormats" ntqimage.html#inputFormats +"TQImage::invertPixels" ntqimage.html#invertPixels +"TQImage::isGrayscale" ntqimage.html#isGrayscale +"TQImage::isNull" ntqimage.html#isNull +"TQImage::jumpTable" ntqimage.html#jumpTable +"TQImage::load" ntqimage.html#load +"TQImage::loadFromData" ntqimage.html#loadFromData +"TQImage::mirror" ntqimage.html#mirror +"TQImage::numBytes" ntqimage.html#numBytes +"TQImage::numColors" ntqimage.html#numColors +"TQImage::offset" ntqimage.html#offset +"TQImage::operator!=" ntqimage.html#operator!-eq +"TQImage::operator=" ntqimage.html#operator-eq +"TQImage::operator==" ntqimage.html#operator-eq-eq +"TQImage::outputFormatList" ntqimage.html#outputFormatList +"TQImage::outputFormats" ntqimage.html#outputFormats +"TQImage::pixel" ntqimage.html#pixel +"TQImage::pixelIndex" ntqimage.html#pixelIndex +"TQImage::rect" ntqimage.html#rect +"TQImage::reset" ntqimage.html#reset +"TQImage::save" ntqimage.html#save +"TQImage::scale" ntqimage.html#scale +"TQImage::scaleHeight" ntqimage.html#scaleHeight +"TQImage::scaleWidth" ntqimage.html#scaleWidth +"TQImage::scanLine" ntqimage.html#scanLine +"TQImage::setAlphaBuffer" ntqimage.html#setAlphaBuffer +"TQImage::setColor" ntqimage.html#setColor +"TQImage::setDotsPerMeterX" ntqimage.html#setDotsPerMeterX +"TQImage::setDotsPerMeterY" ntqimage.html#setDotsPerMeterY +"TQImage::setNumColors" ntqimage.html#setNumColors +"TQImage::setOffset" ntqimage.html#setOffset +"TQImage::setPixel" ntqimage.html#setPixel +"TQImage::setText" ntqimage.html#setText +"TQImage::size" ntqimage.html#size +"TQImage::smoothScale" ntqimage.html#smoothScale +"TQImage::swapRGB" ntqimage.html#swapRGB +"TQImage::systemBitOrder" ntqimage.html#systemBitOrder +"TQImage::systemByteOrder" ntqimage.html#systemByteOrder +"TQImage::text" ntqimage.html#text +"TQImage::textKeys" ntqimage.html#textKeys +"TQImage::textLanguages" ntqimage.html#textLanguages +"TQImage::textList" ntqimage.html#textList +"TQImage::valid" ntqimage.html#valid +"TQImage::width" ntqimage.html#width +"TQImage::xForm" ntqimage.html#xForm +"TQImage::~TQImage" ntqimage.html#~TQImage "QImageConsumer" qimageconsumer.html "QImageConsumer::changed" qimageconsumer.html#changed "QImageConsumer::end" qimageconsumer.html#end @@ -3362,7 +3362,7 @@ "QKeySequence::encodeString" ntqkeysequence.html#encodeString "QKeySequence::isEmpty" ntqkeysequence.html#isEmpty "QKeySequence::matches" ntqkeysequence.html#matches -"QKeySequence::operator QString" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-QString +"QKeySequence::operator TQString" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-TQString "QKeySequence::operator!=" ntqkeysequence.html#operator!-eq "QKeySequence::operator=" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-eq "QKeySequence::operator==" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-eq-eq @@ -4440,53 +4440,53 @@ "QNetworkProtocol::supportedOperations" ntqnetworkprotocol.html#supportedOperations "QNetworkProtocol::url" ntqnetworkprotocol.html#url "QNetworkProtocol::~QNetworkProtocol" ntqnetworkprotocol.html#~QNetworkProtocol -"QObject" ntqobject.html -"QObject::activate_signal" ntqobject.html#activate_signal -"QObject::blockSignals" ntqobject.html#blockSignals -"QObject::checkConnectArgs" ntqobject.html#checkConnectArgs -"QObject::child" ntqobject.html#child -"QObject::childEvent" ntqobject.html#childEvent -"QObject::children" ntqobject.html#children -"QObject::className" ntqobject.html#className -"QObject::cleanupEventFilter" ntqobject.html#cleanupEventFilter -"QObject::connect" ntqobject.html#connect -"QObject::connectNotify" ntqobject.html#connectNotify -"QObject::customEvent" ntqobject.html#customEvent -"QObject::deleteLater" ntqobject.html#deleteLater -"QObject::destroyed" ntqobject.html#destroyed -"QObject::disconnect" ntqobject.html#disconnect -"QObject::disconnectNotify" ntqobject.html#disconnectNotify -"QObject::dumpObjectInfo" ntqobject.html#dumpObjectInfo -"QObject::dumpObjectTree" ntqobject.html#dumpObjectTree -"QObject::event" ntqobject.html#event -"QObject::eventFilter" ntqobject.html#eventFilter -"QObject::highPriority" ntqobject.html#highPriority -"QObject::inherits" ntqobject.html#inherits -"QObject::insertChild" ntqobject.html#insertChild -"QObject::installEventFilter" ntqobject.html#installEventFilter -"QObject::isA" ntqobject.html#isA -"QObject::isWidgetType" ntqobject.html#isWidgetType -"QObject::killTimer" ntqobject.html#killTimer -"QObject::killTimers" ntqobject.html#killTimers -"QObject::metaObject" ntqobject.html#metaObject -"QObject::name" ntqobject.html#name -"QObject::name" ntqobject.html#name-prop -"QObject::normalizeSignalSlot" ntqobject.html#normalizeSignalSlot -"QObject::objectTrees" ntqobject.html#objectTrees -"QObject::parent" ntqobject.html#parent -"QObject::property" ntqobject.html#property -"QObject::queryList" ntqobject.html#queryList -"QObject::removeChild" ntqobject.html#removeChild -"QObject::removeEventFilter" ntqobject.html#removeEventFilter -"QObject::sender" ntqobject.html#sender -"QObject::setName" ntqobject.html#setName -"QObject::setProperty" ntqobject.html#setProperty -"QObject::signalsBlocked" ntqobject.html#signalsBlocked -"QObject::startTimer" ntqobject.html#startTimer -"QObject::timerEvent" ntqobject.html#timerEvent -"QObject::tr" ntqobject.html#tr -"QObject::trUtf8" ntqobject.html#trUtf8 -"QObject::~QObject" ntqobject.html#~QObject +"TQObject" ntqobject.html +"TQObject::activate_signal" ntqobject.html#activate_signal +"TQObject::blockSignals" ntqobject.html#blockSignals +"TQObject::checkConnectArgs" ntqobject.html#checkConnectArgs +"TQObject::child" ntqobject.html#child +"TQObject::childEvent" ntqobject.html#childEvent +"TQObject::children" ntqobject.html#children +"TQObject::className" ntqobject.html#className +"TQObject::cleanupEventFilter" ntqobject.html#cleanupEventFilter +"TQObject::connect" ntqobject.html#connect +"TQObject::connectNotify" ntqobject.html#connectNotify +"TQObject::customEvent" ntqobject.html#customEvent +"TQObject::deleteLater" ntqobject.html#deleteLater +"TQObject::destroyed" ntqobject.html#destroyed +"TQObject::disconnect" ntqobject.html#disconnect +"TQObject::disconnectNotify" ntqobject.html#disconnectNotify +"TQObject::dumpObjectInfo" ntqobject.html#dumpObjectInfo +"TQObject::dumpObjectTree" ntqobject.html#dumpObjectTree +"TQObject::event" ntqobject.html#event +"TQObject::eventFilter" ntqobject.html#eventFilter +"TQObject::highPriority" ntqobject.html#highPriority +"TQObject::inherits" ntqobject.html#inherits +"TQObject::insertChild" ntqobject.html#insertChild +"TQObject::installEventFilter" ntqobject.html#installEventFilter +"TQObject::isA" ntqobject.html#isA +"TQObject::isWidgetType" ntqobject.html#isWidgetType +"TQObject::killTimer" ntqobject.html#killTimer +"TQObject::killTimers" ntqobject.html#killTimers +"TQObject::metaObject" ntqobject.html#metaObject +"TQObject::name" ntqobject.html#name +"TQObject::name" ntqobject.html#name-prop +"TQObject::normalizeSignalSlot" ntqobject.html#normalizeSignalSlot +"TQObject::objectTrees" ntqobject.html#objectTrees +"TQObject::parent" ntqobject.html#parent +"TQObject::property" ntqobject.html#property +"TQObject::queryList" ntqobject.html#queryList +"TQObject::removeChild" ntqobject.html#removeChild +"TQObject::removeEventFilter" ntqobject.html#removeEventFilter +"TQObject::sender" ntqobject.html#sender +"TQObject::setName" ntqobject.html#setName +"TQObject::setProperty" ntqobject.html#setProperty +"TQObject::signalsBlocked" ntqobject.html#signalsBlocked +"TQObject::startTimer" ntqobject.html#startTimer +"TQObject::timerEvent" ntqobject.html#timerEvent +"TQObject::tr" ntqobject.html#tr +"TQObject::trUtf8" ntqobject.html#trUtf8 +"TQObject::~TQObject" ntqobject.html#~TQObject "QObjectCleanupHandler" ntqobjectcleanuphandler.html "QObjectCleanupHandler::add" ntqobjectcleanuphandler.html#add "QObjectCleanupHandler::clear" ntqobjectcleanuphandler.html#clear @@ -4621,9 +4621,9 @@ "QPainter::xForm" ntqpainter.html#xForm "QPainter::xFormDev" ntqpainter.html#xFormDev "QPainter::~QPainter" ntqpainter.html#~QPainter -"QPair" ntqpair.html -"QPair::first_type" ntqpair.html#first_type -"QPair::second_type" ntqpair.html#second_type +"TQPair" ntqpair.html +"TQPair::first_type" ntqpair.html#first_type +"TQPair::second_type" ntqpair.html#second_type "QPalette" ntqpalette.html "QPalette::ColorGroup" ntqpalette.html#ColorGroup "QPalette::active" ntqpalette.html#active @@ -6120,83 +6120,83 @@ "QStrList::operator=" ntqstrlist.html#operator-eq "QStrList::~QStrList" ntqstrlist.html#~QStrList "QStrListIterator" qstrlistiterator.html -"QString" ntqstring.html -"QString::SectionFlags" ntqstring.html#SectionFlags -"QString::append" ntqstring.html#append -"QString::arg" ntqstring.html#arg -"QString::ascii" ntqstring.html#ascii -"QString::at" ntqstring.html#at -"QString::capacity" ntqstring.html#capacity -"QString::compare" ntqstring.html#compare -"QString::compose" ntqstring.html#compose -"QString::constref" ntqstring.html#constref -"QString::contains" ntqstring.html#contains -"QString::detach" ntqstring.html#detach -"QString::endsWith" ntqstring.html#endsWith -"QString::fill" ntqstring.html#fill -"QString::find" ntqstring.html#find -"QString::findRev" ntqstring.html#findRev -"QString::fromAscii" ntqstring.html#fromAscii -"QString::fromLatin1" ntqstring.html#fromLatin1 -"QString::fromLocal8Bit" ntqstring.html#fromLocal8Bit -"QString::fromUcs2" ntqstring.html#fromUcs2 -"QString::fromUtf8" ntqstring.html#fromUtf8 -"QString::insert" ntqstring.html#insert -"QString::isEmpty" ntqstring.html#isEmpty -"QString::isNull" ntqstring.html#isNull -"QString::latin1" ntqstring.html#latin1 -"QString::latin1ToUnicode" ntqstring.html#latin1ToUnicode -"QString::left" ntqstring.html#left -"QString::leftJustify" ntqstring.html#leftJustify -"QString::length" ntqstring.html#length -"QString::local8Bit" ntqstring.html#local8Bit -"QString::localeAwareCompare" ntqstring.html#localeAwareCompare -"QString::lower" ntqstring.html#lower -"QString::mid" ntqstring.html#mid -"QString::number" ntqstring.html#number -"QString::operator const char *" ntqstring.html#operator-const-char-* -"QString::operator std::string" ntqstring.html#operator-std::string -"QString::operator!" ntqstring.html#operator! -"QString::operator+=" ntqstring.html#operator+-eq -"QString::operator=" ntqstring.html#operator-eq -"QString::operator[]" ntqstring.html#operator[] -"QString::prepend" ntqstring.html#prepend -"QString::real_detach" ntqstring.html#real_detach -"QString::ref" ntqstring.html#ref -"QString::remove" ntqstring.html#remove -"QString::replace" ntqstring.html#replace -"QString::reserve" ntqstring.html#reserve -"QString::right" ntqstring.html#right -"QString::rightJustify" ntqstring.html#rightJustify -"QString::section" ntqstring.html#section -"QString::setAscii" ntqstring.html#setAscii -"QString::setLatin1" ntqstring.html#setLatin1 -"QString::setLength" ntqstring.html#setLength -"QString::setNum" ntqstring.html#setNum -"QString::setUnicode" ntqstring.html#setUnicode -"QString::setUnicodeCodes" ntqstring.html#setUnicodeCodes -"QString::simplifyWhiteSpace" ntqstring.html#simplifyWhiteSpace -"QString::sprintf" ntqstring.html#sprintf -"QString::squeeze" ntqstring.html#squeeze -"QString::startsWith" ntqstring.html#startsWith -"QString::stripWhiteSpace" ntqstring.html#stripWhiteSpace -"QString::toDouble" ntqstring.html#toDouble -"QString::toFloat" ntqstring.html#toFloat -"QString::toInt" ntqstring.html#toInt -"QString::toLong" ntqstring.html#toLong -"QString::toLongLong" ntqstring.html#toLongLong -"QString::toShort" ntqstring.html#toShort -"QString::toUInt" ntqstring.html#toUInt -"QString::toULong" ntqstring.html#toULong -"QString::toULongLong" ntqstring.html#toULongLong -"QString::toUShort" ntqstring.html#toUShort -"QString::truncate" ntqstring.html#truncate -"QString::ucs2" ntqstring.html#ucs2 -"QString::unicode" ntqstring.html#unicode -"QString::unicodeToLatin1" ntqstring.html#unicodeToLatin1 -"QString::upper" ntqstring.html#upper -"QString::utf8" ntqstring.html#utf8 -"QString::~QString" ntqstring.html#~QString +"TQString" ntqstring.html +"TQString::SectionFlags" ntqstring.html#SectionFlags +"TQString::append" ntqstring.html#append +"TQString::arg" ntqstring.html#arg +"TQString::ascii" ntqstring.html#ascii +"TQString::at" ntqstring.html#at +"TQString::capacity" ntqstring.html#capacity +"TQString::compare" ntqstring.html#compare +"TQString::compose" ntqstring.html#compose +"TQString::constref" ntqstring.html#constref +"TQString::contains" ntqstring.html#contains +"TQString::detach" ntqstring.html#detach +"TQString::endsWith" ntqstring.html#endsWith +"TQString::fill" ntqstring.html#fill +"TQString::find" ntqstring.html#find +"TQString::findRev" ntqstring.html#findRev +"TQString::fromAscii" ntqstring.html#fromAscii +"TQString::fromLatin1" ntqstring.html#fromLatin1 +"TQString::fromLocal8Bit" ntqstring.html#fromLocal8Bit +"TQString::fromUcs2" ntqstring.html#fromUcs2 +"TQString::fromUtf8" ntqstring.html#fromUtf8 +"TQString::insert" ntqstring.html#insert +"TQString::isEmpty" ntqstring.html#isEmpty +"TQString::isNull" ntqstring.html#isNull +"TQString::latin1" ntqstring.html#latin1 +"TQString::latin1ToUnicode" ntqstring.html#latin1ToUnicode +"TQString::left" ntqstring.html#left +"TQString::leftJustify" ntqstring.html#leftJustify +"TQString::length" ntqstring.html#length +"TQString::local8Bit" ntqstring.html#local8Bit +"TQString::localeAwareCompare" ntqstring.html#localeAwareCompare +"TQString::lower" ntqstring.html#lower +"TQString::mid" ntqstring.html#mid +"TQString::number" ntqstring.html#number +"TQString::operator const char *" ntqstring.html#operator-const-char-* +"TQString::operator std::string" ntqstring.html#operator-std::string +"TQString::operator!" ntqstring.html#operator! +"TQString::operator+=" ntqstring.html#operator+-eq +"TQString::operator=" ntqstring.html#operator-eq +"TQString::operator[]" ntqstring.html#operator[] +"TQString::prepend" ntqstring.html#prepend +"TQString::real_detach" ntqstring.html#real_detach +"TQString::ref" ntqstring.html#ref +"TQString::remove" ntqstring.html#remove +"TQString::replace" ntqstring.html#replace +"TQString::reserve" ntqstring.html#reserve +"TQString::right" ntqstring.html#right +"TQString::rightJustify" ntqstring.html#rightJustify +"TQString::section" ntqstring.html#section +"TQString::setAscii" ntqstring.html#setAscii +"TQString::setLatin1" ntqstring.html#setLatin1 +"TQString::setLength" ntqstring.html#setLength +"TQString::setNum" ntqstring.html#setNum +"TQString::setUnicode" ntqstring.html#setUnicode +"TQString::setUnicodeCodes" ntqstring.html#setUnicodeCodes +"TQString::simplifyWhiteSpace" ntqstring.html#simplifyWhiteSpace +"TQString::sprintf" ntqstring.html#sprintf +"TQString::squeeze" ntqstring.html#squeeze +"TQString::startsWith" ntqstring.html#startsWith +"TQString::stripWhiteSpace" ntqstring.html#stripWhiteSpace +"TQString::toDouble" ntqstring.html#toDouble +"TQString::toFloat" ntqstring.html#toFloat +"TQString::toInt" ntqstring.html#toInt +"TQString::toLong" ntqstring.html#toLong +"TQString::toLongLong" ntqstring.html#toLongLong +"TQString::toShort" ntqstring.html#toShort +"TQString::toUInt" ntqstring.html#toUInt +"TQString::toULong" ntqstring.html#toULong +"TQString::toULongLong" ntqstring.html#toULongLong +"TQString::toUShort" ntqstring.html#toUShort +"TQString::truncate" ntqstring.html#truncate +"TQString::ucs2" ntqstring.html#ucs2 +"TQString::unicode" ntqstring.html#unicode +"TQString::unicodeToLatin1" ntqstring.html#unicodeToLatin1 +"TQString::upper" ntqstring.html#upper +"TQString::utf8" ntqstring.html#utf8 +"TQString::~TQString" ntqstring.html#~TQString "QStringList" ntqstringlist.html "QStringList::fromStrList" ntqstringlist.html#fromStrList "QStringList::grep" ntqstringlist.html#grep @@ -7153,7 +7153,7 @@ "QUrl::isLocalFile" ntqurl.html#isLocalFile "QUrl::isRelativeUrl" ntqurl.html#isRelativeUrl "QUrl::isValid" ntqurl.html#isValid -"QUrl::operator QString" ntqurl.html#operator-QString +"QUrl::operator TQString" ntqurl.html#operator-TQString "QUrl::operator=" ntqurl.html#operator-eq "QUrl::operator==" ntqurl.html#operator-eq-eq "QUrl::parse" ntqurl.html#parse @@ -7244,7 +7244,7 @@ "QUuid::Version" ntquuid.html#Version "QUuid::createUuid" ntquuid.html#createUuid "QUuid::isNull" ntquuid.html#isNull -"QUuid::operator QString" ntquuid.html#operator-QString +"QUuid::operator TQString" ntquuid.html#operator-TQString "QUuid::operator!=" ntquuid.html#operator!-eq "QUuid::operator<" ntquuid.html#operator-lt "QUuid::operator=" ntquuid.html#operator-eq @@ -7594,290 +7594,290 @@ "QWheelEvent::state" qwheelevent.html#state "QWheelEvent::x" qwheelevent.html#x "QWheelEvent::y" qwheelevent.html#y -"QWidget" ntqwidget.html -"QWidget::BackgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin -"QWidget::FocusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy -"QWidget::acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops -"QWidget::acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop -"QWidget::adjustSize" ntqwidget.html#adjustSize -"QWidget::autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask -"QWidget::autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask-prop -"QWidget::backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush -"QWidget::backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop -"QWidget::backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode -"QWidget::backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop -"QWidget::backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin -"QWidget::backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop -"QWidget::baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize -"QWidget::baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize-prop -"QWidget::caption" ntqwidget.html#caption -"QWidget::caption" ntqwidget.html#caption-prop -"QWidget::childAt" ntqwidget.html#childAt -"QWidget::childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect -"QWidget::childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop -"QWidget::childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion -"QWidget::childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop -"QWidget::clearFocus" ntqwidget.html#clearFocus -"QWidget::clearMask" ntqwidget.html#clearMask -"QWidget::clearWFlags" ntqwidget.html#clearWFlags -"QWidget::clipRegion" ntqwidget.html#clipRegion -"QWidget::close" ntqwidget.html#close -"QWidget::closeEvent" ntqwidget.html#closeEvent -"QWidget::colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup -"QWidget::colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop -"QWidget::constPolish" ntqwidget.html#constPolish -"QWidget::contextMenuEvent" ntqwidget.html#contextMenuEvent -"QWidget::create" ntqwidget.html#create -"QWidget::cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor -"QWidget::cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor-prop -"QWidget::customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis -"QWidget::customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop -"QWidget::destroy" ntqwidget.html#destroy -"QWidget::dragEnterEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragEnterEvent -"QWidget::dragLeaveEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragLeaveEvent -"QWidget::dragMoveEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragMoveEvent -"QWidget::drawText" ntqwidget.html#drawText -"QWidget::dropEvent" ntqwidget.html#dropEvent -"QWidget::enabled" ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop -"QWidget::enabledChange" ntqwidget.html#enabledChange -"QWidget::enterEvent" ntqwidget.html#enterEvent -"QWidget::erase" ntqwidget.html#erase -"QWidget::eraseColor" ntqwidget.html#eraseColor -"QWidget::erasePixmap" ntqwidget.html#erasePixmap -"QWidget::event" ntqwidget.html#event -"QWidget::find" ntqwidget.html#find -"QWidget::focus" ntqwidget.html#focus-prop -"QWidget::focusData" ntqwidget.html#focusData -"QWidget::focusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop -"QWidget::focusInEvent" ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent -"QWidget::focusNextPrevChild" ntqwidget.html#focusNextPrevChild -"QWidget::focusOutEvent" ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent -"QWidget::focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy -"QWidget::focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop -"QWidget::focusProxy" ntqwidget.html#focusProxy -"QWidget::focusWidget" ntqwidget.html#focusWidget -"QWidget::font" ntqwidget.html#font -"QWidget::font" ntqwidget.html#font-prop -"QWidget::fontChange" ntqwidget.html#fontChange -"QWidget::fontInfo" ntqwidget.html#fontInfo -"QWidget::fontMetrics" ntqwidget.html#fontMetrics -"QWidget::foregroundColor" ntqwidget.html#foregroundColor -"QWidget::frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry -"QWidget::frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop -"QWidget::frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize -"QWidget::frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize-prop -"QWidget::fullScreen" ntqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop -"QWidget::geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry -"QWidget::geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop -"QWidget::getWFlags" ntqwidget.html#getWFlags -"QWidget::grabKeyboard" ntqwidget.html#grabKeyboard -"QWidget::grabMouse" ntqwidget.html#grabMouse -"QWidget::hasFocus" ntqwidget.html#hasFocus -"QWidget::hasMouse" ntqwidget.html#hasMouse -"QWidget::hasMouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#hasMouseTracking -"QWidget::height" ntqwidget.html#height -"QWidget::height" ntqwidget.html#height-prop -"QWidget::heightForWidth" ntqwidget.html#heightForWidth -"QWidget::hidden" ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop -"QWidget::hide" ntqwidget.html#hide -"QWidget::hideEvent" ntqwidget.html#hideEvent -"QWidget::icon" ntqwidget.html#icon -"QWidget::icon" ntqwidget.html#icon-prop -"QWidget::iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText -"QWidget::iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop -"QWidget::imComposeEvent" ntqwidget.html#imComposeEvent -"QWidget::imEndEvent" ntqwidget.html#imEndEvent -"QWidget::imStartEvent" ntqwidget.html#imStartEvent -"QWidget::inputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop -"QWidget::isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow -"QWidget::isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop -"QWidget::isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop -"QWidget::isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop -"QWidget::isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog -"QWidget::isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop -"QWidget::isEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isEnabled -"QWidget::isEnabledTo" ntqwidget.html#isEnabledTo -"QWidget::isFocusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isFocusEnabled -"QWidget::isFullScreen" ntqwidget.html#isFullScreen -"QWidget::isHidden" ntqwidget.html#isHidden -"QWidget::isInputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isInputMethodEnabled -"QWidget::isMaximized" ntqwidget.html#isMaximized -"QWidget::isMinimized" ntqwidget.html#isMinimized -"QWidget::isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal -"QWidget::isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal-prop -"QWidget::isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup -"QWidget::isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup-prop -"QWidget::isShown" ntqwidget.html#isShown -"QWidget::isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel -"QWidget::isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop -"QWidget::isUpdatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isUpdatesEnabled -"QWidget::isVisible" ntqwidget.html#isVisible -"QWidget::isVisibleTo" ntqwidget.html#isVisibleTo -"QWidget::keyPressEvent" ntqwidget.html#keyPressEvent -"QWidget::keyReleaseEvent" ntqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent -"QWidget::keyboardGrabber" ntqwidget.html#keyboardGrabber -"QWidget::layout" ntqwidget.html#layout -"QWidget::leaveEvent" ntqwidget.html#leaveEvent -"QWidget::lower" ntqwidget.html#lower -"QWidget::macEvent" ntqwidget.html#macEvent -"QWidget::mapFrom" ntqwidget.html#mapFrom -"QWidget::mapFromGlobal" ntqwidget.html#mapFromGlobal -"QWidget::mapFromParent" ntqwidget.html#mapFromParent -"QWidget::mapTo" ntqwidget.html#mapTo -"QWidget::mapToGlobal" ntqwidget.html#mapToGlobal -"QWidget::mapToParent" ntqwidget.html#mapToParent -"QWidget::maximized" ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop -"QWidget::maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight -"QWidget::maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop -"QWidget::maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize -"QWidget::maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop -"QWidget::maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth -"QWidget::maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop -"QWidget::metric" ntqwidget.html#metric -"QWidget::microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint -"QWidget::microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop -"QWidget::minimized" ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop -"QWidget::minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight -"QWidget::minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop -"QWidget::minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize -"QWidget::minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop -"QWidget::minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint -"QWidget::minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop -"QWidget::minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth -"QWidget::minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop -"QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseDoubleClickEvent -"QWidget::mouseGrabber" ntqwidget.html#mouseGrabber -"QWidget::mouseMoveEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseMoveEvent -"QWidget::mousePressEvent" ntqwidget.html#mousePressEvent -"QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseReleaseEvent -"QWidget::mouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop -"QWidget::move" ntqwidget.html#move -"QWidget::moveEvent" ntqwidget.html#moveEvent -"QWidget::ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor -"QWidget::ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop -"QWidget::ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont -"QWidget::ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont-prop -"QWidget::ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette -"QWidget::ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop -"QWidget::paintEvent" ntqwidget.html#paintEvent -"QWidget::palette" ntqwidget.html#palette -"QWidget::palette" ntqwidget.html#palette-prop -"QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor -"QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop -"QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap -"QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop -"QWidget::paletteChange" ntqwidget.html#paletteChange -"QWidget::paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor -"QWidget::paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop -"QWidget::parentWidget" ntqwidget.html#parentWidget -"QWidget::polish" ntqwidget.html#polish -"QWidget::pos" ntqwidget.html#pos -"QWidget::pos" ntqwidget.html#pos-prop -"QWidget::qwsEvent" ntqwidget.html#qwsEvent -"QWidget::raise" ntqwidget.html#raise -"QWidget::rect" ntqwidget.html#rect -"QWidget::rect" ntqwidget.html#rect-prop -"QWidget::releaseKeyboard" ntqwidget.html#releaseKeyboard -"QWidget::releaseMouse" ntqwidget.html#releaseMouse -"QWidget::repaint" ntqwidget.html#repaint -"QWidget::reparent" ntqwidget.html#reparent -"QWidget::resetInputContext" ntqwidget.html#resetInputContext -"QWidget::resize" ntqwidget.html#resize -"QWidget::resizeEvent" ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent -"QWidget::scroll" ntqwidget.html#scroll -"QWidget::setAcceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#setAcceptDrops -"QWidget::setActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#setActiveWindow -"QWidget::setAutoMask" ntqwidget.html#setAutoMask -"QWidget::setBackgroundEmpty" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundEmpty -"QWidget::setBackgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode -"QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin -"QWidget::setBaseSize" ntqwidget.html#setBaseSize -"QWidget::setCaption" ntqwidget.html#setCaption -"QWidget::setCursor" ntqwidget.html#setCursor -"QWidget::setDisabled" ntqwidget.html#setDisabled -"QWidget::setEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setEnabled -"QWidget::setEraseColor" ntqwidget.html#setEraseColor -"QWidget::setErasePixmap" ntqwidget.html#setErasePixmap -"QWidget::setFixedHeight" ntqwidget.html#setFixedHeight -"QWidget::setFixedSize" ntqwidget.html#setFixedSize -"QWidget::setFixedWidth" ntqwidget.html#setFixedWidth -"QWidget::setFocus" ntqwidget.html#setFocus -"QWidget::setFocusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy -"QWidget::setFocusProxy" ntqwidget.html#setFocusProxy -"QWidget::setFont" ntqwidget.html#setFont -"QWidget::setGeometry" ntqwidget.html#setGeometry -"QWidget::setHidden" ntqwidget.html#setHidden -"QWidget::setIcon" ntqwidget.html#setIcon -"QWidget::setIconText" ntqwidget.html#setIconText -"QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setInputMethodEnabled -"QWidget::setKeyCompression" ntqwidget.html#setKeyCompression -"QWidget::setMask" ntqwidget.html#setMask -"QWidget::setMaximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumHeight -"QWidget::setMaximumSize" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumSize -"QWidget::setMaximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumWidth -"QWidget::setMicroFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint -"QWidget::setMinimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumHeight -"QWidget::setMinimumSize" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumSize -"QWidget::setMinimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumWidth -"QWidget::setMouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#setMouseTracking -"QWidget::setPalette" ntqwidget.html#setPalette -"QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor -"QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap -"QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteForegroundColor -"QWidget::setShown" ntqwidget.html#setShown -"QWidget::setSizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#setSizeIncrement -"QWidget::setSizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#setSizePolicy -"QWidget::setStyle" ntqwidget.html#setStyle -"QWidget::setTabOrder" ntqwidget.html#setTabOrder -"QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled -"QWidget::setWFlags" ntqwidget.html#setWFlags -"QWidget::setWindowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#setWindowOpacity -"QWidget::setWindowState" ntqwidget.html#setWindowState -"QWidget::show" ntqwidget.html#show -"QWidget::showEvent" ntqwidget.html#showEvent -"QWidget::showFullScreen" ntqwidget.html#showFullScreen -"QWidget::showMaximized" ntqwidget.html#showMaximized -"QWidget::showMinimized" ntqwidget.html#showMinimized -"QWidget::showNormal" ntqwidget.html#showNormal -"QWidget::shown" ntqwidget.html#shown-prop -"QWidget::size" ntqwidget.html#size -"QWidget::size" ntqwidget.html#size-prop -"QWidget::sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint -"QWidget::sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop -"QWidget::sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement -"QWidget::sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop -"QWidget::sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy -"QWidget::sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop -"QWidget::stackUnder" ntqwidget.html#stackUnder -"QWidget::style" ntqwidget.html#style -"QWidget::styleChange" ntqwidget.html#styleChange -"QWidget::tabletEvent" ntqwidget.html#tabletEvent -"QWidget::testWFlags" ntqwidget.html#testWFlags -"QWidget::topLevelWidget" ntqwidget.html#topLevelWidget -"QWidget::underMouse" ntqwidget.html#underMouse-prop -"QWidget::unsetCursor" ntqwidget.html#unsetCursor -"QWidget::unsetFont" ntqwidget.html#unsetFont -"QWidget::unsetPalette" ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette -"QWidget::update" ntqwidget.html#update -"QWidget::updateGeometry" ntqwidget.html#updateGeometry -"QWidget::updateMask" ntqwidget.html#updateMask -"QWidget::updatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop -"QWidget::visible" ntqwidget.html#visible-prop -"QWidget::wheelEvent" ntqwidget.html#wheelEvent -"QWidget::width" ntqwidget.html#width -"QWidget::width" ntqwidget.html#width-prop -"QWidget::winEvent" ntqwidget.html#winEvent -"QWidget::winId" ntqwidget.html#winId -"QWidget::windowActivationChange" ntqwidget.html#windowActivationChange -"QWidget::windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity -"QWidget::windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop -"QWidget::windowState" ntqwidget.html#windowState -"QWidget::x" ntqwidget.html#x -"QWidget::x" ntqwidget.html#x-prop -"QWidget::x11Event" ntqwidget.html#x11Event -"QWidget::y" ntqwidget.html#y -"QWidget::y" ntqwidget.html#y-prop -"QWidget::~QWidget" ntqwidget.html#~QWidget +"TQWidget" ntqwidget.html +"TQWidget::BackgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin +"TQWidget::FocusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy +"TQWidget::acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops +"TQWidget::acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop +"TQWidget::adjustSize" ntqwidget.html#adjustSize +"TQWidget::autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask +"TQWidget::autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask-prop +"TQWidget::backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush +"TQWidget::backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop +"TQWidget::backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode +"TQWidget::backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop +"TQWidget::backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin +"TQWidget::backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop +"TQWidget::baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize +"TQWidget::baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize-prop +"TQWidget::caption" ntqwidget.html#caption +"TQWidget::caption" ntqwidget.html#caption-prop +"TQWidget::childAt" ntqwidget.html#childAt +"TQWidget::childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect +"TQWidget::childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop +"TQWidget::childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion +"TQWidget::childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop +"TQWidget::clearFocus" ntqwidget.html#clearFocus +"TQWidget::clearMask" ntqwidget.html#clearMask +"TQWidget::clearWFlags" ntqwidget.html#clearWFlags +"TQWidget::clipRegion" ntqwidget.html#clipRegion +"TQWidget::close" ntqwidget.html#close +"TQWidget::closeEvent" ntqwidget.html#closeEvent +"TQWidget::colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup +"TQWidget::colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop +"TQWidget::constPolish" ntqwidget.html#constPolish +"TQWidget::contextMenuEvent" ntqwidget.html#contextMenuEvent +"TQWidget::create" ntqwidget.html#create +"TQWidget::cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor +"TQWidget::cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor-prop +"TQWidget::customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis +"TQWidget::customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop +"TQWidget::destroy" ntqwidget.html#destroy +"TQWidget::dragEnterEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragEnterEvent +"TQWidget::dragLeaveEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragLeaveEvent +"TQWidget::dragMoveEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragMoveEvent +"TQWidget::drawText" ntqwidget.html#drawText +"TQWidget::dropEvent" ntqwidget.html#dropEvent +"TQWidget::enabled" ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop +"TQWidget::enabledChange" ntqwidget.html#enabledChange +"TQWidget::enterEvent" ntqwidget.html#enterEvent +"TQWidget::erase" ntqwidget.html#erase +"TQWidget::eraseColor" ntqwidget.html#eraseColor +"TQWidget::erasePixmap" ntqwidget.html#erasePixmap +"TQWidget::event" ntqwidget.html#event +"TQWidget::find" ntqwidget.html#find +"TQWidget::focus" ntqwidget.html#focus-prop +"TQWidget::focusData" ntqwidget.html#focusData +"TQWidget::focusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop +"TQWidget::focusInEvent" ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent +"TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild" ntqwidget.html#focusNextPrevChild +"TQWidget::focusOutEvent" ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent +"TQWidget::focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy +"TQWidget::focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop +"TQWidget::focusProxy" ntqwidget.html#focusProxy +"TQWidget::focusWidget" ntqwidget.html#focusWidget +"TQWidget::font" ntqwidget.html#font +"TQWidget::font" ntqwidget.html#font-prop +"TQWidget::fontChange" ntqwidget.html#fontChange +"TQWidget::fontInfo" ntqwidget.html#fontInfo +"TQWidget::fontMetrics" ntqwidget.html#fontMetrics +"TQWidget::foregroundColor" ntqwidget.html#foregroundColor +"TQWidget::frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry +"TQWidget::frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop +"TQWidget::frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize +"TQWidget::frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize-prop +"TQWidget::fullScreen" ntqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop +"TQWidget::geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry +"TQWidget::geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop +"TQWidget::getWFlags" ntqwidget.html#getWFlags +"TQWidget::grabKeyboard" ntqwidget.html#grabKeyboard +"TQWidget::grabMouse" ntqwidget.html#grabMouse +"TQWidget::hasFocus" ntqwidget.html#hasFocus +"TQWidget::hasMouse" ntqwidget.html#hasMouse +"TQWidget::hasMouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#hasMouseTracking +"TQWidget::height" ntqwidget.html#height +"TQWidget::height" ntqwidget.html#height-prop +"TQWidget::heightForWidth" ntqwidget.html#heightForWidth +"TQWidget::hidden" ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop +"TQWidget::hide" ntqwidget.html#hide +"TQWidget::hideEvent" ntqwidget.html#hideEvent +"TQWidget::icon" ntqwidget.html#icon +"TQWidget::icon" ntqwidget.html#icon-prop +"TQWidget::iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText +"TQWidget::iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop +"TQWidget::imComposeEvent" ntqwidget.html#imComposeEvent +"TQWidget::imEndEvent" ntqwidget.html#imEndEvent +"TQWidget::imStartEvent" ntqwidget.html#imStartEvent +"TQWidget::inputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop +"TQWidget::isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow +"TQWidget::isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop +"TQWidget::isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop +"TQWidget::isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop +"TQWidget::isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog +"TQWidget::isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop +"TQWidget::isEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isEnabled +"TQWidget::isEnabledTo" ntqwidget.html#isEnabledTo +"TQWidget::isFocusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isFocusEnabled +"TQWidget::isFullScreen" ntqwidget.html#isFullScreen +"TQWidget::isHidden" ntqwidget.html#isHidden +"TQWidget::isInputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isInputMethodEnabled +"TQWidget::isMaximized" ntqwidget.html#isMaximized +"TQWidget::isMinimized" ntqwidget.html#isMinimized +"TQWidget::isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal +"TQWidget::isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal-prop +"TQWidget::isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup +"TQWidget::isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup-prop +"TQWidget::isShown" ntqwidget.html#isShown +"TQWidget::isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel +"TQWidget::isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop +"TQWidget::isUpdatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isUpdatesEnabled +"TQWidget::isVisible" ntqwidget.html#isVisible +"TQWidget::isVisibleTo" ntqwidget.html#isVisibleTo +"TQWidget::keyPressEvent" ntqwidget.html#keyPressEvent +"TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent" ntqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent +"TQWidget::keyboardGrabber" ntqwidget.html#keyboardGrabber +"TQWidget::layout" ntqwidget.html#layout +"TQWidget::leaveEvent" ntqwidget.html#leaveEvent +"TQWidget::lower" ntqwidget.html#lower +"TQWidget::macEvent" ntqwidget.html#macEvent +"TQWidget::mapFrom" ntqwidget.html#mapFrom +"TQWidget::mapFromGlobal" ntqwidget.html#mapFromGlobal +"TQWidget::mapFromParent" ntqwidget.html#mapFromParent +"TQWidget::mapTo" ntqwidget.html#mapTo +"TQWidget::mapToGlobal" ntqwidget.html#mapToGlobal +"TQWidget::mapToParent" ntqwidget.html#mapToParent +"TQWidget::maximized" ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop +"TQWidget::maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight +"TQWidget::maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop +"TQWidget::maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize +"TQWidget::maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop +"TQWidget::maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth +"TQWidget::maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop +"TQWidget::metric" ntqwidget.html#metric +"TQWidget::microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint +"TQWidget::microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop +"TQWidget::minimized" ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop +"TQWidget::minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight +"TQWidget::minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop +"TQWidget::minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize +"TQWidget::minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop +"TQWidget::minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint +"TQWidget::minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop +"TQWidget::minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth +"TQWidget::minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop +"TQWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseDoubleClickEvent +"TQWidget::mouseGrabber" ntqwidget.html#mouseGrabber +"TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseMoveEvent +"TQWidget::mousePressEvent" ntqwidget.html#mousePressEvent +"TQWidget::mouseReleaseEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseReleaseEvent +"TQWidget::mouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop +"TQWidget::move" ntqwidget.html#move +"TQWidget::moveEvent" ntqwidget.html#moveEvent +"TQWidget::ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor +"TQWidget::ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop +"TQWidget::ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont +"TQWidget::ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont-prop +"TQWidget::ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette +"TQWidget::ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop +"TQWidget::paintEvent" ntqwidget.html#paintEvent +"TQWidget::palette" ntqwidget.html#palette +"TQWidget::palette" ntqwidget.html#palette-prop +"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor +"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop +"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap +"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop +"TQWidget::paletteChange" ntqwidget.html#paletteChange +"TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor +"TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop +"TQWidget::parentWidget" ntqwidget.html#parentWidget +"TQWidget::polish" ntqwidget.html#polish +"TQWidget::pos" ntqwidget.html#pos +"TQWidget::pos" ntqwidget.html#pos-prop +"TQWidget::qwsEvent" ntqwidget.html#qwsEvent +"TQWidget::raise" ntqwidget.html#raise +"TQWidget::rect" ntqwidget.html#rect +"TQWidget::rect" ntqwidget.html#rect-prop +"TQWidget::releaseKeyboard" ntqwidget.html#releaseKeyboard +"TQWidget::releaseMouse" ntqwidget.html#releaseMouse +"TQWidget::repaint" ntqwidget.html#repaint +"TQWidget::reparent" ntqwidget.html#reparent +"TQWidget::resetInputContext" ntqwidget.html#resetInputContext +"TQWidget::resize" ntqwidget.html#resize +"TQWidget::resizeEvent" ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent +"TQWidget::scroll" ntqwidget.html#scroll +"TQWidget::setAcceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#setAcceptDrops +"TQWidget::setActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#setActiveWindow +"TQWidget::setAutoMask" ntqwidget.html#setAutoMask +"TQWidget::setBackgroundEmpty" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundEmpty +"TQWidget::setBackgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode +"TQWidget::setBackgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin +"TQWidget::setBaseSize" ntqwidget.html#setBaseSize +"TQWidget::setCaption" ntqwidget.html#setCaption +"TQWidget::setCursor" ntqwidget.html#setCursor +"TQWidget::setDisabled" ntqwidget.html#setDisabled +"TQWidget::setEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setEnabled +"TQWidget::setEraseColor" ntqwidget.html#setEraseColor +"TQWidget::setErasePixmap" ntqwidget.html#setErasePixmap +"TQWidget::setFixedHeight" ntqwidget.html#setFixedHeight +"TQWidget::setFixedSize" ntqwidget.html#setFixedSize +"TQWidget::setFixedWidth" ntqwidget.html#setFixedWidth +"TQWidget::setFocus" ntqwidget.html#setFocus +"TQWidget::setFocusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy +"TQWidget::setFocusProxy" ntqwidget.html#setFocusProxy +"TQWidget::setFont" ntqwidget.html#setFont +"TQWidget::setGeometry" ntqwidget.html#setGeometry +"TQWidget::setHidden" ntqwidget.html#setHidden +"TQWidget::setIcon" ntqwidget.html#setIcon +"TQWidget::setIconText" ntqwidget.html#setIconText +"TQWidget::setInputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setInputMethodEnabled +"TQWidget::setKeyCompression" ntqwidget.html#setKeyCompression +"TQWidget::setMask" ntqwidget.html#setMask +"TQWidget::setMaximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumHeight +"TQWidget::setMaximumSize" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumSize +"TQWidget::setMaximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumWidth +"TQWidget::setMicroFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint +"TQWidget::setMinimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumHeight +"TQWidget::setMinimumSize" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumSize +"TQWidget::setMinimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumWidth +"TQWidget::setMouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#setMouseTracking +"TQWidget::setPalette" ntqwidget.html#setPalette +"TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor +"TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap +"TQWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteForegroundColor +"TQWidget::setShown" ntqwidget.html#setShown +"TQWidget::setSizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#setSizeIncrement +"TQWidget::setSizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#setSizePolicy +"TQWidget::setStyle" ntqwidget.html#setStyle +"TQWidget::setTabOrder" ntqwidget.html#setTabOrder +"TQWidget::setUpdatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled +"TQWidget::setWFlags" ntqwidget.html#setWFlags +"TQWidget::setWindowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#setWindowOpacity +"TQWidget::setWindowState" ntqwidget.html#setWindowState +"TQWidget::show" ntqwidget.html#show +"TQWidget::showEvent" ntqwidget.html#showEvent +"TQWidget::showFullScreen" ntqwidget.html#showFullScreen +"TQWidget::showMaximized" ntqwidget.html#showMaximized +"TQWidget::showMinimized" ntqwidget.html#showMinimized +"TQWidget::showNormal" ntqwidget.html#showNormal +"TQWidget::shown" ntqwidget.html#shown-prop +"TQWidget::size" ntqwidget.html#size +"TQWidget::size" ntqwidget.html#size-prop +"TQWidget::sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint +"TQWidget::sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop +"TQWidget::sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement +"TQWidget::sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop +"TQWidget::sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy +"TQWidget::sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop +"TQWidget::stackUnder" ntqwidget.html#stackUnder +"TQWidget::style" ntqwidget.html#style +"TQWidget::styleChange" ntqwidget.html#styleChange +"TQWidget::tabletEvent" ntqwidget.html#tabletEvent +"TQWidget::testWFlags" ntqwidget.html#testWFlags +"TQWidget::topLevelWidget" ntqwidget.html#topLevelWidget +"TQWidget::underMouse" ntqwidget.html#underMouse-prop +"TQWidget::unsetCursor" ntqwidget.html#unsetCursor +"TQWidget::unsetFont" ntqwidget.html#unsetFont +"TQWidget::unsetPalette" ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette +"TQWidget::update" ntqwidget.html#update +"TQWidget::updateGeometry" ntqwidget.html#updateGeometry +"TQWidget::updateMask" ntqwidget.html#updateMask +"TQWidget::updatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop +"TQWidget::visible" ntqwidget.html#visible-prop +"TQWidget::wheelEvent" ntqwidget.html#wheelEvent +"TQWidget::width" ntqwidget.html#width +"TQWidget::width" ntqwidget.html#width-prop +"TQWidget::winEvent" ntqwidget.html#winEvent +"TQWidget::winId" ntqwidget.html#winId +"TQWidget::windowActivationChange" ntqwidget.html#windowActivationChange +"TQWidget::windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity +"TQWidget::windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop +"TQWidget::windowState" ntqwidget.html#windowState +"TQWidget::x" ntqwidget.html#x +"TQWidget::x" ntqwidget.html#x-prop +"TQWidget::x11Event" ntqwidget.html#x11Event +"TQWidget::y" ntqwidget.html#y +"TQWidget::y" ntqwidget.html#y-prop +"TQWidget::~TQWidget" ntqwidget.html#~TQWidget "QWidgetFactory" ntqwidgetfactory.html "QWidgetFactory::addWidgetFactory" ntqwidgetfactory.html#addWidgetFactory "QWidgetFactory::create" ntqwidgetfactory.html#create diff --git a/doc/html/propertydocs b/doc/html/propertydocs index e5b0e1040..09f37cb2f 100644 --- a/doc/html/propertydocs +++ b/doc/html/propertydocs @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ toggle buttons, for example. QButton::text <p>This property holds the text shown on the button. -<p>This property will return a <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a> if the button has no +<p>This property will return a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&amp;) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&amp;' as the accelerator key. Any previous @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ widget(s) with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled">setInfoP <p>This property holds the name of the selected file. <p>If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty. -<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqstring.html#isEmpty">QString::isEmpty</a>(), <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">selectedFiles</a>, and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">selectedFilter</a>. +<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqstring.html#isEmpty">TQString::isEmpty</a>(), <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">selectedFiles</a>, and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">selectedFilter</a>. <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile">selectedFile</a>(). @@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ selected by the user; otherwise returns FALSE. QLineEdit::inputMask <p>This property holds the validation input mask. -<p>If no mask is set, <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask">inputMask</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +<p>If no mask is set, <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask">inputMask</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p> Sets the QLineEdit's validation mask. Validators can be used instead of, or in conjunction with masks; see <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator">setValidator</a>(). <p> Unset the mask and return to normal QLineEdit operation by passing @@ -2224,7 +2224,7 @@ but cannot edit it. <p>This property holds the selected text. <p>If there is no selected text this property's value is -<a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +<a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">hasSelectedText</a>. <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText">selectedText</a>(). @@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ Windows GUI styles; you may want to draw two pixmaps. <p>The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as rich text, depending on the text format setting (<a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">QMessageBox::textFormat</a>). The default setting is <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>, i.e. the message box will try to auto-detect the format of the text. -<p> The default value of this property is <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +<p> The default value of this property is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">textFormat</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#text">text</a>(). @@ -2749,7 +2749,7 @@ empty editor this method returns 1. - QObject::name + TQObject::name <p>This property holds the name of this object. <p>You can find an object by name (and type) using <a href="ntqobject.html#child">child</a>(). You can @@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ to FALSE. The default is TRUE. QProgressBar::progressString <p>This property holds the amount of progress as a string. -<p>This property is <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a> if progress counting has not started. +<p>This property is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if progress counting has not started. <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#progressString">progressString</a>(). @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ indicator. QProgressDialog::labelText <p>This property holds the label's text. -<p>The default text is <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +<p>The default text is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setLabelText">setLabelText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#labelText">labelText</a>(). @@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ symbol. For example: <p> To turn off the prefix display, set this property to an empty string. The default is no prefix. The prefix is not displayed for the <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue">minValue</a>() if <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() is not empty. -<p> If no prefix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +<p> If no prefix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop">suffix</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setPrefix">setPrefix</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>(). @@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@ value text. with an empty string. The default is no special-value text, i.e. the numeric value is shown as usual. <p> If no special-value text is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() returns -<a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +<a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText">setSpecialValueText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>(). @@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@ example: <p> To turn off the suffix display, set this property to an empty string. The default is no suffix. The suffix is not displayed for the <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue">minValue</a>() if <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() is not empty. -<p> If no suffix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>() returns a <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +<p> If no suffix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>() returns a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop">prefix</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSuffix">setSuffix</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>(). @@ -3811,7 +3811,7 @@ move operations internally. <p>Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on the cell's <a href="qtableitem.html#EditType-enum">EditType</a>, and this setting: see <a href="qtableitem.html#wheneditable">QTableItem::EditType</a>. -<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop">QWidget::enabled</a>, <a href="ntqtable.html#setColumnReadOnly">setColumnReadOnly</a>(), and <a href="ntqtable.html#setRowReadOnly">setRowReadOnly</a>(). +<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop">TQWidget::enabled</a>, <a href="ntqtable.html#setColumnReadOnly">setColumnReadOnly</a>(), and <a href="ntqtable.html#setRowReadOnly">setRowReadOnly</a>(). <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setReadOnly">setReadOnly</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#isReadOnly">isReadOnly</a>(). @@ -3865,7 +3865,7 @@ multiple ranges of cells. QTextBrowser::source <p>This property holds the name of the displayed document. -<p>This is a <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a> if no document is displayed or if the +<p>This is a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if no document is displayed or if the source is unknown. <p> Setting this property uses the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#mimeSourceFactory">mimeSourceFactory</a>() to lookup the named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls @@ -4014,7 +4014,7 @@ depending on the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat">textFormat</a> i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text. <p> For richtext, calling <a href="ntqtextedit.html#text">text</a>() on an editable QTextEdit will cause the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that -the <a href="ntqstring.html">QString</a> returned may not be exactly the same as the one that +the <a href="ntqstring.html">TQString</a> returned may not be exactly the same as the one that was set. <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat-prop">textFormat</a>. @@ -4283,12 +4283,12 @@ immediately when the cursor enters the widget. - QWidget::acceptDrops + TQWidget::acceptDrops <p>This property holds whether drop events are enabled for this widget. <p>Setting this property to TRUE announces to the system that this widget <em>may</em> be able to accept drop events. -<p> If the widget is the desktop (<a href="ntqwidget.html#isDesktop">QWidget::isDesktop</a>()), this may +<p> If the widget is the desktop (<a href="ntqwidget.html#isDesktop">TQWidget::isDesktop</a>()), this may fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call <a href="ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops">acceptDrops</a>() to test if this occurs. <p> <b>Warning:</b> @@ -4298,11 +4298,11 @@ Do not modify this property in a Drag&Drop event handler. - QWidget::autoMask + TQWidget::autoMask <p>This property holds whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget. <p>Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region. -QWidget has some built-in support to make the task of +TQWidget has some built-in support to make the task of recalculating the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE, <a href="ntqwidget.html#updateMask">updateMask</a>() will be called whenever the widget is resized or changes its focus state. Note that you must reimplement @@ -4334,7 +4334,7 @@ together seamlessly, you will probably want to use - QWidget::backgroundBrush + TQWidget::backgroundBrush <p>This property holds the widget's background brush. <p>The background brush depends on a widget's palette and its @@ -4345,7 +4345,7 @@ background mode. - QWidget::backgroundMode + TQWidget::backgroundMode <p>This property holds the color role used for painting the background of the widget. <p>setPaletteBackgroundColor() reads this property to determine which @@ -4372,7 +4372,7 @@ instead. - QWidget::backgroundOrigin + TQWidget::backgroundOrigin <p>This property holds the origin of the widget's background. <p>The origin is either WidgetOrigin (the default), ParentOrigin, @@ -4389,7 +4389,7 @@ seamlessly when an ancestor of the widget has an origin other than - QWidget::baseSize + TQWidget::baseSize <p>This property holds the base size of the widget. <p>The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the @@ -4400,18 +4400,18 @@ widget defines <a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement">sizeIncrement</a& - QWidget::caption + TQWidget::caption <p>This property holds the window caption (title). <p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no -caption has been set, the caption is <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +caption has been set, the caption is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwidget.html#icon-prop">icon</a> and <a href="ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop">iconText</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#setCaption">setCaption</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#caption">caption</a>(). - QWidget::childrenRect + TQWidget::childrenRect <p>This property holds the bounding rectangle of the widget's children. <p>Hidden children are excluded. @@ -4421,7 +4421,7 @@ caption has been set, the caption is <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null"> - QWidget::childrenRegion + TQWidget::childrenRegion <p>This property holds the combined region occupied by the widget's children. <p>Hidden children are excluded. @@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ caption has been set, the caption is <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null"> - QWidget::colorGroup + TQWidget::colorGroup <p>This property holds the current color group of the widget palette. <p>The color group is determined by the state of the widget. A @@ -4444,7 +4444,7 @@ inactive widget has the <a href="ntqpalette.html#inactive">QPalette::inact - QWidget::cursor + TQWidget::cursor <p>This property holds the cursor shape for this widget. <p>The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this @@ -4464,7 +4464,7 @@ on top-level widgets. - QWidget::customWhatsThis + TQWidget::customWhatsThis <p>This property holds whether the widget wants to handle What's This help manually. <p>The default implementation of <a href="ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis">customWhatsThis</a>() returns FALSE, @@ -4482,7 +4482,7 @@ Simply don't call QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode() in that case. - QWidget::enabled + TQWidget::enabled <p>This property holds whether the widget is enabled. <p>An enabled widget receives keyboard and mouse events; a disabled @@ -4501,7 +4501,7 @@ explicitly disabled. - QWidget::focus + TQWidget::focus <p>This property holds whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus. <p>Effectively equivalent to <tt>qApp-&gt;focusWidget() == this</tt>. @@ -4511,40 +4511,40 @@ explicitly disabled. - QWidget::focusEnabled + TQWidget::focusEnabled <p>This property holds whether the widget accepts <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a>. <p>Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy">focusPolicy</a>() == -<a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">QWidget::NoFocus</a>). +<a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::NoFocus</a>). <p> You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's constructor. For instance, the <a href="ntqlineedit.html">QLineEdit</a> constructor calls -<a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>(QWidget::StrongFocus). +<a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>(TQWidget::StrongFocus). <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop">focusPolicy</a>, <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent">focusInEvent</a>(), <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent">focusOutEvent</a>(), <a href="ntqwidget.html#keyPressEvent">keyPressEvent</a>(), <a href="ntqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent">keyReleaseEvent</a>(), and <a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>. <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#isFocusEnabled">isFocusEnabled</a>(). - QWidget::focusPolicy + TQWidget::focusPolicy <p>This property holds the way the widget accepts <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a>. -<p>The policy is <a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">QWidget::TabFocus</a> if the widget accepts keyboard -focus by tabbing, <a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">QWidget::ClickFocus</a> if the widget accepts -focus by clicking, <a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">QWidget::StrongFocus</a> if it accepts both, and -<a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">QWidget::NoFocus</a> (the default) if it does not accept focus at +<p>The policy is <a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::TabFocus</a> if the widget accepts keyboard +focus by tabbing, <a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::ClickFocus</a> if the widget accepts +focus by clicking, <a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::StrongFocus</a> if it accepts both, and +<a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::NoFocus</a> (the default) if it does not accept focus at all. <p> You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's constructor. For instance, the <a href="ntqlineedit.html">QLineEdit</a> constructor calls -<a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>(QWidget::StrongFocus). +<a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>(TQWidget::StrongFocus). <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop">focusEnabled</a>, <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent">focusInEvent</a>(), <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent">focusOutEvent</a>(), <a href="ntqwidget.html#keyPressEvent">keyPressEvent</a>(), <a href="ntqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent">keyReleaseEvent</a>(), and <a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy">focusPolicy</a>(). - QWidget::font + TQWidget::font <p>This property holds the font currently set for the widget. <p>The <a href="ntqwidget.html#fontInfo">fontInfo</a>() function reports the actual font that is being used @@ -4567,7 +4567,7 @@ about the change. - QWidget::frameGeometry + TQWidget::frameGeometry <p>This property holds geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame. <p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a> @@ -4578,7 +4578,7 @@ for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets. - QWidget::frameSize + TQWidget::frameSize <p>This property holds the size of the widget including any window frame. <p> @@ -4586,7 +4586,7 @@ for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets. - QWidget::fullScreen + TQWidget::fullScreen <p>This property holds whether the widget is full screen. <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#isFullScreen">isFullScreen</a>(). @@ -4595,7 +4595,7 @@ for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets. - QWidget::geometry + TQWidget::geometry <p>This property holds the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame. <p>When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a @@ -4616,7 +4616,7 @@ for an overview of top-level widget geometry. - QWidget::height + TQWidget::height <p>This property holds the height of the widget excluding any window frame. <p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a> @@ -4627,7 +4627,7 @@ for an overview of top-level widget geometry. - QWidget::hidden + TQWidget::hidden <p>This property holds whether the widget is explicitly hidden. <p>If FALSE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its @@ -4638,7 +4638,7 @@ ancestors became visible. - QWidget::icon + TQWidget::icon <p>This property holds the widget's icon. <p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon @@ -4649,18 +4649,18 @@ has been set, <a href="ntqwidget.html#icon">icon</a>() returns 0. - QWidget::iconText + TQWidget::iconText <p>This property holds the widget's icon text. <p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon -text has been set, this functions returns <a href="ntqstring.html#QString-null">QString::null</a>. +text has been set, this functions returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>. <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwidget.html#icon-prop">icon</a> and <a href="ntqwidget.html#caption-prop">caption</a>. <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#setIconText">setIconText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqwidget.html#iconText">iconText</a>(). - QWidget::inputMethodEnabled + TQWidget::inputMethodEnabled <p>This property holds enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget. <p>Most Widgets (as eg. buttons) that do not handle text input should have @@ -4671,7 +4671,7 @@ the input method disabled if they have focus. This is the default. - QWidget::isActiveWindow + TQWidget::isActiveWindow <p>This property holds whether this widget is the active window. <p>The active window is the window that contains the widget @@ -4684,7 +4684,7 @@ active window <em>and</em> for the popup. - QWidget::isDesktop + TQWidget::isDesktop <p>This property holds whether the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop. <p>A desktop widget is also a top-level widget. @@ -4694,7 +4694,7 @@ active window <em>and</em> for the popup. - QWidget::isDialog + TQWidget::isDialog <p>This property holds whether the widget is a dialog widget. <p>A dialog widget is a secondary top-level widget, i.e. a top-level @@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@ widget with a parent. - QWidget::isModal + TQWidget::isModal <p>This property holds whether the widget is a modal widget. <p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. A modal @@ -4717,7 +4717,7 @@ getting any input. - QWidget::isPopup + TQWidget::isPopup <p>This property holds whether the widget is a popup widget. <p>A popup widget is created by specifying the <a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags">widget flag</a> <a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags-enum">WType_Popup</a> to the widget constructor. A popup widget is also a @@ -4728,7 +4728,7 @@ top-level widget. - QWidget::isTopLevel + TQWidget::isTopLevel <p>This property holds whether the widget is a top-level widget. <p>A top-level widget is a widget which usually has a frame and a @@ -4747,7 +4747,7 @@ specified by the <a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags-enum">WType_TopLevel</a - QWidget::maximized + TQWidget::maximized <p>This property holds whether this widget is maximized. <p>This property is only relevant for top-level widgets. @@ -4762,7 +4762,7 @@ improve as window manager protocols evolve. - QWidget::maximumHeight + TQWidget::maximumHeight <p>This property holds the widget's maximum height. <p>This property corresponds to <a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize">maximumSize</a>().<a href="ntqwidget.html#height">height</a>(). @@ -4772,7 +4772,7 @@ improve as window manager protocols evolve. - QWidget::maximumSize + TQWidget::maximumSize <p>This property holds the widget's maximum size. <p>The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum @@ -4783,7 +4783,7 @@ widget size. - QWidget::maximumWidth + TQWidget::maximumWidth <p>This property holds the widget's maximum width. <p>This property corresponds to <a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize">maximumSize</a>().<a href="ntqwidget.html#width">width</a>(). @@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@ widget size. - QWidget::microFocusHint + TQWidget::microFocusHint <p>This property holds the currently set micro focus hint for this widget. <p>See the documentation of <a href="ntqwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint">setMicroFocusHint</a>() for more information. @@ -4802,7 +4802,7 @@ widget size. - QWidget::minimized + TQWidget::minimized <p>This property holds whether this widget is minimized (iconified). <p>This property is only relevant for top-level widgets. @@ -4812,7 +4812,7 @@ widget size. - QWidget::minimumHeight + TQWidget::minimumHeight <p>This property holds the widget's minimum height. <p>This property corresponds to <a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize">minimumSize</a>().<a href="ntqwidget.html#height">height</a>(). @@ -4822,7 +4822,7 @@ widget size. - QWidget::minimumSize + TQWidget::minimumSize <p>This property holds the widget's minimum size. <p>The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum @@ -4837,7 +4837,7 @@ layout's resize mode to QLayout::FreeResize. - QWidget::minimumSizeHint + TQWidget::minimumSizeHint <p>This property holds the recommended minimum size for the widget. <p>If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size @@ -4854,7 +4854,7 @@ minimumSizeHint. - QWidget::minimumWidth + TQWidget::minimumWidth <p>This property holds the widget's minimum width. <p>This property corresponds to <a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize">minimumSize</a>().<a href="ntqwidget.html#width">width</a>(). @@ -4864,7 +4864,7 @@ minimumSizeHint. - QWidget::mouseTracking + TQWidget::mouseTracking <p>This property holds whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget. <p>If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only @@ -4878,7 +4878,7 @@ events even if no buttons are pressed. - QWidget::ownCursor + TQWidget::ownCursor <p>This property holds whether the widget uses its own cursor. <p>If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's cursor. @@ -4888,7 +4888,7 @@ events even if no buttons are pressed. - QWidget::ownFont + TQWidget::ownFont <p>This property holds whether the widget uses its own font. <p>If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's font. @@ -4898,7 +4898,7 @@ events even if no buttons are pressed. - QWidget::ownPalette + TQWidget::ownPalette <p>This property holds whether the widget uses its own palette. <p>If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's palette. @@ -4908,7 +4908,7 @@ events even if no buttons are pressed. - QWidget::palette + TQWidget::palette <p>This property holds the widget's palette. <p>As long as no special palette has been set, or after <a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette">unsetPalette</a>() @@ -4927,7 +4927,7 @@ background and foreground appearance only. - QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor + TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor <p>This property holds the background color of the widget. <p>The palette background color is usually set implicitly by @@ -4946,7 +4946,7 @@ function is indeterminate. - QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap + TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap <p>This property holds the background pixmap of the widget. <p>The palette background pixmap is usually set implicitly by @@ -4965,7 +4965,7 @@ widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is - QWidget::paletteForegroundColor + TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor <p>This property holds the foreground color of the widget. <p>setPaletteForegroundColor() is a convenience function that creates @@ -4979,7 +4979,7 @@ example, if the background mode is <a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"> - QWidget::pos + TQWidget::pos <p>This property holds the position of the widget within its parent widget. <p>If the widget is a top-level widget, the position is that of the @@ -5000,7 +5000,7 @@ for an overview of top-level widget geometry. - QWidget::rect + TQWidget::rect <p>This property holds the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame. <p>The rect property equals <a href="ntqrect.html">QRect</a>(0, 0, <a href="ntqwidget.html#width">width</a>(), <a href="ntqwidget.html#height">height</a>()). @@ -5012,7 +5012,7 @@ for an overview of top-level widget geometry. - QWidget::shown + TQWidget::shown <p>This property holds whether the widget is shown. <p>If TRUE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its @@ -5023,7 +5023,7 @@ ancestors became visible. - QWidget::size + TQWidget::size <p>This property holds the size of the widget excluding any window frame. <p>When resizing, the widget, if visible, receives a resize event @@ -5045,7 +5045,7 @@ lead to infinite recursion. - QWidget::sizeHint + TQWidget::sizeHint <p>This property holds the recommended size for the widget. <p>If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is @@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ preferred size otherwise. - QWidget::sizeIncrement + TQWidget::sizeIncrement <p>This property holds the size increment of the widget. <p>When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of @@ -5082,7 +5082,7 @@ be disregarded by the window manager on X. - QWidget::sizePolicy + TQWidget::sizePolicy <p>This property holds the default layout behavior of the widget. <p>If there is a <a href="ntqlayout.html">QLayout</a> that manages this widget's children, the @@ -5108,7 +5108,7 @@ sizeHint(). - QWidget::underMouse + TQWidget::underMouse <p>This property holds whether the widget is under the mouse cursor. <p>This value is not updated properly during drag and drop @@ -5119,7 +5119,7 @@ operations. - QWidget::updatesEnabled + TQWidget::updatesEnabled <p>This property holds whether updates are enabled. <p>Calling <a href="ntqwidget.html#update">update</a>() and <a href="ntqwidget.html#repaint">repaint</a>() has no effect if updates are @@ -5142,7 +5142,7 @@ large changes. - QWidget::visible + TQWidget::visible <p>This property holds whether the widget is visible. <p>Calling <a href="ntqwidget.html#show">show</a>() sets the widget to visible status if all its parent @@ -5171,7 +5171,7 @@ when the window is restored again. - QWidget::visibleRect + TQWidget::visibleRect <p>This property holds the visible rectangle. <p><b>This property is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. @@ -5182,7 +5182,7 @@ need the rectangle for repaint(), use <a href="ntqwidget.html#clipRegion"> - QWidget::width + TQWidget::width <p>This property holds the width of the widget excluding any window frame. <p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a> @@ -5193,7 +5193,7 @@ for an overview of top-level widget geometry. - QWidget::windowOpacity + TQWidget::windowOpacity <p>This property holds the level of opacity for the window. <p>The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to @@ -5210,7 +5210,7 @@ opaque windows. - QWidget::x + TQWidget::x <p>This property holds the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame. <p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a> for an overview of top-level widget geometry. @@ -5220,7 +5220,7 @@ for an overview of top-level widget geometry. - QWidget::y + TQWidget::y <p>This property holds the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame. <p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a> diff --git a/doc/html/propertyindex b/doc/html/propertyindex index 9ed914242..b343376af 100644 --- a/doc/html/propertyindex +++ b/doc/html/propertyindex @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ "QMultiLineEdit/atEnd" ntqmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop "QMultiLineEdit/edited" ntqmultilineedit.html#edited-prop "QMultiLineEdit/numLines" ntqmultilineedit.html#numLines-prop -"QObject/name" ntqobject.html#name-prop +"TQObject/name" ntqobject.html#name-prop "QPopupMenu/checkable" ntqpopupmenu.html#checkable-prop "QProgressBar/centerIndicator" ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop "QProgressBar/indicatorFollowsStyle" ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop @@ -351,70 +351,70 @@ "QToolButton/usesTextLabel" ntqtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel-prop "QToolTipGroup/delay" qtooltipgroup.html#delay-prop "QToolTipGroup/enabled" qtooltipgroup.html#enabled-prop -"QWidget/acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop -"QWidget/autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask-prop -"QWidget/backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop -"QWidget/backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop -"QWidget/backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop -"QWidget/baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize-prop -"QWidget/caption" ntqwidget.html#caption-prop -"QWidget/childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop -"QWidget/childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop -"QWidget/colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop -"QWidget/cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor-prop -"QWidget/customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop -"QWidget/enabled" ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop -"QWidget/focus" ntqwidget.html#focus-prop -"QWidget/focusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop -"QWidget/focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop -"QWidget/font" ntqwidget.html#font-prop -"QWidget/frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop -"QWidget/frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize-prop -"QWidget/fullScreen" ntqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop -"QWidget/geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop -"QWidget/height" ntqwidget.html#height-prop -"QWidget/hidden" ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop -"QWidget/icon" ntqwidget.html#icon-prop -"QWidget/iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop -"QWidget/inputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop -"QWidget/isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop -"QWidget/isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop -"QWidget/isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop -"QWidget/isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal-prop -"QWidget/isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup-prop -"QWidget/isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop -"QWidget/maximized" ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop -"QWidget/maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop -"QWidget/maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop -"QWidget/maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop -"QWidget/microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop -"QWidget/minimized" ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop -"QWidget/minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop -"QWidget/minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop -"QWidget/minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop -"QWidget/minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop -"QWidget/mouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop -"QWidget/ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop -"QWidget/ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont-prop -"QWidget/ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop -"QWidget/palette" ntqwidget.html#palette-prop -"QWidget/paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop -"QWidget/paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop -"QWidget/paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop -"QWidget/pos" ntqwidget.html#pos-prop -"QWidget/rect" ntqwidget.html#rect-prop -"QWidget/shown" ntqwidget.html#shown-prop -"QWidget/size" ntqwidget.html#size-prop -"QWidget/sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop -"QWidget/sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop -"QWidget/sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop -"QWidget/underMouse" ntqwidget.html#underMouse-prop -"QWidget/updatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop -"QWidget/visible" ntqwidget.html#visible-prop -"QWidget/visibleRect" ntqwidget.html#visibleRect-prop -"QWidget/width" ntqwidget.html#width-prop -"QWidget/windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop -"QWidget/x" ntqwidget.html#x-prop -"QWidget/y" ntqwidget.html#y-prop +"TQWidget/acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop +"TQWidget/autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask-prop +"TQWidget/backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop +"TQWidget/backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop +"TQWidget/backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop +"TQWidget/baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize-prop +"TQWidget/caption" ntqwidget.html#caption-prop +"TQWidget/childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop +"TQWidget/childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop +"TQWidget/colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop +"TQWidget/cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor-prop +"TQWidget/customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop +"TQWidget/enabled" ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop +"TQWidget/focus" ntqwidget.html#focus-prop +"TQWidget/focusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop +"TQWidget/focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop +"TQWidget/font" ntqwidget.html#font-prop +"TQWidget/frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop +"TQWidget/frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize-prop +"TQWidget/fullScreen" ntqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop +"TQWidget/geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop +"TQWidget/height" ntqwidget.html#height-prop +"TQWidget/hidden" ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop +"TQWidget/icon" ntqwidget.html#icon-prop +"TQWidget/iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop +"TQWidget/inputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop +"TQWidget/isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop +"TQWidget/isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop +"TQWidget/isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop +"TQWidget/isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal-prop +"TQWidget/isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup-prop +"TQWidget/isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop +"TQWidget/maximized" ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop +"TQWidget/maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop +"TQWidget/maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop +"TQWidget/maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop +"TQWidget/microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop +"TQWidget/minimized" ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop +"TQWidget/minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop +"TQWidget/minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop +"TQWidget/minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop +"TQWidget/minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop +"TQWidget/mouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop +"TQWidget/ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop +"TQWidget/ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont-prop +"TQWidget/ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop +"TQWidget/palette" ntqwidget.html#palette-prop +"TQWidget/paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop +"TQWidget/paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop +"TQWidget/paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop +"TQWidget/pos" ntqwidget.html#pos-prop +"TQWidget/rect" ntqwidget.html#rect-prop +"TQWidget/shown" ntqwidget.html#shown-prop +"TQWidget/size" ntqwidget.html#size-prop +"TQWidget/sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop +"TQWidget/sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop +"TQWidget/sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop +"TQWidget/underMouse" ntqwidget.html#underMouse-prop +"TQWidget/updatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop +"TQWidget/visible" ntqwidget.html#visible-prop +"TQWidget/visibleRect" ntqwidget.html#visibleRect-prop +"TQWidget/width" ntqwidget.html#width-prop +"TQWidget/windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop +"TQWidget/x" ntqwidget.html#x-prop +"TQWidget/y" ntqwidget.html#y-prop "QWizard/titleFont" ntqwizard.html#titleFont-prop "QWorkspace/scrollBarsEnabled" ntqworkspace.html#scrollBarsEnabled-prop diff --git a/doc/html/qt.dcf b/doc/html/qt.dcf index a2841946e..50c55e13c 100644 --- a/doc/html/qt.dcf +++ b/doc/html/qt.dcf @@ -969,8 +969,8 @@
-
- QChar +
+ TQChar Category CombiningClass Decomposition @@ -1095,8 +1095,8 @@
-
- QColor +
+ TQColor Spec alloc blue @@ -3567,8 +3567,8 @@
-
- QImage +
+ TQImage Endian ScaleMode allGray @@ -3639,7 +3639,7 @@ valid width xForm - ~QImage + ~TQImage bitBlt operator<< operator>> @@ -3849,8 +3849,8 @@
-
- QIODevice +
+ TQIODevice Offset at atEnd @@ -3889,7 +3889,7 @@ status ungetch writeBlock - ~QIODevice + ~TQIODevice
@@ -3947,7 +3947,7 @@ encodeString isEmpty matches - operator QString + operator TQString operator!= operator= operator== @@ -5211,8 +5211,8 @@
-
- QObject +
+ TQObject activate_signal blockSignals checkConnectArgs @@ -5258,7 +5258,7 @@ timerEvent tr trUtf8 - ~QObject + ~TQObject tqt_find_obj_child
@@ -5429,8 +5429,8 @@
-
- QPair +
+ TQPair first_type second_type qMakePair @@ -7229,8 +7229,8 @@
-
- QString +
+ TQString SectionFlags append arg @@ -7306,7 +7306,7 @@ unicodeToLatin1 upper utf8 - ~QString + ~TQString operator!= operator+ operator< @@ -8485,7 +8485,7 @@ isLocalFile isRelativeUrl isValid - operator QString + operator TQString operator= operator== parse @@ -8589,7 +8589,7 @@ Version createUuid isNull - operator QString + operator TQString operator!= operator< operator= @@ -8897,8 +8897,8 @@
-
- QWidget +
+ TQWidget BackgroundOrigin FocusPolicy acceptDrops @@ -9181,7 +9181,7 @@ x11Event y y - ~QWidget + ~TQWidget
diff --git a/doc/html/titleindex b/doc/html/titleindex index e91d005a9..268803d79 100644 --- a/doc/html/titleindex +++ b/doc/html/titleindex @@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ QCanvasText Class | qcanvastext.html QCanvasText Member List | qcanvastext-members.html QCanvasView Class | qcanvasview.html QCanvasView Member List | qcanvasview-members.html -QChar Class | qchar.html -QChar Member List | qchar-members.html +TQChar Class | qchar.html +TQChar Member List | qchar-members.html QCharRef Class | qcharref.html QCharRef Member List | qcharref-members.html QCheckBox Class | ntqcheckbox.html @@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ QClipboard Class | ntqclipboard.html QClipboard Member List | qclipboard-members.html QCloseEvent Class | qcloseevent.html QCloseEvent Member List | qcloseevent-members.html -QColor Class | ntqcolor.html -QColor Member List | qcolor-members.html +TQColor Class | ntqcolor.html +TQColor Member List | qcolor-members.html QColorDialog Class | ntqcolordialog.html QColorDialog Member List | qcolordialog-members.html QColorDrag Class | qcolordrag.html @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ QHttpResponseHeader Class | qhttpresponseheader.html QHttpResponseHeader Member List | qhttpresponseheader-members.html QIMEvent Class | qimevent.html QIMEvent Member List | qimevent-members.html -QIODevice Class | ntqiodevice.html -QIODevice Member List | qiodevice-members.html +TQIODevice Class | ntqiodevice.html +TQIODevice Member List | qiodevice-members.html QIODeviceSource Class | qiodevicesource.html QIODeviceSource Member List | qiodevicesource-members.html QIconDrag Class | qicondrag.html @@ -512,8 +512,8 @@ QIconView Class | ntqiconview.html QIconView Member List | qiconview-members.html QIconViewItem Class | qiconviewitem.html QIconViewItem Member List | qiconviewitem-members.html -QImage Class | ntqimage.html -QImage Member List | qimage-members.html +TQImage Class | ntqimage.html +TQImage Member List | qimage-members.html QImageConsumer Class | qimageconsumer.html QImageConsumer Member List | qimageconsumer-members.html QImageDecoder Class | qimagedecoder.html @@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ QNetworkOperation Class | qnetworkoperation.html QNetworkOperation Member List | qnetworkoperation-members.html QNetworkProtocol Class | ntqnetworkprotocol.html QNetworkProtocol Member List | qnetworkprotocol-members.html -QObject Class | ntqobject.html -QObject Member List | qobject-members.html +TQObject Class | ntqobject.html +TQObject Member List | qobject-members.html QObjectCleanupHandler Class | ntqobjectcleanuphandler.html QObjectCleanupHandler Member List | qobjectcleanuphandler-members.html QObjectList Class | ntqobjectlist.html @@ -668,8 +668,8 @@ QPaintEvent Class | qpaintevent.html QPaintEvent Member List | qpaintevent-members.html QPainter Class | ntqpainter.html QPainter Member List | qpainter-members.html -QPair Class | ntqpair.html -QPair Member List | qpair-members.html +TQPair Class | ntqpair.html +TQPair Member List | qpair-members.html QPalette Class | ntqpalette.html QPalette Member List | qpalette-members.html QPen Class | ntqpen.html @@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ QStrList Class | ntqstrlist.html QStrList Member List | qstrlist-members.html QStrListIterator Class | qstrlistiterator.html QStrListIterator Member List | qstrlistiterator-members.html -QString Class | ntqstring.html -QString Member List | qstring-members.html +TQString Class | ntqstring.html +TQString Member List | qstring-members.html QStringList Class | ntqstringlist.html QStringList Member List | qstringlist-members.html QStyle Class | ntqstyle.html @@ -959,8 +959,8 @@ QWhatsThis Class | ntqwhatsthis.html QWhatsThis Member List | qwhatsthis-members.html QWheelEvent Class | qwheelevent.html QWheelEvent Member List | qwheelevent-members.html -QWidget Class | ntqwidget.html -QWidget Member List | qwidget-members.html +TQWidget Class | ntqwidget.html +TQWidget Member List | qwidget-members.html QWidgetFactory Class | ntqwidgetfactory.html QWidgetFactory Member List | qwidgetfactory-members.html QWidgetItem Class | qwidgetitem.html diff --git a/doc/html/whatsthis b/doc/html/whatsthis index 166c6e91d..631a53d73 100644 --- a/doc/html/whatsthis +++ b/doc/html/whatsthis @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Abstract base for Qt/Embedded mouse driver plugins. | QMouseDriverPlugin Abstract base for custom QSqlDriver plugins. | QSqlDriverPlugin Abstract base for custom QStyle plugins. | QStylePlugin Abstract base for custom QTextCodec plugins. | QTextCodecPlugin -Abstract base for custom QWidget plugins. | QWidgetPlugin +Abstract base for custom TQWidget plugins. | QWidgetPlugin Abstract base for custom image format plugins. | QImageFormatPlugin Abstract base for fixed-size grids. | QGridView Abstract class that provides an API to initalize and access a COM object. | QAxBase @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Abstract interface for accessing data from SQL databases. | QSqlResult Abstract item that a QLayout manipulates. | QLayoutItem Abstract user interface action that can appear both in menus and tool bars. | QAction Abstraction for date and edit editors. | QDateTimeEditBase -Abstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array. | QString +Abstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array. | TQString Abstraction of objects which provide formatted data of a certain MIME type. | QMimeSource Abstraction of the classic C zero-terminated char array (char *). | QCString Abstraction used by QImageDecoder. | QImageConsumer @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Array of points. | QPointArray Asynchronous DNS lookups. | QDns Base class for QMenuBar and QPopupMenu. | QMenuData Base class for implementing QTextEdit syntax highlighters. | QSyntaxHighlighter -Basic functions for reading and writing text using a QIODevice. | QTextStream +Basic functions for reading and writing text using a TQIODevice. | QTextStream Blank space in a layout. | QSpacerItem Bridge between application objects and script code. | QAxScriptManager Browsing and editing of SQL tables and views. | QSqlCursor @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Browsing of general SQL SELECT statements. | QSqlSelectCursor Buffered TCP connection. | QSocket Bundles signals from identifiable senders. | QSignalMapper CDE look and feel. | QCDEStyle -Can be used to send signals for classes that don't inherit QObject. | QSignal +Can be used to send signals for classes that don't inherit TQObject. | QSignal Checkable list view items. | QCheckListItem Checkbox with a text label. | QCheckBox Checkboxes in QTables. | QCheckTableItem @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Collection of nodes that can be accessed by name. | QDomNamedNodeMap Collection of styles for rich text rendering and a generator of tags. | QStyleSheet Collects tool tips into related groups. | QToolTipGroup Color groups for each widget state. | QPalette -Colors based on RGB or HSV values. | QColor +Colors based on RGB or HSV values. | TQColor Column of tabbed widget items. | QToolBox Combined button and popup list. | QComboBox Combines a QDateEdit and QTimeEdit widget into a single widget for editing datetimes. | QDateTimeEdit @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ Group box frame with a title. | QGroupBox Group of widget colors. | QColorGroup Groups actions together. | QActionGroup Handles keyboard accelerator and shortcut keys. | QAccel -Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the pixel data. | QImage +Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the pixel data. | TQImage Header information for HTTP. | QHttpHeader Header row or column, e.g. for tables and listviews. | QHeader -Helper class for QString. | QCharRef +Helper class for TQString. | QCharRef Helper class for XML readers which want to include namespace support. | QXmlNamespaceSupport Horizontal bar suitable for presenting status information. | QStatusBar Horizontal geometry management for its child widgets. | QHBox @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Information about a paint device. | QPaintDeviceMetrics Information about the features of the DOM implementation. | QDomImplementation Information about the fonts available in the underlying window system. | QFontDatabase Integer value within a range. | QRangeControl -Interface between a QWidget and an ActiveX client. | QAxBindable +Interface between a TQWidget and an ActiveX client. | QAxBindable Interface for XML readers (i.e. parsers). | QXmlReader Interface to report DTD content of XML data. | QXmlDTDHandler Interface to report declaration content of XML data. | QXmlDeclHandler @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Iterators over QLayoutItem. | QLayoutIterator Layout attribute describing horizontal and vertical resizing policy. | QSizePolicy Layout item that represents a widget. | QWidgetItem Lays out widgets in a grid. | QGridLayout -Lightweight Unicode character. | QChar +Lightweight Unicode character. | TQChar Line on a QCanvas. | QCanvasLine Lines up child widgets horizontally or vertically. | QBoxLayout Lines up widgets horizontally. | QHBoxLayout @@ -283,11 +283,11 @@ Polygon on a QCanvas. | QCanvasPolygon Polygonal canvas item on a QCanvas. | QCanvasPolygonalItem Popup menu widget. | QPopupMenu Powerful single-page rich text editor. | QTextEdit -QObject that is a web browser plugin. | QNPInstance -QObject that wraps a COM object. | QAxObject +TQObject that is a web browser plugin. | QNPInstance +TQObject that wraps a COM object. | QAxObject QPtrList of QObjects. | QObjectList -QWidget that is a web browser plugin window. | QNPWidget -QWidget that wraps an ActiveX control. | QAxWidget +TQWidget that is a web browser plugin window. | QNPWidget +TQWidget that wraps an ActiveX control. | QAxWidget Quick-access button to commands or options, usually used inside a QToolBar. | QToolButton Radio button with a text or pixmap label. | QRadioButton Range checking of floating-point numbers. | QDoubleValidator @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer). | QDial SGI/Irix look and feel. | QSGIStyle SQL database error information. | QSqlError Scrolling area with on-demand scroll bars. | QScrollView -Serialization of binary data to a QIODevice. | QDataStream +Serialization of binary data to a TQIODevice. | QDataStream Server-specific functionality in Qt/Embedded. | QWSServer Server-specific functionality in Qt/Embedded. | QWSWindow Set of icons with different styles and sizes. | QIconSet @@ -342,10 +342,10 @@ Supports drag and drop operations within a QIconView. | QIconDrag System-independent file information. | QFileInfo TCP-based server. | QServerSocket Tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs. | QTabBar -Template class that provides a cache based on QString keys. | QCache +Template class that provides a cache based on TQString keys. | QCache Template class that provides a cache based on char* keys. | QAsciiCache Template class that provides a cache based on long keys. | QIntCache -Template class that provides a dictionary based on QString keys. | QDict +Template class that provides a dictionary based on TQString keys. | QDict Template class that provides a dictionary based on char* keys. | QAsciiDict Template class that provides a dictionary based on long keys. | QIntDict Template class that provides a dictionary based on void* keys. | QPtrDict @@ -359,15 +359,15 @@ Template collection class that provides a vector (array). | QPtrVector Text object on a QCanvas. | QCanvasText Text or image display. | QLabel The QDialog API for Motif-based dialogs. | QMotifDialog -The QWidget API for Xt/Motif widgets. | QMotifWidget +The TQWidget API for Xt/Motif widgets. | QMotifWidget The XML handler classes with information about the parsing position within a file. | QXmlLocator The abstract base class of button widgets, providing functionality common to buttons. | QButton The base class for all the nodes in a DOM tree. | QDomNode -The base class of I/O devices. | QIODevice -The base class of all TQt objects. | QObject +The base class of I/O devices. | TQIODevice +The base class of all TQt objects. | TQObject The base class of all event classes. Event objects contain event parameters. | QEvent The base class of all list box items. | QListBoxItem -The base class of all user interface objects. | QWidget +The base class of all user interface objects. | TQWidget The base class of dialog windows. | QDialog The base class of geometry managers. | QLayout The base class of most pointer-based TQt collections. | QPtrCollection @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Validation of input text. | QValidator Validator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range. | QIntValidator Value-based template class that provides a dictionary. | QMap Value-based template class that provides a dynamic array. | QValueVector -Value-based template class that provides a pair of elements. | QPair +Value-based template class that provides a pair of elements. | TQPair Value-based template class that provides a stack. | QValueStack Value-based template class that provides lists. | QValueList Vertical geometry management of its child widgets. | QVBox diff --git a/doc/i18n.doc b/doc/i18n.doc index 9f6dd0ac3..7af9251b2 100644 --- a/doc/i18n.doc +++ b/doc/i18n.doc @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ don't need to have any knowledge about the writing system used in a particular language, except for the following small points: \list -\i QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const QString &str ) will always +\i QPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &str ) will always draw the string with it's left edge at the position specified with the x, y parameters. This will usually give you left aligned strings. Arabic and Hebrew application strings are usually right @@ -158,20 +158,20 @@ Writing multi-platform international software with TQt is a gentle, incremental process. Your software can become internationalized in the following stages: -\section2 Use QString for all User-visible Text +\section2 Use TQString for all User-visible Text -Since QString uses the Unicode encoding internally, every +Since TQString uses the Unicode encoding internally, every language in the world can be processed transparently using familiar text processing operations. Also, since all Qt -functions that present text to the user take a QString as a -parameter, there is no char* to QString conversion overhead. +functions that present text to the user take a TQString as a +parameter, there is no char* to TQString conversion overhead. -Strings that are in "programmer space" (such as QObject names -and file format texts) need not use QString; the traditional +Strings that are in "programmer space" (such as TQObject names +and file format texts) need not use TQString; the traditional char* or the QCString class will suffice. You're unlikely to notice that you are using Unicode; -QString, and QChar are just like easier versions of the crude +TQString, and TQChar are just like easier versions of the crude const char* and char from traditional C. \section2 Use tr() for all Literal Text @@ -179,8 +179,8 @@ const char* and char from traditional C. Wherever your program uses \c{"quoted text"} for text that will be presented to the user, ensure that it is processed by the \l QApplication::translate() function. Essentially all that is necessary -to achieve this is to use \l QObject::tr(). For example, assuming the -\c LoginWidget is a subclass of QWidget: +to achieve this is to use \l TQObject::tr(). For example, assuming the +\c LoginWidget is a subclass of TQWidget: \code LoginWidget::LoginWidget() @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ This accounts for 99% of the user-visible strings you're likely to write. If the quoted text is not in a member function of a -QObject subclass, use either the tr() function of an +TQObject subclass, use either the tr() function of an appropriate class, or the QApplication::translate() function directly: @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ The macros expand to just the text (without the context). Example of TQT_TR_NOOP(): \code - QString FriendlyConversation::greeting( int greet_type ) + TQString FriendlyConversation::greeting( int greet_type ) { static const char* greeting_strings[] = { TQT_TR_NOOP( "Hello" ), @@ -238,29 +238,29 @@ Example of TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP(): TQT_TRANSLATE_NOOP( "FriendlyConversation", "Goodbye" ) }; - QString FriendlyConversation::greeting( int greet_type ) + TQString FriendlyConversation::greeting( int greet_type ) { return tr( greeting_strings[greet_type] ); } - QString global_greeting( int greet_type ) + TQString global_greeting( int greet_type ) { return tqApp->translate( "FriendlyConversation", greeting_strings[greet_type] ); } \endcode -If you disable the const char* to QString automatic conversion +If you disable the const char* to TQString automatic conversion by compiling your software with the macro TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII defined, you'll be very likely to catch any strings you are -missing. See QString::fromLatin1() for more information. +missing. See TQString::fromLatin1() for more information. Disabling the conversion can make programming a bit cumbersome. If your source language uses characters outside Latin-1, you -might find QObject::trUtf8() more convenient than -QObject::tr(), as tr() depends on the +might find TQObject::trUtf8() more convenient than +TQObject::tr(), as tr() depends on the QApplication::defaultCodec(), which makes it more fragile than -QObject::trUtf8(). +TQObject::trUtf8(). \section2 Use QKeySequence() for Accelerator Values @@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ it. The correct idiom is QKeySequence(tr("Ctrl+Q", "File|Quit")) ); \endcode -\section2 Use QString::arg() for Dynamic Text +\section2 Use TQString::arg() for Dynamic Text -The QString::arg() functions offer a simple means for substituting +The TQString::arg() functions offer a simple means for substituting arguments: \code void FileCopier::showProgress( int done, int total, - const QString& current_file ) + const TQString& current_file ) { label.setText( tr("%1 of %2 files copied.\nCopying: %3") .arg(done) @@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ In some languages the order of arguments may need to change, and this can easily be achieved by changing the order of the % arguments. For example: \code - QString s1 = "%1 of %2 files copied. Copying: %3"; - QString s2 = "Kopierer nu %3. Av totalt %2 filer er %1 kopiert."; + TQString s1 = "%1 of %2 files copied. Copying: %3"; + TQString s2 = "Kopierer nu %3. Av totalt %2 filer er %1 kopiert."; tqDebug( s1.arg(5).arg(10).arg("somefile.txt").ascii() ); tqDebug( s2.arg(5).arg(10).arg("somefile.txt").ascii() ); @@ -403,12 +403,12 @@ Typically, your application's main() function will look like this: // translation file for Qt QTranslator qt( 0 ); - qt.load( QString( "qt_" ) + QTextCodec::locale(), "." ); + qt.load( TQString( "qt_" ) + QTextCodec::locale(), "." ); app.installTranslator( &qt ); // translation file for application strings QTranslator myapp( 0 ); - myapp.load( QString( "myapp_" ) + QTextCodec::locale(), "." ); + myapp.load( TQString( "myapp_" ) + QTextCodec::locale(), "." ); app.installTranslator( &myapp ); ... @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ need to output Cyrillic in the ISO 8859-5 encoding. Code for this would be: \code - QString string = ...; // some Unicode text + TQString string = ...; // some Unicode text QTextCodec* codec = QTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-5" ); QCString encoded_string = codec->fromUnicode( string ); @@ -441,14 +441,14 @@ would be: \endcode For converting Unicode to local 8-bit encodings, a shortcut is -available: the \link QString::local8Bit() local8Bit\endlink() method -of QString returns such 8-bit data. Another useful shortcut is the -\link QString::utf8() utf8\endlink() method, which returns text in the +available: the \link TQString::local8Bit() local8Bit\endlink() method +of TQString returns such 8-bit data. Another useful shortcut is the +\link TQString::utf8() utf8\endlink() method, which returns text in the 8-bit UTF-8 encoding: this perfectly preserves Unicode information while looking like plain US-ASCII if the text is wholly US-ASCII. -For converting the other way, there are the QString::fromUtf8() and -QString::fromLocal8Bit() convenience functions, or the general code, +For converting the other way, there are the TQString::fromUtf8() and +TQString::fromLocal8Bit() convenience functions, or the general code, demonstrated by this conversion from ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic to Unicode conversion: @@ -456,9 +456,9 @@ conversion: QCString encoded_string = ...; // Some ISO 8859-5 encoded text. QTextCodec* codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("ISO 8859-5"); - QString string = codec->toUnicode(encoded_string); + TQString string = codec->toUnicode(encoded_string); - ...; // Use string in all of Qt's QString operations. + ...; // Use string in all of Qt's TQString operations. \endcode Ideally Unicode I/O should be used as this maximizes the portability @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ to the user's language settings while they are still running. To make widgets aware of changes to the system language, implement a public slot called \c languageChange() in each widget that needs to be notified. In this slot, you should update the text displayed by widgets using the -\l{QObject::tr()}{tr()} function in the usual way; for example: +\l{TQObject::tr()}{tr()} function in the usual way; for example: \code void MyWidget::languageChange() @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ void MyWidget::languageChange() } \endcode -The default event handler for QWidget subclasses responds to the +The default event handler for TQWidget subclasses responds to the \link QEvent::Type LanguageChange\endlink event, and will call this slot when necessary; other application components can also connect signals to this slot to force widgets to update themselves. diff --git a/doc/layout.doc b/doc/layout.doc index a57f101fe..388b686c6 100644 --- a/doc/layout.doc +++ b/doc/layout.doc @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ The easiest way to give your widgets a good layout is to use the layout widgets: \l QHBox, \l QVBox and \l QGrid. A layout widget automatically lays out its child widgets in the order they are constructed. To create more complex layouts, you can nest layout -widgets inside each other. (Note that \l QWidget does not have a +widgets inside each other. (Note that \l TQWidget does not have a layout by default, you must add one if you want to lay out widgets -inside a \l QWidget.) +inside a \l TQWidget.) \list \i A \l QHBox lays out its child widgets in a horizontal row, left to right. @@ -107,14 +107,14 @@ The grid shown above can be produced by the following code: \endcode You can adjust the layout to some extent by calling -QWidget::setMinimumSize() or QWidget::setFixedSize() on the child widgets. +TQWidget::setMinimumSize() or TQWidget::setFixedSize() on the child widgets. \section1 Adding Widgets to a Layout When you add widgets to a layout the layout process works as follows: \list 1 \i All the widgets will initially be allocated an amount of space in -accordance with their QWidget::sizePolicy(). +accordance with their TQWidget::sizePolicy(). \i If any of the widgets have stretch factors set, with a value greater than zero, then they are allocated space in proportion to their \link #stretch stretch factor\endlink. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ determining factor.) Widgets are normally created without any stretch factor set. When they are laid out in a layout the widgets are given a share of space in -accordance with their QWidget::sizePolicy() or their minimum size hint +accordance with their TQWidget::sizePolicy() or their minimum size hint whichever is the greater. Stretch factors are used to change how much space widgets are given in proportion to one another. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ stretch, and placement. The following code makes a grid like the one above, with a couple of improvements: \code - QWidget *main = new QWidget; + TQWidget *main = new TQWidget; // make a 1x1 grid; it will auto-expand QGridLayout *grid = new QGridLayout( main, 1, 1 ); @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ improvements: You can insert layouts inside a layout by giving the parent layout as a parameter in the constructor. \code - QWidget *main = new QWidget; + TQWidget *main = new TQWidget; QLineEdit *field = new QLineEdit( main ); QPushButton *ok = new QPushButton( "OK", main ); QPushButton *cancel = new QPushButton( "Cancel", main ); @@ -231,24 +231,24 @@ in-depth description. When you make your own widget class, you should also communicate its layout properties. If the widget has a QLayout, this is already taken care of. If the widget does not have any child widgets, or uses manual -layout, you should reimplement the following QWidget member functions: +layout, you should reimplement the following TQWidget member functions: \list -\i QWidget::sizeHint() returns the preferred size of the widget. -\i QWidget::minimumSizeHint() returns the smallest size the widget can have. -\i QWidget::sizePolicy() returns a \l QSizePolicy; a value describing +\i TQWidget::sizeHint() returns the preferred size of the widget. +\i TQWidget::minimumSizeHint() returns the smallest size the widget can have. +\i TQWidget::sizePolicy() returns a \l QSizePolicy; a value describing the space requirements of the widget. \endlist -Call QWidget::updateGeometry() whenever the size hint, minimum size +Call TQWidget::updateGeometry() whenever the size hint, minimum size hint or size policy changes. This will cause a layout recalculation. Multiple calls to updateGeometry() will only cause one recalculation. If the preferred height of your widget depends on its actual width (e.g. a label with automatic word-breaking), set the \link QSizePolicy::hasHeightForWidth() hasHeightForWidth\endlink() flag in -\link QWidget::sizePolicy() sizePolicy\endlink(), and reimplement \l -QWidget::heightForWidth(). +\link TQWidget::sizePolicy() sizePolicy\endlink(), and reimplement \l +TQWidget::heightForWidth(). Even if you implement heightForWidth(), it is still necessary to provide a good sizeHint(). The sizeHint() provides the preferred width @@ -262,13 +262,13 @@ requirements to your new widget. \section1 Manual Layout If you are making a one-of-a-kind special layout, you can also make a -custom widget as described above. Reimplement QWidget::resizeEvent() +custom widget as described above. Reimplement TQWidget::resizeEvent() to calculate the required distribution of sizes and call \link -QWidget::setGeometry() setGeometry\endlink() on each child. +TQWidget::setGeometry() setGeometry\endlink() on each child. The widget will get an event with \link QEvent::type() type \endlink \c LayoutHint when the layout needs to be recalculated. Reimplement -QWidget::event() to be notified of \c LayoutHint events. +TQWidget::event() to be notified of \c LayoutHint events. \section1 Layout Issues @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ minimumSize\endlink(). class CardLayout : public QLayout { public: - CardLayout( QWidget *parent, int dist ) + CardLayout( TQWidget *parent, int dist ) : QLayout( parent, 0, dist ) {} CardLayout( QLayout* parent, int dist) : QLayout( parent, dist ) { } @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ void CardLayout::addItem( QLayoutItem *item ) \endcode The layout takes over responsibility of the items added. Since -QLayoutItem does not inherit QObject, we must delete the items +QLayoutItem does not inherit TQObject, we must delete the items manually. The function QLayout::deleteAllItems() uses the iterator we defined above to delete all the items in the layout. diff --git a/doc/mac.doc b/doc/mac.doc index 2185d5cbf..50a056506 100644 --- a/doc/mac.doc +++ b/doc/mac.doc @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ If a static build fails with the following error messages during the designer make phase: \code -QWidget::sizeHint() const referenced from libtqui expected to be defined in @executable_path/../Frameworks/libtqt-mt.3.dylib -non-virtual thunk [nv:-40] to QWidget::metric(int) const referenced from libtqui +TQWidget::sizeHint() const referenced from libtqui expected to be defined in @executable_path/../Frameworks/libtqt-mt.3.dylib +non-virtual thunk [nv:-40] to TQWidget::metric(int) const referenced from libtqui expected to be defined in @executable_path/../Frameworks/libtqt-mt.3.dylib \endcode diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt index f1e0abcbe..6dd56f13b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ QAccel \- Handles keyboard accelerator and shortcut keys .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAccel\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAccel\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAccel\fR ( QWidget * watch, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAccel\fR ( TQWidget * watch, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAccel\fR ()" @@ -55,19 +55,19 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetItemEnabled\fR ( int id, bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconnectItem\fR ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBconnectItem\fR ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdisconnectItem\fR ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBdisconnectItem\fR ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void repairEventFilter () \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( int id, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( int id, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( int id ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( int id ) const" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" @@ -82,19 +82,19 @@ Inherits QObject. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QKeySequence \fBshortcutKey\fR ( const QString & str )" +.BI "QKeySequence \fBshortcutKey\fR ( const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString keyToString ( QKeySequence k ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "TQString keyToString ( QKeySequence k ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QKeySequence stringToKey ( const QString & s ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QKeySequence stringToKey ( const TQString & s ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool eventFilter ( QObject *, QEvent * ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "virtual bool eventFilter ( TQObject *, QEvent * ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ Example: .br .fi .PP -See also QKeyEvent, QWidget::keyPressEvent(), QMenuData::setAccel(), QButton::accel, QLabel::setBuddy(), QKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes. +See also QKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), QMenuData::setAccel(), QButton::accel, QLabel::setBuddy(), QKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAccel::QAccel ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QAccel::QAccel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QAccel object called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. The accelerator operates on \fIparent\fR. -.SH "QAccel::QAccel ( QWidget * watch, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QAccel::QAccel ( TQWidget * watch, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QAccel object called \fIname\fR, that operates on \fIwatch\fR, and is a child of \fIparent\fR. .PP This constructor is not needed for normal application programming. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ This signal is emitted when an accelerator key is pressed. \fIid\fR is a number See also activated(). .SH "void QAccel::clear ()" Removes all accelerator items. -.SH "bool QAccel::connectItem ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "bool QAccel::connectItem ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Connects the accelerator item \fIid\fR to the slot \fImember\fR of \fIreceiver\fR. .PP .nf @@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ See also disconnectItem(). Example: t14/gamebrd.cpp. .SH "uint QAccel::count () const" Returns the number of accelerator items in this accelerator. -.SH "bool QAccel::disconnectItem ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "bool QAccel::disconnectItem ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Disconnects an accelerator item with id \fIid\fR from the function called \fImember\fR in the \fIreceiver\fR object. .PP See also connectItem(). -.SH "bool QAccel::eventFilter ( QObject *, QEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool QAccel::eventFilter ( TQObject *, QEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. serves no purpose anymore .PP -Reimplemented from QObject. +Reimplemented from TQObject. .SH "int QAccel::findKey ( const QKeySequence & key ) const" Returns the identifier of the accelerator item with the key code \fIkey\fR, or -1 if the item cannot be found. .SH "int QAccel::insertItem ( const QKeySequence & key, int id = -1 )" @@ -233,12 +233,12 @@ Returns TRUE if the accelerator item with the identifier \fIid\fR is enabled. Re See also setItemEnabled() and isEnabled(). .SH "QKeySequence QAccel::key ( int id )" Returns the key sequence of the accelerator item with identifier \fIid\fR, or an invalid key sequence (0) if the id cannot be found. -.SH "QString QAccel::keyToString ( QKeySequence k )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QAccel::keyToString ( QKeySequence k )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP -Creates an accelerator string for the key \fIk\fR. For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". The "Ctrl" etc. are translated (using QObject::tr()) in the "QAccel" context. +Creates an accelerator string for the key \fIk\fR. For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". The "Ctrl" etc. are translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "QAccel" context. .PP -The function is superfluous. Cast the QKeySequence \fIk\fR to a QString for the same effect. +The function is superfluous. Cast the QKeySequence \fIk\fR to a TQString for the same effect. .SH "void QAccel::removeItem ( int id )" Removes the accelerator item with the identifier \fIid\fR. .SH "void QAccel::repairEventFilter ()" @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Enables the accelerator item with the identifier \fIid\fR if \fIenable\fR is TRU To work, an item must be enabled and be in an enabled QAccel. .PP See also isItemEnabled() and isEnabled(). -.SH "void QAccel::setWhatsThis ( int id, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QAccel::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )" Sets a What's This help text for the accelerator item \fIid\fR to \fItext\fR. .PP The text will be shown when the application is in What's This mode and the user hits the accelerator key. @@ -263,16 +263,16 @@ The text will be shown when the application is in What's This mode and the user To set What's This help on a menu item (with or without an accelerator key), use QMenuData::setWhatsThis(). .PP See also whatsThis(), QWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode(), QMenuData::setWhatsThis(), and QAction::whatsThis. -.SH "QKeySequence QAccel::shortcutKey ( const QString & str )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QKeySequence QAccel::shortcutKey ( const TQString & str )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the shortcut key sequence for \fIstr\fR, or an invalid key sequence (0) if \fIstr\fR has no shortcut sequence. .PP For example, shortcutKey("E&xit") returns ALT+Key_X, shortcutKey("&Quit") returns ALT+Key_Q and shortcutKey("Quit") returns 0. (In code that does not inherit the TQt namespace class, you must write e.g. Qt::ALT+Qt::Key_Q.) .PP We provide a list of common accelerators in English. At the time of writing, Microsoft and Open Group do not appear to have issued equivalent recommendations for other languages. -.SH "QKeySequence QAccel::stringToKey ( const QString & s )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QKeySequence QAccel::stringToKey ( const TQString & s )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP -Returns an accelerator code for the string \fIs\fR. For example" Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl"," Shift", "Alt" are recognized, as well as their translated equivalents in the "QAccel" context (using QObject::tr()). Returns 0 if \fIs\fR is not recognized. +Returns an accelerator code for the string \fIs\fR. For example" Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl"," Shift", "Alt" are recognized, as well as their translated equivalents in the "QAccel" context (using TQObject::tr()). Returns 0 if \fIs\fR is not recognized. .PP This function is typically used with tr(), so that accelerator keys can be replaced in translations: .PP @@ -290,11 +290,11 @@ Notice the \fC"File|Open"\fR translator comment. It is by no means necessary, bu .PP The function is superfluous. Construct a QKeySequence from the string \fIs\fR for the same effect. .PP -See also QObject::tr() and Internationalization with Qt. +See also TQObject::tr() and Internationalization with Qt. .PP Example: i18n/mywidget.cpp. -.SH "QString QAccel::whatsThis ( int id ) const" -Returns the What's This help text for the specified item \fIid\fR or QString::null if no text has been specified. +.SH "TQString QAccel::whatsThis ( int id ) const" +Returns the What's This help text for the specified item \fIid\fR or TQString::null if no text has been specified. .PP See also setWhatsThis(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaccessible.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaccessible.3qt index 4e08d5234..b3e790457 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaccessible.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaccessible.3qt @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Inherited by QAccessibleInterface. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QRESULT \fBqueryAccessibleInterface\fR ( QObject * object, QAccessibleInterface ** iface )" +.BI "QRESULT \fBqueryAccessibleInterface\fR ( TQObject * object, QAccessibleInterface ** iface )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBupdateAccessibility\fR ( QObject * object, int control, Event reason )" +.BI "void \fBupdateAccessibility\fR ( TQObject * object, int control, Event reason )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisActive\fR ()" @@ -355,13 +355,13 @@ This enum specifies string information that an accessible object returns. Returns TRUE if an accessibility implementation has been requested, during the runtime of the application, otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Use this function to prevent potentially expensive notifications via updateAccessibility(). -.SH "QRESULT QAccessible::queryAccessibleInterface ( QObject * object, QAccessibleInterface ** iface )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QRESULT QAccessible::queryAccessibleInterface ( TQObject * object, QAccessibleInterface ** iface )\fC [static]\fR" Sets \fIiface\fR to point to the implementation of the QAccessibleInterface for \fIobject\fR, and returns \fCQS_OK\fR if successfull, or sets \fIiface\fR to 0 and returns \fCQE_NOCOMPONENT\fR if no accessibility implementation for \fIobject\fR exists. .PP The function uses the classname of \fIobject\fR to find a suitable implementation. If no implementation for the object's class is available the function tries to find an implementation for the object's parent class. .PP This function is called to answer an accessibility client's request for object information. You should never need to call this function yourself. -.SH "void QAccessible::updateAccessibility ( QObject * object, int control, Event reason )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QAccessible::updateAccessibility ( TQObject * object, int control, Event reason )\fC [static]\fR" Notifies accessibility clients about a change in \fIobject\fR's accessibility information. .PP \fIreason\fR specifies the cause of the change, for example, ValueChange when the position of a slider has been changed. \fIcontrol\fR is the ID of the child element that has changed. When \fIcontrol\fR is 0, the object itself has changed. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleinterface.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleinterface.3qt index 2d5255eb2..1ec4406d0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleinterface.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleinterface.3qt @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ Inherited by QAccessibleObject. .BI "virtual int \fBnavigate\fR ( NavDirection direction, int startControl ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtext\fR ( Text t, int control ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR ( Text t, int control ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( Text t, int control, const QString & text ) = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( Text t, int control, const TQString & text ) = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual Role \fBrole\fR ( int control ) const = 0" @@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ Sets the selection of the child object with ID \fIcontrol\fR to \fIon\fR. If \fI Returns TRUE if the selection could be set; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setFocus() and clearSelection(). -.SH "void QAccessibleInterface::setText ( Text t, int control, const QString & text )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAccessibleInterface::setText ( Text t, int control, const TQString & text )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Sets the text property \fIt\fR of the child object \fIcontrol\fR to \fItext\fR. If \fIcontrol\fR is 0, the text property of the object itself is set. .SH "State QAccessibleInterface::state ( int control ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns the current state of the object if \fIcontrol\fR is 0, or the state of the object's sub-element element with ID \fIcontrol\fR. All objects have a state. .PP See also text(), role(), and selection(). -.SH "QString QAccessibleInterface::text ( Text t, int control ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QAccessibleInterface::text ( Text t, int control ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns a string property \fIt\fR of the child object specified by \fIcontrol\fR, or the string property of the object itself if \fIcontrol\fR is 0. .PP The \fIName\fR is a string used by clients to identify, find or announce an accessible object for the user. All objects must have a name that is unique within their container. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleobject.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleobject.3qt index a4493638a..32612c430 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleobject.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaccessibleobject.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QAccessibleObject \- Implements parts of the QAccessibleInterface for QObjects .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject and QAccessibleInterface. +Inherits TQObject and QAccessibleInterface. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAccessibleObject\fR ( QObject * object )" +.BI "\fBQAccessibleObject\fR ( TQObject * object )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QAccessibleObject\fR ()" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Inherits QObject and QAccessibleInterface. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QObject * \fBobject\fR () const" +.BI "TQObject * \fBobject\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ This class is mainly provided for convenience. All subclasses of the QAccessible .PP See also Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAccessibleObject::QAccessibleObject ( QObject * object )" +.SH "QAccessibleObject::QAccessibleObject ( TQObject * object )" Creates a QAccessibleObject for \fIobject\fR. .SH "QAccessibleObject::~QAccessibleObject ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the QAccessibleObject. .PP This only happens when a call to release() decrements the internal reference counter to zero. -.SH "QObject * QAccessibleObject::object () const\fC [protected]\fR" -Returns the QObject for which this QAccessibleInterface +.SH "TQObject * QAccessibleObject::object () const\fC [protected]\fR" +Returns the TQObject for which this QAccessibleInterface implementation provides information. Use isValid() to make sure the object pointer is safe to use. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt index 4c31c9ec5..60e612187 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt @@ -11,29 +11,29 @@ QAction \- Abstract user interface action that can appear both in menus and tool .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP Inherited by QActionGroup. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAction\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAction\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAction\fR ( const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAction\fR ( const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAction\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAction\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QAction ( const QString & text, const QIconSet & icon, const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QAction ( const TQString & text, const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QAction ( const QString & text, const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QAction ( QObject * parent, const char * name, bool toggle ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QAction ( TQObject * parent, const char * name, bool toggle ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAction\fR ()" @@ -45,34 +45,34 @@ Inherited by QActionGroup. .BI "QIconSet \fBiconSet\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetMenuText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetMenuText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBmenuText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBmenuText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetToolTip\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetToolTip\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoolTip\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoolTip\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetStatusTip\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetStatusTip\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBstatusTip\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBstatusTip\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBwhatsThis\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBwhatsThis\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & key )" @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ Inherited by QActionGroup. .BI "bool \fBisVisible\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBaddTo\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBaddTo\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBremoveFrom\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBremoveFrom\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -144,34 +144,34 @@ Inherited by QActionGroup. .BI "QIconSet \fBiconSet\fR - the action's icon" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBmenuText\fR - the action's menu text" +.BI "TQString \fBmenuText\fR - the action's menu text" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBon\fR - whether a toggle action is on" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBstatusTip\fR - the action's status tip" +.BI "TQString \fBstatusTip\fR - the action's status tip" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR - the action's descriptive text" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR - the action's descriptive text" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBtoggleAction\fR - whether the action is a toggle action" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoolTip\fR - the action's tool tip" +.BI "TQString \fBtoolTip\fR - the action's tool tip" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBvisible\fR - whether the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and " "toolbars" ")" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBwhatsThis\fR - the action's ""What's This?"" help text" +.BI "TQString \fBwhatsThis\fR - the action's ""What's This?"" help text" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddedTo\fR ( QWidget * actionWidget, QWidget * container )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddedTo\fR ( TQWidget * actionWidget, TQWidget * container )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBaddedTo\fR ( int index, QPopupMenu * menu )" @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child of a widget that the act .PP See also Main Window and Related Classes and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAction::QAction ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QAction::QAction ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an action called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP If \fIparent\fR is a QActionGroup, the new action inserts itself into \fIparent\fR. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ If \fIparent\fR is a QActionGroup, the new action inserts itself into \fIparent\ For accelerators and status tips to work, \fIparent\fR must either be a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget. .PP \fBWarning:\fR To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child of a widget that the action is later added to. -.SH "QAction::QAction ( const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QAction::QAction ( const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" This constructor results in an icon-less action with the the menu text \fImenuText\fR and keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. It is a child of \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. .PP If \fIparent\fR is a QActionGroup, the action automatically becomes a member of it. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ The action uses a stripped version of \fImenuText\fR (e.g. "&Menu Option..." bec Call setToggleAction(TRUE) to make the action a toggle action. .PP \fBWarning:\fR To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child of a widget that the action is later added to. -.SH "QAction::QAction ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QAction::QAction ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" This constructor creates an action with the following properties: the icon or iconset \fIicon\fR, the menu text \fImenuText\fR and keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. It is a child of \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. .PP If \fIparent\fR is a QActionGroup, the action automatically becomes a member of it. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ The action uses a stripped version of \fImenuText\fR (e.g. "&Menu Option..." bec Call setToggleAction(TRUE) to make the action a toggle action. .PP \fBWarning:\fR To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child of a widget that the action is later added to. -.SH "QAction::QAction ( const QString & text, const QIconSet & icon, const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )" +.SH "QAction::QAction ( const TQString & text, const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This constructor creates an action with the following properties: the description \fItext\fR, the icon or iconset \fIicon\fR, the menu text \fImenuText\fR and keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. It is a child of \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. If \fItoggle\fR is TRUE the action will be a toggle action, otherwise it will be a command action. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ If \fIparent\fR is a QActionGroup, the action automatically becomes a member of For accelerators and status tips to work, \fIparent\fR must either be a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget. .PP The \fItext\fR and \fIaccel\fR will be used for tool tips and status tips unless you provide specific text for these using setToolTip() and setStatusTip(). -.SH "QAction::QAction ( const QString & text, const QString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )" +.SH "QAction::QAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This constructor results in an icon-less action with the description \fItext\fR, the menu text \fImenuText\fR and the keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. Its parent is \fIparent\fR and it is called \fIname\fR. If \fItoggle\fR is TRUE the action will be a toggle action, otherwise it will be a command action. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ The action automatically becomes a member of \fIparent\fR if \fIparent\fR is a Q For accelerators and status tips to work, \fIparent\fR must either be a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget. .PP The \fItext\fR and \fIaccel\fR will be used for tool tips and status tips unless you provide specific text for these using setToolTip() and setStatusTip(). -.SH "QAction::QAction ( QObject * parent, const char * name, bool toggle )" +.SH "QAction::QAction ( TQObject * parent, const char * name, bool toggle )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Constructs an action called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Connect to this signal for command actions. Connect to the toggled() signal for .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "bool QAction::addTo ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QAction::addTo ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds this action to widget \fIw\fR. .PP Currently actions may be added to QToolBar and QPopupMenu widgets. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp, and chart/chartform.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QActionGroup. -.SH "void QAction::addedTo ( QWidget * actionWidget, QWidget * container )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void QAction::addedTo ( TQWidget * actionWidget, TQWidget * container )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This function is called from the addTo() function when it has created a widget (\fIactionWidget\fR) for the action in the \fIcontainer\fR. .SH "void QAction::addedTo ( int index, QPopupMenu * menu )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -339,9 +339,9 @@ Returns TRUE if a toggle action is on; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "on" pro Returns TRUE if the action is a toggle action; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "toggleAction" property for details. .SH "bool QAction::isVisible () const" Returns TRUE if the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and toolbars); otherwise returns FALSE. See the "visible" property for details. -.SH "QString QAction::menuText () const" +.SH "TQString QAction::menuText () const" Returns the action's menu text. See the "menuText" property for details. -.SH "bool QAction::removeFrom ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QAction::removeFrom ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Removes the action from widget \fIw\fR. .PP Returns TRUE if the action was removed successfully; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -357,25 +357,25 @@ See the enabled documentation for more information. Sets whether the action is enabled. See the "enabled" property for details. .SH "void QAction::setIconSet ( const QIconSet & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the action's icon. See the "iconSet" property for details. -.SH "void QAction::setMenuText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAction::setMenuText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the action's menu text. See the "menuText" property for details. .SH "void QAction::setOn ( bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets whether a toggle action is on. See the "on" property for details. -.SH "void QAction::setStatusTip ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAction::setStatusTip ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the action's status tip. See the "statusTip" property for details. -.SH "void QAction::setText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAction::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the action's descriptive text. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QAction::setToggleAction ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether the action is a toggle action. See the "toggleAction" property for details. -.SH "void QAction::setToolTip ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAction::setToolTip ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the action's tool tip. See the "toolTip" property for details. .SH "void QAction::setVisible ( bool )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets whether the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and toolbars). See the "visible" property for details. -.SH "void QAction::setWhatsThis ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAction::setWhatsThis ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the action's "What's This?" help text. See the "whatsThis" property for details. -.SH "QString QAction::statusTip () const" +.SH "TQString QAction::statusTip () const" Returns the action's status tip. See the "statusTip" property for details. -.SH "QString QAction::text () const" +.SH "TQString QAction::text () const" Returns the action's descriptive text. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QAction::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR" Toggles the state of a toggle action. @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ To trigger a user command depending on whether a toggle action has been switched .PP .nf .br - QObject::connect( labelonoffaction, SIGNAL( toggled( bool ) ), + TQObject::connect( labelonoffaction, SIGNAL( toggled( bool ) ), .br window, SLOT( setUsesTextLabel( bool ) ) ); .fi @@ -408,9 +408,9 @@ To trigger a user command depending on whether a toggle action has been switched See also activated(), toggleAction, and on. .PP Example: action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp. -.SH "QString QAction::toolTip () const" +.SH "TQString QAction::toolTip () const" Returns the action's tool tip. See the "toolTip" property for details. -.SH "QString QAction::whatsThis () const" +.SH "TQString QAction::whatsThis () const" Returns the action's "What's This?" help text. See the "whatsThis" property for details. .SS "Property Documentation" .SH "QKeySequence accel" @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ If a null icon (QIconSet::isNull() is passed into this function, the icon of the (See the action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp example.) .PP Set this property's value with setIconSet() and get this property's value with iconSet(). -.SH "QString menuText" +.SH "TQString menuText" This property holds the action's menu text. .PP If the action is added to a menu the menu option will consist of the icon (if there is one), the menu text and the accelerator (if there is one). If the menu text is not explicitly set in the constructor or by using setMenuText() the action's description text will be used as the menu text. There is no default menu text. @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ This property is always on (TRUE) for command actions and QActionGroups; setOn() See also toggleAction. .PP Set this property's value with setOn() and get this property's value with isOn(). -.SH "QString statusTip" +.SH "TQString statusTip" This property holds the action's status tip. .PP The statusTip is displayed on all status bars that this action's toplevel parent widget provides. @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ There is no default statusTip text. See also statusTip and toolTip. .PP Set this property's value with setStatusTip() and get this property's value with statusTip(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the action's descriptive text. .PP If QMainWindow::usesTextLabel is TRUE, the text appears as a label in the relevant tool button. It also serves as the default text in menus and tool tips if these have not been specifically defined. There is no default text. @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ A toggle action is one which has an on/off state. For example a Bold toolbar but In some situations, the state of one toggle action should depend on the state of others. For example, "Left Align", "Center" and" Right Align" toggle actions are mutually exclusive. To achieve exclusive toggling, add the relevant toggle actions to a QActionGroup with the QActionGroup::exclusive property set to TRUE. .PP Set this property's value with setToggleAction() and get this property's value with isToggleAction(). -.SH "QString toolTip" +.SH "TQString toolTip" This property holds the action's tool tip. .PP This text is used for the tool tip. If no status tip has been set the tool tip will be used for the status tip. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ If \fIvisible\fR is TRUE the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and toolbars) and Actions which are not visible are \fInot\fR grayed out; they do not appear at all. .PP Set this property's value with setVisible() and get this property's value with isVisible(). -.SH "QString whatsThis" +.SH "TQString whatsThis" This property holds the action's "What's This?" help text. .PP The whats this text is used to provide a brief description of the action. The text may contain rich text (HTML-like tags -- see QStyleSheet for the list of supported tags). There is no default" What's This" text. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqactiongroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqactiongroup.3qt index 681acf266..f6ba0909d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqactiongroup.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqactiongroup.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QAction. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQActionGroup\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQActionGroup\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQActionGroup\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name, bool exclusive )" +.BI "\fBQActionGroup\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name, bool exclusive )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QActionGroup\fR ()" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Inherits QAction. .BI "void \fBaddSeparator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBaddTo\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBaddTo\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetUsesDropDown\fR ( bool enable )" @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ Actions can be added to an action group using add(), but normally they are added .PP See also Main Window and Related Classes and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QActionGroup::QActionGroup ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QActionGroup::QActionGroup ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an action group called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP The action group is exclusive by default. Call setExclusive(FALSE) to make the action group non-exclusive. -.SH "QActionGroup::QActionGroup ( QObject * parent, const char * name, bool exclusive )" +.SH "QActionGroup::QActionGroup ( TQObject * parent, const char * name, bool exclusive )" Constructs an action group called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP If \fIexclusive\fR is TRUE only one toggle action in the group will ever be active. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Normally an action is added to a group by creating it with the group as parent, See also addTo(). .SH "void QActionGroup::addSeparator ()" Adds a separator to the group. -.SH "bool QActionGroup::addTo ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QActionGroup::addTo ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds this action group to the widget \fIw\fR. .PP If isExclusive() is FALSE or usesDropDown() is FALSE, the actions within the group are added to the widget individually. For example, if the widget is a menu, the actions will appear as individual menu options, and if the widget is a toolbar, the actions will appear as toolbar buttons. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt index a01de9e42..2ec4512ba 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QApplication \- Manages the GUI application's control flow and main settings .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "enum \fBColorSpec\fR { NormalColor = 0, CustomColor = 1, ManyColor = 2 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBmainWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBmainWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetMainWidget\fR ( QWidget * mainWidget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetMainWidget\fR ( TQWidget * mainWidget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBpolish\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual void \fBpolish\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBfocusWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBfocusWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBactiveWindow\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBactiveWindow\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBexec\fR ()" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "int loopLevel () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBnotify\fR ( QObject * receiver, QEvent * e )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBnotify\fR ( TQObject * receiver, QEvent * e )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void setDefaultCodec ( QTextCodec * codec ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -106,13 +106,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "enum \fBEncoding\fR { DefaultCodec, UnicodeUTF8 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtranslate\fR ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0, Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtranslate\fR ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0, Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBapplicationDirPath\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBapplicationDirPath\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBapplicationFilePath\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBapplicationFilePath\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBmacEventFilter\fR ( EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef )" @@ -130,19 +130,19 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual bool \fBqwsEventFilter\fR ( QWSEvent * )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBqwsSetCustomColors\fR ( QRgb * colorTable, int start, int numColors )" +.BI "void \fBqwsSetCustomColors\fR ( TQRgb * colorTable, int start, int numColors )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBwinFocus\fR ( QWidget * widget, bool gotFocus )" +.BI "void \fBwinFocus\fR ( TQWidget * widget, bool gotFocus )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisSessionRestored\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsessionId\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBsessionId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsessionKey\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBsessionKey\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBcommitData\fR ( QSessionManager & sm )" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetStyle\fR ( QStyle * style )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStyle * \fBsetStyle\fR ( const QString & style )" +.BI "QStyle * \fBsetStyle\fR ( const TQString & style )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcolorSpec\fR ()" @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetGlobalMouseTracking\fR ( bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPalette \fBpalette\fR ( const QWidget * w = 0 )" +.BI "QPalette \fBpalette\fR ( const TQWidget * w = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetPalette\fR ( const QPalette & palette, bool informWidgets = FALSE, const char * className = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QFont \fBfont\fR ( const QWidget * w = 0 )" +.BI "QFont \fBfont\fR ( const TQWidget * w = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetFont\fR ( const QFont & font, bool informWidgets = FALSE, const char * className = 0 )" @@ -247,19 +247,19 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QDesktopWidget * \fBdesktop\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBactivePopupWidget\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBactivePopupWidget\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBactiveModalWidget\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBactiveModalWidget\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "QClipboard * \fBclipboard\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBwidgetAt\fR ( int x, int y, bool child = FALSE )" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBwidgetAt\fR ( int x, int y, bool child = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBwidgetAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos, bool child = FALSE )" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBwidgetAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos, bool child = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QEventLoop * \fBeventLoop\fR ()" @@ -268,19 +268,19 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBexit\fR ( int retcode = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsendEvent\fR ( QObject * receiver, QEvent * event )" +.BI "bool \fBsendEvent\fR ( TQObject * receiver, QEvent * event )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBpostEvent\fR ( QObject * receiver, QEvent * event )" +.BI "void \fBpostEvent\fR ( TQObject * receiver, QEvent * event )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsendPostedEvents\fR ( QObject * receiver, int event_type )" +.BI "void \fBsendPostedEvents\fR ( TQObject * receiver, int event_type )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsendPostedEvents\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremovePostedEvents\fR ( QObject * receiver )" +.BI "void \fBremovePostedEvents\fR ( TQObject * receiver )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBstartingUp\fR ()" @@ -301,10 +301,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBbeep\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void setWinStyleHighlightColor ( const QColor & c ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void setWinStyleHighlightColor ( const TQColor & c ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & winStyleHighlightColor () \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "const TQColor & winStyleHighlightColor () \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetDesktopSettingsAware\fR ( bool on )" @@ -343,10 +343,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QStringList \fBlibraryPaths\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddLibraryPath\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "void \fBaddLibraryPath\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveLibraryPath\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "void \fBremoveLibraryPath\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetStartDragTime\fR ( int ms )" @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ This enum type defines the 8-bit encoding of character string arguments to trans .TP \fCQApplication::UnicodeUTF8\fR - UTF-8 .PP -See also QObject::tr(), QObject::trUtf8(), and QString::fromUtf8(). +See also TQObject::tr(), TQObject::trUtf8(), and TQString::fromUtf8(). .SH "QApplication::Type" .TP \fCQApplication::Tty\fR - a console application @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ This signal is emitted when the application is about to quit the main event loop The signal is particularly useful if your application has to do some last-second cleanup. Note that no user interaction is possible in this state. .PP See also quit(). -.SH "QWidget * QApplication::activeModalWidget ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QApplication::activeModalWidget ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the active modal widget. .PP A modal widget is a special top level widget which is a subclass of QDialog that specifies the modal parameter of the constructor as TRUE. A modal widget must be closed before the user can continue with other parts of the program. @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ A modal widget is a special top level widget which is a subclass of QDialog that Modal widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active modal widget at the top of the stack. .PP See also activePopupWidget() and topLevelWidgets(). -.SH "QWidget * QApplication::activePopupWidget ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QApplication::activePopupWidget ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the active popup widget. .PP A popup widget is a special top level widget that sets the WType_Popup widget flag, e.g. the QPopupMenu widget. When the application opens a popup widget, all events are sent to the popup. Normal widgets and modal widgets cannot be accessed before the popup widget is closed. @@ -650,13 +650,13 @@ A popup widget is a special top level widget that sets the WType_Popup widget fl Only other popup widgets may be opened when a popup widget is shown. The popup widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active popup widget at the top of the stack. .PP See also activeModalWidget() and topLevelWidgets(). -.SH "QWidget * QApplication::activeWindow () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QApplication::activeWindow () const" Returns the application top-level window that has the keyboard input focus, or 0 if no application window has the focus. Note that there might be an activeWindow() even if there is no focusWidget(), for example if no widget in that window accepts key events. .PP -See also QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::focus, and focusWidget(). +See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focus, and focusWidget(). .PP Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp. -.SH "void QApplication::addLibraryPath ( const QString & path )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QApplication::addLibraryPath ( const TQString & path )\fC [static]\fR" Append \fIpath\fR to the end of the library path list. If \fIpath\fR is empty or already in the path list, the path list is not changed. .PP The default path list consists of a single entry, the installation directory for plugins. The default installation directory for plugins is \fCINSTALL/plugins\fR, where \fCINSTALL\fR is the directory where TQt was installed. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Example that updates all widgets: .br QWidgetListIt it( *list ); // iterate over the widgets .br - QWidget * w; + TQWidget * w; .br while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) { // for each widget... .br @@ -697,8 +697,8 @@ The QWidgetList class is defined in the \fCntqwidgetlist.h\fR header file. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Delete the list as soon as you have finished using it. The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time. .PP -See also topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::visible, and QPtrList::isEmpty(). -.SH "QString QApplication::applicationDirPath ()" +See also topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::visible, and QPtrList::isEmpty(). +.SH "TQString QApplication::applicationDirPath ()" Returns the directory that contains the application executable. .PP For example, if you have installed TQt in the \fCC:\Trolltech\Qt\fR directory, and you run the \fCdemo\fR example, this function will return "C:/Trolltech/Qt/examples/demo". @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ On Mac OS X this will point to the directory actually containing the executable, \fBWarning:\fR On Unix, this function assumes that argv[0] contains the file name of the executable (which it normally does). It also assumes that the current directory hasn't been changed by the application. .PP See also applicationFilePath(). -.SH "QString QApplication::applicationFilePath ()" +.SH "TQString QApplication::applicationFilePath ()" Returns the file path of the application executable. .PP For example, if you have installed TQt in the \fCC:\Trolltech\Qt\fR directory, and you run the \fCdemo\fR example, this function will return "C:/Trolltech/Qt/examples/demo/demo.exe". @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ This function is particularly useful for applications with many top-level window .PP The windows are closed in random order, until one window does not accept the close event. .PP -See also QWidget::close(), QWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(), quit(), topLevelWidgets(), and QWidget::isTopLevel. +See also TQWidget::close(), TQWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(), quit(), topLevelWidgets(), and TQWidget::isTopLevel. .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. @@ -926,21 +926,21 @@ Flushes the X event queue in the X11 implementation. This normally returns almos See also syncX(). .PP Example: xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "QWidget * QApplication::focusWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QApplication::focusWidget () const" Returns the application widget that has the keyboard input focus, or 0 if no widget in this application has the focus. .PP -See also QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::focus, and activeWindow(). -.SH "QFont QApplication::font ( const QWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focus, and activeWindow(). +.SH "QFont QApplication::font ( const TQWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the default font for the widget \fIw\fR, or the default application font if \fIw\fR is 0. .PP -See also setFont(), fontMetrics(), and QWidget::font. +See also setFont(), fontMetrics(), and TQWidget::font. .PP Examples: .)l qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp. .SH "QFontMetrics QApplication::fontMetrics ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns display (screen) font metrics for the application font. .PP -See also font(), setFont(), QWidget::fontMetrics(), and QPainter::fontMetrics(). +See also font(), setFont(), TQWidget::fontMetrics(), and QPainter::fontMetrics(). .SH "QSize QApplication::globalStrut ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the application's global strut. .PP @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ The signal is very useful when your application has many top level widgets but n .PP For convenience, this signal is \fInot\fR emitted for transient top level widgets such as popup menus and dialogs. .PP -See also mainWidget(), topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::isTopLevel, and QWidget::close(). +See also mainWidget(), topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, and TQWidget::close(). .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/main.cpp, extension/main.cpp, helpviewer/main.cpp, mdi/main.cpp, network/archivesearch/main.cpp, qwerty/main.cpp, and regexptester/main.cpp. @@ -1036,11 +1036,11 @@ This virtual function is only implemented under Macintosh. If you create an application that inherits QApplication and reimplement this function, you get direct access to all Carbon Events that are received from the MacOS. .PP Return TRUE if you want to stop the event from being processed. Return FALSE for normal event dispatching. -.SH "QWidget * QApplication::mainWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QApplication::mainWidget () const" Returns the main application widget, or 0 if there is no main widget. .PP See also setMainWidget(). -.SH "bool QApplication::notify ( QObject * receiver, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QApplication::notify ( TQObject * receiver, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sends event \fIe\fR to \fIreceiver\fR: \fIreceiver\fR->event(\fIe\fR). Returns the value that is returned from the receiver's event handler. .PP For certain types of events (e.g. mouse and key events), the event will be propagated to the receiver's parent and so on up to the top-level object if the receiver is not interested in the event (i.e., it returns FALSE). @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ Reimplementing this function. This is very powerful, providing complete control; Installing an event filter on tqApp. Such an event filter is able to process all events for all widgets, so it's just as powerful as reimplementing notify(); furthermore, it's possible to have more than one application-global event filter. Global event filters even see mouse events for disabled widgets, and if global mouse tracking is enabled, as well as mouse move events for all widgets. .IP .TP -Reimplementing QObject::event() (as QWidget does). If you do this you get Tab key presses, and you get to see the events before any widget-specific event filters. +Reimplementing TQObject::event() (as TQWidget does). If you do this you get Tab key presses, and you get to see the events before any widget-specific event filters. .IP .TP Installing an event filter on the object. Such an event filter gets all the events except Tab and Shift-Tab key presses. @@ -1061,31 +1061,31 @@ Installing an event filter on the object. Such an event filter gets all the even .TP Reimplementing paintEvent(), mousePressEvent() and so on. This is the commonest, easiest and least powerful way. .PP -See also QObject::event() and installEventFilter(). +See also TQObject::event() and installEventFilter(). .SH "QCursor * QApplication::overrideCursor ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the active application override cursor. .PP This function returns 0 if no application cursor has been defined (i.e. the internal cursor stack is empty). .PP See also setOverrideCursor() and restoreOverrideCursor(). -.SH "QPalette QApplication::palette ( const QWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QPalette QApplication::palette ( const TQWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the application palette. .PP If a widget is passed in \fIw\fR, the default palette for the widget's class is returned. This may or may not be the application palette. In most cases there isn't a special palette for certain types of widgets, but one notable exception is the popup menu under Windows, if the user has defined a special background color for menus in the display settings. .PP -See also setPalette() and QWidget::palette. +See also setPalette() and TQWidget::palette. .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "void QApplication::polish ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QApplication::polish ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Initialization of the appearance of the widget \fIw\fR \fIbefore\fR it is first shown. .PP Usually widgets call this automatically when they are polished. It may be used to do some style-based central customization of widgets. .PP -Note that you are not limited to the public functions of QWidget. Instead, based on meta information like QObject::className() you are able to customize any kind of widget. +Note that you are not limited to the public functions of TQWidget. Instead, based on meta information like TQObject::className() you are able to customize any kind of widget. .PP -See also QStyle::polish(), QWidget::polish(), setPalette(), and setFont(). -.SH "void QApplication::postEvent ( QObject * receiver, QEvent * event )\fC [static]\fR" +See also QStyle::polish(), TQWidget::polish(), setPalette(), and setFont(). +.SH "void QApplication::postEvent ( TQObject * receiver, QEvent * event )\fC [static]\fR" \fBNote:\fR This function is thread-safe when TQt is built withthread support.

Adds the event \fIevent\fR with the object \fIreceiver\fR as the receiver of the event, to an event queue and returns immediately. .PP The event must be allocated on the heap since the post event queue will take ownership of the event and delete it once it has been posted. @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ This virtual function is only implemented under Qt/Embedded. If you create an application that inherits QApplication and reimplement this function, you get direct access to all QWS (Q Window System) events that the are received from the QWS master process. .PP Return TRUE if you want to stop the event from being processed. Return FALSE for normal event dispatching. -.SH "void QApplication::qwsSetCustomColors ( QRgb * colorTable, int start, int numColors )" +.SH "void QApplication::qwsSetCustomColors ( TQRgb * colorTable, int start, int numColors )" Set Qt/Embedded custom color table. .PP Qt/Embedded on 8-bpp displays allocates a standard 216 color cube. The remaining 40 colors may be used by setting a custom color table in the QWS master process before any clients connect. @@ -1165,18 +1165,18 @@ Set the QWSDecoration derived class to use for decorating the Qt/Embedded window This method is non-portable. It is available \fIonly\fR in Qt/Embedded. .PP See also QWSDecoration. -.SH "void QApplication::removeLibraryPath ( const QString & path )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QApplication::removeLibraryPath ( const TQString & path )\fC [static]\fR" Removes \fIpath\fR from the library path list. If \fIpath\fR is empty or not in the path list, the list is not changed. .PP See also addLibraryPath(), libraryPaths(), and setLibraryPaths(). -.SH "void QApplication::removePostedEvents ( QObject * receiver )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QApplication::removePostedEvents ( TQObject * receiver )\fC [static]\fR" \fBNote:\fR This function is thread-safe when TQt is built withthread support.

Removes all events posted using postEvent() for \fIreceiver\fR. .PP The events are \fInot\fR dispatched, instead they are removed from the queue. You should never need to call this function. If you do call it, be aware that killing events may cause \fIreceiver\fR to break one or more invariants. .SH "void QApplication::removeTranslator ( QTranslator * mf )" Removes the message file \fImf\fR from the list of message files used by this application. (It does not delete the message file from the file system.) .PP -See also installTranslator(), translate(), and QObject::tr(). +See also installTranslator(), translate(), and TQObject::tr(). .PP Example: i18n/main.cpp. .SH "void QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor ()\fC [static]\fR" @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ Note that you should never exit the application within this function. Instead, t \fBWarning:\fR Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \fIunless\fR you ask the session manager \fIsm\fR for explicit permission. See QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details. .PP See also isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), and the Session Management overview. -.SH "bool QApplication::sendEvent ( QObject * receiver, QEvent * event )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QApplication::sendEvent ( TQObject * receiver, QEvent * event )\fC [static]\fR" Sends event \fIevent\fR directly to receiver \fIreceiver\fR, using the notify() function. Returns the value that was returned from the event handler. .PP The event is \fInot\fR deleted when the event has been sent. The normal approach is to create the event on the stack, e.g. @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ If you create the event on the heap you must delete it. See also postEvent() and notify(). .PP Example: popup/popup.cpp. -.SH "void QApplication::sendPostedEvents ( QObject * receiver, int event_type )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QApplication::sendPostedEvents ( TQObject * receiver, int event_type )\fC [static]\fR" Immediately dispatches all events which have been previously queued with QApplication::postEvent() and which are for the object \fIreceiver\fR and have the event type \fIevent_type\fR. .PP Note that events from the window system are \fInot\fR dispatched by this function, but by processEvents(). @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ If \fIreceiver\fR is null, the events of \fIevent_type\fR are sent for all objec This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Dispatches all posted events, i.e. empties the event queue. -.SH "QString QApplication::sessionId () const" +.SH "TQString QApplication::sessionId () const" Returns the current session's identifier. .PP If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this identifier is the same as it was in that previous session. @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this identifier is The session identifier is guaranteed to be unique both for different applications and for different instances of the same application. .PP See also isSessionRestored(), sessionKey(), commitData(), and saveState(). -.SH "QString QApplication::sessionKey () const" +.SH "TQString QApplication::sessionKey () const" Returns the session key in the current session. .PP If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is the same as it was when the previous session ended. @@ -1284,13 +1284,13 @@ Example: .br .fi .PP -QColor provides more functionality for controlling color allocation and freeing up certain colors. See QColor::enterAllocContext() for more information. +TQColor provides more functionality for controlling color allocation and freeing up certain colors. See TQColor::enterAllocContext() for more information. .PP -To check what mode you end up with, call QColor::numBitPlanes() once the QApplication object exists. A value greater than 8 (typically 16, 24 or 32) means true color. +To check what mode you end up with, call TQColor::numBitPlanes() once the QApplication object exists. A value greater than 8 (typically 16, 24 or 32) means true color. .PP * The color cube used by TQt has 216 colors whose red, green, and blue components always have one of the following values: 0x00, 0x33, 0x66, 0x99, 0xCC, or 0xFF. .PP -See also colorSpec(), QColor::numBitPlanes(), and QColor::enterAllocContext(). +See also colorSpec(), TQColor::numBitPlanes(), and TQColor::enterAllocContext(). .PP Examples: .)l helpviewer/main.cpp, opengl/main.cpp, showimg/main.cpp, t9/main.cpp, tetrax/tetrax.cpp, tetrix/tetrix.cpp, and themes/main.cpp. @@ -1337,11 +1337,11 @@ Note: All effects are disabled on screens running at less than 16-bit color dept .PP See also isEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect, and setDesktopSettingsAware(). .SH "void QApplication::setFont ( const QFont & font, bool informWidgets = FALSE, const char * className = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" -Changes the default application font to \fIfont\fR. If \fIinformWidgets\fR is TRUE, then existing widgets are informed about the change and may adjust themselves to the new application setting. If \fIinformWidgets\fR is FALSE, the change only affects newly created widgets. If \fIclassName\fR is passed, the change applies only to classes that inherit \fIclassName\fR (as reported by QObject::inherits()). +Changes the default application font to \fIfont\fR. If \fIinformWidgets\fR is TRUE, then existing widgets are informed about the change and may adjust themselves to the new application setting. If \fIinformWidgets\fR is FALSE, the change only affects newly created widgets. If \fIclassName\fR is passed, the change applies only to classes that inherit \fIclassName\fR (as reported by TQObject::inherits()). .PP On application start-up, the default font depends on the window system. It can vary depending on both the window system version and the locale. This function lets you override the default font; but overriding may be a bad idea because, for example, some locales need extra-large fonts to support their special characters. .PP -See also font(), fontMetrics(), and QWidget::font. +See also font(), fontMetrics(), and TQWidget::font. .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp. @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Enables global mouse tracking if \fIenable\fR is TRUE, or disables it if \fIenab .PP Enabling global mouse tracking makes it possible for widget event filters or application event filters to get all mouse move events, even when no button is depressed. This is useful for special GUI elements, e.g. tooltips. .PP -Global mouse tracking does not affect widgets and their mouseMoveEvent(). For a widget to get mouse move events when no button is depressed, it must do QWidget::setMouseTracking(TRUE). +Global mouse tracking does not affect widgets and their mouseMoveEvent(). For a widget to get mouse move events when no button is depressed, it must do TQWidget::setMouseTracking(TRUE). .PP This function uses an internal counter. Each setGlobalMouseTracking(TRUE) must have a corresponding setGlobalMouseTracking(FALSE): .PP @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ This function uses an internal counter. Each setGlobalMouseTracking(TRUE) must h .br .fi .PP -See also hasGlobalMouseTracking() and QWidget::mouseTracking. +See also hasGlobalMouseTracking() and TQWidget::mouseTracking. .SH "void QApplication::setGlobalStrut ( const QSize & strut )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the application's global strut to \fIstrut\fR. .PP @@ -1399,14 +1399,14 @@ See also globalStrut(). Sets the list of directories to search when loading libraries to \fIpaths\fR. All existing paths will be deleted and the path list will consist of the paths given in \fIpaths\fR. .PP See also libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and QLibrary. -.SH "void QApplication::setMainWidget ( QWidget * mainWidget )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QApplication::setMainWidget ( TQWidget * mainWidget )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the application's main widget to \fImainWidget\fR. .PP In most respects the main widget is like any other widget, except that if it is closed, the application exits. Note that QApplication does \fInot\fR take ownership of the \fImainWidget\fR, so if you create your main widget on the heap you must delete it yourself. .PP You need not have a main widget; connecting lastWindowClosed() to quit() is an alternative. .PP -For X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget according to the \fI-geometry\fR command-line option, so you should set the default geometry (using QWidget::setGeometry()) before calling setMainWidget(). +For X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget according to the \fI-geometry\fR command-line option, so you should set the default geometry (using TQWidget::setGeometry()) before calling setMainWidget(). .PP See also mainWidget(), exec(), and quit(). .PP @@ -1435,18 +1435,18 @@ Example: .br .fi .PP -See also overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), and QWidget::cursor. +See also overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), and TQWidget::cursor. .PP Examples: .)l distributor/distributor.ui.h, network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, and showimg/showimg.cpp. .SH "void QApplication::setPalette ( const QPalette & palette, bool informWidgets = FALSE, const char * className = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Changes the default application palette to \fIpalette\fR. If \fIinformWidgets\fR is TRUE, then existing widgets are informed about the change and may adjust themselves to the new application setting. If \fIinformWidgets\fR is FALSE, the change only affects newly created widgets. .PP -If \fIclassName\fR is passed, the change applies only to widgets that inherit \fIclassName\fR (as reported by QObject::inherits()). If \fIclassName\fR is left 0, the change affects all widgets, thus overriding any previously set class specific palettes. +If \fIclassName\fR is passed, the change applies only to widgets that inherit \fIclassName\fR (as reported by TQObject::inherits()). If \fIclassName\fR is left 0, the change affects all widgets, thus overriding any previously set class specific palettes. .PP The palette may be changed according to the current GUI style in QStyle::polish(). .PP -See also QWidget::palette, palette(), and QStyle::polish(). +See also TQWidget::palette, palette(), and QStyle::polish(). .PP Examples: .)l i18n/main.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, themes/themes.cpp, and themes/wood.cpp. @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ When switching application styles, the color palette is set back to the initial See also style(), QStyle, setPalette(), and desktopSettingsAware(). .PP Example: themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "QStyle * QApplication::setStyle ( const QString & style )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStyle * QApplication::setStyle ( const TQString & style )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Requests a QStyle object for \fIstyle\fR from the QStyleFactory. @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ Sets the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is rotated to \fIn\fR. If this number exceeds the number of visible lines in a certain widget, the widget should interpret the scroll operation as a single page up / page down operation instead. .PP See also wheelScrollLines(). -.SH "void QApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor ( const QColor & c )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor ( const TQColor & c )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Sets the color used to mark selections in windows style for all widgets in the application. Will repaint all widgets if the color is changed. @@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Example: .br QWidgetListIt it( *list ); // iterate over the widgets .br - QWidget * w; + TQWidget * w; .br while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) { // for each top level widget... .br @@ -1581,11 +1581,11 @@ Example: .PP \fBWarning:\fR Delete the list as soon you have finished using it. The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time. .PP -See also allWidgets(), QWidget::isTopLevel, QWidget::visible, and QPtrList::isEmpty(). -.SH "QString QApplication::translate ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0, Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const" +See also allWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, TQWidget::visible, and QPtrList::isEmpty(). +.SH "TQString QApplication::translate ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0, Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const" \fBNote:\fR This function is reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.

Returns the translation text for \fIsourceText\fR, by querying the installed messages files. The message files are searched from the most recently installed message file back to the first installed message file. .PP -QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() provide this functionality more conveniently. +TQObject::tr() and TQObject::trUtf8() provide this functionality more conveniently. .PP \fIcontext\fR is typically a class name (e.g., "MyDialog") and \fIsourceText\fR is either English text or a short identifying text, if the output text will be very long (as for help texts). .PP @@ -1593,13 +1593,13 @@ QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() provide this functionality more conveniently .PP See the QTranslator documentation for more information about contexts and comments. .PP -If none of the message files contain a translation for \fIsourceText\fR in \fIcontext\fR, this function returns a QString equivalent of \fIsourceText\fR. The encoding of \fIsourceText\fR is specified by \fIencoding\fR; it defaults to DefaultCodec. +If none of the message files contain a translation for \fIsourceText\fR in \fIcontext\fR, this function returns a TQString equivalent of \fIsourceText\fR. The encoding of \fIsourceText\fR is specified by \fIencoding\fR; it defaults to DefaultCodec. .PP This function is not virtual. You can use alternative translation techniques by subclassing QTranslator. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This method is reentrant only if all translators are installed \fIbefore\fR calling this method. Installing or removing translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing so will most likely result in crashes or other undesirable behavior. .PP -See also QObject::tr(), installTranslator(), and defaultCodec(). +See also TQObject::tr(), installTranslator(), and defaultCodec(). .SH "bool QApplication::tryLock ()" Attempts to lock the TQt Library Mutex, and returns immediately. If the lock was obtained, this function returns TRUE. If another thread has locked the mutex, this function returns FALSE, instead of waiting for the lock to become available. .PP @@ -1620,15 +1620,15 @@ See also guiThreadAwake() and Thread Support in Qt. Returns the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is rotated. .PP See also setWheelScrollLines(). -.SH "QWidget * QApplication::widgetAt ( int x, int y, bool child = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QApplication::widgetAt ( int x, int y, bool child = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position \fI(x, y)\fR, or 0 if there is no TQt widget there. .PP If \fIchild\fR is FALSE and there is a child widget at position \fI(x, y)\fR, the top-level widget containing it is returned. If \fIchild\fR is TRUE the child widget at position \fI(x, y)\fR is returned. .PP This function is normally rather slow. .PP -See also QCursor::pos(), QWidget::grabMouse(), and QWidget::grabKeyboard(). -.SH "QWidget * QApplication::widgetAt ( const QPoint & pos, bool child = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" +See also QCursor::pos(), TQWidget::grabMouse(), and TQWidget::grabKeyboard(). +.SH "TQWidget * QApplication::widgetAt ( const QPoint & pos, bool child = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position \fIpos\fR, or 0 if there is no TQt widget there. @@ -1638,11 +1638,11 @@ If \fIchild\fR is FALSE and there is a child widget at position \fIpos\fR, the t This virtual function is only implemented under Windows. .PP The message procedure calls this function for every message received. Reimplement this function if you want to process window messages that are not processed by Qt. If you don't want the event to be processed by Qt, then return TRUE; otherwise return FALSE. -.SH "void QApplication::winFocus ( QWidget * widget, bool gotFocus )" +.SH "void QApplication::winFocus ( TQWidget * widget, bool gotFocus )" This function is available only on Windows. .PP If \fIgotFocus\fR is TRUE, \fIwidget\fR will become the active window. Otherwise the active window is reset to NULL. -.SH "const QColor & QApplication::winStyleHighlightColor ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "const TQColor & QApplication::winStyleHighlightColor ()\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns the color used to mark selections in windows style. @@ -1766,11 +1766,11 @@ For modules and libraries, using a reference-counted initialization manager or Q .PP .nf .br - class MyPrivateInitStuff: public QObject { + class MyPrivateInitStuff: public TQObject { .br private: .br - MyPrivateInitStuff( QObject * parent ): QObject( parent) { + MyPrivateInitStuff( TQObject * parent ): TQObject( parent) { .br // initialization goes here .br @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ For modules and libraries, using a reference-counted initialization manager or Q .br public: .br - static MyPrivateInitStuff * initStuff( QObject * parent ) { + static MyPrivateInitStuff * initStuff( TQObject * parent ) { .br if ( !p ) .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqasciicache.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqasciicache.3qt index 582c2dad8..9b1dadd68 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqasciicache.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqasciicache.3qt @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The QAsciiCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on char* k .PP QAsciiCache is implemented as a template class. Define a template instance QAsciiCache to create a cache that operates on pointers to X (X*). .PP -A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. The cache items are accessed via \fCchar*\fR keys. For Unicode keys use the QCache template instead, which uses QString keys. A QCache has the same performace as a QAsciiCache. +A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. The cache items are accessed via \fCchar*\fR keys. For Unicode keys use the QCache template instead, which uses TQString keys. A QCache has the same performace as a QAsciiCache. .PP Each cache item has a cost. The sum of item costs, totalCost(), will not exceed the maximum cache cost, maxCost(). If inserting a new item would cause the total cost to exceed the maximum cost, the least recently used items in the cache are removed. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqasciidict.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqasciidict.3qt index a0dd230e0..734e53094 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqasciidict.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqasciidict.3qt @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ QAsciiDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template instance QAscii .PP A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a char* used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup. .PP -QAsciiDict cannot handle Unicode keys; use the QDict template instead, which uses QString keys. A QDict has the same performace as a QAsciiDict. +QAsciiDict cannot handle Unicode keys; use the QDict template instead, which uses TQString keys. A QDict has the same performace as a QAsciiDict. .PP Example: .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqassistantclient.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqassistantclient.3qt index 3e463188e..6f03d2c07 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqassistantclient.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqassistantclient.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QAssistantClient \- Means of using TQt Assistant as an application's help tool .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAssistantClient\fR ( const QString & path, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAssistantClient\fR ( const TQString & path, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAssistantClient\fR ()" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual void \fBcloseAssistant\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBshowPage\fR ( const QString & page )" +.BI "virtual void \fBshowPage\fR ( const TQString & page )" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBassistantClosed\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBerror\fR ( const QString & msg )" +.BI "void \fBerror\fR ( const TQString & msg )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This class is not included in the TQt library itself. To use it you must link ag .PP See also "Adding Documentation to TQt Assistant" in the TQt Assistant manual. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAssistantClient::QAssistantClient ( const QString & path, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QAssistantClient::QAssistantClient ( const TQString & path, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an assistant client object. The \fIpath\fR specifies the path to the TQt Assistant executable. If \fIpath\fR is an empty string the system path (\fC%PATH%\fR or \fC$PATH\fR) is used. .PP The assistant client object is a child of \fIparent\fR and is called \fIname\fR. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ This signal is emitted when TQt Assistant is open and the client-server communic Use this function to close TQt Assistant. .PP See also assistantClosed(). -.SH "void QAssistantClient::error ( const QString & msg )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QAssistantClient::error ( const TQString & msg )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted if TQt Assistant cannot be started or if an error occurs during the initialization of the connection between TQt Assistant and the calling application. The \fImsg\fR provides an explanation of the error. .SH "bool QAssistantClient::isOpen () const" Returns TRUE if TQt Assistant is open; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "open" property for details. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ This function opens TQt Assistant and sets up the client-server communiction bet See also assistantOpened(). .SH "void QAssistantClient::setArguments ( const QStringList & args )" Sets the command line arguments used when TQt Assistant is started to \fIargs\fR. -.SH "void QAssistantClient::showPage ( const QString & page )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QAssistantClient::showPage ( const TQString & page )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Call this function to make TQt Assistant show a particular \fIpage\fR. The \fIpage\fR is a filename (e.g. \fCmyhelpfile.html\fR). See "Adding Documentation to TQt Assistant" in the TQt Assistant manual for further information. .PP If TQt Assistant hasn't been opened yet, this function will do nothing. You can use isOpen() to determine whether TQt Assistant is up and running, or you can connect to the asssistantOpened() signal. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxaggregated.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxaggregated.3qt index f084e4af4..e963957ca 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxaggregated.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxaggregated.3qt @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .BI "IUnknown * \fBcontrollingUnknown\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBwidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBwidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QObject * \fBobject\fR () const" +.BI "TQObject * \fBobject\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The QAxAggregated class is an abstract base class for implementations of additio .PP Create a subclass of QAxAggregated and reimplement queryInterface() to support additional COM interfaces. Use multiple inheritance from those COM interfaces. Implement the IUnknown interface of those COM interfaces by delegating the calls to QueryInterface(), AddRef() and Release() to the interface provided by controllingUnknown(). .PP -Use the widget() method if you need to make calls to the QWidget implementing the ActiveX control. You must not store that pointer in your subclass (unless you use QGuardedPtr), as the QWidget can be destroyed by the ActiveQt framework at any time. +Use the widget() method if you need to make calls to the TQWidget implementing the ActiveX control. You must not store that pointer in your subclass (unless you use QGuardedPtr), as the TQWidget can be destroyed by the ActiveQt framework at any time. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "IUnknown * QAxAggregated::controllingUnknown () const\fC [protected]\fR" Returns the IUnknown interface of the ActiveX control. Implement the IUnknown interface in your QAxAggregated subclass to delegate calls to QueryInterface(), AddRef() and Release() to the interface provided by this function. @@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ Returns the IUnknown interface of the ActiveX control. Implement the IUnknown in .fi .PP The QAXAGG_IUNKNOWN macro expands to the code above, and you can use it in the class declaration of your subclass. -.SH "QObject * QAxAggregated::object () const\fC [protected]\fR" -Returns a pointer to the QObject subclass implementing the COM object. This function might return 0. +.SH "TQObject * QAxAggregated::object () const\fC [protected]\fR" +Returns a pointer to the TQObject subclass implementing the COM object. This function might return 0. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR You must not store the returned pointer, unless you use a QGuardedPtr, since the QObject can be destroyed by ActiveQt at any time. +\fBWarning:\fR You must not store the returned pointer, unless you use a QGuardedPtr, since the TQObject can be destroyed by ActiveQt at any time. .SH "long QAxAggregated::queryInterface ( const QUuid & iid, void ** iface )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Reimplement this pure virtual function to support additional COM interfaces. Set the value of \fIiface\fR to point to this object to support the interface \fIiid\fR. Note that you must cast the \fCthis\fR pointer to the appropriate superclass. .PP @@ -109,12 +109,12 @@ Reimplement this pure virtual function to support additional COM interfaces. Set Return the standard COM results S_OK (interface is supported) or E_NOINTERFACE (requested interface is not supported). .PP \fBWarning:\fR Even though you must implement the IUnknown interface if you implement any COM interface you must not support the IUnknown interface in your queryInterface() implementation. -.SH "QWidget * QAxAggregated::widget () const\fC [protected]\fR" -Returns a pointer to the QWidget subclass implementing the ActiveX control. This function might return 0. +.SH "TQWidget * QAxAggregated::widget () const\fC [protected]\fR" +Returns a pointer to the TQWidget subclass implementing the ActiveX control. This function might return 0. .PP \fBWarning:\fR You must not store the returned pointer, unless you use a -QGuardedPtr, since the QWidget can be destroyed by ActiveQt at any +QGuardedPtr, since the TQWidget can be destroyed by ActiveQt at any time. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxbase.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxbase.3qt index a2fe7c8bf..8b365f36c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxbase.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxbase.3qt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Inherited by QAxObject and QAxWidget. .BI "virtual \fB~QAxBase\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcontrol\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcontrol\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "long \fBqueryInterface\fR ( const QUuid & uuid, void ** iface ) const" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Inherited by QAxObject and QAxWidget. .BI "void \fBsetPropertyBag\fR ( const PropertyBag & bag )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBgenerateDocumentation\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBgenerateDocumentation\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBpropertyWritable\fR ( const char * prop ) const" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Inherited by QAxObject and QAxWidget. .BI "virtual void \fBclear\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetControl\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "bool \fBsetControl\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdisableMetaObject\fR ()" @@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ Inherited by QAxObject and QAxWidget. .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsignal\fR ( const QString & name, int argc, void * argv )" +.BI "void \fBsignal\fR ( const TQString & name, int argc, void * argv )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBpropertyChanged\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBpropertyChanged\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBexception\fR ( int code, const QString & source, const QString & desc, const QString & help )" +.BI "void \fBexception\fR ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & desc, const TQString & help )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcontrol\fR - the name of the COM object wrapped by this QAxBase object" +.BI "TQString \fBcontrol\fR - the name of the COM object wrapped by this QAxBase object" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ QAxBase is an abstract class that cannot be used directly, and is instantiated t .br .fi .PP -Properties exposed by the object's IDispatch implementation can be read and written through the property system provided by the TQt Object Model (both subclasses are QObjects, so you can use setProperty() and property() as with QObject). Properties with multiple parameters are not supported. +Properties exposed by the object's IDispatch implementation can be read and written through the property system provided by the TQt Object Model (both subclasses are QObjects, so you can use setProperty() and property() as with TQObject). Properties with multiple parameters are not supported. .PP .nf .br @@ -146,17 +146,17 @@ Outgoing events supported by the COM object are emitted as standard TQt signals. .PP .nf .br - connect( webBrowser, SIGNAL(TitleChanged(const QString&)), + connect( webBrowser, SIGNAL(TitleChanged(const TQString&)), .br - this, SLOT(setCaption(const QString&)) ); + this, SLOT(setCaption(const TQString&)) ); .br .fi .PP QAxBase transparently converts between COM data types and the equivalent TQt data types. Some COM types have no equivalent TQt data structure. .PP -Supported COM datatypes are listed in the first column of following table. The second column is the TQt type that can be used with the QObject property functions. The third column is the TQt type that is used in the prototype of generated signals and slots for in-parameters, and the last column is the TQt type that is used in the prototype of signals and slots for out-parameters.
.nf +Supported COM datatypes are listed in the first column of following table. The second column is the TQt type that can be used with the TQObject property functions. The third column is the TQt type that is used in the prototype of generated signals and slots for in-parameters, and the last column is the TQt type that is used in the prototype of signals and slots for out-parameters.
.nf .TS -l - l. COM type TQt property in-parameter out-parameter VARIANT_BOOL bool bool bool& BSTR QString const QString& QString& char, short, int, long int int int& uchar, ushort, uint, ulong uint uint uint& float, double double double double& DATE QDateTime const QDateTime& QDateTime& CY TQ_LLONG TQ_LLONG TQ_LLONG& OLE_COLOR QColor const QColor& QColor& SAFEARRAY(VARIANT) QValueList const QValueList& QValueList& SAFEARRAY(BYTE) QByteArray const QByteArray& QByteArray& SAFEARRAY(BSTR) QStringList const QStringList& QStringList& VARIANT type-dependent const QVariant& QVariant& IFontDisp* QFont const QFont& QFont& IPictureDisp* QPixmap const QPixmap& QPixmap& IDispatch* QAxObject* (read-only) QAxBase::asVariant() QAxObject* (return value) IUnknown* QAxObject* (read-only) QAxBase::asVariant() QAxObject* (return value) SCODE, DECIMAL \fIunsupported\fR \fIunsupported\fR +l - l. COM type TQt property in-parameter out-parameter VARIANT_BOOL bool bool bool& BSTR TQString const TQString& TQString& char, short, int, long int int int& uchar, ushort, uint, ulong uint uint uint& float, double double double double& DATE QDateTime const QDateTime& QDateTime& CY TQ_LLONG TQ_LLONG TQ_LLONG& OLE_COLOR TQColor const TQColor& TQColor& SAFEARRAY(VARIANT) QValueList const QValueList& QValueList& SAFEARRAY(BYTE) QByteArray const QByteArray& QByteArray& SAFEARRAY(BSTR) QStringList const QStringList& QStringList& VARIANT type-dependent const QVariant& QVariant& IFontDisp* QFont const QFont& QFont& IPictureDisp* QPixmap const QPixmap& QPixmap& IDispatch* QAxObject* (read-only) QAxBase::asVariant() QAxObject* (return value) IUnknown* QAxObject* (read-only) QAxBase::asVariant() QAxObject* (return value) SCODE, DECIMAL \fIunsupported\fR \fIunsupported\fR .TE .fi
@@ -198,14 +198,14 @@ use the QAxBase API like this: QAxObject object( "" ); .br .br - QString text = object.property( "text" ).toString(); + TQString text = object.property( "text" ).toString(); .br object.setProperty( "font", QFont( "Times New Roman", 12 ) ); .br .br connect( this, SIGNAL(clicked(int)), &object, SLOT(showColumn(int)) ); .br - bool ok = object.dynamicCall( "addColumn(const QString&)", "Column 1" ).toBool(); + bool ok = object.dynamicCall( "addColumn(const TQString&)", "Column 1" ).toBool(); .br .br QValueList varlist; @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ To get the definition of the COM interfaces you will have to use the header file If you need to react to events that pass parameters of unsupported datatypes you can use the generic signal that delivers the event data as provided by the COM event. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QAxBase::PropertyBag" -A QMap that can store properties as name:value pairs. +A QMap that can store properties as name:value pairs. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QAxBase::QAxBase ( IUnknown * iface = 0 )" Creates a QAxBase object that wraps the COM object \fIiface\fR. If \fIiface\fR is 0 (the default), use setControl() to instantiate a COM object. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Returns a QVariant that wraps the COM object. The variant can then be used as a Disconnects and destroys the COM object. .PP If you reimplement this function you must also reimplement the destructor to call clear(), and call this implementation at the end of your clear() function. -.SH "QString QAxBase::control () const" +.SH "TQString QAxBase::control () const" Returns the name of the COM object wrapped by this QAxBase object. See the "control" property for details. .SH "void QAxBase::disableClassInfo ()" Disables the class info generation for this ActiveX container. If you don't require any class information about the ActiveX control use this function to speed up the meta object generation. @@ -281,11 +281,11 @@ Note that this function must be called immediately after construction of the obj .SH "QVariant QAxBase::dynamicCall ( const QCString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" Calls the COM object's method \fIfunction\fR, passing the parameters \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar2\fR, \fIvar3\fR, \fIvar4\fR, \fIvar5\fR, \fIvar6\fR, \fIvar7\fR and \fIvar8\fR, and returns the value returned by the method, or an invalid QVariant if the method does not return a value or when the function call failed. .PP -If \fIfunction\fR is a method of the object the string must be provided as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a QObject::connect() call. +If \fIfunction\fR is a method of the object the string must be provided as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a TQObject::connect() call. .PP .nf .br - activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const QString&)", "www.trolltech.com" ); + activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" ); .br .fi .PP @@ -304,10 +304,10 @@ If \fIfunction\fR is a property the string has to be the name of the property. T .br activeX->dynamicCall( "Value", 5 ); .br - QString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString(); + TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString(); .br .fi -Note that it is faster to get and set properties using QObject::property() and QObject::setProperty(). +Note that it is faster to get and set properties using TQObject::property() and TQObject::setProperty(). .PP It is only possible to call functions through dynamicCall() that have parameters or return values of datatypes supported by QVariant. See the QAxBase class documentation for a list of supported and unsupported datatypes. If you want to call functions that have unsupported datatypes in the parameter list, use queryInterface() to retrieve the appropriate COM interface, and use the function directly. .PP @@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Calls the COM object's method \fIfunction\fR, passing the parameters in \fIvars\fR, and returns the value returned by the method. If the method does not return a value or when the function call failed this function returns an invalid QVariant object. .PP The QVariant objects in \fIvars\fR are updated when the method has out-parameters. -.SH "void QAxBase::exception ( int code, const QString & source, const QString & desc, const QString & help )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QAxBase::exception ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & desc, const TQString & help )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the COM object throws an exception while called using the OLE automation interface IDispatch. \fIcode\fR, \fIsource\fR, \fIdesc\fR and \fIhelp\fR provide information about the exception as provided by the COM server and can be used to provide useful feedback to the end user. \fIhelp\fR includes the help file, and the help context ID in brackets, e.g. "filename [id]". -.SH "QString QAxBase::generateDocumentation ()" +.SH "TQString QAxBase::generateDocumentation ()" Returns a rich text string with documentation for the wrapped COM object. Dump the string to an HTML-file, or use it in e.g. a QTextBrowser widget. .SH "bool QAxBase::initialize ( IUnknown ** ptr )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called by setControl() and creates the requested COM object. \fIptr\fR is set to the object's IUnknown implementation. The function returns TRUE if the object initialization succeeded; otherwise the function returns FALSE. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Returns a name:value map of all the properties exposed by the COM object. This is more efficient than getting multiple properties individually if the COM object supports property bags. .PP \fBWarning:\fR It is not guaranteed that the property bag implementation of the COM object returns all properties, or that the properties returned are the same as those available through the IDispatch interface. -.SH "void QAxBase::propertyChanged ( const QString & name )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QAxBase::propertyChanged ( const TQString & name )\fC [signal]\fR" If the COM object supports property notification, this signal gets emitted when the property called \fIname\fR is changed. .SH "bool QAxBase::propertyWritable ( const char * prop ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if the property \fIprop\fR is writable; otherwise returns FALSE. By default, all properties are writable. @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ COM enabled applications usually have an object model publishing certain element .fi .PP Example: qutlook/centralwidget.cpp. -.SH "bool QAxBase::setControl ( const QString & )" +.SH "bool QAxBase::setControl ( const TQString & )" Sets the name of the COM object wrapped by this QAxBase object. See the "control" property for details. .SH "void QAxBase::setPropertyBag ( const PropertyBag & bag )" Sets the properties of the COM object to the corresponding values in \fIbag\fR. @@ -436,12 +436,12 @@ Sets the property \fIprop\fR to writable if \fIok\fR is TRUE, otherwise sets \fI \fBWarning:\fR Depending on the control implementation this setting might be ignored for some properties. .PP See also propertyWritable() and propertyChanged(). -.SH "void QAxBase::signal ( const QString & name, int argc, void * argv )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QAxBase::signal ( const TQString & name, int argc, void * argv )\fC [signal]\fR" This generic signal gets emitted when the COM object issues the event \fIname\fR. \fIargc\fR is the number of parameters provided by the event (DISPPARAMS.cArgs), and \fIargv\fR is the pointer to the parameter values (DISPPARAMS.rgvarg). Note that the order of parameter values is turned around, ie. the last element of the array is the first parameter in the function. .PP .nf .br - void Receiver::slot( const QString &name, int argc, void *argv ) + void Receiver::slot( const TQString &name, int argc, void *argv ) .br { .br @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ This generic signal gets emitted when the COM object issues the event \fIname\fR .PP Use this signal if the event has parameters of unsupported data types. Otherwise, connect directly to the signal \fIname\fR. .SS "Property Documentation" -.SH "QString control" +.SH "TQString control" This property holds the name of the COM object wrapped by this QAxBase object. .PP Setting this property initilializes the COM object. Any COM object previously set is shut down. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxbindable.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxbindable.3qt index 4a6953485..9627667a5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxbindable.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxbindable.3qt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QAxBindable \- Interface between a QWidget and an ActiveX client +QAxBindable \- Interface between a TQWidget and an ActiveX client .SH SYNOPSIS This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .PP @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBreportError\fR ( int code, const QString & src, const QString & desc, const QString & context = QString::null )" +.BI "void \fBreportError\fR ( int code, const TQString & src, const TQString & desc, const TQString & context = TQString::null )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .SH DESCRIPTION This class is defined in the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR, which can be found in the \fCqt/extensions\fR directory. It is not included in the main TQt API. .PP -The QAxBindable class provides an interface between a QWidget and an ActiveX client. +The QAxBindable class provides an interface between a TQWidget and an ActiveX client. .PP -The functions provided by this class allow an ActiveX control to communicate property changes to a client application. Inherit your control class from both QWidget (directly or indirectly) and this class to get access to this class's functions. The meta object compiler requires you to inherit from QWidget \fIfirst\fR. +The functions provided by this class allow an ActiveX control to communicate property changes to a client application. Inherit your control class from both TQWidget (directly or indirectly) and this class to get access to this class's functions. The meta object compiler requires you to inherit from TQWidget \fIfirst\fR. .PP .nf .br - class MyActiveX : public QWidget, public QAxBindable + class MyActiveX : public TQWidget, public QAxBindable .br { .br @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The functions provided by this class allow an ActiveX control to communicate pro .br public: .br - MyActiveX( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + MyActiveX( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); .br ... .br @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Call this function to notify the client that is hosting this ActiveX control tha This function is usually called at the end of the property's write function. .PP See also requestPropertyChange(). -.SH "void QAxBindable::reportError ( int code, const QString & src, const QString & desc, const QString & context = QString::null )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QAxBindable::reportError ( int code, const TQString & src, const TQString & desc, const TQString & context = TQString::null )\fC [static]\fR" Reports an error to the client application. \fIcode\fR is a control-defined error code. \fIdesc\fR is a human-readable description of the error intended for the application user. \fIsrc\fR is the name of the source for the error, typically the ActiveX server name. \fIcontext\fR can be the location of a help file with more information about the error. If \fIcontext\fR ends with a number in brackets, e.g. [12], this number will be interpreted as the context ID in the help file. .SH "bool QAxBindable::requestPropertyChange ( const char * property )\fC [protected]\fR" Call this function to request permission to change the property \fIproperty\fR from the client that is hosting this ActiveX control. Returns TRUE if the client allows the change; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ This function is usually called first in the write function for \fIproperty\fR, .PP .nf .br - void MyActiveQt::setText( const QString &text ) + void MyActiveQt::setText( const TQString &text ) .br { .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxfactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxfactory.3qt index 3348be0d2..737fa8fbe 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxfactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxfactory.3qt @@ -25,25 +25,25 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .BI "virtual QStringList \fBfeatureList\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QObject * \fBcreateObject\fR ( const QString & key, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "virtual TQObject * \fBcreateObject\fR ( const TQString & key, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QMetaObject * \fBmetaObject\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual QMetaObject * \fBmetaObject\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBcreateObjectWrapper\fR ( QObject * object, IDispatch ** wrapper )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBcreateObjectWrapper\fR ( TQObject * object, IDispatch ** wrapper )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QUuid \fBclassID\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual QUuid \fBclassID\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QUuid \fBinterfaceID\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual QUuid \fBinterfaceID\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QUuid \fBeventsID\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual QUuid \fBeventsID\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QUuid \fBtypeLibID\fR () const" @@ -52,22 +52,22 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .BI "virtual QUuid \fBappID\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBregisterClass\fR ( const QString & key, QSettings * settings ) const" +.BI "virtual void \fBregisterClass\fR ( const TQString & key, QSettings * settings ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBunregisterClass\fR ( const QString & key, QSettings * settings ) const" +.BI "virtual void \fBunregisterClass\fR ( const TQString & key, QSettings * settings ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBvalidateLicenseKey\fR ( const QString & key, const QString & licenseKey ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBvalidateLicenseKey\fR ( const TQString & key, const TQString & licenseKey ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBexposeToSuperClass\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBexposeToSuperClass\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBstayTopLevel\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBstayTopLevel\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBhasStockEvents\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBhasStockEvents\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBisService\fR () const" @@ -82,10 +82,10 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .BI "bool \fBisServer\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBserverDirPath\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBserverDirPath\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBserverFilePath\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBserverFilePath\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBstartServer\fR ( ServerType type = MultipleInstances )" @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ If you implement your own factory reimplement the pure virtual functions, provid } .br .br - QWidget *ActiveQtFactory::create( const QString &key, QWidget *parent, const char *name ) + TQWidget *ActiveQtFactory::create( const TQString &key, TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) .br { .br @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ If you implement your own factory reimplement the pure virtual functions, provid } .br .br - QUuid ActiveQtFactory::classID( const QString &key ) const + QUuid ActiveQtFactory::classID( const TQString &key ) const .br { .br @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ If you implement your own factory reimplement the pure virtual functions, provid } .br .br - QUuid ActiveQtFactory::interfaceID( const QString &key ) const + QUuid ActiveQtFactory::interfaceID( const TQString &key ) const .br { .br @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ If you implement your own factory reimplement the pure virtual functions, provid } .br .br - QUuid ActiveQtFactory::eventsID( const QString &key ) const + QUuid ActiveQtFactory::eventsID( const TQString &key ) const .br { .br @@ -265,39 +265,39 @@ Constructs a QAxFactory object that returns \fIlibid\fR and \fIappid\fR in the i Destroys the QAxFactory object. .SH "QUuid QAxFactory::appID () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return the ActiveX server's application identifier. -.SH "QUuid QAxFactory::classID ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QUuid QAxFactory::classID ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return the class identifier for each \fIkey\fR returned by the featureList() implementation, or an empty QUuid if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. .PP The default implementation interprets \fIkey\fR as the class name, and returns the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "ClassID". -.SH "QWidget * QAxFactory::create ( const QString & key, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reimplement this function to return a new widget for \fIkey\fR. Propagate \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR to the QWidget constructor. Return 0 if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. +.SH "TQWidget * QAxFactory::create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +Reimplement this function to return a new widget for \fIkey\fR. Propagate \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR to the TQWidget constructor. Return 0 if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. .PP The returned widget will be exposed as an ActiveX control, e.g. a COM object that can be embedded as a control into applications. .PP The default implementation returns 0. -.SH "QObject * QAxFactory::createObject ( const QString & key, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reimplement this function to return a new object for \fIkey\fR. Propagate \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR to the QWidget constructor. Return 0 if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. +.SH "TQObject * QAxFactory::createObject ( const TQString & key, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +Reimplement this function to return a new object for \fIkey\fR. Propagate \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR to the TQWidget constructor. Return 0 if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. .PP -If the object returned is a QWidget it will be exposed as an ActiveX control, otherwise the returned object will be exposed as a COM object. +If the object returned is a TQWidget it will be exposed as an ActiveX control, otherwise the returned object will be exposed as a COM object. .PP The default implementation returns the result QAxFactory::create() if \fIparent\fR is 0 or a widget, otherwise returns 0. -.SH "bool QAxFactory::createObjectWrapper ( QObject * object, IDispatch ** wrapper )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QAxFactory::createObjectWrapper ( TQObject * object, IDispatch ** wrapper )\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to provide the COM object for \fIobject\fR in \fIwrapper\fR. Return TRUE if the function was successfull, otherwise return FALSE. .PP The default implementation creates a generic automation wrapper based on the meta object information of \fIobject\fR. -.SH "QUuid QAxFactory::eventsID ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QUuid QAxFactory::eventsID ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return the identifier of the event interface for each \fIkey\fR returned by the featureList() implementation, or an empty QUuid if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. .PP The default implementation interprets \fIkey\fR as the class name, and returns the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "EventsID". -.SH "QString QAxFactory::exposeToSuperClass ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QAxFactory::exposeToSuperClass ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return the name of the super class of \fIkey\fR up to which methods and properties should be exposed by the ActiveX control. .PP -The default implementation interprets \fIkey\fR as the class name, and returns the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "ToSuperClass". If no such value is set the null-string is returned, and the functions and properties of all the super classes including QWidget will be exposed. +The default implementation interprets \fIkey\fR as the class name, and returns the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "ToSuperClass". If no such value is set the null-string is returned, and the functions and properties of all the super classes including TQWidget will be exposed. .PP To only expose the functions and properties of the class itself, reimplement this function to return \fIkey\fR. .SH "QStringList QAxFactory::featureList () const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return a list of the widgets (class names) supported by this factory. -.SH "bool QAxFactory::hasStockEvents ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QAxFactory::hasStockEvents ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return TRUE if the ActiveX control \fIkey\fR should support the standard ActiveX events .TP Click @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ MouseUp MouseMove .PP The default implementation interprets \fIkey\fR as the class name, and returns TRUE if the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "StockEvents" is "yes". Otherwise this function returns FALSE. -.SH "QUuid QAxFactory::interfaceID ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QUuid QAxFactory::interfaceID ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return the interface identifier for each \fIkey\fR returned by the featureList() implementation, or an empty QUuid if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. .PP The default implementation interprets \fIkey\fR as the class name, and returns the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "InterfaceID". @@ -349,27 +349,27 @@ Returns TRUE if the application has been started (by COM) as an ActiveX server, Reimplement this function to return TRUE if the server is running as a persistent service (e.g. an NT service) and should not terminate even when all objects provided have been released. .PP The default implementation returns FALSE. -.SH "QMetaObject * QAxFactory::metaObject ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QMetaObject * QAxFactory::metaObject ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return the QMetaObject corresponding to \fIkey\fR, or 0 if this factory doesn't support the value of \fIkey\fR. .PP The default implementation returns the QMetaObject for the class \fIkey\fR. -.SH "void QAxFactory::registerClass ( const QString & key, QSettings * settings ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAxFactory::registerClass ( const TQString & key, QSettings * settings ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Registers additional values for the class \fIkey\fR in the system registry using the \fIsettings\fR object. The standard values have already been registed by the framework, but additional values, e.g. implemented categories, can be added in an implementation of this function. .PP .nf .br - settings->writeEntry( "/CLSID/" + classID(key) + "/Implemented Categories/{00000000-0000-0000-000000000000}/.", QString::null ); + settings->writeEntry( "/CLSID/" + classID(key) + "/Implemented Categories/{00000000-0000-0000-000000000000}/.", TQString::null ); .br .fi .PP If you reimplement this function you must also reimplement unregisterClass() to remove the additional registry values. .PP See also QSettings. -.SH "QString QAxFactory::serverDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QAxFactory::serverDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the directory that contains the server binary. .PP For out-of-process servers this is the same as QApplication::applicationDirPath(). For in-process servers that function returns the directory that contains the hosting application. -.SH "QString QAxFactory::serverFilePath ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QAxFactory::serverFilePath ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the file path of the server binary. .PP For out-of-process servers this is the same as QApplication::applicationFilePath(). For in-process servers that function returns the file path of the hosting application. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Starts the COM server with \fItype\fR and returns TRUE if successful, otherwise Calling this function if the server is already running (or for an in-process server) does nothing and returns TRUE. .PP The server is started automatically with \fItype\fR set to MultipleUse if the server executable has been started with the \fC-activex\fR command line parameter. -.SH "bool QAxFactory::stayTopLevel ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QAxFactory::stayTopLevel ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return TRUE if the ActiveX control \fIkey\fR should be a top level window, e.g. a dialog. The default implementation returns FALSE. .SH "bool QAxFactory::stopServer ()\fC [static]\fR" Stops the COM server and returns TRUE if successful, otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Stopping the server will not invalidate existing objects, but no new objects can The server is stopped automatically when the main() function returns. .SH "QUuid QAxFactory::typeLibID () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return the ActiveX server's type library identifier. -.SH "void QAxFactory::unregisterClass ( const QString & key, QSettings * settings ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QAxFactory::unregisterClass ( const TQString & key, QSettings * settings ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Unregisters any additional values for the class \fIkey\fR from the system registry using the \fIsettings\fR object. .PP .nf @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Unregisters any additional values for the class \fIkey\fR from the system regist .fi .PP See also registerClass() and QSettings. -.SH "bool QAxFactory::validateLicenseKey ( const QString & key, const QString & licenseKey ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QAxFactory::validateLicenseKey ( const TQString & key, const TQString & licenseKey ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Reimplement this function to return TRUE if \fIlicenseKey\fR is a valid license for the class \fIkey\fR, or if the current machine is licensed. .PP The default implementation returns TRUE if the class \fIkey\fR is not diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxobject.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxobject.3qt index 3020750d7..f035fcde3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxobject.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxobject.3qt @@ -7,26 +7,26 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QAxObject \- QObject that wraps a COM object +QAxObject \- TQObject that wraps a COM object .SH SYNOPSIS This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject and QAxBase. +Inherits TQObject and QAxBase. .PP Inherited by QAxScriptEngine. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxObject\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAxObject\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxObject\fR ( const QString & c, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAxObject\fR ( const TQString & c, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxObject\fR ( IUnknown * iface, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAxObject\fR ( IUnknown * iface, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAxObject\fR ()" @@ -47,33 +47,33 @@ Inherited by QAxScriptEngine. .SH DESCRIPTION This class is defined in the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR, which can be found in the \fCqt/extensions\fR directory. It is not included in the main TQt API. .PP -The QAxObject class provides a QObject that wraps a COM object. +The QAxObject class provides a TQObject that wraps a COM object. .PP A QAxObject can be instantiated as an empty object, with the name of the COM object it should wrap, or with a pointer to the IUnknown that represents an existing COM object. If the COM object implements the IDispatch interface, the properties, methods and events of that object become available as TQt properties, slots and signals. The base class, QAxBase, provides an API to access the COM object directly through the IUnknown pointer. .PP -QAxObject is a QObject and can be used as such, e.g. it can be organized in an object hierarchy, receive events and connect to signals and slots. +QAxObject is a TQObject and can be used as such, e.g. it can be organized in an object hierarchy, receive events and connect to signals and slots. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR You can subclass QAxObject, but you cannot use the TQ_OBJECT macro in the subclass (the generated moc-file will not compile), so you cannot add further signals, slots or properties. This limitation is due to the metaobject information generated in runtime. To work around this problem, aggregate the QAxObject as a member of the QObject subclass. +\fBWarning:\fR You can subclass QAxObject, but you cannot use the TQ_OBJECT macro in the subclass (the generated moc-file will not compile), so you cannot add further signals, slots or properties. This limitation is due to the metaobject information generated in runtime. To work around this problem, aggregate the QAxObject as a member of the TQObject subclass. .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAxObject::QAxObject ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Creates an empty COM object and propagates \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR to the QObject constructor. To initialize the object, call setControl. -.SH "QAxObject::QAxObject ( const QString & c, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Creates a QAxObject that wraps the COM object \fIc\fR. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are propagated to the QWidget contructor. +.SH "QAxObject::QAxObject ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Creates an empty COM object and propagates \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR to the TQObject constructor. To initialize the object, call setControl. +.SH "QAxObject::QAxObject ( const TQString & c, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Creates a QAxObject that wraps the COM object \fIc\fR. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are propagated to the TQWidget contructor. .PP See also control. -.SH "QAxObject::QAxObject ( IUnknown * iface, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Creates a QAxObject that wraps the COM object referenced by \fIiface\fR. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are propagated to the QObject contructor. +.SH "QAxObject::QAxObject ( IUnknown * iface, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Creates a QAxObject that wraps the COM object referenced by \fIiface\fR. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are propagated to the TQObject contructor. .SH "QAxObject::~QAxObject ()" Releases the COM object and destroys the QAxObject, cleaning up all allocated resources. .SH "QVariant QAxBase::dynamicCall ( const QCString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" Calls the COM object's method \fIfunction\fR, passing the parameters \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar2\fR, \fIvar3\fR, \fIvar4\fR, \fIvar5\fR, \fIvar6\fR, \fIvar7\fR and \fIvar8\fR, and returns the value returned by the method, or an invalid QVariant if the method does not return a value or when the function call failed. .PP -If \fIfunction\fR is a method of the object the string must be provided as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a QObject::connect() call. +If \fIfunction\fR is a method of the object the string must be provided as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a TQObject::connect() call. .PP .nf .br - activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const QString&)", "www.trolltech.com" ); + activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" ); .br .fi .PP @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ If \fIfunction\fR is a property the string has to be the name of the property. T .br activeX->dynamicCall( "Value", 5 ); .br - QString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString(); + TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString(); .br .fi -Note that it is faster to get and set properties using QObject::property() and QObject::setProperty(). +Note that it is faster to get and set properties using TQObject::property() and TQObject::setProperty(). .PP It is only possible to call functions through dynamicCall() that have parameters or return values of datatypes supported by QVariant. See the QAxBase class documentation for a list of supported and unsupported datatypes. If you want to call functions that have unsupported datatypes in the parameter list, use queryInterface() to retrieve the appropriate COM interface, and use the function directly. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxscript.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxscript.3qt index 310b3da45..42bcfe4fd 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxscript.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxscript.3qt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -21,31 +21,31 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "enum \fBFunctionFlags\fR { FunctionNames = 0, FunctionSignatures }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxScript\fR ( const QString & name, QAxScriptManager * manager )" +.BI "\fBQAxScript\fR ( const TQString & name, QAxScriptManager * manager )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAxScript\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const QString & code, const QString & language = QString::null )" +.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const TQString & code, const TQString & language = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBfunctions\fR ( FunctionFlags flags = FunctionNames ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBscriptCode\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBscriptCode\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBscriptName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBscriptName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QAxScriptEngine * \fBscriptEngine\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const QString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" +.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const TQString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const QString & function, QValueList & arguments )" +.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const TQString & function, QValueList & arguments )" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" @@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBfinished\fR ( const QVariant & result )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfinished\fR ( int code, const QString & source, const QString & description, const QString & help )" +.BI "void \fBfinished\fR ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & description, const TQString & help )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBstateChanged\fR ( int state )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBerror\fR ( int code, const QString & description, int sourcePosition, const QString & sourceText )" +.BI "void \fBerror\fR ( int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -87,17 +87,17 @@ This FunctionFlags enum describes formatting for function introspection. .TP \fCQAxScript::FunctionSignatures\fR - Returns the functions with signatures. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAxScript::QAxScript ( const QString & name, QAxScriptManager * manager )" +.SH "QAxScript::QAxScript ( const TQString & name, QAxScriptManager * manager )" Constructs a QAxScript object called \fIname\fR and registers it with the QAxScriptManager \fImanager\fR. This is usually done by the QAxScriptManager class when loading a script. .PP A script should always have a name. A manager is necessary to allow the script code to reference objects in the application. The \fImanager\fR takes ownership of the object. .SH "QAxScript::~QAxScript ()" Destroys the object, releasing all allocated resources. -.SH "QVariant QAxScript::call ( const QString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" +.SH "QVariant QAxScript::call ( const TQString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" Calls \fIfunction\fR, passing the parameters \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar2\fR, \fIvar3\fR, \fIvar4\fR, \fIvar5\fR, \fIvar6\fR, \fIvar7\fR and \fIvar8\fR as arguments and returns the value returned by the function, or an invalid QVariant if the function does not return a value or when the function call failed. .PP See QAxScriptManager::call() for more information about how to call script functions. -.SH "QVariant QAxScript::call ( const QString & function, QValueList & arguments )" +.SH "QVariant QAxScript::call ( const TQString & function, QValueList & arguments )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Calls \fIfunction\fR passing \fIarguments\fR as parameters, and returns the result. Returns when the script's execution has finished. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Calls \fIfunction\fR passing \fIarguments\fR as parameters, and returns the resu See QAxScriptManager::call() for more information about how to call script functions. .SH "void QAxScript::entered ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when a script engine has started executing code. -.SH "void QAxScript::error ( int code, const QString & description, int sourcePosition, const QString & sourceText )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QAxScript::error ( int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when an execution error occured while running a script. .PP \fIcode\fR, \fIdescription\fR, \fIsourcePosition\fR and \fIsourceText\fR contain information about the execution error. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ This signal is emitted when a script engine has finished executing code. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIresult\fR contains the script's result. This will be an invalid QVariant if the script has no return value. -.SH "void QAxScript::finished ( int code, const QString & source, const QString & description, const QString & help )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QAxScript::finished ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & description, const TQString & help )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIcode\fR, \fIsource\fR, \fIdescription\fR and \fIhelp\fR contain exception information when the script terminated. @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Returns a list of all the functions in this script if the respective script engine supports introspection; otherwise returns an empty list. The functions are either provided with full prototypes or only as names, depending on the value of \fIflags\fR. .PP See also QAxScriptEngine::hasIntrospection(). -.SH "bool QAxScript::load ( const QString & code, const QString & language = QString::null )" +.SH "bool QAxScript::load ( const TQString & code, const TQString & language = TQString::null )" Loads the script source \fIcode\fR written in language \fIlanguage\fR into the script engine. Returns TRUE if \fIcode\fR was successfully entered into the script engine; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If \fIlanguage\fR is empty (the default) it will be determined heuristically. If \fIcode\fR contains the string \fCEnd Sub\fR it will be interpreted as VBScript, otherwise as JScript. Additional scripting languages can be registered using QAxScript::registerEngine(). .PP This function can only be called once for each QAxScript object, which is done automatically when using QAxScriptManager::load(). -.SH "QString QAxScript::scriptCode () const" +.SH "TQString QAxScript::scriptCode () const" Returns the script's code, or the null-string if no code has been loaded yet. .PP See also load(). @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ See also load(). Returns a pointer to the script engine. .PP You can use the object returned to connect signals to the script functions, or to access the script engine directly. -.SH "QString QAxScript::scriptName () const" +.SH "TQString QAxScript::scriptName () const" Returns the name of the script. .SH "void QAxScript::stateChanged ( int state )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when a script engine changes state. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptengine.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptengine.3qt index fafc46702..efcfb8343 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptengine.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptengine.3qt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Inherits QAxObject. .BI "enum \fBState\fR { Uninitialized = 0, Initialized = 5, Started = 1, Connected = 2, Disconnected = 3, Closed = 4 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxScriptEngine\fR ( const QString & language, QAxScript * script )" +.BI "\fBQAxScriptEngine\fR ( const TQString & language, QAxScript * script )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAxScriptEngine\fR ()" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Inherits QAxObject. .BI "bool \fBhasIntrospection\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBscriptLanguage\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBscriptLanguage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "State \fBstate\fR () const" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Inherits QAxObject. .BI "void \fBsetState\fR ( State st )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddItem\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBaddItem\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "long \fBqueryInterface\fR ( const QUuid & uuid, void ** iface ) const" @@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ The State enumeration defines the different states a script engine can be in. .TP \fCQAxScriptEngine::Closed\fR - The script has been closed. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAxScriptEngine::QAxScriptEngine ( const QString & language, QAxScript * script )" +.SH "QAxScriptEngine::QAxScriptEngine ( const TQString & language, QAxScript * script )" Constructs a QAxScriptEngine object interpreting script code in \fIlanguage\fR provided by the code in \fIscript\fR. This is usually done by the QAxScript class when loading a script. .PP Instances of QAxScriptEngine should always have both a language and a script. .SH "QAxScriptEngine::~QAxScriptEngine ()" Destroys the QAxScriptEngine object, releasing all allocated resources. -.SH "void QAxScriptEngine::addItem ( const QString & name )" +.SH "void QAxScriptEngine::addItem ( const TQString & name )" Registers an item with the script engine. Script code can refer to this item using \fIname\fR. .SH "bool QAxScriptEngine::hasIntrospection () const" Returns TRUE if the script engine supports introspection; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the script engine has been initialized correctly; otherwise retu Requests the interface \fIuuid\fR from the script engine object and sets the value of \fIiface\fR to the provided interface, or to 0 if the requested interface could not be provided. .PP Returns the result of the QueryInterface implementation of the COM object. -.SH "QString QAxScriptEngine::scriptLanguage () const" +.SH "TQString QAxScriptEngine::scriptLanguage () const" Returns the scripting language, for example "VBScript", or "JScript". .SH "void QAxScriptEngine::setState ( State st )" Sets the state of the script engine to \fIst\fR. Calling this function is usually not necessary. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptmanager.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptmanager.3qt index 74be62eb5..d789b0568 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptmanager.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxscriptmanager.3qt @@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxScriptManager\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAxScriptManager\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAxScriptManager\fR ()" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBaddObject\fR ( QAxBase * object )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddObject\fR ( QObject * object )" +.BI "void \fBaddObject\fR ( TQObject * object )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBfunctions\fR ( QAxScript::FunctionFlags flags = QAxScript::FunctionNames ) const" @@ -36,34 +36,34 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QStringList \fBscriptNames\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QAxScript * \fBscript\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "QAxScript * \fBscript\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QAxScript * \fBload\fR ( const QString & code, const QString & name, const QString & language )" +.BI "QAxScript * \fBload\fR ( const TQString & code, const TQString & name, const TQString & language )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QAxScript * \fBload\fR ( const QString & file, const QString & name )" +.BI "QAxScript * \fBload\fR ( const TQString & file, const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const QString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" +.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const TQString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const QString & function, QValueList & arguments )" +.BI "QVariant \fBcall\fR ( const TQString & function, QValueList & arguments )" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBerror\fR ( QAxScript * script, int code, const QString & description, int sourcePosition, const QString & sourceText )" +.BI "void \fBerror\fR ( QAxScript * script, int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBregisterEngine\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & extension, const QString & code = QString ( ) )" +.BI "bool \fBregisterEngine\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & extension, const TQString & code = TQString ( ) )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBscriptFileFilter\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBscriptFileFilter\fR ()" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ Create one QAxScriptManager for each separate document in your application, and .PP \fBWarning:\fR This class is not available with the bcc5.5 and MingW compilers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAxScriptManager::QAxScriptManager ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Creates a QAxScriptManager object. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed on to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QAxScriptManager::QAxScriptManager ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Creates a QAxScriptManager object. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .PP It is usual to create one QAxScriptManager for each document in an application. .SH "QAxScriptManager::~QAxScriptManager ()" @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ Destroys the objects, releasing all allocated resources. Adds \fIobject\fR to the manager. Scripts handled by this manager can access the object in the code using the object's name property. .PP You must add all the necessary objects before loading any scripts. -.SH "void QAxScriptManager::addObject ( QObject * object )" +.SH "void QAxScriptManager::addObject ( TQObject * object )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds a generic COM wrapper for \fIobject\fR to the manager. \fIobject\fR must be exposed as a COM object using the functionality provided by the QAxServer module.. Applications using this function you must link against the qaxserver library. -.SH "QVariant QAxScriptManager::call ( const QString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" +.SH "QVariant QAxScriptManager::call ( const TQString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" Calls \fIfunction\fR, passing the parameters \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar2\fR, \fIvar3\fR, \fIvar4\fR, \fIvar5\fR, \fIvar6\fR, \fIvar7\fR and \fIvar8\fR as arguments and returns the value returned by the function, or an invalid QVariant if the function does not return a value or when the function call failed. The call returns when the script's execution has finished. .PP In most script engines the only supported parameter type is "const QVariant&", for example, to call a JavaScript function @@ -130,17 +130,17 @@ However, this is slower. Functions provided by script engines that don't support introspection are not available and must be called directly using QAxScript::call() on the respective script object. .PP Note that calling this function can be significantely slower than using call() on the respective QAxScript directly. -.SH "QVariant QAxScriptManager::call ( const QString & function, QValueList & arguments )" +.SH "QVariant QAxScriptManager::call ( const TQString & function, QValueList & arguments )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Calls \fIfunction\fR passing \fIarguments\fR as parameters, and returns the result. Returns when the script's execution has finished. -.SH "void QAxScriptManager::error ( QAxScript * script, int code, const QString & description, int sourcePosition, const QString & sourceText )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QAxScriptManager::error ( QAxScript * script, int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when an execution error occured while running \fIscript\fR. .PP \fIcode\fR, \fIdescription\fR, \fIsourcePosition\fR and \fIsourceText\fR contain information about the execution error. .SH "QStringList QAxScriptManager::functions ( QAxScript::FunctionFlags flags = QAxScript::FunctionNames ) const" Returns a list with all the functions that are available. Functions provided by script engines that don't support introspection are not included in the list. The functions are either provided with full prototypes or only as names, depending on the value of \fIflags\fR. -.SH "QAxScript * QAxScriptManager::load ( const QString & code, const QString & name, const QString & language )" +.SH "QAxScript * QAxScriptManager::load ( const TQString & code, const TQString & name, const TQString & language )" Loads the script source \fIcode\fR using the script engine for \fIlanguage\fR. The script can later be referred to using its \fIname\fR which should not be empty. .PP The function returns a pointer to the script for the given \fIcode\fR if the \fIcode\fR was loaded successfully; otherwise it returns 0. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ If \fIlanguage\fR is empty it will be determined heuristically. If \fIcode\fR co You must add all the objects necessary (using addObject()) \fIbefore\fR loading any scripts. If \fIcode\fR declares a function that is already available (no matter in which language) the first function is overloaded and can no longer be called via call(); but it will still be available by calling its script directly. .PP See also addObject(), scriptNames(), and functions(). -.SH "QAxScript * QAxScriptManager::load ( const QString & file, const QString & name )" +.SH "QAxScript * QAxScriptManager::load ( const TQString & file, const TQString & name )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Loads the source code from the \fIfile\fR. The script can later be referred to using its \fIname\fR which should not be empty. @@ -158,15 +158,15 @@ Loads the source code from the \fIfile\fR. The script can later be referred to u The function returns a pointer to the script engine for the code in \fIfile\fR if \fIfile\fR was loaded successfully; otherwise it returns 0. .PP The script engine used is determined from the file's extension. By default ".js" files are interpreted as JScript files, and ".vbs" and ".dsm" files are interpreted as VBScript. Additional script engines can be registered using registerEngine(). -.SH "bool QAxScriptManager::registerEngine ( const QString & name, const QString & extension, const QString & code = QString ( ) )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QAxScriptManager::registerEngine ( const TQString & name, const TQString & extension, const TQString & code = TQString ( ) )\fC [static]\fR" Registers the script engine called \fIname\fR and returns TRUE if the engine was found; otherwise does nothing and returns FALSE. .PP The script engine will be used when loading files with the given \fIextension\fR, or when loading source code that contains the string \fIcode\fR. -.SH "QAxScript * QAxScriptManager::script ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "QAxScript * QAxScriptManager::script ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns the script called \fIname\fR. .PP You can use the returned pointer to call functions directly through QAxScript::call(), to access the script engine directly, or to delete and thus unload the script. -.SH "QString QAxScriptManager::scriptFileFilter ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QAxScriptManager::scriptFileFilter ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a file filter listing all the supported script languages. This filter string is convenient for use with QFileDialog. .SH "QStringList QAxScriptManager::scriptNames () const" Returns a list with the names of all the scripts. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaxwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaxwidget.3qt index 4e0c3e630..4bc933518 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqaxwidget.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaxwidget.3qt @@ -7,24 +7,24 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QAxWidget \- QWidget that wraps an ActiveX control +QAxWidget \- TQWidget that wraps an ActiveX control .SH SYNOPSIS This class is part of the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR. .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget and QAxBase. +Inherits TQWidget and QAxBase. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxWidget\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAxWidget\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxWidget\fR ( const QString & c, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAxWidget\fR ( const TQString & c, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQAxWidget\fR ( IUnknown * iface, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQAxWidget\fR ( IUnknown * iface, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QAxWidget\fR ()" @@ -54,23 +54,23 @@ Inherits QWidget and QAxBase. .SH DESCRIPTION This class is defined in the \fBQt ActiveQt Extension\fR, which can be found in the \fCqt/extensions\fR directory. It is not included in the main TQt API. .PP -The QAxWidget class is a QWidget that wraps an ActiveX control. +The QAxWidget class is a TQWidget that wraps an ActiveX control. .PP A QAxWidget can be instantiated as an empty object, with the name of the ActiveX control it should wrap, or with an existing interface pointer to the ActiveX control. The ActiveX control's properties, methods and events which only use supported data types, become available as TQt properties, slots and signals. The base class QAxBase provides an API to access the ActiveX directly through the IUnknown pointer. .PP -QAxWidget is a QWidget and can be used as such, e.g. it can be organized in a widget hierarchy, receive events or act as an event filter. Standard widget properties, e.g. enabled are supported, but it depends on the ActiveX control to implement support for ambient properties like e.g. palette or font. QAxWidget tries to provide the necessary hints. +QAxWidget is a TQWidget and can be used as such, e.g. it can be organized in a widget hierarchy, receive events or act as an event filter. Standard widget properties, e.g. enabled are supported, but it depends on the ActiveX control to implement support for ambient properties like e.g. palette or font. QAxWidget tries to provide the necessary hints. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR You can subclass QAxWidget, but you cannot use the TQ_OBJECT macro in the subclass (the generated moc-file will not compile), so you cannot add further signals, slots or properties. This limitation is due to the metaobject information generated in runtime. To work around this problem, aggregate the QAxWidget as a member of the QObject subclass. +\fBWarning:\fR You can subclass QAxWidget, but you cannot use the TQ_OBJECT macro in the subclass (the generated moc-file will not compile), so you cannot add further signals, slots or properties. This limitation is due to the metaobject information generated in runtime. To work around this problem, aggregate the QAxWidget as a member of the TQObject subclass. .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QAxWidget::QAxWidget ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" -Creates an empty QAxWidget widget and propagates \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR to the QWidget constructor. To initialize a control, call setControl. -.SH "QAxWidget::QAxWidget ( const QString & c, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" -Creates an QAxWidget widget and initializes the ActiveX control \fIc\fR. \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR are propagated to the QWidget contructor. +.SH "QAxWidget::QAxWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +Creates an empty QAxWidget widget and propagates \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR to the TQWidget constructor. To initialize a control, call setControl. +.SH "QAxWidget::QAxWidget ( const TQString & c, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +Creates an QAxWidget widget and initializes the ActiveX control \fIc\fR. \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR are propagated to the TQWidget contructor. .PP See also control. -.SH "QAxWidget::QAxWidget ( IUnknown * iface, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" -Creates a QAxWidget that wraps the COM object referenced by \fIiface\fR. \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR are propagated to the QWidget contructor. +.SH "QAxWidget::QAxWidget ( IUnknown * iface, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +Creates a QAxWidget that wraps the COM object referenced by \fIiface\fR. \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR are propagated to the TQWidget contructor. .SH "QAxWidget::~QAxWidget ()" Shuts down the ActiveX control and destroys the QAxWidget widget, cleaning up all allocated resources. .PP @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ This function is called by initialize(). If you reimplement initialize to custom .SH "QVariant QAxBase::dynamicCall ( const QCString & function, const QVariant & var1 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var2 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var3 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var4 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var5 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var6 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var7 = QVariant ( ), const QVariant & var8 = QVariant ( ) )" Calls the COM object's method \fIfunction\fR, passing the parameters \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar1\fR, \fIvar2\fR, \fIvar3\fR, \fIvar4\fR, \fIvar5\fR, \fIvar6\fR, \fIvar7\fR and \fIvar8\fR, and returns the value returned by the method, or an invalid QVariant if the method does not return a value or when the function call failed. .PP -If \fIfunction\fR is a method of the object the string must be provided as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a QObject::connect() call. +If \fIfunction\fR is a method of the object the string must be provided as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a TQObject::connect() call. .PP .nf .br - activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const QString&)", "www.trolltech.com" ); + activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" ); .br .fi .PP @@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ If \fIfunction\fR is a property the string has to be the name of the property. T .br activeX->dynamicCall( "Value", 5 ); .br - QString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString(); + TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString(); .br .fi -Note that it is faster to get and set properties using QObject::property() and QObject::setProperty(). +Note that it is faster to get and set properties using TQObject::property() and TQObject::setProperty(). .PP It is only possible to call functions through dynamicCall() that have parameters or return values of datatypes supported by QVariant. See the QAxBase class documentation for a list of supported and unsupported datatypes. If you want to call functions that have unsupported datatypes in the parameter list, use queryInterface() to retrieve the appropriate COM interface, and use the function directly. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbitmap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbitmap.3qt index b7b18bbd9..ea088d085 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqbitmap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbitmap.3qt @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Inherits QPixmap. .BI "\fBQBitmap\fR ( const QBitmap & bitmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQBitmap\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQBitmap\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QBitmap & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QBitmap & bitmap )" @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Inherits QPixmap. .BI "QBitmap & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QBitmap & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "QBitmap & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QBitmap \fBxForm\fR ( const QWMatrix & matrix ) const" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The QBitmap class is a monochrome off-screen paint device used mainly for creati .PP A QBitmap is a QPixmap with a depth of 1. If a pixmap with a depth greater than 1 is assigned to a bitmap, the bitmap will be dithered automatically. A QBitmap is guaranteed to always have the depth 1, unless it is QPixmap::isNull() which has depth 0. .PP -When drawing in a QBitmap (or QPixmap with depth 1), we recommend using the QColor objects \fCQt::color0\fR and \fCQt::color1\fR. Painting with \fCcolor0\fR sets the bitmap bits to 0, and painting with \fCcolor1\fR sets the bits to 1. For a bitmap, 0-bits indicate background (or transparent) and 1-bits indicate foreground (or opaque). Using the \fCblack\fR and \fCwhite\fR QColor objects make no sense because the QColor::pixel() value is not necessarily 0 for black and 1 for white. +When drawing in a QBitmap (or QPixmap with depth 1), we recommend using the TQColor objects \fCQt::color0\fR and \fCQt::color1\fR. Painting with \fCcolor0\fR sets the bitmap bits to 0, and painting with \fCcolor1\fR sets the bits to 1. For a bitmap, 0-bits indicate background (or transparent) and 1-bits indicate foreground (or opaque). Using the \fCblack\fR and \fCwhite\fR TQColor objects make no sense because the TQColor::pixel() value is not necessarily 0 for black and 1 for white. .PP The QBitmap can be transformed (translated, scaled, sheared or rotated) using xForm(). .PP @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ See also QPixmap::isNull(). .SH "QBitmap::QBitmap ( int w, int h, bool clear = FALSE, QPixmap::Optimization optimization = QPixmap::DefaultOptim )" Constructs a bitmap with width \fIw\fR and height \fIh\fR. .PP -The contents of the bitmap is uninitialized if \fIclear\fR is FALSE; otherwise it is filled with pixel value 0 (the QColor \fCQt::color0\fR). +The contents of the bitmap is uninitialized if \fIclear\fR is FALSE; otherwise it is filled with pixel value 0 (the TQColor \fCQt::color0\fR). .PP The optional \fIoptimization\fR argument specifies the optimization setting for the bitmap. The default optimization should be used in most cases. Games and other pixmap-intensive applications may benefit from setting this argument; see QPixmap::Optimization. .PP @@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse .PP Constructs a bitmap with the size \fIsize\fR. .PP -The contents of the bitmap is uninitialized if \fIclear\fR is FALSE; otherwise it is filled with pixel value 0 (the QColor \fCQt::color0\fR). +The contents of the bitmap is uninitialized if \fIclear\fR is FALSE; otherwise it is filled with pixel value 0 (the TQColor \fCQt::color0\fR). .PP The optional \fIoptimization\fR argument specifies the optimization setting for the bitmap. The default optimization should be used in most cases. Games and other pixmap-intensive applications may benefit from setting this argument; see QPixmap::Optimization. .SH "QBitmap::QBitmap ( int w, int h, const uchar * bits, bool isXbitmap = FALSE )" Constructs a bitmap with width \fIw\fR and height \fIh\fR and sets the contents to \fIbits\fR. .PP -The \fIisXbitmap\fR flag should be TRUE if \fIbits\fR was generated by the X11 bitmap program. The X bitmap bit order is little endian. The QImage documentation discusses bit order of monochrome images. +The \fIisXbitmap\fR flag should be TRUE if \fIbits\fR was generated by the X11 bitmap program. The X bitmap bit order is little endian. The TQImage documentation discusses bit order of monochrome images. .PP Example (creates an arrow bitmap): .PP @@ -103,10 +103,10 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse .PP Constructs a bitmap with the size \fIsize\fR and sets the contents to \fIbits\fR. .PP -The \fIisXbitmap\fR flag should be TRUE if \fIbits\fR was generated by the X11 bitmap program. The X bitmap bit order is little endian. The QImage documentation discusses bit order of monochrome images. +The \fIisXbitmap\fR flag should be TRUE if \fIbits\fR was generated by the X11 bitmap program. The X bitmap bit order is little endian. The TQImage documentation discusses bit order of monochrome images. .SH "QBitmap::QBitmap ( const QBitmap & bitmap )" Constructs a bitmap that is a copy of \fIbitmap\fR. -.SH "QBitmap::QBitmap ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "QBitmap::QBitmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" Constructs a bitmap from the file \fIfileName\fR. If the file does not exist or is of an unknown format, the bitmap becomes a null bitmap. .PP The parameters \fIfileName\fR and \fIformat\fR are passed on to QPixmap::load(). Dithering will be performed if the file format uses more than 1 bit per pixel. @@ -120,12 +120,12 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Assigns the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR to this bitmap and returns a reference to this bitmap. .PP Dithering will be performed if the pixmap has a QPixmap::depth() greater than 1. -.SH "QBitmap & QBitmap::operator= ( const QImage & image )" +.SH "QBitmap & QBitmap::operator= ( const TQImage & image )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Converts the image \fIimage\fR to a bitmap and assigns the result to this bitmap. Returns a reference to the bitmap. .PP -Dithering will be performed if the image has a QImage::depth() greater than 1. +Dithering will be performed if the image has a TQImage::depth() greater than 1. .SH "QBitmap QBitmap::xForm ( const QWMatrix & matrix ) const" Returns a transformed copy of this bitmap by using \fImatrix\fR. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt index 8884893fc..94d6261e3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqboxlayout.3qt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Inherited by QHBoxLayout and QVBoxLayout. .BI "enum \fBDirection\fR { LeftToRight, RightToLeft, TopToBottom, BottomToTop, Down = TopToBottom, Up = BottomToTop }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQBoxLayout\fR ( QWidget * parent, Direction d, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQBoxLayout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, Direction d, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQBoxLayout\fR ( QLayout * parentLayout, Direction d, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Inherited by QHBoxLayout and QVBoxLayout. .BI "void \fBaddStretch\fR ( int stretch = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddWidget\fR ( QWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBaddWidget\fR ( TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBaddLayout\fR ( QLayout * layout, int stretch = 0 )" @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ Inherited by QHBoxLayout and QVBoxLayout. .BI "void \fBinsertStretch\fR ( int index, int stretch = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertWidget\fR ( int index, QWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertWidget\fR ( int index, TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBinsertLayout\fR ( int index, QLayout * layout, int stretch = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetStretchFactor\fR ( QWidget * w, int stretch )" +.BI "bool \fBsetStretchFactor\fR ( TQWidget * w, int stretch )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBsetStretchFactor\fR ( QLayout * l, int stretch )" @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Inherited by QHBoxLayout and QVBoxLayout. .BI "virtual void \fBsetGeometry\fR ( const QRect & r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBfindWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "int \fBfindWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ setSpacing() sets the width between neighboring boxes. (You can use addSpacing() .PP The margin defaults to 0. The spacing defaults to the same as the margin width for a top-level layout, or to the same as the parent layout. Both are parameters to the constructor. .PP -To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling QWidget::hide() on a widget also effectively removes the widget from the layout until QWidget::show() is called. +To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling TQWidget::hide() on a widget also effectively removes the widget from the layout until TQWidget::show() is called. .PP You will almost always want to use QVBoxLayout and QHBoxLayout rather than QBoxLayout because of their convenient constructors. .PP @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ This type is used to determine the direction of a box layout. .TP \fCQBoxLayout::Up\fR - The same as BottomToTop .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QBoxLayout::QBoxLayout ( QWidget * parent, Direction d, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QBoxLayout::QBoxLayout ( TQWidget * parent, Direction d, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a new QBoxLayout with direction \fId\fR and main widget \fIparent\fR. \fIparent\fR may not be 0. .PP The \fImargin\fR is the number of pixels between the edge of the widget and its managed children. The \fIspacing\fR is the default number of pixels between neighboring children. If \fIspacing\fR is -1 the value of \fImargin\fR is used for \fIspacing\fR. @@ -230,12 +230,12 @@ Examples: .)l layout/layout.cpp, listbox/listbox.cpp, regexptester/regexptester.cpp, and t13/gamebrd.cpp. .SH "void QBoxLayout::addStrut ( int size )" Limits the perpendicular dimension of the box (e.g. height if the box is LeftToRight) to a minimum of \fIsize\fR. Other constraints may increase the limit. -.SH "void QBoxLayout::addWidget ( QWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" +.SH "void QBoxLayout::addWidget ( TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" Adds \fIwidget\fR to the end of this box layout, with a stretch factor of \fIstretch\fR and alignment \fIalignment\fR. .PP The stretch factor applies only in the direction of the QBoxLayout, and is relative to the other boxes and widgets in this QBoxLayout. Widgets and boxes with higher stretch factors grow more. .PP -If the stretch factor is 0 and nothing else in the QBoxLayout has a stretch factor greater than zero, the space is distributed according to the QWidget:sizePolicy() of each widget that's involved. +If the stretch factor is 0 and nothing else in the QBoxLayout has a stretch factor greater than zero, the space is distributed according to the TQWidget:sizePolicy() of each widget that's involved. .PP Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR which is a bitwise OR of Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell. .PP @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ See also QBoxLayout::Direction, addWidget(), and addSpacing(). Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than sizeHint(). A value of Vertical or Horizontal means that it wants to grow in only one dimension, whereas \fCBothDirections\fR means that it wants to grow in both dimensions. .PP Reimplemented from QLayout. -.SH "int QBoxLayout::findWidget ( QWidget * w )" +.SH "int QBoxLayout::findWidget ( TQWidget * w )" Searches for widget \fIw\fR in this layout (not including child layouts). .PP Returns the index of \fIw\fR, or -1 if \fIw\fR is not found. @@ -287,12 +287,12 @@ See also insertStretch(). Inserts a stretchable space at position \fIindex\fR, with zero minimum size and stretch factor \fIstretch\fR. If \fIindex\fR is negative the space is added at the end. .PP See also insertSpacing(). -.SH "void QBoxLayout::insertWidget ( int index, QWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" +.SH "void QBoxLayout::insertWidget ( int index, TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, int alignment = 0 )" Inserts \fIwidget\fR at position \fIindex\fR, with stretch factor \fIstretch\fR and alignment \fIalignment\fR. If \fIindex\fR is negative, the widget is added at the end. .PP The stretch factor applies only in the direction of the QBoxLayout, and is relative to the other boxes and widgets in this QBoxLayout. Widgets and boxes with higher stretch factors grow more. .PP -If the stretch factor is 0 and nothing else in the QBoxLayout has a stretch factor greater than zero, the space is distributed according to the QWidget:sizePolicy() of each widget that's involved. +If the stretch factor is 0 and nothing else in the QBoxLayout has a stretch factor greater than zero, the space is distributed according to the TQWidget:sizePolicy() of each widget that's involved. .PP Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR, which is a bitwise OR of Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell. .PP @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Sets the direction of this layout to \fIdirection\fR. Resizes managed widgets within the rectangle \fIr\fR. .PP Reimplemented from QLayout. -.SH "bool QBoxLayout::setStretchFactor ( QWidget * w, int stretch )" +.SH "bool QBoxLayout::setStretchFactor ( TQWidget * w, int stretch )" Sets the stretch factor for widget \fIw\fR to \fIstretch\fR and returns TRUE if \fIw\fR is found in this layout (not including child layouts); otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "bool QBoxLayout::setStretchFactor ( QLayout * l, int stretch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbrush.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbrush.3qt index e60c1fcf3..8bf55904d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqbrush.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbrush.3qt @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "\fBQBrush\fR ( BrushStyle style )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQBrush\fR ( const QColor & color, BrushStyle style = SolidPattern )" +.BI "\fBQBrush\fR ( const TQColor & color, BrushStyle style = SolidPattern )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQBrush\fR ( const QColor & color, const QPixmap & pixmap )" +.BI "\fBQBrush\fR ( const TQColor & color, const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQBrush\fR ( const QBrush & b )" @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "void \fBsetStyle\fR ( BrushStyle s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBcolor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBcolor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ A brush has a style and a color. One of the brush styles is a custom pattern, wh .PP The brush style defines the fill pattern. The default brush style is NoBrush (depending on how you construct a brush). This style tells the painter to not fill shapes. The standard style for filling is SolidPattern. .PP -The brush color defines the color of the fill pattern. The QColor documentation lists the predefined colors. +The brush color defines the color of the fill pattern. The TQColor documentation lists the predefined colors. .PP Use the QPen class for specifying line/outline styles. .PP @@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ Constructs a default black brush with the style NoBrush (will not fill shapes). Constructs a black brush with the style \fIstyle\fR. .PP See also setStyle(). -.SH "QBrush::QBrush ( const QColor & color, BrushStyle style = SolidPattern )" +.SH "QBrush::QBrush ( const TQColor & color, BrushStyle style = SolidPattern )" Constructs a brush with the color \fIcolor\fR and the style \fIstyle\fR. .PP See also setColor() and setStyle(). -.SH "QBrush::QBrush ( const QColor & color, const QPixmap & pixmap )" +.SH "QBrush::QBrush ( const TQColor & color, const QPixmap & pixmap )" Constructs a brush with the color \fIcolor\fR and a custom pattern stored in \fIpixmap\fR. .PP The color will only have an effect for monochrome pixmaps, i.e. for QPixmap::depth() == 1. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ See also setColor() and setPixmap(). Constructs a brush that is a shallow copy of \fIb\fR. .SH "QBrush::~QBrush ()" Destroys the brush. -.SH "const QColor & QBrush::color () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QBrush::color () const" Returns the brush color. .PP See also setColor(). @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Returns a pointer to the custom brush pattern, or 0 if no custom brush pattern h See also setPixmap(). .PP Example: richtext/richtext.cpp. -.SH "void QBrush::setColor ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QBrush::setColor ( const TQColor & c )" Sets the brush color to \fIc\fR. .PP See also color() and setStyle(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbuffer.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbuffer.3qt index 83c3252b2..1b0b5b1ef 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqbuffer.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbuffer.3qt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QIODevice. +Inherits TQIODevice. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ Use open() to open the buffer before use and to set the mode (read-only, write-o .PP A common way to use QBuffer is through QDataStream or QTextStream, which have constructors that take a QBuffer parameter. For convenience, there are also QDataStream and QTextStream constructors that take a QByteArray parameter. These constructors create and open an internal QBuffer. .PP -Note that QTextStream can also operate on a QString (a Unicode string); a QBuffer cannot. +Note that QTextStream can also operate on a TQString (a Unicode string); a QBuffer cannot. .PP -You can also use QBuffer directly through the standard QIODevice functions readBlock(), writeBlock() readLine(), at(), getch(), putch() and ungetch(). +You can also use QBuffer directly through the standard TQIODevice functions readBlock(), writeBlock() readLine(), at(), getch(), putch() and ungetch(). .PP See also QFile, QDataStream, QTextStream, QByteArray, Shared Classes, Collection Classes, and Input/Output and Networking. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Returns -1 if an error occurred. .PP See also readBlock(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "TQ_LONG QBuffer::writeBlock ( const QByteArray & data )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt index 96faca7a2..aecb81fa3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt @@ -11,23 +11,23 @@ QButton \- The abstract base class of button widgets, providing functionality co .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP Inherited by QCheckBox, QPushButton, QRadioButton, and QToolButton. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQButton\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQButton\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QButton\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Inherited by QCheckBox, QPushButton, QRadioButton, and QToolButton. .BI "QPixmap \fBpixmap\fR - the pixmap shown on the button" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR - the text shown on the button" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR - the text shown on the button" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBtoggleButton\fR - whether the button is a toggle button \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ This enum type defines what a button can do in response to a mouse/keyboard pres .TP \fCQButton::Tristate\fR - pressing the button cycles between the three states On, Off and NoChange .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QButton::QButton ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QButton::QButton ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a standard button called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, using the widget flags \fIf\fR. .PP If \fIparent\fR is a QButtonGroup, this constructor calls QButtonGroup::insert(). @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Handles paint events for buttons. Small and typically complex buttons are painte .PP See also drawButton() and drawButtonLabel(). .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "const QPixmap * QButton::pixmap () const" Returns the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details. .SH "void QButton::pressed ()\fC [signal]\fR" @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ See also toggleState. Sets the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details. .SH "void QButton::setState ( ToggleState s )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Sets the toggle state of the button to \fIs\fR. \fIs\fR can be Off, NoChange or On. -.SH "void QButton::setText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QButton::setToggleButton ( bool b )\fC [protected]\fR" If \fIb\fR is TRUE, this button becomes a toggle button; if \fIb\fR is FALSE, this button becomes a command button. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called. .PP See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState. -.SH "QString QButton::text () const" +.SH "TQString QButton::text () const" Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR" Toggles the state of a toggle button. @@ -414,10 +414,10 @@ If the pixmap is monochrome (i.e. it is a QBitmap or its depth is 1) and it does pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set. .PP Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the text shown on the button. .PP -This property will return a QString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. +This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. .PP There is no default text. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt index 4af8b5aab..9b09ff7fe 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbuttongroup.3qt @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Inherited by QHButtonGroup and QVButtonGroup. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQButtonGroup\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisExclusive\fR () const" @@ -117,22 +117,22 @@ A button can be removed from the group with remove(). A pointer to a button with .PP See also QPushButton, QCheckBox, QRadioButton, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a button group with no title. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a button group with the title \fItitle\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a button group with no title. Child widgets will be arranged in \fIstrips\fR rows or columns (depending on \fIorientation\fR). .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QButtonGroup::QButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a button group with title \fItitle\fR. Child widgets will be arranged in \fIstrips\fR rows or columns (depending on \fIorientation\fR). .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "void QButtonGroup::clicked ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when a button in the group is clicked. The \fIid\fR argument is the button's identifier. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcache.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcache.3qt index e23e36a2d..fd473a730 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcache.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcache.3qt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QCache \- Template class that provides a cache based on QString keys +QCache \- Template class that provides a cache based on TQString keys .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP @@ -43,19 +43,19 @@ Inherits QPtrCollection. .BI "virtual void \fBclear\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBinsert\fR ( const QString & k, const type * d, int c = 1, int p = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBinsert\fR ( const TQString & k, const type * d, int c = 1, int p = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBremove\fR ( const QString & k )" +.BI "bool \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & k )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "type * \fBtake\fR ( const QString & k )" +.BI "type * \fBtake\fR ( const TQString & k )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "type * \fBfind\fR ( const QString & k, bool ref = TRUE ) const" +.BI "type * \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & k, bool ref = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "type * \fBoperator[]\fR ( const QString & k ) const" +.BI "type * \fBoperator[]\fR ( const TQString & k ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBstatistics\fR () const" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Inherits QPtrCollection. .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on QString keys. +The QCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on TQString keys. .PP A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. Each cache item has a key and a certain cost. The sum of item costs, totalCost(), never exceeds the maximum cache cost, maxCost(). If inserting a new item would cause the total cost to exceed the maximum cost, the least recently used items in the cache are removed. .PP @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ When removing a cache item, the virtual function QPtrCollection::deleteItem() is .PP There is a QCacheIterator that can be used to traverse the items in the cache in arbitrary order. .PP -In QCache, the cache items are accessed via QString keys, which are Unicode strings. If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit \fCchar*\fR keys, use the QAsciiCache template. A QCache has the same performance as a QAsciiCache. +In QCache, the cache items are accessed via TQString keys, which are Unicode strings. If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit \fCchar*\fR keys, use the QAsciiCache template. A QCache has the same performance as a QAsciiCache. .PP See also QCacheIterator, QAsciiCache, QIntCache, Collection Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION @@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ Returns the number of items in the cache. See also totalCost(). .PP Reimplemented from QPtrCollection. -.SH "type * QCache::find ( const QString & k, bool ref = TRUE ) const" +.SH "type * QCache::find ( const TQString & k, bool ref = TRUE ) const" Returns the item associated with key \fIk\fR, or 0 if the key does not exist in the cache. If \fIref\fR is TRUE (the default), the item is moved to the front of the least recently used list. .PP If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was inserted last is returned. -.SH "bool QCache::insert ( const QString & k, const type * d, int c = 1, int p = 0 )" +.SH "bool QCache::insert ( const TQString & k, const type * d, int c = 1, int p = 0 )" Inserts the item \fId\fR into the cache with key \fIk\fR and associated cost, \fIc\fR. Returns TRUE if it is successfully inserted; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The cache's size is limited, and if the total cost is too high, QCache will remove old, least recently used items until there is room for this new item. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the cache is empty; otherwise returns FALSE. Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache. .PP See also setMaxCost() and totalCost(). -.SH "type * QCache::operator[] ( const QString & k ) const" +.SH "type * QCache::operator[] ( const TQString & k ) const" Returns the item associated with key \fIk\fR, or 0 if \fIk\fR does not exist in the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least recently used list. .PP If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was inserted last is returned. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was inserted last i This is the same as find( k, TRUE ). .PP See also find(). -.SH "bool QCache::remove ( const QString & k )" +.SH "bool QCache::remove ( const TQString & k )" Removes the item associated with \fIk\fR, and returns TRUE if the item was present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The item is deleted if auto-deletion has been enabled, i.e., if you have called setAutoDelete(TRUE). @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ See also maxCost() and totalCost(). Returns the size of the hash array used to implement the cache. This should be a bit bigger than count() is likely to be. .SH "void QCache::statistics () const" A debug-only utility function. Prints out cache usage, hit/miss, and distribution information using tqDebug(). This function does nothing in the release library. -.SH "type * QCache::take ( const QString & k )" +.SH "type * QCache::take ( const TQString & k )" Takes the item associated with \fIk\fR out of the cache without deleting it, and returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 if the key does not exist in the cache. .PP If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was inserted last is taken. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcacheiterator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcacheiterator.3qt index 0d1388817..852bb4794 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcacheiterator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcacheiterator.3qt @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ QCacheIterator \- Iterator for QCache collections .BI "type * \fBcurrent\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentKey\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentKey\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "type * \fBoperator()\fR ()" @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Returns the number of items in the cache on which this iterator operates. See also isEmpty(). .SH "type * QCacheIterator::current () const" Returns a pointer to the current iterator item. -.SH "QString QCacheIterator::currentKey () const" +.SH "TQString QCacheIterator::currentKey () const" Returns the key for the current iterator item. .SH "bool QCacheIterator::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if the cache is empty, i.e. count() == 0; otherwise it returns FALSE. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt index 0b3d07719..dc43b9923 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QCanvas \- 2D area that can contain QCanvasItem objects .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvas\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQCanvas\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQCanvas\fR ( int w, int h )" @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QPixmap \fBbackgroundPixmap\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetBackgroundColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetBackgroundColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBbackgroundColor\fR () const" +.BI "TQColor \fBbackgroundColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetTile\fR ( int x, int y, int tilenum )" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ A canvas consists of a background, a number of canvas items organized by x, y an .PP The background is white by default, but can be set to a different color using setBackgroundColor(), or to a repeated pixmap using setBackgroundPixmap() or to a mosaic of smaller pixmaps using setTiles(). Individual tiles can be set with setTile(). There are corresponding get functions, e.g. backgroundColor() and backgroundPixmap(). .PP -Note that QCanvas does not inherit from QWidget, even though it has some functions which provide the same functionality as those in QWidget. One of these is setBackgroundPixmap(); some others are resize(), size(), width() and height(). QCanvasView is the widget used to display a canvas on the screen. +Note that QCanvas does not inherit from TQWidget, even though it has some functions which provide the same functionality as those in TQWidget. One of these is setBackgroundPixmap(); some others are resize(), size(), width() and height(). QCanvasView is the widget used to display a canvas on the screen. .PP Canvas items are added to a canvas by constructing them and passing the canvas to the canvas item's constructor. An item can be moved to a different canvas using QCanvasItem::setCanvas(). .PP @@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ The examples/canvas application and the 2D graphics page of the examples/demo ap .PP See also QCanvasView, QCanvasItem, Abstract Widget Classes, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCanvas::QCanvas ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Create a QCanvas with no size. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed to the QObject superclass. +.SH "QCanvas::QCanvas ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Create a QCanvas with no size. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed to the TQObject superclass. .PP \fBWarning:\fR You \fImust\fR call resize() at some time after creation to be able to use the canvas. .SH "QCanvas::QCanvas ( int w, int h )" @@ -247,10 +247,10 @@ The canvas can be configured to call this function periodically with setAdvanceP See also update(). .SH "QCanvasItemList QCanvas::allItems ()" Returns a list of all the items in the canvas. -.SH "QColor QCanvas::backgroundColor () const" +.SH "TQColor QCanvas::backgroundColor () const" Returns the color set by setBackgroundColor(). By default, this is white. .PP -This function is not a reimplementation of QWidget::backgroundColor() (QCanvas is not a subclass of QWidget), but all QCanvasViews that are viewing the canvas will set their backgrounds to this color. +This function is not a reimplementation of TQWidget::backgroundColor() (QCanvas is not a subclass of TQWidget), but all QCanvasViews that are viewing the canvas will set their backgrounds to this color. .PP See also setBackgroundColor() and backgroundPixmap(). .SH "QPixmap QCanvas::backgroundPixmap () const" @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ If \fIms\fR is less than 0 advancing will be stopped. Example: canvas/main.cpp. .SH "void QCanvas::setAllChanged ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Marks the whole canvas as changed. All views of the canvas will be entirely redrawn when update() is called next. -.SH "void QCanvas::setBackgroundColor ( const QColor & c )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QCanvas::setBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & c )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the solid background to be the color \fIc\fR. .PP See also backgroundColor(), setBackgroundPixmap(), and setTiles(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasitem.3qt index fe2cdecb2..0a6db191c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasitem.3qt @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ The size of a canvas item is given by boundingRect(). Use boundingRectAdvanced() .PP The rtti() function is used for identifying subclasses of QCanvasItem. The canvas() function returns a pointer to the canvas which contains the canvas item. .PP -QCanvasItem provides the show() and isVisible() functions like those in QWidget. +QCanvasItem provides the show() and isVisible() functions like those in TQWidget. .PP QCanvasItem also provides the setEnabled(), setActive() and setSelected() functions; these functions set the relevant boolean and cause a repaint but the boolean values they set are not used in QCanvasItem itself. You can make use of these booleans in your subclasses. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmap.3qt index 6895a899b..3dfacaec6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmap.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QPixmap. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvasPixmap\fR ( const QString & datafilename )" +.BI "\fBQCanvasPixmap\fR ( const TQString & datafilename )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvasPixmap\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "\fBQCanvasPixmap\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQCanvasPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & pm, const QPoint & offset )" @@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ If you want to show a single pixmap on a QCanvas use a QCanvasSprite with just o .PP When pixmaps are inserted into a QCanvasPixmapArray they are held as QCanvasPixmaps. QCanvasSprites are used to show pixmaps on QCanvases and hold their pixmaps in a QCanvasPixmapArray. If you retrieve a frame (pixmap) from a QCanvasSprite it will be returned as a QCanvasPixmap. .PP -The pixmap is a QPixmap and can only be set in the constructor. There are three different constructors, one taking a QPixmap, one a QImage and one a file name that refers to a file in any supported file format (see QImageIO). +The pixmap is a QPixmap and can only be set in the constructor. There are three different constructors, one taking a QPixmap, one a TQImage and one a file name that refers to a file in any supported file format (see QImageIO). .PP -QCanvasPixmap can have a hotspot which is defined in terms of an (x, y) offset. When you create a QCanvasPixmap from a PNG file or from a QImage that has a QImage::offset(), the offset() is initialized appropriately, otherwise the constructor leaves it at (0, 0). You can set it later using setOffset(). When the QCanvasPixmap is used in a QCanvasSprite, the offset position is the point at QCanvasItem::x() and QCanvasItem::y(), not the top-left corner of the pixmap. +QCanvasPixmap can have a hotspot which is defined in terms of an (x, y) offset. When you create a QCanvasPixmap from a PNG file or from a TQImage that has a TQImage::offset(), the offset() is initialized appropriately, otherwise the constructor leaves it at (0, 0). You can set it later using setOffset(). When the QCanvasPixmap is used in a QCanvasSprite, the offset position is the point at QCanvasItem::x() and QCanvasItem::y(), not the top-left corner of the pixmap. .PP Note that for QCanvasPixmap objects created by a QCanvasSprite, the position of each QCanvasPixmap object is set so that the hotspot stays in the same position. .PP See also QCanvasPixmapArray, QCanvasItem, QCanvasSprite, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCanvasPixmap::QCanvasPixmap ( const QString & datafilename )" +.SH "QCanvasPixmap::QCanvasPixmap ( const TQString & datafilename )" Constructs a QCanvasPixmap that uses the image stored in \fIdatafilename\fR. -.SH "QCanvasPixmap::QCanvasPixmap ( const QImage & image )" +.SH "QCanvasPixmap::QCanvasPixmap ( const TQImage & image )" Constructs a QCanvasPixmap from the image \fIimage\fR. .SH "QCanvasPixmap::QCanvasPixmap ( const QPixmap & pm, const QPoint & offset )" Constructs a QCanvasPixmap from the pixmap \fIpm\fR using the offset \fIoffset\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmaparray.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmaparray.3qt index 0457bbac9..e296265b4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmaparray.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvaspixmaparray.3qt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ QCanvasPixmapArray \- Array of QCanvasPixmaps .BI "\fBQCanvasPixmapArray\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvasPixmapArray\fR ( const QString & datafilenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQCanvasPixmapArray\fR ( const TQString & datafilenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QCanvasPixmapArray ( QPtrList list, QPtrList hotspots ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ QCanvasPixmapArray \- Array of QCanvasPixmaps .BI "\fB~QCanvasPixmapArray\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBreadPixmaps\fR ( const QString & filenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBreadPixmaps\fR ( const TQString & filenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBreadCollisionMasks\fR ( const QString & filename )" +.BI "bool \fBreadCollisionMasks\fR ( const TQString & filename )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool operator! () \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ See also Graphics Classes and Image Processing Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QCanvasPixmapArray::QCanvasPixmapArray ()" Constructs an invalid array (i.e. isValid() will return FALSE). You must call readPixmaps() before being able to use this QCanvasPixmapArray. -.SH "QCanvasPixmapArray::QCanvasPixmapArray ( const QString & datafilenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" +.SH "QCanvasPixmapArray::QCanvasPixmapArray ( const TQString & datafilenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" Constructs a QCanvasPixmapArray from files. .PP The \fIfc\fR parameter sets the number of frames to be loaded for this image. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the pixmap array is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. Use isValid() instead. .PP This returns FALSE if the array is valid, and TRUE if it is not. -.SH "bool QCanvasPixmapArray::readCollisionMasks ( const QString & filename )" +.SH "bool QCanvasPixmapArray::readCollisionMasks ( const TQString & filename )" Reads new collision masks for the array. .PP By default, QCanvasSprite uses the image mask of a sprite to detect collisions. Use this function to set your own collision image masks. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ All collision masks must be 1-bit images or this function call will fail. If the file isn't readable, contains the wrong number of images, or there is some other error, this function will return FALSE, and the array will be flagged as invalid; otherwise this function returns TRUE. .PP See also isValid(). -.SH "bool QCanvasPixmapArray::readPixmaps ( const QString & filenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" +.SH "bool QCanvasPixmapArray::readPixmaps ( const TQString & filenamepattern, int fc = 0 )" Reads one or more pixmaps into the pixmap array. .PP If \fIfc\fR is not 0, \fIfilenamepattern\fR should contain "%1", e.g." foo%1.png". The actual filenames are formed by replacing the %1 with four-digit integers from 0 to (fc - 1), e.g. foo0000.png, foo0001.png, foo0002.png, etc. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvastext.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvastext.3qt index fa4d856b4..c80e246a6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvastext.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvastext.3qt @@ -19,31 +19,31 @@ Inherits QCanvasItem. .BI "\fBQCanvasText\fR ( QCanvas * canvas )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvasText\fR ( const QString & t, QCanvas * canvas )" +.BI "\fBQCanvasText\fR ( const TQString & t, QCanvas * canvas )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvasText\fR ( const QString & t, QFont f, QCanvas * canvas )" +.BI "\fBQCanvasText\fR ( const TQString & t, QFont f, QCanvas * canvas )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QCanvasText\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & t )" +.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & t )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetFont\fR ( const QFont & f )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QFont \fBfont\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBcolor\fR () const" +.BI "TQColor \fBcolor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBtextFlags\fR () const" @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ See also Graphics Classes and Image Processing Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QCanvasText::QCanvasText ( QCanvas * canvas )" Constructs a QCanvasText with the text "", on \fIcanvas\fR. -.SH "QCanvasText::QCanvasText ( const QString & t, QCanvas * canvas )" +.SH "QCanvasText::QCanvasText ( const TQString & t, QCanvas * canvas )" Constructs a QCanvasText with the text \fIt\fR, on canvas \fIcanvas\fR. -.SH "QCanvasText::QCanvasText ( const QString & t, QFont f, QCanvas * canvas )" +.SH "QCanvasText::QCanvasText ( const TQString & t, QFont f, QCanvas * canvas )" Constructs a QCanvasText with the text \fIt\fR and font \fIf\fR, on the canvas \fIcanvas\fR. .SH "QCanvasText::~QCanvasText ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the canvas text item. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Destroys the canvas text item. Returns the bounding rectangle of the text. .PP Reimplemented from QCanvasItem. -.SH "QColor QCanvasText::color () const" +.SH "TQColor QCanvasText::color () const" Returns the color of the text. .PP See also setColor(). @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Returns 3 (QCanvasItem::Rtti_Text). See also QCanvasItem::rtti(). .PP Reimplemented from QCanvasItem. -.SH "void QCanvasText::setColor ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QCanvasText::setColor ( const TQColor & c )" Sets the color of the text to the color \fIc\fR. .PP See also color() and setFont(). @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Example: chart/chartform_canvas.cpp. Sets the font in which the text is drawn to font \fIf\fR. .PP See also font(). -.SH "void QCanvasText::setText ( const QString & t )" +.SH "void QCanvasText::setText ( const TQString & t )" Sets the text item's text to \fIt\fR. The text may contain newlines. .PP See also text(), setFont(), setColor(), and setTextFlags(). @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Example: canvas/canvas.cpp. Sets the alignment flags to \fIf\fR. These are a bitwise OR of the flags available to QPainter::drawText() -- see the Qt::AlignmentFlags. .PP See also setFont() and setColor(). -.SH "QString QCanvasText::text () const" +.SH "TQString QCanvasText::text () const" Returns the text item's text. .PP See also setText(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasview.3qt index 4aa2b84e1..f5ed502e7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasview.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvasview.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvasView\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQCanvasView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCanvasView\fR ( QCanvas * canvas, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQCanvasView\fR ( QCanvas * canvas, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QCanvasView\fR ()" @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ The following code finds the part of the canvas that is visible in this view, i. See also QWMatrix, QPainter::setWorldMatrix(), Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCanvasView::QCanvasView ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QCanvasView::QCanvasView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a QCanvasView with parent \fIparent\fR, and name \fIname\fR, using the widget flags \fIf\fR. The canvas view is not associated with a canvas, so you must to call setCanvas() to view a canvas. -.SH "QCanvasView::QCanvasView ( QCanvas * canvas, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QCanvasView::QCanvasView ( QCanvas * canvas, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Constructs a QCanvasView which views canvas \fIcanvas\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR, and name \fIname\fR, using the widget flags \fIf\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqchar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqchar.3qt index b8d6897de..778a3335d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqchar.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqchar.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QChar 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQChar 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QChar \- Lightweight Unicode character +TQChar \- Lightweight Unicode character .SH SYNOPSIS Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support. The exception is \fBdecomposition\fR().

.PP @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .BI "\fBQChar\fR ( uchar c, uchar r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQChar\fR ( const QChar & c )" +.BI "\fBQChar\fR ( const TQChar & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQChar\fR ( ushort rc )" @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .BI "int \fBdigitValue\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QChar \fBlower\fR () const" +.BI "TQChar \fBlower\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QChar \fBupper\fR () const" +.BI "TQChar \fBupper\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "Category \fBcategory\fR () const" @@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .BI "bool \fBmirrored\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QChar \fBmirroredChar\fR () const" +.BI "TQChar \fBmirroredChar\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString & \fBdecomposition\fR () const" +.BI "const TQString & \fBdecomposition\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "Decomposition \fBdecompositionTag\fR () const" @@ -148,82 +148,82 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( char ch, QChar c )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( char ch, TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( QChar c, char ch )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( TQChar c, char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator!=\fR ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.BI "int \fBoperator!=\fR ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator!=\fR ( char ch, QChar c )" +.BI "int \fBoperator!=\fR ( char ch, TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator!=\fR ( QChar c, char ch )" +.BI "int \fBoperator!=\fR ( TQChar c, char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator<=\fR ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.BI "int \fBoperator<=\fR ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator<=\fR ( QChar c, char ch )" +.BI "int \fBoperator<=\fR ( TQChar c, char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator<=\fR ( char ch, QChar c )" +.BI "int \fBoperator<=\fR ( char ch, TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator>=\fR ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.BI "int \fBoperator>=\fR ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator>=\fR ( QChar c, char ch )" +.BI "int \fBoperator>=\fR ( TQChar c, char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator>=\fR ( char ch, QChar c )" +.BI "int \fBoperator>=\fR ( char ch, TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator<\fR ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.BI "int \fBoperator<\fR ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator<\fR ( QChar c, char ch )" +.BI "int \fBoperator<\fR ( TQChar c, char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator<\fR ( char ch, QChar c )" +.BI "int \fBoperator<\fR ( char ch, TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator>\fR ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.BI "int \fBoperator>\fR ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator>\fR ( QChar c, char ch )" +.BI "int \fBoperator>\fR ( TQChar c, char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBoperator>\fR ( char ch, QChar c )" +.BI "int \fBoperator>\fR ( char ch, TQChar c )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QChar class provides a lightweight Unicode character. +The TQChar class provides a lightweight Unicode character. .PP -Unicode characters are (so far) 16-bit entities without any markup or structure. This class represents such an entity. It is lightweight, so it can be used everywhere. Most compilers treat it like a "short int". (In a few years it may be necessary to make QChar 32-bit when more than 65536 Unicode code points have been defined and come into use.) +Unicode characters are (so far) 16-bit entities without any markup or structure. This class represents such an entity. It is lightweight, so it can be used everywhere. Most compilers treat it like a "short int". (In a few years it may be necessary to make TQChar 32-bit when more than 65536 Unicode code points have been defined and come into use.) .PP -QChar provides a full complement of testing/classification functions, converting to and from other formats, converting from composed to decomposed Unicode, and trying to compare and case-convert if you ask it to. +TQChar provides a full complement of testing/classification functions, converting to and from other formats, converting from composed to decomposed Unicode, and trying to compare and case-convert if you ask it to. .PP The classification functions include functions like those in ctype.h, but operating on the full range of Unicode characters. They all return TRUE if the character is a certain type of character; otherwise they return FALSE. These classification functions are isNull() (returns TRUE if the character is U+0000), isPrint() (TRUE if the character is any sort of printable character, including whitespace), isPunct() (any sort of punctation), isMark() (Unicode Mark), isLetter (a letter), isNumber() (any sort of numeric character), isLetterOrNumber(), and isDigit() (decimal digits). All of these are wrappers around category() which return the Unicode-defined category of each character. .PP -QChar further provides direction(), which indicates the "natural" writing direction of this character. The joining() function indicates how the character joins with its neighbors (needed mostly for Arabic) and finally mirrored(), which indicates whether the character needs to be mirrored when it is printed in its" unnatural" writing direction. +TQChar further provides direction(), which indicates the "natural" writing direction of this character. The joining() function indicates how the character joins with its neighbors (needed mostly for Arabic) and finally mirrored(), which indicates whether the character needs to be mirrored when it is printed in its" unnatural" writing direction. .PP Composed Unicode characters (like å) can be converted to decomposed Unicode ("a" followed by "ring above") by using decomposition(). .PP -In Unicode, comparison is not necessarily possible and case conversion is very difficult at best. Unicode, covering the" entire" world, also includes most of the world's case and sorting problems. TQt tries, but not very hard: operator==() and friends will do comparison based purely on the numeric Unicode value (code point) of the characters, and upper() and lower() will do case changes when the character has a well-defined upper/lower-case equivalent. There is no provision for locale-dependent case folding rules or comparison; these functions are meant to be fast so they can be used unambiguously in data structures. (See QString::localeAwareCompare() though.) +In Unicode, comparison is not necessarily possible and case conversion is very difficult at best. Unicode, covering the" entire" world, also includes most of the world's case and sorting problems. TQt tries, but not very hard: operator==() and friends will do comparison based purely on the numeric Unicode value (code point) of the characters, and upper() and lower() will do case changes when the character has a well-defined upper/lower-case equivalent. There is no provision for locale-dependent case folding rules or comparison; these functions are meant to be fast so they can be used unambiguously in data structures. (See TQString::localeAwareCompare() though.) .PP The conversion functions include unicode() (to a scalar), latin1() (to scalar, but converts all non-Latin-1 characters to 0), row() (gives the Unicode row), cell() (gives the Unicode cell), digitValue() (gives the integer value of any of the numerous digit characters), and a host of constructors. .PP More information can be found in the document About Unicode. .PP -See also QString, QCharRef, and Text Related Classes. +See also TQString, QCharRef, and Text Related Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" -.SH "QChar::Category" +.SH "TQChar::Category" This enum maps the Unicode character categories. .PP The following characters are normative in Unicode: @@ -295,169 +295,169 @@ There are two categories that are specific to Qt: \fCQChar::NoCategory\fR - used when TQt is dazed and confused and cannot make sense of anything. .TP \fCQChar::Punctuation_Dask\fR - old typo alias for Punctuation_Dash -.SH "QChar::CombiningClass" +.SH "TQChar::CombiningClass" This enum type defines names for some of the Unicode combining classes. See the Unicode Standard for a description of the values. -.SH "QChar::Decomposition" +.SH "TQChar::Decomposition" This enum type defines the Unicode decomposition attributes. See the Unicode Standard for a description of the values. -.SH "QChar::Direction" +.SH "TQChar::Direction" This enum type defines the Unicode direction attributes. See the Unicode Standard for a description of the values. .PP In order to conform to C/C++ naming conventions "Dir" is prepended to the codes used in the Unicode Standard. -.SH "QChar::Joining" +.SH "TQChar::Joining" This enum type defines the Unicode joining attributes. See the Unicode Standard for a description of the values. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QChar::QChar ()" -Constructs a null QChar (one that isNull()). -.SH "QChar::QChar ( char c )" -Constructs a QChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIc\fR. -.SH "QChar::QChar ( uchar c )" -Constructs a QChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIc\fR. -.SH "QChar::QChar ( uchar c, uchar r )" -Constructs a QChar for Unicode cell \fIc\fR in row \fIr\fR. -.SH "QChar::QChar ( const QChar & c )" +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ()" +Constructs a null TQChar (one that isNull()). +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( char c )" +Constructs a TQChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIc\fR. +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( uchar c )" +Constructs a TQChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIc\fR. +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( uchar c, uchar r )" +Constructs a TQChar for Unicode cell \fIc\fR in row \fIr\fR. +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( const TQChar & c )" Constructs a copy of \fIc\fR. This is a deep copy, if such a lightweight object can be said to have deep copies. -.SH "QChar::QChar ( ushort rc )" -Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. -.SH "QChar::QChar ( short rc )" -Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. -.SH "QChar::QChar ( uint rc )" -Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. -.SH "QChar::QChar ( int rc )" -Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. -.SH "Category QChar::category () const" +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( ushort rc )" +Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( short rc )" +Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( uint rc )" +Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. +.SH "TQChar::TQChar ( int rc )" +Constructs a TQChar for the character with Unicode code point \fIrc\fR. +.SH "Category TQChar::category () const" Returns the character category. .PP See also Category. -.SH "uchar QChar::cell () const" +.SH "uchar TQChar::cell () const" Returns the cell (least significant byte) of the Unicode character. -.SH "unsigned char QChar::combiningClass () const" +.SH "unsigned char TQChar::combiningClass () const" Returns the combining class for the character as defined in the Unicode standard. This is mainly useful as a positioning hint for marks attached to a base character. .PP The TQt text rendering engine uses this information to correctly position non spacing marks around a base character. -.SH "const QString & QChar::decomposition () const" +.SH "const TQString & TQChar::decomposition () const" \fBWarning:\fR This function is \fInot\fR reentrant.

.PP -Decomposes a character into its parts. Returns QString::null if no decomposition exists. -.SH "Decomposition QChar::decompositionTag () const" -Returns the tag defining the composition of the character. Returns QChar::Single if no decomposition exists. -.SH "int QChar::digitValue () const" +Decomposes a character into its parts. Returns TQString::null if no decomposition exists. +.SH "Decomposition TQChar::decompositionTag () const" +Returns the tag defining the composition of the character. Returns TQChar::Single if no decomposition exists. +.SH "int TQChar::digitValue () const" Returns the numeric value of the digit, or -1 if the character is not a digit. -.SH "Direction QChar::direction () const" +.SH "Direction TQChar::direction () const" Returns the character's direction. .PP See also Direction. -.SH "bool QChar::isDigit () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isDigit () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a decimal digit (Number_DecimalDigit); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QChar::isLetter () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isLetter () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a letter (Letter_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QChar::isLetterOrNumber () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isLetterOrNumber () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a letter or number (Letter_* or Number_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QChar::isMark () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isMark () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a mark (Mark_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QChar::isNull () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isNull () const" Returns TRUE if the character is the Unicode character 0x0000 (ASCII NUL); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QChar::isNumber () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isNumber () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a number (of any sort - Number_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also isDigit(). -.SH "bool QChar::isPrint () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isPrint () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a printable character; otherwise returns FALSE. This is any character not of category Cc or Cn. .PP Note that this gives no indication of whether the character is available in a particular font. -.SH "bool QChar::isPunct () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isPunct () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a punctuation mark (Punctuation_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QChar::isSpace () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isSpace () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a separator character (Separator_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QChar::isSymbol () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::isSymbol () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a symbol (Symbol_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "Joining QChar::joining () const" +.SH "Joining TQChar::joining () const" \fBWarning:\fR This function is not supported (it may change to use Unicode character classes). .PP Returns information about the joining properties of the character (needed for example, for Arabic). -.SH "char QChar::latin1 () const" +.SH "char TQChar::latin1 () const" Returns the Latin-1 value of this character, or 0 if it cannot be represented in Latin-1. -.SH "QChar QChar::lower () const" +.SH "TQChar TQChar::lower () const" Returns the lowercase equivalent if the character is uppercase; otherwise returns the character itself. -.SH "bool QChar::mirrored () const" +.SH "bool TQChar::mirrored () const" Returns TRUE if the character is a mirrored character (one that should be reversed if the text direction is reversed); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QChar QChar::mirroredChar () const" +.SH "TQChar TQChar::mirroredChar () const" Returns the mirrored character if this character is a mirrored character, otherwise returns the character itself. -.SH "bool QChar::networkOrdered ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool TQChar::networkOrdered ()\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns TRUE if this character is in network byte order (MSB first); otherwise returns FALSE. This is platform dependent. -.SH "QChar::operator char () const" -Returns the Latin-1 character equivalent to the QChar, or 0. This is mainly useful for non-internationalized software. +.SH "TQChar::operator char () const" +Returns the Latin-1 character equivalent to the TQChar, or 0. This is mainly useful for non-internationalized software. .PP See also unicode(). -.SH "uchar QChar::row () const" +.SH "uchar TQChar::row () const" Returns the row (most significant byte) of the Unicode character. -.SH "ushort QChar::unicode () const" -Returns the numeric Unicode value equal to the QChar. Normally, you should use QChar objects as they are equivalent, but for some low-level tasks (e.g. indexing into an array of Unicode information), this function is useful. -.SH "ushort & QChar::unicode ()" +.SH "ushort TQChar::unicode () const" +Returns the numeric Unicode value equal to the TQChar. Normally, you should use TQChar objects as they are equivalent, but for some low-level tasks (e.g. indexing into an array of Unicode information), this function is useful. +.SH "ushort & TQChar::unicode ()" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -Returns a reference to the numeric Unicode value equal to the QChar. -.SH "QChar QChar::upper () const" +Returns a reference to the numeric Unicode value equal to the TQChar. +.SH "TQChar TQChar::upper () const" Returns the uppercase equivalent if the character is lowercase; otherwise returns the character itself. .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "int operator!= ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.SH "int operator!= ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIc1\fR and \fIc2\fR are not the same Unicode character; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator!= ( char ch, QChar c )" +.SH "int operator!= ( char ch, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIc\fR is not the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator!= ( QChar c, char ch )" +.SH "int operator!= ( TQChar c, char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIc\fR is not the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator< ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.SH "int operator< ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc1\fR is less than that of \fIc2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator< ( QChar c, char ch )" +.SH "int operator< ( TQChar c, char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc\fR is less than that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator< ( char ch, QChar c )" +.SH "int operator< ( char ch, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR is less than that of \fIc\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator<= ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.SH "int operator<= ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc1\fR is less than that of \fIc2\fR, or they are the same Unicode character; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator<= ( QChar c, char ch )" +.SH "int operator<= ( TQChar c, char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc\fR is less than or equal to that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator<= ( char ch, QChar c )" +.SH "int operator<= ( char ch, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR is less than or equal to that of \fIc\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool operator== ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.SH "bool operator== ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIc1\fR and \fIc2\fR are the same Unicode character; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool operator== ( char ch, QChar c )" +.SH "bool operator== ( char ch, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIc\fR is the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool operator== ( QChar c, char ch )" +.SH "bool operator== ( TQChar c, char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIc\fR is the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator> ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.SH "int operator> ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc1\fR is greater than that of \fIc2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator> ( QChar c, char ch )" +.SH "int operator> ( TQChar c, char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc\fR is greater than that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator> ( char ch, QChar c )" +.SH "int operator> ( char ch, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR is greater than that of \fIc\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator>= ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.SH "int operator>= ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc1\fR is greater than that of \fIc2\fR, or they are the same Unicode character; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator>= ( QChar c, char ch )" +.SH "int operator>= ( TQChar c, char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \fIc\fR is greater than or equal to that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \fIch\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "int operator>= ( char ch, QChar c )" +.SH "int operator>= ( char ch, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1 diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcharref.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcharref.3qt index 95855f38b..210789e8b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcharref.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcharref.3qt @@ -7,20 +7,20 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QCharRef \- Helper class for QString +QCharRef \- Helper class for TQString .SH SYNOPSIS All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.

.PP \fC#include \fR .PP .SH DESCRIPTION -The QCharRef class is a helper class for QString. +The QCharRef class is a helper class for TQString. .PP -When you get an object of type QCharRef, if you can assign to it, the assignment will apply to the character in the string from which you got the reference. That is its whole purpose in life. The QCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a QChar. +When you get an object of type QCharRef, if you can assign to it, the assignment will apply to the character in the string from which you got the reference. That is its whole purpose in life. The QCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a TQChar. .PP -Most of the QChar member functions also exist in QCharRef. However, they are not explicitly documented here. +Most of the TQChar member functions also exist in QCharRef. However, they are not explicitly documented here. .PP -See also QString::operator[](), QString::at(), QChar, and Text Related Classes. +See also TQString::operator[](), TQString::at(), TQChar, and Text Related Classes. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qcharref.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt index e1adfcdf5..96d680715 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QButton. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckBox\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQCheckBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckBox\fR ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQCheckBox\fR ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisChecked\fR () const" @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ Inherits QButton. .SS "Important Inherited Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -142,14 +142,14 @@ Just like QPushButton, a checkbox can display text or a pixmap. The text can be .PP See also QButton, QRadioButton, Fowler: Check Box, and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCheckBox::QCheckBox ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QCheckBox::QCheckBox ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a checkbox with no text. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QCheckBox::QCheckBox ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QCheckBox::QCheckBox ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a checkbox with text \fItext\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QKeySequence QButton::accel () const" Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details. .SH "bool QButton::autoRepeat () const" @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Sets the checkbox to the "no change" state. See also tristate. .SH "void QButton::setPixmap ( const QPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details. -.SH "void QButton::setText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QCheckBox::setTristate ( bool y = TRUE )" Sets whether the checkbox is a tri-state checkbox to \fIy\fR. See the "tristate" property for details. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called. .PP See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState. -.SH "QString QButton::text () const" +.SH "TQString QButton::text () const" Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR" Toggles the state of a toggle button. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Set this property's value with setAccel() and get this property's value with acc .SH "bool autoMask" This property holds whether the checkbox is automatically masked. .PP -See also QWidget::autoMask. +See also TQWidget::autoMask. .SH "bool autoRepeat" This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled. .PP @@ -267,10 +267,10 @@ If the pixmap is monochrome (i.e. it is a QBitmap or its depth is 1) and it does pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set. .PP Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the text shown on the button. .PP -This property will return a QString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. +This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. .PP There is no default text. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt index 1a57b5012..2e3a0af1b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqchecklistitem.3qt @@ -22,28 +22,28 @@ Inherits QListViewItem. .BI "enum \fBToggleState\fR { Off, NoChange, On }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QCheckListItem * parent, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QCheckListItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QCheckListItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QCheckListItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, const QString & text, const QPixmap & p )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & p )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, const QString & text, const QPixmap & p )" +.BI "\fBQCheckListItem\fR ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & p )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QCheckListItem\fR ()" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Inherits QListViewItem. .BI "Type \fBtype\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetTristate\fR ( bool b )" @@ -132,21 +132,21 @@ This enum type specifies a QCheckListItem's type: .TP \fCQCheckListItem::CheckBoxController\fR .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QCheckListItem * parent, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QCheckListItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that a RadioButton must be the child of a RadioButtonController, otherwise it will not toggle. -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QCheckListItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QCheckListItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, which is after \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children, and with text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that a RadioButton must be the child of a RadioButtonController, otherwise it will not toggle. -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that this item must \fInot\fR be a RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController. -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, which is after \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children, with text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that this item must \fInot\fR be a RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController. -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that \fItt\fR must \fInot\fR be RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController. -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, const QString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )" Constructs a checkable item with parent \fIparent\fR, which is after \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children, with text \fItext\fR and of type \fItt\fR. Note that \fItt\fR must \fInot\fR be RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController. -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, const QString & text, const QPixmap & p )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & p )" Constructs a RadioButtonController item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and pixmap \fIp\fR. -.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, const QString & text, const QPixmap & p )" +.SH "QCheckListItem::QCheckListItem ( QListView * parent, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & p )" Constructs a RadioButtonController item with parent \fIparent\fR, text \fItext\fR and pixmap \fIp\fR. .SH "QCheckListItem::~QCheckListItem ()" Destroys the item, and all its children to any depth, freeing up all allocated resources. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Returns the state of the item. See also QCheckListItem::ToggleState. .SH "void QCheckListItem::stateChange ( bool )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called when the item changes its state. NoChange (if tristate is enabled and the type is either CheckBox or CheckBoxController) reports the same as Off, so use state() to determine if the state is actually Off or NoChange. -.SH "QString QCheckListItem::text () const" +.SH "TQString QCheckListItem::text () const" Returns the item's text. .SH "void QCheckListItem::turnOffChild ()\fC [protected]\fR" If this is a RadioButtonController that has RadioButton children, turn off the child that is on. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt index 1d083e80c..1245be951 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqchecktableitem.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QTableItem. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCheckTableItem\fR ( QTable * table, const QString & txt )" +.BI "\fBQCheckTableItem\fR ( QTable * table, const TQString & txt )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetChecked\fR ( bool b )" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ QCheckTableItems can be distinguished from QTableItems and QComboTableItems usin .PP See also rtti(), EditType, QComboTableItem, QTableItem, QCheckBox, and Advanced Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCheckTableItem::QCheckTableItem ( QTable * table, const QString & txt )" +.SH "QCheckTableItem::QCheckTableItem ( QTable * table, const TQString & txt )" Creates a QCheckTableItem with an EditType of WhenCurrent as a child of \fItable\fR. The checkbox is initially unchecked and its label is set to the string \fItxt\fR. .SH "bool QCheckTableItem::isChecked () const" Returns TRUE if the checkbox table item is checked; otherwise returns FALSE. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqchildevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqchildevent.3qt index 282a69baa..49d1d937c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqchildevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqchildevent.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QEvent. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQChildEvent\fR ( Type type, QObject * child )" +.BI "\fBQChildEvent\fR ( Type type, TQObject * child )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QObject * \fBchild\fR () const" +.BI "TQObject * \fBchild\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBinserted\fR () const" @@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ A ChildRemoved event is sent immediately, but a ChildInserted event is \fIposted .PP Note that if a child is removed immediately after it is inserted, the ChildInserted event may be suppressed, but the ChildRemoved event will always be sent. In this case there will be a ChildRemoved event without a corresponding ChildInserted event. .PP -The handler for these events is QObject::childEvent(). +The handler for these events is TQObject::childEvent(). .PP See also Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QChildEvent::QChildEvent ( Type type, QObject * child )" +.SH "QChildEvent::QChildEvent ( Type type, TQObject * child )" Constructs a child event object. The \fIchild\fR is the object that is to be removed or inserted. .PP The \fItype\fR parameter must be either QEvent::ChildInserted or QEvent::ChildRemoved. -.SH "QObject * QChildEvent::child () const" +.SH "TQObject * QChildEvent::child () const" Returns the child widget that was inserted or removed. .SH "bool QChildEvent::inserted () const" Returns TRUE if the widget received a new child; otherwise returns FALSE. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqclipboard.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqclipboard.3qt index c79362208..a837a697b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqclipboard.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqclipboard.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QClipboard \- Access to the window system clipboard .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "bool selectionModeEnabled () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( Mode mode ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( Mode mode ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( QCString & subtype, Mode mode ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( QCString & subtype, Mode mode ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text, Mode mode )" +.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text, Mode mode )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QMimeSource * \fBdata\fR ( Mode mode ) const" @@ -55,25 +55,25 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetData\fR ( QMimeSource * src, Mode mode )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBimage\fR ( Mode mode ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBimage\fR ( Mode mode ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap \fBpixmap\fR ( Mode mode ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetImage\fR ( const QImage & image, Mode mode )" +.BI "void \fBsetImage\fR ( const TQImage & image, Mode mode )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, Mode mode )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( QCString & subtype ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( QCString & subtype ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QMimeSource * \fBdata\fR () const" @@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetData\fR ( QMimeSource * src )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBimage\fR () const" +.BI "TQImage \fBimage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap \fBpixmap\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetImage\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "void \fBsetImage\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Example: .br // Copy text from the clipboard (paste) .br - QString text = cb->text(QClipboard::Clipboard); + TQString text = cb->text(QClipboard::Clipboard); .br if ( !text.isNull() ) .br @@ -200,13 +200,13 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse This function uses the QClipboard::data() function which takes a QClipboard::Mode argument. The value of the mode argument is determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled(). If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard. .SH "void QClipboard::dataChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the clipboard data is changed. -.SH "QImage QClipboard::image ( Mode mode ) const" +.SH "TQImage QClipboard::image ( Mode mode ) const" Returns the clipboard image, or returns a null image if the clipboard does not contain an image or if it contains an image in an unsupported image format. .PP The \fImode\fR argument is used to control which part of the system clipboard is used. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Clipboard, the image is retrieved from the global clipboard. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Selection, the image is retrieved from the global mouse selection. .PP -See also setImage(), pixmap(), data(), and QImage::isNull(). -.SH "QImage QClipboard::image () const" +See also setImage(), pixmap(), data(), and TQImage::isNull(). +.SH "TQImage QClipboard::image () const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function uses the QClipboard::image() function which takes a QClipboard::Mode argument. The value of the mode argument is determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled(). If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ See also data(). This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function uses the QClipboard::setData() function which takes a QClipboard::Mode argument. The value of the mode argument is determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled(). If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard. -.SH "void QClipboard::setImage ( const QImage & image, Mode mode )" +.SH "void QClipboard::setImage ( const TQImage & image, Mode mode )" Copies \fIimage\fR into the clipboard. .PP The \fImode\fR argument is used to control which part of the system clipboard is used. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Clipboard, the image is stored in the global clipboard. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Selection, the data is stored in the global mouse selection. @@ -262,12 +262,12 @@ This is shorthand for: .fi .PP See also image(), setPixmap(), and setData(). -.SH "void QClipboard::setImage ( const QImage & image )" +.SH "void QClipboard::setImage ( const TQImage & image )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function uses the QClipboard::setImage() function which takes a QClipboard::Mode argument. The value of the mode argument is determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled(). If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard. .SH "void QClipboard::setPixmap ( const QPixmap & pixmap, Mode mode )" -Copies \fIpixmap\fR into the clipboard. Note that this is slower than setImage() because it needs to convert the QPixmap to a QImage first. +Copies \fIpixmap\fR into the clipboard. Note that this is slower than setImage() because it needs to convert the QPixmap to a TQImage first. .PP The \fImode\fR argument is used to control which part of the system clipboard is used. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Clipboard, the pixmap is stored in the global clipboard. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Selection, the pixmap is stored in the global mouse selection. .PP @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Use the QClipboard::data(), QClipboard::setData() and related functions which ta Sets the clipboard selection mode. If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, then subsequent calls to QClipboard::setData() and other functions which put data into the clipboard will put the data into the mouse selection, otherwise the data will be put into the clipboard. .PP See also supportsSelection() and selectionModeEnabled(). -.SH "void QClipboard::setText ( const QString & text, Mode mode )" +.SH "void QClipboard::setText ( const TQString & text, Mode mode )" Copies \fItext\fR into the clipboard as plain text. .PP The \fImode\fR argument is used to control which part of the system clipboard is used. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Clipboard, the text is stored in the global clipboard. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Selection, the text is stored in the global mouse selection. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ The \fImode\fR argument is used to control which part of the system clipboard is See also text() and setData(). .PP Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "void QClipboard::setText ( const QString & text )" +.SH "void QClipboard::setText ( const TQString & text )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function uses the QClipboard::setText() function which takes a QClipboard::Mode argument. The value of the mode argument is determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled(). If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard. @@ -300,13 +300,13 @@ This function uses the QClipboard::setText() function which takes a QClipboard:: Returns TRUE if the clipboard supports mouse selection; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "QString QClipboard::text ( Mode mode ) const" +.SH "TQString QClipboard::text ( Mode mode ) const" Returns the clipboard text as plain text, or a null string if the clipboard does not contain any text. .PP The \fImode\fR argument is used to control which part of the system clipboard is used. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Clipboard, the text is retrieved from the global clipboard. If \fImode\fR is QClipboard::Selection, the text is retrieved from the global mouse selection. .PP -See also setText(), data(), and QString::operator!(). -.SH "QString QClipboard::text ( QCString & subtype, Mode mode ) const" +See also setText(), data(), and TQString::operator!(). +.SH "TQString QClipboard::text ( QCString & subtype, Mode mode ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the clipboard text in subtype \fIsubtype\fR, or a null string if the clipboard does not contain any text. If \fIsubtype\fR is null, any subtype is acceptable, and \fIsubtype\fR is set to the chosen subtype. @@ -315,12 +315,12 @@ The \fImode\fR argument is used to control which part of the system clipboard is .PP Common values for \fIsubtype\fR are "plain" and "html". .PP -See also setText(), data(), and QString::operator!(). -.SH "QString QClipboard::text () const" +See also setText(), data(), and TQString::operator!(). +.SH "TQString QClipboard::text () const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function uses the QClipboard::text() function which takes a QClipboard::Mode argument. The value of the mode argument is determined by the return value of selectionModeEnabled(). If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is QClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is QClipboard::Clipboard. -.SH "QString QClipboard::text ( QCString & subtype ) const" +.SH "TQString QClipboard::text ( QCString & subtype ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the clipboard text in subtype \fIsubtype\fR, or a null string diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcloseevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcloseevent.3qt index f926a7566..6815f72b4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcloseevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcloseevent.3qt @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Inherits QEvent. .SH DESCRIPTION The QCloseEvent class contains parameters that describe a close event. .PP -Close events are sent to widgets that the user wants to close, usually by choosing "Close" from the window menu, or by clicking the `X' titlebar button. They are also sent when you call QWidget::close() to close a widget programmatically. +Close events are sent to widgets that the user wants to close, usually by choosing "Close" from the window menu, or by clicking the `X' titlebar button. They are also sent when you call TQWidget::close() to close a widget programmatically. .PP Close events contain a flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the widget to be closed or not. When a widget accepts the close event, it is hidden (and destroyed if it was created with the WDestructiveClose flag). If it refuses to accept the close event nothing happens. (Under X11 it is possible that the window manager will forcibly close the window; but at the time of writing we are not aware of any window manager that does this.) .PP The application's main widget -- QApplication::mainWidget() -- is a special case. When it accepts the close event, TQt leaves the main event loop and the application is immediately terminated (i.e. it returns from the call to QApplication::exec() in the main() function). .PP -The event handler QWidget::closeEvent() receives close events. The default implementation of this event handler accepts the close event. If you do not want your widget to be hidden, or want some special handing, you should reimplement the event handler. +The event handler TQWidget::closeEvent() receives close events. The default implementation of this event handler accepts the close event. If you do not want your widget to be hidden, or want some special handing, you should reimplement the event handler. .PP The closeEvent() in the Application Walkthrough shows a close event handler that asks whether to save a document before closing. .PP @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ If the last top-level window is closed, the QApplication::lastWindowClosed() sig .PP The isAccepted() function returns TRUE if the event's receiver has agreed to close the widget; call accept() to agree to close the widget and call ignore() if the receiver of this event does not want the widget to be closed. .PP -See also QWidget::close(), QWidget::hide(), QObject::destroyed(), QApplication::setMainWidget(), QApplication::lastWindowClosed(), QApplication::exec(), QApplication::quit(), and Event Classes. +See also TQWidget::close(), TQWidget::hide(), TQObject::destroyed(), QApplication::setMainWidget(), QApplication::lastWindowClosed(), QApplication::exec(), QApplication::quit(), and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QCloseEvent::QCloseEvent ()" Constructs a close event object with the accept parameter flag set to FALSE. @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event agrees to clos .PP The accept flag is \fInot\fR set by default. .PP -If you choose to accept in QWidget::closeEvent(), the widget will be hidden. If the widget's WDestructiveClose flag is set, it will also be destroyed. +If you choose to accept in TQWidget::closeEvent(), the widget will be hidden. If the widget's WDestructiveClose flag is set, it will also be destroyed. .PP -See also ignore() and QWidget::hide(). +See also ignore() and TQWidget::hide(). .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcolor.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcolor.3qt index f4acf179e..74070f00e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcolor.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcolor.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QColor 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQColor 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QColor \- Colors based on RGB or HSV values +TQColor \- Colors based on RGB or HSV values .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP @@ -26,37 +26,37 @@ QColor \- Colors based on RGB or HSV values .BI "\fBQColor\fR ( int x, int y, int z, Spec colorSpec )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQColor\fR ( QRgb rgb, uint pixel = 0xffffffff )" +.BI "\fBQColor\fR ( TQRgb rgb, uint pixel = 0xffffffff )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQColor\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "\fBQColor\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQColor\fR ( const char * name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "\fBQColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "TQColor & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisValid\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetNamedColor\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBsetNamedColor\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb \fBrgb\fR () const" +.BI "TQRgb \fBrgb\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetRgb\fR ( int r, int g, int b )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetRgb\fR ( QRgb rgb )" +.BI "void \fBsetRgb\fR ( TQRgb rgb )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBgetRgb\fR ( int * r, int * g, int * b ) const" @@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ QColor \- Colors based on RGB or HSV values .BI "void getHsv ( int & h, int & s, int & v ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBlight\fR ( int factor = 150 ) const" +.BI "TQColor \fBlight\fR ( int factor = 150 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBdark\fR ( int factor = 200 ) const" +.BI "TQColor \fBdark\fR ( int factor = 200 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QColor & c ) const" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const TQColor & c ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QColor & c ) const" +.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const TQColor & c ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "uint \fBalloc\fR ()" @@ -140,28 +140,28 @@ QColor \- Colors based on RGB or HSV values .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( QDataStream & s, const QColor & c )" +.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( QDataStream & s, const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QDataStream & s, QColor & c )" +.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QDataStream & s, TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBqRed\fR ( QRgb rgb )" +.BI "int \fBqRed\fR ( TQRgb rgb )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBqGreen\fR ( QRgb rgb )" +.BI "int \fBqGreen\fR ( TQRgb rgb )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBqBlue\fR ( QRgb rgb )" +.BI "int \fBqBlue\fR ( TQRgb rgb )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBqAlpha\fR ( QRgb rgba )" +.BI "int \fBqAlpha\fR ( TQRgb rgba )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb \fBqRgb\fR ( int r, int g, int b )" +.BI "TQRgb \fBqRgb\fR ( int r, int g, int b )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb \fBqRgba\fR ( int r, int g, int b, int a )" +.BI "TQRgb \fBqRgba\fR ( int r, int g, int b, int a )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBqGray\fR ( int r, int g, int b )" @@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ QColor \- Colors based on RGB or HSV values .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QColor class provides colors based on RGB or HSV values. +The TQColor class provides colors based on RGB or HSV values. .PP A color is normally specified in terms of RGB (red, green and blue) components, but it is also possible to specify HSV (hue, saturation and value) or set a color name (the names are copied from from the X11 color database). .PP -In addition to the RGB value, a QColor also has a pixel value and a validity. The pixel value is used by the underlying window system to refer to a color. It can be thought of as an index into the display hardware's color table. +In addition to the RGB value, a TQColor also has a pixel value and a validity. The pixel value is used by the underlying window system to refer to a color. It can be thought of as an index into the display hardware's color table. .PP -The validity (isValid()) indicates whether the color is legal at all. For example, a RGB color with RGB values out of range is illegal. For performance reasons, QColor mostly disregards illegal colors. The result of using an invalid color is unspecified and will usually be surprising. +The validity (isValid()) indicates whether the color is legal at all. For example, a RGB color with RGB values out of range is illegal. For performance reasons, TQColor mostly disregards illegal colors. The result of using an invalid color is unspecified and will usually be surprising. .PP -There are 19 predefined QColor objects: \fCwhite\fR, \fCblack\fR, \fCred\fR, \fCdarkRed\fR, \fCgreen\fR, \fCdarkGreen\fR, \fCblue\fR, \fCdarkBlue\fR, \fCcyan\fR, \fCdarkCyan\fR, \fCmagenta\fR, \fCdarkMagenta\fR, \fCyellow\fR, \fCdarkYellow\fR, \fCgray\fR, \fCdarkGray\fR, \fClightGray\fR, \fCcolor0\fR and \fCcolor1\fR, accessible as members of the TQt namespace (ie. \fCQt::red\fR). +There are 19 predefined TQColor objects: \fCwhite\fR, \fCblack\fR, \fCred\fR, \fCdarkRed\fR, \fCgreen\fR, \fCdarkGreen\fR, \fCblue\fR, \fCdarkBlue\fR, \fCcyan\fR, \fCdarkCyan\fR, \fCmagenta\fR, \fCdarkMagenta\fR, \fCyellow\fR, \fCdarkYellow\fR, \fCgray\fR, \fCdarkGray\fR, \fClightGray\fR, \fCcolor0\fR and \fCcolor1\fR, accessible as members of the TQt namespace (ie. \fCQt::red\fR). .PP
.ce 1 @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ There are 19 predefined QColor objects: \fCwhite\fR, \fCblack\fR, \fCred\fR, \fC .PP The colors \fCcolor0\fR (zero pixel value) and \fCcolor1\fR (non-zero pixel value) are special colors for drawing in bitmaps. Painting with \fCcolor0\fR sets the bitmap bits to 0 (transparent, i.e. background), and painting with \fCcolor1\fR sets the bits to 1 (opaque, i.e. foreground). .PP -The QColor class has an efficient, dynamic color allocation strategy. A color is normally allocated the first time it is used (lazy allocation), that is, whenever the pixel() function is called. The following steps are taken to allocate a color. If, at any point, a suitable color is found then the appropriate pixel value is returned and the subsequent steps are not taken: +The TQColor class has an efficient, dynamic color allocation strategy. A color is normally allocated the first time it is used (lazy allocation), that is, whenever the pixel() function is called. The following steps are taken to allocate a color. If, at any point, a suitable color is found then the appropriate pixel value is returned and the subsequent steps are not taken: .PP
    .IP 1 @@ -229,52 +229,52 @@ Qt returns a hue value of -1 for achromatic colors. If you pass a too-big hue va .PP See also QPalette, QColorGroup, QApplication::setColorSpec(), Color FAQ, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" -.SH "QColor::Spec" -The type of color specified, either RGB or HSV, e.g. in the \fCQColor::QColor( x, y, z, colorSpec)\fR constructor. +.SH "TQColor::Spec" +The type of color specified, either RGB or HSV, e.g. in the \fCQColor::TQColor( x, y, z, colorSpec)\fR constructor. .TP \fCQColor::Rgb\fR .TP \fCQColor::Hsv\fR .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QColor::QColor ()" +.SH "TQColor::TQColor ()" Constructs an invalid color with the RGB value (0, 0, 0). An invalid color is a color that is not properly set up for the underlying window system. .PP The alpha value of an invalid color is unspecified. .PP See also isValid(). -.SH "QColor::QColor ( int r, int g, int b )" +.SH "TQColor::TQColor ( int r, int g, int b )" Constructs a color with the RGB value \fIr\fR, \fIg\fR, \fIb\fR, in the same way as setRgb(). .PP The color is left invalid if any or the arguments are illegal. .PP See also setRgb(). -.SH "QColor::QColor ( int x, int y, int z, Spec colorSpec )" +.SH "TQColor::TQColor ( int x, int y, int z, Spec colorSpec )" Constructs a color with the RGB or HSV value \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIz\fR. .PP -The arguments are an RGB value if \fIcolorSpec\fR is QColor::Rgb. \fIx\fR (red), \fIy\fR (green), and \fIz\fR (blue). All of them must be in the range 0-255. +The arguments are an RGB value if \fIcolorSpec\fR is TQColor::Rgb. \fIx\fR (red), \fIy\fR (green), and \fIz\fR (blue). All of them must be in the range 0-255. .PP -The arguments are an HSV value if \fIcolorSpec\fR is QColor::Hsv. \fIx\fR (hue) must be -1 for achromatic colors and 0-359 for chromatic colors; \fIy\fR (saturation) and \fIz\fR (value) must both be in the range 0-255. +The arguments are an HSV value if \fIcolorSpec\fR is TQColor::Hsv. \fIx\fR (hue) must be -1 for achromatic colors and 0-359 for chromatic colors; \fIy\fR (saturation) and \fIz\fR (value) must both be in the range 0-255. .PP See also setRgb() and setHsv(). -.SH "QColor::QColor ( QRgb rgb, uint pixel = 0xffffffff )" +.SH "TQColor::TQColor ( TQRgb rgb, uint pixel = 0xffffffff )" Constructs a color with the RGB value \fIrgb\fR and a custom pixel value \fIpixel\fR. .PP If \fIpixel\fR == 0xffffffff (the default), then the color uses the RGB value in a standard way. If \fIpixel\fR is something else, then the pixel value is set directly to \fIpixel\fR, skipping the normal allocation procedure. -.SH "QColor::QColor ( const QString & name )" +.SH "TQColor::TQColor ( const TQString & name )" Constructs a named color in the same way as setNamedColor() using name \fIname\fR. .PP The color is left invalid if \fIname\fR cannot be parsed. .PP See also setNamedColor(). -.SH "QColor::QColor ( const char * name )" +.SH "TQColor::TQColor ( const char * name )" Constructs a named color in the same way as setNamedColor() using name \fIname\fR. .PP The color is left invalid if \fIname\fR cannot be parsed. .PP See also setNamedColor(). -.SH "QColor::QColor ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "TQColor::TQColor ( const TQColor & c )" Constructs a color that is a copy of \fIc\fR. -.SH "uint QColor::alloc ()" +.SH "uint TQColor::alloc ()" Allocates the RGB color and returns the pixel value. .PP Allocating a color means to obtain a pixel value from the RGB specification. The pixel value is an index into the global color table, but should be considered an arbitrary platform-dependent value. @@ -282,21 +282,21 @@ Allocating a color means to obtain a pixel value from the RGB specification. The The pixel() function calls alloc() if necessary, so in general you don't need to call this function. .PP See also enterAllocContext(). -.SH "int QColor::blue () const" +.SH "int TQColor::blue () const" Returns the B (blue) component of the RGB value. -.SH "void QColor::cleanup ()\fC [static]\fR" -Internal clean up required for QColor. This function is called from the QApplication destructor. +.SH "void TQColor::cleanup ()\fC [static]\fR" +Internal clean up required for TQColor. This function is called from the QApplication destructor. .PP See also initialize(). -.SH "QStringList QColor::colorNames ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStringList TQColor::colorNames ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a QStringList containing the color names TQt knows about. -.SH "int QColor::currentAllocContext ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int TQColor::currentAllocContext ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the current color allocation context. .PP The default context is 0. .PP See also enterAllocContext() and leaveAllocContext(). -.SH "QColor QColor::dark ( int factor = 200 ) const" +.SH "TQColor TQColor::dark ( int factor = 200 ) const" Returns a darker (or lighter) color, but does not change this object. .PP Returns a darker color if \fIfactor\fR is greater than 100. Setting \fIfactor\fR to 300 returns a color that has one-third the brightness. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ See also light(). .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "void QColor::destroyAllocContext ( int context )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void TQColor::destroyAllocContext ( int context )\fC [static]\fR" Destroys a color allocation context, \fIcontext\fR. .PP This function deallocates all colors that were allocated in the specified \fIcontext\fR. If \fIcontext\fR == -1, it frees up all colors that the application has allocated. If \fIcontext\fR == -2, it frees up all colors that the application has allocated, except those in the default context. @@ -319,16 +319,16 @@ The function does nothing for true color displays. See also enterAllocContext() and alloc(). .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "int QColor::enterAllocContext ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int TQColor::enterAllocContext ()\fC [static]\fR" Enters a color allocation context and returns a non-zero unique identifier. .PP -Color allocation contexts are useful for programs that need to allocate many colors and throw them away later, like image viewers. The allocation context functions work for true color displays as well as for colormap displays, except that QColor::destroyAllocContext() does nothing for true color. +Color allocation contexts are useful for programs that need to allocate many colors and throw them away later, like image viewers. The allocation context functions work for true color displays as well as for colormap displays, except that TQColor::destroyAllocContext() does nothing for true color. .PP Example: .PP .nf .br - QPixmap loadPixmap( QString fileName ) + QPixmap loadPixmap( TQString fileName ) .br { .br @@ -336,13 +336,13 @@ Example: .br if ( alloc_context ) .br - QColor::destroyAllocContext( alloc_context ); + TQColor::destroyAllocContext( alloc_context ); .br - alloc_context = QColor::enterAllocContext(); + alloc_context = TQColor::enterAllocContext(); .br QPixmap pm( fileName ); .br - QColor::leaveAllocContext(); + TQColor::leaveAllocContext(); .br return pm; .br @@ -354,31 +354,31 @@ The example code loads a pixmap from file. It frees up all colors that were allo .PP The initial/default context is 0. TQt keeps a list of colors associated with their allocation contexts. You can call destroyAllocContext() to get rid of all colors that were allocated in a specific context. .PP -Calling enterAllocContext() enters an allocation context. The allocation context lasts until you call leaveAllocContext(). QColor has an internal stack of allocation contexts. Each call to enterAllocContex() must have a corresponding leaveAllocContext(). +Calling enterAllocContext() enters an allocation context. The allocation context lasts until you call leaveAllocContext(). TQColor has an internal stack of allocation contexts. Each call to enterAllocContex() must have a corresponding leaveAllocContext(). .PP .nf .br // context 0 active .br - int c1 = QColor::enterAllocContext(); // enter context c1 + int c1 = TQColor::enterAllocContext(); // enter context c1 .br // context c1 active .br - int c2 = QColor::enterAllocContext(); // enter context c2 + int c2 = TQColor::enterAllocContext(); // enter context c2 .br // context c2 active .br - QColor::leaveAllocContext(); // leave context c2 + TQColor::leaveAllocContext(); // leave context c2 .br // context c1 active .br - QColor::leaveAllocContext(); // leave context c1 + TQColor::leaveAllocContext(); // leave context c1 .br // context 0 active .br // Now, free all colors that were allocated in context c2 .br - QColor::destroyAllocContext( c2 ); + TQColor::destroyAllocContext( c2 ); .br .fi .PP @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ You may also want to set the application's color specification. See QApplication See also leaveAllocContext(), currentAllocContext(), destroyAllocContext(), and QApplication::setColorSpec(). .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "void QColor::getHsv ( int * h, int * s, int * v ) const" +.SH "void TQColor::getHsv ( int * h, int * s, int * v ) const" Returns the current RGB value as HSV. The contents of the \fIh\fR, \fIs\fR and \fIv\fR pointers are set to the HSV values. If any of the three pointers are null, the function does nothing. .PP The hue (which \fIh\fR points to) is set to -1 if the color is achromatic. @@ -395,28 +395,28 @@ The hue (which \fIh\fR points to) is set to -1 if the color is achromatic. \fBWarning:\fR Colors are stored internally as RGB values, so getHSv() may return slightly different values to those set by setHsv(). .PP See also setHsv() and rgb(). -.SH "void QColor::getHsv ( int & h, int & s, int & v ) const" +.SH "void TQColor::getHsv ( int & h, int & s, int & v ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "void QColor::getRgb ( int * r, int * g, int * b ) const" +.SH "void TQColor::getRgb ( int * r, int * g, int * b ) const" Sets the contents pointed to by \fIr\fR, \fIg\fR and \fIb\fR to the red, green and blue components of the RGB value respectively. The value range for a component is 0..255. .PP See also rgb(), setRgb(), and getHsv(). -.SH "int QColor::green () const" +.SH "int TQColor::green () const" Returns the G (green) component of the RGB value. -.SH "void QColor::hsv ( int * h, int * s, int * v ) const" +.SH "void TQColor::hsv ( int * h, int * s, int * v ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. Use getHsv() instead. .PP Example: themes/metal.cpp. -.SH "void QColor::initialize ()\fC [static]\fR" -Internal initialization required for QColor. This function is called from the QApplication constructor. +.SH "void TQColor::initialize ()\fC [static]\fR" +Internal initialization required for TQColor. This function is called from the QApplication constructor. .PP See also cleanup(). -.SH "bool QColor::isValid () const" +.SH "bool TQColor::isValid () const" Returns FALSE if the color is invalid, i.e. it was constructed using the default constructor; otherwise returns TRUE. .PP Examples: .)l chart/element.cpp, chart/setdataform.cpp, and scribble/scribble.cpp. -.SH "void QColor::leaveAllocContext ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void TQColor::leaveAllocContext ()\fC [static]\fR" Leaves a color allocation context. .PP See enterAllocContext() for a detailed explanation. @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ See enterAllocContext() for a detailed explanation. See also enterAllocContext() and currentAllocContext(). .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "QColor QColor::light ( int factor = 150 ) const" +.SH "TQColor TQColor::light ( int factor = 150 ) const" Returns a lighter (or darker) color, but does not change this object. .PP Returns a lighter color if \fIfactor\fR is greater than 100. Setting \fIfactor\fR to 150 returns a color that is 50% brighter. @@ -437,35 +437,35 @@ See also dark(). .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "int QColor::maxColors ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int TQColor::maxColors ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the maximum number of colors supported by the underlying window system if the window system uses a palette. .PP Otherwise returns -1. Use numBitPlanes() to calculate the available colors in that case. -.SH "QString QColor::name () const" +.SH "TQString TQColor::name () const" Returns the name of the color in the format "#RRGGBB", i.e. a "#" character followed by three two-digit hexadecimal numbers. .PP See also setNamedColor(). .PP Example: chart/setdataform.cpp. -.SH "int QColor::numBitPlanes ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int TQColor::numBitPlanes ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the number of color bit planes for the underlying window system. .PP The returned value is equal to the default pixmap depth. .PP See also QPixmap::defaultDepth(). -.SH "bool QColor::operator!= ( const QColor & c ) const" +.SH "bool TQColor::operator!= ( const TQColor & c ) const" Returns TRUE if this color has a different RGB value from \fIc\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QColor & QColor::operator= ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "TQColor & TQColor::operator= ( const TQColor & c )" Assigns a copy of the color \fIc\fR and returns a reference to this color. -.SH "bool QColor::operator== ( const QColor & c ) const" +.SH "bool TQColor::operator== ( const TQColor & c ) const" Returns TRUE if this color has the same RGB value as \fIc\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "uint QColor::pixel () const" +.SH "uint TQColor::pixel () const" Returns the pixel value. .PP This value is used by the underlying window system to refer to a color. It can be thought of as an index into the display hardware's color table, but the value is an arbitrary 32-bit value. .PP See also alloc(). -.SH "uint QColor::pixel ( int screen ) const" +.SH "uint TQColor::pixel ( int screen ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the pixel value for screen \fIscreen\fR. @@ -473,9 +473,9 @@ Returns the pixel value for screen \fIscreen\fR. This value is used by the underlying window system to refer to a color. It can be thought of as an index into the display hardware's color table, but the value is an arbitrary 32-bit value. .PP See also alloc(). -.SH "int QColor::red () const" +.SH "int TQColor::red () const" Returns the R (red) component of the RGB value. -.SH "QRgb QColor::rgb () const" +.SH "TQRgb TQColor::rgb () const" Returns the RGB value. .PP The return type \fIQRgb\fR is equivalent to \fCunsigned\fR \fCint\fR. @@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ The return type \fIQRgb\fR is equivalent to \fCunsigned\fR \fCint\fR. For an invalid color, the alpha value of the returned color is unspecified. .PP See also setRgb(), hsv(), tqRed(), tqBlue(), tqGreen(), and isValid(). -.SH "void QColor::rgb ( int * r, int * g, int * b ) const" +.SH "void TQColor::rgb ( int * r, int * g, int * b ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. Use getRgb() instead -.SH "void QColor::setHsv ( int h, int s, int v )" +.SH "void TQColor::setHsv ( int h, int s, int v )" Sets a HSV color value. \fIh\fR is the hue, \fIs\fR is the saturation and \fIv\fR is the value of the HSV color. .PP If \fIs\fR or \fIv\fR are not in the range 0-255, or \fIh\fR is < -1, the color is not changed. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ See also hsv() and setRgb(). .PP Examples: .)l drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, and progress/progress.cpp. -.SH "void QColor::setNamedColor ( const QString & name )" +.SH "void TQColor::setNamedColor ( const TQString & name )" Sets the RGB value to \fIname\fR, which may be in one of these formats: .TP #RGB (each of R, G and B is a single hex digit) @@ -510,11 +510,11 @@ Sets the RGB value to \fIname\fR, which may be in one of these formats: A name from the X color database (rgb.txt) (e.g." steelblue" or "gainsboro"). These color names also work under Windows. .PP The color is invalid if \fIname\fR cannot be parsed. -.SH "void QColor::setRgb ( int r, int g, int b )" +.SH "void TQColor::setRgb ( int r, int g, int b )" Sets the RGB value to \fIr\fR, \fIg\fR, \fIb\fR. The arguments, \fIr\fR, \fIg\fR and \fIb\fR must all be in the range 0..255. If any of them are outside the legal range, the color is not changed. .PP See also rgb() and setHsv(). -.SH "void QColor::setRgb ( QRgb rgb )" +.SH "void TQColor::setRgb ( TQRgb rgb )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the RGB value to \fIrgb\fR. @@ -523,20 +523,20 @@ The type \fIQRgb\fR is equivalent to \fCunsigned\fR \fCint\fR. .PP See also rgb() and setHsv(). .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const QColor & c )" +.SH "QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const TQColor & c )" Writes a color object, \fIc\fR to the stream, \fIs\fR. .PP See also Format of the QDataStream operators. -.SH "QDataStream & operator>> ( QDataStream & s, QColor & c )" +.SH "QDataStream & operator>> ( QDataStream & s, TQColor & c )" Reads a color object, \fIc\fR, from the stream, \fIs\fR. .PP See also Format of the QDataStream operators. -.SH "int tqAlpha ( QRgb rgba )" +.SH "int tqAlpha ( TQRgb rgba )" Returns the alpha component of the RGBA quadruplet \fIrgba\fR. -.SH "int tqBlue ( QRgb rgb )" +.SH "int tqBlue ( TQRgb rgb )" Returns the blue component of the RGB triplet \fIrgb\fR. .PP -See also tqRgb() and QColor::blue(). +See also tqRgb() and TQColor::blue(). .SH "int tqGray ( int r, int g, int b )" Returns a gray value 0..255 from the (\fIr\fR, \fIg\fR, \fIb\fR) triplet. .PP @@ -545,21 +545,21 @@ The gray value is calculated using the formula (r*11 + g*16 + b*5)/32. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a gray value 0..255 from the given \fIrgb\fR colour. -.SH "int tqGreen ( QRgb rgb )" +.SH "int tqGreen ( TQRgb rgb )" Returns the green component of the RGB triplet \fIrgb\fR. .PP -See also tqRgb() and QColor::green(). -.SH "int tqRed ( QRgb rgb )" +See also tqRgb() and TQColor::green(). +.SH "int tqRed ( TQRgb rgb )" Returns the red component of the RGB triplet \fIrgb\fR. .PP -See also tqRgb() and QColor::red(). -.SH "QRgb tqRgb ( int r, int g, int b )" +See also tqRgb() and TQColor::red(). +.SH "TQRgb tqRgb ( int r, int g, int b )" Returns the RGB triplet \fI(r,g,b)\fR. .PP -The return type QRgb is equivalent to \fCunsigned\fR \fCint\fR. +The return type TQRgb is equivalent to \fCunsigned\fR \fCint\fR. .PP See also tqRgba(), tqRed(), tqGreen(), and tqBlue(). -.SH "QRgb tqRgba ( int r, int g, int b, int a )" +.SH "TQRgb tqRgba ( int r, int g, int b, int a )" Returns the RGBA quadruplet \fI(r,g,b,a)\fR. .PP The return type QRgba is equivalent to \fCunsigned\fR \fCint\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcolordialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcolordialog.3qt index 64b7f93bc..d96eebe32 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcolordialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcolordialog.3qt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QColorDialog \- Dialog widget for specifying colors Inherits QDialog. .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
  1. QColor \fBgetColor\fR ( const QColor & initial = white, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
  2. QRgb \fBgetRgba\fR ( QRgb initial, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
  3. int \fBcustomCount\fR ()
  4. QRgb \fBcustomColor\fR ( int i )
  5. void \fBsetCustomColor\fR ( int i, QRgb c )
  6. void \fBsetStandardColor\fR ( int i, QRgb c ) +
  7. TQColor \fBgetColor\fR ( const TQColor & initial = white, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
  8. TQRgb \fBgetRgba\fR ( TQRgb initial, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
  9. int \fBcustomCount\fR ()
  10. TQRgb \fBcustomColor\fR ( int i )
  11. void \fBsetCustomColor\fR ( int i, TQRgb c )
  12. void \fBsetStandardColor\fR ( int i, TQRgb c ) .SH DESCRIPTION The QColorDialog class provides a dialog widget for specifying colors. .PP @@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ The user can store customCount() different custom colors. The custom colors are .PP See also Dialog Classes and Graphics Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QRgb QColorDialog::customColor ( int i )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns custom color number \fIi\fR as a QRgb. +.SH "TQRgb QColorDialog::customColor ( int i )\fC [static]\fR" +Returns custom color number \fIi\fR as a TQRgb. .SH "int QColorDialog::customCount ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the number of custom colors supported by QColorDialog. All color dialogs share the same custom colors. -.SH "QColor QColorDialog::getColor ( const QColor & initial = white, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" -Pops up a modal color dialog, lets the user choose a color, and returns that color. The color is initially set to \fIinitial\fR. The dialog is a child of \fIparent\fR and is called \fIname\fR. It returns an invalid (see QColor::isValid()) color if the user cancels the dialog. All colors allocated by the dialog will be deallocated before this function returns. +.SH "TQColor QColorDialog::getColor ( const TQColor & initial = white, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +Pops up a modal color dialog, lets the user choose a color, and returns that color. The color is initially set to \fIinitial\fR. The dialog is a child of \fIparent\fR and is called \fIname\fR. It returns an invalid (see TQColor::isValid()) color if the user cancels the dialog. All colors allocated by the dialog will be deallocated before this function returns. .PP Examples: .)l chart/setdataform.cpp and scribble/scribble.cpp. -.SH "QRgb QColorDialog::getRgba ( QRgb initial, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQRgb QColorDialog::getRgba ( TQRgb initial, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Pops up a modal color dialog to allow the user to choose a color and an alpha channel (transparency) value. The color+alpha is initially set to \fIinitial\fR. The dialog is a child of \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. .PP If \fIok\fR is non-null, \fI*\fR\fIok\fR is set to TRUE if the user clicked OK, and to FALSE if the user clicked Cancel. .PP If the user clicks Cancel, the \fIinitial\fR value is returned. -.SH "void QColorDialog::setCustomColor ( int i, QRgb c )\fC [static]\fR" -Sets custom color number \fIi\fR to the QRgb value \fIc\fR. -.SH "void QColorDialog::setStandardColor ( int i, QRgb c )\fC [static]\fR" -Sets standard color number \fIi\fR to the QRgb value \fIc\fR. +.SH "void QColorDialog::setCustomColor ( int i, TQRgb c )\fC [static]\fR" +Sets custom color number \fIi\fR to the TQRgb value \fIc\fR. +.SH "void QColorDialog::setStandardColor ( int i, TQRgb c )\fC [static]\fR" +Sets standard color number \fIi\fR to the TQRgb value \fIc\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqcolordialog.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcolordrag.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcolordrag.3qt index cb2db7b2d..9fef55e87 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcolordrag.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcolordrag.3qt @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ Inherits QStoredDrag. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQColorDrag\fR ( const QColor & col, QWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQColorDrag\fR ( const TQColor & col, TQWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQColorDrag\fR ( QWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQColorDrag\fR ( TQWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const QColor & col )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const TQColor & col )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Inherits QStoredDrag. .BI "bool \fBcanDecode\fR ( QMimeSource * e )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( QMimeSource * e, QColor & col )" +.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( QMimeSource * e, TQColor & col )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject class and the drag .PP See also Drag And Drop Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QColorDrag::QColorDrag ( const QColor & col, QWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QColorDrag::QColorDrag ( const TQColor & col, TQWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a color drag object with the color \fIcol\fR. Passes \fIdragsource\fR and \fIname\fR to the QStoredDrag constructor. -.SH "QColorDrag::QColorDrag ( QWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QColorDrag::QColorDrag ( TQWidget * dragsource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a color drag object with a white color. Passes \fIdragsource\fR and \fIname\fR to the QStoredDrag constructor. .SH "bool QColorDrag::canDecode ( QMimeSource * e )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the color drag object can decode the mime source \fIe\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QColorDrag::decode ( QMimeSource * e, QColor & col )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QColorDrag::decode ( QMimeSource * e, TQColor & col )\fC [static]\fR" Decodes the mime source \fIe\fR and sets the decoded values to \fIcol\fR. -.SH "void QColorDrag::setColor ( const QColor & col )" +.SH "void QColorDrag::setColor ( const TQColor & col )" Sets the color of the color drag to \fIcol\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcolorgroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcolorgroup.3qt index 7d403df9f..c22374b32 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcolorgroup.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcolorgroup.3qt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ QColorGroup \- Group of widget colors .BI "\fBQColorGroup\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColorGroup ( const QColor & foreground, const QColor & background, const QColor & light, const QColor & dark, const QColor & mid, const QColor & text, const QColor & base ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QColorGroup ( const TQColor & foreground, const TQColor & background, const TQColor & light, const TQColor & dark, const TQColor & mid, const TQColor & text, const TQColor & base ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQColorGroup\fR ( const QBrush & foreground, const QBrush & button, const QBrush & light, const QBrush & dark, const QBrush & mid, const QBrush & text, const QBrush & bright_text, const QBrush & base, const QBrush & background )" @@ -35,64 +35,64 @@ QColorGroup \- Group of widget colors .BI "enum \fBColorRole\fR { Foreground, Button, Light, Midlight, Dark, Mid, Text, BrightText, ButtonText, Base, Background, Shadow, Highlight, HighlightedText, Link, LinkVisited, NColorRoles }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBcolor\fR ( ColorRole r ) const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBcolor\fR ( ColorRole r ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QBrush & \fBbrush\fR ( ColorRole r ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( ColorRole r, const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( ColorRole r, const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetBrush\fR ( ColorRole r, const QBrush & b )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBforeground\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBforeground\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBbutton\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBbutton\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBlight\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBlight\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBdark\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBdark\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBmid\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBmid\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBbase\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBbase\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBbackground\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBbackground\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBmidlight\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBmidlight\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBbrightText\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBbrightText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBbuttonText\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBbuttonText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBshadow\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBshadow\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBhighlight\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBhighlight\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBhighlightedText\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBhighlightedText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBlink\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBlink\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBlinkVisited\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBlinkVisited\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QColorGroup & g ) const" @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ You modify a color group by calling the access functions setColor() and setBrush .PP There are also corresponding color() and brush() getters, and a commonly used convenience function to get each ColorRole: background(), foreground(), base(), etc. .PP -See also QColor, QPalette, QWidget::colorGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. +See also TQColor, QPalette, TQWidget::colorGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QColorGroup::ColorRole" The ColorRole enum defines the different symbolic color roles used in current GUIs. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ This image shows most of the color roles in use:
    .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QColorGroup::QColorGroup ()" Constructs a color group with all colors set to black. -.SH "QColorGroup::QColorGroup ( const QColor & foreground, const QColor & background, const QColor & light, const QColor & dark, const QColor & mid, const QColor & text, const QColor & base )" +.SH "QColorGroup::QColorGroup ( const TQColor & foreground, const TQColor & background, const TQColor & light, const TQColor & dark, const TQColor & mid, const TQColor & text, const TQColor & base )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Constructs a color group with the specified colors. The button color will be set to the background color. @@ -207,15 +207,15 @@ See also QBrush. Constructs a color group that is an independent copy of \fIother\fR. .SH "QColorGroup::~QColorGroup ()" Destroys the color group. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::background () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::background () const" Returns the background color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::base () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::base () const" Returns the base color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::brightText () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::brightText () const" Returns the bright text foreground color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. @@ -229,67 +229,67 @@ See also color(), setBrush(), and ColorRole. .PP Examples: .)l themes/metal.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::button () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::button () const" Returns the button color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. .PP Examples: .)l themes/metal.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::buttonText () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::buttonText () const" Returns the button text foreground color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. .PP Examples: .)l themes/metal.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::color ( ColorRole r ) const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::color ( ColorRole r ) const" Returns the color that has been set for color role \fIr\fR. .PP See also brush() and ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::dark () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::dark () const" Returns the dark color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::foreground () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::foreground () const" Returns the foreground color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. .PP Examples: .)l themes/metal.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::highlight () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::highlight () const" Returns the highlight color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::highlightedText () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::highlightedText () const" Returns the highlighted text color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::light () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::light () const" Returns the light color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::link () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::link () const" Returns the unvisited link text color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::linkVisited () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::linkVisited () const" Returns the visited link text color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::mid () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::mid () const" Returns the mid color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. .PP Examples: .)l themes/metal.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::midlight () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::midlight () const" Returns the midlight color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. @@ -309,18 +309,18 @@ Sets the brush used for color role \fIr\fR to \fIb\fR. See also brush(), setColor(), and ColorRole. .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "void QColorGroup::setColor ( ColorRole r, const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QColorGroup::setColor ( ColorRole r, const TQColor & c )" Sets the brush used for color role \fIr\fR to a solid color \fIc\fR. .PP See also brush() and ColorRole. .PP Examples: .)l listviews/listviews.cpp, table/statistics/statistics.cpp, and themes/metal.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::shadow () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::shadow () const" Returns the shadow color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QColorGroup::text () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QColorGroup::text () const" Returns the text foreground color of the color group. .PP See also ColorRole. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt index 2b5c8b623..fb2489592 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcombobox.3qt @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ QComboBox \- Combined button and popup list .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQComboBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQComboBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQComboBox\fR ( bool rw, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQComboBox\fR ( bool rw, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QComboBox\fR ()" @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "void \fBinsertStrList\fR ( const char ** strings, int numStrings = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & t, int index = -1 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & t, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QString & text, int index = -1 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBremoveItem\fR ( int index )" @@ -58,25 +58,25 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QString & t, int index )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const TQString & t, int index )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QPixmap & im, int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QPixmap & im, const QString & t, int index )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QPixmap & im, const TQString & t, int index )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool autoResize () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "void \fBclearEdit\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetEditText\fR ( const QString & newText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetEditText\fR ( const TQString & newText )" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" @@ -175,13 +175,13 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBactivated\fR ( const QString & string )" +.BI "void \fBactivated\fR ( const TQString & string )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( const QString & string )" +.BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( const TQString & string )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBtextChanged\fR ( const QString & string )" +.BI "void \fBtextChanged\fR ( const TQString & string )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "int \fBcurrentItem\fR - the index of the current item in the combobox" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentText\fR - the text of the combobox's current item" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentText\fR - the text of the combobox's current item" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBduplicatesEnabled\fR - whether duplicates are allowed" @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ The two constructors create identical-looking comboboxes in Windows style. .PP Comboboxes can contain pixmaps as well as strings; the insertItem() and changeItem() functions are suitably overloaded. For editable comboboxes, the function clearEdit() is provided, to clear the displayed string without changing the combobox's contents. .PP -A combobox emits two signals, activated() and highlighted(), when a new item has been activated (selected) or highlighted (made current). Both signals exist in two versions, one with a QString argument and one with an \fCint\fR argument. If the user highlights or activates a pixmap, only the \fCint\fR signals are emitted. Whenever the text of an editable combobox is changed the textChanged() signal is emitted. +A combobox emits two signals, activated() and highlighted(), when a new item has been activated (selected) or highlighted (made current). Both signals exist in two versions, one with a TQString argument and one with an \fCint\fR argument. If the user highlights or activates a pixmap, only the \fCint\fR signals are emitted. Whenever the text of an editable combobox is changed the textChanged() signal is emitted. .PP When the user enters a new string in an editable combobox, the widget may or may not insert it, and it can insert it in several locations. The default policy is is AtBottom but you can change this using setInsertionPolicy(). .PP @@ -306,18 +306,18 @@ activated() is always emitted when the string is entered. .PP If inserting the new string would cause the combobox to breach its content size limit, the item at the other end of the list is deleted. The definition of "other end" is implementation-dependent. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QComboBox::QComboBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QComboBox::QComboBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a combobox widget with parent \fIparent\fR called \fIname\fR. .PP This constructor creates a popup list if the program uses Motif (or Aqua) look and feel; this is compatible with Motif 1.x and Aqua. .PP Note: If you use this constructor to create your QComboBox, then the pixmap() function will always return 0. To workaround this, use the other constructor. -.SH "QComboBox::QComboBox ( bool rw, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QComboBox::QComboBox ( bool rw, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a combobox with a maximum size and either Motif 2.0 or Windows look and feel. .PP The input field can be edited if \fIrw\fR is TRUE, otherwise the user may only choose one of the items in the combobox. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QComboBox::~QComboBox ()" Destroys the combobox. .SH "void QComboBox::activated ( int index )\fC [signal]\fR" @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ This signal is not emitted if the item is changed programmatically, e.g. using s .PP Examples: .)l fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, lineedits/lineedits.cpp, listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp, and qmag/qmag.cpp. -.SH "void QComboBox::activated ( const QString & string )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QComboBox::activated ( const TQString & string )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted when a new item has been activated (selected). \fIstring\fR is the selected string. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ You can also use the activated(int) signal, but be aware that its argument is me Returns TRUE if auto-completion is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoCompletion" property for details. .SH "bool QComboBox::autoResize () const" Returns TRUE if auto resize is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoResize" property for details. -.SH "void QComboBox::changeItem ( const QString & t, int index )" +.SH "void QComboBox::changeItem ( const TQString & t, int index )" Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with the text \fIt\fR. .SH "void QComboBox::changeItem ( const QPixmap & im, int index )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with the pixmap \fIim\fR, unless the combobox is editable. .PP See also insertItem(). -.SH "void QComboBox::changeItem ( const QPixmap & im, const QString & t, int index )" +.SH "void QComboBox::changeItem ( const QPixmap & im, const TQString & t, int index )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with the pixmap \fIim\fR and the text \fIt\fR. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ This slot is equivalent to setValidator( 0 ). Returns the number of items in the combobox. See the "count" property for details. .SH "int QComboBox::currentItem () const" Returns the index of the current item in the combobox. See the "currentItem" property for details. -.SH "QString QComboBox::currentText () const" +.SH "TQString QComboBox::currentText () const" Returns the text of the combobox's current item. See the "currentText" property for details. .SH "bool QComboBox::duplicatesEnabled () const" Returns TRUE if duplicates are allowed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "duplicatesEnabled" property for details. @@ -375,13 +375,13 @@ Returns TRUE if the combobox is editable; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "edit This signal is emitted when a new item has been set to be the current item. The \fIindex\fR is the position of the item in the combobox. .PP This signal is not emitted if the item is changed programmatically, e.g. using setCurrentItem(). -.SH "void QComboBox::highlighted ( const QString & string )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QComboBox::highlighted ( const TQString & string )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted when a new item has been set to be the current item. \fIstring\fR is the item's text. .PP You can also use the highlighted(int) signal. -.SH "void QComboBox::insertItem ( const QString & t, int index = -1 )" +.SH "void QComboBox::insertItem ( const TQString & t, int index = -1 )" Inserts a text item with text \fIt\fR, at position \fIindex\fR. The item will be appended if \fIindex\fR is negative. .PP Examples: @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Examples: This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a \fIpixmap\fR item at position \fIindex\fR. The item will be appended if \fIindex\fR is negative. -.SH "void QComboBox::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QString & text, int index = -1 )" +.SH "void QComboBox::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a \fIpixmap\fR item with additional text \fItext\fR at position \fIindex\fR. The item will be appended if \fIindex\fR is negative. @@ -454,11 +454,11 @@ Sets whether auto-completion is enabled. See the "autoCompletion" property for d Sets whether auto resize is enabled. See the "autoResize" property for details. .SH "void QComboBox::setCurrentItem ( int index )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the index of the current item in the combobox to \fIindex\fR. See the "currentItem" property for details. -.SH "void QComboBox::setCurrentText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QComboBox::setCurrentText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text of the combobox's current item. See the "currentText" property for details. .SH "void QComboBox::setDuplicatesEnabled ( bool enable )" Sets whether duplicates are allowed to \fIenable\fR. See the "duplicatesEnabled" property for details. -.SH "void QComboBox::setEditText ( const QString & newText )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QComboBox::setEditText ( const TQString & newText )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the text in the line edit to \fInewText\fR without changing the combobox's contents. Does nothing if the combobox isn't editable. .PP This is useful e.g. for providing a good starting point for the user's editing and entering the change in the combobox only when the user presses Enter. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Sets whether the combobox is editable. See the "editable" property for details. .SH "void QComboBox::setFont ( const QFont & font )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the font for both the combobox button and the combobox popup list to \fIfont\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QComboBox::setInsertionPolicy ( Policy policy )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the position of the items inserted by the user to \fIpolicy\fR. See the "insertionPolicy" property for details. .SH "void QComboBox::setLineEdit ( QLineEdit * edit )\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Sets the maximum number of items allowed in the combobox. See the "maxCount" pro .SH "void QComboBox::setPalette ( const QPalette & palette )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the palette for both the combobox button and the combobox popup list to \fIpalette\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QComboBox::setSizeLimit ( int )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the maximum on-screen size of the combobox. See the "sizeLimit" property for details. .SH "void QComboBox::setValidator ( const QValidator * v )\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -494,14 +494,14 @@ This function does nothing if the combobox is not editable. See also validator(), clearValidator(), and QValidator. .SH "int QComboBox::sizeLimit () const" Returns the maximum on-screen size of the combobox. See the "sizeLimit" property for details. -.SH "QString QComboBox::text ( int index ) const" -Returns the text item at position \fIindex\fR, or QString::null if the item is not a string. +.SH "TQString QComboBox::text ( int index ) const" +Returns the text item at position \fIindex\fR, or TQString::null if the item is not a string. .PP See also currentText. .PP Examples: .)l fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp and helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp. -.SH "void QComboBox::textChanged ( const QString & string )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QComboBox::textChanged ( const TQString & string )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is used for editable comboboxes. It is emitted whenever the contents of the text entry field changes. \fIstring\fR contains the new text. .SH "const QValidator * QComboBox::validator () const" Returns the validator which constrains editing for this combobox if there is one; otherwise returns 0. @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Set this property's value with setAutoCompletion() and get this property's value .SH "bool autoMask" This property holds whether the combobox is automatically masked. .PP -See also QWidget::autoMask. +See also TQWidget::autoMask. .SH "bool autoResize" This property holds whether auto resize is enabled. .PP @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ This property holds the index of the current item in the combobox. Note that the activated() and highlighted() signals are only emitted when the user changes the current item, not when it is changed programmatically. .PP Set this property's value with setCurrentItem() and get this property's value with currentItem(). -.SH "QString currentText" +.SH "TQString currentText" This property holds the text of the combobox's current item. .PP Set this property's value with setCurrentText() and get this property's value with currentText(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt index 325ee2f72..41e26a4c1 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcombotableitem.3qt @@ -25,19 +25,19 @@ Inherits QTableItem. .BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( int i )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcurrentItem\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( int i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetEditable\fR ( bool b )" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Returns the total number of list items in the combo table item. Returns the index of the combo table item's current list item. .PP See also setCurrentItem(). -.SH "QString QComboTableItem::currentText () const" +.SH "TQString QComboTableItem::currentText () const" Returns the text of the combo table item's current list item. .PP See also currentItem() and text(). @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Sets the list item \fIi\fR to be the combo table item's current list item. See also currentItem(). .PP Example: table/small-table-demo/main.cpp. -.SH "void QComboTableItem::setCurrentItem ( const QString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QComboTableItem::setCurrentItem ( const TQString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the list item whose text is \fIs\fR to be the combo table item's current list item. Does nothing if no list item has the text \fIs\fR. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ If \fIb\fR is TRUE the combo table item can be edited, i.e. the user may enter a See also isEditable(). .SH "void QComboTableItem::setStringList ( const QStringList & l )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the list items of this QComboTableItem to the strings in the string list \fIl\fR. -.SH "QString QComboTableItem::text ( int i ) const" +.SH "TQString QComboTableItem::text ( int i ) const" Returns the text of the combo's list item at index \fIi\fR. .PP See also currentText(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqconststring.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqconststring.3qt index a8e0ec49d..4b1610edf 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqconststring.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqconststring.3qt @@ -16,31 +16,31 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQConstString\fR ( const QChar * unicode, uint length )" +.BI "\fBQConstString\fR ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QConstString\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString & \fBstring\fR () const" +.BI "const TQString & \fBstring\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION The QConstString class provides string objects using constant Unicode data. .PP -In order to minimize copying, highly optimized applications can use QConstString to provide a QString-compatible object from existing Unicode data. It is then the programmer's responsibility to ensure that the Unicode data exists for the entire lifetime of the QConstString object. +In order to minimize copying, highly optimized applications can use QConstString to provide a TQString-compatible object from existing Unicode data. It is then the programmer's responsibility to ensure that the Unicode data exists for the entire lifetime of the QConstString object. .PP A QConstString is created with the QConstString constructor. The string held by the object can be obtained by calling string(). .PP See also Text Related Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QConstString::QConstString ( const QChar * unicode, uint length )" +.SH "QConstString::QConstString ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )" Constructs a QConstString that uses the first \fIlength\fR Unicode characters in the array \fIunicode\fR. Any attempt to modify copies of the string will cause it to create a copy of the data, thus it remains forever unmodified. .PP The data in \fIunicode\fR is not copied. The caller must be able to guarantee that \fIunicode\fR will not be deleted or modified. .SH "QConstString::~QConstString ()" Destroys the QConstString, creating a copy of the data if other strings are still using it. -.SH "const QString & QConstString::string () const" +.SH "const TQString & QConstString::string () const" Returns a constant string referencing the data passed during construction. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcopchannel.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcopchannel.3qt index 50c95ff3f..25bd87fa6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcopchannel.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcopchannel.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QCopChannel \- Communication capabilities between several clients .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQCopChannel\fR ( const QCString & channel, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQCopChannel\fR ( const QCString & channel, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QCopChannel\fR ()" @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ The channel() function returns the name of the channel. .PP In order to \fIlisten\fR to the traffic on a channel, you should either subclass QCopChannel and reimplement receive(), or connect() to the received() signal. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCopChannel::QCopChannel ( const QCString & channel, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a QCop channel and registers it with the server using the name \fIchannel\fR. The standard \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QCopChannel::QCopChannel ( const QCString & channel, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a QCop channel and registers it with the server using the name \fIchannel\fR. The standard \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .SH "QCopChannel::~QCopChannel ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the client's end of the channel and notifies the server that the client has closed its connection. The server will keep the channel open until the last registered client detaches. .SH "QCString QCopChannel::channel () const" @@ -86,17 +86,17 @@ Example: .br QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); .br - if ( msg == "execute(QString,QString)" ) { + if ( msg == "execute(TQString,TQString)" ) { .br - QString cmd, arg; + TQString cmd, arg; .br stream >> cmd >> arg; .br ... .br - } else if ( msg == "delete(QString)" ) { + } else if ( msg == "delete(TQString)" ) { .br - QString filenname; + TQString filenname; .br stream >> filename; .br @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ Example: .br QDataStream stream( ba, IO_WriteOnly ); .br - stream << QString("cat") << QString("file.txt"); + stream << TQString("cat") << TQString("file.txt"); .br - QCopChannel::send( "System/Shell", "execute(QString,QString)", ba ); + QCopChannel::send( "System/Shell", "execute(TQString,TQString)", ba ); .br .fi Here the channel is "System/Shell". The \fImsg\fR is an arbitrary string, but in the example we've used the DCOP convention of passing a function signature. Such a signature is formatted as functionname(types) where types is a list of zero or more comma-separated type names, with no whitespace, no consts and no pointer or reference marks, i.e. no "*" or "&". diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcstring.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcstring.3qt index 8e5f2b2d8..60802a2d0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcstring.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcstring.3qt @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ The QCString class provides an abstraction of the classic C zero-terminated char .PP QCString inherits QByteArray, which is defined as QMemArray. Since QCString is a QMemArray, it uses explicit sharing with a reference count. .PP -QCString tries to behave like a more convenient \fCconst char *\fR. The price of doing this is that some algorithms will perform badly. For example, append() is O(length()) since it scans for a null terminator. Although you might use QCString for text that is never exposed to the user, for most purposes, and especially for user-visible text, you should use QString. QString provides implicit sharing, Unicode and other internationalization support, and is well optimized. +QCString tries to behave like a more convenient \fCconst char *\fR. The price of doing this is that some algorithms will perform badly. For example, append() is O(length()) since it scans for a null terminator. Although you might use QCString for text that is never exposed to the user, for most purposes, and especially for user-visible text, you should use TQString. TQString provides implicit sharing, Unicode and other internationalization support, and is well optimized. .PP Note that for the QCString methods that take a \fCconst char *\fR parameter the \fCconst char *\fR must either be 0 (null) or not-null and '\0' (NUL byte) terminated; otherwise the results are undefined. .PP @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ In QCString the notion of uppercase and lowercase and of which character is grea .PP This issue does not apply to QStrings since they represent characters using Unicode. .PP -Performance note: The QCString methods for QRegExp searching are implemented by converting the QCString to a QString and performing the search on that. This implies a deep copy of the QCString data. If you are going to perform many QRegExp searches on a large QCString, you will get better performance by converting the QCString to a QString yourself, and then searching in the QString. +Performance note: The QCString methods for QRegExp searching are implemented by converting the QCString to a TQString and performing the search on that. This implies a deep copy of the QCString data. If you are going to perform many QRegExp searches on a large QCString, you will get better performance by converting the QCString to a TQString yourself, and then searching in the TQString. .PP See also Collection Classes, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Example: .PP .nf .br - QString s = "banana and panama"; + TQString s = "banana and panama"; .br QRegExp r = QRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE ); .br @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Example: .PP See also find() and findRev(). .PP -\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and apply the function to that. +\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and apply the function to that. .SH "QCString QCString::copy () const" Returns a deep copy of this string. .PP @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Finds the first occurrence of the regular expression \fIrx\fR, starting at posit .PP Returns the position of the next match, or -1 if \fIrx\fR was not found. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and apply the function to that. +\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and apply the function to that. .SH "int QCString::findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" Finds the first occurrence of the character \fIc\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR and searching backwards. .PP @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Finds the first occurrence of the regular expression \fIrx\fR, starting at posit .PP Returns the position of the next match (backwards), or -1 if \fIrx\fR was not found. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and apply the function to that. +\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and apply the function to that. .SH "QCString & QCString::insert ( uint index, char c )" Inserts character \fIc\fR into the string at position \fIindex\fR and returns a reference to the string. .PP @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Example: .PP .nf .br - QString s = "banana"; + TQString s = "banana"; .br s.replace( QRegExp("a.*a"), "" ); // becomes "b" .br @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ Example: .br .fi .PP -\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a QString and apply the function to that. +\fBWarning:\fR If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and apply the function to that. .SH "QCString & QCString::replace ( char c, const char * after )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ Sets the string to the string representation of the number \fIn\fR and returns a .PP The format of the string representation is specified by the format character \fIf\fR, and the precision (number of digits after the decimal point) is specified with \fIprec\fR. .PP -The valid formats for \fIf\fR are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' and 'G'. The formats are the same as for sprintf(); they are explained in QString::arg(). +The valid formats for \fIf\fR are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' and 'G'. The formats are the same as for sprintf(); they are explained in TQString::arg(). .SH "QCString & QCString::setNum ( short n )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcursor.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcursor.3qt index d9b5f8b44..a8d3219eb 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcursor.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcursor.3qt @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ This class is mainly used to create mouse cursors that are associated with parti .PP Qt has a number of standard cursor shapes, but you can also make custom cursor shapes based on a QBitmap, a mask and a hotspot. .PP -To associate a cursor with a widget, use QWidget::setCursor(). To associate a cursor with all widgets (normally for a short period of time), use QApplication::setOverrideCursor(). +To associate a cursor with a widget, use TQWidget::setCursor(). To associate a cursor with all widgets (normally for a short period of time), use QApplication::setOverrideCursor(). .PP To set a cursor shape use QCursor::setShape() or use the QCursor constructor which takes the shape as argument, or you can use one of the predefined cursors defined in the CursorShape enum. .PP @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ To set or get the position of the mouse cursor use the static methods QCursor::p .PP
    .PP -See also QWidget, GUI Design Handbook: Cursors, Widget Appearance and Style, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. +See also TQWidget, GUI Design Handbook: Cursors, Widget Appearance and Style, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. .PP On X11, TQt supports the Xcursor library, which allows for full color icon themes. The table below shows the cursor name used for each Qt::CursorShape value. If a cursor cannot be found using the name shown below, a standard X11 cursor will be used instead. Note: X11 does not provide appropriate cursors for all possible Qt::CursorShape values. It is possible that some cursors will be taken from the Xcursor theme, while others will use an internal bitmap cursor. .PP @@ -193,18 +193,18 @@ Assigns \fIc\fR to this cursor and returns a reference to this cursor. .SH "QPoint QCursor::pos ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the position of the cursor (hot spot) in global screen coordinates. .PP -You can call QWidget::mapFromGlobal() to translate it to widget coordinates. +You can call TQWidget::mapFromGlobal() to translate it to widget coordinates. .PP -See also setPos(), QWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and QWidget::mapToGlobal(). +See also setPos(), TQWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and TQWidget::mapToGlobal(). .PP Examples: .)l chart/canvasview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, and menu/menu.cpp. .SH "void QCursor::setPos ( int x, int y )\fC [static]\fR" Moves the cursor (hot spot) to the global screen position (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR). .PP -You can call QWidget::mapToGlobal() to translate widget coordinates to global screen coordinates. +You can call TQWidget::mapToGlobal() to translate widget coordinates to global screen coordinates. .PP -See also pos(), QWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and QWidget::mapToGlobal(). +See also pos(), TQWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and TQWidget::mapToGlobal(). .SH "void QCursor::setPos ( const QPoint & )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .SH "void QCursor::setShape ( int shape )" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcustomevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcustomevent.3qt index 5eb72bc64..aa7f5d26a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqcustomevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcustomevent.3qt @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Inherits QEvent. .SH DESCRIPTION The QCustomEvent class provides support for custom events. .PP -QCustomEvent is a generic event class for user-defined events. User defined events can be sent to widgets or other QObject instances using QApplication::postEvent() or QApplication::sendEvent(). Subclasses of QObject can easily receive custom events by implementing the QObject::customEvent() event handler function. +QCustomEvent is a generic event class for user-defined events. User defined events can be sent to widgets or other TQObject instances using QApplication::postEvent() or QApplication::sendEvent(). Subclasses of TQObject can easily receive custom events by implementing the TQObject::customEvent() event handler function. .PP QCustomEvent objects should be created with a type ID that uniquely identifies the event type. To avoid clashes with the Qt-defined events types, the value should be at least as large as the value of the "User" entry in the QEvent::Type enum. .PP @@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ Example: .br public: .br - ColorChangeEvent( QColor color ) + ColorChangeEvent( TQColor color ) .br : QCustomEvent( 65432 ), c( color ) {} .br - QColor color() const { return c; } + TQColor color() const { return c; } .br private: .br - QColor c; + TQColor c; .br }; .br @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Example: .br .fi .PP -See also QWidget::customEvent(), QApplication::notify(), and Event Classes. +See also TQWidget::customEvent(), QApplication::notify(), and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QCustomEvent::QCustomEvent ( int type )" Constructs a custom event object with event type \fItype\fR. The value of \fItype\fR must be at least as large as QEvent::User. The data pointer is set to 0. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdatabrowser.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdatabrowser.3qt index 49954c44b..76a5b49a6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdatabrowser.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdatabrowser.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QDataBrowser \- Data manipulation and navigation for data entry forms .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDataBrowser\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDataBrowser\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDataBrowser\fR ()" @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "QStringList \fBsort\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const QString & filter )" +.BI "void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const TQString & filter )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfilter\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfilter\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetSqlCursor\fR ( QSqlCursor * cursor, bool autoDelete = FALSE )" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "bool \fBconfirmUpdate\fR - whether the browser confirms updates" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfilter\fR - the data browser's filter" +.BI "TQString \fBfilter\fR - the data browser's filter" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBreadOnly\fR - whether the browser is read-only" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ This enum describes where the data browser is positioned. .TP \fCQDataBrowser::AfterEnd\fR - the browser is positioned after the last available record. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDataBrowser::QDataBrowser ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" +.SH "QDataBrowser::QDataBrowser ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" Constructs a data browser which is a child of \fIparent\fR, with the name \fIname\fR and widget flags set to \fIfl\fR. .SH "QDataBrowser::~QDataBrowser ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ The current form's record is deleted from the database, providing that the data Performs a delete on the default cursor using the values from the default form and updates the default form. If there is no default form or no default cursor, nothing happens. If the deletion was successful, the cursor is repositioned to the nearest record and TRUE is returned. The nearest record is the next record if there is one otherwise the previous record if there is one. If an error occurred during the deletion from the database, handleError() is called and FALSE is returned. .PP See also cursor, form(), and handleError(). -.SH "QString QDataBrowser::filter () const" +.SH "TQString QDataBrowser::filter () const" Returns the data browser's filter. See the "filter" property for details. .SH "void QDataBrowser::first ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Moves the default cursor to the first record and refreshes the default form to display this record. If there is no default form or no default cursor, nothing happens. If the data browser successfully navigated to the first record, the default cursor is primed for update and the primeUpdate() signal is emitted. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Sets whether the browser confirms edits to \fIconfirm\fR. See the "confirmEdits" Sets whether the data browser confirms insertions to \fIconfirm\fR. See the "confirmInsert" property for details. .SH "void QDataBrowser::setConfirmUpdate ( bool confirm )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether the browser confirms updates to \fIconfirm\fR. See the "confirmUpdate" property for details. -.SH "void QDataBrowser::setFilter ( const QString & filter )" +.SH "void QDataBrowser::setFilter ( const TQString & filter )" Sets the data browser's filter to \fIfilter\fR. See the "filter" property for details. .SH "void QDataBrowser::setForm ( QSqlForm * form )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the browser's default form to \fIform\fR. The cursor and all navigation and data manipulation functions that the browser provides become available to the \fIform\fR. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms updates, otherwise updates happen See also confirmCancels, confirmEdits, confirmInsert, confirmDelete, and confirmEdit(). .PP Set this property's value with setConfirmUpdate() and get this property's value with confirmUpdate(). -.SH "QString filter" +.SH "TQString filter" This property holds the data browser's filter. .PP The filter applies to the data shown in the browser. Call refresh() to apply the new filter. A filter is a string containing a SQL WHERE clause without the WHERE keyword, e.g. "id>1000"," name LIKE 'A%'", etc. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdatastream.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdatastream.3qt index 1c61bbf01..df2683494 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdatastream.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdatastream.3qt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QDataStream \- Serialization of binary data to a QIODevice +QDataStream \- Serialization of binary data to a TQIODevice .SH SYNOPSIS All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.

    .PP @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQDataStream\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDataStream\fR ( QIODevice * d )" +.BI "\fBQDataStream\fR ( TQIODevice * d )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQDataStream\fR ( QByteArray a, int mode )" @@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual \fB~QDataStream\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIODevice * \fBdevice\fR () const" +.BI "TQIODevice * \fBdevice\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetDevice\fR ( QIODevice * d )" +.BI "void \fBsetDevice\fR ( TQIODevice * d )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBunsetDevice\fR ()" @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QDataStream class provides serialization of binary data to a QIODevice. +The QDataStream class provides serialization of binary data to a TQIODevice. .PP A data stream is a binary stream of encoded information which is 100% independent of the host computer's operating system, CPU or byte order. For example, a data stream that is written by a PC under Windows can be read by a Sun SPARC running Solaris. .PP @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ You can also use a data stream to read/write raw unencoded binary data. If you w .PP The QDataStream class implements the serialization of C++'s basic data types, like \fCchar\fR, \fCshort\fR, \fCint\fR, \fCchar*\fR, etc. Serialization of more complex data is accomplished by breaking up the data into primitive units. .PP -A data stream cooperates closely with a QIODevice. A QIODevice represents an input/output medium one can read data from and write data to. The QFile class is an example of an IO device. +A data stream cooperates closely with a TQIODevice. A TQIODevice represents an input/output medium one can read data from and write data to. The QFile class is an example of an IO device. .PP Example (write binary data to a stream): .PP @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Example (read binary data from a stream): .br QDataStream stream( &file ); // read the data serialized from the file .br - QString str; + TQString str; .br TQ_INT32 a; .br @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Example (read binary data from a stream): .br .fi .PP -Each item written to the stream is written in a predefined binary format that varies depending on the item's type. Supported TQt types include QBrush, QColor, QDateTime, QFont, QPixmap, QString, QVariant and many others. For the complete list of all TQt types supporting data streaming see the Format of the QDataStream operators. +Each item written to the stream is written in a predefined binary format that varies depending on the item's type. Supported TQt types include QBrush, TQColor, QDateTime, QFont, QPixmap, TQString, QVariant and many others. For the complete list of all TQt types supporting data streaming see the Format of the QDataStream operators. .PP For integers it is best to always cast to a TQt integer type for writing, and to read back into the same TQt integer type. This ensures that you get integers of the size you want and insulates you from compiler and platform differences. .PP @@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ The byte order used for reading/writing the data. Constructs a data stream that has no IO device. .PP See also setDevice(). -.SH "QDataStream::QDataStream ( QIODevice * d )" +.SH "QDataStream::QDataStream ( TQIODevice * d )" Constructs a data stream that uses the IO device \fId\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR If you use QSocket or QSocketDevice as the IO device \fId\fR for reading data, you must make sure that enough data is available on the socket for the operation to successfully proceed; QDataStream does not have any means to handle or recover from short-reads. .PP See also setDevice() and device(). .SH "QDataStream::QDataStream ( QByteArray a, int mode )" -Constructs a data stream that operates on a byte array, \fIa\fR, through an internal QBuffer device. The \fImode\fR is a QIODevice::mode(), usually either IO_ReadOnly or IO_WriteOnly. +Constructs a data stream that operates on a byte array, \fIa\fR, through an internal QBuffer device. The \fImode\fR is a TQIODevice::mode(), usually either IO_ReadOnly or IO_WriteOnly. .PP Example: .PP @@ -342,12 +342,12 @@ The destructor will not affect the current IO device, unless it is an internal I .SH "bool QDataStream::atEnd () const" Returns TRUE if the IO device has reached the end position (end of the stream or file) or if there is no IO device set; otherwise returns FALSE, i.e. if the current position of the IO device is before the end position. .PP -See also QIODevice::atEnd(). +See also TQIODevice::atEnd(). .SH "int QDataStream::byteOrder () const" Returns the current byte order setting -- either BigEndian or LittleEndian. .PP See also setByteOrder(). -.SH "QIODevice * QDataStream::device () const" +.SH "TQIODevice * QDataStream::device () const" Returns the IO device currently set. .PP See also setDevice() and unsetDevice(). @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the IO device has reached the end position (end of stream or fil .PP Returns FALSE if the current position of the read/write head of the IO device is somewhere before the end position. .PP -See also QIODevice::atEnd(). +See also TQIODevice::atEnd(). .SH "bool QDataStream::isPrintableData () const" Returns TRUE if the printable data flag has been set; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Reads \fIlen\fR bytes from the stream into \fIs\fR and returns a reference to th .PP The buffer \fIs\fR must be preallocated. The data is \fInot\fR encoded. .PP -See also readBytes(), QIODevice::readBlock(), and writeRawBytes(). +See also readBytes(), TQIODevice::readBlock(), and writeRawBytes(). .SH "void QDataStream::setByteOrder ( int bo )" Sets the serialization byte order to \fIbo\fR. .PP @@ -491,8 +491,8 @@ The \fIbo\fR parameter can be QDataStream::BigEndian or QDataStream::LittleEndia The default setting is big endian. We recommend leaving this setting unless you have special requirements. .PP See also byteOrder(). -.SH "void QDataStream::setDevice ( QIODevice * d )" -void QDataStream::setDevice(QIODevice *d ) +.SH "void QDataStream::setDevice ( TQIODevice * d )" +void QDataStream::setDevice(TQIODevice *d ) .PP Sets the IO device to \fId\fR. .PP @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ See also writeRawBytes() and readBytes(). .SH "QDataStream & QDataStream::writeRawBytes ( const char * s, uint len )" Writes \fIlen\fR bytes from \fIs\fR to the stream and returns a reference to the stream. The data is \fInot\fR encoded. .PP -See also writeBytes(), QIODevice::writeBlock(), and readRawBytes(). +See also writeBytes(), TQIODevice::writeBlock(), and readRawBytes(). .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqdatastream.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt index 80f68bc79..093446f80 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdatatable.3qt @@ -16,31 +16,31 @@ Inherits QTable. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDataTable\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDataTable\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDataTable\fR ( QSqlCursor * cursor, bool autoPopulate = FALSE, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDataTable\fR ( QSqlCursor * cursor, bool autoPopulate = FALSE, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDataTable\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddColumn\fR ( const QString & fieldName, const QString & label = QString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddColumn\fR ( const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBremoveColumn\fR ( uint col )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetColumn\fR ( uint col, const QString & fieldName, const QString & label = QString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetColumn\fR ( uint col, const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnullText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBnullText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtrueText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtrueText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfalseText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfalseText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "DateFormat \fBdateFormat\fR () const" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Inherits QTable. .BI "bool \fBautoEdit\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfilter\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfilter\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBsort\fR () const" @@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ Inherits QTable. .BI "QSqlCursor * \fBsqlCursor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetNullText\fR ( const QString & nullText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetNullText\fR ( const TQString & nullText )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetTrueText\fR ( const QString & trueText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetTrueText\fR ( const TQString & trueText )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFalseText\fR ( const QString & falseText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFalseText\fR ( const TQString & falseText )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetDateFormat\fR ( const DateFormat f )" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Inherits QTable. .BI "virtual void \fBsetAutoEdit\fR ( bool autoEdit )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const QString & filter )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const TQString & filter )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetSort\fR ( const QStringList & sort )" @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Inherits QTable. .BI "virtual void \fBsortColumn\fR ( int col, bool ascending = TRUE, bool wholeRows = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtext\fR ( int row, int col ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR ( int row, int col ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QVariant \fBvalue\fR ( int row, int col ) const" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Inherits QTable. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBfind\fR ( const QString & str, bool caseSensitive, bool backwards )" +.BI "virtual void \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & str, bool caseSensitive, bool backwards )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsortAscending\fR ( int col )" @@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ Inherits QTable. .BI "DateFormat \fBdateFormat\fR - the format used for displaying date/time values" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfalseText\fR - the text used to represent false values" +.BI "TQString \fBfalseText\fR - the text used to represent false values" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfilter\fR - the data filter for the data table" +.BI "TQString \fBfilter\fR - the data filter for the data table" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnullText\fR - the text used to represent NULL values" +.BI "TQString \fBnullText\fR - the text used to represent NULL values" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBnumCols\fR - the number of columns in the table \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Inherits QTable. .BI "QStringList \fBsort\fR - the data table's sort" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtrueText\fR - the text used to represent true values" +.BI "TQString \fBtrueText\fR - the text used to represent true values" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Inherits QTable. .BI "virtual bool \fBbeginInsert\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBbeginUpdate\fR ( int row, int col, bool replace )" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBbeginUpdate\fR ( int row, int col, bool replace )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( uint i ) const" @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Since the data table can perform edits, it must be able to uniquely identify eve .PP QDataTable creates editors using the default QSqlEditorFactory. Different editor factories can be used by calling installEditorFactory(). A property map is used to map between the cell's value and the editor. You can use your own property map with installPropertyMap(). .PP -The contents of a cell is available as a QString with text() or as a QVariant with value(). The current record is returned by currentRecord(). Use the find() function to search for a string in the table. +The contents of a cell is available as a TQString with text() or as a QVariant with value(). The current record is returned by currentRecord(). Use the find() function to search for a string in the table. .PP Editing actions can be applied programatically. For example, the insertCurrent() function reads the fields from the current record into the cursor and performs the insert. The updateCurrent() and deleteCurrent() functions perform similarly to update and delete the current record respectively. .PP @@ -328,9 +328,9 @@ This enum describes the refresh options. .TP \fCQDataTable::RefreshAll\fR - refresh both the data and the list of fields .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDataTable::QDataTable ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDataTable::QDataTable ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a data table which is a child of \fIparent\fR, called name \fIname\fR. -.SH "QDataTable::QDataTable ( QSqlCursor * cursor, bool autoPopulate = FALSE, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDataTable::QDataTable ( QSqlCursor * cursor, bool autoPopulate = FALSE, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a data table which is a child of \fIparent\fR, called name \fIname\fR using the cursor \fIcursor\fR. .PP If \fIautoPopulate\fR is TRUE (the default is FALSE), columns are automatically created based upon the fields in the \fIcursor\fR record. Note that \fIautoPopulate\fR only governs the creation of columns; to load the cursor's data into the table use refresh(). @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ If \fIautoPopulate\fR is TRUE (the default is FALSE), columns are automatically If the \fIcursor\fR is read-only, the table also becomes read-only. In addition, the table adopts the cursor's driver's definition for representing NULL values as strings. .SH "QDataTable::~QDataTable ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. -.SH "void QDataTable::addColumn ( const QString & fieldName, const QString & label = QString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDataTable::addColumn ( const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds the next column to be displayed using the field \fIfieldName\fR, column label \fIlabel\fR, width \fIwidth\fR and iconset \fIiconset\fR. .PP If \fIlabel\fR is specified, it is used as the column's header label, otherwise the field's display label is used when setSqlCursor() is called. The \fIiconset\fR is used to set the icon used by the column header; by default there is no icon. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Protected virtual function called when editing is about to begin on a new record Editing takes place using the cursor's edit buffer(see QSqlCursor::editBuffer()). .PP When editing begins, a new row is created in the table marked with an asterisk '*' in the row's vertical header column, i.e. at the left of the row. -.SH "QWidget * QDataTable::beginUpdate ( int row, int col, bool replace )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QDataTable::beginUpdate ( int row, int col, bool replace )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Protected virtual function called when editing is about to begin on an existing row. If the table is read-only, or if there's no cursor, nothing happens. .PP Editing takes place using the cursor's edit buffer (see QSqlCursor::editBuffer()). @@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ Returns the format used for displaying date/time values. See the "dateFormat" pr For an editable table, issues a delete on the current cursor's primary index using the values of the currently selected row. If there is no current cursor or there is no current selection, nothing happens. If confirmEdits() or confirmDelete() is TRUE, confirmEdit() is called to confirm the delete. Returns TRUE if the delete succeeded; otherwise FALSE. .PP The underlying cursor must have a valid primary index to ensure that a unique record is deleted within the database otherwise the database may be changed to an inconsistent state. -.SH "QString QDataTable::falseText () const" +.SH "TQString QDataTable::falseText () const" Returns the text used to represent false values. See the "falseText" property for details. .SH "int QDataTable::fieldAlignment ( const QSqlField * field )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Returns the alignment for \fIfield\fR. -.SH "QString QDataTable::filter () const" +.SH "TQString QDataTable::filter () const" Returns the data filter for the data table. See the "filter" property for details. -.SH "void QDataTable::find ( const QString & str, bool caseSensitive, bool backwards )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QDataTable::find ( const TQString & str, bool caseSensitive, bool backwards )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Searches the current cursor for a cell containing the string \fIstr\fR starting at the current cell and working forwards (or backwards if \fIbackwards\fR is TRUE). If the string is found, the cell containing the string is set as the current cell. If \fIcaseSensitive\fR is FALSE the case of \fIstr\fR will be ignored. .PP The search will wrap, i.e. if the first (or if backwards is TRUE, last) cell is reached without finding \fIstr\fR the search will continue until it reaches the starting cell. If \fIstr\fR is not found the search will fail and the current cell will remain unchanged. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ See also QSqlEditorFactory. Installs a new property map \fIm\fR. This enables the user to create and instantiate their own property maps for use in cell editing. Note that QDataTable takes ownership of this pointer, and will delete it when it is no longer needed or when installPropertMap() is called again. .PP See also QSqlPropertyMap. -.SH "QString QDataTable::nullText () const" +.SH "TQString QDataTable::nullText () const" Returns the text used to represent NULL values. See the "nullText" property for details. .SH "int QDataTable::numCols () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the number of columns in the table. See the "numCols" property for details. @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ See also setSqlCursor(). Sets the cursor auto-delete flag to \fIenable\fR. If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, the table will automatically delete the cursor specified by setSqlCursor(). If \fIenable\fR is FALSE (the default), the cursor will not be deleted. .SH "void QDataTable::setAutoEdit ( bool autoEdit )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether the data table automatically applies edits to \fIautoEdit\fR. See the "autoEdit" property for details. -.SH "void QDataTable::setColumn ( uint col, const QString & fieldName, const QString & label = QString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDataTable::setColumn ( uint col, const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const QIconSet & iconset = QIconSet ( ) )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the \fIcol\fR column to display using the field \fIfieldName\fR, column label \fIlabel\fR, width \fIwidth\fR and iconset \fIiconset\fR. .PP If \fIlabel\fR is specified, it is used as the column's header label, otherwise the field's display label is used when setSqlCursor() is called. The \fIiconset\fR is used to set the icon used by the column header; by default there is no icon. @@ -496,11 +496,11 @@ Sets whether the data table confirms insert operations to \fIconfirm\fR. See the Sets whether the data table confirms update operations to \fIconfirm\fR. See the "confirmUpdate" property for details. .SH "void QDataTable::setDateFormat ( const DateFormat f )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the format used for displaying date/time values to \fIf\fR. See the "dateFormat" property for details. -.SH "void QDataTable::setFalseText ( const QString & falseText )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDataTable::setFalseText ( const TQString & falseText )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text used to represent false values to \fIfalseText\fR. See the "falseText" property for details. -.SH "void QDataTable::setFilter ( const QString & filter )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDataTable::setFilter ( const TQString & filter )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the data filter for the data table to \fIfilter\fR. See the "filter" property for details. -.SH "void QDataTable::setNullText ( const QString & nullText )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDataTable::setNullText ( const TQString & nullText )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text used to represent NULL values to \fInullText\fR. See the "nullText" property for details. .SH "void QDataTable::setSize ( QSqlCursor * sql )\fC [protected]\fR" If the cursor's \fIsql\fR driver supports query sizes, the number of rows in the table is set to the size of the query. Otherwise, the table dynamically resizes itself as it is scrolled. If \fIsql\fR is not active, it is made active by issuing a select() on the cursor using the \fIsql\fR cursor's current filter and current sort. @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ See also sort. Sets \fIcursor\fR as the data source for the table. To force the display of the data from \fIcursor\fR, use refresh(). If \fIautoPopulate\fR is TRUE, columns are automatically created based upon the fields in the \fIcursor\fR record. If \fIautoDelete\fR is TRUE (the default is FALSE), the table will take ownership of the \fIcursor\fR and delete it when appropriate. If the \fIcursor\fR is read-only, the table becomes read-only. The table adopts the cursor's driver's definition for representing NULL values as strings. .PP See also refresh(), readOnly, setAutoDelete(), and QSqlDriver::nullText(). -.SH "void QDataTable::setTrueText ( const QString & trueText )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDataTable::setTrueText ( const TQString & trueText )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text used to represent true values to \fItrueText\fR. See the "trueText" property for details. .SH "QStringList QDataTable::sort () const" Returns the data table's sort. See the "sort" property for details. @@ -536,11 +536,11 @@ Sorts column \fIcol\fR in descending order. See also sorting. .SH "QSqlCursor * QDataTable::sqlCursor () const" Returns the cursor used by the data table. -.SH "QString QDataTable::text ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the text in cell \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, or an empty string if the cell is empty. If the cell's value is NULL then nullText() will be returned. If the cell does not exist then QString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QDataTable::text ( int row, int col ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the text in cell \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR, or an empty string if the cell is empty. If the cell's value is NULL then nullText() will be returned. If the cell does not exist then TQString::null is returned. .PP Reimplemented from QTable. -.SH "QString QDataTable::trueText () const" +.SH "TQString QDataTable::trueText () const" Returns the text used to represent true values. See the "trueText" property for details. .SH "bool QDataTable::updateCurrent ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" For an editable table, issues an update using the cursor's edit buffer. If there is no current cursor or there is no current selection, nothing happens. If confirmEdits() or confirmUpdate() is TRUE, confirmEdit() is called to confirm the update. Returns TRUE if the update succeeded; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -607,13 +607,13 @@ This property holds the format used for displaying date/time values. The dateFormat property is used for displaying date/time values in the table. The default value is Qt::LocalDate. .PP Set this property's value with setDateFormat() and get this property's value with dateFormat(). -.SH "QString falseText" +.SH "TQString falseText" This property holds the text used to represent false values. .PP The falseText property will be used to represent NULL values in the table. The default value is "False". .PP Set this property's value with setFalseText() and get this property's value with falseText(). -.SH "QString filter" +.SH "TQString filter" This property holds the data filter for the data table. .PP The filter applies to the data shown in the table. To view data with a new filter, use refresh(). A filter string is an SQL WHERE clause without the WHERE keyword. @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ There is no default filter. See also sort. .PP Set this property's value with setFilter() and get this property's value with filter(). -.SH "QString nullText" +.SH "TQString nullText" This property holds the text used to represent NULL values. .PP The nullText property will be used to represent NULL values in the table. The default value is provided by the cursor's driver. @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the sort list, you should iterate over a c See also filter and refresh(). .PP Set this property's value with setSort() and get this property's value with sort(). -.SH "QString trueText" +.SH "TQString trueText" This property holds the text used to represent true values. .PP The trueText property will be used to represent NULL values in the table. The default value is "True". diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdataview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdataview.3qt index 260089d53..ea1a3d410 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdataview.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdataview.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QDataView \- Read-only SQL forms .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDataView\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDataView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDataView\fR ()" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The form is associated with the data view with setForm() and the record is assoc .PP See also Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDataView::QDataView ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" +.SH "QDataView::QDataView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags fl = 0 )" Constructs a data view which is a child of \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR, and with widget flags \fIfl\fR. .SH "QDataView::~QDataView ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdate.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdate.3qt index 509c6caef..baebf2442 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdate.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdate.3qt @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "int \fBweekNumber\fR ( int * yearNumber = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( const QString & format ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( const TQString & format ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBsetYMD\fR ( int y, int m, int d )" @@ -94,22 +94,22 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString monthName ( int month ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "TQString monthName ( int month ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString dayName ( int weekday ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "TQString dayName ( int weekday ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBshortMonthName\fR ( int month )" +.BI "TQString \fBshortMonthName\fR ( int month )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBshortDayName\fR ( int weekday )" +.BI "TQString \fBshortDayName\fR ( int weekday )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlongMonthName\fR ( int month )" +.BI "TQString \fBlongMonthName\fR ( int month )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlongDayName\fR ( int weekday )" +.BI "TQString \fBlongDayName\fR ( int weekday )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDate \fBcurrentDate\fR ()" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QDate \fBcurrentDate\fR ( Qt::TimeSpec ts )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDate \fBfromString\fR ( const QString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )" +.BI "QDate \fBfromString\fR ( const TQString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisValid\fR ( int y, int m, int d )" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Returns the day of the month (1..31) of this date. See also year(), month(), and dayOfWeek(). .PP Example: dclock/dclock.cpp. -.SH "QString QDate::dayName ( int weekday )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDate::dayName ( int weekday )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Use shortDayName() instead. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Example: .fi .PP See also addDays(). -.SH "QDate QDate::fromString ( const QString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QDate QDate::fromString ( const TQString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the QDate represented by the string \fIs\fR, using the format \fIf\fR, or an invalid date if the string cannot be parsed. .PP Note for Qt::TextDate: It is recommended that you use the English short month names (e.g. "Jan"). Although localized month names can also be used, they depend on the user's locale settings. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Example: See also isNull() and setYMD(). .SH "bool QDate::leapYear ( int y )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the specified year \fIy\fR is a leap year; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QString QDate::longDayName ( int weekday )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDate::longDayName ( int weekday )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the long name of the \fIweekday\fR. .PP 1 = "Monday", 2 = "Tuesday", ... 7 = "Sunday" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Returns the long name of the \fIweekday\fR. The day names will be localized according to the system's locale settings. .PP See also toString(), shortDayName(), shortMonthName(), and longMonthName(). -.SH "QString QDate::longMonthName ( int month )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDate::longMonthName ( int month )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the long name of the \fImonth\fR. .PP 1 = "January", 2 = "February", ... 12 = "December" @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Returns the month (January=1..December=12) of this date. See also year() and day(). .PP Example: dclock/dclock.cpp. -.SH "QString QDate::monthName ( int month )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDate::monthName ( int month )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Use shortMonthName() instead. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Sets the date's year \fIy\fR, month \fIm\fR and day \fId\fR. \fBWarning:\fR If \fIy\fR is in the range 0..99, it is interpreted as 1900..1999. .PP Returns TRUE if the date is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QString QDate::shortDayName ( int weekday )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDate::shortDayName ( int weekday )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the name of the \fIweekday\fR. .PP 1 = "Mon", 2 = "Tue", ... 7 = "Sun" @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Returns the name of the \fIweekday\fR. The day names will be localized according to the system's locale settings. .PP See also toString(), shortMonthName(), longMonthName(), and longDayName(). -.SH "QString QDate::shortMonthName ( int month )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDate::shortMonthName ( int month )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the name of the \fImonth\fR. .PP 1 = "Jan", 2 = "Feb", ... 12 = "Dec" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Returns the name of the \fImonth\fR. The month names will be localized according to the system's locale settings. .PP See also toString(), longMonthName(), shortDayName(), and longDayName(). -.SH "QString QDate::toString ( const QString & format ) const" +.SH "TQString QDate::toString ( const TQString & format ) const" Returns the date as a string. The \fIformat\fR parameter determines the format of the result string. .PP These expressions may be used: @@ -358,10 +358,10 @@ l - l. Format Result dd.MM.yyyy 20.07.1969 ddd MMMM d yy .fi
.PP -If the date is an invalid date, then QString::null will be returned. +If the date is an invalid date, then TQString::null will be returned. .PP See also QDateTime::toString() and QTime::toString(). -.SH "QString QDate::toString ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" +.SH "TQString QDate::toString ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the date as a string. The \fIf\fR parameter determines the format of the string. @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ If \fIf\fR is Qt::ISODate, the string format corresponds to the ISO 8601 specifi .PP If \fIf\fR is Qt::LocalDate, the string format depends on the locale settings of the system. .PP -If the date is an invalid date, then QString::null will be returned. +If the date is an invalid date, then TQString::null will be returned. .PP See also shortDayName() and shortMonthName(). .SH "int QDate::weekNumber ( int * yearNumber = 0 ) const" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdateedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdateedit.3qt index 41c3fa2b5..38d1e87c7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdateedit.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdateedit.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QDateTimeEditBase. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDateEdit\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDateEdit\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDateEdit\fR ( const QDate & date, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDateEdit\fR ( const QDate & date, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDateEdit\fR ()" @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ Inherits QDateTimeEditBase. .BI "virtual void \fBsetRange\fR ( const QDate & min, const QDate & max )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBseparator\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBseparator\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetSeparator\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetSeparator\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Inherits QDateTimeEditBase. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBsectionFormattedText\fR ( int sec )" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBsectionFormattedText\fR ( int sec )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetYear\fR ( int year )" @@ -162,9 +162,9 @@ This enum defines the order in which the sections that comprise a date appear. .TP \fCQDateEdit::YDM\fR - year-day-month (included for completeness; but should not be used) .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDateEdit::QDateEdit ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDateEdit::QDateEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty date editor which is a child of \fIparent\fR and called name \fIname\fR. -.SH "QDateEdit::QDateEdit ( const QDate & date, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDateEdit::QDateEdit ( const QDate & date, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Constructs a date editor with the initial value \fIdate\fR, parent \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. @@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ Returns the editor's maximum value. See the "maxValue" property for details. Returns the editor's minimum value. See the "minValue" property for details. .SH "Order QDateEdit::order () const" Returns the order in which the year, month and day appear. See the "order" property for details. -.SH "QString QDateEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDateEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Returns the formatted number for section \fIsec\fR. This will correspond to either the year, month or day section, depending on the current display order. .PP See also order. -.SH "QString QDateEdit::separator () const" +.SH "TQString QDateEdit::separator () const" Returns the editor's separator. .SH "void QDateEdit::setAutoAdvance ( bool advance )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether the editor automatically advances to the next section to \fIadvance\fR. See the "autoAdvance" property for details. @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Sets the month to \fImonth\fR, which must be a valid month, i.e. between 1 and 1 Sets the order in which the year, month and day appear to \fIorder\fR. See the "order" property for details. .SH "void QDateEdit::setRange ( const QDate & min, const QDate & max )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the valid input range for the editor to be from \fImin\fR to \fImax\fR inclusive. If \fImin\fR is invalid no minimum date will be set. Similarly, if \fImax\fR is invalid no maximum date will be set. -.SH "void QDateEdit::setSeparator ( const QString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDateEdit::setSeparator ( const TQString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the separator to \fIs\fR. Note that currently only the first character of \fIs\fR is used. .SH "void QDateEdit::setYear ( int year )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Sets the year to \fIyear\fR, which must be a valid year. The range currently supported is from 1752 to 8000. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdatetime.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdatetime.3qt index 912f74208..90722b419 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdatetime.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdatetime.3qt @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "void \fBsetTime_t\fR ( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::TimeSpec ts )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( const QString & format ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( const TQString & format ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDateTime \fBaddDays\fR ( int ndays ) const" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QDateTime \fBcurrentDateTime\fR ( Qt::TimeSpec ts )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDateTime \fBfromString\fR ( const QString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )" +.BI "QDateTime \fBfromString\fR ( const TQString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )" .br .in -1c .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ See also setDate() and time(). Returns the number of days from this datetime to \fIdt\fR (which is negative if \fIdt\fR is earlier than this datetime). .PP See also addDays() and secsTo(). -.SH "QDateTime QDateTime::fromString ( const QString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QDateTime QDateTime::fromString ( const TQString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the QDateTime represented by the string \fIs\fR, using the format \fIf\fR, or an invalid datetime if this is not possible. .PP Note for Qt::TextDate: It is recommended that you use the English short month names (e.g. "Jan"). Although localized month names can also be used, they depend on the user's locale settings. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Convenience function that sets the date and time to local time based on the give Returns the time part of the datetime. .PP See also setTime() and date(). -.SH "QString QDateTime::toString ( const QString & format ) const" +.SH "TQString QDateTime::toString ( const TQString & format ) const" Returns the datetime as a string. The \fIformat\fR parameter determines the format of the result string. .PP These expressions may be used for the date: @@ -278,10 +278,10 @@ l - l. Format Result dd.MM.yyyy 21.05.2001 ddd MMMM d yy Tue May 21 01 hh:mm:ss. .fi
.PP -If the datetime is an invalid datetime, then QString::null will be returned. +If the datetime is an invalid datetime, then TQString::null will be returned. .PP See also QDate::toString() and QTime::toString(). -.SH "QString QDateTime::toString ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" +.SH "TQString QDateTime::toString ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the datetime as a string. The \fIf\fR parameter determines the format of the string. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeedit.3qt index af85b7e74..511a05890 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeedit.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeedit.3qt @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ QDateTimeEdit \- Combines a QDateEdit and QTimeEdit widget into a single widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDateTimeEdit\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDateTimeEdit\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDateTimeEdit\fR ( const QDateTime & datetime, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDateTimeEdit\fR ( const QDateTime & datetime, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDateTimeEdit\fR ()" @@ -88,9 +88,9 @@ Terminology: A QDateEdit widget consists of three 'sections', one each for the y .PP See also QDateEdit, QTimeEdit, Advanced Widgets, and Time and Date. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDateTimeEdit::QDateTimeEdit ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDateTimeEdit::QDateTimeEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty datetime edit with parent \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. -.SH "QDateTimeEdit::QDateTimeEdit ( const QDateTime & datetime, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDateTimeEdit::QDateTimeEdit ( const QDateTime & datetime, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Constructs a datetime edit with the initial value \fIdatetime\fR, parent \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeeditbase.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeeditbase.3qt index a7d51bea0..f9502cff6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeeditbase.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdatetimeeditbase.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QDateTimeEditBase \- Abstraction for date and edit editors .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP Inherited by QDateEdit and QTimeEdit. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdeepcopy.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdeepcopy.3qt index 7c906b55a..6275ab594 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdeepcopy.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdeepcopy.3qt @@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ Normally, shared copies reference the same data to optimize memory use and for m .br // all 5 strings share the same data .br - QString s1 = "abcd"; + TQString s1 = "abcd"; .br - QString s2 = s1; + TQString s2 = s1; .br - QString s3 = s2; + TQString s3 = s2; .br - QString s4 = s3; + TQString s4 = s3; .br - QString s5 = s2; + TQString s5 = s2; .br .fi .PP @@ -55,15 +55,15 @@ QDeepCopy can be used several ways to ensure that an object references unique, u .br // s1, s2 and s5 share the same data, neither s3 nor s4 are shared .br - QString s1 = "abcd"; + TQString s1 = "abcd"; .br - QString s2 = s1; + TQString s2 = s1; .br - QDeepCopy s3 = s2; // s3 is a deep copy of s2 + QDeepCopy s3 = s2; // s3 is a deep copy of s2 .br - QString s4 = s3; // s4 is a deep copy of s3 + TQString s4 = s3; // s4 is a deep copy of s3 .br - QString s5 = s2; + TQString s5 = s2; .br .fi .PP @@ -73,15 +73,15 @@ In the example below, \fCs1\fR, \fCs2\fR and \fCs5\fR share data, and \fCs3\fR a .br // s1, s2 and s5 share the same data, s3 and s4 share the same data .br - QString s1 = "abcd"; + TQString s1 = "abcd"; .br - QString s2 = s1; + TQString s2 = s1; .br - QString s3 = QDeepCopy( s2 ); // s3 is a deep copy of s2 + TQString s3 = QDeepCopy( s2 ); // s3 is a deep copy of s2 .br - QString s4 = s3; // s4 is a shallow copy of s3 + TQString s4 = s3; // s4 is a shallow copy of s3 .br - QString s5 = s2; + TQString s5 = s2; .br .fi .PP @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ QDeepCopy can also provide safety in multithreaded applications that use shared .PP .nf .br - QDeepCopy global_string; // global string data + QDeepCopy global_string; // global string data .br QMutex global_mutex; // mutex to protext global_string .br @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ QDeepCopy can also provide safety in multithreaded applications that use shared ... .br .br - void setGlobalString( const QString &str ) + void setGlobalString( const TQString &str ) .br { .br @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ QDeepCopy can also provide safety in multithreaded applications that use shared .br global_mutex.lock(); .br - QString str = global_string; // str is a deep copy of global_string + TQString str = global_string; // str is a deep copy of global_string .br global_mutex.unlock(); .br @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ QDeepCopy can also provide safety in multithreaded applications that use shared .PP \fBWarning:\fR It is the application developer's responsibility to protect the object shared across multiple threads. .PP -The examples above use QString, which is an implicitly shared class. The behavior of QDeepCopy is the same when using explicitly shared classes like QByteArray. +The examples above use TQString, which is an implicitly shared class. The behavior of QDeepCopy is the same when using explicitly shared classes like QByteArray. .PP Currently, QDeepCopy works with the following classes: .TP @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ QMemArray (including subclasses like QByteArray and QCString) .TP QMap .TP -QString +TQString .TP QValueList (including subclasses like QStringList and QValueStack) .TP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdesktopwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdesktopwidget.3qt index 66442afe6..dad924a8e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdesktopwidget.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdesktopwidget.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QDesktopWidget \- Access to screen information on multi-head systems .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "int \fBprimaryScreen\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBscreenNumber\fR ( QWidget * widget = 0 ) const" +.BI "int \fBscreenNumber\fR ( TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBscreenNumber\fR ( const QPoint & point ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBscreen\fR ( int screen = -1 )" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBscreen\fR ( int screen = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QRect & \fBscreenGeometry\fR ( int screen = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QRect & \fBscreenGeometry\fR ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.BI "const QRect & \fBscreenGeometry\fR ( TQWidget * widget ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QRect & \fBscreenGeometry\fR ( const QPoint & p ) const" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "const QRect & \fBavailableGeometry\fR ( int screen = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QRect & \fBavailableGeometry\fR ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.BI "const QRect & \fBavailableGeometry\fR ( TQWidget * widget ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QRect & \fBavailableGeometry\fR ( const QPoint & p ) const" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Destroy the object and free allocated resources. Returns the available geometry of the screen with index \fIscreen\fR. What is available will be subrect of screenGeometry() based on what the platform decides is available (for example excludes the Dock and Menubar on Mac OS X, or the taskbar on Windows). .PP See also screenNumber() and screenGeometry(). -.SH "const QRect & QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.SH "const QRect & QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry ( TQWidget * widget ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains \fIwidget\fR. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Returns the index of the primary screen. See also numScreens(). .SH "void QDesktopWidget::resized ( int screen )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the size of \fIscreen\fR changes. -.SH "QWidget * QDesktopWidget::screen ( int screen = -1 )" +.SH "TQWidget * QDesktopWidget::screen ( int screen = -1 )" Returns a widget that represents the screen with index \fIscreen\fR. This widget can be used to draw directly on the desktop, using an unclipped painter like this: .PP .nf @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ See also primaryScreen(), numScreens(), and isVirtualDesktop(). Returns the geometry of the screen with index \fIscreen\fR. .PP See also screenNumber(). -.SH "const QRect & QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.SH "const QRect & QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry ( TQWidget * widget ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \fIwidget\fR. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \fIwidget\fR. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the geometry of the screen which contains \fIp\fR. -.SH "int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber ( QWidget * widget = 0 ) const" +.SH "int QDesktopWidget::screenNumber ( TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const" Returns the index of the screen that contains the largest part of \fIwidget\fR, or -1 if the widget not on a screen. .PP See also primaryScreen(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdial.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdial.3qt index b0a034afd..27613535f 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdial.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdial.3qt @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ QDial \- Rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer) .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. +Inherits TQWidget and QRangeControl. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDial\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDial\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDial\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDial\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDial\fR ()" @@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ The dial's keyboard interface is fairly simple: The left/up and right/down arrow .PP See also QScrollBar, QSpinBox, GUI Design Handbook: Slider, and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDial::QDial ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" -Constructs a dial called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. \fIf\fR is propagated to the QWidget constructor. It has the default range of a QRangeControl. -.SH "QDial::QDial ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDial::QDial ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +Constructs a dial called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. \fIf\fR is propagated to the TQWidget constructor. It has the default range of a QRangeControl. +.SH "QDial::QDial ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a dial called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. The dial's value can never be smaller than \fIminValue\fR or greater than \fImaxValue\fR. Its page step size is \fIpageStep\fR, and its initial value is \fIvalue\fR. .PP \fIvalue\fR is forced to be within the legal range. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt index 1df3fe482..353839139 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ QDialog \- The base class of dialog windows .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP Inherited by QColorDialog, QErrorMessage, QFileDialog, QFontDialog, QInputDialog, QMessageBox, QMotifDialog, QProgressDialog, QTabDialog, and QWizard. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "explicit \fBQDialog\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "explicit \fBQDialog\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDialog\fR ()" @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ Inherited by QColorDialog, QErrorMessage, QFileDialog, QFontDialog, QInputDialog .BI "Orientation \fBorientation\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetExtension\fR ( QWidget * extension )" +.BI "void \fBsetExtension\fR ( TQWidget * extension )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBextension\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBextension\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetSizeGripEnabled\fR ( bool )" @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ A modal dialog. .br QFileDialog *dlg = new QFileDialog( workingDirectory, .br - QString::null, 0, 0, TRUE ); + TQString::null, 0, 0, TRUE ); .br dlg->setCaption( QFileDialog::tr( "Open" ) ); .br dlg->setMode( QFileDialog::ExistingFile ); .br - QString result; + TQString result; .br if ( dlg->exec() == QDialog::Accepted ) { .br @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ A modeless dialog. After the show() call, control returns to the main event loop } .fi .PP -See also QTabDialog, QWidget, QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Dialogs, Standard, Abstract Widget Classes, and Dialog Classes. +See also QTabDialog, TQWidget, QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Dialogs, Standard, Abstract Widget Classes, and Dialog Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QDialog::DialogCode" The value returned by a modal dialog. @@ -189,16 +189,16 @@ The value returned by a modal dialog. \fCQDialog::Rejected\fR .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "explicit QDialog::QDialog ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "explicit QDialog::QDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a dialog called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP A dialog is always a top-level widget, but if it has a parent, its default location is centered on top of the parent. It will also share the parent's taskbar entry. .PP -The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed on to the QWidget constructor. If, for example, you don't want a What's This button in the titlebar of the dialog, pass WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NormalBorder | WStyle_Title | WStyle_SysMenu in \fIf\fR. +The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. If, for example, you don't want a What's This button in the titlebar of the dialog, pass WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NormalBorder | WStyle_Title | WStyle_SysMenu in \fIf\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR In TQt 3.2, the \fImodal\fR flag is obsolete. There is now a setModal() function that can be used for obtaining a modal behavior when calling show(). This is rarely needed, because modal dialogs are usually invoked using exec(), which ignores the \fImodal\fR flag. .PP -See also QWidget::setWFlags() and Qt::WidgetFlags. +See also TQWidget::setWFlags() and Qt::WidgetFlags. .SH "QDialog::~QDialog ()" Destroys the QDialog, deleting all its children. .SH "void QDialog::accept ()\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Examples: .SH "void QDialog::done ( int r )\fC [virtual protected slot]\fR" Closes the dialog and sets its result code to \fIr\fR. If this dialog is shown with exec(), done() causes the local event loop to finish, and exec() to return \fIr\fR. .PP -As with QWidget::close(), done() deletes the dialog if the WDestructiveClose flag is set. If the dialog is the application's main widget, the application terminates. If the dialog is the last window closed, the QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted. +As with TQWidget::close(), done() deletes the dialog if the WDestructiveClose flag is set. If the dialog is the application's main widget, the application terminates. If the dialog is the last window closed, the QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted. .PP See also accept(), reject(), QApplication::mainWidget(), and QApplication::quit(). .SH "int QDialog::exec ()\fC [slot]\fR" @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ See also show() and result(). .PP Examples: .)l chart/chartform.cpp, dialog/mainwindow.cpp, i18n/main.cpp, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, network/networkprotocol/view.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, and wizard/main.cpp. -.SH "QWidget * QDialog::extension () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QDialog::extension () const" Returns the dialog's extension or 0 if no extension has been defined. .PP See also setExtension(). @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ See also accept() and done(). Returns the modal dialog's result code, Accepted or Rejected. .PP Do not call this function if the dialog was constructed with the WDestructiveClose flag. -.SH "void QDialog::setExtension ( QWidget * extension )" +.SH "void QDialog::setExtension ( TQWidget * extension )" Sets the widget, \fIextension\fR, to be the dialog's extension, deleting any previous extension. The dialog takes ownership of the extension. Note that if 0 is passed any existing extension will be deleted. .PP This function must only be called while the dialog is hidden. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ See also exec() and modal. Examples: .)l movies/main.cpp, regexptester/main.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sql/overview/form1/main.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QDialog::showExtension ( bool showIt )\fC [protected slot]\fR" If \fIshowIt\fR is TRUE, the dialog's extension is shown; otherwise the extension is hidden. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdict.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdict.3qt index e611236e3..81aed0021 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdict.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdict.3qt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QDict \- Template class that provides a dictionary based on QString keys +QDict \- Template class that provides a dictionary based on TQString keys .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP @@ -37,22 +37,22 @@ Inherits QPtrCollection. .BI "bool \fBisEmpty\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsert\fR ( const QString & key, const type * item )" +.BI "void \fBinsert\fR ( const TQString & key, const type * item )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBreplace\fR ( const QString & key, const type * item )" +.BI "void \fBreplace\fR ( const TQString & key, const type * item )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBremove\fR ( const QString & key )" +.BI "bool \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & key )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "type * \fBtake\fR ( const QString & key )" +.BI "type * \fBtake\fR ( const TQString & key )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "type * \fBfind\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "type * \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "type * \fBoperator[]\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "type * \fBoperator[]\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBclear\fR ()" @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ Inherits QPtrCollection. .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on QString keys. +The QDict class is a template class that provides a dictionary based on TQString keys. .PP QMap is an STL-compatible alternative to this class. .PP QDict is implemented as a template class. Define a template instance QDict to create a dictionary that operates on pointers to X (X *). .PP -A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a QString used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup. +A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a TQString used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup. .PP If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit \fCchar*\fR keys, use the QAsciiDict template. A QDict has the same performance as a QAsciiDict. If you want to have a dictionary that maps QStrings to QStrings use QMap. .PP @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Example #1: .PP .nf .br - QDict fields; // QString keys, QLineEdit* values + QDict fields; // TQString keys, QLineEdit* values .br fields.insert( "forename", new QLineEdit( this ) ); .br @@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ Example #2: .br for ( QStringList::Iterator it = styleList.begin(); it != styleList.end(); ++it ) { .br - QString styleName = *it; + TQString styleName = *it; .br - QString styleAccel = styleName; + TQString styleAccel = styleName; .br if ( letterDict[styleAccel.left(1)] ) { .br @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Returns the number of items in the dictionary. See also isEmpty(). .PP Reimplemented from QPtrCollection. -.SH "type * QDict::find ( const QString & key ) const" +.SH "type * QDict::find ( const TQString & key ) const" Returns the item with key \fIkey\fR, or 0 if the key does not exist in the dictionary. .PP If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most recently inserted item will be found. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most recently inserted Equivalent to the [] operator. .PP See also operator[](). -.SH "void QDict::insert ( const QString & key, const type * item )" +.SH "void QDict::insert ( const TQString & key, const type * item )" Inserts the key \fIkey\fR with value \fIitem\fR into the dictionary. .PP Multiple items can have the same key, in which case only the last item will be accessible using operator[](). @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ See also count(). Assigns \fIdict\fR to this dictionary and returns a reference to this dictionary. .PP This dictionary is first cleared, then each item in \fIdict\fR is inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented. -.SH "type * QDict::operator[] ( const QString & key ) const" +.SH "type * QDict::operator[] ( const TQString & key ) const" Returns the item with key \fIkey\fR, or 0 if the key does not exist in the dictionary. .PP If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the most recently inserted item will be found. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Reads a dictionary item from the stream \fIs\fR and returns a reference to the s The default implementation sets \fIitem\fR to 0. .PP See also write(). -.SH "bool QDict::remove ( const QString & key )" +.SH "bool QDict::remove ( const TQString & key )" Removes the item with \fIkey\fR from the dictionary. Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the item is in the dictionary; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item that was inserted will be removed. @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ The removed item is deleted if auto-deletion is enabled. All dictionary iterators that refer to the removed item will be set to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversal order. .PP See also take(), clear(), and setAutoDelete(). -.SH "void QDict::replace ( const QString & key, const type * item )" +.SH "void QDict::replace ( const TQString & key, const type * item )" Replaces the value of the key, \fIkey\fR with \fIitem\fR. .PP If the item does not already exist, it will be inserted. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Returns the size of the internal hash array (as specified in the constructor). See also count(). .SH "void QDict::statistics () const" Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary distribution using tqDebug(). -.SH "type * QDict::take ( const QString & key )" +.SH "type * QDict::take ( const TQString & key )" Takes the item with \fIkey\fR out of the dictionary without deleting it (even if auto-deletion is enabled). .PP If there are two or more items with equal keys, then the last item that was inserted will be taken. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdictiterator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdictiterator.3qt index ef712c9b0..78a7fc768 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdictiterator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdictiterator.3qt @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ QDictIterator \- Iterator for QDict collections .BI "type * \fBcurrent\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentKey\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentKey\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "type * \fBoperator()\fR ()" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Returns the number of items in the dictionary over which the iterator is operati See also isEmpty(). .SH "type * QDictIterator::current () const" Returns a pointer to the current iterator item's value. -.SH "QString QDictIterator::currentKey () const" +.SH "TQString QDictIterator::currentKey () const" Returns the current iterator item's key. .SH "bool QDictIterator::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if the dictionary is empty, i.e. count() == 0; otherwise returns FALSE. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdir.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdir.3qt index 4a474e7d2..c4a783abf 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdir.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdir.3qt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQDir\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDir\fR ( const QString & path, const QString & nameFilter = QString::null, int sortSpec = Name | IgnoreCase, int filterSpec = All )" +.BI "\fBQDir\fR ( const TQString & path, const TQString & nameFilter = TQString::null, int sortSpec = Name | IgnoreCase, int filterSpec = All )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQDir\fR ( const QDir & d )" @@ -37,40 +37,40 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QDir & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QDir & d )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDir & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "QDir & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPath\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPath\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBpath\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBpath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBabsPath\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBabsPath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBcanonicalPath\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBcanonicalPath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBdirName\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBdirName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBfilePath\fR ( const QString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBfilePath\fR ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBabsFilePath\fR ( const QString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBabsFilePath\fR ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBcd\fR ( const QString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBcd\fR ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBcdUp\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnameFilter\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBnameFilter\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetNameFilter\fR ( const QString & nameFilter )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetNameFilter\fR ( const TQString & nameFilter )" .br .ti -1c .BI "FilterSpec \fBfilter\fR () const" @@ -94,31 +94,31 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBoperator[]\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBoperator[]\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QStrList encodedEntryList ( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QStrList encodedEntryList ( const QString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "virtual QStrList encodedEntryList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QStringList \fBentryList\fR ( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QStringList \fBentryList\fR ( const QString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const" +.BI "virtual QStringList \fBentryList\fR ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual const QFileInfoList * \fBentryInfoList\fR ( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual const QFileInfoList * \fBentryInfoList\fR ( const QString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const" +.BI "virtual const QFileInfoList * \fBentryInfoList\fR ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBmkdir\fR ( const QString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBmkdir\fR ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBrmdir\fR ( const QString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBrmdir\fR ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBisReadable\fR () const" @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QDir & d ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBremove\fR ( const QString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBrename\fR ( const QString & oldName, const QString & newName, bool acceptAbsPaths = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBrename\fR ( const TQString & oldName, const TQString & newName, bool acceptAbsPaths = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBexists\fR ( const QString & name, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBexists\fR ( const TQString & name, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBrefresh\fR () const" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBconvertSeparators\fR ( const QString & pathName )" +.BI "TQString \fBconvertSeparators\fR ( const TQString & pathName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QFileInfoList * \fBdrives\fR ()" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "char \fBseparator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetCurrent\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "bool \fBsetCurrent\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDir \fBcurrent\fR ()" @@ -178,25 +178,25 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QDir \fBroot\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentDirPath\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentDirPath\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBhomeDirPath\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBhomeDirPath\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBrootDirPath\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBrootDirPath\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBmatch\fR ( const QStringList & filters, const QString & fileName )" +.BI "bool \fBmatch\fR ( const QStringList & filters, const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBmatch\fR ( const QString & filter, const QString & fileName )" +.BI "bool \fBmatch\fR ( const TQString & filter, const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcleanDirPath\fR ( const QString & filePath )" +.BI "TQString \fBcleanDirPath\fR ( const TQString & filePath )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisRelativePath\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "bool \fBisRelativePath\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ If you specify both DirsFirst and Reversed, directories are still put first, but Constructs a QDir pointing to the current directory ("."). .PP See also currentDirPath(). -.SH "QDir::QDir ( const QString & path, const QString & nameFilter = QString::null, int sortSpec = Name | IgnoreCase, int filterSpec = All )" +.SH "QDir::QDir ( const TQString & path, const TQString & nameFilter = TQString::null, int sortSpec = Name | IgnoreCase, int filterSpec = All )" Constructs a QDir with path \fIpath\fR, that filters its entries by name using \fInameFilter\fR and by attributes using \fIfilterSpec\fR. It also sorts the names using \fIsortSpec\fR. .PP The default \fInameFilter\fR is an empty string, which excludes nothing; the default \fIfilterSpec\fR is All, which also means exclude nothing. The default \fIsortSpec\fR is \fCName|IgnoreCase\fR, i.e. sort by name case-insensitively. @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Example that lists all the files in "/tmp": .br .fi .PP -If \fIpath\fR is "" or QString::null, QDir uses "." (the current directory). If \fInameFilter\fR is "" or QString::null, QDir uses the name filter "*" (all files). +If \fIpath\fR is "" or TQString::null, QDir uses "." (the current directory). If \fInameFilter\fR is "" or TQString::null, QDir uses the name filter "*" (all files). .PP Note that \fIpath\fR need not exist. .PP @@ -401,25 +401,25 @@ Constructs a QDir that is a copy of the directory \fId\fR. See also operator=(). .SH "QDir::~QDir ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the QDir frees up its resources. -.SH "QString QDir::absFilePath ( const QString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::absFilePath ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the absolute path name of a file in the directory. Does \fInot\fR check if the file actually exists in the directory. Redundant multiple separators or "." and ".." directories in \fIfileName\fR will not be removed (see cleanDirPath()). .PP If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a \fIfileName\fR starting with a separator "/" will be returned without change. If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is FALSE an absolute path will be prepended to the fileName and the resultant string returned. .PP See also filePath(). -.SH "QString QDir::absPath () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::absPath () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the absolute path (a path that starts with "/" or with a drive specification), which may contain symbolic links, but never contains redundant ".", ".." or multiple separators. .PP See also setPath(), canonicalPath(), exists(), cleanDirPath(), dirName(), and absFilePath(). .PP Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "QString QDir::canonicalPath () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::canonicalPath () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the canonical path, i.e. a path without symbolic links or redundant "." or ".." elements. .PP -On systems that do not have symbolic links this function will always return the same string that absPath() returns. If the canonical path does not exist (normally due to dangling symbolic links) canonicalPath() returns QString::null. +On systems that do not have symbolic links this function will always return the same string that absPath() returns. If the canonical path does not exist (normally due to dangling symbolic links) canonicalPath() returns TQString::null. .PP -See also path(), absPath(), exists(), cleanDirPath(), dirName(), absFilePath(), and QString::isNull(). -.SH "bool QDir::cd ( const QString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +See also path(), absPath(), exists(), cleanDirPath(), dirName(), absFilePath(), and TQString::isNull(). +.SH "bool QDir::cd ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Changes the QDir's directory to \fIdirName\fR. .PP If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a path starting with separator "/" will cause the function to change to the absolute directory. If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is FALSE any number of separators at the beginning of \fIdirName\fR will be removed and the function will descend into \fIdirName\fR. @@ -437,14 +437,14 @@ Changes directory by moving one directory up from the QDir's current directory. Returns TRUE if the new directory exists and is readable; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that the logical cdUp() operation is not performed if the new directory does not exist. .PP See also cd(), isReadable(), exists(), and path(). -.SH "QString QDir::cleanDirPath ( const QString & filePath )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::cleanDirPath ( const TQString & filePath )\fC [static]\fR" Removes all multiple directory separators "/" and resolves any" ."s or ".."s found in the path, \fIfilePath\fR. .PP Symbolic links are kept. This function does not return the canonical path, but rather the simplest version of the input. For example, "./local" becomes "local", "local/../bin" becomes" bin" and "/local/usr/../bin" becomes "/local/bin". .PP See also absPath() and canonicalPath(). -.SH "QString QDir::convertSeparators ( const QString & pathName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::convertSeparators ( const TQString & pathName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns \fIpathName\fR with the '/' separators converted to separators that are appropriate for the underlying operating system. .PP On Windows, convertSeparators("c:/winnt/system32") returns" c:\\winnt\\system32". @@ -469,19 +469,19 @@ Returns the application's current directory. Use path() to access a QDir object's path. .PP See also currentDirPath() and QDir::QDir(). -.SH "QString QDir::currentDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::currentDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the absolute path of the application's current directory. .PP See also current(). .PP Examples: .)l dirview/dirview.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, and qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "QString QDir::dirName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the name of the directory; this is \fInot\fR the same as the path, e.g. a directory with the name "mail", might have the path" /var/spool/mail". If the directory has no name (e.g. it is the root directory) QString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QDir::dirName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the name of the directory; this is \fInot\fR the same as the path, e.g. a directory with the name "mail", might have the path" /var/spool/mail". If the directory has no name (e.g. it is the root directory) TQString::null is returned. .PP No check is made to ensure that a directory with this name actually exists. .PP -See also path(), absPath(), absFilePath(), exists(), and QString::isNull(). +See also path(), absPath(), absFilePath(), exists(), and TQString::isNull(). .SH "const QFileInfoList * QDir::drives ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of the root directories on this system. On Windows this returns a number of QFileInfo objects containing "C:/", "D:/" etc. On other operating systems, it returns a list containing just one root directory (e.g. "/"). .PP @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Example: dirview/main.cpp. This function is included to easy porting from TQt 1.x to TQt 2.0, it is the same as entryList(), but encodes the filenames as 8-bit strings using QFile::encodedName(). .PP It is more efficient to use entryList(). -.SH "QStrList QDir::encodedEntryList ( const QString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QStrList QDir::encodedEntryList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse This function is included to easy porting from TQt 1.x to TQt 2.0, it is the same as entryList(), but encodes the filenames as 8-bit strings using QFile::encodedName(). .PP It is more efficient to use entryList(). -.SH "const QFileInfoList * QDir::entryInfoList ( const QString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "const QFileInfoList * QDir::entryInfoList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a list of QFileInfo objects for all the files and directories in the directory, ordered in accordance with setSorting() and filtered in accordance with setFilter() and setNameFilter(). .PP The filter and sorting specifications can be overridden using the \fInameFilter\fR, \fIfilterSpec\fR and \fIsortSpec\fR arguments. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ The returned pointer is a const pointer to a QFileInfoList. The list is owned by Note: QFileInfoList is really a QPtrList. .PP See also entryList(), setNameFilter(), setSorting(), and setFilter(). -.SH "QStringList QDir::entryList ( const QString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QStringList QDir::entryList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a list of the names of all the files and directories in the directory, ordered in accordance with setSorting() and filtered in accordance with setFilter() and setNameFilter(). .PP The filter and sorting specifications can be overridden using the \fInameFilter\fR, \fIfilterSpec\fR and \fIsortSpec\fR arguments. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ The filter and sorting specifications can be overridden using the \fIfilterSpec\ Returns an empty list if the directory is unreadable or does not exist. .PP See also entryInfoList(), setNameFilter(), setSorting(), and setFilter(). -.SH "bool QDir::exists ( const QString & name, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::exists ( const TQString & name, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Checks for the existence of the file \fIname\fR. .PP If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a path starting with separator "/" will check the file with the absolute path. If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is FALSE any number of separators at the beginning of \fIname\fR will be removed and the resultant file name will be checked. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Returns TRUE if the \fIdirectory\fR exists; otherwise returns FALSE. (If a file with the same name is found this function will return FALSE). .PP See also QFileInfo::exists() and QFile::exists(). -.SH "QString QDir::filePath ( const QString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::filePath ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the path name of a file in the directory. Does \fInot\fR check if the file actually exists in the directory. If the QDir is relative the returned path name will also be relative. Redundant multiple separators or "." and ".." directories in \fIfileName\fR will not be removed (see cleanDirPath()). .PP If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a \fIfileName\fR starting with a separator "/" will be returned without change. If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is FALSE an absolute path will be prepended to the fileName and the resultant string returned. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ Under Windows the \fCHOME\fR environment variable is used. If this does not exis Under non-Windows operating systems the \fCHOME\fR environment variable is used if it exists, otherwise rootDirPath() is used. .PP See also homeDirPath(). -.SH "QString QDir::homeDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::homeDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the absolute path of the user's home directory. .PP See also home(). @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ Examples: Returns TRUE if the directory path is relative to the current directory and returns FALSE if the path is absolute (e.g. under UNIX a path is relative if it does not start with a "/"). .PP See also convertToAbs(). -.SH "bool QDir::isRelativePath ( const QString & path )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::isRelativePath ( const TQString & path )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if \fIpath\fR is relative; returns FALSE if it is absolute. .PP See also isRelative(). @@ -620,13 +620,13 @@ Note: If the directory is a symbolic link to the root directory this function re .fi .PP See also root() and rootDirPath(). -.SH "bool QDir::match ( const QString & filter, const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::match ( const TQString & filter, const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the \fIfileName\fR matches the wildcard (glob) pattern \fIfilter\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The \fIfilter\fR may contain multiple patterns separated by spaces or semicolons. .PP (See QRegExp wildcard matching.) .PP See also QRegExp::match(). -.SH "bool QDir::match ( const QStringList & filters, const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::match ( const QStringList & filters, const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the \fIfileName\fR matches any of the wildcard (glob) patterns in the list of \fIfilters\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ See also QRegExp::match(). Returns the value set by setMatchAllDirs() .PP See also setMatchAllDirs(). -.SH "bool QDir::mkdir ( const QString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::mkdir ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Creates a directory. .PP If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a path starting with a separator ('/') will create the absolute directory; if \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is FALSE any number of separators at the beginning of \fIdirName\fR will be removed. @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a path starting with a separator ('/') will creat Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also rmdir(). -.SH "QString QDir::nameFilter () const" +.SH "TQString QDir::nameFilter () const" Returns the string set by setNameFilter() .SH "bool QDir::operator!= ( const QDir & d ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if directory \fId\fR and this directory have different paths or different sort or filter settings; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Example: .fi .SH "QDir & QDir::operator= ( const QDir & d )" Makes a copy of QDir \fId\fR and assigns it to this QDir. -.SH "QDir & QDir::operator= ( const QString & path )" +.SH "QDir & QDir::operator= ( const TQString & path )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the directory path to be the given \fIpath\fR. @@ -692,13 +692,13 @@ Example: tqDebug( "They're the same" ); .br .fi -.SH "QString QDir::operator[] ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQString QDir::operator[] ( int index ) const" Returns the file name at position \fIindex\fR in the list of file names. Equivalent to entryList().at(index). .PP -Returns a QString::null if the \fIindex\fR is out of range or if the entryList() function failed. +Returns a TQString::null if the \fIindex\fR is out of range or if the entryList() function failed. .PP See also count() and entryList(). -.SH "QString QDir::path () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::path () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the path, this may contain symbolic links, but never contains redundant ".", ".." or multiple separators. .PP The returned path can be either absolute or relative (see setPath()). @@ -706,13 +706,13 @@ The returned path can be either absolute or relative (see setPath()). See also setPath(), absPath(), exists(), cleanDirPath(), dirName(), absFilePath(), and convertSeparators(). .SH "void QDir::refresh () const" Refreshes the directory information. -.SH "bool QDir::remove ( const QString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::remove ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Removes the file, \fIfileName\fR. .PP If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a path starting with separator "/" will remove the file with the absolute path. If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is FALSE any number of separators at the beginning of \fIfileName\fR will be removed and the resultant file name will be removed. .PP Returns TRUE if the file is removed successfully; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QDir::rename ( const QString & oldName, const QString & newName, bool acceptAbsPaths = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::rename ( const TQString & oldName, const TQString & newName, bool acceptAbsPaths = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Renames a file or directory. .PP If \fIacceptAbsPaths\fR is TRUE a path starting with a separator ('/') will rename the file with the absolute path; if \fIacceptAbsPaths\fR is FALSE any number of separators at the beginning of the names will be removed. @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. On most file systems, rename() fails only if \fIoldName\fR does not exist or if \fInewName\fR and \fIoldName\fR are not on the same partition. On Windows, rename() will fail if \fInewName\fR already exists. However, there are also other reasons why rename() can fail. For example, on at least one file system rename() fails if \fInewName\fR points to an open file. .PP Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "bool QDir::rmdir ( const QString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::rmdir ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Removes a directory. .PP If \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is TRUE a path starting with a separator ('/') will remove the absolute directory; if \fIacceptAbsPath\fR is FALSE any number of separators at the beginning of \fIdirName\fR will be removed. @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ See also mkdir(). Returns the root directory. .PP See also rootDirPath() and drives(). -.SH "QString QDir::rootDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDir::rootDirPath ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the absolute path for the root directory. .PP For UNIX operating systems this returns "/". For Windows file systems this normally returns "c:/". @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ See also root() and drives(). Returns the native directory separator; "/" under UNIX (including Mac OS X) and "\" under Windows. .PP You do not need to use this function to build file paths. If you always use "/", TQt will translate your paths to conform to the underlying operating system. -.SH "bool QDir::setCurrent ( const QString & path )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QDir::setCurrent ( const TQString & path )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the application's current working directory to \fIpath\fR. Returns TRUE if the directory was successfully changed; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "void QDir::setFilter ( int filterSpec )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the filter used by entryList() and entryInfoList() to \fIfilterSpec\fR. The filter is used to specify the kind of files that should be returned by entryList() and entryInfoList(). See QDir::FilterSpec. @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ See also filter() and setNameFilter(). If \fIenable\fR is TRUE then all directories are included (e.g. in entryList()), and the nameFilter() is only applied to the files. If \fIenable\fR is FALSE then the nameFilter() is applied to both directories and files. .PP See also matchAllDirs(). -.SH "void QDir::setNameFilter ( const QString & nameFilter )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDir::setNameFilter ( const TQString & nameFilter )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name filter used by entryList() and entryInfoList() to \fInameFilter\fR. .PP The \fInameFilter\fR is a wildcard (globbing) filter that understands" *" and "?" wildcards. (See QRegExp wildcard matching.) You may specify several filter entries all separated by a single space " " or by a semi-colon" ;". @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ The \fInameFilter\fR is a wildcard (globbing) filter that understands" *" and "? For example, if you want entryList() and entryInfoList() to list all files ending with either ".cpp" or ".h", you would use either dir.setNameFilter("*.cpp *.h") or dir.setNameFilter("*.cpp;*.h"). .PP See also nameFilter() and setFilter(). -.SH "void QDir::setPath ( const QString & path )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDir::setPath ( const TQString & path )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the path of the directory to \fIpath\fR. The path is cleaned of redundant ".", ".." and of multiple separators. No check is made to ensure that a directory with this path exists. .PP The path can be either absolute or relative. Absolute paths begin with the directory separator "/" (optionally preceded by a drive specification under Windows). Relative file names begin with a directory name or a file name and specify a path relative to the current directory. An example of an absolute path is the string" /tmp/quartz", a relative path might look like "src/fatlib". diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdirectpainter.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdirectpainter.3qt index 7eeba12f7..8973e46c0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdirectpainter.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdirectpainter.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QPainter. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDirectPainter\fR ( const QWidget * w )" +.BI "\fBQDirectPainter\fR ( const TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDirectPainter\fR ()" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Note that while a QDirectPainter exists, the entire Qt/Embedded window system is .PP See also Graphics Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDirectPainter::QDirectPainter ( const QWidget * w )" +.SH "QDirectPainter::QDirectPainter ( const TQWidget * w )" Construct a direct painter on \fIw\fR. The display is locked and the mouse cursor is hidden if it is above \fIw\fR. .SH "QDirectPainter::~QDirectPainter ()" Destroys the direct painter. The mouse cursor is revealed if necessary and the display is unlocked. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdns.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdns.3qt index f362e7ea7..8aae9e479 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdns.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdns.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QDns \- Asynchronous DNS lookups .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "\fBQDns\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDns\fR ( const QString & label, RecordType rr = A )" +.BI "\fBQDns\fR ( const TQString & label, RecordType rr = A )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQDns\fR ( const QHostAddress & address, RecordType rr = Ptr )" @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual \fB~QDns\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( const QString & label )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( const QHostAddress & address )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlabel\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlabel\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetRecordType\fR ( RecordType rr = A )" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QStringList \fBtexts\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcanonicalName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcanonicalName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBqualifiedNames\fR () const" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ We expect that some support for the RFC-2535 extensions will be added in future .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QDns::QDns ()" Constructs a DNS query object with invalid settings for both the label and the search type. -.SH "QDns::QDns ( const QString & label, RecordType rr = A )" +.SH "QDns::QDns ( const TQString & label, RecordType rr = A )" Constructs a DNS query object that will return record type \fIrr\fR information about \fIlabel\fR. .PP The DNS lookup is started the next time the application enters the event loop. When the result is found the signal resultsReady() is emitted. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, } .br .fi -.SH "QString QDns::canonicalName () const" +.SH "TQString QDns::canonicalName () const" Returns the canonical name for this DNS node. (This works regardless of what recordType() is set to.) .PP If the canonical name isn't known, this function returns a null string. @@ -182,14 +182,14 @@ Returns TRUE if QDns is doing a lookup for this object (i.e. if it does not alre QDns emits the resultsReady() signal when the status changes to FALSE. .PP Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp. -.SH "QString QDns::label () const" +.SH "TQString QDns::label () const" Returns the domain name for which this object returns information. .PP See also setLabel(). .SH "QValueList QDns::mailServers () const" Returns a list of mail servers if the record type is Mx. The class \fCQDns::MailServer\fR contains the following public variables: .TP -QString QDns::MailServer::name +TQString QDns::MailServer::name .TP TQ_UINT16 QDns::MailServer::priority .PP @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp. .SH "QValueList QDns::servers () const" Returns a list of servers if the record type is Srv. The class \fCQDns::Server\fR contains the following public variables: .TP -QString QDns::Server::name +TQString QDns::Server::name .TP TQ_UINT16 QDns::Server::priority .TP @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, } .br .fi -.SH "void QDns::setLabel ( const QString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDns::setLabel ( const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets this DNS query object to query for information about \fIlabel\fR. .PP This does not change the recordType(), but its isWorking() status will probably change as a result. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdockarea.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdockarea.3qt index 06bab13e1..b7e746ab5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdockarea.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdockarea.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QDockArea \- Manages and lays out QDockWindows .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "enum \fBHandlePosition\fR { Normal, Reverse }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDockArea\fR ( Orientation o, HandlePosition h = Normal, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDockArea\fR ( Orientation o, HandlePosition h = Normal, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDockArea\fR ()" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The QDockArea class manages and lays out QDockWindows. .PP A QDockArea is a container which manages a list of QDockWindows which it lays out within its area. In cooperation with the QDockWindows it is responsible for the docking and undocking of QDockWindows and moving them inside the dock area. QDockAreas also handle the wrapping of QDockWindows to fill the available space as compactly as possible. QDockAreas can contain QToolBars since QToolBar is a QDockWindow subclass. .PP -QMainWindow contains four QDockAreas which you can use for your QToolBars and QDockWindows, so in most situations you do not need to use the QDockArea class directly. Although QMainWindow contains support for its own dock areas it isn't convenient for adding new QDockAreas. If you need to create your own dock areas we suggest that you create a subclass of QWidget and add your QDockAreas to your subclass. +QMainWindow contains four QDockAreas which you can use for your QToolBars and QDockWindows, so in most situations you do not need to use the QDockArea class directly. Although QMainWindow contains support for its own dock areas it isn't convenient for adding new QDockAreas. If you need to create your own dock areas we suggest that you create a subclass of TQWidget and add your QDockAreas to your subclass. .PP
.ce 1 @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ This enum specifies where the dock window splitter handle is placed in the dock .TP \fCQDockArea::Reverse\fR - The splitter handles of dock windows are placed at the left or top. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDockArea::QDockArea ( Orientation o, HandlePosition h = Normal, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDockArea::QDockArea ( Orientation o, HandlePosition h = Normal, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QDockArea with orientation \fIo\fR, HandlePosition \fIh\fR, parent \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. .SH "QDockArea::~QDockArea ()" Destroys the dock area and all the dock windows docked in the dock area. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt index f3e58e576..c95766da6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdockwindow.3qt @@ -24,16 +24,16 @@ Inherited by QToolBar. .BI "enum \fBCloseMode\fR { Never = 0, Docked = 1, Undocked = 2, Always = Docked | Undocked }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDockWindow\fR ( Place p = InDock, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDockWindow\fR ( Place p = InDock, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDockWindow\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDockWindow\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBwidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBwidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "Place \fBplace\fR () const" @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ This enum specifies the possible locations for a QDockWindow: .TP \fCQDockWindow::OutsideDock\fR - Floating as a top level window on the desktop. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDockWindow::QDockWindow ( Place p = InDock, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QDockWindow::QDockWindow ( Place p = InDock, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a QDockWindow with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR and with widget flags \fIf\fR. .PP If \fIp\fR is InDock, the dock window is docked into a dock area and \fIparent\fR \fImust\fR be a QDockArea or a QMainWindow. If the \fIparent\fR is a QMainWindow the dock window will be docked in the main window's Top dock area. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ If \fIp\fR is InDock, the dock window is docked into a dock area and \fIparent\f If \fIp\fR is OutsideDock, the dock window is created as a floating window. .PP We recommend creating the dock area InDock with a QMainWindow as parent then calling QMainWindow::moveDockWindow() to move the dock window where you want it. -.SH "QDockWindow::QDockWindow ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QDockWindow::QDockWindow ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a QDockWindow with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR and with widget flags \fIf\fR. .SH "QDockArea * QDockWindow::area () const" Returns the dock area in which this dock window is docked, or 0 if the dock window is floating. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Sets whether the dock window is resizeable to \fIb\fR. See the "resizeEnabled" p \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .SH "void QDockWindow::setVerticallyStretchable ( bool b )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether the dock window is vertically stretchable to \fIb\fR. See the "verticallyStretchable" property for details. -.SH "void QDockWindow::setWidget ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDockWindow::setWidget ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the dock window's main widget to \fIw\fR. .PP See also boxLayout(). @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ See also dock(), QDockArea::moveDockWindow(), QDockArea::removeDockWindow(), QMa This signal is emitted when the visibility of the dock window relatively to its dock area is changed. If \fIvisible\fR is TRUE, the QDockWindow is now visible to the dock area, otherwise it has been hidden. .PP A dock window can be hidden if it has a close button which the user has clicked. In the case of a QMainWindow a dock window can have its visibility changed (hidden or shown) by clicking its name in the dock window menu that lists the QMainWindow's dock windows. -.SH "QWidget * QDockWindow::widget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QDockWindow::widget () const" Returns the dock window's main widget. .PP See also setWidget(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomattr.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomattr.3qt index 1d4fdf289..a434bdc74 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomattr.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomattr.3qt @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fB~QDomAttr\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBspecified\fR () const" @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "virtual QDomElement \fBownerElement\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBvalue\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBvalue\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetValue\fR ( const QString & v )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetValue\fR ( const TQString & v )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Destroys the object and frees its resources. Returns TRUE. .PP Reimplemented from QDomNode. -.SH "QString QDomAttr::name () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomAttr::name () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the attribute's name. .SH "QDomNode::NodeType QDomAttr::nodeType () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns AttributeNode. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Assigns \fIx\fR to this DOM attribute. The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). .SH "QDomElement QDomAttr::ownerElement () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the element node this attribute is attached to or a null node if this attribute is not attached to any element. -.SH "void QDomAttr::setValue ( const QString & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomAttr::setValue ( const TQString & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the attribute's value to \fIv\fR. .PP See also value(). @@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ See also value(). Returns TRUE if the attribute has either been expicitly specified in the XML document or was set by the user with setValue(). Returns FALSE if the value hasn't been specified or set. .PP See also setValue(). -.SH "QString QDomAttr::value () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the value of the attribute or QString::null if the attribute has not been specified. +.SH "TQString QDomAttr::value () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the value of the attribute or TQString::null if the attribute has not been specified. .PP See also specified() and setValue(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomcharacterdata.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomcharacterdata.3qt index 1b8accae0..b9a9a59d4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomcharacterdata.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomcharacterdata.3qt @@ -32,28 +32,28 @@ Inherited by QDomText and QDomComment. .BI "\fB~QDomCharacterData\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBsubstringData\fR ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count )" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBsubstringData\fR ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBappendData\fR ( const QString & arg )" +.BI "virtual void \fBappendData\fR ( const TQString & arg )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertData\fR ( unsigned long offset, const QString & arg )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertData\fR ( unsigned long offset, const TQString & arg )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBdeleteData\fR ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBreplaceData\fR ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count, const QString & arg )" +.BI "virtual void \fBreplaceData\fR ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count, const TQString & arg )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual uint \fBlength\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBdata\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBdata\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const QString & v )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const TQString & v )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -81,15 +81,15 @@ Constructs a copy of \fIx\fR. The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). .SH "QDomCharacterData::~QDomCharacterData ()" Destroys the object and frees its resources. -.SH "void QDomCharacterData::appendData ( const QString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomCharacterData::appendData ( const TQString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" Appends the string \fIarg\fR to the stored string. -.SH "QString QDomCharacterData::data () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomCharacterData::data () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the string stored in this object. .PP -If the node is a null node, it will return QString::null. +If the node is a null node, it will return TQString::null. .SH "void QDomCharacterData::deleteData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count )\fC [virtual]\fR" Deletes a substring of length \fIcount\fR from position \fIoffset\fR. -.SH "void QDomCharacterData::insertData ( unsigned long offset, const QString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomCharacterData::insertData ( unsigned long offset, const TQString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" Inserts the string \fIarg\fR into the stored string at position \fIoffset\fR. .SH "bool QDomCharacterData::isCharacterData () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE. @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ Reimplemented in QDomText and QDomComment. Assigns \fIx\fR to this character data. .PP The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). -.SH "void QDomCharacterData::replaceData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count, const QString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomCharacterData::replaceData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count, const TQString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" Replaces the substring of length \fIcount\fR starting at position \fIoffset\fR with the string \fIarg\fR. -.SH "void QDomCharacterData::setData ( const QString & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomCharacterData::setData ( const TQString & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets this object's string to \fIv\fR. -.SH "QString QDomCharacterData::substringData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomCharacterData::substringData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count )\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the substring of length \fIcount\fR from position \fIoffset\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocument.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocument.3qt index c10a5c69c..676c7da95 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocument.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocument.3qt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fBQDomDocument\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "explicit \fBQDomDocument\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "explicit \fBQDomDocument\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "explicit \fBQDomDocument\fR ( const QDomDocumentType & doctype )" @@ -36,46 +36,46 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fB~QDomDocument\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomElement \fBcreateElement\fR ( const QString & tagName )" +.BI "QDomElement \fBcreateElement\fR ( const TQString & tagName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomDocumentFragment \fBcreateDocumentFragment\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomText \fBcreateTextNode\fR ( const QString & value )" +.BI "QDomText \fBcreateTextNode\fR ( const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomComment \fBcreateComment\fR ( const QString & value )" +.BI "QDomComment \fBcreateComment\fR ( const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomCDATASection \fBcreateCDATASection\fR ( const QString & value )" +.BI "QDomCDATASection \fBcreateCDATASection\fR ( const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomProcessingInstruction \fBcreateProcessingInstruction\fR ( const QString & target, const QString & data )" +.BI "QDomProcessingInstruction \fBcreateProcessingInstruction\fR ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomAttr \fBcreateAttribute\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "QDomAttr \fBcreateAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomEntityReference \fBcreateEntityReference\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "QDomEntityReference \fBcreateEntityReference\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagName\fR ( const QString & tagname ) const" +.BI "QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagName\fR ( const TQString & tagname ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomNode \fBimportNode\fR ( const QDomNode & importedNode, bool deep )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomElement \fBcreateElementNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & qName )" +.BI "QDomElement \fBcreateElementNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomAttr \fBcreateAttributeNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & qName )" +.BI "QDomAttr \fBcreateAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagNameNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.BI "QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagNameNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomElement \fBelementById\fR ( const QString & elementId )" +.BI "QDomElement \fBelementById\fR ( const TQString & elementId )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomDocumentType \fBdoctype\fR () const" @@ -87,31 +87,31 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "QDomElement \fBdocumentElement\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QCString & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QCString & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QByteArray & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QByteArray & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QString & text, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const TQString & text, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( QIODevice * dev, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( TQIODevice * dev, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QCString & buffer, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QCString & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QByteArray & buffer, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QByteArray & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const QString & text, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( const TQString & text, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( QIODevice * dev, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( TQIODevice * dev, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( QXmlInputSource * source, QXmlReader * reader, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetContent\fR ( QXmlInputSource * source, QXmlReader * reader, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -120,10 +120,10 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "virtual bool \fBisDocument\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( int indent ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( int indent ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QCString \fBtoCString\fR () const" @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ To create a document using DOM use code like this: tag.appendChild( t ); .br .br - QString xml = doc.toString(); + TQString xml = doc.toString(); .br .fi .PP @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ See also XML. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QDomDocument::QDomDocument ()" Constructs an empty document. -.SH "explicit QDomDocument::QDomDocument ( const QString & name )" +.SH "explicit QDomDocument::QDomDocument ( const TQString & name )" Creates a document and sets the name of the document type to \fIname\fR. .SH "explicit QDomDocument::QDomDocument ( const QDomDocumentType & doctype )" Creates a document with the document type \fIdoctype\fR. @@ -253,41 +253,41 @@ Constructs a copy of \fIx\fR. The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). .SH "QDomDocument::~QDomDocument ()" Destroys the object and frees its resources. -.SH "QDomAttr QDomDocument::createAttribute ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QDomAttr QDomDocument::createAttribute ( const TQString & name )" Creates a new attribute called \fIname\fR that can be inserted into an element, e.g. using QDomElement::setAttributeNode(). .PP See also createAttributeNS(). -.SH "QDomAttr QDomDocument::createAttributeNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & qName )" +.SH "QDomAttr QDomDocument::createAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )" Creates a new attribute with namespace support that can be inserted into an element. The name of the attribute is \fIqName\fR and the namespace URI is \fInsURI\fR. This function also sets QDomNode::prefix() and QDomNode::localName() to appropriate values (depending on \fIqName\fR). .PP See also createAttribute(). -.SH "QDomCDATASection QDomDocument::createCDATASection ( const QString & value )" +.SH "QDomCDATASection QDomDocument::createCDATASection ( const TQString & value )" Creates a new CDATA section for the string \fIvalue\fR that can be inserted into the document, e.g. using QDomNode::appendChild(). .PP See also QDomNode::appendChild(), QDomNode::insertBefore(), and QDomNode::insertAfter(). -.SH "QDomComment QDomDocument::createComment ( const QString & value )" +.SH "QDomComment QDomDocument::createComment ( const TQString & value )" Creates a new comment for the string \fIvalue\fR that can be inserted into the document, e.g. using QDomNode::appendChild(). .PP See also QDomNode::appendChild(), QDomNode::insertBefore(), and QDomNode::insertAfter(). .SH "QDomDocumentFragment QDomDocument::createDocumentFragment ()" Creates a new document fragment, that can be used to hold parts of the document, e.g. when doing complex manipulations of the document tree. -.SH "QDomElement QDomDocument::createElement ( const QString & tagName )" +.SH "QDomElement QDomDocument::createElement ( const TQString & tagName )" Creates a new element called \fItagName\fR that can be inserted into the DOM tree, e.g. using QDomNode::appendChild(). .PP See also createElementNS(), QDomNode::appendChild(), QDomNode::insertBefore(), and QDomNode::insertAfter(). -.SH "QDomElement QDomDocument::createElementNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & qName )" +.SH "QDomElement QDomDocument::createElementNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )" Creates a new element with namespace support that can be inserted into the DOM tree. The name of the element is \fIqName\fR and the namespace URI is \fInsURI\fR. This function also sets QDomNode::prefix() and QDomNode::localName() to appropriate values (depending on \fIqName\fR). .PP See also createElement(). -.SH "QDomEntityReference QDomDocument::createEntityReference ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QDomEntityReference QDomDocument::createEntityReference ( const TQString & name )" Creates a new entity reference called \fIname\fR that can be inserted into the document, e.g. using QDomNode::appendChild(). .PP See also QDomNode::appendChild(), QDomNode::insertBefore(), and QDomNode::insertAfter(). -.SH "QDomProcessingInstruction QDomDocument::createProcessingInstruction ( const QString & target, const QString & data )" +.SH "QDomProcessingInstruction QDomDocument::createProcessingInstruction ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data )" Creates a new processing instruction that can be inserted into the document, e.g. using QDomNode::appendChild(). This function sets the target for the processing instruction to \fItarget\fR and the data to \fIdata\fR. .PP See also QDomNode::appendChild(), QDomNode::insertBefore(), and QDomNode::insertAfter(). -.SH "QDomText QDomDocument::createTextNode ( const QString & value )" +.SH "QDomText QDomDocument::createTextNode ( const TQString & value )" Creates a text node for the string \fIvalue\fR that can be inserted into the document tree, e.g. using QDomNode::appendChild(). .PP \fBWarning:\fR All characters within an XML document must be in the range: @@ -303,15 +303,15 @@ See also QDomNode::appendChild(), QDomNode::insertBefore(), and QDomNode::insert Returns the document type of this document. .SH "QDomElement QDomDocument::documentElement () const" Returns the root element of the document. -.SH "QDomElement QDomDocument::elementById ( const QString & elementId )" +.SH "QDomElement QDomDocument::elementById ( const TQString & elementId )" Returns the element whose ID is equal to \fIelementId\fR. If no element with the ID was found, this function returns a null element. .PP Since the QDomClasses do not know which attributes are element IDs, this function returns always a null element. This may change in a future version. -.SH "QDomNodeList QDomDocument::elementsByTagName ( const QString & tagname ) const" +.SH "QDomNodeList QDomDocument::elementsByTagName ( const TQString & tagname ) const" Returns a QDomNodeList, that contains all the elements in the document with the name \fItagname\fR. The order of the node list is the order they are encountered in a preorder traversal of the element tree. .PP See also elementsByTagNameNS() and QDomElement::elementsByTagName(). -.SH "QDomNodeList QDomDocument::elementsByTagNameNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.SH "QDomNodeList QDomDocument::elementsByTagNameNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" Returns a QDomNodeList that contains all the elements in the document with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and a namespace URI of \fInsURI\fR. The order of the node list is the order they are encountered in a preorder traversal of the element tree. .PP See also elementsByTagName() and QDomElement::elementsByTagNameNS(). @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Reimplemented from QDomNode. Assigns \fIx\fR to this DOM document. .PP The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QByteArray & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QByteArray & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This function parses the XML document from the byte array \fIbuffer\fR and sets it as the content of the document. It tries to detect the encoding of the document as required by the XML specification. .PP If \fInamespaceProcessing\fR is TRUE, the parser recognizes namespaces in the XML file and sets the prefix name, local name and namespace URI to appropriate values. If \fInamespaceProcessing\fR is FALSE, the parser does no namespace processing when it reads the XML file. @@ -353,24 +353,24 @@ If a parse error occurs, the function returns FALSE; otherwise it returns TRUE. .PP If \fInamespaceProcessing\fR is TRUE, the function QDomNode::prefix() returns a string for all elements and attributes. It returns an empty string if the element or attribute has no prefix. .PP -If \fInamespaceProcessing\fR is FALSE, the functions QDomNode::prefix(), QDomNode::localName() and QDomNode::namespaceURI() return QString::null. +If \fInamespaceProcessing\fR is FALSE, the functions QDomNode::prefix(), QDomNode::localName() and QDomNode::namespaceURI() return TQString::null. .PP -See also QDomNode::namespaceURI(), QDomNode::localName(), QDomNode::prefix(), QString::isNull(), and QString::isEmpty(). -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QCString & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +See also QDomNode::namespaceURI(), QDomNode::localName(), QDomNode::prefix(), TQString::isNull(), and TQString::isEmpty(). +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QCString & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the C string \fIbuffer\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function does not try to detect the encoding: instead it assumes that the C string is UTF-8 encoded. -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QString & text, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const TQString & text, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the string \fItext\fR. Since \fItext\fR is already a Unicode string, no encoding detection is done. -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( QIODevice * dev, bool namespaceProcessing, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( TQIODevice * dev, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the IO device \fIdev\fR. -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QCString & buffer, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QCString & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the C string \fIbuffer\fR. @@ -378,25 +378,25 @@ This function reads the XML document from the C string \fIbuffer\fR. No namespace processing is performed. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function does not try to detect the encoding: instead it assumes that the C string is UTF-8 encoded. -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QByteArray & buffer, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QByteArray & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the byte array \fIbuffer\fR. .PP No namespace processing is performed. -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const QString & text, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( const TQString & text, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the string \fItext\fR. Since \fItext\fR is already a Unicode string, no encoding detection is performed. .PP No namespace processing is performed either. -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( QIODevice * dev, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( TQIODevice * dev, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the IO device \fIdev\fR. .PP No namespace processing is performed. -.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( QXmlInputSource * source, QXmlReader * reader, QString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" +.SH "bool QDomDocument::setContent ( QXmlInputSource * source, QXmlReader * reader, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function reads the XML document from the QXmlInputSource \fIsource\fR and parses it with the QXmlReader \fIreader\fR. @@ -412,11 +412,11 @@ See also toString(). This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function uses \fIindent\fR as the amount of space to indent subelements. -.SH "QString QDomDocument::toString () const" +.SH "TQString QDomDocument::toString () const" Converts the parsed document back to its textual representation. .PP See also toCString(). -.SH "QString QDomDocument::toString ( int indent ) const" +.SH "TQString QDomDocument::toString ( int indent ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function uses \fIindent\fR as the amount of space to indent diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocumenttype.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocumenttype.3qt index 487be7a12..d416fd298 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocumenttype.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomdocumenttype.3qt @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fB~QDomDocumentType\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNamedNodeMap \fBentities\fR () const" @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "virtual QDomNamedNodeMap \fBnotations\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBpublicId\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBpublicId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBsystemId\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBsystemId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBinternalSubset\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBinternalSubset\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also chan Destroys the object and frees its resources. .SH "QDomNamedNodeMap QDomDocumentType::entities () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a map of all entities described in the DTD. -.SH "QString QDomDocumentType::internalSubset () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the internal subset of the document type or QString::null if there is no internal subset. +.SH "TQString QDomDocumentType::internalSubset () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the internal subset of the document type or TQString::null if there is no internal subset. .PP See also publicId() and systemId(). .SH "bool QDomDocumentType::isDocumentType () const\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ This function overloads QDomNode::isDocumentType(). See also nodeType() and QDomNode::toDocumentType(). .PP Reimplemented from QDomNode. -.SH "QString QDomDocumentType::name () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomDocumentType::name () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the name of the document type as specified in the tag. .PP See also nodeName(). @@ -97,12 +97,12 @@ Returns a map of all notations described in the DTD. Assigns \fIn\fR to this document type. .PP The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). -.SH "QString QDomDocumentType::publicId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the public identifier of the external DTD subset or QString::null if there is no public identifier. +.SH "TQString QDomDocumentType::publicId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the public identifier of the external DTD subset or TQString::null if there is no public identifier. .PP See also systemId(), internalSubset(), and QDomImplementation::createDocumentType(). -.SH "QString QDomDocumentType::systemId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the system identifier of the external DTD subset or QString::null if there is no system identifier. +.SH "TQString QDomDocumentType::systemId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the system identifier of the external DTD subset or TQString::null if there is no system identifier. .PP See also publicId(), internalSubset(), and QDomImplementation::createDocumentType(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomelement.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomelement.3qt index 0ae2d95e9..916e7b0fa 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomelement.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomelement.3qt @@ -30,31 +30,31 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fB~QDomElement\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBattribute\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & defValue = QString::null ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBattribute\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & defValue = TQString::null ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const QString & name, int value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name, int value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const QString & name, uint value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name, uint value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const QString & name, long value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name, long value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const QString & name, ulong value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name, ulong value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const QString & name, double value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name, double value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveAttribute\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBremoveAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomAttr \fBattributeNode\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "QDomAttr \fBattributeNode\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomAttr \fBsetAttributeNode\fR ( const QDomAttr & newAttr )" @@ -63,52 +63,52 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "QDomAttr \fBremoveAttributeNode\fR ( const QDomAttr & oldAttr )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagName\fR ( const QString & tagname ) const" +.BI "virtual QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagName\fR ( const TQString & tagname ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBhasAttribute\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBhasAttribute\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBattributeNS\fR ( const QString nsURI, const QString & localName, const QString & defValue ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBattributeNS\fR ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & defValue ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, const QString & value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, int value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, int value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, uint value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, uint value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, long value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, long value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, ulong value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, ulong value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, double value )" +.BI "void \fBsetAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, double value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveAttributeNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.BI "void \fBremoveAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomAttr \fBattributeNodeNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.BI "QDomAttr \fBattributeNodeNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomAttr \fBsetAttributeNodeNS\fR ( const QDomAttr & newAttr )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagNameNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName ) const" +.BI "virtual QDomNodeList \fBelementsByTagNameNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBhasAttributeNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName ) const" +.BI "bool \fBhasAttributeNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtagName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtagName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTagName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBsetTagName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNamedNodeMap \fBattributes\fR () const" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "virtual bool \fBisElement\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -138,14 +138,14 @@ If you want to access the text of a node use text(), e.g. .br //... .br - QString s = e.text() + TQString s = e.text() .br .fi The text() function operates recursively to find the text (since not all elements contain text). If you want to find all the text in all of a node's children, iterate over the children looking for QDomText nodes, e.g. .PP .nf .br - QString text; + TQString text; .br QDomElement element = doc.documentElement(); .br @@ -178,19 +178,19 @@ Constructs a copy of \fIx\fR. The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). .SH "QDomElement::~QDomElement ()" Destroys the object and frees its resources. -.SH "QString QDomElement::attribute ( const QString & name, const QString & defValue = QString::null ) const" +.SH "TQString QDomElement::attribute ( const TQString & name, const TQString & defValue = TQString::null ) const" Returns the attribute called \fIname\fR. If the attribute does not exist \fIdefValue\fR is returned. .PP See also setAttribute(), attributeNode(), setAttributeNode(), and attributeNS(). -.SH "QString QDomElement::attributeNS ( const QString nsURI, const QString & localName, const QString & defValue ) const" +.SH "TQString QDomElement::attributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & defValue ) const" Returns the attribute with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR. If the attribute does not exist \fIdefValue\fR is returned. .PP See also setAttributeNS(), attributeNodeNS(), setAttributeNodeNS(), and attribute(). -.SH "QDomAttr QDomElement::attributeNode ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QDomAttr QDomElement::attributeNode ( const TQString & name )" Returns the QDomAttr object that corresponds to the attribute called \fIname\fR. If no such attribute exists a null attribute is returned. .PP See also setAttributeNode(), attribute(), setAttribute(), and attributeNodeNS(). -.SH "QDomAttr QDomElement::attributeNodeNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.SH "QDomAttr QDomElement::attributeNodeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" Returns the QDomAttr object that corresponds to the attribute with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR. If no such attribute exists a null attribute is returned. .PP See also setAttributeNode(), attribute(), and setAttribute(). @@ -200,17 +200,17 @@ Returns a QDomNamedNodeMap containing all this element's attributes. See also attribute(), setAttribute(), attributeNode(), and setAttributeNode(). .PP Reimplemented from QDomNode. -.SH "QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagName ( const QString & tagname ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagName ( const TQString & tagname ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a QDomNodeList containing all descendent elements of this element that are called \fItagname\fR. The order they are in the node list is the order they are encountered in a preorder traversal of the element tree. .PP See also elementsByTagNameNS() and QDomDocument::elementsByTagName(). -.SH "QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagNameNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QDomNodeList QDomElement::elementsByTagNameNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a QDomNodeList containing all the descendent elements of this element with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR. The order they are in the node list is the order they are encountered in a preorder traversal of the element tree. .PP See also elementsByTagName() and QDomDocument::elementsByTagNameNS(). -.SH "bool QDomElement::hasAttribute ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QDomElement::hasAttribute ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns TRUE if this element has an attribute called \fIname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QDomElement::hasAttributeNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName ) const" +.SH "bool QDomElement::hasAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const" Returns TRUE if this element has an attribute with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "bool QDomElement::isElement () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE. @@ -224,11 +224,11 @@ Reimplemented from QDomNode. Assigns \fIx\fR to this DOM element. .PP The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). -.SH "void QDomElement::removeAttribute ( const QString & name )" +.SH "void QDomElement::removeAttribute ( const TQString & name )" Removes the attribute called name \fIname\fR from this element. .PP See also setAttribute(), attribute(), and removeAttributeNS(). -.SH "void QDomElement::removeAttributeNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.SH "void QDomElement::removeAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" Removes the attribute with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR from this element. .PP See also setAttributeNS(), attributeNS(), and removeAttribute(). @@ -236,35 +236,35 @@ See also setAttributeNS(), attributeNS(), and removeAttribute(). Removes the attribute \fIoldAttr\fR from the element and returns it. .PP See also attributeNode() and setAttributeNode(). -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const QString & name, const QString & value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )" Adds an attribute called \fIname\fR with value \fIvalue\fR. If an attribute with the same name exists, its value is replaced by \fIvalue\fR. .PP See also attribute(), setAttributeNode(), and setAttributeNS(). -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const QString & name, int value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, int value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const QString & name, uint value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, uint value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const QString & name, long value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, long value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const QString & name, ulong value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, ulong value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const QString & name, double value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, double value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, const QString & value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, const TQString & value )" Adds an attribute with the qualified name \fIqName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR with the value \fIvalue\fR. If an attribute with the same local name and namespace URI exists, its prefix is replaced by the prefix of \fIqName\fR and its value is repaced by \fIvalue\fR. .PP Although \fIqName\fR is the qualified name, the local name is used to decide if an existing attribute's value should be replaced. .PP See also attributeNS(), setAttributeNodeNS(), and setAttribute(). -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, int value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, int value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, uint value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, uint value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, long value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, long value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, ulong value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, ulong value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const QString nsURI, const QString & qName, double value )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, double value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .SH "QDomAttr QDomElement::setAttributeNode ( const QDomAttr & newAttr )" Adds the attribute \fInewAttr\fR to this element. @@ -278,11 +278,11 @@ Adds the attribute \fInewAttr\fR to this element. If the element has another attribute that has the same local name and namespace URI as \fInewAttr\fR, this function replaces that attribute and returns it; otherwise the function returns a null attribute. .PP See also attributeNodeNS(), setAttributeNS(), and setAttributeNode(). -.SH "void QDomElement::setTagName ( const QString & name )" +.SH "void QDomElement::setTagName ( const TQString & name )" Sets this element's tag name to \fIname\fR. .PP See also tagName(). -.SH "QString QDomElement::tagName () const" +.SH "TQString QDomElement::tagName () const" Returns the tag name of this element. For an XML element like this: .PP .nf @@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ Returns the tag name of this element. For an XML element like this: the tagname would return "img". .PP See also setTagName(). -.SH "QString QDomElement::text () const" -Returns the element's text or QString::null. +.SH "TQString QDomElement::text () const" +Returns the element's text or TQString::null. .PP Example: .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomentity.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomentity.3qt index f945ac124..01f0b1adc 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomentity.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomentity.3qt @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fB~QDomEntity\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBpublicId\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBpublicId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBsystemId\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBsystemId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBnotationName\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBnotationName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -76,17 +76,17 @@ Reimplemented from QDomNode. Returns EntityNode. .PP Reimplemented from QDomNode. -.SH "QString QDomEntity::notationName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -For unparsed entities this function returns the name of the notation for the entity. For parsed entities this function returns QString::null. +.SH "TQString QDomEntity::notationName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +For unparsed entities this function returns the name of the notation for the entity. For parsed entities this function returns TQString::null. .SH "QDomEntity & QDomEntity::operator= ( const QDomEntity & x )" Assigns \fIx\fR to this DOM entity. .PP The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). -.SH "QString QDomEntity::publicId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the public identifier associated with this entity. If the public identifier was not specified QString::null is returned. -.SH "QString QDomEntity::systemId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomEntity::publicId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the public identifier associated with this entity. If the public identifier was not specified TQString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QDomEntity::systemId () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the system identifier associated with this entity. If the -system identifier was not specified QString::null is returned. +system identifier was not specified TQString::null is returned. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qdomentity.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomimplementation.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomimplementation.3qt index d659252ed..a28c092e1 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomimplementation.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomimplementation.3qt @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QDomImplementation & x ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBhasFeature\fR ( const QString & feature, const QString & version )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBhasFeature\fR ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QDomDocumentType \fBcreateDocumentType\fR ( const QString & qName, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId )" +.BI "virtual QDomDocumentType \fBcreateDocumentType\fR ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QDomDocument \fBcreateDocument\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & qName, const QDomDocumentType & doctype )" +.BI "virtual QDomDocument \fBcreateDocument\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName, const QDomDocumentType & doctype )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR ()" @@ -65,23 +65,23 @@ Constructs a QDomImplementation object. Constructs a copy of \fIx\fR. .SH "QDomImplementation::~QDomImplementation ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the object and frees its resources. -.SH "QDomDocument QDomImplementation::createDocument ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & qName, const QDomDocumentType & doctype )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QDomDocument QDomImplementation::createDocument ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName, const QDomDocumentType & doctype )\fC [virtual]\fR" Creates a DOM document with the document type \fIdoctype\fR. This function also adds a root element node with the qualified name \fIqName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR. -.SH "QDomDocumentType QDomImplementation::createDocumentType ( const QString & qName, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QDomDocumentType QDomImplementation::createDocumentType ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId )\fC [virtual]\fR" Creates a document type node for the name \fIqName\fR. .PP -\fIpublicId\fR specifies the public identifier of the external subset. If you specify QString::null as the \fIpublicId\fR, this means that the document type has no public identifier. +\fIpublicId\fR specifies the public identifier of the external subset. If you specify TQString::null as the \fIpublicId\fR, this means that the document type has no public identifier. .PP -\fIsystemId\fR specifies the system identifier of the external subset. If you specify QString::null as the \fIsystemId\fR, this means that the document type has no system identifier. +\fIsystemId\fR specifies the system identifier of the external subset. If you specify TQString::null as the \fIsystemId\fR, this means that the document type has no system identifier. .PP -Since you cannot have a public identifier without a system identifier, the public identifier is set to QString::null if there is no system identifier. +Since you cannot have a public identifier without a system identifier, the public identifier is set to TQString::null if there is no system identifier. .PP DOM level 2 does not support any other document type declaration features. .PP The only way you can use a document type that was created this way, is in combination with the createDocument() function to create a QDomDocument with this document type. .PP See also createDocument(). -.SH "bool QDomImplementation::hasFeature ( const QString & feature, const QString & version )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QDomImplementation::hasFeature ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version )\fC [virtual]\fR" The function returns TRUE if QDom implements the requested \fIversion\fR of a \fIfeature\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The currently supported features and their versions:
.nf diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomnamednodemap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomnamednodemap.3qt index 2e1aca6b2..4ec12f7c8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomnamednodemap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomnamednodemap.3qt @@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fB~QDomNamedNodeMap\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomNode \fBnamedItem\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "QDomNode \fBnamedItem\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomNode \fBsetNamedItem\fR ( const QDomNode & newNode )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomNode \fBremoveNamedItem\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "QDomNode \fBremoveNamedItem\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomNode \fBitem\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomNode \fBnamedItemNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName ) const" +.BI "QDomNode \fBnamedItemNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDomNode \fBsetNamedItemNS\fR ( const QDomNode & newNode )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomNode \fBremoveNamedItemNS\fR ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.BI "QDomNode \fBremoveNamedItemNS\fR ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "uint \fBlength\fR () const" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBcontains\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBcontains\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Constructs an empty named node map. Constructs a copy of \fIn\fR. .SH "QDomNamedNodeMap::~QDomNamedNodeMap ()" Destroys the object and frees its resources. -.SH "bool QDomNamedNodeMap::contains ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QDomNamedNodeMap::contains ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns TRUE if the map contains a node called \fIname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "uint QDomNamedNodeMap::count () const" Returns the number of nodes in the map. @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ See also length(). Returns the number of nodes in the map. .PP See also item(). -.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::namedItem ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::namedItem ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns the node called \fIname\fR. .PP If the named node map does not contain such a node, a null node is returned. A node's name is the name returned by QDomNode::nodeName(). .PP See also setNamedItem() and namedItemNS(). -.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::namedItemNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName ) const" +.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::namedItemNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const" Returns the node associated with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR. .PP If the map does not contain such a node, a null node is returned. @@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIn\fR and this named node map are not equal; otherwise returns Assigns \fIn\fR to this named node map. .SH "bool QDomNamedNodeMap::operator== ( const QDomNamedNodeMap & n ) const" Returns TRUE if \fIn\fR and this named node map are equal; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItem ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItem ( const TQString & name )" Removes the node called \fIname\fR from the map. .PP The function returns the removed node or a null node if the map did not contain a node called \fIname\fR. .PP See also setNamedItem(), namedItem(), and removeNamedItemNS(). -.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItemNS ( const QString & nsURI, const QString & localName )" +.SH "QDomNode QDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItemNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )" Removes the node with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR from the map. .PP The function returns the removed node or a null node if the map did not contain a node with the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInsURI\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomnode.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomnode.3qt index 3078b6aa6..c95912c10 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomnode.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomnode.3qt @@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ Inherited by QDomDocumentType, QDomDocument, QDomDocumentFragment, QDomCharacter .BI "virtual void \fBnormalize\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBisSupported\fR ( const QString & feature, const QString & version ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBisSupported\fR ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBnodeName\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBnodeName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -96,25 +96,25 @@ Inherited by QDomDocumentType, QDomDocument, QDomDocumentFragment, QDomCharacter .BI "virtual QDomDocument \fBownerDocument\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBnamespaceURI\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBnamespaceURI\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBlocalName\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBlocalName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBhasAttributes\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBnodeValue\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBnodeValue\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetNodeValue\fR ( const QString & v )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetNodeValue\fR ( const TQString & v )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBprefix\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBprefix\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrefix\fR ( const QString & pre )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrefix\fR ( const TQString & pre )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBisAttr\fR () const" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Inherited by QDomDocumentType, QDomDocument, QDomDocumentFragment, QDomCharacter .BI "virtual bool \fBisComment\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDomNode \fBnamedItem\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "QDomNode \fBnamedItem\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR () const" @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ If this function returns TRUE, it does not imply that this object is a QDomProce See also toProcessingInstruction(). .PP Reimplemented in QDomProcessingInstruction. -.SH "bool QDomNode::isSupported ( const QString & feature, const QString & version ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QDomNode::isSupported ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if the DOM implementation implements the feature \fIfeature\fR and this feature is supported by this node in the version \fIversion\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also QDomImplementation::hasFeature(). @@ -510,20 +510,20 @@ Reimplemented in QDomText. Returns the last child of the node. If there is no child node, a null node is returned. Changing the returned node will also change the node in the document tree. .PP See also firstChild() and childNodes(). -.SH "QString QDomNode::localName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -If the node uses namespaces, this function returns the local name of the node; otherwise it returns QString::null. +.SH "TQString QDomNode::localName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +If the node uses namespaces, this function returns the local name of the node; otherwise it returns TQString::null. .PP Only nodes of type ElementNode or AttributeNode can have namespaces. A namespace must have been specified at creation time; it is not possible to add a namespace afterwards. .PP See also prefix(), namespaceURI(), QDomDocument::createElementNS(), and QDomDocument::createAttributeNS(). -.SH "QDomNode QDomNode::namedItem ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "QDomNode QDomNode::namedItem ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns the first direct child node for which nodeName() equals \fIname\fR. .PP If no such direct child exists, a null node is returned. .PP See also nodeName(). -.SH "QString QDomNode::namespaceURI () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the namespace URI of this node or QString::null if the node has no namespace URI. +.SH "TQString QDomNode::namespaceURI () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the namespace URI of this node or TQString::null if the node has no namespace URI. .PP Only nodes of type ElementNode or AttributeNode can have namespaces. A namespace URI must be specified at creation time and cannot be changed later. .PP @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ and this QDomNode represents the

tag, nextSibling() will return the node rep See also previousSibling(). .PP Example: xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp. -.SH "QString QDomNode::nodeName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomNode::nodeName () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the name of the node. .PP The meaning of the name depends on the subclass:

.nf @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Returns the type of the node. See also toAttr(), toCDATASection(), toDocumentFragment(), toDocument(), toDocumentType(), toElement(), toEntityReference(), toText(), toEntity(), toNotation(), toProcessingInstruction(), toCharacterData(), and toComment(). .PP Reimplemented in QDomDocumentType, QDomDocument, QDomDocumentFragment, QDomCharacterData, QDomAttr, QDomElement, QDomNotation, QDomEntity, QDomEntityReference, and QDomProcessingInstruction. -.SH "QString QDomNode::nodeValue () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomNode::nodeValue () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the value of the node. .PP The meaning of the value depends on the subclass:
.nf @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ l - l. Name Meaning QDomAttr The attribute value QDomCDATASection The content of .fi
.PP -All the other subclasses do not have a node value and will return QString::null. +All the other subclasses do not have a node value and will return TQString::null. .PP See also setNodeValue() and nodeName(). .PP @@ -595,12 +595,12 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIn\fR and this DOM node are equal; otherwise returns FALSE. Returns the document to which this node belongs. .SH "QDomNode QDomNode::parentNode () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the parent node. If this node has no parent, a null node is returned (i.e. a node for which isNull() returns TRUE). -.SH "QString QDomNode::prefix () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the namespace prefix of the node or QString::null if the node has no namespace prefix. +.SH "TQString QDomNode::prefix () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the namespace prefix of the node or TQString::null if the node has no namespace prefix. .PP Only nodes of type ElementNode or AttributeNode can have namespaces. A namespace prefix must be specified at creation time. If a node was created with a namespace prefix, you can change it later with setPrefix(). .PP -If you create an element or attribute with QDomDocument::createElement() or QDomDocument::createAttribute(), the prefix will be QString::null. If you use QDomDocument::createElementNS() or QDomDocument::createAttributeNS() instead, the prefix will not be QString::null; but it might be an empty string if the name does not have a prefix. +If you create an element or attribute with QDomDocument::createElement() or QDomDocument::createAttribute(), the prefix will be TQString::null. If you use QDomDocument::createElementNS() or QDomDocument::createAttributeNS() instead, the prefix will not be TQString::null; but it might be an empty string if the name does not have a prefix. .PP See also setPrefix(), localName(), namespaceURI(), QDomDocument::createElementNS(), and QDomDocument::createAttributeNS(). .SH "QDomNode QDomNode::previousSibling () const\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -638,11 +638,11 @@ Returns a new reference to \fIoldChild\fR on success or a null node an failure. See also insertBefore(), insertAfter(), removeChild(), and appendChild(). .SH "void QDomNode::save ( QTextStream & str, int indent ) const" Writes the XML representation of the node and all its children to the stream \fIstr\fR. This function uses \fIindent\fR as the amount of space to indent the node. -.SH "void QDomNode::setNodeValue ( const QString & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomNode::setNodeValue ( const TQString & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the node's value to \fIv\fR. .PP See also nodeValue(). -.SH "void QDomNode::setPrefix ( const QString & pre )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomNode::setPrefix ( const TQString & pre )\fC [virtual]\fR" If the node has a namespace prefix, this function changes the namespace prefix of the node to \fIpre\fR. Otherwise this function does nothing. .PP Only nodes of type ElementNode or AttributeNode can have namespaces. A namespace prefix must have be specified at creation time; it is not possible to add a namespace prefix afterwards. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomnotation.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomnotation.3qt index 8deecc75f..f6fce74b3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomnotation.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomnotation.3qt @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fB~QDomNotation\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpublicId\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBpublicId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsystemId\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBsystemId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ Reimplemented from QDomNode. Assigns \fIx\fR to this DOM notation. .PP The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). -.SH "QString QDomNotation::publicId () const" +.SH "TQString QDomNotation::publicId () const" Returns the public identifier of this notation. -.SH "QString QDomNotation::systemId () const" +.SH "TQString QDomNotation::systemId () const" Returns the system identifier of this notation. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdomprocessinginstruction.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdomprocessinginstruction.3qt index 498d9e396..86f978d75 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdomprocessinginstruction.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdomprocessinginstruction.3qt @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ Inherits QDomNode. .BI "\fB~QDomProcessingInstruction\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtarget\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtarget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBdata\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBdata\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const QString & d )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const TQString & d )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QDomNode::NodeType \fBnodeType\fR () const" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Constructs a copy of \fIx\fR. The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). .SH "QDomProcessingInstruction::~QDomProcessingInstruction ()" Destroys the object and frees its resources. -.SH "QString QDomProcessingInstruction::data () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomProcessingInstruction::data () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the content of this processing instruction. .PP See also setData() and target(). @@ -80,11 +80,11 @@ Reimplemented from QDomNode. Assigns \fIx\fR to this processing instruction. .PP The data of the copy is shared (shallow copy): modifying one node will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use cloneNode(). -.SH "void QDomProcessingInstruction::setData ( const QString & d )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QDomProcessingInstruction::setData ( const TQString & d )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the data contained in the processing instruction to \fId\fR. .PP See also data(). -.SH "QString QDomProcessingInstruction::target () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QDomProcessingInstruction::target () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the target of this processing instruction. .PP See also data(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt index 34e594df9..84cbb241a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits QValidator. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDoubleValidator\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDoubleValidator\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDoubleValidator\fR ( double bottom, double top, int decimals, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDoubleValidator\fR ( double bottom, double top, int decimals, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QDoubleValidator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QValidator::State \fBvalidate\fR ( QString & input, int & ) const" +.BI "virtual QValidator::State \fBvalidate\fR ( TQString & input, int & ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetRange\fR ( double minimum, double maximum, int decimals = 0 )" @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ You can set the acceptable range in one call with setRange(), or with setBottom( .PP See also QIntValidator, QRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDoubleValidator::QDoubleValidator ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDoubleValidator::QDoubleValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a validator object with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR, which accepts any double. -.SH "QDoubleValidator::QDoubleValidator ( double bottom, double top, int decimals, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDoubleValidator::QDoubleValidator ( double bottom, double top, int decimals, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a validator object with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. This validator will accept doubles from \fIbottom\fR to \fItop\fR inclusive, with up to \fIdecimals\fR digits after the decimal point. .SH "QDoubleValidator::~QDoubleValidator ()" Destroys the validator, freeing any resources used. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Sets the validator to accept doubles from \fIminimum\fR to \fImaximum\fR inclusi Sets the validator's maximum acceptable value. See the "top" property for details. .SH "double QDoubleValidator::top () const" Returns the validator's maximum acceptable value. See the "top" property for details. -.SH "QValidator::State QDoubleValidator::validate ( QString & input, int & ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QValidator::State QDoubleValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns Acceptable if the string \fIinput\fR contains a double that is within the valid range and is in the correct format. .PP Returns Intermediate if \fIinput\fR contains a double that is outside the range or is in the wrong format, e.g. with too many digits after the decimal point or is empty. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdragobject.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdragobject.3qt index 6cabd708f..3696f4839 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdragobject.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdragobject.3qt @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ QDragObject \- Encapsulates MIME-based data transfer .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject and QMimeSource. +Inherits TQObject and QMimeSource. .PP Inherited by QStoredDrag, QTextDrag, QImageDrag, and QIconDrag. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQDragObject\fR ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQDragObject\fR ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QDragObject\fR ()" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Inherited by QStoredDrag, QTextDrag, QImageDrag, and QIconDrag. .BI "QPoint \fBpixmapHotSpot\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBsource\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBsource\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBDragMode\fR { DragDefault, DragCopy, DragMove, DragLink, DragCopyOrMove }" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Inherited by QStoredDrag, QTextDrag, QImageDrag, and QIconDrag. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBtarget\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBtarget\fR ()" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ This enum describes the possible drag modes. .TP \fCQDragObject::DragCopyOrMove\fR - The user chooses the mode by using a control key to switch from the default. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QDragObject::QDragObject ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QDragObject::QDragObject ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a drag object called \fIname\fR, which is a child of \fIdragSource\fR. .PP Note that the drag object will be deleted when \fIdragSource\fR is deleted. @@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Uses a hotspot that positions the pixmap below and to the right of the mouse pointer. This allows the user to clearly see the point on the window which they are dragging the data onto. -.SH "QWidget * QDragObject::source ()" +.SH "TQWidget * QDragObject::source ()" Returns a pointer to the drag source where this object originated. -.SH "QWidget * QDragObject::target ()\fC [static]\fR" -After the drag completes, this function will return the QWidget which received the drop, or 0 if the data was dropped on another application. +.SH "TQWidget * QDragObject::target ()\fC [static]\fR" +After the drag completes, this function will return the TQWidget which received the drop, or 0 if the data was dropped on another application. .PP This can be useful for detecting the case where drag and drop is to and from the same widget. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdropevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdropevent.3qt index 3718102e7..b28c6aa5d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqdropevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdropevent.3qt @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Inherited by QDragMoveEvent. .BI "Action \fBaction\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBsource\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBsource\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual const char * \fBformat\fR ( int n = 0 ) const" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Reimplemented from QMimeSource. Sets the action to \fIa\fR. This is used internally, you should not need to call this in your code: the \fIsource\fR decides the action, not the target. .SH "void QDropEvent::setPoint ( const QPoint & np )" Sets the drop to happen at point \fInp\fR. You do not normally need to use this as it will be set internally before your widget receives the drop event. -.SH "QWidget * QDropEvent::source () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QDropEvent::source () const" If the source of the drag operation is a widget in this application, this function returns that source, otherwise it returns 0. The source of the operation is the first parameter to drag object subclasses. .PP This is useful if your widget needs special behavior when dragging to itself, etc. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqeditorfactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqeditorfactory.3qt index ec353184b..840b06e53 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqeditorfactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqeditorfactory.3qt @@ -11,20 +11,20 @@ QEditorFactory \- Used to create editor widgets for QVariant data types .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP Inherited by QSqlEditorFactory. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQEditorFactory\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQEditorFactory\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QEditorFactory\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBcreateEditor\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QVariant & v )" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBcreateEditor\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const QVariant & v )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -39,17 +39,17 @@ Inherited by QSqlEditorFactory. .SH DESCRIPTION The QEditorFactory class is used to create editor widgets for QVariant data types. .PP -Each editor factory provides the createEditor() function which given a QVariant will create and return a QWidget that can edit that QVariant. For example if you have a QVariant::String type, a QLineEdit would be the default editor returned, whereas a QVariant::Int's default editor would be a QSpinBox. +Each editor factory provides the createEditor() function which given a QVariant will create and return a TQWidget that can edit that QVariant. For example if you have a QVariant::String type, a QLineEdit would be the default editor returned, whereas a QVariant::Int's default editor would be a QSpinBox. .PP If you want to create different editors for fields with the same data type, subclass QEditorFactory and reimplement the createEditor() function. .PP See also Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QEditorFactory::QEditorFactory ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QEditorFactory::QEditorFactory ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an editor factory with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. .SH "QEditorFactory::~QEditorFactory ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. -.SH "QWidget * QEditorFactory::createEditor ( QWidget * parent, const QVariant & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QEditorFactory::createEditor ( TQWidget * parent, const QVariant & v )\fC [virtual]\fR" Creates and returns the appropriate editor for the QVariant \fIv\fR. If the QVariant is invalid, 0 is returned. The \fIparent\fR is passed to the appropriate editor's constructor. .PP Reimplemented in QSqlEditorFactory. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqerrormessage.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqerrormessage.3qt index 2ef7bc54d..f98a93437 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqerrormessage.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqerrormessage.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQErrorMessage\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQErrorMessage\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QErrorMessage\fR ()" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const QString & m )" +.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const TQString & m )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ In both cases QErrorMessage will queue pending messages, and display them (or no .PP See also QMessageBox, QStatusBar::message(), Dialog Classes, and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QErrorMessage::QErrorMessage ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QErrorMessage::QErrorMessage ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs and installs an error handler window. The parent \fIparent\fR and name \fIname\fR are passed on to the QDialog constructor. .SH "QErrorMessage::~QErrorMessage ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. Notably, the list of "do not show again" messages is deleted. -.SH "void QErrorMessage::message ( const QString & m )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QErrorMessage::message ( const TQString & m )\fC [slot]\fR" Shows message \fIm\fR and returns immediately. If the user has requested that \fIm\fR not be shown, this function does nothing. .PP Normally, \fIm\fR is shown at once, but if there are pending messages, \fIm\fR is queued for later display. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt index fce8fed93..f647ed966 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ Qt's main event loop (QApplication::exec()) fetches native window system events .PP In general, events come from the underlying window system (spontaneous() returns TRUE) but it is also possible to manually send events using QApplication::sendEvent() and QApplication::postEvent() (spontaneous() returns FALSE). .PP -QObjects receive events by having their QObject::event() function called. The function can be reimplemented in subclasses to customize event handling and add additional event types; QWidget::event() is a notable example. By default, events are dispatched to event handlers like QObject::timerEvent() and QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(). QObject::installEventFilter() allows an object to intercept events destined for another object. +QObjects receive events by having their TQObject::event() function called. The function can be reimplemented in subclasses to customize event handling and add additional event types; TQWidget::event() is a notable example. By default, events are dispatched to event handlers like TQObject::timerEvent() and TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent(). TQObject::installEventFilter() allows an object to intercept events destined for another object. .PP The basic QEvent contains only an event type parameter. Subclasses of QEvent contain additional parameters that describe the particular event. .PP -See also QObject::event(), QObject::installEventFilter(), QWidget::event(), QApplication::sendEvent(), QApplication::postEvent(), QApplication::processEvents(), Environment Classes, and Event Classes. +See also TQObject::event(), TQObject::installEventFilter(), TQWidget::event(), QApplication::sendEvent(), QApplication::postEvent(), QApplication::processEvents(), Environment Classes, and Event Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QEvent::Type" This enum type defines the valid event types in Qt. The event types and the specialized classes for each type are these: @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ This enum type defines the valid event types in Qt. The event types and the spec .TP \fCQEvent::IconDrag\fR - Internal event used by TQt on some platforms when proxy icon is dragged. .TP -\fCQEvent::WindowStateChange\fR - The window's state, i.e. minimized, maximized or full-screen, has changed. See QWidget::windowState(). +\fCQEvent::WindowStateChange\fR - The window's state, i.e. minimized, maximized or full-screen, has changed. See TQWidget::windowState(). .TP \fCQEvent::WindowBlocked\fR - The window is modally blocked .TP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqeventloop.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqeventloop.3qt index 9961672c8..76eaa3980 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqeventloop.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqeventloop.3qt @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ QEventLoop \- Manages the event queue .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP Inherited by QMotif. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQEventLoop\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQEventLoop\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QEventLoop\fR ()" @@ -114,10 +114,10 @@ A \fCtypedef\fR to allow various ProcessEvents values to be OR'ed together. .PP See also ProcessEvents. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QEventLoop::QEventLoop ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QEventLoop::QEventLoop ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Creates a QEventLoop object, this object becomes the global event loop object. There can only be one event loop object. The QEventLoop is usually constructed by calling QApplication::eventLoop(). To create your own event loop object create it before you instantiate the QApplication object. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QObject constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .SH "QEventLoop::~QEventLoop ()" Destructs the QEventLoop object. .SH "void QEventLoop::aboutToBlock ()\fC [signal]\fR" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfile.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfile.3qt index dd758f8dc..8f900f493 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfile.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfile.3qt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QIODevice. +Inherits TQIODevice. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -21,22 +21,22 @@ Inherits QIODevice. .BI "\fBQFile\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFile\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "\fBQFile\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QFile\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBsetName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "typedef QCString (* \fBEncoderFn\fR ) ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "typedef QCString (* \fBEncoderFn\fR ) ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "typedef QString (* \fBDecoderFn\fR ) ( const QCString & localfileName )" +.BI "typedef TQString (* \fBDecoderFn\fR ) ( const QCString & localfileName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBexists\fR () const" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Inherits QIODevice. .BI "virtual TQ_LONG \fBreadLine\fR ( char * p, TQ_ULONG maxlen )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "TQ_LONG \fBreadLine\fR ( QString & s, TQ_ULONG maxlen )" +.BI "TQ_LONG \fBreadLine\fR ( TQString & s, TQ_ULONG maxlen )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual int \fBgetch\fR ()" @@ -84,16 +84,16 @@ Inherits QIODevice. .BI "int \fBhandle\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBerrorString\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBerrorString\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QCString \fBencodeName\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "QCString \fBencodeName\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdecodeName\fR ( const QCString & localFileName )" +.BI "TQString \fBdecodeName\fR ( const QCString & localFileName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetEncodingFunction\fR ( EncoderFn f )" @@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ Inherits QIODevice. .BI "void \fBsetDecodingFunction\fR ( DecoderFn f )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBexists\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "bool \fBexists\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBremove\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "bool \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .in -1c .SS "Important Inherited Members" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Inherits QIODevice. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetErrorString\fR ( const QString & str )" +.BI "void \fBsetErrorString\fR ( const TQString & str )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Here is a code fragment that uses QTextStream to read a text file line by line. .br QTextStream stream( &file ); .br - QString line; + TQString line; .br int i = 1; .br @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ This is used by QFile::setEncodingFunction(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QFile::QFile ()" Constructs a QFile with no name. -.SH "QFile::QFile ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QFile::QFile ( const TQString & name )" Constructs a QFile with a file name \fIname\fR. .PP See also setName(). @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ See also size(). .PP Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "void QFile::close ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Closes an open file. .PP @@ -224,14 +224,14 @@ See also open() and flush(). Examples: .)l chart/chartform_files.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. -.SH "QString QFile::decodeName ( const QCString & localFileName )\fC [static]\fR" +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. +.SH "TQString QFile::decodeName ( const QCString & localFileName )\fC [static]\fR" This does the reverse of QFile::encodeName() using \fIlocalFileName\fR. .PP See also setDecodingFunction(). .PP Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h. -.SH "QCString QFile::encodeName ( const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QCString QFile::encodeName ( const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" When you use QFile, QFileInfo, and QDir to access the file system with Qt, you can use Unicode file names. On Unix, these file names are converted to an 8-bit encoding. If you want to do your own file I/O on Unix, you should convert the file name using this function. On Windows NT/2000, Unicode file names are supported directly in the file system and this function should be avoided. On Windows 95, non-Latin1 locales are not supported. .PP By default, this function converts \fIfileName\fR to the local 8-bit encoding determined by the user's locale. This is sufficient for file names that the user chooses. File names hard-coded into the application should only use 7-bit ASCII filename characters. @@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ The conversion scheme can be changed using setEncodingFunction(). This might be See also decodeName(). .PP Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h. -.SH "QString QFile::errorString () const" -Returns a human-readable description of the reason of an error that occurred on the device. The error described by the string corresponds to changes of QIODevice::status(). If the status is reset, the error string is also reset. +.SH "TQString QFile::errorString () const" +Returns a human-readable description of the reason of an error that occurred on the device. The error described by the string corresponds to changes of TQIODevice::status(). If the status is reset, the error string is also reset. .PP -The returned strings are not translated with the QObject::tr() or QApplication::translate() functions. They are marked as translatable strings in the "QFile" context. Before you show the string to the user you should translate it first, for example: +The returned strings are not translated with the TQObject::tr() or QApplication::translate() functions. They are marked as translatable strings in the "QFile" context. Before you show the string to the user you should translate it first, for example: .PP .nf .br @@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ The returned strings are not translated with the QObject::tr() or QApplication:: .br .fi .PP -See also QIODevice::status(), QIODevice::resetStatus(), and setErrorString(). -.SH "bool QFile::exists ( const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +See also TQIODevice::status(), TQIODevice::resetStatus(), and setErrorString(). +.SH "bool QFile::exists ( const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the file given by \fIfileName\fR exists; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Examples: @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Flushes the file buffer to the disk. .PP close() also flushes the file buffer. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "int QFile::getch ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Reads a single byte/character from the file. .PP @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Returns the byte/character read, or -1 if the end of the file has been reached. .PP See also putch() and ungetch(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "int QFile::handle () const" Returns the file handle of the file. .PP @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ This is a small positive integer, suitable for use with C library functions such If the file is not open or there is an error, handle() returns -1. .PP See also QSocketNotifier. -.SH "QString QFile::name () const" +.SH "TQString QFile::name () const" Returns the name set by setName(). .PP See also setName() and QFileInfo::fileName(). @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ See also name(), close(), isOpen(), and flush(). Examples: .)l application/application.cpp, chart/chartform_files.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "bool QFile::open ( int m, FILE * f )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Example: .PP When a QFile is opened using this function, close() does not actually close the file, only flushes it. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR If \fIf\fR is \fCstdin\fR, \fCstdout\fR, \fCstderr\fR, you may not be able to seek. See QIODevice::isSequentialAccess() for more information. +\fBWarning:\fR If \fIf\fR is \fCstdin\fR, \fCstdout\fR, \fCstderr\fR, you may not be able to seek. See TQIODevice::isSequentialAccess() for more information. .PP See also close(). .SH "bool QFile::open ( int m, int f )" @@ -404,8 +404,8 @@ Returns \fIch\fR, or -1 if some error occurred. .PP See also getch() and ungetch(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. -.SH "QByteArray QIODevice::readAll ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. +.SH "QByteArray TQIODevice::readAll ()\fC [virtual]\fR" This convenience function returns all of the remaining data in the device. .SH "TQ_LONG QFile::readLine ( char * p, TQ_ULONG maxlen )\fC [virtual]\fR" Reads a line of text. @@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ This function is only efficient for buffered files. Avoid readLine() for files t .PP See also readBlock() and QTextStream::readLine(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. -.SH "TQ_LONG QFile::readLine ( QString & s, TQ_ULONG maxlen )" +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. +.SH "TQ_LONG QFile::readLine ( TQString & s, TQ_ULONG maxlen )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Reads a line of text. @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ See also readBlock() and QTextStream::readLine(). Removes the file specified by the file name currently set. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The file is closed before it is removed. -.SH "bool QFile::remove ( const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QFile::remove ( const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes the file \fIfileName\fR. Returns TRUE if successful, otherwise FALSE. @@ -449,13 +449,13 @@ See also encodeName() and decodeName(). Sets the function for encoding Unicode file names to \fIf\fR. The default encodes in the locale-specific 8-bit encoding. .PP See also encodeName(). -.SH "void QFile::setErrorString ( const QString & str )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QFile::setErrorString ( const TQString & str )\fC [protected]\fR" \fBWarning:\fR This function is \fInot\fR reentrant.

.PP Sets the error string returned by the errorString() function to \fIstr\fR. .PP -See also errorString() and QIODevice::status(). -.SH "void QFile::setName ( const QString & name )" +See also errorString() and TQIODevice::status(). +.SH "void QFile::setName ( const TQString & name )" Sets the name of the file to \fIname\fR. The name can have no path, a relative path or an absolute absolute path. .PP Do not call this function if the file has already been opened. @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ See also at(). .PP Example: table/statistics/statistics.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "int QFile::ungetch ( int ch )\fC [virtual]\fR" Puts the character \fIch\fR back into the file and decrements the index if it is not zero. .PP @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Returns \fIch\fR, or -1 if an error occurred. .PP See also getch() and putch(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqfile.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt index f999aeceb..a7d6c1107 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfiledialog.3qt @@ -16,28 +16,28 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFileDialog\fR ( const QString & dirName, const QString & filter = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQFileDialog\fR ( const TQString & dirName, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFileDialog\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQFileDialog\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QFileDialog\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedFile\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedFile\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedFilter\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedFilter\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelectedFilter\fR ( const QString & mask )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelectedFilter\fR ( const TQString & mask )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetSelectedFilter\fR ( int n )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetSelection\fR ( const QString & filename )" +.BI "void \fBsetSelection\fR ( const TQString & filename )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBselectAll\fR ( bool b )" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "QStringList \fBselectedFiles\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdirPath\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdirPath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetDir\fR ( const QDir & dir )" @@ -106,31 +106,31 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "void \fBsetContentsPreviewEnabled\fR ( bool )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetInfoPreview\fR ( QWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" +.BI "void \fBsetInfoPreview\fR ( TQWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetContentsPreview\fR ( QWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" +.BI "void \fBsetContentsPreview\fR ( TQWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QUrl \fBurl\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddFilter\fR ( const QString & filter )" +.BI "void \fBaddFilter\fR ( const TQString & filter )" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetDir\fR ( const QString & pathstr )" +.BI "void \fBsetDir\fR ( const TQString & pathstr )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetUrl\fR ( const QUrlOperator & url )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const QString & newFilter )" +.BI "void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const TQString & newFilter )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFilters\fR ( const QString & filters )" +.BI "void \fBsetFilters\fR ( const TQString & filters )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetFilters\fR ( const char ** types )" @@ -142,34 +142,34 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfileHighlighted\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBfileHighlighted\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfileSelected\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBfileSelected\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBfilesSelected\fR ( const QStringList & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdirEntered\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBdirEntered\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfilterSelected\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBfilterSelected\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBgetOpenFileName\fR ( const QString & startWith = QString::null, const QString & filter = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, QString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" +.BI "TQString \fBgetOpenFileName\fR ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBgetSaveFileName\fR ( const QString & startWith = QString::null, const QString & filter = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, QString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" +.BI "TQString \fBgetSaveFileName\fR ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBgetExistingDirectory\fR ( const QString & dir = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" +.BI "TQString \fBgetExistingDirectory\fR ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBgetOpenFileNames\fR ( const QString & filter = QString::null, const QString & dir = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, QString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" +.BI "QStringList \fBgetOpenFileNames\fR ( const TQString & filter = TQString::null, const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetIconProvider\fR ( QFileIconProvider * provider )" @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "bool \fBcontentsPreview\fR - whether the file dialog can provide a contents preview of the currently selected file" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdirPath\fR - the file dialog's working directory \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBdirPath\fR - the file dialog's working directory \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBinfoPreview\fR - whether the file dialog can provide preview information about the currently selected file" @@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "PreviewMode \fBpreviewMode\fR - the preview mode for the file dialog" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedFile\fR - the name of the selected file \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedFile\fR - the name of the selected file \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBselectedFiles\fR - the list of selected files \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedFilter\fR - the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedFilter\fR - the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBshowHiddenFiles\fR - whether hidden files are shown in the file dialog" @@ -214,16 +214,16 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddWidgets\fR ( QLabel * l, QWidget * w, QPushButton * b )" +.BI "void \fBaddWidgets\fR ( QLabel * l, TQWidget * w, QPushButton * b )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBaddToolButton\fR ( QButton * b, bool separator = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddLeftWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBaddLeftWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddRightWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBaddRightWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ The easiest way to create a QFileDialog is to use the static functions. On Windo .PP .nf .br - QString s = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( + TQString s = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( .br "/home", .br @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ The last important function you will need to use when creating your own file dia .PP .nf .br - QString fileName; + TQString fileName; .br if ( fd->exec() == QDialog::Accepted ) .br @@ -317,14 +317,14 @@ A preview widget is a widget that is placed inside a QFileDialog so that the use .br public: .br - Preview( QWidget *parent=0 ) : QLabel( parent ) {} + Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : QLabel( parent ) {} .br .br void previewUrl( const QUrl &u ) .br { .br - QString path = u.path(); + TQString path = u.path(); .br QPixmap pix( path ); .br @@ -411,15 +411,15 @@ This enum describes the view mode of the file dialog, i.e. what information abou .PP See setViewMode(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QFileDialog::QFileDialog ( const QString & dirName, const QString & filter = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" +.SH "QFileDialog::QFileDialog ( const TQString & dirName, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" Constructs a file dialog called \fIname\fR with the parent, \fIparent\fR. If \fImodal\fR is TRUE then the file dialog is modal; otherwise it is modeless. .PP If \fIdirName\fR is specified then it will be used as the dialog's working directory, i.e. it will be the directory that is shown when the dialog appears. If \fIfilter\fR is specified it will be used as the dialog's file filter. -.SH "QFileDialog::QFileDialog ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" +.SH "QFileDialog::QFileDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )" Constructs a file dialog called \fIname\fR, with the parent, \fIparent\fR. If \fImodal\fR is TRUE then the file dialog is modal; otherwise it is modeless. .SH "QFileDialog::~QFileDialog ()" Destroys the file dialog. -.SH "void QFileDialog::addFilter ( const QString & filter )" +.SH "void QFileDialog::addFilter ( const TQString & filter )" Adds the filter \fIfilter\fR to the list of filters and makes it the current filter. .PP .nf @@ -435,11 +435,11 @@ Adds the filter \fIfilter\fR to the list of filters and makes it the current fil In the above example, a file dialog is created, and the file filter "Images (*.png *.jpg *.xpm)" is added and is set as the current filter. The original filter, "All Files (*)", is still available. .PP See also setFilter() and setFilters(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::addLeftWidget ( QWidget * w )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::addLeftWidget ( TQWidget * w )\fC [protected]\fR" Adds the widget \fIw\fR to the left-hand side of the file dialog. .PP See also addRightWidget(), addWidgets(), and addToolButton(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::addRightWidget ( QWidget * w )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::addRightWidget ( TQWidget * w )\fC [protected]\fR" Adds the widget \fIw\fR to the right-hand side of the file dialog. .PP See also addLeftWidget(), addWidgets(), and addToolButton(). @@ -447,12 +447,12 @@ See also addLeftWidget(), addWidgets(), and addToolButton(). Adds the tool button \fIb\fR to the row of tool buttons at the top of the file dialog. The button is appended to the right of this row. If \fIseparator\fR is TRUE, a small space is inserted between the last button of the row and the new button \fIb\fR. .PP See also addWidgets(), addLeftWidget(), and addRightWidget(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::addWidgets ( QLabel * l, QWidget * w, QPushButton * b )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::addWidgets ( QLabel * l, TQWidget * w, QPushButton * b )\fC [protected]\fR" Adds the specified widgets to the bottom of the file dialog. The label \fIl\fR is placed underneath the "file name" and the "file types" labels. The widget \fIw\fR is placed underneath the file types combobox. The button \fIb\fR is placed underneath the Cancel pushbutton. .PP .nf .br - MyFileDialog::MyFileDialog( QWidget* parent, const char* name ) : + MyFileDialog::MyFileDialog( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) : .br QFileDialog( parent, name ) .br @@ -482,17 +482,17 @@ Returns the current directory shown in the file dialog. The ownership of the QDir pointer is transferred to the caller, so it must be deleted by the caller when no longer required. .PP See also setDir(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::dirEntered ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::dirEntered ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user enters a directory. .PP See also dir(). -.SH "QString QFileDialog::dirPath () const" +.SH "TQString QFileDialog::dirPath () const" Returns the file dialog's working directory. See the "dirPath" property for details. -.SH "void QFileDialog::fileHighlighted ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::fileHighlighted ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user highlights a file, i.e. makes it the current file. .PP See also fileSelected() and filesSelected(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::fileSelected ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::fileSelected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user selects a file. .PP See also filesSelected(), fileHighlighted(), and selectedFile. @@ -500,16 +500,16 @@ See also filesSelected(), fileHighlighted(), and selectedFile. This signal is emitted when the user selects one or more files in \fIExistingFiles\fR mode. .PP See also fileSelected(), fileHighlighted(), and selectedFiles. -.SH "void QFileDialog::filterSelected ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::filterSelected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user selects a filter. .PP See also selectedFilter. -.SH "QString QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory ( const QString & dir = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" This is a convenience static function that will return an existing directory selected by the user. .PP .nf .br - QString s = QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( + TQString s = QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( .br "/home", .br @@ -525,9 +525,9 @@ This is a convenience static function that will return an existing directory sel .PP This function creates a modal file dialog called \fIname\fR, with parent, \fIparent\fR. If parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown centered over the parent. .PP -The dialog's working directory is set to \fIdir\fR, and the caption is set to \fIcaption\fR. Either of these may be QString::null in which case the current directory and a default caption will be used respectively. +The dialog's working directory is set to \fIdir\fR, and the caption is set to \fIcaption\fR. Either of these may be TQString::null in which case the current directory and a default caption will be used respectively. .PP -Note on Windows that if \fIdir\fR is QString::null then the dialog's working directory will be set to the user's My Documents directory. +Note on Windows that if \fIdir\fR is TQString::null then the dialog's working directory will be set to the user's My Documents directory. .PP If \fIdirOnly\fR is TRUE, then only directories will be shown in the file dialog; otherwise both directories and files will be shown. .PP @@ -536,12 +536,12 @@ Under Unix/X11, the normal behavior of the file dialog is to resolve and follow Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native file dialog and not a QFileDialog, unless the style of the application is set to something other than the native style. (Note that on Windows the dialog will spin a blocking modal event loop that will not dispatch any QTimers and if parent is not 0 then it will position the dialog just under the parent's titlebar). .PP See also getOpenFileName(), getOpenFileNames(), and getSaveFileName(). -.SH "QString QFileDialog::getOpenFileName ( const QString & startWith = QString::null, const QString & filter = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, QString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QFileDialog::getOpenFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" This is a convenience static function that returns an existing file selected by the user. If the user pressed Cancel, it returns a null string. .PP .nf .br - QString s = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( + TQString s = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName( .br "/home", .br @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ This is a convenience static function that returns an existing file selected by .PP The function creates a modal file dialog called \fIname\fR, with parent, \fIparent\fR. If a parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown centered over the parent. .PP -The file dialog's working directory will be set to \fIstartWith\fR. If \fIstartWith\fR includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter is set to \fIfilter\fR so that only those files which match the filter are shown. The filter selected is set to \fIselectedFilter\fR. The parameters \fIstartWith\fR, \fIselectedFilter\fR and \fIfilter\fR may be QString::null. +The file dialog's working directory will be set to \fIstartWith\fR. If \fIstartWith\fR includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter is set to \fIfilter\fR so that only those files which match the filter are shown. The filter selected is set to \fIselectedFilter\fR. The parameters \fIstartWith\fR, \fIselectedFilter\fR and \fIfilter\fR may be TQString::null. .PP The dialog's caption is set to \fIcaption\fR. If \fIcaption\fR is not specified then a default caption will be used. .PP @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ See also getOpenFileNames(), getSaveFileName(), and getExistingDirectory(). .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, application/application.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "QStringList QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames ( const QString & filter = QString::null, const QString & dir = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, QString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStringList QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames ( const TQString & filter = TQString::null, const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" This is a convenience static function that will return one or more existing files selected by the user. .PP .nf @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ This is a convenience static function that will return one or more existing file .PP This function creates a modal file dialog called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. If \fIparent\fR is not 0, the dialog will be shown centered over the parent. .PP -The file dialog's working directory will be set to \fIdir\fR. If \fIdir\fR includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter is set to \fIfilter\fR so that only those files which match the filter are shown. The filter selected is set to \fIselectedFilter\fR. The parameters \fIdir\fR, \fIselectedFilter\fR and \fIfilter\fR may be QString::null. +The file dialog's working directory will be set to \fIdir\fR. If \fIdir\fR includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter is set to \fIfilter\fR so that only those files which match the filter are shown. The filter selected is set to \fIselectedFilter\fR. The parameters \fIdir\fR, \fIselectedFilter\fR and \fIfilter\fR may be TQString::null. .PP The dialog's caption is set to \fIcaption\fR. If \fIcaption\fR is not specified then a default caption will be used. .PP @@ -617,14 +617,14 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list of files, you should iterate over .fi .PP See also getOpenFileName(), getSaveFileName(), and getExistingDirectory(). -.SH "QString QFileDialog::getSaveFileName ( const QString & startWith = QString::null, const QString & filter = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QString & caption = QString::null, QString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QFileDialog::getSaveFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" This is a convenience static function that will return a file name selected by the user. The file does not have to exist. .PP It creates a modal file dialog called \fIname\fR, with parent, \fIparent\fR. If a parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown centered over the parent. .PP .nf .br - QString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( + TQString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName( .br "/home", .br @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ It creates a modal file dialog called \fIname\fR, with parent, \fIparent\fR. If .br .fi .PP -The file dialog's working directory will be set to \fIstartWith\fR. If \fIstartWith\fR includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter is set to \fIfilter\fR so that only those files which match the filter are shown. The filter selected is set to \fIselectedFilter\fR. The parameters \fIstartWith\fR, \fIselectedFilter\fR and \fIfilter\fR may be QString::null. +The file dialog's working directory will be set to \fIstartWith\fR. If \fIstartWith\fR includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter is set to \fIfilter\fR so that only those files which match the filter are shown. The filter selected is set to \fIselectedFilter\fR. The parameters \fIstartWith\fR, \fIselectedFilter\fR and \fIfilter\fR may be TQString::null. .PP The dialog's caption is set to \fIcaption\fR. If \fIcaption\fR is not specified then a default caption will be used. .PP @@ -674,16 +674,16 @@ Re-sorts the displayed directory. See also rereadDir(). .SH "void QFileDialog::selectAll ( bool b )" If \fIb\fR is TRUE then all the files in the current directory are selected; otherwise, they are deselected. -.SH "QString QFileDialog::selectedFile () const" +.SH "TQString QFileDialog::selectedFile () const" Returns the name of the selected file. See the "selectedFile" property for details. .SH "QStringList QFileDialog::selectedFiles () const" Returns the list of selected files. See the "selectedFiles" property for details. -.SH "QString QFileDialog::selectedFilter () const" +.SH "TQString QFileDialog::selectedFilter () const" Returns the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog. See the "selectedFilter" property for details. -.SH "void QFileDialog::setContentsPreview ( QWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" +.SH "void QFileDialog::setContentsPreview ( TQWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" Sets the widget to be used for displaying the contents of the file to the widget \fIw\fR and a preview of those contents to the QFilePreview \fIpreview\fR. .PP -Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both QWidget and QFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to avoid memory leaks. +Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and QFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to avoid memory leaks. .PP .nf .br @@ -693,14 +693,14 @@ Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both QWidget and QF .br public: .br - Preview( QWidget *parent=0 ) : QLabel( parent ) {} + Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : QLabel( parent ) {} .br .br void previewUrl( const QUrl &u ) .br { .br - QString path = u.path(); + TQString path = u.path(); .br QPixmap pix( path ); .br @@ -750,13 +750,13 @@ Sets whether the file dialog can provide a contents preview of the currently sel Sets the file dialog's working directory to \fIdir\fR. .PP See also dir(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::setDir ( const QString & pathstr )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::setDir ( const TQString & pathstr )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the file dialog's working directory to \fIpathstr\fR. .PP See also dir(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::setFilter ( const QString & newFilter )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::setFilter ( const TQString & newFilter )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the filter used in the file dialog to \fInewFilter\fR. .PP If \fInewFilter\fR contains a pair of parentheses containing one or more of \fI\fBanything*something\fR\fR separated by spaces or by semi-colons then only the text contained in the parentheses is used as the filter. This means that these calls are all equivalent: @@ -774,12 +774,12 @@ If \fInewFilter\fR contains a pair of parentheses containing one or more of \fI\ .fi .PP See also setFilters(). -.SH "void QFileDialog::setFilters ( const QString & filters )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::setFilters ( const TQString & filters )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the filters used in the file dialog to \fIfilters\fR. Each group of filters must be separated by \fC;;\fR (\fItwo\fR semi-colons). .PP .nf .br - QString types("Image files (*.png *.xpm *.jpg);;" + TQString types("Image files (*.png *.xpm *.jpg);;" .br "Text files (*.txt);;" .br @@ -806,10 +806,10 @@ The default is that there is no QFileIconProvider and QFileDialog just draws a f See also QFileIconProvider and iconProvider(). .PP Example: showimg/main.cpp. -.SH "void QFileDialog::setInfoPreview ( QWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" +.SH "void QFileDialog::setInfoPreview ( TQWidget * w, QFilePreview * preview )" Sets the widget to be used for displaying information about the file to the widget \fIw\fR and a preview of that information to the QFilePreview \fIpreview\fR. .PP -Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both QWidget and QFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to avoid memory leaks. +Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and QFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to avoid memory leaks. .PP .nf .br @@ -819,14 +819,14 @@ Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both QWidget and QF .br public: .br - Preview( QWidget *parent=0 ) : QLabel( parent ) {} + Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : QLabel( parent ) {} .br .br void previewUrl( const QUrl &u ) .br { .br - QString path = u.path(); + TQString path = u.path(); .br QPixmap pix( path ); .br @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ Sets whether the file dialog can provide preview information about the currently Sets the file dialog's mode. See the "mode" property for details. .SH "void QFileDialog::setPreviewMode ( PreviewMode m )" Sets the preview mode for the file dialog to \fIm\fR. See the "previewMode" property for details. -.SH "void QFileDialog::setSelectedFilter ( const QString & mask )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QFileDialog::setSelectedFilter ( const TQString & mask )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the current filter selected in the file dialog to the first one that contains the text \fImask\fR. .SH "void QFileDialog::setSelectedFilter ( int n )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Sets the current filter selected in the file dialog to the \fIn\fR-th filter in the filter list. .PP See also filterSelected(), selectedFilter, selectedFiles, and selectedFile. -.SH "void QFileDialog::setSelection ( const QString & filename )" +.SH "void QFileDialog::setSelection ( const TQString & filename )" Sets the default selection to \fIfilename\fR. If \fIfilename\fR is absolute, setDir() is also called to set the file dialog's working directory to the filename's directory. .PP Example: qdir/qdir.cpp. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ The default is FALSE. See also setContentsPreview() and infoPreview. .PP Set this property's value with setContentsPreviewEnabled() and get this property's value with isContentsPreviewEnabled(). -.SH "QString dirPath" +.SH "TQString dirPath" This property holds the file dialog's working directory. .PP Get this property's value with dirPath(). @@ -940,12 +940,12 @@ If you set the mode to be a mode other than \fINoPreview\fR, you must use setInf See also infoPreview, contentsPreview, and viewMode. .PP Set this property's value with setPreviewMode() and get this property's value with previewMode(). -.SH "QString selectedFile" +.SH "TQString selectedFile" This property holds the name of the selected file. .PP If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty. .PP -See also QString::isEmpty(), selectedFiles, and selectedFilter. +See also TQString::isEmpty(), selectedFiles, and selectedFilter. .PP Get this property's value with selectedFile(). .SH "QStringList selectedFiles" @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, See also selectedFile, selectedFilter, and QValueList::empty(). .PP Get this property's value with selectedFiles(). -.SH "QString selectedFilter" +.SH "TQString selectedFilter" This property holds the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog. .PP Get this property's value with selectedFilter(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfileiconprovider.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfileiconprovider.3qt index b5ddce9dd..142565242 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfileiconprovider.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfileiconprovider.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QFileIconProvider \- Icons for QFileDialog to use .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFileIconProvider\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQFileIconProvider\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR ( const QFileInfo & info )" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ It is advisable to make all the icons that QFileIconProvider returns be the same .PP See also QFileDialog and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QFileIconProvider::QFileIconProvider ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QFileIconProvider::QFileIconProvider ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty file icon provider called \fIname\fR, with the parent \fIparent\fR. .SH "const QPixmap * QFileIconProvider::pixmap ( const QFileInfo & info )\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a pointer to a pixmap that should be used to signify the file with the information \fIinfo\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfileinfo.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfileinfo.3qt index 6cdfc6748..02f96eb08 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfileinfo.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfileinfo.3qt @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQFileInfo\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFileInfo\fR ( const QString & file )" +.BI "\fBQFileInfo\fR ( const TQString & file )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQFileInfo\fR ( const QFile & file )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFileInfo\fR ( const QDir & d, const QString & fileName )" +.BI "\fBQFileInfo\fR ( const QDir & d, const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQFileInfo\fR ( const QFileInfo & fi )" @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QFileInfo & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QFileInfo & fi )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFile\fR ( const QString & file )" +.BI "void \fBsetFile\fR ( const TQString & file )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetFile\fR ( const QFile & file )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFile\fR ( const QDir & d, const QString & fileName )" +.BI "void \fBsetFile\fR ( const QDir & d, const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBexists\fR () const" @@ -61,22 +61,22 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "void \fBsetCaching\fR ( bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfilePath\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfilePath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfileName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfileName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBabsFilePath\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBabsFilePath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBbaseName\fR ( bool complete = FALSE ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBbaseName\fR ( bool complete = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBextension\fR ( bool complete = TRUE ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBextension\fR ( bool complete = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdirPath\fR ( bool absPath = FALSE ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBdirPath\fR ( bool absPath = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDir \fBdir\fR ( bool absPath = FALSE ) const" @@ -109,16 +109,16 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "bool \fBisSymLink\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBreadLink\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBreadLink\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBowner\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBowner\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "uint \fBownerId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBgroup\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBgroup\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "uint \fBgroupId\fR () const" @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ This enum is used by the permission() function to report the permissions and own .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QFileInfo::QFileInfo ()" Constructs a new empty QFileInfo. -.SH "QFileInfo::QFileInfo ( const QString & file )" +.SH "QFileInfo::QFileInfo ( const TQString & file )" Constructs a new QFileInfo that gives information about the given file. The \fIfile\fR can also include an absolute or relative path. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Some functions might behave in a counter-intuitive way if \fIfile\fR has a trailing directory separator. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Constructs a new QFileInfo that gives information about file \fIfile\fR. If the \fIfile\fR has a relative path, the QFileInfo will also have a relative path. .PP See also isRelative(). -.SH "QFileInfo::QFileInfo ( const QDir & d, const QString & fileName )" +.SH "QFileInfo::QFileInfo ( const QDir & d, const TQString & fileName )" Constructs a new QFileInfo that gives information about the file called \fIfileName\fR in the directory \fId\fR. .PP If \fId\fR has a relative path, the QFileInfo will also have a relative path. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ See also isRelative(). Constructs a new QFileInfo that is a copy of \fIfi\fR. .SH "QFileInfo::~QFileInfo ()" Destroys the QFileInfo and frees its resources. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::absFilePath () const" +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::absFilePath () const" Returns the absolute path including the file name. .PP The absolute path name consists of the full path and the file name. On Unix this will always begin with the root, '/', directory. On Windows this will always begin 'D:/' where D is a drive letter, except for network shares that are not mapped to a drive letter, in which case the path will begin '//sharename/'. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ See also isRelative() and filePath(). .PP Examples: .)l biff/biff.cpp and fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::baseName ( bool complete = FALSE ) const" +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::baseName ( bool complete = FALSE ) const" Returns the base name of the file. .PP If \fIcomplete\fR is FALSE (the default) the base name consists of all characters in the file name up to (but not including) the \fIfirst\fR '.' character. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Example: .br QFileInfo fi( "/tmp/archive.tar.gz" ); .br - QString base = fi.baseName(); // base = "archive" + TQString base = fi.baseName(); // base = "archive" .br base = fi.baseName( TRUE ); // base = "archive.tar" .br @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ If the QFileInfo is relative and \fIabsPath\fR is FALSE, the QDir will be relati See also dirPath(), filePath(), fileName(), and isRelative(). .PP Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::dirPath ( bool absPath = FALSE ) const" +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::dirPath ( bool absPath = FALSE ) const" Returns the file's path. .PP If \fIabsPath\fR is TRUE an absolute path is returned. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the file exists; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Examples: .)l biff/biff.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, and i18n/main.cpp. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::extension ( bool complete = TRUE ) const" +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::extension ( bool complete = TRUE ) const" Returns the file's extension name. .PP If \fIcomplete\fR is TRUE (the default), extension() returns the string of all characters in the file name after (but not including) the first '.' character. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Example: .br QFileInfo fi( "/tmp/archive.tar.gz" ); .br - QString ext = fi.extension(); // ext = "tar.gz" + TQString ext = fi.extension(); // ext = "tar.gz" .br ext = fi.extension( FALSE ); // ext = "gz" .br @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Example: See also fileName() and baseName(). .PP Example: qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::fileName () const" +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::fileName () const" Returns the name of the file, excluding the path. .PP Example: @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Example: .br QFileInfo fi( "/tmp/archive.tar.gz" ); .br - QString name = fi.fileName(); // name = "archive.tar.gz" + TQString name = fi.fileName(); // name = "archive.tar.gz" .br .fi .PP @@ -326,15 +326,15 @@ See also isRelative(), filePath(), baseName(), and extension(). .PP Examples: .)l dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, and network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::filePath () const" +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::filePath () const" Returns the file name, including the path (which may be absolute or relative). .PP See also isRelative() and absFilePath(). .PP Examples: .)l dirview/main.cpp and fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::group () const" -Returns the group of the file. On Windows, on systems where files do not have groups, or if an error occurs, QString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::group () const" +Returns the group of the file. On Windows, on systems where files do not have groups, or if an error occurs, TQString::null is returned. .PP This function can be time consuming under Unix (in the order of milliseconds). .PP @@ -404,8 +404,8 @@ See also created() and lastModified(). Example: biff/biff.cpp. .SH "QFileInfo & QFileInfo::operator= ( const QFileInfo & fi )" Makes a copy of \fIfi\fR and assigns it to this QFileInfo. -.SH "QString QFileInfo::owner () const" -Returns the owner of the file. On systems where files do not have owners, or if an error occurs, QString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::owner () const" +Returns the owner of the file. On systems where files do not have owners, or if an error occurs, TQString::null is returned. .PP This function can be time consuming under Unix (in the order of milliseconds). .PP @@ -438,8 +438,8 @@ Example: .fi .PP See also isReadable(), isWritable(), and isExecutable(). -.SH "QString QFileInfo::readLink () const" -Returns the name a symlink (or shortcut on Windows) points to, or a QString::null if the object isn't a symbolic link. +.SH "TQString QFileInfo::readLink () const" +Returns the name a symlink (or shortcut on Windows) points to, or a TQString::null if the object isn't a symbolic link. .PP This name may not represent an existing file; it is only a string. QFileInfo::exists() returns TRUE if the symlink points to an existing file. .PP @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ When caching is enabled, QFileInfo reads the file information from the file syst Caching is enabled by default. .PP See also refresh() and caching(). -.SH "void QFileInfo::setFile ( const QString & file )" +.SH "void QFileInfo::setFile ( const TQString & file )" Sets the file that the QFileInfo provides information about to \fIfile\fR. .PP The \fIfile\fR can also include an absolute or relative file path. Absolute paths begin with the directory separator (e.g. "/" under Unix) or a drive specification (under Windows). Relative file names begin with a directory name or a file name and specify a path relative to the current directory. @@ -465,9 +465,9 @@ Example: .PP .nf .br - QString absolute = "/local/bin"; + TQString absolute = "/local/bin"; .br - QString relative = "local/bin"; + TQString relative = "local/bin"; .br QFileInfo absFile( absolute ); .br @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Sets the file that the QFileInfo provides information about to \fIfile\fR. If \fIfile\fR includes a relative path, the QFileInfo will also have a relative path. .PP See also isRelative(). -.SH "void QFileInfo::setFile ( const QDir & d, const QString & fileName )" +.SH "void QFileInfo::setFile ( const QDir & d, const TQString & fileName )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the file that the QFileInfo provides information about to \fIfileName\fR in directory \fId\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfilepreview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfilepreview.3qt index 3b7338964..5dff206d4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfilepreview.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfilepreview.3qt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The QFilePreview class provides file previewing in QFileDialog. .PP This class is an abstract base class which is used to implement widgets that can display a preview of a file in a QFileDialog. .PP -You must derive the preview widget from both QWidget and from this class. Then you must reimplement this class's previewUrl() function, which is called by the file dialog if the preview of a file (specified as a URL) should be shown. +You must derive the preview widget from both TQWidget and from this class. Then you must reimplement this class's previewUrl() function, which is called by the file dialog if the preview of a file (specified as a URL) should be shown. .PP See also QFileDialog::setPreviewMode(), QFileDialog::setContentsPreview(), QFileDialog::setInfoPreview(), QFileDialog::setInfoPreviewEnabled(), QFileDialog::setContentsPreviewEnabled(). .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfocusdata.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfocusdata.3qt index 3590a4b0b..97df6ec95 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfocusdata.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfocusdata.3qt @@ -14,22 +14,22 @@ QFocusData \- Maintains the list of widgets in the focus chain .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBfocusWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBfocusWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBhome\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBhome\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBnext\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBnext\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBprev\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBprev\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBfirst\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBfirst\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBlast\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBlast\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcount\fR () const" @@ -42,27 +42,27 @@ This read-only list always contains at least one widget (i.e. the top-level widg .PP Some widgets in the list may not accept focus. Widgets are added to the list as necessary, but not removed from it. This lets widgets change focus policy dynamically without disrupting the focus chain the user experiences. When a widget disables and re-enables tab focus, its position in the focus chain does not change. .PP -When reimplementing QWidget::focusNextPrevChild() to provide special focus flow, you will usually call QWidget::focusData() to retrieve the focus data stored at the top-level widget. A top-level widget's focus data contains the focus list for its hierarchy of widgets. +When reimplementing TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild() to provide special focus flow, you will usually call TQWidget::focusData() to retrieve the focus data stored at the top-level widget. A top-level widget's focus data contains the focus list for its hierarchy of widgets. .PP The cursor may change at any time. .PP This class is \fInot\fR thread-safe. .PP -See also QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(), QWidget::setTabOrder(), QWidget::focusPolicy, and Miscellaneous Classes. +See also TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(), TQWidget::setTabOrder(), TQWidget::focusPolicy, and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "int QFocusData::count () const" Returns the number of widgets in the focus chain. -.SH "QWidget * QFocusData::first () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QFocusData::first () const" Returns the first widget in the focus chain. The cursor is not modified. -.SH "QWidget * QFocusData::focusWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QFocusData::focusWidget () const" Returns the widgets in the hierarchy that are in the focus chain. -.SH "QWidget * QFocusData::home ()" +.SH "TQWidget * QFocusData::home ()" Moves the cursor to the focusWidget() and returns that widget. You must call this before next() or prev() to iterate meaningfully. -.SH "QWidget * QFocusData::last () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QFocusData::last () const" Returns the last widget in the focus chain. The cursor is not modified. -.SH "QWidget * QFocusData::next ()" +.SH "TQWidget * QFocusData::next ()" Moves the cursor to the next widget in the focus chain. There is \fIalways\fR a next widget because the list is a loop. -.SH "QWidget * QFocusData::prev ()" +.SH "TQWidget * QFocusData::prev ()" Moves the cursor to the previous widget in the focus chain. There is \fIalways\fR a previous widget because the list is a loop. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfocusevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfocusevent.3qt index 03e92031e..88f87ad48 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfocusevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfocusevent.3qt @@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ The QFocusEvent class contains event parameters for widget focus events. .PP Focus events are sent to widgets when the keyboard input focus changes. Focus events occur due to mouse actions, keypresses (e.g. Tab or Backtab), the window system, popup menus, keyboard shortcuts or other application specific reasons. The reason for a particular focus event is returned by reason() in the appropriate event handler. .PP -The event handlers QWidget::focusInEvent() and QWidget::focusOutEvent() receive focus events. +The event handlers TQWidget::focusInEvent() and TQWidget::focusOutEvent() receive focus events. .PP Use setReason() to set the reason for all focus events, and resetReason() to set the reason for all focus events to the reason in force before the last setReason() call. .PP -See also QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::focusPolicy, and Event Classes. +See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focusPolicy, and Event Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QFocusEvent::Reason" This enum specifies why the focus changed. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfont.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfont.3qt index ba9369fee..da524875e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfont.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfont.3qt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ QFont \- Font used for drawing text .BI "\fBQFont\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFont\fR ( const QString & family, int pointSize = 12, int weight = Normal, bool italic = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQFont\fR ( const TQString & family, int pointSize = 12, int weight = Normal, bool italic = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQFont\fR ( const QFont & font )" @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ QFont \- Font used for drawing text .BI "\fB~QFont\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfamily\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfamily\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFamily\fR ( const QString & family )" +.BI "void \fBsetFamily\fR ( const TQString & family )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBpointSize\fR () const" @@ -149,19 +149,19 @@ QFont \- Font used for drawing text .BI "HFONT \fBhandle\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetRawName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBsetRawName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBrawName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBrawName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBkey\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBkey\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBfromString\fR ( const QString & descrip )" +.BI "bool \fBfromString\fR ( const TQString & descrip )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBqwsRenderToDisk\fR ( bool all = TRUE )" @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ QFont \- Font used for drawing text .BI "enum \fBScript\fR { Latin, Greek, Cyrillic, Armenian, Georgian, Runic, Ogham, SpacingModifiers, CombiningMarks, Hebrew, Arabic, Syriac, Thaana, Devanagari, Bengali, Gurmukhi, Gujarati, Oriya, Tamil, Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam, Sinhala, Thai, Lao, Tibetan, Myanmar, Khmer, Han, Hiragana, Katakana, Hangul, Bopomofo, Yi, Ethiopic, Cherokee, CanadianAboriginal, Mongolian, CurrencySymbols, LetterlikeSymbols, NumberForms, MathematicalOperators, TechnicalSymbols, GeometricSymbols, MiscellaneousSymbols, EnclosedAndSquare, Braille, Unicode, Tagalog, Hanunoo, Buhid, Tagbanwa, KatakanaHalfWidth, Limbu, TaiLe }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdefaultFamily\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdefaultFamily\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlastResortFamily\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlastResortFamily\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlastResortFont\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlastResortFont\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QFont \fBresolve\fR ( const QFont & other ) const" @@ -185,22 +185,22 @@ QFont \- Font used for drawing text .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsubstitute\fR ( const QString & familyName )" +.BI "TQString \fBsubstitute\fR ( const TQString & familyName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBsubstitutes\fR ( const QString & familyName )" +.BI "QStringList \fBsubstitutes\fR ( const TQString & familyName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBsubstitutions\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertSubstitution\fR ( const QString & familyName, const QString & substituteName )" +.BI "void \fBinsertSubstitution\fR ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & substituteName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertSubstitutions\fR ( const QString & familyName, const QStringList & substituteNames )" +.BI "void \fBinsertSubstitutions\fR ( const TQString & familyName, const QStringList & substituteNames )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveSubstitution\fR ( const QString & familyName )" +.BI "void \fBremoveSubstitution\fR ( const TQString & familyName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QFont defaultFont () \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ To determine the attributes of the font actually used in the window system, use .br QFontInfo info( f1 ); .br - QString family = info.family(); + TQString family = info.family(); .br .fi .PP @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ To find out font metrics use a QFontMetrics object, e.g. .PP For more general information on fonts, see the comp.fonts FAQ. Information on encodings can be found from Roman Czyborra's page. .PP -See also QFontMetrics, QFontInfo, QFontDatabase, QApplication::setFont(), QWidget::font, QPainter::setFont(), QFont::StyleHint, QFont::Weight, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. +See also QFontMetrics, QFontInfo, QFontDatabase, QApplication::setFont(), TQWidget::font, QPainter::setFont(), QFont::StyleHint, QFont::Weight, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QFont::Script" This enum represents Unicode allocated scripts. For exhaustive coverage see The Unicode Standard Version 3.0. The following scripts are supported: @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ This enum contains the predefined font weights: Constructs a font object that uses the application's default font. .PP See also QApplication::setFont() and QApplication::font(). -.SH "QFont::QFont ( const QString & family, int pointSize = 12, int weight = Normal, bool italic = FALSE )" +.SH "QFont::QFont ( const TQString & family, int pointSize = 12, int weight = Normal, bool italic = FALSE )" Constructs a font object with the specified \fIfamily\fR, \fIpointSize\fR, \fIweight\fR and \fIitalic\fR settings. .PP If \fIpointSize\fR is <= 0 it is set to 1. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Returns the point size in 1/10ths of a point. The returned value will be -1 if the font size has been specified in pixels. .PP See also pointSize() and pointSizeFloat(). -.SH "QString QFont::defaultFamily () const" +.SH "TQString QFont::defaultFamily () const" Returns the family name that corresponds to the current style hint. .PP See also StyleHint, styleHint(), and setStyleHint(). @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the font attributes have been changed and the font has to be (re Returns TRUE if a window system font exactly matching the settings of this font is available. .PP See also QFontInfo. -.SH "QString QFont::family () const" +.SH "TQString QFont::family () const" Returns the requested font family name, i.e. the name set in the constructor or the last setFont() call. .PP See also setFamily(), substitutes(), and substitute(). @@ -597,19 +597,19 @@ Examples: Returns TRUE if fixed pitch has been set; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setFixedPitch() and QFontInfo::fixedPitch(). -.SH "bool QFont::fromString ( const QString & descrip )" +.SH "bool QFont::fromString ( const TQString & descrip )" Sets this font to match the description \fIdescrip\fR. The description is a comma-separated list of the font attributes, as returned by toString(). .PP See also toString() and operator>>(). .SH "HFONT QFont::handle () const" Returns the window system handle to the font, for low-level access. Using this function is \fInot\fR portable. -.SH "void QFont::insertSubstitution ( const QString & familyName, const QString & substituteName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QFont::insertSubstitution ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & substituteName )\fC [static]\fR" Inserts the family name \fIsubstituteName\fR into the substitution table for \fIfamilyName\fR. .PP See also insertSubstitutions(), removeSubstitution(), substitutions(), substitute(), and substitutes(). .PP Example: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp. -.SH "void QFont::insertSubstitutions ( const QString & familyName, const QStringList & substituteNames )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QFont::insertSubstitutions ( const TQString & familyName, const QStringList & substituteNames )\fC [static]\fR" Inserts the list of families \fIsubstituteNames\fR into the substitution list for \fIfamilyName\fR. .PP See also insertSubstitution(), removeSubstitution(), substitutions(), and substitute(). @@ -625,17 +625,17 @@ Returns TRUE if italic has been set; otherwise returns FALSE. See also setItalic(). .PP Example: chart/optionsform.cpp. -.SH "QString QFont::key () const" +.SH "TQString QFont::key () const" Returns the font's key, a textual representation of a font. It is typically used as the key for a cache or dictionary of fonts. .PP See also QMap. -.SH "QString QFont::lastResortFamily () const" +.SH "TQString QFont::lastResortFamily () const" Returns the "last resort" font family name. .PP The current implementation tries a wide variety of common fonts, returning the first one it finds. Is is possible that no family is found in which case a null string is returned. .PP See also lastResortFont(). -.SH "QString QFont::lastResortFont () const" +.SH "TQString QFont::lastResortFont () const" Returns a "last resort" font name for the font matching algorithm. This is used if the last resort family is not available. It will always return a name, if necessary returning something like" fixed" or "system". .PP The current implementation tries a wide variety of common fonts, returning the first one it finds. The implementation may change at any time, but this function will always return a string containing something. @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ Note that this function is only applicable on Qt/Embedded. Returns TRUE if raw mode is used for font name matching; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setRawMode() and rawName(). -.SH "QString QFont::rawName () const" +.SH "TQString QFont::rawName () const" Returns the name of the font within the underlying window system. .PP On Windows, this is usually just the family name of a TrueType font. @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ On X11, it is an XLFD (X Logical Font Description). When TQt is build with Xft s Using the return value of this function is usually \fInot\fR \fIportable\fR. .PP See also setRawName(). -.SH "void QFont::removeSubstitution ( const QString & familyName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QFont::removeSubstitution ( const TQString & familyName )\fC [static]\fR" Removes all the substitutions for \fIfamilyName\fR. .PP See also insertSubstitutions(), insertSubstitution(), substitutions(), and substitute(). @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ Examples: \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Please use QApplication::setFont() instead. -.SH "void QFont::setFamily ( const QString & family )" +.SH "void QFont::setFamily ( const TQString & family )" Sets the family name of the font. The name is case insensitive and may include a foundry name. .PP The \fIfamily\fR name may optionally also include a foundry name, e.g. "Helvetica [Cronyx]". (The TQt 2.x syntax, i.e." Cronyx-Helvetica", is also supported.) If the \fIfamily\fR is available from more than one foundry and the foundry isn't specified, an arbitrary foundry is chosen. If the family isn't available a family will be set using the font matching algorithm. @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ If raw mode is enabled, TQt will search for an X font with a complete font name \fBWarning:\fR Do not use raw mode unless you really, really need it! In most (if not all) cases, setRawName() is a much better choice. .PP See also rawMode() and setRawName(). -.SH "void QFont::setRawName ( const QString & name )" +.SH "void QFont::setRawName ( const TQString & name )" Sets a font by its system specific name. The function is particularly useful under X, where system font settings (for example X resources) are usually available in XLFD (X Logical Font Description) form only. You can pass an XLFD as \fIname\fR to this function. .PP A font set with setRawName() is still a full-featured QFont. It can be queried (for example with italic()) or modified (for example with setItalic()) and is therefore also suitable for rendering rich text. @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ Returns the StyleStrategy. The style strategy affects the font matching algorithm. See QFont::StyleStrategy for the list of strategies. .PP See also setStyleHint() and QFont::StyleHint. -.SH "QString QFont::substitute ( const QString & familyName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QFont::substitute ( const TQString & familyName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the first family name to be used whenever \fIfamilyName\fR is specified. The lookup is case insensitive. .PP If there is no substitution for \fIfamilyName\fR, \fIfamilyName\fR is returned. @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ If there is no substitution for \fIfamilyName\fR, \fIfamilyName\fR is returned. To obtain a list of substitutions use substitutes(). .PP See also setFamily(), insertSubstitutions(), insertSubstitution(), and removeSubstitution(). -.SH "QStringList QFont::substitutes ( const QString & familyName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStringList QFont::substitutes ( const TQString & familyName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of family names to be used whenever \fIfamilyName\fR is specified. The lookup is case insensitive. .PP If there is no substitution for \fIfamilyName\fR, an empty list is returned. @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ Example: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp. Returns a sorted list of substituted family names. .PP See also insertSubstitution(), removeSubstitution(), and substitute(). -.SH "QString QFont::toString () const" +.SH "TQString QFont::toString () const" Returns a description of the font. The description is a comma-separated list of the attributes, perfectly suited for use in QSettings. .PP See also fromString() and operator<<(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfontdatabase.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfontdatabase.3qt index c6872f4a2..f0996c801 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfontdatabase.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfontdatabase.3qt @@ -23,76 +23,76 @@ QFontDatabase \- Information about the fonts available in the underlying window .BI "QStringList \fBfamilies\fR ( QFont::Script script ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBstyles\fR ( const QString & family ) const" +.BI "QStringList \fBstyles\fR ( const TQString & family ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QValueList \fBpointSizes\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null )" +.BI "QValueList \fBpointSizes\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QValueList \fBsmoothSizes\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style )" +.BI "QValueList \fBsmoothSizes\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBstyleString\fR ( const QFont & f )" +.BI "TQString \fBstyleString\fR ( const QFont & f )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QFont \fBfont\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style, int pointSize )" +.BI "QFont \fBfont\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, int pointSize )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisBitmapScalable\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisBitmapScalable\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisSmoothlyScalable\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisSmoothlyScalable\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisScalable\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisScalable\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisFixedPitch\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisFixedPitch\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBitalic\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style ) const" +.BI "bool \fBitalic\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBbold\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style ) const" +.BI "bool \fBbold\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBweight\fR ( const QString & family, const QString & style ) const" +.BI "int \fBweight\fR ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList families ( bool ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList styles ( const QString & family, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QStringList styles ( const TQString & family, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QValueList pointSizes ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QValueList pointSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QValueList smoothSizes ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QValueList smoothSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QFont font ( const QString & familyName, const QString & style, int pointSize, const QString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QFont font ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & style, int pointSize, const TQString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool isBitmapScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool isBitmapScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool isSmoothlyScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool isSmoothlyScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool isScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool isScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool isFixedPitch ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool isFixedPitch ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool italic ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool italic ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool bold ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool bold ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int weight ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "int weight ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ QFontDatabase \- Information about the fonts available in the underlying window .BI "QValueList \fBstandardSizes\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBscriptName\fR ( QFont::Script script )" +.BI "TQString \fBscriptName\fR ( QFont::Script script )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBscriptSample\fR ( QFont::Script script )" +.BI "TQString \fBscriptSample\fR ( QFont::Script script )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) .br for ( QStringList::Iterator f = families.begin(); f != families.end(); ++f ) { .br - QString family = *f; + TQString family = *f; .br tqDebug( family ); .br @@ -153,9 +153,9 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) .br for ( QStringList::Iterator s = styles.begin(); s != styles.end(); ++s ) { .br - QString style = *s; + TQString style = *s; .br - QString dstyle = "\\t" + style + " ("; + TQString dstyle = "\\t" + style + " ("; .br QValueList smoothies = fdb.smoothSizes( family, style ); .br @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) .br points != smoothies.end(); ++points ) { .br - dstyle += QString::number( *points ) + " "; + dstyle += TQString::number( *points ) + " "; .br } .br @@ -185,11 +185,11 @@ See also Environment Classes and Graphics Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QFontDatabase::QFontDatabase ()" Creates a font database object. -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::bold ( const QString & family, const QString & style ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::bold ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const" Returns TRUE if the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR is bold; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also italic() and weight(). -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::bold ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::bold ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .SH "QStringList QFontDatabase::families () const" Returns a sorted list of the names of the available font families. @@ -207,73 +207,73 @@ If a family exists in several foundries, the returned name for that font is in t [Adobe]", "Times [Cronyx]", "Palatino". .SH "QStringList QFontDatabase::families ( bool ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "QFont QFontDatabase::font ( const QString & family, const QString & style, int pointSize )" +.SH "QFont QFontDatabase::font ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, int pointSize )" Returns a QFont object that has family \fIfamily\fR, style \fIstyle\fR and point size \fIpointSize\fR. If no matching font could be created, a QFont object that uses the application's default font is returned. -.SH "QFont QFontDatabase::font ( const QString & familyName, const QString & style, int pointSize, const QString & )" +.SH "QFont QFontDatabase::font ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & style, int pointSize, const TQString & )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" Returns TRUE if the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR is a scalable bitmap font; otherwise returns FALSE. Scaling a bitmap font usually produces an unattractive hardly readable result, because the pixels of the font are scaled. If you need to scale a bitmap font it is better to scale it to one of the fixed sizes returned by smoothSizes(). .PP See also isScalable() and isSmoothlyScalable(). -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" Returns TRUE if the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR is fixed pitch; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" Returns TRUE if the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR is scalable; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also isBitmapScalable() and isSmoothlyScalable(). -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const" Returns TRUE if the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR is smoothly scalable; otherwise returns FALSE. If this function returns TRUE, it's safe to scale this font to any size, and the result will always look attractive. .PP See also isScalable() and isBitmapScalable(). -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::italic ( const QString & family, const QString & style ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::italic ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const" Returns TRUE if the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR is italic; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also weight() and bold(). -.SH "bool QFontDatabase::italic ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const" +.SH "bool QFontDatabase::italic ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const QString & family, const QString & style = QString::null )" +.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null )" Returns a list of the point sizes available for the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR. The list may be empty. .PP See also smoothSizes() and standardSizes(). -.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & )" +.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "QString QFontDatabase::scriptName ( QFont::Script script )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QFontDatabase::scriptName ( QFont::Script script )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a string that gives a default description of the \fIscript\fR (e.g. for displaying to the user in a dialog). The name matches the name of the script as defined by the Unicode 3.0 standard. .PP See also QFont::Script. -.SH "QString QFontDatabase::scriptSample ( QFont::Script script )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QFontDatabase::scriptSample ( QFont::Script script )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a string with sample characters from \fIscript\fR. .PP See also QFont::Script. -.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const QString & family, const QString & style )" +.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style )" Returns the point sizes of a font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR that will look attractive. The list may be empty. For non-scalable fonts and bitmap scalable fonts, this function is equivalent to pointSizes(). .PP See also pointSizes() and standardSizes(). -.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & )" +.SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .SH "QValueList QFontDatabase::standardSizes ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of standard font sizes. .PP See also smoothSizes() and pointSizes(). -.SH "QString QFontDatabase::styleString ( const QFont & f )" +.SH "TQString QFontDatabase::styleString ( const QFont & f )" Returns a string that describes the style of the font \fIf\fR. For example, "Bold Italic", "Bold", "Italic" or "Normal". An empty string may be returned. -.SH "QStringList QFontDatabase::styles ( const QString & family ) const" +.SH "QStringList QFontDatabase::styles ( const TQString & family ) const" Returns a list of the styles available for the font family \fIfamily\fR. Some example styles: "Light", "Light Italic", "Bold"," Oblique", "Demi". The list may be empty. -.SH "QStringList QFontDatabase::styles ( const QString & family, const QString & ) const" +.SH "QStringList QFontDatabase::styles ( const TQString & family, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "int QFontDatabase::weight ( const QString & family, const QString & style ) const" +.SH "int QFontDatabase::weight ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const" Returns the weight of the font that has family \fIfamily\fR and style \fIstyle\fR. If there is no such family and style combination, returns -1. .PP See also italic() and bold(). -.SH "int QFontDatabase::weight ( const QString & family, const QString & style, const QString & ) const" +.SH "int QFontDatabase::weight ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfontdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfontdialog.3qt index 6ed21ea27..b3feeae7c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfontdialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfontdialog.3qt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QFontDialog \- Dialog widget for selecting a font Inherits QDialog. .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
  • QFont \fBgetFont\fR ( bool * ok, const QFont & initial, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
  • QFont \fBgetFont\fR ( bool * ok, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) +
  • QFont \fBgetFont\fR ( bool * ok, const QFont & initial, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
  • QFont \fBgetFont\fR ( bool * ok, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) .SH DESCRIPTION The QFontDialog class provides a dialog widget for selecting a font. .PP @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ See also QFont, QFontInfo, QFontMetrics, and Dialog Classes. .B "[Image Omitted]" .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QFont QFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, const QFont & initial, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QFont QFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, const QFont & initial, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Executes a modal font dialog and returns a font. .PP If the user clicks OK, the selected font is returned. If the user clicks Cancel, the \fIinitial\fR font is returned. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ In this example, if the user clicks OK the font they chose will be used, and if .PP Examples: .)l chart/chartform.cpp, chart/optionsform.cpp, qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "QFont QFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QFont QFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Executes a modal font dialog and returns a font. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfontinfo.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfontinfo.3qt index d19278f89..3157629de 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfontinfo.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfontinfo.3qt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ QFontInfo \- General information about fonts .BI "QFontInfo & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QFontInfo & fi )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfamily\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfamily\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBpixelSize\fR () const" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ There are three ways to create a QFontInfo object.
      .IP 1 Calling the QFontInfo constructor with a QFont creates a font info object for a screen-compatible font, i.e. the font cannot be a printer font*. If the font is changed later, the font info object is \fInot\fR updated. .IP 2 -QWidget::fontInfo() returns the font info for a widget's font. This is equivalent to calling QFontInfo(widget->font()). If the widget's font is changed later, the font info object is \fInot\fR updated. +TQWidget::fontInfo() returns the font info for a widget's font. This is equivalent to calling QFontInfo(widget->font()). If the widget's font is changed later, the font info object is \fInot\fR updated. .IP 3 QPainter::fontInfo() returns the font info for a painter's current font. If the painter's font is changed later, the font info object is \fInot\fR updated. .PP @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Example: qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp. Returns TRUE if the matched window system font is exactly the same as the one specified by the font; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also QFont::exactMatch(). -.SH "QString QFontInfo::family () const" +.SH "TQString QFontInfo::family () const" Returns the family name of the matched window system font. .PP See also QFont::family(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqfontmetrics.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqfontmetrics.3qt index 5c318ddac..a10801867 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqfontmetrics.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqfontmetrics.3qt @@ -53,37 +53,37 @@ QFontMetrics \- Font metrics information .BI "int \fBmaxWidth\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBinFont\fR ( QChar ch ) const" +.BI "bool \fBinFont\fR ( TQChar ch ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBleftBearing\fR ( QChar ch ) const" +.BI "int \fBleftBearing\fR ( TQChar ch ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBrightBearing\fR ( QChar ch ) const" +.BI "int \fBrightBearing\fR ( TQChar ch ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBwidth\fR ( const QString & str, int len = -1 ) const" +.BI "int \fBwidth\fR ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBwidth\fR ( QChar ch ) const" +.BI "int \fBwidth\fR ( TQChar ch ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int width ( char c ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcharWidth\fR ( const QString & str, int pos ) const" +.BI "int \fBcharWidth\fR ( const TQString & str, int pos ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( const QString & str, int len = -1 ) const" +.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( QChar ch ) const" +.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( TQChar ch ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flgs, const QString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" +.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSize \fBsize\fR ( int flgs, const QString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" +.BI "QSize \fBsize\fR ( int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBunderlinePos\fR () const" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ QFontMetrics functions calculate the size of characters and strings for a given .IP 1 Calling the QFontMetrics constructor with a QFont creates a font metrics object for a screen-compatible font, i.e. the font cannot be a printer font*. If the font is changed later, the font metrics object is \fInot\fR updated. .IP 2 -QWidget::fontMetrics() returns the font metrics for a widget's font. This is equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()). If the widget's font is changed later, the font metrics object is \fInot\fR updated. +TQWidget::fontMetrics() returns the font metrics for a widget's font. This is equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()). If the widget's font is changed later, the font metrics object is \fInot\fR updated. .IP 3 QPainter::fontMetrics() returns the font metrics for a painter's current font. If the painter's font is changed later, the font metrics object is \fInot\fR updated. .PP @@ -164,23 +164,23 @@ See also descent(). .PP Examples: .)l drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp and scrollview/scrollview.cpp. -.SH "QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect ( QChar ch ) const" +.SH "QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect ( TQChar ch ) const" Returns the rectangle that is covered by ink if the character specified by \fIch\fR were to be drawn at the origin of the coordinate system. .PP Note that the bounding rectangle may extend to the left of (0, 0), e.g. for italicized fonts, and that the text output may cover \fIall\fR pixels in the bounding rectangle. For a space character the rectangle will usually be empty. .PP Note that the rectangle usually extends both above and below the base line. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR The width of the returned rectangle is not the advance width of the character. Use boundingRect(const QString &) or width() instead. +\fBWarning:\fR The width of the returned rectangle is not the advance width of the character. Use boundingRect(const TQString &) or width() instead. .PP See also width(). .PP Example: xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect ( const QString & str, int len = -1 ) const" +.SH "QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the bounding rectangle that contains the first \fIlen\fR characters of string \fIstr\fR. -.SH "QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flgs, const QString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" +.SH "QRect QFontMetrics::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the bounding rectangle of the first \fIlen\fR characters of \fIstr\fR, which is the set of pixels the text would cover if drawn at (0, 0). The drawing, and hence the bounding rectangle, is constrained to the rectangle (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIw\fR, \fIh\fR). @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ The bounding rectangle given by this function is somewhat larger than that calcu The \fIintern\fR argument should not be used. .PP See also width(), QPainter::boundingRect(), and Qt::AlignmentFlags. -.SH "int QFontMetrics::charWidth ( const QString & str, int pos ) const" +.SH "int QFontMetrics::charWidth ( const TQString & str, int pos ) const" Returns the width of the character at position \fIpos\fR in the string \fIstr\fR. .PP The whole string is needed, as the glyph drawn may change depending on the context (the letter before and after the current one) for some languages (e.g. Arabic). @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ See also leading() and lineSpacing(). .PP Examples: .)l grapher/grapher.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, and qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp. -.SH "bool QFontMetrics::inFont ( QChar ch ) const" +.SH "bool QFontMetrics::inFont ( TQChar ch ) const" Returns TRUE if character \fIch\fR is a valid character in the font; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Example: qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp. @@ -268,12 +268,12 @@ Returns the leading of the font. This is the natural inter-line spacing. .PP See also height() and lineSpacing(). -.SH "int QFontMetrics::leftBearing ( QChar ch ) const" +.SH "int QFontMetrics::leftBearing ( TQChar ch ) const" Returns the left bearing of character \fIch\fR in the font. .PP The left bearing is the right-ward distance of the left-most pixel of the character from the logical origin of the character. This value is negative if the pixels of the character extend to the left of the logical origin. .PP -See width(QChar) for a graphical description of this metric. +See width(TQChar) for a graphical description of this metric. .PP See also rightBearing(), minLeftBearing(), and width(). .PP @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Assigns the font metrics \fIfm\fR. Returns the distance from the base line to where an overline should be drawn. .PP See also underlinePos(), strikeOutPos(), and lineWidth(). -.SH "int QFontMetrics::rightBearing ( QChar ch ) const" +.SH "int QFontMetrics::rightBearing ( TQChar ch ) const" Returns the right bearing of character \fIch\fR in the font. .PP The right bearing is the left-ward distance of the right-most pixel of the character from the logical origin of a subsequent character. This value is negative if the pixels of the character extend to the right of the width() of the character. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ See width() for a graphical description of this metric. See also leftBearing(), minRightBearing(), and width(). .PP Example: qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp. -.SH "QSize QFontMetrics::size ( int flgs, const QString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" +.SH "QSize QFontMetrics::size ( int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, QTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const" Returns the size in pixels of the first \fIlen\fR characters of \fIstr\fR. .PP If \fIlen\fR is negative (the default), the entire string is used. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ See also underlinePos(), overlinePos(), and lineWidth(). Returns the distance from the base line to where an underscore should be drawn. .PP See also overlinePos(), strikeOutPos(), and lineWidth(). -.SH "int QFontMetrics::width ( QChar ch ) const" +.SH "int QFontMetrics::width ( TQChar ch ) const" .ce 1 .B "[Image Omitted]" .PP @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ See also boundingRect() and charWidth(). .PP Examples: .)l drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, movies/main.cpp, qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, and scrollview/scrollview.cpp. -.SH "int QFontMetrics::width ( const QString & str, int len = -1 ) const" +.SH "int QFontMetrics::width ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the width of the first \fIlen\fR characters of string \fIstr\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt index a065a66b7..c3b83a68b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqframe.3qt @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ QFrame \- The base class of widgets that can have a frame .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP Inherited by QGroupBox, QScrollView, QDockWindow, QGrid, QHBox, QLabel, QLCDNumber, QLineEdit, QMenuBar, QPopupMenu, QProgressBar, QSplitter, QToolBox, and QWidgetStack. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFrame\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQFrame\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBframeStyle\fR () const" @@ -213,10 +213,10 @@ When it does not call QStyle, Shape interacts with QFrame::Shadow, the lineWidth .PP See also QFrame::Shadow, QFrame::style(), and QStyle::drawPrimitive(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QFrame::QFrame ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QFrame::QFrame ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a frame widget with frame style NoFrame and a 1-pixel frame width. .PP -The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QRect QFrame::contentsRect () const" Returns the rectangle inside the frame. See the "contentsRect" property for details. .SH "void QFrame::drawContents ( QPainter * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Opens the painter on the frame and calls drawFrame(), then drawContents(). Examples: .)l life/life.cpp and qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QFrame::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Processes the resize event \fIe\fR. .PP @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Nothing is done if the frame rectangle is a null rectangle already. .PP Example: life/life.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QFrame::setFrameRect ( const QRect & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the frame rectangle. See the "frameRect" property for details. .SH "void QFrame::setFrameShadow ( Shadow )" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt index 1f45622cb..3ed98be4d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqftp.3qt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "\fBQFtp\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQFtp\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQFtp\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QFtp\fR ()" @@ -34,43 +34,43 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "enum \fBCommand\fR { None, ConnectToHost, Login, Close, List, Cd, Get, Put, Remove, Mkdir, Rmdir, Rename, RawCommand }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBconnectToHost\fR ( const QString & host, TQ_UINT16 port = 21 )" +.BI "int \fBconnectToHost\fR ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port = 21 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBlogin\fR ( const QString & user = QString::null, const QString & password = QString::null )" +.BI "int \fBlogin\fR ( const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBclose\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBlist\fR ( const QString & dir = QString::null )" +.BI "int \fBlist\fR ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcd\fR ( const QString & dir )" +.BI "int \fBcd\fR ( const TQString & dir )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBget\fR ( const QString & file, QIODevice * dev = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBget\fR ( const TQString & file, TQIODevice * dev = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBput\fR ( const QByteArray & data, const QString & file )" +.BI "int \fBput\fR ( const QByteArray & data, const TQString & file )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBput\fR ( QIODevice * dev, const QString & file )" +.BI "int \fBput\fR ( TQIODevice * dev, const TQString & file )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBremove\fR ( const QString & file )" +.BI "int \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & file )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBmkdir\fR ( const QString & dir )" +.BI "int \fBmkdir\fR ( const TQString & dir )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBrmdir\fR ( const QString & dir )" +.BI "int \fBrmdir\fR ( const TQString & dir )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBrename\fR ( const QString & oldname, const QString & newname )" +.BI "int \fBrename\fR ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBrawCommand\fR ( const QString & command )" +.BI "int \fBrawCommand\fR ( const TQString & command )" .br .ti -1c .BI "TQ_ULONG \fBbytesAvailable\fR () const" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "int \fBcurrentId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIODevice * \fBcurrentDevice\fR () const" +.BI "TQIODevice * \fBcurrentDevice\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "Command \fBcurrentCommand\fR () const" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "Error \fBerror\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBerrorString\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBerrorString\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "void \fBdataTransferProgress\fR ( int done, int total )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBrawCommandReply\fR ( int replyCode, const QString & detail )" +.BI "void \fBrawCommandReply\fR ( int replyCode, const TQString & detail )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBcommandStarted\fR ( int id )" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ In some cases, you might want to execute a sequence of commands, e.g. if you wan .PP .nf .br - QFtp *ftp = new QFtp( this ); // this is an optional QObject parent + QFtp *ftp = new QFtp( this ); // this is an optional TQObject parent .br ftp->connectToHost( "ftp.trolltech.com" ); .br @@ -354,8 +354,8 @@ See also stateChanged() and state(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QFtp::QFtp ()" Constructs a QFtp object. -.SH "QFtp::QFtp ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a QFtp object. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QFtp::QFtp ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a QFtp object. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the TQObject constructor. .SH "QFtp::~QFtp ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destructor. .SH "void QFtp::abort ()\fC [slot]\fR" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. Returns the number of bytes that can be read from the data socket at the moment. .PP See also get(), readyRead(), readBlock(), and readAll(). -.SH "int QFtp::cd ( const QString & dir )" +.SH "int QFtp::cd ( const TQString & dir )" Changes the working directory of the server to \fIdir\fR. .PP The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, and its execution is performed asynchronously. The function returns a unique identifier which is passed by commandStarted() and commandFinished(). @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ This signal is emitted when processing the command identified by \fIid\fR starts See also commandFinished() and done(). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "int QFtp::connectToHost ( const QString & host, TQ_UINT16 port = 21 )" +.SH "int QFtp::connectToHost ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port = 21 )" Connects to the FTP server \fIhost\fR using port \fIport\fR. .PP The stateChanged() signal is emitted when the state of the connecting process changes, e.g. to HostLookup, then Connecting, then Connected. @@ -432,10 +432,10 @@ Returns the command type of the FTP command being executed or None if there is n See also currentId(). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "QIODevice * QFtp::currentDevice () const" -Returns the QIODevice pointer that is used by the FTP command to read data from or store data to. If there is no current FTP command being executed or if the command does not use an IO device, this function returns 0. +.SH "TQIODevice * QFtp::currentDevice () const" +Returns the TQIODevice pointer that is used by the FTP command to read data from or store data to. If there is no current FTP command being executed or if the command does not use an IO device, this function returns 0. .PP -This function can be used to delete the QIODevice in the slot connected to the commandFinished() signal. +This function can be used to delete the TQIODevice in the slot connected to the commandFinished() signal. .PP See also get() and put(). .PP @@ -464,13 +464,13 @@ Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. Returns the last error that occurred. This is useful to find out what when wrong when receiving a commandFinished() or a done() signal with the \fCerror\fR argument set to \fCTRUE\fR. .PP If you start a new command, the error status is reset to NoError. -.SH "QString QFtp::errorString () const" +.SH "TQString QFtp::errorString () const" Returns a human-readable description of the last error that occurred. This is useful for presenting a error message to the user when receiving a commandFinished() or a done() signal with the \fCerror\fR argument set to \fCTRUE\fR. .PP The error string is often (but not always) the reply from the server, so it is not always possible to translate the string. If the message comes from Qt, the string has already passed through tr(). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "int QFtp::get ( const QString & file, QIODevice * dev = 0 )" +.SH "int QFtp::get ( const TQString & file, TQIODevice * dev = 0 )" Downloads the file \fIfile\fR from the server. .PP If \fIdev\fR is 0, then the readyRead() signal is emitted when there is data available to read. You can then read the data with the readBlock() or readAll() functions. @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Returns TRUE if there are any commands scheduled that have not yet been executed The command that is being executed is \fInot\fR considered as a scheduled command. .PP See also clearPendingCommands(), currentId(), and currentCommand(). -.SH "int QFtp::list ( const QString & dir = QString::null )" +.SH "int QFtp::list ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null )" Lists the contents of directory \fIdir\fR on the FTP server. If \fIdir\fR is empty, it lists the contents of the current directory. .PP The listInfo() signal is emitted for each directory entry found. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ This signal is emitted for each directory entry the list() command finds. The de See also list(). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "int QFtp::login ( const QString & user = QString::null, const QString & password = QString::null )" +.SH "int QFtp::login ( const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null )" Logs in to the FTP server with the username \fIuser\fR and the password \fIpassword\fR. .PP The stateChanged() signal is emitted when the state of the connecting process changes, e.g. to LoggedIn. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ When the command is started the commandStarted() signal is emitted. When it is f See also commandStarted() and commandFinished(). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "int QFtp::mkdir ( const QString & dir )" +.SH "int QFtp::mkdir ( const TQString & dir )" Creates a directory called \fIdir\fR on the server. .PP The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, and its execution is performed asynchronously. The function returns a unique identifier which is passed by commandStarted() and commandFinished(). @@ -532,13 +532,13 @@ The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, a When the command is started the commandStarted() signal is emitted. When it is finished the commandFinished() signal is emitted. .PP See also commandStarted() and commandFinished(). -.SH "int QFtp::put ( QIODevice * dev, const QString & file )" +.SH "int QFtp::put ( TQIODevice * dev, const TQString & file )" Reads the data from the IO device \fIdev\fR, and writes it to the file called \fIfile\fR on the server. The data is read in chunks from the IO device, so this overload allows you to transmit large amounts of data without the need to read all the data into memory at once. .PP Make sure that the \fIdev\fR pointer is valid for the duration of the operation (it is safe to delete it when the commandFinished() is emitted). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "int QFtp::put ( const QByteArray & data, const QString & file )" +.SH "int QFtp::put ( const QByteArray & data, const TQString & file )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Writes the data \fIdata\fR to the file called \fIfile\fR on the server. The progress of the upload is reported by the dataTransferProgress() signal. @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, a When the command is started the commandStarted() signal is emitted. When it is finished the commandFinished() signal is emitted. .PP See also dataTransferProgress(), commandStarted(), and commandFinished(). -.SH "int QFtp::rawCommand ( const QString & command )" +.SH "int QFtp::rawCommand ( const TQString & command )" Sends the raw FTP command \fIcommand\fR to the FTP server. This is useful for low-level FTP access. If the operation you wish to perform has an equivalent QFtp function, we recommend using the function instead of raw FTP commands since the functions are easier and safer. .PP The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, and its execution is performed asynchronously. The function returns a unique identifier which is passed by commandStarted() and commandFinished(). @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ When the command is started the commandStarted() signal is emitted. When it is f See also rawCommandReply(), commandStarted(), and commandFinished(). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "void QFtp::rawCommandReply ( int replyCode, const QString & detail )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QFtp::rawCommandReply ( int replyCode, const TQString & detail )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted in response to the rawCommand() function. \fIreplyCode\fR is the 3 digit reply code and \fIdetail\fR is the text that follows the reply code. .PP See also rawCommand(). @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ You can read the data with the readAll() or readBlock() functions. This signal is useful if you want to process the data in chunks as soon as it becomes available. If you are only interested in the complete data, just connect to the commandFinished() signal and read the data then instead. .PP See also get(), readBlock(), readAll(), and bytesAvailable(). -.SH "int QFtp::remove ( const QString & file )" +.SH "int QFtp::remove ( const TQString & file )" Deletes the file called \fIfile\fR from the server. .PP The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, and its execution is performed asynchronously. The function returns a unique identifier which is passed by commandStarted() and commandFinished(). @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ When the command is started the commandStarted() signal is emitted. When it is f See also commandStarted() and commandFinished(). .PP Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "int QFtp::rename ( const QString & oldname, const QString & newname )" +.SH "int QFtp::rename ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname )" Renames the file called \fIoldname\fR to \fInewname\fR on the server. .PP The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, and its execution is performed asynchronously. The function returns a unique identifier which is passed by commandStarted() and commandFinished(). @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, a When the command is started the commandStarted() signal is emitted. When it is finished the commandFinished() signal is emitted. .PP See also commandStarted() and commandFinished(). -.SH "int QFtp::rmdir ( const QString & dir )" +.SH "int QFtp::rmdir ( const TQString & dir )" Removes the directory called \fIdir\fR from the server. .PP The function does not block and returns immediately. The command is scheduled, and its execution is performed asynchronously. The function returns a unique identifier which is passed by commandStarted() and commandFinished(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverfactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverfactory.3qt index 6aee9d00d..523a6cf6a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverfactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverfactory.3qt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ QGfxDriverFactory \- Creates QScreen objects for Qt/Embedded \fC#include \fR .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
    1. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
    2. QScreen * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key, int displayId ) +
    3. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
    4. QScreen * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key, int displayId ) .SH DESCRIPTION The QGfxDriverFactory class creates QScreen objects for Qt/Embedded. .PP @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ QGfxDriverFactory::keys() returns a list of valid keys. TQt currently ships with .PP This class is only available in Qt/Embedded. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QScreen * QGfxDriverFactory::create ( const QString & key, int displayId )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QScreen * QGfxDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, int displayId )\fC [static]\fR" Creates a QScreen object of a type that matches \fIkey\fR, and with the ID, \fIdisplayId\fR. The QScreen object returned may be from a built-in driver, or from a driver plugin. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverplugin.3qt index 3a129ffd0..f3edcd028 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgfxdriverplugin.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QGfxDriverPlugin \- Abstract base for Qt/Embedded graphics driver plugins .BI "virtual QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QScreen * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & driver, int displayId ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QScreen * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & driver, int displayId ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Constructs a graphics driver plugin. This is invoked automatically by the \fCQ_E Destroys the graphics driver plugin. .PP You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin automatically when it is no longer used. -.SH "QScreen * QGfxDriverPlugin::create ( const QString & driver, int displayId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QScreen * QGfxDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, int displayId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Creates a driver matching the type specified by \fIdriver\fR, that will use display \fIdisplayId\fR. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqglcolormap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqglcolormap.3qt index 6f787708f..7604e1579 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqglcolormap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqglcolormap.3qt @@ -35,25 +35,25 @@ QGLColormap \- Used for installing custom colormaps into QGLWidgets .BI "void \fBdetach\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetEntries\fR ( int count, const QRgb * colors, int base = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBsetEntries\fR ( int count, const TQRgb * colors, int base = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetEntry\fR ( int idx, QRgb color )" +.BI "void \fBsetEntry\fR ( int idx, TQRgb color )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetEntry\fR ( int idx, const QColor & color )" +.BI "void \fBsetEntry\fR ( int idx, const TQColor & color )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb \fBentryRgb\fR ( int idx ) const" +.BI "TQRgb \fBentryRgb\fR ( int idx ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBentryColor\fR ( int idx ) const" +.BI "TQColor \fBentryColor\fR ( int idx ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBfind\fR ( QRgb color ) const" +.BI "int \fBfind\fR ( TQRgb color ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBfindNearest\fR ( QRgb color ) const" +.BI "int \fBfindNearest\fR ( TQRgb color ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -117,23 +117,23 @@ Construct a shallow copy of \fImap\fR. Dereferences the QGLColormap and deletes it if this was the last reference to it. .SH "void QGLColormap::detach ()" Detaches this QGLColormap from the shared block. -.SH "QColor QGLColormap::entryColor ( int idx ) const" -Returns the QRgb value in the colorcell with index \fIidx\fR. -.SH "QRgb QGLColormap::entryRgb ( int idx ) const" -Returns the QRgb value in the colorcell with index \fIidx\fR. -.SH "int QGLColormap::find ( QRgb color ) const" +.SH "TQColor QGLColormap::entryColor ( int idx ) const" +Returns the TQRgb value in the colorcell with index \fIidx\fR. +.SH "TQRgb QGLColormap::entryRgb ( int idx ) const" +Returns the TQRgb value in the colorcell with index \fIidx\fR. +.SH "int QGLColormap::find ( TQRgb color ) const" Returns the index of the color \fIcolor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR is not in the map, -1 is returned. -.SH "int QGLColormap::findNearest ( QRgb color ) const" +.SH "int QGLColormap::findNearest ( TQRgb color ) const" Returns the index of the color that is the closest match to color \fIcolor\fR. .SH "bool QGLColormap::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if the colormap is empty; otherwise returns FALSE. A colormap with no color values set is considered to be empty. .SH "QGLColormap & QGLColormap::operator= ( const QGLColormap & map )" Assign a shallow copy of \fImap\fR to this QGLColormap. -.SH "void QGLColormap::setEntries ( int count, const QRgb * colors, int base = 0 )" +.SH "void QGLColormap::setEntries ( int count, const TQRgb * colors, int base = 0 )" Set an array of cells in this colormap. \fIcount\fR is the number of colors that should be set, \fIcolors\fR is the array of colors, and \fIbase\fR is the starting index. -.SH "void QGLColormap::setEntry ( int idx, QRgb color )" +.SH "void QGLColormap::setEntry ( int idx, TQRgb color )" Set cell at index \fIidx\fR in the colormap to color \fIcolor\fR. -.SH "void QGLColormap::setEntry ( int idx, const QColor & color )" +.SH "void QGLColormap::setEntry ( int idx, const TQColor & color )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Set the cell with index \fIidx\fR in the colormap to color \fIcolor\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqglcontext.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqglcontext.3qt index 5a3aed81d..14a2f679b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqglcontext.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqglcontext.3qt @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Inherits QGL. .BI "QPaintDevice * \fBdevice\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBoverlayTransparentColor\fR () const" +.BI "TQColor \fBoverlayTransparentColor\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -188,12 +188,12 @@ Returns TRUE if a GL rendering context has been successfully created; otherwise Makes this context the current OpenGL rendering context. All GL functions you call operate on this context until another context is made current. .PP In some very rare cases the underlying call may fail. If this occurs an error message is output to stderr. -.SH "QColor QGLContext::overlayTransparentColor () const" +.SH "TQColor QGLContext::overlayTransparentColor () const" If this context is a valid context in an overlay plane, returns the plane's transparent color. Otherwise returns an invalid color. .PP The returned color's pixel value is the index of the transparent color in the colormap of the overlay plane. (Naturally, the color's RGB values are meaningless.) .PP -The returned QColor object will generally work as expected only when passed as the argument to QGLWidget::qglColor() or QGLWidget::qglClearColor(). Under certain circumstances it can also be used to draw transparent graphics with a QPainter. See the examples/opengl/overlay_x11 example for details. +The returned TQColor object will generally work as expected only when passed as the argument to QGLWidget::qglColor() or QGLWidget::qglClearColor(). Under certain circumstances it can also be used to draw transparent graphics with a QPainter. See the examples/opengl/overlay_x11 example for details. .SH "QGLFormat QGLContext::requestedFormat () const" Returns the frame buffer format that was originally requested in the constructor or setFormat(). .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqglformat.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqglformat.3qt index 2d4d58359..b3b54fec7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqglformat.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqglformat.3qt @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ This constructor makes it easy to specify a certain desired format in classes de .br // stencil buffer and alpha channel .br - MyGLWidget::MyGLWidget( QWidget* parent, const char* name ) + MyGLWidget::MyGLWidget( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) .br : QGLWidget( QGLFormat( StencilBuffer | AlphaChannel ), parent, name ) .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqglwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqglwidget.3qt index 6bddd2a60..9ab65bd40 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqglwidget.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqglwidget.3qt @@ -11,27 +11,27 @@ QGLWidget \- Widget for rendering OpenGL graphics .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget and QGL. +Inherits TQWidget and QGL. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGLWidget\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGLWidget\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGLWidget\fR ( QGLContext * context, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGLWidget\fR ( QGLContext * context, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGLWidget\fR ( const QGLFormat & format, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGLWidget\fR ( const QGLFormat & format, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QGLWidget\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBqglColor\fR ( const QColor & c ) const" +.BI "void \fBqglColor\fR ( const TQColor & c ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBqglClearColor\fR ( const QColor & c ) const" +.BI "void \fBqglClearColor\fR ( const TQColor & c ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisValid\fR () const" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Inherits QWidget and QGL. .BI "virtual QPixmap \fBrenderPixmap\fR ( int w = 0, int h = 0, bool useContext = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QImage \fBgrabFrameBuffer\fR ( bool withAlpha = FALSE )" +.BI "virtual TQImage \fBgrabFrameBuffer\fR ( bool withAlpha = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBmakeOverlayCurrent\fR ()" @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ Inherits QWidget and QGL. .BI "void \fBsetColormap\fR ( const QGLColormap & cmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBrenderText\fR ( int x, int y, const QString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" +.BI "void \fBrenderText\fR ( int x, int y, const TQString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBrenderText\fR ( double x, double y, double z, const QString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" +.BI "void \fBrenderText\fR ( double x, double y, double z, const TQString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Inherits QWidget and QGL. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBconvertToGLFormat\fR ( const QImage & img )" +.BI "TQImage \fBconvertToGLFormat\fR ( const TQImage & img )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Inherits QWidget and QGL. .SH DESCRIPTION The QGLWidget class is a widget for rendering OpenGL graphics. .PP -QGLWidget provides functionality for displaying OpenGL* graphics integrated into a TQt application. It is very simple to use. You inherit from it and use the subclass like any other QWidget, except that instead of drawing the widget's contents using QPainter etc. you use the standard OpenGL rendering commands. +QGLWidget provides functionality for displaying OpenGL* graphics integrated into a TQt application. It is very simple to use. You inherit from it and use the subclass like any other TQWidget, except that instead of drawing the widget's contents using QPainter etc. you use the standard OpenGL rendering commands. .PP QGLWidget provides three convenient virtual functions that you can reimplement in your subclass to perform the typical OpenGL tasks: .TP @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Here is a rough outline of how a QGLWidget subclass might look: .br public: .br - MyGLDrawer( QWidget *parent, const char *name ) + MyGLDrawer( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) .br : QGLWidget(parent, name) {} .br @@ -261,40 +261,40 @@ On X servers in which the default visual is in an overlay plane, non-GL TQt wind .PP See also Graphics Classes and Image Processing Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QGLWidget::QGLWidget ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QGLWidget::QGLWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an OpenGL widget with a \fIparent\fR widget and a \fIname\fR. .PP The default format is used. The widget will be invalid if the system has no OpenGL support. .PP -The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .PP If the \fIshareWidget\fR parameter points to a valid QGLWidget, this widget will share OpenGL display lists with \fIshareWidget\fR. If this widget and \fIshareWidget\fR have different formats, display list sharing may fail. You can check whether display list sharing succeeded by calling isSharing(). .PP The initialization of OpenGL rendering state, etc. should be done by overriding the initializeGL() function, rather than in the constructor of your QGLWidget subclass. .PP See also QGLFormat::defaultFormat(). -.SH "QGLWidget::QGLWidget ( QGLContext * context, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QGLWidget::QGLWidget ( QGLContext * context, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an OpenGL widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. .PP The \fIcontext\fR argument is a pointer to the QGLContext that you wish to be bound to this widget. This allows you to pass in your own QGLContext sub-classes. .PP The widget will be invalid if the system has no OpenGL support. .PP -The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .PP If the \fIshareWidget\fR parameter points to a valid QGLWidget, this widget will share OpenGL display lists with \fIshareWidget\fR. If this widget and \fIshareWidget\fR have different formats, display list sharing may fail. You can check whether display list sharing succeeded by calling isSharing(). .PP The initialization of OpenGL rendering state, etc. should be done by overriding the initializeGL() function, rather than in the constructor of your QGLWidget subclass. .PP See also QGLFormat::defaultFormat() and isValid(). -.SH "QGLWidget::QGLWidget ( const QGLFormat & format, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QGLWidget::QGLWidget ( const QGLFormat & format, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const QGLWidget * shareWidget = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an OpenGL widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. .PP The \fIformat\fR argument specifies the desired rendering options. If the underlying OpenGL/Window system cannot satisfy all the features requested in \fIformat\fR, the nearest subset of features will be used. After creation, the format() method will return the actual format obtained. .PP The widget will be invalid if the system has no OpenGL support. .PP -The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .PP If the \fIshareWidget\fR parameter points to a valid QGLWidget, this widget will share OpenGL display lists with \fIshareWidget\fR. If this widget and \fIshareWidget\fR have different formats, display list sharing may fail. You can check whether display list sharing succeeded by calling isSharing(). .PP @@ -319,12 +319,12 @@ See also setColormap(). Returns the context of this widget. .PP It is possible that the context is not valid (see isValid()), for example, if the underlying hardware does not support the format attributes that were requested. -.SH "QImage QGLWidget::convertToGLFormat ( const QImage & img )\fC [static]\fR" -Converts the image \fIimg\fR into the unnamed format expected by OpenGL functions such as glTexImage2D(). The returned image is not usable as a QImage, but QImage::width(), QImage::height() and QImage::bits() may be used with OpenGL. The following few lines are from the texture example. Most of the code is irrelevant, so we just quote the relevant bits: +.SH "TQImage QGLWidget::convertToGLFormat ( const TQImage & img )\fC [static]\fR" +Converts the image \fIimg\fR into the unnamed format expected by OpenGL functions such as glTexImage2D(). The returned image is not usable as a TQImage, but TQImage::width(), TQImage::height() and TQImage::bits() may be used with OpenGL. The following few lines are from the texture example. Most of the code is irrelevant, so we just quote the relevant bits: .PP .nf .br - QImage tex1, tex2, buf; + TQImage tex1, tex2, buf; .br if ( !buf.load( "gllogo.bmp" ) ) { // Load first image from file .fi @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Executes the virtual function paintGL(). The widget's rendering context will become the current context and initializeGL() will be called if it hasn't already been called. .SH "void QGLWidget::glInit ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Initializes OpenGL for this widget's context. Calls the virtual function initializeGL(). -.SH "QImage QGLWidget::grabFrameBuffer ( bool withAlpha = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQImage QGLWidget::grabFrameBuffer ( bool withAlpha = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns an image of the frame buffer. If \fIwithAlpha\fR is TRUE the alpha channel is included. .PP Depending on your hardware, you can explicitly select which color buffer to grab with a glReadBuffer() call before calling this function. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Handles paint events. Will cause the virtual paintGL() function to be called. .PP The widget's rendering context will become the current context and initializeGL() will be called if it hasn't already been called. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QGLWidget::paintGL ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called whenever the widget needs to be painted. Reimplement it in a subclass. .PP @@ -412,14 +412,14 @@ There is no need to call makeCurrent() because this has already been done when t This virtual function is used in the same manner as paintGL() except that it operates on the widget's overlay context instead of the widget's main context. This means that paintOverlayGL() is called whenever the widget's overlay needs to be painted. Reimplement it in a subclass. .PP There is no need to call makeOverlayCurrent() because this has already been done when this function is called. -.SH "void QGLWidget::qglClearColor ( const QColor & c ) const" +.SH "void QGLWidget::qglClearColor ( const TQColor & c ) const" Convenience function for specifying the clearing color to OpenGL. Calls glClearColor (in RGBA mode) or glClearIndex (in color-index mode) with the color \fIc\fR. Applies to the current GL context. .PP -See also qglColor(), QGLContext::currentContext(), and QColor. -.SH "void QGLWidget::qglColor ( const QColor & c ) const" +See also qglColor(), QGLContext::currentContext(), and TQColor. +.SH "void QGLWidget::qglColor ( const TQColor & c ) const" Convenience function for specifying a drawing color to OpenGL. Calls glColor3 (in RGBA mode) or glIndex (in color-index mode) with the color \fIc\fR. Applies to the current GL context. .PP -See also qglClearColor(), QGLContext::currentContext(), and QColor. +See also qglClearColor(), QGLContext::currentContext(), and TQColor. .SH "QPixmap QGLWidget::renderPixmap ( int w = 0, int h = 0, bool useContext = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Renders the current scene on a pixmap and returns the pixmap. .PP @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Overlays are not rendered onto the pixmap. If the GL rendering context and the desktop have different bit depths, the result will most likely look surprising. .PP Note that the creation of display lists, modifications of the view frustum etc. should be done from within initializeGL(). If this is not done, the temporary QGLContext will not be initialized properly, and the rendered pixmap may be incomplete/corrupted. -.SH "void QGLWidget::renderText ( int x, int y, const QString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" +.SH "void QGLWidget::renderText ( int x, int y, const TQString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" Renders the string \fIstr\fR into the GL context of this widget. .PP \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified in window coordinates, with the origin in the upper left-hand corner of the window. If \fIfnt\fR is not specified, the currently set application font will be used to render the string. To change the color of the rendered text you can use the glColor() call (or the qglColor() convenience function), just before the renderText() call. Note that if you have GL_LIGHTING enabled, the string will not appear in the color you want. You should therefore switch lighting off before using renderText(). @@ -444,14 +444,14 @@ Renders the string \fIstr\fR into the GL context of this widget. \fIlistBase\fR specifies the index of the first display list that is generated by this function. The default value is 2000. 256 display lists will be generated, one for each of the first 256 characters in the font that is used to render the string. If several fonts are used in the same widget, the display lists for these fonts will follow the last generated list. You would normally not have to change this value unless you are using lists in the same range. The lists are deleted when the widget is destroyed. .PP Note: This function only works reliably with ASCII strings. -.SH "void QGLWidget::renderText ( double x, double y, double z, const QString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" +.SH "void QGLWidget::renderText ( double x, double y, double z, const TQString & str, const QFont & fnt = QFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR and \fIz\fR are specified in scene or object coordinates relative to the currently set projection and model matrices. This can be useful if you want to annotate models with text labels and have the labels move with the model as it is rotated etc. .SH "void QGLWidget::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Handles resize events. Calls the virtual function resizeGL(). .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QGLWidget::resizeGL ( int width, int height )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called whenever the widget has been resized. The new size is passed in \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR. Reimplement it in a subclass. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt index 2ead4d389..d4c23747e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgrid.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGrid\fR ( int n, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGrid\fR ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGrid\fR ( int n, Orientation orient, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGrid\fR ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetSpacing\fR ( int space )" @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ Use setMargin() to add space around the grid itself, and setSpacing() to add spa .PP See also QVBox, QHBox, QGridLayout, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QGrid::QGrid ( int n, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QGrid::QGrid ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a grid widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. \fIn\fR specifies the number of columns. The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed to the QFrame constructor. -.SH "QGrid::QGrid ( int n, Orientation orient, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QGrid::QGrid ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a grid widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. If \fIorient\fR is Horizontal, \fIn\fR specifies the number of columns. If \fIorient\fR is Vertical, \fIn\fR specifies the number of rows. The widget flags \fIf\fR are passed to the QFrame constructor. .SH "void QGrid::setSpacing ( int space )" Sets the spacing between the child widgets to \fIspace\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt index 98fff8e31..8bf8f4615 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgridlayout.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QLayout. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGridLayout\fR ( QWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGridLayout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQGridLayout\fR ( int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" @@ -91,10 +91,10 @@ Inherits QLayout. .BI "void \fBaddMultiCell\fR ( QLayoutItem * item, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddWidget\fR ( QWidget * w, int row, int col, int alignment = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBaddWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w, int row, int col, int alignment = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddMultiCellWidget\fR ( QWidget * w, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBaddMultiCellWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBaddLayout\fR ( QLayout * layout, int row, int col )" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Inherits QLayout. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBfindWidget\fR ( QWidget * w, int * row, int * col )" +.BI "bool \fBfindWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w, int * row, int * col )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBadd\fR ( QLayoutItem * item, int row, int col )" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Each column has a minimum width and a stretch factor. The minimum width is the g .PP Normally, each managed widget or layout is put into a cell of its own using addWidget(), addLayout() or by the auto-add facility. It is also possible for a widget to occupy multiple cells using addMultiCellWidget(). If you do this, QGridLayout will guess how to distribute the size over the columns/rows (based on the stretch factors). .PP -To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling QWidget::hide() on a widget also effectively removes the widget from the layout until QWidget::show() is called. +To remove a widget from a layout, call remove(). Calling TQWidget::hide() on a widget also effectively removes the widget from the layout until TQWidget::show() is called. .PP This illustration shows a fragment of a dialog with a five-column, three-row grid (the grid is shown overlaid in magenta): .PP @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ This enum identifies which corner is the origin (0, 0) of the layout. .TP \fCQGridLayout::BottomRight\fR - the bottom-right corner .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QGridLayout::QGridLayout ( QWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QGridLayout::QGridLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int nRows = 1, int nCols = 1, int margin = 0, int space = -1, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a new QGridLayout with \fInRows\fR rows, \fInCols\fR columns and parent widget, \fIparent\fR. \fIparent\fR may not be 0. The grid layout is called \fIname\fR. .PP \fImargin\fR is the number of pixels between the edge of the widget and its managed children. \fIspace\fR is the default number of pixels between cells. If \fIspace\fR is -1, the value of \fImargin\fR is used. @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ A non-zero alignment indicates that the layout should not grow to fill the avail \fIlayout\fR becomes a child of the grid layout. .PP See also addLayout(). -.SH "void QGridLayout::addMultiCellWidget ( QWidget * w, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )" +.SH "void QGridLayout::addMultiCellWidget ( TQWidget * w, int fromRow, int toRow, int fromCol, int toCol, int alignment = 0 )" Adds the widget \fIw\fR to the cell grid, spanning multiple rows/columns. The cell will span from \fIfromRow\fR, \fIfromCol\fR to \fItoRow\fR, \fItoCol\fR. .PP Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR, which is a bitwise OR of Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Examples: Sets the minimum height of row \fIrow\fR to \fIminsize\fR pixels. .PP Use setRowSpacing() instead. -.SH "void QGridLayout::addWidget ( QWidget * w, int row, int col, int alignment = 0 )" +.SH "void QGridLayout::addWidget ( TQWidget * w, int row, int col, int alignment = 0 )" Adds the widget \fIw\fR to the cell grid at \fIrow\fR, \fIcol\fR. The top-left position is (0, 0) by default. .PP Alignment is specified by \fIalignment\fR, which is a bitwise OR of Qt::AlignmentFlags values. The default alignment is 0, which means that the widget fills the entire cell. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Expands this grid so that it will have \fInRows\fR rows and \fInCols\fR columns. Returns whether this layout can make use of more space than sizeHint(). A value of Vertical or Horizontal means that it wants to grow in only one dimension, whereas \fCBothDirections\fR means that it wants to grow in both dimensions. .PP Reimplemented from QLayout. -.SH "bool QGridLayout::findWidget ( QWidget * w, int * row, int * col )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "bool QGridLayout::findWidget ( TQWidget * w, int * row, int * col )\fC [protected]\fR" Searches for widget \fIw\fR in this layout (not including child layouts). If \fIw\fR is found, it sets \fCrow\fR and \fCcol\fR to the row and column and returns TRUE; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Note: if a widget spans multiple rows/columns, the top-left cell is returned. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt index 1ef38fead..c52cfd52a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgridview.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGridView\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGridView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QGridView\fR ()" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ QGridView is a very simple abstract class based on QScrollView. It is designed t .PP See also Abstract Widget Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QGridView::QGridView ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QGridView::QGridView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a grid view. .PP The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag, \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QScrollView constructor. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Repaints cell (\fIrow\fR, \fIcolumn\fR). .PP If \fIerase\fR is TRUE, TQt erases the area of the cell before the paintCell() call; otherwise no erasing takes place. .PP -See also QWidget::repaint(). +See also TQWidget::repaint(). .SH "int QGridView::rowAt ( int y ) const" Returns the number of the row at position \fIy\fR. \fIy\fR must be given in content coordinates. .PP @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Sets the number of rows in the grid. See the "numRows" property for details. .SH "void QGridView::updateCell ( int row, int column )" Updates cell (\fIrow\fR, \fIcolumn\fR). .PP -See also QWidget::update(). +See also TQWidget::update(). .SS "Property Documentation" .SH "int cellHeight" This property holds the height of a grid row. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt index a0d760fe7..6199a0aa6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqgroupbox.3qt @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Inherited by QButtonGroup, QHGroupBox, and QVGroupBox. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQGroupBox\fR ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QGroupBox\fR ()" @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ Inherited by QButtonGroup, QHGroupBox, and QVGroupBox. .BI "virtual void \fBsetColumnLayout\fR ( int strips, Orientation direction )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtitle\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtitle\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetTitle\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetTitle\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBalignment\fR () const" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Inherited by QButtonGroup, QHGroupBox, and QVGroupBox. .BI "Orientation \fBorientation\fR - the group box's orientation" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtitle\fR - the group box title text" +.BI "TQString \fBtitle\fR - the group box title text" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -144,26 +144,26 @@ You can change the spacing used by the group box with setInsideMargin() and setI .PP See also QButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a group box widget with no title. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .PP This constructor does not do automatic layout. -.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a group box with the title \fItitle\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .PP This constructor does not do automatic layout. -.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a group box with no title. Child widgets will be arranged in \fIstrips\fR rows or columns (depending on \fIorientation\fR). .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QGroupBox::QGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a group box titled \fItitle\fR. Child widgets will be arranged in \fIstrips\fR rows or columns (depending on \fIorientation\fR). .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QGroupBox::~QGroupBox ()" Destroys the group box. .SH "void QGroupBox::addSpace ( int size )" @@ -224,9 +224,9 @@ Sets the width of the empty space between each of the items in the group to \fIs See also insideSpacing(). .SH "void QGroupBox::setOrientation ( Orientation )" Sets the group box's orientation. See the "orientation" property for details. -.SH "void QGroupBox::setTitle ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QGroupBox::setTitle ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the group box title text. See the "title" property for details. -.SH "QString QGroupBox::title () const" +.SH "TQString QGroupBox::title () const" Returns the group box title text. See the "title" property for details. .SH "void QGroupBox::toggled ( bool on )\fC [signal]\fR" If the group box has a check box (see isCheckable()) this signal is emitted when the check box is toggled. \fIon\fR is TRUE if the check box is checked; otherwise it is FALSE. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ A horizontal group box arranges it's children in columns, while a vertical group Usually it is not a good idea to set this property because it is slow (it does a complete layout). It is better to set the orientation directly in the constructor. .PP Set this property's value with setOrientation() and get this property's value with orientation(). -.SH "QString title" +.SH "TQString title" This property holds the group box title text. .PP The group box title text will have a focus-change keyboard accelerator if the title contains &, followed by a letter. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqguardedptr.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqguardedptr.3qt index e25c67a6a..cd28f9732 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqguardedptr.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqguardedptr.3qt @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ QGuardedPtr \- Template class that provides guarded pointers to QObjects .SH DESCRIPTION The QGuardedPtr class is a template class that provides guarded pointers to QObjects. .PP -A guarded pointer, \fCQGuardedPtr\fR, behaves like a normal C++ pointer \fCX*\fR, except that it is automatically set to 0 when the referenced object is destroyed (unlike normal C++ pointers, which become "dangling pointers" in such cases). \fCX\fR must be a subclass of QObject. +A guarded pointer, \fCQGuardedPtr\fR, behaves like a normal C++ pointer \fCX*\fR, except that it is automatically set to 0 when the referenced object is destroyed (unlike normal C++ pointers, which become "dangling pointers" in such cases). \fCX\fR must be a subclass of TQObject. .PP -Guarded pointers are useful whenever you need to store a pointer to a QObject that is owned by someone else and therefore might be destroyed while you still hold a reference to it. You can safely test the pointer for validity. +Guarded pointers are useful whenever you need to store a pointer to a TQObject that is owned by someone else and therefore might be destroyed while you still hold a reference to it. You can safely test the pointer for validity. .PP Example: .PP @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ The functions and operators available with a QGuardedPtr are the same as those a .PP For creating guarded pointers, you can construct or assign to them from an X* or from another guarded pointer of the same type. You can compare them with each other using operator==() and operator!=(), or test for 0 with isNull(). And you can dereference them using either the \fC*x\fR or the \fCx->member\fR notation. .PP -A guarded pointer will automatically cast to an X*, so you can freely mix guarded and unguarded pointers. This means that if you have a QGuardedPtr, you can pass it to a function that requires a QWidget*. For this reason, it is of little value to declare functions to take a QGuardedPtr as a parameter; just use normal pointers. Use a QGuardedPtr when you are storing a pointer over time. +A guarded pointer will automatically cast to an X*, so you can freely mix guarded and unguarded pointers. This means that if you have a QGuardedPtr, you can pass it to a function that requires a TQWidget*. For this reason, it is of little value to declare functions to take a QGuardedPtr as a parameter; just use normal pointers. Use a QGuardedPtr when you are storing a pointer over time. .PP -Note again that class \fIX\fR must inherit QObject, or a compilation or link error will result. +Note again that class \fIX\fR must inherit TQObject, or a compilation or link error will result. .PP See also Object Model. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt index bfb16f695..f3edd2824 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhbox.3qt @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ Inherited by QVBox. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetSpacing\fR ( int space )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetStretchFactor\fR ( QWidget * w, int stretch )" +.BI "bool \fBsetStretchFactor\fR ( TQWidget * w, int stretch )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHBox\fR ( bool horizontal, QWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHBox\fR ( bool horizontal, TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ Use setMargin() to add space around the edges, and use setSpacing() to add space .PP See also QHBoxLayout, QVBox, QGrid, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QHBox::QHBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QHBox::QHBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an hbox widget with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. The parent, name and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the QFrame constructor. -.SH "QHBox::QHBox ( bool horizontal, QWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "QHBox::QHBox ( bool horizontal, TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" Constructs a horizontal hbox if \fIhorizontal\fR is TRUE, otherwise constructs a vertical hbox (also known as a vbox). .PP This constructor is provided for the QVBox class. You should never need to use it directly. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Sets the spacing between the child widgets to \fIspace\fR. .PP Examples: .)l i18n/mywidget.cpp, listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, tabdialog/tabdialog.cpp, wizard/wizard.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "bool QHBox::setStretchFactor ( QWidget * w, int stretch )" +.SH "bool QHBox::setStretchFactor ( TQWidget * w, int stretch )" Sets the stretch factor of widget \fIw\fR to \fIstretch\fR. Returns TRUE if \fIw\fR is found. Otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also QBoxLayout::setStretchFactor() and Layouts. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt index ae97342fa..e0e0f5a8e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhboxlayout.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QBoxLayout. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHBoxLayout\fR ( QWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHBoxLayout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQHBoxLayout\fR ( QLayout * parentLayout, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ or like this: .PP See also QVBoxLayout, QGridLayout, the Layout overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QHBoxLayout::QHBoxLayout ( QWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QHBoxLayout::QHBoxLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a new top-level horizontal box called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP The \fImargin\fR is the number of pixels between the edge of the widget and its managed children. The \fIspacing\fR is the default number of pixels between neighboring children. If \fIspacing\fR is -1 the value of \fImargin\fR is used for \fIspacing\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt index 7fb5e5a61..68165e9b7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhbuttongroup.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QButtonGroup. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHButtonGroup\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHButtonGroup\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHButtonGroup\fR ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHButtonGroup\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QHButtonGroup\fR ()" @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ QHButtonGroup is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of QButtonG .PP See also QVButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QHButtonGroup::QHButtonGroup ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QHButtonGroup::QHButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a horizontal button group with no title. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QHButtonGroup::QHButtonGroup ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QHButtonGroup::QHButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a horizontal button group with the title \fItitle\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QHButtonGroup::~QHButtonGroup ()" Destroys the horizontal button group, deleting its child widgets. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt index af0f6420f..0221aca52 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqheader.3qt @@ -11,36 +11,36 @@ QHeader \- Header row or column, e.g. for tables and listviews .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHeader\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHeader\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHeader\fR ( int n, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHeader\fR ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QHeader\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBaddLabel\fR ( const QString & s, int size = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBaddLabel\fR ( const TQString & s, int size = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBaddLabel\fR ( const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & s, int size = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBaddLabel\fR ( const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBremoveLabel\fR ( int section )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( int section, const QString & s, int size = -1 )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( int section, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( int section, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & s, int size = -1 )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( int section, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlabel\fR ( int section ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBlabel\fR ( int section ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QIconSet * \fBiconSet\fR ( int section ) const" @@ -267,15 +267,15 @@ QHeader provides the clicked(), pressed() and released() signals. If the user ch .PP See also QListView, QTable, and Advanced Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QHeader::QHeader ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QHeader::QHeader ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a horizontal header called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. -.SH "QHeader::QHeader ( int n, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QHeader::QHeader ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a horizontal header called \fIname\fR, with \fIn\fR sections and parent \fIparent\fR. .SH "QHeader::~QHeader ()" Destroys the header and all its sections. -.SH "int QHeader::addLabel ( const QString & s, int size = -1 )" +.SH "int QHeader::addLabel ( const TQString & s, int size = -1 )" Adds a new section with label text \fIs\fR. Returns the index position where the section was added (at the right for horizontal headers, at the bottom for vertical headers). The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR. If \fIsize\fR < 0, an appropriate size for the text \fIs\fR is chosen. -.SH "int QHeader::addLabel ( const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & s, int size = -1 )" +.SH "int QHeader::addLabel ( const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds a new section with iconset \fIiconset\fR and label text \fIs\fR. Returns the index position where the section was added (at the right for horizontal headers, at the bottom for vertical headers). The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR, unless size is negative in which case the size is calculated taking account of the size of the text. @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Returns TRUE if section \fIsection\fR will resize to take up the full width (or height) of the header; otherwise returns FALSE. If at least one section has stretch enabled the sections will always take up the full width of the header. .PP See also setStretchEnabled(). -.SH "QString QHeader::label ( int section ) const" -Returns the text for section \fIsection\fR. If the section does not exist, a QString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QHeader::label ( int section ) const" +Returns the text for section \fIsection\fR. If the section does not exist, a TQString::null is returned. .PP Example: helpsystem/tooltip.cpp. .SH "int QHeader::mapToActual ( int l ) const" @@ -445,14 +445,14 @@ If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, any clicks on section \fIsection\fR will result in clic If \fIsection\fR is -1 (the default) then the \fIenable\fR value is set for all existing sections and will be applied to any new sections that are added. .PP See also moving and setResizeEnabled(). -.SH "void QHeader::setLabel ( int section, const QString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text of section \fIsection\fR to \fIs\fR. The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR if \fIsize\fR >= 0; otherwise it is left unchanged. Any icon set that has been set for this section remains unchanged. .PP If the section does not exist, nothing happens. .PP Examples: .)l chart/setdataform.cpp and table/small-table-demo/main.cpp. -.SH "void QHeader::setLabel ( int section, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QHeader::setLabel ( int section, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the icon for section \fIsection\fR to \fIiconset\fR and the text to \fIs\fR. The section's width is set to \fIsize\fR if \fIsize\fR >= 0; otherwise it is left unchanged. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhebrewcodec.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhebrewcodec.3qt index f4454a1fa..9d584a79b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhebrewcodec.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhebrewcodec.3qt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Inherits QTextCodec. .BI "virtual const char * \fBmimeName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const QString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const" +.BI "virtual QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ This codec has the name "iso8859-8". If you don't want any bidi reordering to ha .PP See also Internationalization with Qt. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QCString QHebrewCodec::fromUnicode ( const QString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Transforms the logically ordered QString, \fIuc\fR, into a visually ordered string in the 8859-8 encoding. Qt's bidi algorithm is used to perform this task. Note that newline characters affect the reordering, since reordering is done on a line by line basis. +.SH "QCString QHebrewCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Transforms the logically ordered TQString, \fIuc\fR, into a visually ordered string in the 8859-8 encoding. Qt's bidi algorithm is used to perform this task. Note that newline characters affect the reordering, since reordering is done on a line by line basis. .PP The algorithm is designed to work on whole paragraphs of text, so processing a line at a time may produce incorrect results. This approach is taken because the reordering of the contents of a particular line in a paragraph may depend on the previous line in the same paragraph. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhgroupbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhgroupbox.3qt index a27ff79f5..a36680ae4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhgroupbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhgroupbox.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QGroupBox. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHGroupBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHGroupBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHGroupBox\fR ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHGroupBox\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QHGroupBox\fR ()" @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ QHGroupBox is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of QGroupBox. .PP See also QVGroupBox, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QHGroupBox::QHGroupBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QHGroupBox::QHGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a horizontal group box with no title. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QHGroupBox::QHGroupBox ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QHGroupBox::QHGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a horizontal group box with the title \fItitle\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QHGroupBox::~QHGroupBox ()" Destroys the horizontal group box, deleting its child widgets. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhideevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhideevent.3qt index 601c61ba2..d56a50a65 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhideevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhideevent.3qt @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ Inherits QEvent. .SH DESCRIPTION The QHideEvent class provides an event which is sent after a widget is hidden. .PP -This event is sent just before QWidget::hide() returns, and also when a top-level window has been hidden (iconified) by the user. +This event is sent just before TQWidget::hide() returns, and also when a top-level window has been hidden (iconified) by the user. .PP -If spontaneous() is TRUE the event originated outside the application, i.e. the user hid the window using the window manager controls, either by iconifying the window or by switching to another virtual desktop where the window isn't visible. The window will become hidden but not withdrawn. If the window was iconified, QWidget::isMinimized() returns TRUE. +If spontaneous() is TRUE the event originated outside the application, i.e. the user hid the window using the window manager controls, either by iconifying the window or by switching to another virtual desktop where the window isn't visible. The window will become hidden but not withdrawn. If the window was iconified, TQWidget::isMinimized() returns TRUE. .PP See also QShowEvent and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhostaddress.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhostaddress.3qt index af45b0c89..3c3bf83c0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhostaddress.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhostaddress.3qt @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ QHostAddress \- IP address .BI "void \fBsetAddress\fR ( TQ_UINT8 * ip6Addr )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetAddress\fR ( const QString & address )" +.BI "bool \fBsetAddress\fR ( const TQString & address )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool isIp4Addr () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ QHostAddress \- IP address .BI "Q_IPV6ADDR \fBtoIPv6Address\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QHostAddress & other ) const" @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Set the IPv6 address specified by \fIip6Addr\fR. .PP \fIip6Addr\fR must be a 16 byte array in network byte order (high-order byte first). -.SH "bool QHostAddress::setAddress ( const QString & address )" +.SH "bool QHostAddress::setAddress ( const TQString & address )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the IPv4 or IPv6 address specified by the string representation \fIaddress\fR (e.g. "127.0.0.1"). Returns TRUE and sets the address if the address was successfully parsed; otherwise returns FALSE and leaves the address unchanged. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Returns the IPv6 address as a Q_IPV6ADDR structure. The structure consists of 16 This value is only valid when isIPv6Address() returns TRUE. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "QString QHostAddress::toString () const" +.SH "TQString QHostAddress::toString () const" Returns the address as a string. .PP For example, if the address is the IPv4 address 127.0.0.1, the returned string is "127.0.0.1". diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt index 4291637ba..f31d5fdee 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhttp.3qt @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "\fBQHttp\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHttp\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHttp\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHttp\fR ( const QString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQHttp\fR ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QHttp\fR ()" @@ -34,25 +34,25 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "enum \fBError\fR { NoError, UnknownError, HostNotFound, ConnectionRefused, UnexpectedClose, InvalidResponseHeader, WrongContentLength, Aborted }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBsetHost\fR ( const QString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80 )" +.BI "int \fBsetHost\fR ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBget\fR ( const QString & path, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBget\fR ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBpost\fR ( const QString & path, QIODevice * data, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBpost\fR ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBpost\fR ( const QString & path, const QByteArray & data, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBpost\fR ( const TQString & path, const QByteArray & data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBhead\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "int \fBhead\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBrequest\fR ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, QIODevice * data = 0, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBrequest\fR ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, TQIODevice * data = 0, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBrequest\fR ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, const QByteArray & data, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBrequest\fR ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, const QByteArray & data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcloseConnection\fR ()" @@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "int \fBcurrentId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIODevice * \fBcurrentSourceDevice\fR () const" +.BI "TQIODevice * \fBcurrentSourceDevice\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIODevice * \fBcurrentDestinationDevice\fR () const" +.BI "TQIODevice * \fBcurrentDestinationDevice\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QHttpRequestHeader \fBcurrentRequest\fR () const" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Inherits QNetworkProtocol. .BI "Error \fBerror\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBerrorString\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBerrorString\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -315,10 +315,10 @@ See also stateChanged() and state(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QHttp::QHttp ()" Constructs a QHttp object. -.SH "QHttp::QHttp ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a QHttp object. The parameters \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed on to the QObject constructor. -.SH "QHttp::QHttp ( const QString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a QHttp object. Subsequent requests are done by connecting to the server \fIhostname\fR on port \fIport\fR. The parameters \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed on to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QHttp::QHttp ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a QHttp object. The parameters \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed on to the TQObject constructor. +.SH "QHttp::QHttp ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a QHttp object. Subsequent requests are done by connecting to the server \fIhostname\fR on port \fIport\fR. The parameters \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .PP See also setHost(). .SH "QHttp::~QHttp ()\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -351,10 +351,10 @@ When the request is started the requestStarted() signal is emitted. When it is f If you want to close the connection immediately, you have to use abort() instead. .PP See also stateChanged(), abort(), requestStarted(), requestFinished(), and done(). -.SH "QIODevice * QHttp::currentDestinationDevice () const" -Returns the QIODevice pointer that is used as to store the data of the HTTP request being executed. If there is no current request or if the request does not store the data to an IO device, this function returns 0. +.SH "TQIODevice * QHttp::currentDestinationDevice () const" +Returns the TQIODevice pointer that is used as to store the data of the HTTP request being executed. If there is no current request or if the request does not store the data to an IO device, this function returns 0. .PP -This function can be used to delete the QIODevice in the slot connected to the requestFinished() signal. +This function can be used to delete the TQIODevice in the slot connected to the requestFinished() signal. .PP See also get(), post(), and request(). .SH "int QHttp::currentId () const" @@ -365,10 +365,10 @@ See also currentRequest(). Returns the request header of the HTTP request being executed. If the request is one issued by setHost() or closeConnection(), it returns an invalid request header, i.e. QHttpRequestHeader::isValid() returns FALSE. .PP See also currentId(). -.SH "QIODevice * QHttp::currentSourceDevice () const" -Returns the QIODevice pointer that is used as the data source of the HTTP request being executed. If there is no current request or if the request does not use an IO device as the data source, this function returns 0. +.SH "TQIODevice * QHttp::currentSourceDevice () const" +Returns the TQIODevice pointer that is used as the data source of the HTTP request being executed. If there is no current request or if the request does not use an IO device as the data source, this function returns 0. .PP -This function can be used to delete the QIODevice in the slot connected to the requestFinished() signal. +This function can be used to delete the TQIODevice in the slot connected to the requestFinished() signal. .PP See also currentDestinationDevice(), post(), and request(). .SH "void QHttp::dataReadProgress ( int done, int total )\fC [signal]\fR" @@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ See also requestFinished(), error(), and errorString(). Returns the last error that occurred. This is useful to find out what happened when receiving a requestFinished() or a done() signal with the \fCerror\fR argument \fCTRUE\fR. .PP If you start a new request, the error status is reset to NoError. -.SH "QString QHttp::errorString () const" +.SH "TQString QHttp::errorString () const" Returns a human-readable description of the last error that occurred. This is useful to present a error message to the user when receiving a requestFinished() or a done() signal with the \fCerror\fR argument \fCTRUE\fR. -.SH "int QHttp::get ( const QString & path, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.SH "int QHttp::get ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" Sends a get request for \fIpath\fR to the server set by setHost() or as specified in the constructor. .PP \fIpath\fR must be an absolute path like \fC/index.html\fR or an absolute URI like http://www.trolltech.com/index.html. @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Returns TRUE if there are any requests scheduled that have not yet been executed The request that is being executed is \fInot\fR considered as a scheduled request. .PP See also clearPendingRequests(), currentId(), and currentRequest(). -.SH "int QHttp::head ( const QString & path )" +.SH "int QHttp::head ( const TQString & path )" Sends a header request for \fIpath\fR to the server set by setHost() or as specified in the constructor. .PP \fIpath\fR must be an absolute path like \fC/index.html\fR or an absolute URI like http://www.trolltech.com/index.html. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ The function does not block and returns immediately. The request is scheduled, a When the request is started the requestStarted() signal is emitted. When it is finished the requestFinished() signal is emitted. .PP See also setHost(), get(), post(), request(), requestStarted(), requestFinished(), and done(). -.SH "int QHttp::post ( const QString & path, QIODevice * data, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.SH "int QHttp::post ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" Sends a post request for \fIpath\fR to the server set by setHost() or as specified in the constructor. .PP \fIpath\fR must be an absolute path like \fC/index.html\fR or an absolute URI like http://www.trolltech.com/index.html. @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ The function does not block and returns immediately. The request is scheduled, a When the request is started the requestStarted() signal is emitted. When it is finished the requestFinished() signal is emitted. .PP See also setHost(), get(), head(), request(), requestStarted(), requestFinished(), and done(). -.SH "int QHttp::post ( const QString & path, const QByteArray & data, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.SH "int QHttp::post ( const TQString & path, const QByteArray & data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIdata\fR is used as the content data of the HTTP request. @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ You can read the data with the readAll() or readBlock() functions This signal is useful if you want to process the data in chunks as soon as it becomes available. If you are only interested in the complete data, just connect to the requestFinished() signal and read the data then instead. .PP See also get(), post(), request(), readAll(), readBlock(), and bytesAvailable(). -.SH "int QHttp::request ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, QIODevice * data = 0, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.SH "int QHttp::request ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, TQIODevice * data = 0, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" Sends a request to the server set by setHost() or as specified in the constructor. Uses the \fIheader\fR as the HTTP request header. You are responsible for setting up a header that is appropriate for your request. .PP The incoming data comes via the \fIdata\fR IO device. @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ The function does not block and returns immediately. The request is scheduled, a When the request is started the requestStarted() signal is emitted. When it is finished the requestFinished() signal is emitted. .PP See also setHost(), get(), post(), head(), requestStarted(), requestFinished(), and done(). -.SH "int QHttp::request ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, const QByteArray & data, QIODevice * to = 0 )" +.SH "int QHttp::request ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header, const QByteArray & data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIdata\fR is used as the content data of the HTTP request. @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ See also requestFinished() and done(). This signal is emitted when the HTTP header of a server response is available. The header is passed in \fIresp\fR. .PP See also get(), post(), head(), request(), and readyRead(). -.SH "int QHttp::setHost ( const QString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80 )" +.SH "int QHttp::setHost ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80 )" Sets the HTTP server that is used for requests to \fIhostname\fR on port \fIport\fR. .PP The function does not block and returns immediately. The request is scheduled, and its execution is performed asynchronously. The function returns a unique identifier which is passed by requestStarted() and requestFinished(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhttpheader.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhttpheader.3qt index b54302043..4890f33f7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhttpheader.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhttpheader.3qt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Inherited by QHttpResponseHeader and QHttpRequestHeader. .BI "\fBQHttpHeader\fR ( const QHttpHeader & header )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHttpHeader\fR ( const QString & str )" +.BI "\fBQHttpHeader\fR ( const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QHttpHeader\fR ()" @@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ Inherited by QHttpResponseHeader and QHttpRequestHeader. .BI "QHttpHeader & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QHttpHeader & h )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBvalue\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBvalue\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetValue\fR ( const QString & key, const QString & value )" +.BI "void \fBsetValue\fR ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveValue\fR ( const QString & key )" +.BI "void \fBremoveValue\fR ( const TQString & key )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBhasKey\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "bool \fBhasKey\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasContentLength\fR () const" @@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ Inherited by QHttpResponseHeader and QHttpRequestHeader. .BI "bool \fBhasContentType\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcontentType\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcontentType\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetContentType\fR ( const QString & type )" +.BI "void \fBsetContentType\fR ( const TQString & type )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoString\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisValid\fR () const" @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ In the API the header field name is called the "key" and the content is called t .br header.setValue( "content-type", "text/html" ); .br - QString contentType = header.value( "content-type" ); + TQString contentType = header.value( "content-type" ); .br .fi .PP @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ See also QHttpRequestHeader, QHttpResponseHeader, and Input/Output and Networkin Constructs an empty HTTP header. .SH "QHttpHeader::QHttpHeader ( const QHttpHeader & header )" Constructs a copy of \fIheader\fR. -.SH "QHttpHeader::QHttpHeader ( const QString & str )" +.SH "QHttpHeader::QHttpHeader ( const TQString & str )" Constructs a HTTP header for \fIstr\fR. .PP This constructor parses the string \fIstr\fR for header fields and adds this information. The \fIstr\fR should consist of one or more" \\r\\n" delimited lines; each of these lines should have the format key, colon, space, value. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Destructor. Returns the value of the special HTTP header field \fCcontent-length\fR. .PP See also setContentLength() and hasContentLength(). -.SH "QString QHttpHeader::contentType () const" +.SH "TQString QHttpHeader::contentType () const" Returns the value of the special HTTP header field \fCcontent-type\fR. .PP See also setContentType() and hasContentType(). @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ See also contentLength() and setContentLength(). Returns TRUE if the header has an entry for the the special HTTP header field \fCcontent-type\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also contentType() and setContentType(). -.SH "bool QHttpHeader::hasKey ( const QString & key ) const" +.SH "bool QHttpHeader::hasKey ( const TQString & key ) const" Returns TRUE if the HTTP header has an entry with the given \fIkey\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also value(), setValue(), and keys(). @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Returns the minor protocol-version of the HTTP header. Reimplemented in QHttpResponseHeader and QHttpRequestHeader. .SH "QHttpHeader & QHttpHeader::operator= ( const QHttpHeader & h )" Assigns \fIh\fR and returns a reference to this http header. -.SH "void QHttpHeader::removeValue ( const QString & key )" +.SH "void QHttpHeader::removeValue ( const TQString & key )" Removes the entry with the key \fIkey\fR from the HTTP header. .PP See also value() and setValue(). @@ -161,13 +161,13 @@ See also value() and setValue(). Sets the value of the special HTTP header field \fCcontent-length\fR to \fIlen\fR. .PP See also contentLength() and hasContentLength(). -.SH "void QHttpHeader::setContentType ( const QString & type )" +.SH "void QHttpHeader::setContentType ( const TQString & type )" Sets the value of the special HTTP header field \fCcontent-type\fR to \fItype\fR. .PP See also contentType() and hasContentType(). .PP Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h. -.SH "void QHttpHeader::setValue ( const QString & key, const QString & value )" +.SH "void QHttpHeader::setValue ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )" Sets the value of the entry with the \fIkey\fR to \fIvalue\fR. .PP If no entry with \fIkey\fR exists, a new entry with the given \fIkey\fR and \fIvalue\fR is created. If an entry with the \fIkey\fR already exists, its value is discarded and replaced with the given \fIvalue\fR. @@ -175,11 +175,11 @@ If no entry with \fIkey\fR exists, a new entry with the given \fIkey\fR and \fIv See also value(), hasKey(), and removeValue(). .PP Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h. -.SH "QString QHttpHeader::toString () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QHttpHeader::toString () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a string representation of the HTTP header. .PP -The string is suitable for use by the constructor that takes a QString. It consists of lines with the format: key, colon, space, value, "\\r\\n". -.SH "QString QHttpHeader::value ( const QString & key ) const" +The string is suitable for use by the constructor that takes a TQString. It consists of lines with the format: key, colon, space, value, "\\r\\n". +.SH "TQString QHttpHeader::value ( const TQString & key ) const" Returns the value for the entry with the given \fIkey\fR. If no entry has this \fIkey\fR, an empty string is returned. .PP See also setValue(), removeValue(), hasKey(), and keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhttprequestheader.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhttprequestheader.3qt index 6ab83697f..f7caa30d1 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhttprequestheader.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhttprequestheader.3qt @@ -19,22 +19,22 @@ Inherits QHttpHeader. .BI "\fBQHttpRequestHeader\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHttpRequestHeader\fR ( const QString & method, const QString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" +.BI "\fBQHttpRequestHeader\fR ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQHttpRequestHeader\fR ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQHttpRequestHeader\fR ( const QString & str )" +.BI "\fBQHttpRequestHeader\fR ( const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetRequest\fR ( const QString & method, const QString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" +.BI "void \fBsetRequest\fR ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBmethod\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBmethod\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpath\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBpath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual int \fBmajorVersion\fR () const" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ Inherits QHttpHeader. .SS "Important Inherited Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBvalue\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBvalue\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetValue\fR ( const QString & key, const QString & value )" +.BI "void \fBsetValue\fR ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ See also QHttpResponseHeader, QHttp, and Input/Output and Networking. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QHttpRequestHeader::QHttpRequestHeader ()" Constructs an empty HTTP request header. -.SH "QHttpRequestHeader::QHttpRequestHeader ( const QString & method, const QString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" +.SH "QHttpRequestHeader::QHttpRequestHeader ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" Constructs a HTTP request header for the method \fImethod\fR, the request-URI \fIpath\fR and the protocol-version \fImajorVer\fR and \fIminorVer\fR. .SH "QHttpRequestHeader::QHttpRequestHeader ( const QHttpRequestHeader & header )" Constructs a copy of \fIheader\fR. -.SH "QHttpRequestHeader::QHttpRequestHeader ( const QString & str )" +.SH "QHttpRequestHeader::QHttpRequestHeader ( const TQString & str )" Constructs a HTTP request header from the string \fIstr\fR. The \fIstr\fR should consist of one or more "\\r\\n" delimited lines; the first line should be the request-line (format: method, space, request-URI, space HTTP-version); each of the remaining lines should have the format key, colon, space, value. .SH "int QHttpRequestHeader::majorVersion () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the major protocol-version of the HTTP request header. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Returns the major protocol-version of the HTTP request header. See also minorVersion(), method(), path(), and setRequest(). .PP Reimplemented from QHttpHeader. -.SH "QString QHttpRequestHeader::method () const" +.SH "TQString QHttpRequestHeader::method () const" Returns the method of the HTTP request header. .PP See also path(), majorVersion(), minorVersion(), and setRequest(). @@ -90,15 +90,15 @@ Returns the minor protocol-version of the HTTP request header. See also majorVersion(), method(), path(), and setRequest(). .PP Reimplemented from QHttpHeader. -.SH "QString QHttpRequestHeader::path () const" +.SH "TQString QHttpRequestHeader::path () const" Returns the request-URI of the HTTP request header. .PP See also method(), majorVersion(), minorVersion(), and setRequest(). -.SH "void QHttpRequestHeader::setRequest ( const QString & method, const QString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" +.SH "void QHttpRequestHeader::setRequest ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )" This function sets the request method to \fImethod\fR, the request-URI to \fIpath\fR and the protocol-version to \fImajorVer\fR and \fIminorVer\fR. .PP See also method(), path(), majorVersion(), and minorVersion(). -.SH "void QHttpHeader::setValue ( const QString & key, const QString & value )" +.SH "void QHttpHeader::setValue ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )" Sets the value of the entry with the \fIkey\fR to \fIvalue\fR. .PP If no entry with \fIkey\fR exists, a new entry with the given \fIkey\fR and \fIvalue\fR is created. If an entry with the \fIkey\fR already exists, its value is discarded and replaced with the given \fIvalue\fR. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ If no entry with \fIkey\fR exists, a new entry with the given \fIkey\fR and \fIv See also value(), hasKey(), and removeValue(). .PP Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h. -.SH "QString QHttpHeader::value ( const QString & key ) const" +.SH "TQString QHttpHeader::value ( const TQString & key ) const" Returns the value for the entry with the given \fIkey\fR. If no entry has this \fIkey\fR, an empty string is returned. .PP See also setValue(), removeValue(), hasKey(), and keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqhttpresponseheader.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqhttpresponseheader.3qt index c0306def6..c0fbbb496 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqhttpresponseheader.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqhttpresponseheader.3qt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Inherits QHttpHeader. .BI "int \fBstatusCode\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBreasonPhrase\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBreasonPhrase\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual int \fBmajorVersion\fR () const" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Returns the minor protocol-version of the HTTP response header. See also majorVersion(), statusCode(), and reasonPhrase(). .PP Reimplemented from QHttpHeader. -.SH "QString QHttpResponseHeader::reasonPhrase () const" +.SH "TQString QHttpResponseHeader::reasonPhrase () const" Returns the reason phrase of the HTTP response header. .PP See also statusCode(), majorVersion(), and minorVersion(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqicondrag.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqicondrag.3qt index 2968f38b8..94d0a4242 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqicondrag.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqicondrag.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QDragObject. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconDrag\fR ( QWidget * dragSource, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQIconDrag\fR ( TQWidget * dragSource, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QIconDrag\fR ()" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The fileiconview example program demonstrates the use of the QIconDrag class inc .PP See also QMimeSource::format() and Drag And Drop Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QIconDrag::QIconDrag ( QWidget * dragSource, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QIconDrag::QIconDrag ( TQWidget * dragSource, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a drag object called \fIname\fR, which is a child of \fIdragSource\fR. .PP Note that the drag object will be deleted when \fIdragSource\fR is deleted. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqicondragevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqicondragevent.3qt index 1791f9067..2c4769c31 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqicondragevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqicondragevent.3qt @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Setting the accept flag indicates that the receiver of this event has started a .PP The accept flag is \fInot\fR set by default. .PP -See also ignore() and QWidget::hide(). +See also ignore() and TQWidget::hide(). .SH "void QIconDragEvent::ignore ()" Clears the accept flag of the icon drag object. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt index 30f061c06..0cf0bc669 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqiconset.3qt @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ QIconSet \- Set of icons with different styles and sizes .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, Size size, Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QString & fileName, Size size, Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const TQString & fileName, Size size, Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap \fBpixmap\fR ( Size size, Mode mode, State state = Off ) const" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Provide a method to set a QIconSet, and when you draw the icon, choose whichever .br .fi .PP -You might also make use of the Active mode, perhaps making your widget Active when the mouse is over the widget (see QWidget::enterEvent()), while the mouse is pressed pending the release that will activate the function, or when it is the currently selected item. If the widget can be toggled, the "On" mode might be used to draw a different icon. +You might also make use of the Active mode, perhaps making your widget Active when the mouse is over the widget (see TQWidget::enterEvent()), while the mouse is pressed pending the release that will activate the function, or when it is the currently selected item. If the widget can be toggled, the "On" mode might be used to draw a different icon. .PP
      .ce 1 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Pixmaps less than the width of a small generated icon are considered to be Small This function does nothing if \fIpixmap\fR is a null pixmap. .PP See also reset(). -.SH "void QIconSet::setPixmap ( const QString & fileName, Size size, Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QIconSet::setPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, Size size, Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP The pixmap is loaded from \fIfileName\fR when it becomes necessary. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt index 6dcc77828..194de7e2e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqiconview.3qt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "enum \fBItemTextPos\fR { Bottom = 0, Right }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconView\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQIconView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QIconView\fR ()" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "QIconViewItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const QPoint & pos ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIconViewItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const QString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" +.BI "QIconViewItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBselectAll\fR ( bool select )" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "void \fBonViewport\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QIconViewItem * item, const QString & name )" +.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QIconViewItem * item, const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QIconViewItem * item )" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ QIconViews and their QIconViewItems can also be the targets of drag and drops. T .br { .br - QString label; + TQString label; .br if ( QTextDrag::decode( evt, label ) ) .br @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ This enumerated type is used by QIconView to indicate how it reacts to selection .PP To summarise: Single is a real single-selection icon view; Multi a real multi-selection icon view; Extended is an icon view in which users can select multiple items but usually want to select either just one or a range of contiguous items; and NoSelection mode is for an icon view where the user can look but not touch. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QIconView::QIconView ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QIconView::QIconView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an empty icon view called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR and using the widget flags \fIf\fR. .SH "QIconView::~QIconView ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the icon view and deletes all items. @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ If you want to find all items that touch \fIr\fR, you will need to use this func See also findLastVisibleItem() and QIconViewItem::rect(). .SH "QIconViewItem * QIconView::findItem ( const QPoint & pos ) const" Returns a pointer to the item that contains point \fIpos\fR, which is given in contents coordinates, or 0 if no item contains point \fIpos\fR. -.SH "QIconViewItem * QIconView::findItem ( const QString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" +.SH "QIconViewItem * QIconView::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a pointer to the first item whose text begins with \fItext\fR, or 0 if no such item could be found. Use the \fIcompare\fR flag to control the comparison behaviour. (See Qt::StringComparisonMode.) @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ Inserts the icon view item \fIitem\fR after \fIafter\fR. If \fIafter\fR is 0, \f Inverts the selection. Works only in Multi and Extended selection mode. .SH "bool QIconView::isRenaming () const" Returns TRUE if an iconview item is being renamed; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "void QIconView::itemRenamed ( QIconViewItem * item, const QString & name )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QIconView::itemRenamed ( QIconViewItem * item, const TQString & name )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when \fIitem\fR has been renamed to \fIname\fR, usually by in-place renaming. .PP See also QIconViewItem::setRenameEnabled() and QIconViewItem::rename(). @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ This signal is emitted after successfully dropping one (or more) items of the ic .PP Example: iconview/main.cpp. .SH "void QIconView::onItem ( QIconViewItem * item )\fC [signal]\fR" -This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto an \fIitem\fR, similar to the QWidget::enterEvent() function. +This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto an \fIitem\fR, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function. .SH "void QIconView::onViewport ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor from an item to an empty part of the icon view. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt index 291ee5c5b..870f53bbd 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqiconviewitem.3qt @@ -22,22 +22,22 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, const QString & text )" +.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const QString & text )" +.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, const QString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" +.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const QString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" +.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, const QString & text, const QPicture & picture )" +.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const QPicture & picture )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const QString & text, const QPicture & picture )" +.BI "\fBQIconViewItem\fR ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const QPicture & picture )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QIconViewItem\fR ()" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual void \fBsetDropEnabled\fR ( bool allow )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual QPicture * \fBpicture\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBkey\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBkey\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBrenameEnabled\fR () const" @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual int \fBcompare\fR ( QIconViewItem * i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & icon )" @@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual void \fBsetPicture\fR ( const QPicture & icon )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text, bool recalc, bool redraw = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text, bool recalc, bool redraw = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & icon, bool recalc, bool redraw = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetKey\fR ( const QString & k )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetKey\fR ( const TQString & k )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual int \fBrtti\fR () const" @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual void \fBremoveRenameBox\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBcalcRect\fR ( const QString & text_ = QString::null )" +.BI "virtual void \fBcalcRect\fR ( const TQString & text_ = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBpaintItem\fR ( QPainter * p, const QColorGroup & cg )" @@ -266,19 +266,19 @@ See also Advanced Widgets. Constructs a QIconViewItem and inserts it into icon view \fIparent\fR with no text and a default icon. .SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after )" Constructs a QIconViewItem and inserts it into the icon view \fIparent\fR with no text and a default icon, after the icon view item \fIafter\fR. -.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, const QString & text )" +.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, const TQString & text )" Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view \fIparent\fR using \fItext\fR as the text and a default icon. -.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const QString & text )" +.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text )" Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view \fIparent\fR using \fItext\fR as the text and a default icon, after the icon view item \fIafter\fR. -.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, const QString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" +.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view \fIparent\fR using \fItext\fR as the text and \fIicon\fR as the icon. -.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const QString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" +.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & icon )" Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view \fIparent\fR using \fItext\fR as the text and \fIicon\fR as the icon, after the icon view item \fIafter\fR. .PP See also setPixmap(). -.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, const QString & text, const QPicture & picture )" +.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const QPicture & picture )" Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view \fIparent\fR using \fItext\fR as the text and \fIpicture\fR as the icon. -.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const QString & text, const QPicture & picture )" +.SH "QIconViewItem::QIconViewItem ( QIconView * parent, QIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const QPicture & picture )" Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view \fIparent\fR using \fItext\fR as the text and \fIpicture\fR as the icon, after the icon view item \fIafter\fR. .SH "QIconViewItem::~QIconViewItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the icon view item and tells the parent icon view that the item has been destroyed. @@ -289,14 +289,14 @@ The default implementation always returns FALSE. You must subclass QIconViewItem .PP Examples: .)l fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp. -.SH "void QIconViewItem::calcRect ( const QString & text_ = QString::null )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void QIconViewItem::calcRect ( const TQString & text_ = TQString::null )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is responsible for calculating the rectangles returned by rect(), textRect() and pixmapRect(). setRect(), setTextRect() and setPixmapRect() are provided mainly for reimplementations of this function. .PP -\fItext_\fR is an internal parameter which defaults to QString::null. +\fItext_\fR is an internal parameter which defaults to TQString::null. .SH "int QIconViewItem::compare ( QIconViewItem * i ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Compares this icon view item to \fIi\fR. Returns -1 if this item is less than \fIi\fR, 0 if they are equal, and 1 if this icon view item is greater than \fIi\fR. .PP -The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using QString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation may use different values and a different comparison function. Here is a reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison: +The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using TQString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation may use different values and a different comparison function. Here is a reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison: .PP .nf .br @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using QString::localeA .br .fi .PP -See also key(), QString::localeAwareCompare(), and QString::compare(). +See also key(), TQString::localeAwareCompare(), and TQString::compare(). .SH "bool QIconViewItem::contains ( const QPoint & pnt ) const" Returns TRUE if the item contains the point \fIpnt\fR (in contents coordinates); otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "bool QIconViewItem::dragEnabled () const" @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the item is selected; otherwise returns FALSE. See also setSelected(). .PP Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "QString QIconViewItem::key () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QIconViewItem::key () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the key of the icon view item or text() if no key has been explicitly set. .PP See also setKey() and compare(). @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ If \fIallow\fR is TRUE, the icon view lets the user drop something on this icon Sets the bounding rectangle of the whole item to \fIr\fR. This function is provided for subclasses which reimplement calcRect(), so that they can set the calculated rectangle. \fIAny other use is discouraged.\fR .PP See also calcRect(), textRect(), setTextRect(), pixmapRect(), and setPixmapRect(). -.SH "void QIconViewItem::setKey ( const QString & k )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QIconViewItem::setKey ( const TQString & k )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets \fIk\fR as the sort key of the icon view item. By default text() is used for sorting. .PP See also compare(). @@ -513,13 +513,13 @@ Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This variant is equivalent to calling the other variant with \fIcb\fR set to FALSE. -.SH "void QIconViewItem::setText ( const QString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QIconViewItem::setText ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets \fItext\fR as the text of the icon view item. This function might be a no-op if you reimplement text(). .PP See also text(). .PP Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "void QIconViewItem::setText ( const QString & text, bool recalc, bool redraw = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QIconViewItem::setText ( const TQString & text, bool recalc, bool redraw = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets \fItext\fR as the text of the icon view item. If \fIrecalc\fR is TRUE, the icon view's layout is recalculated. If \fIredraw\fR is TRUE (the default), the icon view is repainted. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Sets the bounding rectangle of the item's text to \fIr\fR. This function is prov See also calcRect(), textRect(), setItemRect(), and setPixmapRect(). .SH "QSize QIconViewItem::size () const" Returns the size of the item. -.SH "QString QIconViewItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QIconViewItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the text of the icon view item. Normally you set the text of the item with setText(), but sometimes it's inconvenient to call setText() for every item; so you can subclass QIconViewItem, reimplement this function, and return the text of the item. If you do this, you must call calcRect() manually each time the text (and therefore its size) changes. .PP See also setText(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimage.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimage.3qt index c4dfa4853..8adf1e627 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimage.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimage.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QImage 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQImage 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the pixel data +TQImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the pixel data .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "\fBQImage\fR ( const QSize & size, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQImage\fR ( const char * const xpm[] )" @@ -35,40 +35,40 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "\fBQImage\fR ( const QByteArray & array )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, QRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" +.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, TQRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, int bpl, QRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" +.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, int bpl, TQRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "\fBQImage\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fB~QImage\fR ()" +.BI "\fB~TQImage\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "TQImage & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" +.BI "TQImage & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QImage & i ) const" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const TQImage & i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QImage & i ) const" +.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const TQImage & i ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdetach\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBcopy\fR () const" +.BI "TQImage \fBcopy\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBcopy\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBcopy\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBcopy\fR ( const QRect & r ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBcopy\fR ( const QRect & r ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR () const" @@ -95,10 +95,10 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "Endian \fBbitOrder\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb \fBcolor\fR ( int i ) const" +.BI "TQRgb \fBcolor\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( int i, QRgb c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( int i, TQRgb c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetNumColors\fR ( int numColors )" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "uchar ** \fBjumpTable\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb * \fBcolorTable\fR () const" +.BI "TQRgb * \fBcolorTable\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBnumBytes\fR () const" @@ -149,58 +149,58 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "void \fBinvertPixels\fR ( bool invertAlpha = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBconvertDepth\fR ( int depth ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBconvertDepth\fR ( int depth ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBconvertDepthWithPalette\fR ( int d, QRgb * palette, int palette_count, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBconvertDepthWithPalette\fR ( int d, TQRgb * palette, int palette_count, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBconvertDepth\fR ( int depth, int conversion_flags ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBconvertDepth\fR ( int depth, int conversion_flags ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBconvertBitOrder\fR ( Endian bitOrder ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBconvertBitOrder\fR ( Endian bitOrder ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBScaleMode\fR { ScaleFree, ScaleMin, ScaleMax }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBsmoothScale\fR ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBsmoothScale\fR ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBsmoothScale\fR ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBsmoothScale\fR ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBscale\fR ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBscale\fR ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBscale\fR ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBscale\fR ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBscaleWidth\fR ( int w ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBscaleWidth\fR ( int w ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBscaleHeight\fR ( int h ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBscaleHeight\fR ( int h ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBxForm\fR ( const QWMatrix & matrix ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBxForm\fR ( const QWMatrix & matrix ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBcreateAlphaMask\fR ( int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBcreateAlphaMask\fR ( int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBcreateHeuristicMask\fR ( bool clipTight = TRUE ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBcreateHeuristicMask\fR ( bool clipTight = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBmirror\fR () const" +.BI "TQImage \fBmirror\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBmirror\fR ( bool horizontal, bool vertical ) const" +.BI "TQImage \fBmirror\fR ( bool horizontal, bool vertical ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBswapRGB\fR () const" +.BI "TQImage \fBswapRGB\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBloadFromData\fR ( const uchar * buf, uint len, const char * format = 0 )" @@ -209,10 +209,10 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "bool \fBloadFromData\fR ( QByteArray buf, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( QIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( TQIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBvalid\fR ( int x, int y ) const" @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "int \fBpixelIndex\fR ( int x, int y ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb \fBpixel\fR ( int x, int y ) const" +.BI "TQRgb \fBpixel\fR ( int x, int y ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetPixel\fR ( int x, int y, uint index_or_rgb )" @@ -254,19 +254,19 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "QStringList \fBtextKeys\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( const char * key, const char * lang = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( const char * key, const char * lang = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( const QImageTextKeyLang & kl ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( const QImageTextKeyLang & kl ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const char * key, const char * lang, const QString & s )" +.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const char * key, const char * lang, const TQString & s )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBfromMimeSource\fR ( const QString & abs_name )" +.BI "TQImage \fBfromMimeSource\fR ( const TQString & abs_name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "Endian \fBsystemBitOrder\fR ()" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .BI "Endian \fBsystemByteOrder\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStrList \fBinputFormats\fR ()" @@ -293,35 +293,35 @@ QImage \- Hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the p .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( QDataStream & s, const QImage & image )" +.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( QDataStream & s, const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QDataStream & s, QImage & image )" +.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QDataStream & s, TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBbitBlt\fR ( QImage * dst, int dx, int dy, const QImage * src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, int conversion_flags )" +.BI "void \fBbitBlt\fR ( TQImage * dst, int dx, int dy, const TQImage * src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, int conversion_flags )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QImage class provides a hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the pixel data. +The TQImage class provides a hardware-independent pixmap representation with direct access to the pixel data. .PP -It is one of the two classes TQt provides for dealing with images, the other being QPixmap. QImage is designed and optimized for I/O and for direct pixel access/manipulation. QPixmap is designed and optimized for drawing. There are (slow) functions to convert between QImage and QPixmap: QPixmap::convertToImage() and QPixmap::convertFromImage(). +It is one of the two classes TQt provides for dealing with images, the other being QPixmap. TQImage is designed and optimized for I/O and for direct pixel access/manipulation. QPixmap is designed and optimized for drawing. There are (slow) functions to convert between TQImage and QPixmap: QPixmap::convertToImage() and QPixmap::convertFromImage(). .PP -An image has the parameters width, height and depth (bits per pixel, bpp), a color table and the actual pixels. QImage supports 1-bpp, 8-bpp and 32-bpp image data. 1-bpp and 8-bpp images use a color lookup table; the pixel value is a color table index. +An image has the parameters width, height and depth (bits per pixel, bpp), a color table and the actual pixels. TQImage supports 1-bpp, 8-bpp and 32-bpp image data. 1-bpp and 8-bpp images use a color lookup table; the pixel value is a color table index. .PP 32-bpp images encode an RGB value in 24 bits and ignore the color table. The most significant byte is used for the alpha buffer. .PP -An entry in the color table is an RGB triplet encoded as a \fCuint\fR. Use the tqRed(), tqGreen() and tqBlue() functions (ntqcolor.h) to access the components, and tqRgb to make an RGB triplet (see the QColor class documentation). +An entry in the color table is an RGB triplet encoded as a \fCuint\fR. Use the tqRed(), tqGreen() and tqBlue() functions (ntqcolor.h) to access the components, and tqRgb to make an RGB triplet (see the TQColor class documentation). .PP 1-bpp (monochrome) images have a color table with a most two colors. There are two different formats: big endian (MSB first) or little endian (LSB first) bit order. To access a single bit you will must do some bit shifts: .PP .nf .br - QImage image; + TQImage image; .br // sets bit at (x,y) to 1 .br - if ( image.bitOrder() == QImage::LittleEndian ) + if ( image.bitOrder() == TQImage::LittleEndian ) .br *(image.scanLine(y) + (x >> 3)) |= 1 << (x & 7); .br @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ If this looks complicated, it might be a good idea to convert the 1-bpp image to .PP .nf .br - QImage image; + TQImage image; .br // set entry 19 in the color table to yellow .br @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ If this looks complicated, it might be a good idea to convert the 1-bpp image to .PP .nf .br - QImage image; + TQImage image; .br // sets 32 bit pixel at (x,y) to yellow. .br @@ -365,23 +365,23 @@ If this looks complicated, it might be a good idea to convert the 1-bpp image to .PP On Qt/Embedded, scanlines are aligned to the pixel depth and may be padded to any degree, while on all other platforms, the scanlines are 32-bit aligned for all depths. The constructor taking a \fCuchar*\fR argument always expects 32-bit aligned data. On Qt/Embedded, an additional constructor allows the number of bytes-per-line to be specified. .PP -QImage supports a variety of methods for getting information about the image, for example, colorTable(), allGray(), isGrayscale(), bitOrder(), bytesPerLine(), depth(), dotsPerMeterX() and dotsPerMeterY(), hasAlphaBuffer(), numBytes(), numColors(), and width() and height(). +TQImage supports a variety of methods for getting information about the image, for example, colorTable(), allGray(), isGrayscale(), bitOrder(), bytesPerLine(), depth(), dotsPerMeterX() and dotsPerMeterY(), hasAlphaBuffer(), numBytes(), numColors(), and width() and height(). .PP Pixel colors are retrieved with pixel() and set with setPixel(). .PP -QImage also supports a number of functions for creating a new image that is a transformed version of the original. For example, copy(), convertBitOrder(), convertDepth(), createAlphaMask(), createHeuristicMask(), mirror(), scale(), smoothScale(), swapRGB() and xForm(). There are also functions for changing attributes of an image in-place, for example, setAlphaBuffer(), setColor(), setDotsPerMeterX() and setDotsPerMeterY() and setNumColors(). +TQImage also supports a number of functions for creating a new image that is a transformed version of the original. For example, copy(), convertBitOrder(), convertDepth(), createAlphaMask(), createHeuristicMask(), mirror(), scale(), smoothScale(), swapRGB() and xForm(). There are also functions for changing attributes of an image in-place, for example, setAlphaBuffer(), setColor(), setDotsPerMeterX() and setDotsPerMeterY() and setNumColors(). .PP Images can be loaded and saved in the supported formats. Images are saved to a file with save(). Images are loaded from a file with load() (or in the constructor) or from an array of data with loadFromData(). The lists of supported formats are available from inputFormatList() and outputFormatList(). .PP Strings of text may be added to images using setText(). .PP -The QImage class uses explicit sharing, similar to that used by QMemArray. +The TQImage class uses explicit sharing, similar to that used by QMemArray. .PP New image formats can be added as plugins. .PP See also QImageIO, QPixmap, Shared Classes, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" -.SH "QImage::Endian" +.SH "TQImage::Endian" This enum type is used to describe the endianness of the CPU and graphics hardware. .TP \fCQImage::IgnoreEndian\fR - Endianness does not matter. Useful for some operations that are independent of endianness. @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ This enum type is used to describe the endianness of the CPU and graphics hardwa \fCQImage::BigEndian\fR - Network byte order, as on SPARC and Motorola CPUs. .TP \fCQImage::LittleEndian\fR - PC/Alpha byte order. -.SH "QImage::ScaleMode" +.SH "TQImage::ScaleMode" The functions scale() and smoothScale() use different modes for scaling the image. The purpose of these modes is to retain the ratio of the image if this is required. .PP
      @@ -404,23 +404,23 @@ The functions scale() and smoothScale() use different modes for scaling the imag .TP \fCQImage::ScaleMax\fR - The ratio of the image is preserved and the resulting image fills the whole specified rectangle (it is as small as possible within these constraints) - the image might be larger than the requested size. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QImage::QImage ()" +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ()" Constructs a null image. .PP See also isNull(). -.SH "QImage::QImage ( int w, int h, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( int w, int h, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" Constructs an image with \fIw\fR width, \fIh\fR height, \fIdepth\fR bits per pixel, \fInumColors\fR colors and bit order \fIbitOrder\fR. .PP Using this constructor is the same as first constructing a null image and then calling the create() function. .PP See also create(). -.SH "QImage::QImage ( const QSize & size, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( const QSize & size, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" Constructs an image with size \fIsize\fR pixels, depth \fIdepth\fR bits, \fInumColors\fR and \fIbitOrder\fR endianness. .PP Using this constructor is the same as first constructing a null image and then calling the create() function. .PP See also create(). -.SH "QImage::QImage ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" Constructs an image and tries to load the image from the file \fIfileName\fR. .PP If \fIformat\fR is specified, the loader attempts to read the image using the specified format. If \fIformat\fR is not specified (which is the default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess the file format. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ If the loading of the image failed, this object is a null image. The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and explains how to add extra formats. .PP See also load(), isNull(), and QImageIO. -.SH "QImage::QImage ( const char * const xpm[] )" +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( const char * const xpm[] )" Constructs an image from \fIxpm\fR, which must be a valid XPM image. .PP Errors are silently ignored. @@ -450,75 +450,75 @@ Note that it's possible to squeeze the XPM variable a little bit by using an unu .fi .PP The extra \fCconst\fR makes the entire definition read-only, which is slightly more efficient (e.g. when the code is in a shared library) and ROMable when the application is to be stored in ROM. -.SH "QImage::QImage ( const QByteArray & array )" +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( const QByteArray & array )" Constructs an image from the binary data \fIarray\fR. It tries to guess the file format. .PP If the loading of the image failed, this object is a null image. .PP See also loadFromData(), isNull(), and imageFormat(). -.SH "QImage::QImage ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, QRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" -Constructs an image \fIw\fR pixels wide, \fIh\fR pixels high with a color depth of \fIdepth\fR, that uses an existing memory buffer, \fIyourdata\fR. The buffer must remain valid throughout the life of the QImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction. +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, TQRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" +Constructs an image \fIw\fR pixels wide, \fIh\fR pixels high with a color depth of \fIdepth\fR, that uses an existing memory buffer, \fIyourdata\fR. The buffer must remain valid throughout the life of the TQImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction. .PP If \fIcolortable\fR is 0, a color table sufficient for \fInumColors\fR will be allocated (and destructed later). .PP Note that \fIyourdata\fR must be 32-bit aligned. .PP The endianness is given in \fIbitOrder\fR. -.SH "QImage::QImage ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, int bpl, QRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" -Constructs an image that uses an existing memory buffer. The buffer must remain valid for the life of the QImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction. The buffer is passed as \fIyourdata\fR. The image's width is \fIw\fR and its height is \fIh\fR. The color depth is \fIdepth\fR. \fIbpl\fR specifies the number of bytes per line. +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( uchar * yourdata, int w, int h, int depth, int bpl, TQRgb * colortable, int numColors, Endian bitOrder )" +Constructs an image that uses an existing memory buffer. The buffer must remain valid for the life of the TQImage. The image does not delete the buffer at destruction. The buffer is passed as \fIyourdata\fR. The image's width is \fIw\fR and its height is \fIh\fR. The color depth is \fIdepth\fR. \fIbpl\fR specifies the number of bytes per line. .PP If \fIcolortable\fR is 0, a color table sufficient for \fInumColors\fR will be allocated (and destructed later). .PP The endianness is specified by \fIbitOrder\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This constructor is only available on Qt/Embedded. -.SH "QImage::QImage ( const QImage & image )" +.SH "TQImage::TQImage ( const TQImage & image )" Constructs a shallow copy of \fIimage\fR. -.SH "QImage::~QImage ()" +.SH "TQImage::~TQImage ()" Destroys the image and cleans up. -.SH "bool QImage::allGray () const" +.SH "bool TQImage::allGray () const" Returns TRUE if all the colors in the image are shades of gray (i.e. their red, green and blue components are equal); otherwise returns FALSE. .PP This function is slow for large 16-bit (Qt/Embedded only) and 32-bit images. .PP See also isGrayscale(). -.SH "Endian QImage::bitOrder () const" +.SH "Endian TQImage::bitOrder () const" Returns the bit order for the image. .PP -If it is a 1-bpp image, this function returns either QImage::BigEndian or QImage::LittleEndian. +If it is a 1-bpp image, this function returns either TQImage::BigEndian or TQImage::LittleEndian. .PP -If it is not a 1-bpp image, this function returns QImage::IgnoreEndian. +If it is not a 1-bpp image, this function returns TQImage::IgnoreEndian. .PP See also depth(). -.SH "uchar * QImage::bits () const" +.SH "uchar * TQImage::bits () const" Returns a pointer to the first pixel data. This is equivalent to scanLine(0). .PP See also numBytes(), scanLine(), and jumpTable(). .PP Example: opengl/texture/gltexobj.cpp. -.SH "int QImage::bytesPerLine () const" +.SH "int TQImage::bytesPerLine () const" Returns the number of bytes per image scanline. This is equivalent to numBytes()/height(). .PP See also numBytes() and scanLine(). -.SH "QRgb QImage::color ( int i ) const" +.SH "TQRgb TQImage::color ( int i ) const" Returns the color in the color table at index \fIi\fR. The first color is at index 0. .PP A color value is an RGB triplet. Use the tqRed(), tqGreen() and tqBlue() functions (defined in ntqcolor.h) to get the color value components. .PP -See also setColor(), numColors(), and QColor. +See also setColor(), numColors(), and TQColor. .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "QRgb * QImage::colorTable () const" +.SH "TQRgb * TQImage::colorTable () const" Returns a pointer to the color table. .PP See also numColors(). -.SH "QImage QImage::convertBitOrder ( Endian bitOrder ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::convertBitOrder ( Endian bitOrder ) const" Converts the bit order of the image to \fIbitOrder\fR and returns the converted image. The original image is not changed. .PP Returns \fC*this\fR if the \fIbitOrder\fR is equal to the image bit order, or a null image if this image cannot be converted. .PP See also bitOrder(), systemBitOrder(), and isNull(). -.SH "QImage QImage::convertDepth ( int depth, int conversion_flags ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::convertDepth ( int depth, int conversion_flags ) const" Converts the depth (bpp) of the image to \fIdepth\fR and returns the converted image. The original image is not changed. .PP The \fIdepth\fR argument must be 1, 8, 16 (Qt/Embedded only) or 32. @@ -528,9 +528,9 @@ Returns \fC*this\fR if \fIdepth\fR is equal to the image depth, or a null image If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \fIconversion_flags\fR to specify how you'd prefer this to happen. .PP See also Qt::ImageConversionFlags, depth(), and isNull(). -.SH "QImage QImage::convertDepth ( int depth ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::convertDepth ( int depth ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "QImage QImage::convertDepthWithPalette ( int d, QRgb * palette, int palette_count, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::convertDepthWithPalette ( int d, TQRgb * palette, int palette_count, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" Returns an image with depth \fId\fR, using the \fIpalette_count\fR colors pointed to by \fIpalette\fR. If \fId\fR is 1 or 8, the returned image will have its color table ordered the same as \fIpalette\fR. .PP If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \fIconversion_flags\fR to specify how you'd prefer this to happen. @@ -540,11 +540,11 @@ Note: currently no closest-color search is made. If colors are found that are no Currently inefficient for non-32-bit images. .PP See also Qt::ImageConversionFlags. -.SH "QImage QImage::copy () const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::copy () const" Returns a deep copy of the image. .PP See also detach(). -.SH "QImage QImage::copy ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::copy ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a deep copy of a sub-area of the image. @@ -554,25 +554,25 @@ The returned image is always \fIw\fR by \fIh\fR pixels in size, and is copied fr If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \fIconversion_flags\fR to specify how you'd prefer this to happen. .PP See also bitBlt() and Qt::ImageConversionFlags. -.SH "QImage QImage::copy ( const QRect & r ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::copy ( const QRect & r ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a deep copy of a sub-area of the image. .PP The returned image always has the size of the rectangle \fIr\fR. In areas beyond this image pixels are filled with pixel 0. -.SH "bool QImage::create ( int width, int height, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" +.SH "bool TQImage::create ( int width, int height, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" Sets the image \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR, \fIdepth\fR, its number of colors (in \fInumColors\fR), and bit order. Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the parameters are incorrect or if memory cannot be allocated. .PP -The \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR is limited to 32767. \fIdepth\fR must be 1, 8, or 32. If \fIdepth\fR is 1, \fIbitOrder\fR must be set to either QImage::LittleEndian or QImage::BigEndian. For other depths \fIbitOrder\fR must be QImage::IgnoreEndian. +The \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR is limited to 32767. \fIdepth\fR must be 1, 8, or 32. If \fIdepth\fR is 1, \fIbitOrder\fR must be set to either TQImage::LittleEndian or TQImage::BigEndian. For other depths \fIbitOrder\fR must be TQImage::IgnoreEndian. .PP This function allocates a color table and a buffer for the image data. The image data is not initialized. .PP The image buffer is allocated as a single block that consists of a table of scanline pointers (jumpTable()) and the image data (bits()). .PP See also fill(), width(), height(), depth(), numColors(), bitOrder(), jumpTable(), scanLine(), bits(), bytesPerLine(), and numBytes(). -.SH "bool QImage::create ( const QSize &, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" +.SH "bool TQImage::create ( const QSize &, int depth, int numColors = 0, Endian bitOrder = IgnoreEndian )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "QImage QImage::createAlphaMask ( int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::createAlphaMask ( int conversion_flags = 0 ) const" Builds and returns a 1-bpp mask from the alpha buffer in this image. Returns a null image if alpha buffer mode is disabled. .PP See QPixmap::convertFromImage() for a description of the \fIconversion_flags\fR argument. @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ See QPixmap::convertFromImage() for a description of the \fIconversion_flags\fR The returned image has little-endian bit order, which you can convert to big-endianness using convertBitOrder(). .PP See also createHeuristicMask(), hasAlphaBuffer(), and setAlphaBuffer(). -.SH "QImage QImage::createHeuristicMask ( bool clipTight = TRUE ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::createHeuristicMask ( bool clipTight = TRUE ) const" Creates and returns a 1-bpp heuristic mask for this image. It works by selecting a color from one of the corners, then chipping away pixels of that color starting at all the edges. .PP The four corners vote for which color is to be masked away. In case of a draw (this generally means that this function is not applicable to the image), the result is arbitrary. @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ If \fIclipTight\fR is TRUE the mask is just large enough to cover the pixels; ot This function disregards the alpha buffer. .PP See also createAlphaMask(). -.SH "int QImage::depth () const" +.SH "int TQImage::depth () const" Returns the depth of the image. .PP The image depth is the number of bits used to encode a single pixel, also called bits per pixel (bpp) or bit planes of an image. @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ The image depth is the number of bits used to encode a single pixel, also called The supported depths are 1, 8, 16 (Qt/Embedded only) and 32. .PP See also convertDepth(). -.SH "void QImage::detach ()" +.SH "void TQImage::detach ()" Detaches from shared image data and makes sure that this image is the only one referring to the data. .PP If multiple images share common data, this image makes a copy of the data and detaches itself from the sharing mechanism. Nothing is done if there is just a single reference. @@ -608,46 +608,46 @@ If multiple images share common data, this image makes a copy of the data and de See also copy(). .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "int QImage::dotsPerMeterX () const" +.SH "int TQImage::dotsPerMeterX () const" Returns the number of pixels that fit horizontally in a physical meter. This and dotsPerMeterY() define the intended scale and aspect ratio of the image. .PP See also setDotsPerMeterX(). -.SH "int QImage::dotsPerMeterY () const" +.SH "int TQImage::dotsPerMeterY () const" Returns the number of pixels that fit vertically in a physical meter. This and dotsPerMeterX() define the intended scale and aspect ratio of the image. .PP See also setDotsPerMeterY(). -.SH "void QImage::fill ( uint pixel )" +.SH "void TQImage::fill ( uint pixel )" Fills the entire image with the pixel value \fIpixel\fR. .PP If the depth of this image is 1, only the lowest bit is used. If you say fill(0), fill(2), etc., the image is filled with 0s. If you say fill(1), fill(3), etc., the image is filled with 1s. If the depth is 8, the lowest 8 bits are used. .PP If the depth is 32 and the image has no alpha buffer, the \fIpixel\fR value is written to each pixel in the image. If the image has an alpha buffer, only the 24 RGB bits are set and the upper 8 bits (alpha value) are left unchanged. .PP -Note: QImage::pixel() returns the color of the pixel at the given coordinates; QColor::pixel() returns the pixel value of the underlying window system (essentially an index value), so normally you will want to use QImage::pixel() to use a color from an existing image or QColor::rgb() to use a specific color. +Note: TQImage::pixel() returns the color of the pixel at the given coordinates; TQColor::pixel() returns the pixel value of the underlying window system (essentially an index value), so normally you will want to use TQImage::pixel() to use a color from an existing image or TQColor::rgb() to use a specific color. .PP See also invertPixels(), depth(), hasAlphaBuffer(), and create(). -.SH "QImage QImage::fromMimeSource ( const QString & abs_name )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::fromMimeSource ( const TQString & abs_name )\fC [static]\fR" Convenience function. Gets the data associated with the absolute name \fIabs_name\fR from the default mime source factory and decodes it to an image. .PP -See also QMimeSourceFactory, QImage::fromMimeSource(), and QImageDrag::decode(). -.SH "bool QImage::hasAlphaBuffer () const" +See also QMimeSourceFactory, TQImage::fromMimeSource(), and QImageDrag::decode(). +.SH "bool TQImage::hasAlphaBuffer () const" Returns TRUE if alpha buffer mode is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setAlphaBuffer(). -.SH "int QImage::height () const" +.SH "int TQImage::height () const" Returns the height of the image. .PP See also width(), size(), and rect(). .PP Examples: .)l canvas/canvas.cpp and opengl/texture/gltexobj.cpp. -.SH "const char * QImage::imageFormat ( const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "const char * TQImage::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file \fIfileName\fR, or 0 if the file cannot be read or if the format is not recognized. .PP -The QImageIO documentation lists the guaranteed supported image formats, or use QImage::inputFormats() and QImage::outputFormats() to get lists that include the installed formats. +The QImageIO documentation lists the guaranteed supported image formats, or use TQImage::inputFormats() and TQImage::outputFormats() to get lists that include the installed formats. .PP See also load() and save(). -.SH "QStringList QImage::inputFormatList ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStringList TQImage::inputFormatList ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image input. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. @@ -671,11 +671,11 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, See also outputFormatList(), inputFormats(), and QImageIO. .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "QStrList QImage::inputFormats ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStrList TQImage::inputFormats ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image input. .PP See also outputFormats(), inputFormatList(), and QImageIO. -.SH "void QImage::invertPixels ( bool invertAlpha = TRUE )" +.SH "void TQImage::invertPixels ( bool invertAlpha = TRUE )" Inverts all pixel values in the image. .PP If the depth is 32: if \fIinvertAlpha\fR is TRUE, the alpha bits are also inverted, otherwise they are left unchanged. @@ -685,25 +685,25 @@ If the depth is not 32, the argument \fIinvertAlpha\fR has no meaning. Note that inverting an 8-bit image means to replace all pixels using color index \fIi\fR with a pixel using color index 255 minus \fIi\fR. Similarly for a 1-bit image. The color table is not changed. .PP See also fill(), depth(), and hasAlphaBuffer(). -.SH "bool QImage::isGrayscale () const" +.SH "bool TQImage::isGrayscale () const" For 16-bit (Qt/Embedded only) and 32-bit images, this function is equivalent to allGray(). .PP -For 8-bpp images, this function returns TRUE if color(i) is QRgb(i,i,i) for all indices of the color table; otherwise returns FALSE. +For 8-bpp images, this function returns TRUE if color(i) is TQRgb(i,i,i) for all indices of the color table; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also allGray() and depth(). -.SH "bool QImage::isNull () const" +.SH "bool TQImage::isNull () const" Returns TRUE if it is a null image; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP A null image has all parameters set to zero and no allocated data. .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "uchar ** QImage::jumpTable () const" +.SH "uchar ** TQImage::jumpTable () const" Returns a pointer to the scanline pointer table. .PP This is the beginning of the data block for the image. .PP See also bits() and scanLine(). -.SH "bool QImage::load ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "bool TQImage::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" Loads an image from the file \fIfileName\fR. Returns TRUE if the image was successfully loaded; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If \fIformat\fR is specified, the loader attempts to read the image using the specified format. If \fIformat\fR is not specified (which is the default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess the file format. @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ If \fIformat\fR is specified, the loader attempts to read the image using the sp The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and explains how to add extra formats. .PP See also loadFromData(), save(), imageFormat(), QPixmap::load(), and QImageIO. -.SH "bool QImage::loadFromData ( const uchar * buf, uint len, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "bool TQImage::loadFromData ( const uchar * buf, uint len, const char * format = 0 )" Loads an image from the first \fIlen\fR bytes of binary data in \fIbuf\fR. Returns TRUE if the image was successfully loaded; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If \fIformat\fR is specified, the loader attempts to read the image using the specified format. If \fIformat\fR is not specified (which is the default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess the file format. @@ -719,23 +719,23 @@ If \fIformat\fR is specified, the loader attempts to read the image using the sp The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and explains how to add extra formats. .PP See also load(), save(), imageFormat(), QPixmap::loadFromData(), and QImageIO. -.SH "bool QImage::loadFromData ( QByteArray buf, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "bool TQImage::loadFromData ( QByteArray buf, const char * format = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Loads an image from the QByteArray \fIbuf\fR. -.SH "QImage QImage::mirror () const" -Returns a QImage which is a vertically mirrored copy of this image. The original QImage is not changed. -.SH "QImage QImage::mirror ( bool horizontal, bool vertical ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::mirror () const" +Returns a TQImage which is a vertically mirrored copy of this image. The original TQImage is not changed. +.SH "TQImage TQImage::mirror ( bool horizontal, bool vertical ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a mirror of the image, mirrored in the horizontal and/or the vertical direction depending on whether \fIhorizontal\fR and \fIvertical\fR are set to TRUE or FALSE. The original image is not changed. .PP See also smoothScale(). -.SH "int QImage::numBytes () const" +.SH "int TQImage::numBytes () const" Returns the number of bytes occupied by the image data. .PP See also bytesPerLine() and bits(). -.SH "int QImage::numColors () const" +.SH "int TQImage::numColors () const" Returns the size of the color table for the image. .PP Notice that numColors() returns 0 for 16-bpp (Qt/Embedded only) and 32-bpp images because these images do not use color tables, but instead encode pixel values as RGB triplets. @@ -743,17 +743,17 @@ Notice that numColors() returns 0 for 16-bpp (Qt/Embedded only) and 32-bpp image See also setNumColors() and colorTable(). .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "QPoint QImage::offset () const" +.SH "QPoint TQImage::offset () const" Returns the number of pixels by which the image is intended to be offset by when positioning relative to other images. -.SH "bool QImage::operator!= ( const QImage & i ) const" +.SH "bool TQImage::operator!= ( const TQImage & i ) const" Returns TRUE if this image and image \fIi\fR have different contents; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison can be slow, unless there is some obvious difference, such as different widths, in which case the function will return quickly. .PP See also operator=(). -.SH "QImage & QImage::operator= ( const QImage & image )" +.SH "TQImage & TQImage::operator= ( const TQImage & image )" Assigns a shallow copy of \fIimage\fR to this image and returns a reference to this image. .PP See also copy(). -.SH "QImage & QImage::operator= ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" +.SH "TQImage & TQImage::operator= ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the image bits to the \fIpixmap\fR contents and returns a reference to the image. @@ -761,11 +761,11 @@ Sets the image bits to the \fIpixmap\fR contents and returns a reference to the If the image shares data with other images, it will first dereference the shared data. .PP Makes a call to QPixmap::convertToImage(). -.SH "bool QImage::operator== ( const QImage & i ) const" +.SH "bool TQImage::operator== ( const TQImage & i ) const" Returns TRUE if this image and image \fIi\fR have the same contents; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison can be slow, unless there is some obvious difference, such as different widths, in which case the function will return quickly. .PP See also operator=(). -.SH "QStringList QImage::outputFormatList ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStringList TQImage::outputFormatList ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image output. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. @@ -787,13 +787,13 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, .fi .PP See also inputFormatList(), outputFormats(), and QImageIO. -.SH "QStrList QImage::outputFormats ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStrList TQImage::outputFormats ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image output. .PP See also inputFormats(), outputFormatList(), and QImageIO. .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "QRgb QImage::pixel ( int x, int y ) const" +.SH "TQRgb TQImage::pixel ( int x, int y ) const" Returns the color of the pixel at the coordinates (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR). .PP If (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) is not on the image, the results are undefined. @@ -802,32 +802,32 @@ See also setPixel(), tqRed(), tqGreen(), tqBlue(), and valid(). .PP Examples: .)l canvas/canvas.cpp and qmag/qmag.cpp. -.SH "int QImage::pixelIndex ( int x, int y ) const" +.SH "int TQImage::pixelIndex ( int x, int y ) const" Returns the pixel index at the given coordinates. .PP If (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) is not valid, or if the image is not a paletted image (depth() > 8), the results are undefined. .PP See also valid() and depth(). -.SH "QRect QImage::rect () const" +.SH "QRect TQImage::rect () const" Returns the enclosing rectangle (0, 0, width(), height()) of the image. .PP See also width(), height(), and size(). -.SH "void QImage::reset ()" +.SH "void TQImage::reset ()" Resets all image parameters and deallocates the image data. -.SH "bool QImage::save ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.SH "bool TQImage::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" Saves the image to the file \fIfileName\fR, using the image file format \fIformat\fR and a quality factor of \fIquality\fR. \fIquality\fR must be in the range 0..100 or -1. Specify 0 to obtain small compressed files, 100 for large uncompressed files, and -1 (the default) to use the default settings. .PP Returns TRUE if the image was successfully saved; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also load(), loadFromData(), imageFormat(), QPixmap::save(), and QImageIO. -.SH "bool QImage::save ( QIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.SH "bool TQImage::save ( TQIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -This function writes a QImage to the QIODevice, \fIdevice\fR. This can be used, for example, to save an image directly into a QByteArray: +This function writes a TQImage to the TQIODevice, \fIdevice\fR. This can be used, for example, to save an image directly into a QByteArray: .PP .nf .br - QImage image; + TQImage image; .br QByteArray ba; .br @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ This function writes a QImage to the QIODevice, \fIdevice\fR. This can be used, image.save( &buffer, "PNG" ); // writes image into ba in PNG format .br .fi -.SH "QImage QImage::scale ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::scale ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" Returns a copy of the image scaled to a rectangle of width \fIw\fR and height \fIh\fR according to the ScaleMode \fImode\fR. .TP If \fImode\fR is ScaleFree, the image is scaled to (\fIw\fR, \fIh\fR). @@ -852,11 +852,11 @@ If either the width \fIw\fR or the height \fIh\fR is 0 or negative, this functio This function uses a simple, fast algorithm. If you need better quality, use smoothScale() instead. .PP See also scaleWidth(), scaleHeight(), smoothScale(), and xForm(). -.SH "QImage QImage::scale ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::scale ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP The requested size of the image is \fIs\fR. -.SH "QImage QImage::scaleHeight ( int h ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::scaleHeight ( int h ) const" Returns a scaled copy of the image. The returned image has a height of \fIh\fR pixels. This function automatically calculates the width of the image so that the ratio of the image is preserved. .PP If \fIh\fR is 0 or negative a null image is returned. @@ -864,25 +864,25 @@ If \fIh\fR is 0 or negative a null image is returned. See also scale(), scaleWidth(), smoothScale(), and xForm(). .PP Example: table/small-table-demo/main.cpp. -.SH "QImage QImage::scaleWidth ( int w ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::scaleWidth ( int w ) const" Returns a scaled copy of the image. The returned image has a width of \fIw\fR pixels. This function automatically calculates the height of the image so that the ratio of the image is preserved. .PP If \fIw\fR is 0 or negative a null image is returned. .PP See also scale(), scaleHeight(), smoothScale(), and xForm(). -.SH "uchar * QImage::scanLine ( int i ) const" +.SH "uchar * TQImage::scanLine ( int i ) const" Returns a pointer to the pixel data at the scanline with index \fIi\fR. The first scanline is at index 0. .PP The scanline data is aligned on a 32-bit boundary. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR If you are accessing 32-bpp image data, cast the returned pointer to \fCQRgb*\fR (QRgb has a 32-bit size) and use it to read/write the pixel value. You cannot use the \fCuchar*\fR pointer directly, because the pixel format depends on the byte order on the underlying platform. Hint: use tqRed(), tqGreen() and tqBlue(), etc. (ntqcolor.h) to access the pixels. +\fBWarning:\fR If you are accessing 32-bpp image data, cast the returned pointer to \fCQRgb*\fR (TQRgb has a 32-bit size) and use it to read/write the pixel value. You cannot use the \fCuchar*\fR pointer directly, because the pixel format depends on the byte order on the underlying platform. Hint: use tqRed(), tqGreen() and tqBlue(), etc. (ntqcolor.h) to access the pixels. .PP \fBWarning:\fR If you are accessing 16-bpp image data, you must handle endianness yourself. (Qt/Embedded only) .PP See also bytesPerLine(), bits(), and jumpTable(). .PP Example: desktop/desktop.cpp. -.SH "void QImage::setAlphaBuffer ( bool enable )" +.SH "void TQImage::setAlphaBuffer ( bool enable )" Enables alpha buffer mode if \fIenable\fR is TRUE, otherwise disables it. The default setting is disabled. .PP An 8-bpp image has 8-bit pixels. A pixel is an index into the color table, which contains 32-bit color values. In a 32-bpp image, the 32-bit pixels are the color values. @@ -891,10 +891,10 @@ This 32-bit value is encoded as follows: The lower 24 bits are used for the red, .PP The alpha component specifies the transparency of a pixel. 0 means completely transparent and 255 means opaque. The alpha component is ignored if you do not enable alpha buffer mode. .PP -The alpha buffer is used to set a mask when a QImage is translated to a QPixmap. +The alpha buffer is used to set a mask when a TQImage is translated to a QPixmap. .PP See also hasAlphaBuffer() and createAlphaMask(). -.SH "void QImage::setColor ( int i, QRgb c )" +.SH "void TQImage::setColor ( int i, TQRgb c )" Sets a color in the color table at index \fIi\fR to \fIc\fR. .PP A color value is an RGB triplet. Use the tqRgb() function (defined in ntqcolor.h) to make RGB triplets. @@ -903,19 +903,19 @@ See also color(), setNumColors(), and numColors(). .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "void QImage::setDotsPerMeterX ( int x )" +.SH "void TQImage::setDotsPerMeterX ( int x )" Sets the value returned by dotsPerMeterX() to \fIx\fR. -.SH "void QImage::setDotsPerMeterY ( int y )" +.SH "void TQImage::setDotsPerMeterY ( int y )" Sets the value returned by dotsPerMeterY() to \fIy\fR. -.SH "void QImage::setNumColors ( int numColors )" +.SH "void TQImage::setNumColors ( int numColors )" Resizes the color table to \fInumColors\fR colors. .PP If the color table is expanded all the extra colors will be set to black (RGB 0,0,0). .PP See also numColors(), color(), setColor(), and colorTable(). -.SH "void QImage::setOffset ( const QPoint & p )" +.SH "void TQImage::setOffset ( const QPoint & p )" Sets the value returned by offset() to \fIp\fR. -.SH "void QImage::setPixel ( int x, int y, uint index_or_rgb )" +.SH "void TQImage::setPixel ( int x, int y, uint index_or_rgb )" Sets the pixel index or color at the coordinates (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) to \fIindex_or_rgb\fR. .PP If (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) is not valid, the result is undefined. @@ -923,13 +923,13 @@ If (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) is not valid, the result is undefined. If the image is a paletted image (depth() <= 8) and \fIindex_or_rgb\fR >= numColors(), the result is undefined. .PP See also pixelIndex(), pixel(), tqRgb(), tqRgba(), and valid(). -.SH "void QImage::setText ( const char * key, const char * lang, const QString & s )" +.SH "void TQImage::setText ( const char * key, const char * lang, const TQString & s )" Records string \fIs\fR for the keyword \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR should be a portable keyword recognizable by other software - some suggested values can be found in the PNG specification. \fIs\fR can be any text. \fIlang\fR should specify the language code (see RFC 1766) or 0. -.SH "QSize QImage::size () const" +.SH "QSize TQImage::size () const" Returns the size of the image, i.e. its width and height. .PP See also width(), height(), and rect(). -.SH "QImage QImage::smoothScale ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::smoothScale ( int w, int h, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" Returns a smoothly scaled copy of the image. The returned image has a size of width \fIw\fR by height \fIh\fR pixels if \fImode\fR is ScaleFree. The modes ScaleMin and ScaleMax may be used to preserve the ratio of the image: if \fImode\fR is ScaleMin, the returned image is guaranteed to fit into the rectangle specified by \fIw\fR and \fIh\fR (it is as large as possible within the constraints); if \fImode\fR is ScaleMax, the returned image fits at least into the specified rectangle (it is a small as possible within the constraints). .PP For 32-bpp images and 1-bpp/8-bpp color images the result will be 32-bpp, whereas all-gray images (including black-and-white 1-bpp) will produce 8-bit grayscale images with the palette spanning 256 grays from black to white. @@ -943,27 +943,27 @@ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. .PP See also scale() and mirror(). -.SH "QImage QImage::smoothScale ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::smoothScale ( const QSize & s, ScaleMode mode = ScaleFree ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP The requested size of the image is \fIs\fR. -.SH "QImage QImage::swapRGB () const" -Returns a QImage in which the values of the red and blue components of all pixels have been swapped, effectively converting an RGB image to a BGR image. The original QImage is not changed. -.SH "Endian QImage::systemBitOrder ()\fC [static]\fR" -Determines the bit order of the display hardware. Returns QImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or QImage::BigEndian (MSB first). +.SH "TQImage TQImage::swapRGB () const" +Returns a TQImage in which the values of the red and blue components of all pixels have been swapped, effectively converting an RGB image to a BGR image. The original TQImage is not changed. +.SH "Endian TQImage::systemBitOrder ()\fC [static]\fR" +Determines the bit order of the display hardware. Returns TQImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or TQImage::BigEndian (MSB first). .PP See also systemByteOrder(). -.SH "Endian QImage::systemByteOrder ()\fC [static]\fR" -Determines the host computer byte order. Returns QImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or QImage::BigEndian (MSB first). +.SH "Endian TQImage::systemByteOrder ()\fC [static]\fR" +Determines the host computer byte order. Returns TQImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or TQImage::BigEndian (MSB first). .PP See also systemBitOrder(). -.SH "QString QImage::text ( const char * key, const char * lang = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQImage::text ( const char * key, const char * lang = 0 ) const" Returns the string recorded for the keyword \fIkey\fR in language \fIlang\fR, or in a default language if \fIlang\fR is 0. -.SH "QString QImage::text ( const QImageTextKeyLang & kl ) const" +.SH "TQString TQImage::text ( const QImageTextKeyLang & kl ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the string recorded for the keyword and language \fIkl\fR. -.SH "QStringList QImage::textKeys () const" +.SH "QStringList TQImage::textKeys () const" Returns the keywords for which some texts are recorded. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, .fi .PP See also textList(), text(), setText(), and textLanguages(). -.SH "QStringList QImage::textLanguages () const" +.SH "QStringList TQImage::textLanguages () const" Returns the language identifiers for which some texts are recorded. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, .fi .PP See also textList(), text(), setText(), and textKeys(). -.SH "QValueList QImage::textList () const" +.SH "QValueList TQImage::textList () const" Returns a list of QImageTextKeyLang objects that enumerate all the texts key/language pairs set by setText() for this image. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. @@ -1027,28 +1027,28 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, } .br .fi -.SH "bool QImage::valid ( int x, int y ) const" +.SH "bool TQImage::valid ( int x, int y ) const" Returns TRUE if ( \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR ) is a valid coordinate in the image; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also width(), height(), and pixelIndex(). .PP Examples: .)l canvas/canvas.cpp and qmag/qmag.cpp. -.SH "int QImage::width () const" +.SH "int TQImage::width () const" Returns the width of the image. .PP See also height(), size(), and rect(). .PP Examples: .)l canvas/canvas.cpp and opengl/texture/gltexobj.cpp. -.SH "QImage QImage::xForm ( const QWMatrix & matrix ) const" +.SH "TQImage TQImage::xForm ( const QWMatrix & matrix ) const" Returns a copy of the image that is transformed using the transformation matrix, \fImatrix\fR. .PP The transformation \fImatrix\fR is internally adjusted to compensate for unwanted translation, i.e. xForm() returns the smallest image that contains all the transformed points of the original image. .PP See also scale(), QPixmap::xForm(), QPixmap::trueMatrix(), and QWMatrix. .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "void bitBlt ( QImage * dst, int dx, int dy, const QImage * src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, int conversion_flags )" +.SH "void bitBlt ( TQImage * dst, int dx, int dy, const TQImage * src, int sx, int sy, int sw, int sh, int conversion_flags )" Copies a block of pixels from \fIsrc\fR to \fIdst\fR. The pixels copied from source (src) are converted according to \fIconversion_flags\fR if it is incompatible with the destination (\fIdst\fR). .PP \fIsx\fR, \fIsy\fR is the top-left pixel in \fIsrc\fR, \fIdx\fR, \fIdy\fR is the top-left position in \fIdst\fR and \fIsw\fR, \\sh is the size of the copied block. @@ -1058,16 +1058,16 @@ The copying is clipped if areas outside \fIsrc\fR or \fIdst\fR are specified. If \fIsw\fR is -1, it is adjusted to src->width(). Similarly, if \fIsh\fR is -1, it is adjusted to src->height(). .PP Currently inefficient for non 32-bit images. -.SH "QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const QImage & image )" +.SH "QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const TQImage & image )" Writes the image \fIimage\fR to the stream \fIs\fR as a PNG image, or as a BMP image if the stream's version is 1. .PP Note that writing the stream to a file will not produce a valid image file. .PP -See also QImage::save() and Format of the QDataStream operators. -.SH "QDataStream & operator>> ( QDataStream & s, QImage & image )" +See also TQImage::save() and Format of the QDataStream operators. +.SH "QDataStream & operator>> ( QDataStream & s, TQImage & image )" Reads an image from the stream \fIs\fR and stores it in \fIimage\fR. .PP -See also QImage::load() and Format of the QDataStream operators. +See also TQImage::load() and Format of the QDataStream operators. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqimage.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimageconsumer.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimageconsumer.3qt index e6e17199a..b7ee7687c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimageconsumer.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimageconsumer.3qt @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The QImageConsumer class is an abstraction used by QImageDecoder. .PP The QMovie class, or QLabel::setMovie(), are easy to use and for most situations do what you want with regards animated images. .PP -A QImageConsumer consumes information about changes to the QImage maintained by a QImageDecoder. Think of the QImage as the model or source of the image data, with the QImageConsumer as a view of that data and the QImageDecoder being the controller that orchestrates the relationship between the model and the view. +A QImageConsumer consumes information about changes to the TQImage maintained by a QImageDecoder. Think of the TQImage as the model or source of the image data, with the QImageConsumer as a view of that data and the QImageDecoder being the controller that orchestrates the relationship between the model and the view. .PP You'd use the QImageConsumer class, for example, if you were implementing a web browser with your own image loaders. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimagedecoder.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimagedecoder.3qt index 9058467c6..0e262c501 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimagedecoder.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimagedecoder.3qt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ QImageDecoder \- Incremental image decoder for all supported image formats .BI "\fB~QImageDecoder\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QImage & \fBimage\fR ()" +.BI "const TQImage & \fBimage\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBdecode\fR ( const uchar * buffer, int length )" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Returns a QImageFormatType by name. This might be used when the user needs to fo Call this function to find the name of the format of the given header. The returned string is statically allocated. The function will look at the first \fIlength\fR characters in the \fIbuffer\fR. .PP Returns 0 if the format is not recognized. -.SH "const QImage & QImageDecoder::image ()" +.SH "const TQImage & QImageDecoder::image ()" Returns the image currently being decoded. .SH "QStrList QImageDecoder::inputFormats ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a sorted list of formats for which asynchronous loading is supported. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimagedrag.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimagedrag.3qt index 68b718cd9..8c61fb42b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimagedrag.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimagedrag.3qt @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits QDragObject. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImageDrag\fR ( QImage image, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQImageDrag\fR ( TQImage image, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImageDrag\fR ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQImageDrag\fR ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QImageDrag\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetImage\fR ( QImage image )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetImage\fR ( TQImage image )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Inherits QDragObject. .BI "bool \fBcanDecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e, QImage & img )" +.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e, TQImage & img )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e, QPixmap & pm )" @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject class and the drag .PP See also Drag And Drop Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QImageDrag::QImageDrag ( QImage image, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QImageDrag::QImageDrag ( TQImage image, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an image drag object and sets its data to \fIimage\fR. \fIdragSource\fR must be the drag source; \fIname\fR is the object name. -.SH "QImageDrag::QImageDrag ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QImageDrag::QImageDrag ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a default image drag object. \fIdragSource\fR must be the drag source; \fIname\fR is the object name. .SH "QImageDrag::~QImageDrag ()" Destroys the image drag object and frees up all allocated resources. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the information in mime source \fIe\fR can be decoded into an im See also decode(). .PP Example: desktop/desktop.cpp. -.SH "bool QImageDrag::decode ( const QMimeSource * e, QImage & img )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QImageDrag::decode ( const QMimeSource * e, TQImage & img )\fC [static]\fR" Attempts to decode the dropped information in mime source \fIe\fR into \fIimg\fR. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also canDecode(). @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse .PP Attempts to decode the dropped information in mime source \fIe\fR into pixmap \fIpm\fR. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -This is a convenience function that converts to a QPixmap via a QImage. +This is a convenience function that converts to a QPixmap via a TQImage. .PP See also canDecode(). -.SH "void QImageDrag::setImage ( QImage image )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QImageDrag::setImage ( TQImage image )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the image to be dragged to \fIimage\fR. You will need to call this if you did not pass the image during construction. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimageformat.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimageformat.3qt index 824174f5c..532efd2ec 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimageformat.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimageformat.3qt @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ QImageFormat \- Incremental image decoder for a specific image format .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBdecode\fR ( QImage & img, QImageConsumer * consumer, const uchar * buffer, int length ) = 0" +.BI "virtual int \fBdecode\fR ( TQImage & img, QImageConsumer * consumer, const uchar * buffer, int length ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION The QImageFormat class is an incremental image decoder for a specific image format. .PP -By making a derived class of QImageFormatType, which in turn creates objects that are a subclass of QImageFormat, you can add support for more incremental image formats, allowing such formats to be sources for a QMovie or for the first frame of the image stream to be loaded as a QImage or QPixmap. +By making a derived class of QImageFormatType, which in turn creates objects that are a subclass of QImageFormat, you can add support for more incremental image formats, allowing such formats to be sources for a QMovie or for the first frame of the image stream to be loaded as a TQImage or QPixmap. .PP Your new subclass must reimplement the decode() function in order to process your new format. .PP @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ New QImageFormat objects are generated by new QImageFormatType factories. .PP See also Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Multimedia Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "int QImageFormat::decode ( QImage & img, QImageConsumer * consumer, const uchar * buffer, int length )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "int QImageFormat::decode ( TQImage & img, QImageConsumer * consumer, const uchar * buffer, int length )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" New subclasses must reimplement this method. .PP It should decode some or all of the bytes from \fIbuffer\fR into \fIimg\fR, calling the methods of \fIconsumer\fR as the decoding proceeds to inform that consumer of changes to the image. The length of the data is given in \fIlength\fR. The consumer may be 0, in which case the function should just process the data into \fIimg\fR without telling any consumer about the changes. Note that the decoder must store enough state to be able to continue in subsequent calls to this method - this is the essence of the incremental image loading. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimageformatplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimageformatplugin.3qt index a7946ab61..4a7b69557 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimageformatplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimageformatplugin.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QImageFormatPlugin \- Abstract base for custom image format plugins .BI "virtual QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBinstallIOHandler\fR ( const QString & format ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBinstallIOHandler\fR ( const TQString & format ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Constructs an image format plugin. This is invoked automatically by the TQ_EXPOR Destroys the image format plugin. .PP You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin automatically when it is no longer used. -.SH "bool QImageFormatPlugin::installIOHandler ( const QString & format )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QImageFormatPlugin::installIOHandler ( const TQString & format )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Installs a QImageIO image I/O handler for the image format \fIformat\fR. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimageio.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimageio.3qt index db950ea81..c5d54cd8e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimageio.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimageio.3qt @@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ QImageIO \- Parameters for loading and saving images .BI "\fBQImageIO\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImageIO\fR ( QIODevice * ioDevice, const char * format )" +.BI "\fBQImageIO\fR ( TQIODevice * ioDevice, const char * format )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQImageIO\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format )" +.BI "\fBQImageIO\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QImageIO\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QImage & \fBimage\fR () const" +.BI "const TQImage & \fBimage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBstatus\fR () const" @@ -35,16 +35,16 @@ QImageIO \- Parameters for loading and saving images .BI "const char * \fBformat\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIODevice * \fBioDevice\fR () const" +.BI "TQIODevice * \fBioDevice\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfileName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfileName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBquality\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdescription\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdescription\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const char * \fBparameters\fR () const" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ QImageIO \- Parameters for loading and saving images .BI "float \fBgamma\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetImage\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "void \fBsetImage\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetStatus\fR ( int status )" @@ -62,16 +62,16 @@ QImageIO \- Parameters for loading and saving images .BI "void \fBsetFormat\fR ( const char * format )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetIODevice\fR ( QIODevice * ioDevice )" +.BI "void \fBsetIODevice\fR ( TQIODevice * ioDevice )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFileName\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "void \fBsetFileName\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetQuality\fR ( int q )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetDescription\fR ( const QString & description )" +.BI "void \fBsetDescription\fR ( const TQString & description )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetParameters\fR ( const char * parameters )" @@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ QImageIO \- Parameters for loading and saving images .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( QIODevice * d )" +.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( TQIODevice * d )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStrList \fBinputFormats\fR ()" @@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ QImageIO \- Parameters for loading and saving images .SH DESCRIPTION The QImageIO class contains parameters for loading and saving images. .PP -QImageIO contains a QIODevice object that is used for image data I/O. The programmer can install new image file formats in addition to those that TQt provides. +QImageIO contains a TQIODevice object that is used for image data I/O. The programmer can install new image file formats in addition to those that TQt provides. .PP Qt currently supports the following image file formats: PNG, BMP, XBM, XPM and PNM. It may also support JPEG, MNG and GIF, if specially configured during compilation. The different PNM formats are: PBM (P1 or P4), PGM (P2 or P5), and PPM (P3 or P6). .PP -You don't normally need to use this class; QPixmap::load(), QPixmap::save(), and QImage contain sufficient functionality. +You don't normally need to use this class; QPixmap::load(), QPixmap::save(), and TQImage contain sufficient functionality. .PP For image files that contain sequences of images, only the first is read. See QMovie for loading multiple images. .PP @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ PBM, PGM, and PPM format \fIoutput\fR is always in the more condensed raw format .PP GIF support may be removed completely in a future version of Qt. We recommend using the PNG format. .PP -See also QImage, QPixmap, QFile, QMovie, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Input/Output and Networking. +See also TQImage, QPixmap, QFile, QMovie, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Input/Output and Networking. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QImageIO::QImageIO ()" Constructs a QImageIO object with all parameters set to zero. -.SH "QImageIO::QImageIO ( QIODevice * ioDevice, const char * format )" +.SH "QImageIO::QImageIO ( TQIODevice * ioDevice, const char * format )" Constructs a QImageIO object with the I/O device \fIioDevice\fR and a \fIformat\fR tag. -.SH "QImageIO::QImageIO ( const QString & fileName, const char * format )" +.SH "QImageIO::QImageIO ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format )" Constructs a QImageIO object with the file name \fIfileName\fR and a \fIformat\fR tag. .SH "QImageIO::~QImageIO ()" Destroys the object and all related data. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Defines an image I/O handler for the image format called \fIformat\fR, which is .PP \fIflags\fR is a string of single-character flags for this format. The only flag defined currently is T (upper case), so the only legal value for \fIflags\fR are "T" and the empty string. The "T" flag means that the image file is a text file, and TQt should treat all newline conventions as equivalent. (XPM files and some PPM files are text files for example.) .PP -\fIformat\fR is used to select a handler to write a QImage; \fIheader\fR is used to select a handler to read an image file. +\fIformat\fR is used to select a handler to write a TQImage; \fIheader\fR is used to select a handler to read an image file. .PP If \fIreadImage\fR is a null pointer, the QImageIO will not be able to read images in \fIformat\fR. If \fIwriteImage\fR is a null pointer, the QImageIO will not be able to write images in \fIformat\fR. If both are null, the QImageIO object is valid but useless. .PP @@ -182,11 +182,11 @@ Before the regex test, all the 0 bytes in the file header are converted to 1 byt The regexp is only applied on the first 14 bytes of the file. .PP Note that TQt assumes that there is only one handler per format; if two handlers support the same format, TQt will choose one arbitrarily. It is not possible to have one handler support reading, and another support writing. -.SH "QString QImageIO::description () const" +.SH "TQString QImageIO::description () const" Returns the image description string. .PP See also setDescription(). -.SH "QString QImageIO::fileName () const" +.SH "TQString QImageIO::fileName () const" Returns the file name currently set. .PP See also setFileName(). @@ -196,23 +196,23 @@ Returns the image format string or 0 if no format has been explicitly set. Returns the gamma value at which the image will be viewed. .PP See also setGamma(). -.SH "const QImage & QImageIO::image () const" +.SH "const TQImage & QImageIO::image () const" Returns the image currently set. .PP See also setImage(). -.SH "const char * QImageIO::imageFormat ( const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "const char * QImageIO::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file \fIfileName\fR, or null if the file cannot be read or if the format is not recognized. -.SH "const char * QImageIO::imageFormat ( QIODevice * d )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "const char * QImageIO::imageFormat ( TQIODevice * d )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a string that specifies the image format of the image read from IO device \fId\fR, or 0 if the device cannot be read or if the format is not recognized. .PP Make sure that \fId\fR is at the right position in the device (for example, at the beginning of the file). .PP -See also QIODevice::at(). +See also TQIODevice::at(). .SH "QStrList QImageIO::inputFormats ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a sorted list of image formats that are supported for image input. -.SH "QIODevice * QImageIO::ioDevice () const" +.SH "TQIODevice * QImageIO::ioDevice () const" Returns the IO device currently set. .PP See also setIODevice(). @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ See also setParameters(). .SH "int QImageIO::quality () const" Returns the quality of the written image, related to the compression ratio. .PP -See also setQuality() and QImage::save(). +See also setQuality() and TQImage::save(). .SH "bool QImageIO::read ()" Reads an image into memory and returns TRUE if the image was successfully read; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP @@ -254,11 +254,11 @@ Example: .fi .PP See also setIODevice(), setFileName(), setFormat(), write(), and QPixmap::load(). -.SH "void QImageIO::setDescription ( const QString & description )" +.SH "void QImageIO::setDescription ( const TQString & description )" Sets the image description string for image handlers that support image descriptions to \fIdescription\fR. .PP Currently, no image format supported by TQt uses the description string. -.SH "void QImageIO::setFileName ( const QString & fileName )" +.SH "void QImageIO::setFileName ( const TQString & fileName )" Sets the name of the file to read or write an image from to \fIfileName\fR. .PP See also setIODevice(). @@ -276,15 +276,15 @@ Sets the gamma value at which the image will be viewed to \fIgamma\fR. If the im The default value is 0.0. .PP See also gamma(). -.SH "void QImageIO::setIODevice ( QIODevice * ioDevice )" +.SH "void QImageIO::setIODevice ( TQIODevice * ioDevice )" Sets the IO device to be used for reading or writing an image. .PP -Setting the IO device allows images to be read/written to any block-oriented QIODevice. +Setting the IO device allows images to be read/written to any block-oriented TQIODevice. .PP If \fIioDevice\fR is not null, this IO device will override file name settings. .PP See also setFileName(). -.SH "void QImageIO::setImage ( const QImage & image )" +.SH "void QImageIO::setImage ( const TQImage & image )" Sets the image to \fIimage\fR. .PP See also image(). @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Sets the quality of the written image to \fIq\fR, related to the compression rat .PP \fIq\fR must be in the range -1..100. Specify 0 to obtain small compressed files, 100 for large uncompressed files. (-1 signifies the default compression.) .PP -See also quality() and QImage::save(). +See also quality() and TQImage::save(). .SH "void QImageIO::setStatus ( int status )" Sets the image IO status to \fIstatus\fR. A non-zero value indicates an error, whereas 0 means that the IO operation was successful. .PP @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Example: .br QImageIO iio; .br - QImage im; + TQImage im; .br im = pixmap; // convert to image .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt index 471c8c051..2eb3ac3b6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QEvent. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIMEvent\fR ( Type type, const QString & text, int cursorPosition )" +.BI "\fBQIMEvent\fR ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString & \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "const TQString & \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcursorPos\fR () const" @@ -60,19 +60,19 @@ At some point, e.g. when the user presses the Spacebar, they get to this stage, .PP Note that the particular key presses used for a given input context may differ from those we've mentioned here, i.e. they may not be Spacebar, Enter and Escape. .PP -These three stages are represented by three different types of events. The IMStartEvent, IMComposeEvent and IMEndEvent. When a new input context is created, an IMStartEvent will be sent to the widget and delivered to the QWidget::imStartEvent() function. The widget can then update internal data structures to reflect this. +These three stages are represented by three different types of events. The IMStartEvent, IMComposeEvent and IMEndEvent. When a new input context is created, an IMStartEvent will be sent to the widget and delivered to the TQWidget::imStartEvent() function. The widget can then update internal data structures to reflect this. .PP -After this, an IMComposeEvent will be sent to the widget for every key the user presses. It will contain the current composition string the widget has to show and the current cursor position within the composition string. This string is temporary and can change with every key the user types, so the widget will need to store the state before the composition started (the state it had when it received the IMStartEvent). IMComposeEvents will be delivered to the QWidget::imComposeEvent() function. +After this, an IMComposeEvent will be sent to the widget for every key the user presses. It will contain the current composition string the widget has to show and the current cursor position within the composition string. This string is temporary and can change with every key the user types, so the widget will need to store the state before the composition started (the state it had when it received the IMStartEvent). IMComposeEvents will be delivered to the TQWidget::imComposeEvent() function. .PP Usually, widgets try to mark the part of the text that is part of the current composition in a way that is visible to the user. A commonly used visual cue is to use a dotted underline. .PP -After the user has selected the final string, an IMEndEvent will be sent to the widget. The event contains the final string the user selected, and could be empty if they canceled the composition. This string should be accepted as the final text the user entered, and the intermediate composition string should be cleared. These events are delivered to QWidget::imEndEvent(). +After the user has selected the final string, an IMEndEvent will be sent to the widget. The event contains the final string the user selected, and could be empty if they canceled the composition. This string should be accepted as the final text the user entered, and the intermediate composition string should be cleared. These events are delivered to TQWidget::imEndEvent(). .PP If the user clicks another widget, taking the focus out of the widget where the composition is taking place the IMEndEvent will be sent and the string it holds will be the result of the composition up to that point (which may be an empty string). .PP See also Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QIMEvent::QIMEvent ( Type type, const QString & text, int cursorPosition )" +.SH "QIMEvent::QIMEvent ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )" Constructs a new QIMEvent with the accept flag set to FALSE. \fItype\fR can be one of QEvent::IMStartEvent, QEvent::IMComposeEvent or QEvent::IMEndEvent. \fItext\fR contains the current compostion string and \fIcursorPosition\fR the current position of the cursor inside \fItext\fR. .SH "void QIMEvent::accept ()" Sets the accept flag of the input method event object. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ See also accept(). Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event processed the event; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "int QIMEvent::selectionLength () const" Returns the number of characters in the composition string ( starting at cursorPos() ) that should be marked as selected by the input widget receiving the event. Will return 0 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent. -.SH "const QString & QIMEvent::text () const" +.SH "const TQString & QIMEvent::text () const" Returns the composition text. This is a null string for an IMStartEvent, and contains the final accepted string (which may be empty) in the IMEndEvent. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt index 6ec81d738..48add922b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QInputDialog \- Simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user Inherits QDialog. .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
    5. QString \fBgetText\fR ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, QLineEdit::EchoMode mode = QLineEdit::Normal, const QString & text = QString::null, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
    6. int \fBgetInteger\fR ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
    7. double \fBgetDouble\fR ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
    8. QString \fBgetItem\fR ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, const QStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) +
    9. TQString \fBgetText\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, QLineEdit::EchoMode mode = QLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
    10. int \fBgetInteger\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
    11. double \fBgetDouble\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
    12. TQString \fBgetItem\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const QStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) .SH DESCRIPTION The QInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user. .PP @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Four static convenience functions are provided: getText(), getInteger(), getDoub .br bool ok; .br - QString text = QInputDialog::getText( + TQString text = QInputDialog::getText( .br "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", QLineEdit::Normal, .br - QString::null, &ok, this ); + TQString::null, &ok, this ); .br if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) { .br @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Four static convenience functions are provided: getText(), getInteger(), getDoub .PP See also Dialog Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "double QInputDialog::getDouble ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "double QInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Static convenience function to get a floating point number from the user. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fIvalue\fR is the default floating point number that the line edit will be set to. \fIminValue\fR and \fImaxValue\fR are the minimum and maximum values the user may choose, and \fIdecimals\fR is the maximum number of decimal places the number may have. .PP If \fIok\fR is not-null \fI*\fR\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Use this static function like this: } .br .fi -.SH "int QInputDialog::getInteger ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Static convenience function to get an integer input from the user. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fIvalue\fR is the default integer which the spinbox will be set to. \fIminValue\fR and \fImaxValue\fR are the minimum and maximum values the user may choose, and \fIstep\fR is the amount by which the values change as the user presses the arrow buttons to increment or decrement the value. .PP If \fIok\fR is not-null *\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Use this static function like this: } .br .fi -.SH "QString QInputDialog::getItem ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, const QStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const QStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Static convenience function to let the user select an item from a string list. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fIlist\fR is the string list which is inserted into the combobox, and \fIcurrent\fR is the number of the item which should be the current item. If \fIeditable\fR is TRUE the user can enter their own text; if \fIeditable\fR is FALSE the user may only select one of the existing items. .PP If \fIok\fR is not-null \fI*\fR\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Use this static function like this: .br bool ok; .br - QString res = QInputDialog::getItem( + TQString res = QInputDialog::getItem( .br "MyApp 3000", "Select an item:", lst, 1, TRUE, &ok, .br @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Use this static function like this: } .br .fi -.SH "QString QInputDialog::getText ( const QString & caption, const QString & label, QLineEdit::EchoMode mode = QLineEdit::Normal, const QString & text = QString::null, bool * ok = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, QLineEdit::EchoMode mode = QLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Static convenience function to get a string from the user. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fItext\fR is the default text which is placed in the line edit. The \fImode\fR is the echo mode the line edit will use. If \fIok\fR is not-null \fI*\fR\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal. .PP This function returns the text which has been entered in the line edit. It will not return an empty string. @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ Use this static function like this: .br bool ok; .br - QString text = QInputDialog::getText( + TQString text = QInputDialog::getText( .br "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", QLineEdit::Normal, .br - QString::null, &ok, this ); + TQString::null, &ok, this ); .br if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) { .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt index 787866029..f4f0badcc 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits QValidator. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIntValidator\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQIntValidator\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQIntValidator\fR ( int minimum, int maximum, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQIntValidator\fR ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QIntValidator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QValidator::State \fBvalidate\fR ( QString & input, int & ) const" +.BI "virtual QValidator::State \fBvalidate\fR ( TQString & input, int & ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetBottom\fR ( int )" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would normally be .PP .nf .br - QString str; + TQString str; .br int pos = 0; .br @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ The minimum and maximum values are set in one call with setRange() or individual .PP See also QDoubleValidator, QRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QIntValidator::QIntValidator ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QIntValidator::QIntValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a validator called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, that accepts all integers. -.SH "QIntValidator::QIntValidator ( int minimum, int maximum, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QIntValidator::QIntValidator ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a validator called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, that accepts integers from \fIminimum\fR to \fImaximum\fR inclusive. .SH "QIntValidator::~QIntValidator ()" Destroys the validator, freeing any resources allocated. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Sets the range of the validator to only accept integers between \fIbottom\fR and Sets the validator's highest acceptable value. See the "top" property for details. .SH "int QIntValidator::top () const" Returns the validator's highest acceptable value. See the "top" property for details. -.SH "QValidator::State QIntValidator::validate ( QString & input, int & ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QValidator::State QIntValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns Acceptable if the \fIinput\fR is an integer within the valid range, Intermediate if the \fIinput\fR is an integer outside the valid range and Invalid if the \fIinput\fR is not an integer. .PP Note: If the valid range consists of just positive integers (e.g. 32 - 100) and \fIinput\fR is a negative integer then Invalid is returned. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqiodevice.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqiodevice.3qt index a86f84a11..3405e292d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqiodevice.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqiodevice.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QIODevice 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQIODevice 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QIODevice \- The base class of I/O devices +TQIODevice \- The base class of I/O devices .SH SYNOPSIS All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.

      .PP @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Inherited by QBuffer, QFile, QSocket, and QSocketDevice. .BI "\fBQIODevice\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual \fB~QIODevice\fR ()" +.BI "virtual \fB~TQIODevice\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBflags\fR () const" @@ -148,13 +148,13 @@ Inherited by QBuffer, QFile, QSocket, and QSocketDevice. .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QIODevice class is the base class of I/O devices. +The TQIODevice class is the base class of I/O devices. .PP -An I/O device represents a medium that one can read bytes from and/or write bytes to. The QIODevice class is the abstract superclass of all such devices; classes such as QFile, QBuffer and QSocket inherit QIODevice and implement virtual functions such as write() appropriately. +An I/O device represents a medium that one can read bytes from and/or write bytes to. The TQIODevice class is the abstract superclass of all such devices; classes such as QFile, QBuffer and QSocket inherit TQIODevice and implement virtual functions such as write() appropriately. .PP -Although applications sometimes use QIODevice directly, it is usually better to use QTextStream and QDataStream, which provide stream operations on any QIODevice subclass. QTextStream provides text-oriented stream functionality (for human-readable ASCII files, for example), whereas QDataStream deals with binary data in a totally platform-independent manner. +Although applications sometimes use TQIODevice directly, it is usually better to use QTextStream and QDataStream, which provide stream operations on any TQIODevice subclass. QTextStream provides text-oriented stream functionality (for human-readable ASCII files, for example), whereas QDataStream deals with binary data in a totally platform-independent manner. .PP -The public member functions in QIODevice roughly fall into two groups: the action functions and the state access functions. The most important action functions are: +The public member functions in TQIODevice roughly fall into two groups: the action functions and the state access functions. The most important action functions are: .IP .TP open() opens a device for reading and/or writing, depending on the mode argument. @@ -199,10 +199,10 @@ atEnd() indicates whether there is more to read, if this is meaningful for this reset() moves the read/write pointer to the start of the device, if that is possible for this device. .IP .PP -The state access are all "get" functions. The QIODevice subclass calls setState() to update the state, and simple access functions tell the user of the device what the device's state is. Here are the settings, and their associated access functions: +The state access are all "get" functions. The TQIODevice subclass calls setState() to update the state, and simple access functions tell the user of the device what the device's state is. Here are the settings, and their associated access functions: .IP .TP -Access type. Some devices are direct access (it is possible to read/write anywhere), whereas others are sequential. QIODevice provides the access functions (isDirectAccess(), isSequentialAccess(), and isCombinedAccess()) to tell users what a given I/O device supports. +Access type. Some devices are direct access (it is possible to read/write anywhere), whereas others are sequential. TQIODevice provides the access functions (isDirectAccess(), isSequentialAccess(), and isCombinedAccess()) to tell users what a given I/O device supports. .IP .TP Buffering. Some devices are accessed in raw mode, whereas others are buffered. Buffering usually provides greater efficiency, particularly for small read/write operations. isBuffered() tells the user whether a given device is buffered. (This can often be set by the application in the call to open().) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Buffering. Some devices are accessed in raw mode, whereas others are buffered. B Synchronicity. Synchronous devices work immediately (for example, files). When you read from a file, the file delivers its data straight away. Other kinds of device, such as a socket connected to a HTTP server, may not deliver the data until seconds after you ask to read it. isSynchronous() and isAsynchronous() tell the user how this device operates. .IP .TP -CR/LF translation. For simplicity, applications often like to see just a single CR/LF style, and QIODevice subclasses can provide this. isTranslated() returns TRUE if this object translates CR/LF to just LF. (This can often be set by the application in the call to open().) +CR/LF translation. For simplicity, applications often like to see just a single CR/LF style, and TQIODevice subclasses can provide this. isTranslated() returns TRUE if this object translates CR/LF to just LF. (This can often be set by the application in the call to open().) .IP .TP Permissions. Some files cannot be written. For example, isReadable(), isWritable() and isReadWrite() tell the application whether it can read from and write to a given device. (This can often be set by the application in the call to open().) @@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ Permissions. Some files cannot be written. For example, isReadable(), isWritable Finally, isOpen() returns TRUE if the device is open, i.e. after an open() call. .IP .PP -QIODevice provides numerous pure virtual functions that you need to implement when subclassing it. Here is a skeleton subclass with all the members you are sure to need and some that you will probably need: +TQIODevice provides numerous pure virtual functions that you need to implement when subclassing it. Here is a skeleton subclass with all the members you are sure to need and some that you will probably need: .PP .nf .br - class MyDevice : public QIODevice + class MyDevice : public TQIODevice .br { .br @@ -272,14 +272,14 @@ The three non-pure virtual functions need not be reimplemented for sequential de .PP See also QDataStream, QTextStream, and Input/Output and Networking. .SS "Member Type Documentation" -.SH "QIODevice::Offset" +.SH "TQIODevice::Offset" The offset within the device. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QIODevice::QIODevice ()" +.SH "TQIODevice::TQIODevice ()" Constructs an I/O device. -.SH "QIODevice::~QIODevice ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQIODevice::~TQIODevice ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the I/O device. -.SH "Offset QIODevice::at () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "Offset TQIODevice::at () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Virtual function that returns the current I/O device position. .PP This is the position of the data read/write head of the I/O device. @@ -289,17 +289,17 @@ See also size(). Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h. .PP Reimplemented in QSocket. -.SH "bool QIODevice::at ( Offset pos )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::at ( Offset pos )\fC [virtual]\fR" Virtual function that sets the I/O device position to \fIpos\fR. Returns TRUE if the position was successfully set, i.e. \fIpos\fR is within range and the seek was successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also size(). .PP Reimplemented in QSocket. -.SH "bool QIODevice::atEnd () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::atEnd () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Virtual function that returns TRUE if the I/O device position is at the end of the input; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "void QIODevice::close ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQIODevice::close ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Closes the I/O device. .PP This virtual function must be reimplemented by all subclasses. @@ -309,19 +309,19 @@ See also open(). Example: grapher/grapher.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "int QIODevice::flags () const" +.SH "int TQIODevice::flags () const" Returns the current I/O device flags setting. .PP Flags consists of mode flags and state flags. .PP See also mode() and state(). -.SH "void QIODevice::flush ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQIODevice::flush ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Flushes an open I/O device. .PP This virtual function must be reimplemented by all subclasses. .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "int QIODevice::getch ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "int TQIODevice::getch ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Reads a single byte/character from the I/O device. .PP Returns the byte/character read, or -1 if the end of the I/O device has been reached. @@ -331,71 +331,71 @@ This virtual function must be reimplemented by all subclasses. See also putch() and ungetch(). .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "bool QIODevice::isAsynchronous () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isAsynchronous () const" Returns TRUE if the device is an asynchronous device; otherwise returns FALSE, i.e. if the device is a synchronous device. .PP This mode is currently not in use. .PP See also isSynchronous(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isBuffered () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isBuffered () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device is a buffered device; otherwise returns FALSE, i.e. the device is a raw device. .PP See also isRaw(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isCombinedAccess () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isCombinedAccess () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device is a combined access (both direct and sequential) device; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP This access method is currently not in use. -.SH "bool QIODevice::isDirectAccess () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isDirectAccess () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device is a direct access device; otherwise returns FALSE, i.e. if the device is a sequential access device. .PP See also isSequentialAccess(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isInactive () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isInactive () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device state is 0, i.e. the device is not open; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also isOpen(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isOpen () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isOpen () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device has been opened; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also isInactive(). .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. -.SH "bool QIODevice::isRaw () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isRaw () const" Returns TRUE if the device is a raw device; otherwise returns FALSE, i.e. if the device is a buffered device. .PP See also isBuffered(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isReadWrite () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isReadWrite () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device was opened using IO_ReadWrite mode; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also isReadable() and isWritable(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isReadable () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isReadable () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device was opened using IO_ReadOnly or IO_ReadWrite mode; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also isWritable() and isReadWrite(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isSequentialAccess () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isSequentialAccess () const" Returns TRUE if the device is a sequential access device; otherwise returns FALSE, i.e. if the device is a direct access device. .PP Operations involving size() and at(int) are not valid on sequential devices. .PP See also isDirectAccess(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isSynchronous () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isSynchronous () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device is a synchronous device; otherwise returns FALSE, i.e. the device is an asynchronous device. .PP See also isAsynchronous(). -.SH "bool QIODevice::isTranslated () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isTranslated () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device translates carriage-return and linefeed characters; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP A QFile is translated if it is opened with the IO_Translate mode flag. -.SH "bool QIODevice::isWritable () const" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::isWritable () const" Returns TRUE if the I/O device was opened using IO_WriteOnly or IO_ReadWrite mode; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also isReadable() and isReadWrite(). -.SH "int QIODevice::mode () const" +.SH "int TQIODevice::mode () const" Returns bits OR'ed together that specify the current operation mode. .PP These are the flags that were given to the open() function. .PP The flags are IO_ReadOnly, IO_WriteOnly, IO_ReadWrite, IO_Append, IO_Truncate and IO_Translate. -.SH "bool QIODevice::open ( int mode )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::open ( int mode )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Opens the I/O device using the specified \fImode\fR. Returns TRUE if the device was successfully opened; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The mode parameter \fImode\fR must be an OR'ed combination of the following flags.
      .nf @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ See also close(). Example: grapher/grapher.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "int QIODevice::putch ( int ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "int TQIODevice::putch ( int ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Writes the character \fIch\fR to the I/O device. .PP Returns \fIch\fR, or -1 if an error occurred. @@ -424,9 +424,9 @@ See also getch() and ungetch(). Example: grapher/grapher.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "QByteArray QIODevice::readAll ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QByteArray TQIODevice::readAll ()\fC [virtual]\fR" This convenience function returns all of the remaining data in the device. -.SH "TQ_LONG QIODevice::readBlock ( char * data, TQ_ULONG maxlen )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQ_LONG TQIODevice::readBlock ( char * data, TQ_ULONG maxlen )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Reads at most \fImaxlen\fR bytes from the I/O device into \fIdata\fR and returns the number of bytes actually read. .PP This function should return -1 if a fatal error occurs and should return 0 if there are no bytes to read. @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ See also writeBlock(), isOpen(), and isReadable(). Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h. .PP Reimplemented in QSocket and QSocketDevice. -.SH "TQ_LONG QIODevice::readLine ( char * data, TQ_ULONG maxlen )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQ_LONG TQIODevice::readLine ( char * data, TQ_ULONG maxlen )\fC [virtual]\fR" Reads a line of text, (or up to \fImaxlen\fR bytes if a newline isn't encountered) plus a terminating '\0' into \fIdata\fR. If there is a newline at the end if the line, it is not stripped. .PP Returns the number of bytes read including the terminating '\0', or -1 if an error occurred. @@ -450,37 +450,37 @@ This virtual function can be reimplemented much more efficiently by the most sub See also readBlock() and QTextStream::readLine(). .PP Reimplemented in QFile. -.SH "bool QIODevice::reset ()" +.SH "bool TQIODevice::reset ()" Sets the device index position to 0. .PP See also at(). -.SH "void QIODevice::resetStatus ()" +.SH "void TQIODevice::resetStatus ()" Sets the I/O device status to IO_Ok. .PP See also status(). -.SH "void QIODevice::setFlags ( int flags )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQIODevice::setFlags ( int flags )\fC [protected]\fR" Used by subclasses to set the device flags to the \fIflags\fR specified. -.SH "void QIODevice::setMode ( int mode )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQIODevice::setMode ( int mode )\fC [protected]\fR" Used by subclasses to set the device mode to the \fImode\fR specified. -.SH "void QIODevice::setState ( int state )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQIODevice::setState ( int state )\fC [protected]\fR" Used by subclasses to set the device state to the \fIstate\fR specified. -.SH "void QIODevice::setStatus ( int s )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQIODevice::setStatus ( int s )\fC [protected]\fR" Used by subclasses to set the device status (not state) to \fIs\fR. -.SH "void QIODevice::setType ( int type )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQIODevice::setType ( int type )\fC [protected]\fR" Used by subclasses to set the device type to the \fItype\fR specified. -.SH "Offset QIODevice::size () const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "Offset TQIODevice::size () const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Virtual function that returns the size of the I/O device. .PP See also at(). .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "int QIODevice::state () const" +.SH "int TQIODevice::state () const" Returns bits OR'ed together that specify the current state. .PP The flags are: \fCIO_Open\fR. .PP Subclasses may define additional flags. -.SH "int QIODevice::status () const" +.SH "int TQIODevice::status () const" Returns the I/O device status. .PP The I/O device status returns an error code. If open() returns FALSE or readBlock() or writeBlock() return -1, this function can be called to find out the reason why the operation failed. @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ l - l. Status code Meaning IO_Ok The operation was successful. IO_ReadError Coul
      .PP See also resetStatus(). -.SH "int QIODevice::ungetch ( int ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "int TQIODevice::ungetch ( int ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Puts the character \fIch\fR back into the I/O device and decrements the index position if it is not zero. .PP This function is normally called to "undo" a getch() operation. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ This virtual function must be reimplemented by all subclasses. See also getch() and putch(). .PP Reimplemented in QFile and QSocket. -.SH "TQ_LONG QIODevice::writeBlock ( const char * data, TQ_ULONG len )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQ_LONG TQIODevice::writeBlock ( const char * data, TQ_ULONG len )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Writes \fIlen\fR bytes from \fIdata\fR to the I/O device and returns the number of bytes actually written. .PP This function should return -1 if a fatal error occurs. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ See also readBlock(). Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h. .PP Reimplemented in QBuffer, QSocket, and QSocketDevice. -.SH "TQ_LONG QIODevice::writeBlock ( const QByteArray & data )" +.SH "TQ_LONG TQIODevice::writeBlock ( const QByteArray & data )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This convenience function is the same as calling writeBlock( diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverfactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverfactory.3qt index 2b11d343d..1d4481fc6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverfactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverfactory.3qt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ QKbdDriverFactory \- Creates QWSKeyboardHandler objects for Qt/Embedded \fC#include \fR .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
    13. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
    14. QWSKeyboardHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key, const QString & device ) +
    15. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
    16. QWSKeyboardHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device ) .SH DESCRIPTION The QKbdDriverFactory class creates QWSKeyboardHandler objects for Qt/Embedded. .PP @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ This class is only available in Qt/Embedded. .PP QKbdDriverFactory::keys() returns a list of valid keys. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWSKeyboardHandler * QKbdDriverFactory::create ( const QString & key, const QString & device )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QWSKeyboardHandler * QKbdDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device )\fC [static]\fR" Creates a QWSKeyboardHandler object that matches \fIkey\fR for device \fIdevice\fR. This is either a built-in driver, or a driver from a driver plugin. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverplugin.3qt index 3c51806cb..59c2a8491 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqkbddriverplugin.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QKbdDriverPlugin \- Abstract base for Qt/Embedded keyboard driver plugins .BI "virtual QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWSKeyboardHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & driver, const QString & device ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QWSKeyboardHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Constructs a keyboard driver plugin. This is invoked automatically by the \fCQ_E Destroys the keyboard driver plugin. .PP You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin automatically when it is no longer used. -.SH "QWSKeyboardHandler * QKbdDriverPlugin::create ( const QString & driver, const QString & device )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QWSKeyboardHandler * QKbdDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Creates a driver matching the type specified by \fIdriver\fR and \fIdevice\fR. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt index c2ee132a3..bf61299a0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QEvent. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQKeyEvent\fR ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const QString & text = QString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )" +.BI "\fBQKeyEvent\fR ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBkey\fR () const" @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Inherits QEvent. .BI "bool \fBisAccepted\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisAutoRepeat\fR () const" @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ Key events occur when a key is pressed or released when a widget has keyboard in .PP A key event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the key event. You should call QKeyEvent::ignore() if the key press or release event is not handled by your widget. A key event is propagated up the parent widget chain until a widget accepts it with QKeyEvent::accept() or an event filter consumes it. Key events for multi media keys are ignored by default. You should call QKeyEvent::accept() if your widget handles those events. .PP -The QWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. +The TQWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. .PP -The event handlers QWidget::keyPressEvent() and QWidget::keyReleaseEvent() receive key events. +The event handlers TQWidget::keyPressEvent() and TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent() receive key events. .PP -See also QFocusEvent, QWidget::grabKeyboard(), and Event Classes. +See also QFocusEvent, TQWidget::grabKeyboard(), and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QKeyEvent::QKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const QString & text = QString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )" +.SH "QKeyEvent::QKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )" Constructs a key event object. .PP The \fItype\fR parameter must be QEvent::KeyPress or QEvent::KeyRelease. If \fIkey\fR is 0 the event is not a result of a known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose sequence or keyboard macro). \fIascii\fR is the ASCII code of the key that was pressed or released. \fIstate\fR holds the keyboard modifiers. \fItext\fR is the Unicode text that the key generated. If \fIautorep\fR is TRUE, isAutoRepeat() will be TRUE. \fIcount\fR is the number of single keys. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Example: picture/picture.cpp. .SH "int QKeyEvent::count () const" Returns the number of single keys for this event. If text() is not empty, this is simply the length of the string. .PP -See also QWidget::setKeyCompression(). +See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression(). .SH "void QKeyEvent::ignore ()" Clears the accept flag parameter of the key event object. .PP @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ See Qt::Key for the list of keyboard codes. These codes are independent of the u .PP A value of either 0 or Key_unknown means that the event is not the result of a known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose sequence or a keyboard macro, or due to key event compression). .PP -See also QWidget::setKeyCompression(). +See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression(). .PP Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. .SH "ButtonState QKeyEvent::state () const" @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@ Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately after the event occ \fBWarning:\fR This function cannot be trusted. .PP See also state(). -.SH "QString QKeyEvent::text () const" +.SH "TQString QKeyEvent::text () const" Returns the Unicode text that this key generated. The text returned migth be empty, which is the case when pressing or releasing modifying keys as Shift, Control, Alt and Meta. In these cases key() will contain a valid value. .PP -See also QWidget::setKeyCompression(). +See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression(). .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qkeyevent.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt index e0dce7eea..d73e4ac95 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ( const QString & key )" +.BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ( const TQString & key )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ( int key )" @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "Qt::SequenceMatch \fBmatches\fR ( const QKeySequence & seq ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBoperator QString\fR () const" +.BI "\fBoperator TQString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "operator int () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -75,14 +75,14 @@ The QKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators. .PP A key sequence consists of up to four keyboard codes, each optionally combined with modifiers, e.g. SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META, or UNICODE_ACCEL. For example, \fCCTRL + Key_P\fR might be a sequence used as a shortcut for printing a document. The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h. As an alternative, use UNICODE_ACCEL with the unicode code point of the character. For example, \fCUNICODE_ACCEL + 'A'\fR gives the same key sequence as Key_A. .PP -Key sequences can be constructed either from an integer key code, or from a human readable translatable string such as" Ctrl+X,Alt+Space". A key sequence can be cast to a QString to obtain a human readable translated version of the sequence. Translations are done in the "QAccel" context. +Key sequences can be constructed either from an integer key code, or from a human readable translatable string such as" Ctrl+X,Alt+Space". A key sequence can be cast to a TQString to obtain a human readable translated version of the sequence. Translations are done in the "QAccel" context. .PP See also QAccel and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ()" Constructs an empty key sequence. -.SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ( const QString & key )" -Creates a key sequence from the string \fIkey\fR. For example" Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl"," Shift", "Alt" and "Meta" are recognized, as well as their translated equivalents in the "QAccel" context (using QObject::tr()). +.SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ( const TQString & key )" +Creates a key sequence from the string \fIkey\fR. For example" Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl"," Shift", "Alt" and "Meta" are recognized, as well as their translated equivalents in the "QAccel" context (using TQObject::tr()). .PP Multiple key codes (up to four) may be entered by separating them with commas, e.g. "Alt+X,Ctrl+S,Q". .PP @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ Returns the number of keys in the key sequence. The maximum is 4. Returns TRUE if the key sequence is empty; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "Qt::SequenceMatch QKeySequence::matches ( const QKeySequence & seq ) const" Matches the sequence with \fIseq\fR. Returns Qt::Identical if successful, Qt::PartialMatch for matching but incomplete \fIseq\fR, and Qt::NoMatch if the sequences have nothing in common. Returns Qt::NoMatch if \fIseq\fR is shorter. -.SH "QKeySequence::operator QString () const" -Creates an accelerator string for the key sequence. For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". If the key sequence has multiple key codes they are returned comma-separated, e.g." Alt+X, Ctrl+Y, Z". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are translated (using QObject::tr()) in the "QAccel" scope. If the key sequence has no keys, QString::null is returned. +.SH "QKeySequence::operator TQString () const" +Creates an accelerator string for the key sequence. For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". If the key sequence has multiple key codes they are returned comma-separated, e.g." Alt+X, Ctrl+Y, Z". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "QAccel" scope. If the key sequence has no keys, TQString::null is returned. .PP On Mac OS X, the string returned resembles the sequence that is shown in the menubar. .SH "QKeySequence::operator int () const" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt index d04c2cc9f..21b2398c5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlabel.3qt @@ -16,19 +16,19 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLabel\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLabel\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLabel\fR ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLabel\fR ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLabel\fR ( QWidget * buddy, const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLabel\fR ( TQWidget * buddy, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QLabel\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "void \fBsetScaledContents\fR ( bool )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetBuddy\fR ( QWidget * buddy )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetBuddy\fR ( TQWidget * buddy )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBbuddy\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBbuddy\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetFont\fR ( const QFont & f )" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & )" @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBscaledContents\fR - whether the label will scale its contents to fill all available space" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR - the label's text" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR - the label's text" .br .ti -1c .BI "TextFormat \fBtextFormat\fR - the label's text format" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ QLabel is used for displaying text or an image. No user interaction functionalit .PP A QLabel can contain any of the following content types:
      .nf .TS -l - l. Content Setting Plain text Pass a QString to setText(). Rich text Pass a QString that contains rich text to setText(). A pixmap Pass a QPixmap to setPixmap(). A movie Pass a QMovie to setMovie(). A number Pass an \fIint\fR or a \fIdouble\fR to setNum(), which converts the number to plain text. Nothing +l - l. Content Setting Plain text Pass a TQString to setText(). Rich text Pass a TQString that contains rich text to setText(). A pixmap Pass a QPixmap to setPixmap(). A movie Pass a QMovie to setMovie(). A number Pass an \fIint\fR or a \fIdouble\fR to setNum(), which converts the number to plain text. Nothing .TE .fi
      @@ -182,19 +182,19 @@ In this example, keyboard focus is transferred to the label's buddy (the QLineEd .PP See also QLineEdit, QTextEdit, QPixmap, QMovie, GUI Design Handbook: Label, Basic Widgets, and Text Related Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QLabel::QLabel ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QLabel::QLabel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an empty label. .PP The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor. .PP See also alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent. -.SH "QLabel::QLabel ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QLabel::QLabel ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a label that displays the text, \fItext\fR. .PP The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flag \fIf\fR, arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor. .PP See also text, alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent. -.SH "QLabel::QLabel ( QWidget * buddy, const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QLabel::QLabel ( TQWidget * buddy, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a label that displays the text \fItext\fR. The label has a buddy widget, \fIbuddy\fR. .PP If the \fItext\fR contains an underlined letter (a letter preceded by an ampersand, &), and the text is in plain text format, when the user presses Alt+ the underlined letter, focus is passed to the buddy widget. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Returns TRUE if auto-resizing is enabled, or FALSE if auto-resizing is disabled. Auto-resizing is disabled by default. .PP See also setAutoResize(). -.SH "QWidget * QLabel::buddy () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QLabel::buddy () const" Returns this label's buddy, or 0 if no buddy is currently set. .PP See also setBuddy(). @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ When auto-resizing is enabled the label will resize itself to fit the contents w Auto-resizing is disabled by default. .PP See also autoResize(), adjustSize(), and sizeHint. -.SH "void QLabel::setBuddy ( QWidget * buddy )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QLabel::setBuddy ( TQWidget * buddy )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets this label's buddy to \fIbuddy\fR. .PP When the user presses the accelerator key indicated by this label, the keyboard focus is transferred to the label's buddy widget. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Sets the font used on the QLabel to font \fIf\fR. .PP Example: menu/menu.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QLabel::setIndent ( int )" Sets the label's text indent in pixels. See the "indent" property for details. .SH "void QLabel::setMovie ( const QMovie & movie )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ The buddy accelerator, if any, is disabled. .PP The label resizes itself if auto-resizing is enabled. .PP -See also text, QString::setNum(), and setBuddy(). +See also text, TQString::setNum(), and setBuddy(). .SH "void QLabel::setNum ( double num )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ The buddy accelerator, if any, is disabled. .PP The label resizes itself if auto-resizing is enabled. .PP -See also text, QString::setNum(), and setBuddy(). +See also text, TQString::setNum(), and setBuddy(). .SH "void QLabel::setPicture ( const QPicture & picture )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the label contents to \fIpicture\fR. Any previous content is cleared. .PP @@ -327,11 +327,11 @@ See also picture() and setBuddy(). Sets the label's pixmap. See the "pixmap" property for details. .SH "void QLabel::setScaledContents ( bool )" Sets whether the label will scale its contents to fill all available space. See the "scaledContents" property for details. -.SH "void QLabel::setText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QLabel::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the label's text. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QLabel::setTextFormat ( TextFormat )" Sets the label's text format. See the "textFormat" property for details. -.SH "QString QLabel::text () const" +.SH "TQString QLabel::text () const" Returns the label's text. See the "text" property for details. .SH "TextFormat QLabel::textFormat () const" Returns the label's text format. See the "textFormat" property for details. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ This property holds the label's background mode. .PP Get this property with backgroundMode(). .PP -See also QWidget::backgroundMode. +See also TQWidget::backgroundMode. .SH "int indent" This property holds the label's text indent in pixels. .PP @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ This property's default is FALSE. See also scaledContents. .PP Set this property's value with setScaledContents() and get this property's value with hasScaledContents(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the label's text. .PP If no text has been set this will return an empty string. Setting the text clears any previous content, unless they are the same. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt index 986c3f5ef..ffeb4db22 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlayout.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QLayout \- The base class of geometry managers .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject and QLayoutItem. +Inherits TQObject and QLayoutItem. .PP Inherited by QGridLayout and QBoxLayout. .PP @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Inherited by QGridLayout and QBoxLayout. .BI "enum \fBResizeMode\fR { FreeResize, Minimum, Fixed, Auto }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLayout\fR ( QWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLayout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQLayout\fR ( QLayout * parentLayout, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Inherited by QGridLayout and QBoxLayout. .BI "QMenuBar * \fBmenuBar\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBmainWidget\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBmainWidget\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisTopLevel\fR () const" @@ -72,13 +72,13 @@ Inherited by QGridLayout and QBoxLayout. .BI "bool \fBactivate\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBaddItem\fR ( QLayoutItem * item ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBremoveItem\fR ( QLayoutItem * item )" @@ -162,12 +162,12 @@ The possible values are: .TP \fCQLayout::FreeResize\fR - The widget is not constrained. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QLayout::QLayout ( QWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QLayout::QLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a new top-level QLayout called \fIname\fR, with main widget \fIparent\fR. \fIparent\fR may not be 0. .PP The \fImargin\fR is the number of pixels between the edge of the widget and the managed children. The \fIspacing\fR sets the value of spacing(), which gives the spacing between the managed widgets. If \fIspacing\fR is -1 (the default), spacing is set to the value of \fImargin\fR. .PP -There can be only one top-level layout for a widget. It is returned by QWidget::layout() +There can be only one top-level layout for a widget. It is returned by TQWidget::layout() .SH "QLayout::QLayout ( QLayout * parentLayout, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a new child QLayout called \fIname\fR, and places it inside \fIparentLayout\fR by using the default placement defined by addItem(). .PP @@ -181,11 +181,11 @@ Redoes the layout for mainWidget(). You should generally not need to call this b .PP However, if you set up a QLayout for a visible widget without resizing that widget, you will need to call this function in order to lay it out. .PP -See also QWidget::updateGeometry(). +See also TQWidget::updateGeometry(). .PP Examples: .)l layout/layout.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, and sql/overview/form1/main.cpp. -.SH "void QLayout::add ( QWidget * w )" +.SH "void QLayout::add ( TQWidget * w )" Adds widget \fIw\fR to this layout in a manner specific to the layout. This function uses addItem(). .PP Examples: @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Examples: .)l customlayout/border.cpp, customlayout/card.cpp, and customlayout/flow.cpp. .PP Reimplemented from QLayoutItem. -.SH "QWidget * QLayout::mainWidget ()" +.SH "TQWidget * QLayout::mainWidget ()" Returns the main widget (parent widget) of this layout, or 0 if this layout is a sub-layout that is not yet inserted. .SH "int QLayout::margin () const" Returns the width of the outside border of the layout. See the "margin" property for details. @@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ Examples: Reimplemented from QLayoutItem. .PP Reimplemented in QGridLayout and QBoxLayout. -.SH "void QLayout::remove ( QWidget * widget )" +.SH "void QLayout::remove ( TQWidget * widget )" Removes the widget \fIwidget\fR from the layout. After this call, it is the caller's responsibility to give the widget a reasonable geometry or to put the widget back into a layout. .PP -See also removeItem(), QWidget::geometry, and add(). +See also removeItem(), TQWidget::geometry, and add(). .SH "void QLayout::removeItem ( QLayoutItem * item )" Removes the layout item \fIitem\fR from the layout. It is the caller's responsibility to delete the item. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt index 26a5d037e..97781a9b9 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlayoutitem.3qt @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Inherited by QLayout, QSpacerItem, and QWidgetItem. .BI "virtual void \fBinvalidate\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBwidget\fR ()" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBwidget\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QLayoutIterator \fBiterator\fR ()" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Pure virtual functions are provided to return information about the layout, incl .PP The layout's geometry can be set and retrieved with setGeometry() and geometry(), and its alignment with setAlignment() and alignment(). .PP -isEmpty() returns whether the layout is empty. iterator() returns an iterator for the layout's children. If the concrete item is a QWidget, it can be retrieved using widget(). Similarly for layout() and spacerItem(). +isEmpty() returns whether the layout is empty. iterator() returns an iterator for the layout's children. If the concrete item is a TQWidget, it can be retrieved using widget(). Similarly for layout() and spacerItem(). .PP See also QLayout, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Returns TRUE if this layout's preferred height depends on its width; otherwise r .PP Reimplement this function in layout managers that support height for width. .PP -See also heightForWidth() and QWidget::heightForWidth(). +See also heightForWidth() and TQWidget::heightForWidth(). .PP Examples: .)l customlayout/border.cpp and customlayout/flow.cpp. @@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ Examples: Reimplemented in QSpacerItem, QWidgetItem, QGridLayout, and QBoxLayout. .SH "QSpacerItem * QLayoutItem::spacerItem ()\fC [virtual]\fR" If this item is a QSpacerItem, it is returned as a QSpacerItem; otherwise 0 is returned. This function provides type-safe casting. -.SH "QWidget * QLayoutItem::widget ()\fC [virtual]\fR" -If this item is a QWidget, it is returned as a QWidget; otherwise 0 is returned. This function provides type-safe casting. +.SH "TQWidget * QLayoutItem::widget ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +If this item is a TQWidget, it is returned as a TQWidget; otherwise 0 is returned. This function provides type-safe casting. .PP Reimplemented in QWidgetItem. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt index e1e7fd17f..d39eeba22 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlcdnumber.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLCDNumber\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLCDNumber\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLCDNumber\fR ( uint numDigits, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLCDNumber\fR ( uint numDigits, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QLCDNumber\fR ()" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdisplay\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "void \fBdisplay\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdisplay\fR ( int num )" @@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ This type determines the visual appearance of the QLCDNumber widget. .TP \fCQLCDNumber::Flat\fR - gives flat segments filled with the foreground brush. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an LCD number, sets the number of digits to 5, the base to decimal, the decimal point mode to 'small' and the frame style to a raised box. The segmentStyle() is set to Outline. .PP The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor. .PP See also numDigits and smallDecimalPoint. -.SH "QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber ( uint numDigits, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QLCDNumber::QLCDNumber ( uint numDigits, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an LCD number, sets the number of digits to \fInumDigits\fR, the base to decimal, the decimal point mode to 'small' and the frame style to a raised box. The segmentStyle() is set to Outline. .PP The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Returns TRUE if \fInum\fR is too big to be displayed in its entirety; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also display(), numDigits, and smallDecimalPoint. -.SH "void QLCDNumber::display ( const QString & s )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QLCDNumber::display ( const TQString & s )\fC [slot]\fR" Displays the number represented by the string \fIs\fR. .PP This version of the function disregards mode() and smallDecimalPoint(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt index b871f805e..eac7629de 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLibrary\fR ( const QString & filename )" +.BI "\fBQLibrary\fR ( const TQString & filename )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QLibrary\fR ()" @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "void \fBsetAutoUnload\fR ( bool enabled )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlibrary\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlibrary\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void * \fBresolve\fR ( const QString & filename, const char * symb )" +.BI "void * \fBresolve\fR ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol" mysymbol", and .PP See also Plugins. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QLibrary::QLibrary ( const QString & filename )" +.SH "QLibrary::QLibrary ( const TQString & filename )" Creates a QLibrary object for the shared library \fIfilename\fR. The library will be unloaded in the destructor. .PP Note that \fIfilename\fR does not need to include the (platform specific) file extension, so calling @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ See also setAutoUnload(). Returns TRUE if the library is loaded; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also unload(). -.SH "QString QLibrary::library () const" +.SH "TQString QLibrary::library () const" Returns the filename of the shared library this QLibrary object handles, including the platform specific file extension. .PP For example: @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ For example: .br QLibrary lib( "mylib" ); .br - QString str = lib.library(); + TQString str = lib.library(); .br .fi will set \fIstr\fR to "mylib.dll" on Windows, and "libmylib.so" on Linux. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. .PP THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -.SH "void * QLibrary::resolve ( const QString & filename, const char * symb )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void * QLibrary::resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Loads the library \fIfilename\fR and returns the address of the exported symbol \fIsymb\fR. Note that like the constructor, \fIfilename\fR does not need to include the (platform specific) file extension. The library remains loaded until the process exits. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt index 6c7e2320e..7c9e702fe 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt @@ -16,22 +16,22 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLineEdit\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLineEdit\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLineEdit\fR ( const QString & contents, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLineEdit\fR ( const TQString & contents, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLineEdit\fR ( const QString & contents, const QString & inputMask, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQLineEdit\fR ( const TQString & contents, const TQString & inputMask, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QLineEdit\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdisplayText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdisplayText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBmaxLength\fR () const" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "int \fBcursorPosition\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool validateAndSet ( const QString & newText, int newPos, int newMarkAnchor, int newMarkDrag ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool validateAndSet ( const TQString & newText, int newPos, int newMarkAnchor, int newMarkDrag ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBalignment\fR () const" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBhasSelectedText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBselectionStart\fR () const" @@ -121,16 +121,16 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBdragEnabled\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBinputMask\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBinputMask\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetInputMask\fR ( const QString & inputMask )" +.BI "void \fBsetInputMask\fR ( const TQString & inputMask )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasAcceptableInput\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int characterAt ( int xpos, QChar * chr ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "int characterAt ( int xpos, TQChar * chr ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool getSelection ( int * start, int * end ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBselectAll\fR ()" @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "virtual void \fBclearValidator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsert\fR ( const QString & newText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsert\fR ( const TQString & newText )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBclear\fR ()" @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBtextChanged\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBtextChanged\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBreturnPressed\fR ()" @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "int \fBcursorPosition\fR - the current cursor position for this line edit" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdisplayText\fR - the displayed text \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBdisplayText\fR - the displayed text \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBdragEnabled\fR - whether the lineedit starts a drag if the user presses and moves the mouse on some selected text" @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBhasSelectedText\fR - whether there is any text selected \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBinputMask\fR - the validation input mask" +.BI "TQString \fBinputMask\fR - the validation input mask" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBmaxLength\fR - the maximum permitted length of the text" @@ -259,10 +259,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBredoAvailable\fR - whether redo is available \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedText\fR - the selected text \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedText\fR - the selected text \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR - the line edit's text" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR - the line edit's text" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBundoAvailable\fR - whether undo is available \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" @@ -323,28 +323,28 @@ This enum type describes how a line edit should display its contents. .PP See also echoMode and echoMode. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a line edit with no text. .PP The maximum text length is set to 32767 characters. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor. .PP See also text and maxLength. -.SH "QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( const QString & contents, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a line edit containing the text \fIcontents\fR. .PP The cursor position is set to the end of the line and the maximum text length to 32767 characters. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor. .PP See also text and maxLength. -.SH "QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( const QString & contents, const QString & inputMask, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, const TQString & inputMask, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a line edit with an input \fIinputMask\fR and the text \fIcontents\fR. .PP The cursor position is set to the end of the line and the maximum text length is set to the length of the mask (the number of mask characters and separators). .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor. .PP See also setMask() and text. .SH "QLineEdit::~QLineEdit ()" @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Returns the alignment of the line edit. See the "alignment" property for details If no text is selected, deletes the character to the left of the text cursor and moves the cursor one position to the left. If any text is selected, the cursor is moved to the beginning of the selected text and the selected text is deleted. .PP See also del(). -.SH "int QLineEdit::characterAt ( int xpos, QChar * chr ) const" +.SH "int QLineEdit::characterAt ( int xpos, TQChar * chr ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .SH "void QLineEdit::clear ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Clears the contents of the line edit. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ See also backspace(). Deselects any selected text. .PP See also setSelection() and selectAll(). -.SH "QString QLineEdit::displayText () const" +.SH "TQString QLineEdit::displayText () const" Returns the displayed text. See the "displayText" property for details. .SH "bool QLineEdit::dragEnabled () const" Returns TRUE if the lineedit starts a drag if the user presses and moves the mouse on some selected text; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "dragEnabled" property for details. @@ -427,9 +427,9 @@ Returns TRUE if there is any text selected; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "ha Moves the text cursor to the beginning of the line unless it is already there. If \fImark\fR is TRUE, text is selected towards the first position; otherwise, any selected text is unselected if the cursor is moved. .PP See also end(). -.SH "QString QLineEdit::inputMask () const" +.SH "TQString QLineEdit::inputMask () const" Returns the validation input mask. See the "inputMask" property for details. -.SH "void QLineEdit::insert ( const QString & newText )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QLineEdit::insert ( const TQString & newText )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Deletes any selected text, inserts \fInewText\fR, and validates the result. If it is valid, it sets it as the new contents of the line edit. .SH "bool QLineEdit::isModified () const" Returns TRUE if the line edit's contents has been modified by the user; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "modified" property for details. @@ -446,11 +446,11 @@ If Return or Enter is pressed and the current text is valid (or can be made vali .PP The default key bindings are listed in the detailed description. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QLineEdit::lostFocus ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the line edit has lost focus. .PP -See also focus, QWidget::focusInEvent(), and QWidget::focusOutEvent(). +See also focus, TQWidget::focusInEvent(), and TQWidget::focusOutEvent(). .SH "int QLineEdit::maxLength () const" Returns the maximum permitted length of the text. See the "maxLength" property for details. .SH "QSize QLineEdit::minimumSizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ Returns a minimum size for the line edit. .PP The width returned is enough for at least one character. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QLineEdit::paste ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Inserts the clipboard's text at the cursor position, deleting any selected text, providing the line edit is not read-only. .PP @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Example: popup/popup.cpp. Selects all the text (i.e. highlights it) and moves the cursor to the end. This is useful when a default value has been inserted because if the user types before clicking on the widget, the selected text will be deleted. .PP See also setSelection() and deselect(). -.SH "QString QLineEdit::selectedText () const" +.SH "TQString QLineEdit::selectedText () const" Returns the selected text. See the "selectedText" property for details. .SH "void QLineEdit::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes. @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Sets the line edit's echo mode. See the "echoMode" property for details. Sets whether the line edit has been edited. Use modified instead. See the "edited" property for details. .SH "void QLineEdit::setFrame ( bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets whether the line edit draws itself with a frame. See the "frame" property for details. -.SH "void QLineEdit::setInputMask ( const QString & inputMask )" +.SH "void QLineEdit::setInputMask ( const TQString & inputMask )" Sets the validation input mask to \fIinputMask\fR. See the "inputMask" property for details. .SH "void QLineEdit::setMaxLength ( int )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the maximum permitted length of the text. See the "maxLength" property for details. @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Selects text from position \fIstart\fR and for \fIlength\fR characters. Note that this function sets the cursor's position to the end of the selection regardless of its current position. .PP See also deselect(), selectAll(), getSelection(), cursorForward(), and cursorBackward(). -.SH "void QLineEdit::setText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QLineEdit::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the line edit's text. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QLineEdit::setValidator ( const QValidator * v )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets this line edit to only accept input that the validator, \fIv\fR, will accept. This allows you to place any arbitrary constraints on the text which may be entered. @@ -526,16 +526,16 @@ Returns a recommended size for the widget. The width returned, in pixels, is usually enough for about 15 to 20 characters. .PP Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp. -.SH "QString QLineEdit::text () const" +.SH "TQString QLineEdit::text () const" Returns the line edit's text. See the "text" property for details. -.SH "void QLineEdit::textChanged ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QLineEdit::textChanged ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted whenever the text changes. The argument is the new text. .PP Examples: .)l simple/main.cpp, wizard/wizard.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. .SH "void QLineEdit::undo ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Undoes the last operation if undo is available. Deselects any current selection, and updates the selection start to the current cursor position. -.SH "bool QLineEdit::validateAndSet ( const QString & newText, int newPos, int newMarkAnchor, int newMarkDrag )" +.SH "bool QLineEdit::validateAndSet ( const TQString & newText, int newPos, int newMarkAnchor, int newMarkDrag )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. Use setText(), setCursorPosition() and setSelection() instead. .SH "const QValidator * QLineEdit::validator () const" Returns a pointer to the current input validator, or 0 if no validator has been set. @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ This property holds the current cursor position for this line edit. Setting the cursor position causes a repaint when appropriate. .PP Set this property's value with setCursorPosition() and get this property's value with cursorPosition(). -.SH "QString displayText" +.SH "TQString displayText" This property holds the displayed text. .PP If EchoMode is Normal this returns the same as text(); if EchoMode is Password it returns a string of asterisks text().length() characters long, e.g. "******"; if EchoMode is NoEcho returns an empty string, "". @@ -608,10 +608,10 @@ hasSelectedText() returns TRUE if some or all of the text has been selected by t See also selectedText. .PP Get this property's value with hasSelectedText(). -.SH "QString inputMask" +.SH "TQString inputMask" This property holds the validation input mask. .PP -If no mask is set, inputMask() returns QString::null. +If no mask is set, inputMask() returns TQString::null. .PP Sets the QLineEdit's validation mask. Validators can be used instead of, or in conjunction with masks; see setValidator(). .PP @@ -676,15 +676,15 @@ Set this property's value with setReadOnly() and get this property's value with This property holds whether redo is available. .PP Get this property's value with isRedoAvailable(). -.SH "QString selectedText" +.SH "TQString selectedText" This property holds the selected text. .PP -If there is no selected text this property's value is QString::null. +If there is no selected text this property's value is TQString::null. .PP See also hasSelectedText. .PP Get this property's value with selectedText(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the line edit's text. .PP Note that setting this property clears the selection, clears the undo/redo history, moves the cursor to the end of the line and resets the modified property to FALSE. The text is not validated when inserted with setText(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt index 4c53aef29..4d10b3dae 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistbox.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQListBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QListBox\fR ()" @@ -43,19 +43,19 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, const QListBoxItem * after )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, int index = -1 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QString & text, int index = -1 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBremoveItem\fR ( int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR ( int index ) const" @@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QListBoxItem * lbi, int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QString & text, int index )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int index )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QString & text, int index )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBtakeItem\fR ( const QListBoxItem * item )" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "int \fBcurrentItem\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( int index )" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "int \fBindex\fR ( const QListBoxItem * lbi ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const QString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" +.BI "QListBoxItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBtriggerUpdate\fR ( bool doLayout )" @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "int inSort ( const QListBoxItem * lbi ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int inSort ( const QString & text ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "int inSort ( const TQString & text ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "int cellHeight ( int i ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "void \fBselected\fR ( int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBselected\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBselected\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBhighlighted\fR ( QListBoxItem * )" @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "int \fBcurrentItem\fR - the current highlighted item" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentText\fR - the text of the current item \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentText\fR - the text of the current item \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool multiSelection - whether or not the list box is in Multi selection mode \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -483,12 +483,12 @@ This enumerated type is used by QListBox to indicate how it reacts to selection .PP In other words, Single is a real single-selection list box, Multi is a real multi-selection list box, Extended is a list box in which users can select multiple items but usually want to select either just one or a range of contiguous items, and NoSelection is for a list box where the user can look but not touch. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QListBox::QListBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QListBox::QListBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a new empty list box called \fIname\fR and with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags \fIf\fR so that only part of the QListBoxItem children is redrawn. This may be unsuitable for custom QListBoxItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared immediately after construction. .PP -See also QWidget::clearWFlags() and Qt::WidgetFlags. +See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and Qt::WidgetFlags. .SH "QListBox::~QListBox ()" Destroys the list box. Deletes all list box items. .SH "bool QListBox::autoBottomScrollBar () const" @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with \fIlbi\fR. If \fIindex\fR is nega The item that has been changed will become selected. .PP See also insertItem() and removeItem(). -.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const QString & text, int index )" +.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int index )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box text item with text \fItext\fR. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box pixmap item with p The operation is ignored if \fIindex\fR is out of range. .PP See also insertItem() and removeItem(). -.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QString & text, int index )" +.SH "void QListBox::changeItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces the item at position \fIindex\fR with a new list box pixmap item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR and text \fItext\fR. @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current item. \fIitem\ See also currentItem and currentItem. .SH "int QListBox::currentItem () const" Returns the current highlighted item. See the "currentItem" property for details. -.SH "QString QListBox::currentText () const" +.SH "TQString QListBox::currentText () const" Returns the text of the current item. See the "currentText" property for details. .SH "void QListBox::doLayout () const\fC [protected]\fR" This function does the hard layout work. You should never need to call it. @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ This function does the hard layout work. You should never need to call it. This signal is emitted whenever an item is double-clicked. It's emitted on the second button press, not the second button release. If \fIitem\fR is not 0, the cursor is on \fIitem\fR. If \fIitem\fR is 0, the mouse cursor isn't on any item. .SH "void QListBox::ensureCurrentVisible ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Ensures that the current item is visible. -.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBox::findItem ( const QString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" +.SH "QListBoxItem * QListBox::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const" Finds the first list box item that has the text \fItext\fR and returns it, or returns 0 of no such item could be found. The search starts from the current item if the current item exists, otherwise it starts from the first list box item. If \fCComparisonFlags\fR are specified in \fIcompare\fR then these flags are used, otherwise the default is a case-insensitive, "begins with" search. .PP See also Qt::StringComparisonMode. @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Returns the first item in this list box. If the list box is empty, returns 0. This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current item. \fIindex\fR is the index of the new current item. .PP See also currentChanged(), selected(), currentItem, and selectionChanged(). -.SH "void QListBox::highlighted ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QListBox::highlighted ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current item and the item is (or has) a string. The argument is the text of the new current item. @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ Inserts \fIlbi\fR at its sorted position in the list box and returns the positio All items must be inserted with inSort() to maintain the sorting order. inSort() treats any pixmap (or user-defined type) as lexicographically less than any string. .PP See also insertItem() and sort(). -.SH "int QListBox::inSort ( const QString & text )" +.SH "int QListBox::inSort ( const TQString & text )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Inserts the item \fIlbi\fR into the list after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0. .PP See also insertStrList(). -.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const QString & text, int index = -1 )" +.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a new list box text item with the text \fItext\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR. @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ Inserts a new list box pixmap item with the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR into the list at If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIpixmap\fR is inserted at the end of the list. .PP See also insertStrList(). -.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QString & text, int index = -1 )" +.SH "void QListBox::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a new list box pixmap item with the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR and the text \fItext\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR. @@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ Inserts the string list \fIlist\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR. .PP If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIlist\fR is inserted at the end of the list. If \fIindex\fR is too large, the operation is ignored. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function uses \fCconst char *\fR rather than QString, so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use it. See insertStringList() which uses real QStrings. +\fBWarning:\fR This function uses \fCconst char *\fR rather than TQString, so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use it. See insertStringList() which uses real QStrings. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function is never significantly faster than a loop around insertItem(). .PP @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ Inserts the string list \fIlist\fR into the list at position \fIindex\fR. .PP If \fIindex\fR is negative, \fIlist\fR is inserted at the end of the list. If \fIindex\fR is too large, the operation is ignored. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function uses \fCconst char *\fR rather than QString, so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use it. See insertStringList() which uses real QStrings. +\fBWarning:\fR This function uses \fCconst char *\fR rather than TQString, so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use it. See insertStringList() which uses real QStrings. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function is never significantly faster than a loop around insertItem(). .PP @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ Inserts the \fInumStrings\fR strings of the array \fIstrings\fR into the list at .PP If \fIindex\fR is negative, insertStrList() inserts \fIstrings\fR at the end of the list. If \fIindex\fR is too large, the operation is ignored. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function uses \fCconst char *\fR rather than QString, so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use it. See insertStringList() which uses real QStrings. +\fBWarning:\fR This function uses \fCconst char *\fR rather than TQString, so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use it. See insertStringList() which uses real QStrings. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function is never significantly faster than a loop around insertItem(). .PP @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ Returns the number of visible items. See the "numItemsVisible" property for deta .SH "int QListBox::numRows () const" Returns the number of rows in the list box. See the "numRows" property for details. .SH "void QListBox::onItem ( QListBoxItem * i )\fC [signal]\fR" -This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto an item, similar to the QWidget::enterEvent() function. \fIi\fR is the QListBoxItem that the mouse has moved on. +This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto an item, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function. \fIi\fR is the QListBoxItem that the mouse has moved on. .SH "void QListBox::onViewport ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor from an item to an empty part of the list box. .SH "void QListBox::paintCell ( QPainter * p, int row, int col )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ In Single and NoSelection modes, this function only changes the selection status This signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item. \fIindex\fR is the index of the selected item. .PP See also currentChanged(), highlighted(), and selectionChanged(). -.SH "void QListBox::selected ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QListBox::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item, and the item is (or has) a string. The argument is the text of the selected item. @@ -948,8 +948,8 @@ Example: listbox/listbox.cpp. Removes \fIitem\fR from the list box and causes an update of the screen display. The item is not deleted. You should normally not need to call this function because QListBoxItem::~QListBoxItem() calls it. The normal way to delete an item is with \fCdelete\fR. .PP See also QListBox::insertItem(). -.SH "QString QListBox::text ( int index ) const" -Returns the text at position \fIindex\fR, or QString::null if there is no text at that position. +.SH "TQString QListBox::text ( int index ) const" +Returns the text at position \fIindex\fR, or TQString::null if there is no text at that position. .PP See also pixmap(). .SH "void QListBox::toggleCurrentItem ()\fC [protected]\fR" @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ When setting this property, the highlighting is moved to the item and the list b If no item is current, currentItem() returns -1. .PP Set this property's value with setCurrentItem() and get this property's value with currentItem(). -.SH "QString currentText" +.SH "TQString currentText" This property holds the text of the current item. .PP This is equivalent to text(currentItem()). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt index 0cdc6280c..26a65506e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxitem.3qt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Inherited by QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap. .BI "virtual \fB~QListBoxItem\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Inherited by QListBoxText and QListBoxPixmap. .BI "virtual void \fBpaint\fR ( QPainter * p ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetCustomHighlighting\fR ( bool b )" @@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ See also selected() and paint(). If \fIb\fR is TRUE (the default) then this item can be selected by the user; otherwise this item cannot be selected by the user. .PP See also isSelectable(). -.SH "void QListBoxItem::setText ( const QString & text )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void QListBoxItem::setText ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Sets the text of the QListBoxItem to \fItext\fR. This \fItext\fR is also used for sorting. The text is not shown unless explicitly drawn in paint(). .PP See also text(). -.SH "QString QListBoxItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QListBoxItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the text of the item. This text is also used for sorting. .PP See also setText(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt index 9a8589dda..a0f400f58 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxpixmap.3qt @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ Inherits QListBoxItem. .BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pixmap, QListBoxItem * after )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const QString & text )" +.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & pix, const QString & text )" +.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const QString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" +.BI "\fBQListBoxPixmap\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QListBoxPixmap\fR ()" @@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIp Constructs a new list box item showing the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR. .SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pixmap, QListBoxItem * after )" Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR. The item gets inserted after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0. -.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const QString & text )" +.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )" Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIpix\fR and the text \fItext\fR. -.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( const QPixmap & pix, const QString & text )" +.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( const QPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )" Constructs a new list box item showing the pixmap \fIpix\fR and the text to \fItext\fR. -.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const QString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" +.SH "QListBoxPixmap::QListBoxPixmap ( QListBox * listbox, const QPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" Constructs a new list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the pixmap \fIpix\fR and the string \fItext\fR. The item gets inserted after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0. .SH "QListBoxPixmap::~QListBoxPixmap ()" Destroys the item. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt index 253d88478..6cf771c35 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistboxtext.3qt @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ Inherits QListBoxItem. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const QString & text = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( const QString & text = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const QString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" +.BI "\fBQListBoxText\fR ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QListBoxText\fR ()" @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ The text is drawn in the widget's current font. If you need several different fo .PP See also QListBox, QListBoxItem, and Advanced Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( QListBox * listbox, const QString & text = QString::null )" +.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )" Constructs a list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the text \fItext\fR. -.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( const QString & text = QString::null )" +.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )" Constructs a list box item showing the text \fItext\fR. -.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( QListBox * listbox, const QString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" +.SH "QListBoxText::QListBoxText ( QListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, QListBoxItem * after )" Constructs a list box item in list box \fIlistbox\fR showing the text \fItext\fR. The item is inserted after the item \fIafter\fR, or at the beginning if \fIafter\fR is 0. .SH "QListBoxText::~QListBoxText ()" Destroys the item. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt index 0cfa1a24c..4ec1abb22 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistview.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListView\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQListView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QListView\fR ()" @@ -40,22 +40,22 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "QHeader * \fBheader\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBaddColumn\fR ( const QString & label, int width = -1 )" +.BI "virtual int \fBaddColumn\fR ( const TQString & label, int width = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBaddColumn\fR ( const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label, int width = -1 )" +.BI "virtual int \fBaddColumn\fR ( const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int width = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBremoveColumn\fR ( int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetColumnText\fR ( int column, const QString & label )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetColumnText\fR ( int column, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetColumnText\fR ( int column, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetColumnText\fR ( int column, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcolumnText\fR ( int c ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBcolumnText\fR ( int c ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetColumnWidth\fR ( int column, int w )" @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "virtual void \fBsort\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( QObject * o, QEvent * e )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( TQObject * o, QEvent * e )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetShowSortIndicator\fR ( bool show )" @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "ResizeMode \fBresizeMode\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QListViewItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const QString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const" +.BI "QListViewItem * \fBfindItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBRenameAction\fR { Accept, Reject }" @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Inherits QScrollView. .BI "void \fBdropped\fR ( QDropEvent * e )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QListViewItem * item, int col, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBitemRenamed\fR ( QListViewItem * item, int col )" @@ -513,15 +513,15 @@ This enum type describes how the width of a column in the view changes. .PP See also setColumnWidth(), setColumnWidthMode(), and columnWidth(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QListView::QListView ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QListView::QListView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a new empty list view called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags \fIf\fR so that only part of the QListViewItem children is redrawn. This may be unsuitable for custom QListViewItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared. .PP -See also QWidget::clearWFlags() and Qt::WidgetFlags. +See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and Qt::WidgetFlags. .SH "QListView::~QListView ()" Destroys the list view, deleting all its items, and frees up all allocated resources. -.SH "int QListView::addColumn ( const QString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "int QListView::addColumn ( const TQString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds a \fIwidth\fR pixels wide column with the column header \fIlabel\fR to the list view, and returns the index of the new column. .PP All columns apart from the first one are inserted to the right of the existing ones. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ See also setColumnText(), setColumnWidth(), and setColumnWidthMode(). .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, checklists/checklists.cpp, dirview/main.cpp, fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp, listviews/listviews.cpp, and qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "int QListView::addColumn ( const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "int QListView::addColumn ( const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int width = -1 )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds a \fIwidth\fR pixels wide new column with the header \fIlabel\fR and the \fIiconset\fR to the list view, and returns the index of the column. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ See also setOpen() and expanded(). Returns the alignment of column \fIcolumn\fR. The default is AlignAuto. .PP See also Qt::AlignmentFlags. -.SH "QString QListView::columnText ( int c ) const" +.SH "TQString QListView::columnText ( int c ) const" Returns the text of column \fIc\fR. .PP See also setColumnText(). @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ This signal is emitted, when a drop event occurred on the viewport (not onto an Ensures that item \fIi\fR is visible, scrolling the list view vertically if necessary and opening (expanding) any parent items if this is required to show the item. .PP See also itemRect() and QScrollView::ensureVisible(). -.SH "bool QListView::eventFilter ( QObject * o, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QListView::eventFilter ( TQObject * o, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" Redirects the event \fIe\fR relating to object \fIo\fR, for the viewport to mousePressEvent(), keyPressEvent() and friends. .PP Reimplemented from QScrollView. @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ Reimplemented from QScrollView. This signal is emitted when \fIitem\fR has been expanded, i.e. when the children of \fIitem\fR are shown. .PP See also setOpen() and collapsed(). -.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::findItem ( const QString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const" +.SH "QListViewItem * QListView::findItem ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const" Finds the first list view item in column \fIcolumn\fR, that matches \fItext\fR and returns the item, or returns 0 of no such item could be found. The search starts from the current item if the current item exists, otherwise it starts from the first list view item. After reaching the last item the search continues from the first item. Pass OR-ed together Qt::StringComparisonMode values in the \fIcompare\fR flag, to control how the matching is performed. The default comparison mode is case-sensitive, exact match. .SH "QListViewItem * QListView::firstChild () const" Returns the first item in this QListView. Returns 0 if there is no first item. @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ The rectangle returned does not include any children of the rectangle (i.e. it u Note the way it avoids too-high rectangles. totalHeight() can be much larger than the window system's coordinate system allows. .PP itemRect() is comparatively slow. It's best to call it only for items that are probably on-screen. -.SH "void QListView::itemRenamed ( QListViewItem * item, int col, const QString & text )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QListView::itemRenamed ( QListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when \fIitem\fR has been renamed to \fItext\fR, e.g. by in in-place renaming, in column \fIcol\fR. .PP See also QListViewItem::setRenameEnabled(). @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ This signal is emitted whenever the user pressed the mouse button in the list vi .PP \fBWarning:\fR Do not delete any QListViewItem objects in slots connected to this signal. .SH "void QListView::onItem ( QListViewItem * i )\fC [signal]\fR" -This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto item \fIi\fR, similar to the QWidget::enterEvent() function. +This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto item \fIi\fR, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function. .SH "void QListView::onViewport ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor from an item to an empty part of the list view. .SH "void QListView::paintEmptyArea ( QPainter * p, const QRect & rect )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" @@ -878,11 +878,11 @@ Sets column \fIcolumn\fR's alignment to \fIalign\fR. The alignment is ultimately See also Qt::AlignmentFlags. .PP Example: listviews/listviews.cpp. -.SH "void QListView::setColumnText ( int column, const QString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the heading of column \fIcolumn\fR to \fIlabel\fR. .PP See also columnText(). -.SH "void QListView::setColumnText ( int column, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QListView::setColumnText ( int column, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the heading of column \fIcolumn\fR to \fIiconset\fR and \fIlabel\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt index fa837a841..908e441bf 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlistviewitem.3qt @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ Inherited by QCheckListItem. .BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQListViewItem\fR ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QListViewItem\fR ()" @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ Inherited by QCheckListItem. .BI "int \fBdepth\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( int column, const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( int column, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtext\fR ( int column ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR ( int column ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( int column, const QPixmap & pm )" @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Inherited by QCheckListItem. .BI "virtual const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR ( int column ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBkey\fR ( int column, bool ascending ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBkey\fR ( int column, bool ascending ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual int \fBcompare\fR ( QListViewItem * i, int col, bool ascending ) const" @@ -324,21 +324,21 @@ Constructs a new list view item that is a child of \fIparent\fR and first in the Constructs an empty list view item that is a child of \fIparent\fR and is after item \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children. Since \fIparent\fR is a QListView the item will be a top-level item. .SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after )" Constructs an empty list view item that is a child of \fIparent\fR and is after item \fIafter\fR in the parent's list of children. -.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" Constructs a new top-level list view item in the QListView \fIparent\fR, with up to eight constant strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR defining its columns' contents. .PP See also setText(). -.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" Constructs a new list view item as a child of the QListViewItem \fIparent\fR with up to eight constant strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR as columns' contents. .PP See also setText(). -.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListView * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" Constructs a new list view item in the QListView \fIparent\fR that is included after item \fIafter\fR and that has up to eight column texts, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and\fIlabel8\fR. .PP Note that the order is changed according to QListViewItem::key() unless the list view's sorting is disabled using QListView::setSorting(-1). .PP See also setText(). -.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, QString label1, QString label2 = QString::null, QString label3 = QString::null, QString label4 = QString::null, QString label5 = QString::null, QString label6 = QString::null, QString label7 = QString::null, QString label8 = QString::null )" +.SH "QListViewItem::QListViewItem ( QListViewItem * parent, QListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )" Constructs a new list view item as a child of the QListViewItem \fIparent\fR. It is inserted after item \fIafter\fR and may contain up to eight strings, \fIlabel1\fR, \fIlabel2\fR, \fIlabel3\fR, \fIlabel4\fR, \fIlabel5\fR, \fIlabel6\fR, \fIlabel7\fR and \fIlabel8\fR as column entries. .PP Note that the order is changed according to QListViewItem::key() unless the list view's sorting is disabled using QListView::setSorting(-1). @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Compares this list view item to \fIi\fR using the column \fIcol\fR in \fIascendi .PP This function is used for sorting. .PP -The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using QString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation can use different values and a different comparison function. Here is a reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison: +The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using TQString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation can use different values and a different comparison function. Here is a reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison: .PP .nf .br @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using QString::localeA .fi We don't recommend using \fIascending\fR so your code can safely ignore it. .PP -See also key(), QString::localeAwareCompare(), and QString::compare(). +See also key(), TQString::localeAwareCompare(), and TQString::compare(). .SH "int QListViewItem::depth () const" Returns the depth of this item. .PP @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ Example: dirview/dirview.cpp. Returns the y coordinate of this item in the list view's coordinate system. This function is normally much slower than QListView::itemAt(), but it works for all items whereas QListView::itemAt() normally only works for items on the screen. .PP See also QListView::itemAt(), QListView::itemRect(), and QListView::itemPos(). -.SH "QString QListViewItem::key ( int column, bool ascending ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QListViewItem::key ( int column, bool ascending ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a key that can be used for sorting by column \fIcolumn\fR. The default implementation returns text(). Derived classes may also incorporate the order indicated by \fIascending\fR into this key, although this is not recommended. .PP If you want to sort on non-alphabetical data, e.g. dates, numbers, etc., it is more efficient to reimplement compare(). @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ This function does not maintain any invariants or repaint anything -- QListView: See also height() and totalHeight(). .PP Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp. -.SH "void QListViewItem::setText ( int column, const QString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QListViewItem::setText ( int column, const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text in column \fIcolumn\fR to \fItext\fR, if \fIcolumn\fR is a valid column number and \fItext\fR is different from the existing text. .PP If \fItext()\fR has been reimplemented, this function may be a no-op. @@ -674,8 +674,8 @@ If a taken item is part of a selection in \fCSingle\fR selection mode, it is uns \fBWarning:\fR This function leaves \fIitem\fR and its children in a state where most member functions are unsafe. Only a few functions work correctly on an item in this state, most notably insertItem(). The functions that work on taken items are explicitly documented as such. .PP See also QListViewItem::insertItem(). -.SH "QString QListViewItem::text ( int column ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the text in column \fIcolumn\fR, or QString::null if there is no text in that column. +.SH "TQString QListViewItem::text ( int column ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the text in column \fIcolumn\fR, or TQString::null if there is no text in that column. .PP See also key() and paintCell(). .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlocale.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlocale.3qt index c7eb12b37..b7a0ac4aa 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqlocale.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlocale.3qt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .BI "\fBQLocale\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQLocale\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "\fBQLocale\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQLocale\fR ( Language language, Country country = AnyCountry )" @@ -43,76 +43,76 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .BI "Country \fBcountry\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "short \fBtoShort\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "short \fBtoShort\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "ushort \fBtoUShort\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "ushort \fBtoUShort\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBtoInt\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "int \fBtoInt\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "uint \fBtoUInt\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "uint \fBtoUInt\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "TQ_LONG \fBtoLong\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQ_LONG \fBtoLong\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "TQ_ULONG \fBtoULong\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQ_ULONG \fBtoULong\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "TQ_LLONG \fBtoLongLong\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQ_LLONG \fBtoLongLong\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "TQ_ULLONG \fBtoULongLong\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQ_ULLONG \fBtoULongLong\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "float \fBtoFloat\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "float \fBtoFloat\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "double \fBtoDouble\fR ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "double \fBtoDouble\fR ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( short i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( short i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( ushort i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( ushort i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( int i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( uint i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( uint i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_LONG i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_LONG i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_ULONG i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_ULONG i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_LLONG i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_LLONG i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_ULLONG i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( TQ_ULLONG i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( float i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( float i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( double i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( double i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlanguageToString\fR ( Language language )" +.BI "TQString \fBlanguageToString\fR ( Language language )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcountryToString\fR ( Country country )" +.BI "TQString \fBcountryToString\fR ( Country country )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetDefault\fR ( const QLocale & locale )" @@ -127,15 +127,15 @@ Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thre .SH DESCRIPTION The QLocale class converts between numbers and their string representations in various languages. .PP -It is initialized with a country/language pair in its constructor and offers number-to-string and string-to-number conversion functions simmilar to those in QString. +It is initialized with a country/language pair in its constructor and offers number-to-string and string-to-number conversion functions simmilar to those in TQString. .PP .nf .br QLocale egyptian(QLocale::Arabic, QLocale::Egypt); .br - QString s1 = egyptian.toString(1.571429E+07, 'e'); + TQString s1 = egyptian.toString(1.571429E+07, 'e'); .br - QString s2 = egyptian.toString(10); + TQString s2 = egyptian.toString(10); .br .br double d = egyptian.toDouble(s1); @@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ QLocale supports the concept of a default locale, which is determined from the s .TP If a QLocale object is constructed with the default constructor, it will use the default locale's settings. .TP -QString::toDouble() interprets the string according to the default locale. If this fails, it falls back on the "C" locale. +TQString::toDouble() interprets the string according to the default locale. If this fails, it falls back on the "C" locale. .TP -QString::arg() uses the default locale to format a number when its position specifier in the format string contains an 'L', e.g. "%L1". +TQString::arg() uses the default locale to format a number when its position specifier in the format string contains an 'L', e.g. "%L1". .PP .nf .br @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ QString::arg() uses the default locale to format a number when its position spec .br QLocale hebrew; // Constructs a default QLocale .br - QString s1 = hebrew.toString(15714.3, 'e'); + TQString s1 = hebrew.toString(15714.3, 'e'); .br .br bool ok; @@ -168,21 +168,21 @@ QString::arg() uses the default locale to format a number when its position spec .br QLocale::setDefault(QLocale::C); .br - d = QString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false + d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false .br - d = QString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 + d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 .br .br QLocale::setDefault(QLocale::German); .br - d = QString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 + d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 .br - d = QString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 + d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 .br .br QLocale::setDefault(QLocale(QLocale::English, QLocale::UnitedStates)); .br - str = QString( "%1 %L2 %L3" ) + str = TQString( "%1 %L2 %L3" ) .br .arg( 12345 ) .br @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ This constructor converts the locale name to a language/country pair; it does no .PP All the methods in QLocale, with the exception of setDefault(), are reentrant. .PP -See also QString::toDouble(), QString::arg(), and Text Related Classes. +See also TQString::toDouble(), TQString::arg(), and Text Related Classes. .PP The double-to-string and string-to-double conversion functions are covered by the following licenses: .PP @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ This enumerated type is used to specify a language. Constructs a QLocale object initialized with the default locale. .PP See also setDefault(). -.SH "QLocale::QLocale ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QLocale::QLocale ( const TQString & name )" Constructs a QLocale object with the specified \fIname\fR, which has the format" language[_country][.codeset][@modifier]" or "C", where: .TP language is a lowercase, two-letter, ISO 639 language code, @@ -1041,15 +1041,15 @@ See also system(). Returns the country of this locale. .PP See also QLocale(). -.SH "QString QLocale::countryToString ( Country country )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns a QString containing the name of \fIcountry\fR. +.SH "TQString QLocale::countryToString ( Country country )\fC [static]\fR" +Returns a TQString containing the name of \fIcountry\fR. .SH "Language QLocale::language () const" Returns the language of this locale. .PP See also QLocale(). -.SH "QString QLocale::languageToString ( Language language )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns a QString containing the name of \fIlanguage\fR. -.SH "QString QLocale::name () const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::languageToString ( Language language )\fC [static]\fR" +Returns a TQString containing the name of \fIlanguage\fR. +.SH "TQString QLocale::name () const" Returns the language and country of this locale as a string of the form "language_country", where language is a lowercase, two-letter ISO 639 language code, and country is an uppercase, two-letter ISO 3166 country code. .PP See also QLocale(). @@ -1065,12 +1065,12 @@ Sets the global default locale to \fIlocale\fR. These values are used when a QLo See also system() and c(). .SH "QLocale QLocale::system ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a QLocale object initialized to the system locale. -.SH "double QLocale::toDouble ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "double QLocale::toDouble ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the double represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0.0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. .PP -Unlike QString::toDouble(), this function does not fall back to the "C" locale if the string cannot be interpreted in this locale. +Unlike TQString::toDouble(), this function does not fall back to the "C" locale if the string cannot be interpreted in this locale. .PP .nf .br @@ -1105,8 +1105,8 @@ Notice that the last conversion returns 1234.0, because '.' is the thousands gro .PP This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP -See also toString() and QString::toDouble(). -.SH "float QLocale::toFloat ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +See also toString() and TQString::toDouble(). +.SH "float QLocale::toFloat ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the float represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0.0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "int QLocale::toInt ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "int QLocale::toInt ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "TQ_LONG QLocale::toLong ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQ_LONG QLocale::toLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the long int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "TQ_LLONG QLocale::toLongLong ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQ_LLONG QLocale::toLongLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the long long int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "short QLocale::toShort ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "short QLocale::toShort ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the short int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1146,51 +1146,51 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( TQ_LLONG i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( TQ_LLONG i ) const" Returns a localized string representation of \fIi\fR. .PP See also toLongLong(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( short i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( short i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also toShort(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( ushort i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( ushort i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also toUShort(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( int i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( int i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also toInt(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( uint i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( uint i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also toUInt(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( TQ_LONG i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( TQ_LONG i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also toLong(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( TQ_ULONG i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( TQ_ULONG i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also toULong(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( TQ_ULLONG i ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( TQ_ULLONG i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also toULongLong(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( float i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( float i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -\fIf\fR and \fIprec\fR have the same meaning as in QString::number(double, char, int). +\fIf\fR and \fIprec\fR have the same meaning as in TQString::number(double, char, int). .PP See also toDouble(). -.SH "QString QLocale::toString ( double i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" +.SH "TQString QLocale::toString ( double i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -\fIf\fR and \fIprec\fR have the same meaning as in QString::number(double, char, int). +\fIf\fR and \fIprec\fR have the same meaning as in TQString::number(double, char, int). .PP See also toDouble(). -.SH "uint QLocale::toUInt ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "uint QLocale::toUInt ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the unsigned int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "TQ_ULONG QLocale::toULong ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQ_ULONG QLocale::toULong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the unsigned long int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "TQ_ULLONG QLocale::toULongLong ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQ_ULLONG QLocale::toULongLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the unsigned long long int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by set This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace. .PP See also toString(). -.SH "ushort QLocale::toUShort ( const QString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "ushort QLocale::toUShort ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the unsigned short int represented by the localized string \fIs\fR, or 0 if the conversion failed. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0, reports failure by setting *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt index 7d8b0d006..700edcf13 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmacstyle.3qt @@ -31,16 +31,16 @@ Inherits QWindowsStyle. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFocusRectPolicy\fR ( QWidget * w, FocusRectPolicy policy )" +.BI "void \fBsetFocusRectPolicy\fR ( TQWidget * w, FocusRectPolicy policy )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "FocusRectPolicy \fBfocusRectPolicy\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "FocusRectPolicy \fBfocusRectPolicy\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetWidgetSizePolicy\fR ( QWidget * w, WidgetSizePolicy policy )" +.BI "void \fBsetWidgetSizePolicy\fR ( TQWidget * w, WidgetSizePolicy policy )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "WidgetSizePolicy \fBwidgetSizePolicy\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "WidgetSizePolicy \fBwidgetSizePolicy\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ There are additional issues that should be taken into consideration to make an a Layout - The restrictions on window layout are such that some aspects of layout that are style-dependent cannot be achieved using QLayout. Changes are being considered (and feedback would be appreciated) to make layouts QStyle-able. Some of the restrictions involve horizontal and vertical widget alignment and widget size (covered below). .IP .TP -Widget size - Aqua allows widgets to have specific fixed sizes. TQt does not fully implement this behaviour so as to maintain multiplatform compatibility. As a result some widgets sizes may be inappropriate (and subsequently not rendered correctly by the Appearance Manager).The QWidget::sizeHint() will return the appropriate size for many managed widgets (widgets enumerated in QStyle::ContentsType). +Widget size - Aqua allows widgets to have specific fixed sizes. TQt does not fully implement this behaviour so as to maintain multiplatform compatibility. As a result some widgets sizes may be inappropriate (and subsequently not rendered correctly by the Appearance Manager).The TQWidget::sizeHint() will return the appropriate size for many managed widgets (widgets enumerated in QStyle::ContentsType). .IP .TP Effects - QMacStyle (in contrast to QAquaStyle) is not emulating (except where Appearance Manager does not provide certain capabilities), for example QPushButton pulsing effects. In this case a near matching emulation has been implemented, but naturally this will not be identical to the similar functionality built into the Appearance Manager. Please report any issues you see in effects or non-standard widgets. @@ -88,21 +88,21 @@ This type is used to signify a widget's focus rectangle policy. Constructs a QMacStyle object. .SH "QMacStyle::~QMacStyle ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destructs a QMacStyle object. -.SH "FocusRectPolicy QMacStyle::focusRectPolicy ( QWidget * w )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "FocusRectPolicy QMacStyle::focusRectPolicy ( TQWidget * w )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the focus rectangle policy for the widget \fIw\fR. .PP The focus rectangle policy can be one of QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy. .PP See also setFocusRectPolicy(). -.SH "void QMacStyle::setFocusRectPolicy ( QWidget * w, FocusRectPolicy policy )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QMacStyle::setFocusRectPolicy ( TQWidget * w, FocusRectPolicy policy )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the focus rectangle policy of \fIw\fR. The \fIpolicy\fR can be one of QMacStyle::FocusRectPolicy. .PP See also focusRectPolicy(). -.SH "void QMacStyle::setWidgetSizePolicy ( QWidget * w, WidgetSizePolicy policy )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QMacStyle::setWidgetSizePolicy ( TQWidget * w, WidgetSizePolicy policy )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the widget size policy of \fIw\fR. The \fIpolicy\fR can be one of QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy. .PP See also widgetSizePolicy(). -.SH "WidgetSizePolicy QMacStyle::widgetSizePolicy ( QWidget * w )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "WidgetSizePolicy QMacStyle::widgetSizePolicy ( TQWidget * w )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the widget size policy for the widget \fIw\fR. .PP The widget size policy can be one of QMacStyle::WidgetSizePolicy. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt index 69a097edc..a2dc75193 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmainwindow.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QMainWindow \- Main application window, with a menu bar, dock windows (e.g. for .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQMainWindow\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel )" +.BI "\fBQMainWindow\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QMainWindow\fR ()" @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "QToolTipGroup * \fBtoolTipGroup\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCentralWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCentralWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcentralWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcentralWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetDockEnabled\fR ( Dock dock, bool enable )" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "virtual void \fBaddDockWindow\fR ( QDockWindow * dockWindow, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddDockWindow\fR ( QDockWindow * dockWindow, const QString & label, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddDockWindow\fR ( QDockWindow * dockWindow, const TQString & label, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBmoveDockWindow\fR ( QDockWindow * dockWindow, Dock edge = DockTop )" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "void addToolBar ( QDockWindow *, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void addToolBar ( QDockWindow *, const QString & label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void addToolBar ( QDockWindow *, const TQString & label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "void moveToolBar ( QDockWindow *, Dock = DockTop ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Here we've added a new menu with one menu item. The menu has been inserted into .br QToolButton * fileOpen .br - = new QToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", QString::null, + = new QToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null, .br this, SLOT(choose()), fileTools, "open file" ); .fi @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ QMainWindow's management of dock windows and toolbars is done transparently behi .PP For multi-document interfaces (MDI), use a QWorkspace as the central widget. .PP -Adding dock windows, e.g. toolbars, to QMainWindow's dock areas is straightforward. If the supplied dock areas are not sufficient for your application we suggest that you create a QWidget subclass and add your own dock areas (see QDockArea) to the subclass since QMainWindow provides functionality specific to the standard dock areas it provides. +Adding dock windows, e.g. toolbars, to QMainWindow's dock areas is straightforward. If the supplied dock areas are not sufficient for your application we suggest that you create a TQWidget subclass and add your own dock areas (see QDockArea) to the subclass since QMainWindow provides functionality specific to the standard dock areas it provides. .PP .ce 1 .B "[Image Omitted]" @@ -476,10 +476,10 @@ Right-clicking a dock area will pop-up the dock window menu (createDockWindowMen .TP \fCQMainWindow::AllDockWindows\fR - The menu will list all toolbars and other dock windows. (This is the default.) .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QMainWindow::QMainWindow ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel )" -Constructs an empty main window. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags \fIf\fR, are passed on to the QWidget constructor. +.SH "QMainWindow::QMainWindow ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel )" +Constructs an empty main window. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags \fIf\fR, are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. .PP -By default, the widget flags are set to WType_TopLevel rather than 0 as they are with QWidget. If you don't want your QMainWindow to be a top level widget then you will need to set \fIf\fR to 0. +By default, the widget flags are set to WType_TopLevel rather than 0 as they are with TQWidget. If you don't want your QMainWindow to be a top level widget then you will need to set \fIf\fR to 0. .SH "QMainWindow::~QMainWindow ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. .SH "void QMainWindow::addDockWindow ( QDockWindow * dockWindow, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Adds \fIdockWindow\fR to the \fIedge\fR dock area. If \fInewLine\fR is FALSE (the default) then the \fIdockWindow\fR is added at the end of the \fIedge\fR. For vertical edges the end is at the bottom, for horizontal edges (including Minimized) the end is at the right. If \fInewLine\fR is TRUE a new line of dock windows is started with \fIdockWindow\fR as the first (left-most and top-most) dock window. .PP If \fIdockWindow\fR is managed by another main window, it is first removed from that window. -.SH "void QMainWindow::addDockWindow ( QDockWindow * dockWindow, const QString & label, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QMainWindow::addDockWindow ( QDockWindow * dockWindow, const TQString & label, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds \fIdockWindow\fR to the dock area with label \fIlabel\fR. @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ If \fInewLine\fR is FALSE (the default) the \fIdockWindow\fR is added at the end If \fIdockWindow\fR is managed by another main window, it is first removed from that window. .SH "void QMainWindow::addToolBar ( QDockWindow *, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "void QMainWindow::addToolBar ( QDockWindow *, const QString & label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )" +.SH "void QMainWindow::addToolBar ( QDockWindow *, const TQString & label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ See also setAppropriate(). Returns a pointer the Bottom dock area .PP See also topDock(), leftDock(), and rightDock(). -.SH "QWidget * QMainWindow::centralWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QMainWindow::centralWidget () const" Returns a pointer to the main window's central widget. .PP The central widget is surrounded by the left, top, right and bottom dock areas. The menu bar is above the top dock area. @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Example: qfd/qfd.cpp. .SH "void QMainWindow::childEvent ( QChildEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Monitors events, recieved in \fIe\fR, to ensure the layout is updated. .PP -Reimplemented from QObject. +Reimplemented from TQObject. .SH "QPopupMenu * QMainWindow::createDockWindowMenu ( DockWindows dockWindows = AllDockWindows ) const" Creates the dock window menu which contains all toolbars (if \fIdockWindows\fR is OnlyToolBars ), all dock windows (if \fIdockWindows\fR is NoToolBars) or all toolbars and dock windows (if \fIdockWindows\fR is AllDockWindows - the default). .PP @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Use this function to control whether or not the \fIdw\fR dock window's caption s If \fIa\fR is TRUE then the \fIdw\fR will appear as a menu item on the dock window menu. The user is able to change the state (show or hide) a dock window that has a menu item by clicking the item; depending on the state of your application, this may or may not be appropriate. If \fIa\fR is FALSE the \fIdw\fR will not appear on the popup menu. .PP See also showDockMenu(), isCustomizable(), and customize(). -.SH "void QMainWindow::setCentralWidget ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QMainWindow::setCentralWidget ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the central widget for this main window to \fIw\fR. .PP The central widget is surrounded by the left, top, right and bottom dock areas. The menu bar is above the top dock area. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmap.3qt index f376eb865..e7d208fd0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmap.3qt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ QMap \- Value-based template class that provides a dictionary .BI "typedef T \fBmapped_type\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "typedef QPair \fBvalue_type\fR" +.BI "typedef TQPair \fBvalue_type\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "typedef value_type * \fBpointer\fR" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ QMap \- Value-based template class that provides a dictionary .BI "typedef QMapConstIterator \fBconst_iterator\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "typedef QPair \fBinsert_pair\fR" +.BI "typedef TQPair \fBinsert_pair\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "typedef QMapIterator \fBIterator\fR" @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ QMap \- Value-based template class that provides a dictionary .BI "bool \fBempty\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPair \fBinsert\fR ( const value_type & x )" +.BI "TQPair \fBinsert\fR ( const value_type & x )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBerase\fR ( iterator it )" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ QMap defines a template instance to create a dictionary with keys of .PP QMap contains and manages a collection of objects of type Data with associated key values of type Key and provides iterators that allow the contained objects to be addressed. QMap owns the contained items. .PP -Some classes cannot be used within a QMap. For example everything derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QMap. To qualify as a value, the class must provide +Some classes cannot be used within a QMap. For example everything derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QMap. To qualify as a value, the class must provide .TP A copy constructor .TP @@ -209,16 +209,16 @@ Example: .br Employee(): sn(0) {} .br - Employee( const QString& forename, const QString& surname, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary ) .br : fn(forename), sn(surname), sal(salary) .br { } .br .br - QString forename() const { return fn; } + TQString forename() const { return fn; } .br - QString surname() const { return sn; } + TQString surname() const { return sn; } .br int salary() const { return sal; } .br @@ -227,9 +227,9 @@ Example: .br private: .br - QString fn; + TQString fn; .br - QString sn; + TQString sn; .br int sal; .br @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Example: QApplication app( argc, argv ); .br .br - typedef QMap EmployeeMap; + typedef QMap EmployeeMap; .br EmployeeMap map; .br @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Another approach uses the operator[]. But be warned: if the map does not contain .PP .nf .br - QMap map; + QMap map; .br map["Clinton"] = "Bill"; .br @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ There are a couple of ways of inserting new items into the map. One uses the ins .PP .nf .br - QMap map; + QMap map; .br map["Clinton"] = "Bill"; .br @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ The map's const iterator type, TQt style. .SH "QMap::Iterator" The map's iterator type, TQt style. .SH "QMap::ValueType" -Corresponds to QPair, TQt style. +Corresponds to TQPair, TQt style. .SH "QMap::const_iterator" The map's const iterator type. .SH "QMap::const_pointer" @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Reference to value_type. .SH "QMap::size_type" An unsigned integral type, used to represent various sizes. .SH "QMap::value_type" -Corresponds to QPair. +Corresponds to TQPair. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QMap::QMap ()" Constructs an empty map. @@ -459,10 +459,10 @@ Returns end() if no key matched. See also QMapConstIterator. .SH "iterator QMap::insert ( const Key & key, const T & value, bool overwrite = TRUE )" Inserts a new item with the key, \fIkey\fR, and a value of \fIvalue\fR. If there is already an item whose key is \fIkey\fR, that item's value is replaced with \fIvalue\fR, unless \fIoverwrite\fR is FALSE (it is TRUE by default). In this case an iterator to this item is returned, else an iterator to the new item is returned. -.SH "QPair QMap::insert ( const value_type & x )" +.SH "TQPair QMap::insert ( const value_type & x )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -Inserts the (key, value) pair \fIx\fR into the map. \fIx\fR is a QPair whose \fCfirst\fR element is a key to be inserted and whose \fCsecond\fR element is the associated value to be inserted. Returns a pair whose \fCfirst\fR element is an iterator pointing to the inserted item and whose \fCsecond\fR element is a bool indicating TRUE if \fIx\fR was inserted and FALSE if it was not inserted, e.g. because it was already present. +Inserts the (key, value) pair \fIx\fR into the map. \fIx\fR is a TQPair whose \fCfirst\fR element is a key to be inserted and whose \fCsecond\fR element is the associated value to be inserted. Returns a pair whose \fCfirst\fR element is an iterator pointing to the inserted item and whose \fCsecond\fR element is a bool indicating TRUE if \fIx\fR was inserted and FALSE if it was not inserted, e.g. because it was already present. .PP See also replace(). .SH "bool QMap::isEmpty () const" @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ You can use this operator both for reading and writing: .PP .nf .br - QMap map; + QMap map; .br map["Clinton"] = "Bill"; .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmemarray.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmemarray.3qt index 9ff191ee0..7a5a42eb5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmemarray.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmemarray.3qt @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ See also contains(). .SH "bool QMemArray::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if the array is empty; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -isEmpty() is equivalent to isNull() for QMemArray (unlike QString). +isEmpty() is equivalent to isNull() for QMemArray (unlike TQString). .SH "bool QMemArray::isNull () const" Returns TRUE if the array is null; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt index 7ea800e9b..22d7106fd 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQMenuBar\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQMenuBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QMenuBar\fR ()" @@ -58,28 +58,28 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .SS "Important Inherited Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( QWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, QCustomMenuItem * custom, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ QMenuBar on Qt/Mac is a wrapper for using the system-wide menubar. If you have m .PP Note that arbitrary TQt widgets \fIcannot\fR be inserted into a QMenuBar on the Mac because TQt uses Mac's native menus which don't support this functionality. This limitation does not apply to stand-alone QPopupMenus. .PP -Qt/Mac also provides a menubar merging feature to make QMenuBar conform more closely to accepted Mac OS X menubar layout. The merging functionality is based on string matching the title of a QPopupMenu entry. These strings are translated (using QObject::tr()) in the "QMenuBar" context. If an entry is moved its slots will still fire as if it was in the original place. The table below outlines the strings looked for and where the entry is placed if matched: +Qt/Mac also provides a menubar merging feature to make QMenuBar conform more closely to accepted Mac OS X menubar layout. The merging functionality is based on string matching the title of a QPopupMenu entry. These strings are translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "QMenuBar" context. If an entry is moved its slots will still fire as if it was in the original place. The table below outlines the strings looked for and where the entry is placed if matched: .PP
      .nf .TS @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ This enum type is used to decide whether QMenuBar should draw a separator line a .TP \fCQMenuBar::InWindowsStyle\fR - In some other applications a separator looks good in Windows style, but nowhere else. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QMenuBar::QMenuBar ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QMenuBar::QMenuBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a menu bar called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. .SH "QMenuBar::~QMenuBar ()" Destroys the menu bar. @@ -262,20 +262,20 @@ Returns the height that the menu would resize itself to if its parent (and hence .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QMenuBar::hide ()\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reimplements QWidget::hide() in order to deselect any selected item, and calls setUpLayout() for the main window. +Reimplements TQWidget::hide() in order to deselect any selected item, and calls setUpLayout() for the main window. .PP Example: grapher/grapher.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QMenuBar::highlighted ( int id )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when a menu item is highlighted; \fIid\fR is the id of the highlighted item. .PP Normally, you will connect each menu item to a single slot using QMenuData::insertItem(), but sometimes you will want to connect several items to a single slot (most often if the user selects from an array). This signal is useful in such cases. .PP See also activated() and QMenuData::insertItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a popup menu or a menu bar. .PP A menu item is usually either a text string or a pixmap, both with an optional icon or keyboard accelerator. For special cases it is also possible to insert custom items (see QCustomMenuItem) or even widgets into popup menus. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ The \fIindex\fR specifies the position in the menu. The menu item is appended at .PP Note that keyboard accelerators in TQt are not application-global, instead they are bound to a certain top-level window. For example, accelerators in QPopupMenu items only work for menus that are associated with a certain window. This is true for popup menus that live in a menu bar since their accelerators will then be installed in the menu bar itself. This also applies to stand-alone popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget() chain. The menu will then install its accelerator object on that top-level widget. For all other cases use an independent QAccel object. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR Be careful when passing a literal 0 to insertItem() because some C++ compilers choose the wrong overloaded function. Cast the 0 to what you mean, e.g. \fC(QObject*)0\fR. +\fBWarning:\fR Be careful when passing a literal 0 to insertItem() because some C++ compilers choose the wrong overloaded function. Cast the 0 to what you mean, e.g. \fC(TQObject*)0\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR On Mac OS X, items that connect to a slot that are inserted into a menubar will not function as we use the native menubar that knows nothing about signals or slots. Instead insert the items into a popup menu and insert the popup menu into the menubar. This may be fixed in a future TQt version. .PP @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqn .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\ Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqnamespace.h. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the pixmap in the item. The item is connected to the \fImember\fR slot in the \fIreceiver\fR object. @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqnamespace.h. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fI Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, submenu \fIpopup\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ The \fIpopup\fR must be deleted by the programmer or by its parent widget. It is Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, submenu \fIpopup\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ The \fIpopup\fR must be deleted by the programmer or by its parent widget. It is Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( QWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item that consists of the widget \fIwidget\fR with optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -445,9 +445,9 @@ Ownership of \fIwidget\fR is transferred to the popup menu or to the menu bar. .PP Theoretically, any widget can be inserted into a popup menu. In practice, this only makes sense with certain widgets. .PP -If a widget is not focus-enabled (see QWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator; this means that the item is not selectable and will never get focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a QLabel if you need a popup menu with a title. +If a widget is not focus-enabled (see TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator; this means that the item is not selectable and will never get focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a QLabel if you need a popup menu with a title. .PP -If the widget is focus-enabled it will get focus when the user traverses the popup menu with the arrow keys. If the widget does not accept \fCArrowUp\fR and \fCArrowDown\fR in its key event handler, the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key is hit one more time. This works with a QLineEdit, for example. If the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done safely by calling: +If the widget is focus-enabled it will get focus when the user traverses the popup menu with the arrow keys. If the widget does not accept \fCArrowUp\fR and \fCArrowDown\fR in its key event handler, the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key is hit one more time. This works with a QLineEdit, for example. If the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done safely by calling: .PP .nf .br @@ -541,11 +541,11 @@ See also isItemVisible() and isItemEnabled(). .SH "void QMenuBar::setSeparator ( Separator when )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets in which cases a menubar sparator is drawn to \fIwhen\fR. See the "separator" property for details. .SH "void QMenuBar::show ()\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reimplements QWidget::show() in order to set up the correct keyboard accelerators and to raise itself to the top of the widget stack. +Reimplements TQWidget::show() in order to set up the correct keyboard accelerators and to raise itself to the top of the widget stack. .PP Example: grapher/grapher.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SS "Property Documentation" .SH "bool defaultUp" This property holds the popup orientation. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt index 86184562b..60115fc33 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt @@ -25,28 +25,28 @@ Inherited by QMenuBar and QPopupMenu. .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Inherited by QMenuBar and QPopupMenu. .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( QWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, QCustomMenuItem * custom, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" @@ -91,37 +91,37 @@ Inherited by QMenuBar and QPopupMenu. .BI "QIconSet * \fBiconSet\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( int id ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( int id, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( int id, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( int id ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void changeItem ( const QString & text, int id ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void changeItem ( const TQString & text, int id ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "void changeItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, int id ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void changeItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void changeItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisItemActive\fR ( int id ) const" @@ -157,10 +157,10 @@ Inherited by QMenuBar and QPopupMenu. .BI "virtual void \fBsetId\fR ( int index, int id )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconnectItem\fR ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBconnectItem\fR ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdisconnectItem\fR ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBdisconnectItem\fR ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBsetItemParameter\fR ( int id, int param )" @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ See also setAccel(), QAccel, and ntqnamespace.h. Activates the menu item at position \fIindex\fR. .PP If the index is invalid (for example, -1), the object itself is deactivated. -.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQString & text )" Changes the text of the menu item \fIid\fR to \fItext\fR. If the item has an icon, the icon remains unchanged. .PP See also text(). @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Changes the pixmap of the menu item \fIid\fR to the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR. If the item has an icon, the icon is unchanged. .PP See also pixmap(). -.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Changes the iconset and text of the menu item \fIid\fR to the \fIicon\fR and \fItext\fR respectively. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Changes the iconset and pixmap of the menu item \fIid\fR to \fIicon\fR and \fIpixmap\fR respectively. .PP See also pixmap(). -.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( const QString & text, int id )" +.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int id )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Changes the text of the menu item \fIid\fR. If the item has an icon, the icon remains unchanged. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ See also text(). Changes the pixmap of the menu item \fIid\fR. If the item has an icon, the icon remains unchanged. .PP See also pixmap(). -.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id )" +.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Changes the icon and text of the menu item \fIid\fR. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ See also removeItem() and removeItemAt(). .PP Examples: .)l mdi/application.cpp and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. -.SH "bool QMenuData::connectItem ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "bool QMenuData::connectItem ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Connects the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR to \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot or signal. .PP The receiver's slot (or signal) is activated when the menu item is activated. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ See also disconnectItem() and setItemParameter(). Example: menu/menu.cpp. .SH "uint QMenuData::count () const" Returns the number of items in the menu. -.SH "bool QMenuData::disconnectItem ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "bool QMenuData::disconnectItem ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Disconnects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR from the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR. .PP All connections are removed when the menu data object is destroyed. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Returns the index of the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR, or -1 if there is n See also idAt() and findItem(). .PP Example: scrollview/scrollview.cpp. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a popup menu or a menu bar. .PP A menu item is usually either a text string or a pixmap, both with an optional icon or keyboard accelerator. For special cases it is also possible to insert custom items (see QCustomMenuItem) or even widgets into popup menus. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ The \fIindex\fR specifies the position in the menu. The menu item is appended at .PP Note that keyboard accelerators in TQt are not application-global, instead they are bound to a certain top-level window. For example, accelerators in QPopupMenu items only work for menus that are associated with a certain window. This is true for popup menus that live in a menu bar since their accelerators will then be installed in the menu bar itself. This also applies to stand-alone popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget() chain. The menu will then install its accelerator object on that top-level widget. For all other cases use an independent QAccel object. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR Be careful when passing a literal 0 to insertItem() because some C++ compilers choose the wrong overloaded function. Cast the 0 to what you mean, e.g. \fC(QObject*)0\fR. +\fBWarning:\fR Be careful when passing a literal 0 to insertItem() because some C++ compilers choose the wrong overloaded function. Cast the 0 to what you mean, e.g. \fC(TQObject*)0\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR On Mac OS X, items that connect to a slot that are inserted into a menubar will not function as we use the native menubar that knows nothing about signals or slots. Instead insert the items into a popup menu and insert the popup menu into the menubar. This may be fixed in a future TQt version. .PP @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqn .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\ Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqnamespace.h. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the pixmap in the item. The item is connected to the \fImember\fR slot in the \fIreceiver\fR object. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqnamespace.h. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fI Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, submenu \fIpopup\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ The \fIpopup\fR must be deleted by the programmer or by its parent widget. It is Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, submenu \fIpopup\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ The \fIpopup\fR must be deleted by the programmer or by its parent widget. It is Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( QWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item that consists of the widget \fIwidget\fR with optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -485,9 +485,9 @@ Ownership of \fIwidget\fR is transferred to the popup menu or to the menu bar. .PP Theoretically, any widget can be inserted into a popup menu. In practice, this only makes sense with certain widgets. .PP -If a widget is not focus-enabled (see QWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator; this means that the item is not selectable and will never get focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a QLabel if you need a popup menu with a title. +If a widget is not focus-enabled (see TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator; this means that the item is not selectable and will never get focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a QLabel if you need a popup menu with a title. .PP -If the widget is focus-enabled it will get focus when the user traverses the popup menu with the arrow keys. If the widget does not accept \fCArrowUp\fR and \fCArrowDown\fR in its key event handler, the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key is hit one more time. This works with a QLineEdit, for example. If the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done safely by calling: +If the widget is focus-enabled it will get focus when the user traverses the popup menu with the arrow keys. If the widget does not accept \fCArrowUp\fR and \fCArrowDown\fR in its key event handler, the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key is hit one more time. This works with a QLineEdit, for example. If the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done safely by calling: .PP .nf .br @@ -658,15 +658,15 @@ Example: mdi/application.cpp. If \fIvisible\fR is TRUE, shows the menu item with id \fIid\fR; otherwise hides the menu item with id \fIid\fR. .PP See also isItemVisible() and isItemEnabled(). -.SH "void QMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )" Sets \fItext\fR as What's This help for the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR. .PP See also whatsThis(). .PP Examples: .)l application/application.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, and mdi/application.cpp. -.SH "QString QMenuData::text ( int id ) const" -Returns the text that has been set for menu item \fIid\fR, or QString::null if no text has been set. +.SH "TQString QMenuData::text ( int id ) const" +Returns the text that has been set for menu item \fIid\fR, or TQString::null if no text has been set. .PP See also changeItem(), pixmap(), and iconSet(). .PP @@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ Examples: Virtual function; notifies subclasses about an item with \fIid\fR that has been changed. .PP Reimplemented in QPopupMenu. -.SH "QString QMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const" -Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier \fIid\fR or QString::null if no text has yet been defined. +.SH "TQString QMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const" +Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier \fIid\fR or TQString::null if no text has yet been defined. .PP See also setWhatsThis(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmessagebox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmessagebox.3qt index 064b1eee8..2aa50b043 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmessagebox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmessagebox.3qt @@ -19,19 +19,19 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "enum \fBIcon\fR { NoIcon = 0, Information = 1, Warning = 2, Critical = 3, Question = 4 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQMessageBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQMessageBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQMessageBox\fR ( const QString & caption, const QString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )" +.BI "\fBQMessageBox\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QMessageBox\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "Icon \fBicon\fR () const" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "void \fBsetIconPixmap\fR ( const QPixmap & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBbuttonText\fR ( int button ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBbuttonText\fR ( int button ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetButtonText\fR ( int button, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetButtonText\fR ( int button, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBadjustSize\fR ()" @@ -64,40 +64,40 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinformation\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBinformation\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinformation\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinformation\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBquestion\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBquestion\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBquestion\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBquestion\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBwarning\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBwarning\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBwarning\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBwarning\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcritical\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )" +.BI "int \fBcritical\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcritical\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBcritical\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBabout\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBabout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaboutTQt\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption = QString::null )" +.BI "void \fBaboutTQt\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int message ( const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & buttonText = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "int message ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool query ( const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & yesButtonText = QString::null, const QString & noButtonText = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool query ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap standardIcon ( Icon icon, GUIStyle style ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "QPixmap \fBiconPixmap\fR - the current icon" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR - the message box text to be displayed" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR - the message box text to be displayed" .br .ti -1c .BI "TextFormat \fBtextFormat\fR - the format of the text displayed by the message box" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ question() is useful for simple yes/no questions: .br tr("&Yes"), tr("&No"), .br - QString::null, 0, 1 ) ) + TQString::null, 0, 1 ) ) .br return false; .br @@ -294,13 +294,13 @@ Disk full errors are unusual and they certainly can be hard to correct. This exa .br .fi .PP -The critical() function should be reserved for critical errors. In this example errorDetails is a QString or const char*, and QString is used to concatenate several strings: +The critical() function should be reserved for critical errors. In this example errorDetails is a TQString or const char*, and TQString is used to concatenate several strings: .PP .nf .br QMessageBox::critical( 0, "Application name here", .br - QString("An internal error occurred. Please ") + + TQString("An internal error occurred. Please ") + .br "call technical support at 1234-56789 and report\\n"+ .br @@ -437,13 +437,13 @@ This enum has the following values: \fCQMessageBox::Critical\fR - an icon indicating that the message represents a critical problem. .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QMessageBox::QMessageBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QMessageBox::QMessageBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a message box with no text and a button with the label" OK". .PP If \fIparent\fR is 0, the message box becomes an application-global modal dialog box. If \fIparent\fR is a widget, the message box becomes modal relative to \fIparent\fR. .PP The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QDialog constructor. -.SH "QMessageBox::QMessageBox ( const QString & caption, const QString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )" +.SH "QMessageBox::QMessageBox ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )" Constructs a message box with a \fIcaption\fR, a \fItext\fR, an \fIicon\fR, and up to three buttons. .PP The \fIicon\fR must be one of the following: @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR, and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to t See also caption, text, and icon. .SH "QMessageBox::~QMessageBox ()" Destroys the message box. -.SH "void QMessageBox::about ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QMessageBox::about ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text )\fC [static]\fR" Displays a simple about box with caption \fIcaption\fR and text \fItext\fR. The about box's parent is \fIparent\fR. .PP about() looks for a suitable icon in four locations:
        @@ -532,11 +532,11 @@ As a last resort it uses the Information icon. .PP The about box has a single button labelled "OK". .PP -See also QWidget::icon and QApplication::mainWidget(). +See also TQWidget::icon and QApplication::mainWidget(). .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "void QMessageBox::aboutTQt ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption = QString::null )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QMessageBox::aboutTQt ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption = TQString::null )\fC [static]\fR" Displays a simple message box about Qt, with caption \fIcaption\fR and centered over \fIparent\fR (if \fIparent\fR is not 0). The message includes the version number of TQt being used by the application. .PP This is useful for inclusion in the Help menu of an application. See the examples/menu/menu.cpp example. @@ -552,12 +552,12 @@ Adjusts the size of the message box to fit the contents just before QDialog::exe .PP This function will not be called if the message box has been explicitly resized before showing it. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. -.SH "QString QMessageBox::buttonText ( int button ) const" -Returns the text of the message box button \fIbutton\fR, or QString::null if the message box does not contain the button. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. +.SH "TQString QMessageBox::buttonText ( int button ) const" +Returns the text of the message box button \fIbutton\fR, or TQString::null if the message box does not contain the button. .PP See also setButtonText(). -.SH "int QMessageBox::critical ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Opens a critical message box with the caption \fIcaption\fR and the text \fItext\fR. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the button parameters, \fIbutton0\fR, \fIbutton1\fR and \fIbutton2\fR may be set to one of the following values: .TP QMessageBox::NoButton @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ See also information(), question(), and warning(). .PP Examples: .)l network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, process/process.cpp, and xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp. -.SH "int QMessageBox::critical ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Displays a critical error message box with a caption, a text, and 1, 2 or 3 buttons. Returns the number of the button that was clicked (0, 1 or 2). @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ See also information(), question(), and warning(). Returns the message box's icon. See the "icon" property for details. .SH "const QPixmap * QMessageBox::iconPixmap () const" Returns the current icon. See the "iconPixmap" property for details. -.SH "int QMessageBox::information ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Opens an information message box with the caption \fIcaption\fR and the text \fItext\fR. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the buttons, \fIbutton0\fR, \fIbutton1\fR and \fIbutton2\fR may be set to one of the following values: .TP QMessageBox::NoButton @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ See also question(), warning(), and critical(). .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, picture/picture.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and simple/main.cpp. -.SH "int QMessageBox::information ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Displays an information message box with caption \fIcaption\fR, text \fItext\fR and one, two or three buttons. Returns the index of the button that was clicked (0, 1 or 2). @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ If \fIparent\fR is 0, the message box becomes an application-global modal dialog Note: If you do not specify an Escape button then if the Escape button is pressed then -1 will be returned. It is suggested that you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening. .PP See also question(), warning(), and critical(). -.SH "int QMessageBox::message ( const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & buttonText = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::message ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Opens a modal message box directly using the specified parameters. @@ -661,13 +661,13 @@ Opens a modal message box directly using the specified parameters. Please use information(), warning(), question(), or critical() instead. .PP Example: grapher/grapher.cpp. -.SH "bool QMessageBox::query ( const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & yesButtonText = QString::null, const QString & noButtonText = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QMessageBox::query ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Queries the user using a modal message box with two buttons. Note that \fIcaption\fR is not always shown, it depends on the window manager. .PP Please use information(), question(), warning(), or critical() instead. -.SH "int QMessageBox::question ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Opens a question message box with the caption \fIcaption\fR and the text \fItext\fR. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the buttons, \fIbutton0\fR, \fIbutton1\fR and \fIbutton2\fR may be set to one of the following values: .TP QMessageBox::NoButton @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ Returns the identity (QMessageBox::Yes, or QMessageBox::No, etc.) of the button If \fIparent\fR is 0, the message box becomes an application-global modal dialog box. If \fIparent\fR is a widget, the message box becomes modal relative to \fIparent\fR. .PP See also information(), warning(), and critical(). -.SH "int QMessageBox::question ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Displays a question message box with caption \fIcaption\fR, text \fItext\fR and one, two or three buttons. Returns the index of the button that was clicked (0, 1 or 2). @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ If \fIparent\fR is 0, the message box becomes an application-global modal dialog Note: If you do not specify an Escape button then if the Escape button is pressed then -1 will be returned. It is suggested that you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening. .PP See also information(), warning(), and critical(). -.SH "void QMessageBox::setButtonText ( int button, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QMessageBox::setButtonText ( int button, const TQString & text )" Sets the text of the message box button \fIbutton\fR to \fItext\fR. Setting the text of a button that is not in the message box is silently ignored. .PP See also buttonText(). @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ See also buttonText(). Sets the message box's icon. See the "icon" property for details. .SH "void QMessageBox::setIconPixmap ( const QPixmap & )" Sets the current icon. See the "iconPixmap" property for details. -.SH "void QMessageBox::setText ( const QString & )" +.SH "void QMessageBox::setText ( const TQString & )" Sets the message box text to be displayed. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QMessageBox::setTextFormat ( TextFormat )" Sets the format of the text displayed by the message box. See the "textFormat" property for details. @@ -731,11 +731,11 @@ Returns the pixmap used for a standard icon. This allows the pixmaps to be used Returns the pixmap used for a standard icon. This allows the pixmaps to be used in more complex message boxes. \fIicon\fR specifies the required icon, e.g. QMessageBox::Information, QMessageBox::Warning or QMessageBox::Critical. .PP \fIstyle\fR is unused. -.SH "QString QMessageBox::text () const" +.SH "TQString QMessageBox::text () const" Returns the message box text to be displayed. See the "text" property for details. .SH "TextFormat QMessageBox::textFormat () const" Returns the format of the text displayed by the message box. See the "textFormat" property for details. -.SH "int QMessageBox::warning ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Opens a warning message box with the caption \fIcaption\fR and the text \fItext\fR. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the button parameters, \fIbutton0\fR, \fIbutton1\fR and \fIbutton2\fR may be set to one of the following values: .TP QMessageBox::NoButton @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ See also information(), question(), and critical(). .PP Examples: .)l chart/chartform.cpp, i18n/main.cpp, network/mail/smtp.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp. -.SH "int QMessageBox::warning ( QWidget * parent, const QString & caption, const QString & text, const QString & button0Text = QString::null, const QString & button1Text = QString::null, const QString & button2Text = QString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int QMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Displays a warning message box with a caption, a text, and 1, 2 or 3 buttons. Returns the number of the button that was clicked (0, 1, or 2). @@ -811,12 +811,12 @@ The icon currently used by the message box. Note that it's often hard to draw on See also icon. .PP Set this property's value with setIconPixmap() and get this property's value with iconPixmap(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the message box text to be displayed. .PP The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as rich text, depending on the text format setting (QMessageBox::textFormat). The default setting is AutoText, i.e. the message box will try to auto-detect the format of the text. .PP -The default value of this property is QString::null. +The default value of this property is TQString::null. .PP See also textFormat. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmetaobject.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmetaobject.3qt index 65f7d064e..714ddefc1 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmetaobject.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmetaobject.3qt @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ className() to get the name of a class. .TP superClassName() to get the name of the superclass. .TP -inherits(), the function called by QObject::inherits(). +inherits(), the function called by TQObject::inherits(). .TP superClass() to access the superclass's meta object. .TP @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ If \fIsuper\fR is TRUE, inherited class information is included. .SH "const char * QMetaObject::className () const" Returns the class name. .PP -See also QObject::className() and superClassName(). +See also TQObject::className() and superClassName(). .SH "int QMetaObject::findProperty ( const char * name, bool super = FALSE ) const" Returns the index for the property with name \fIname\fR or -1 if no such property exists. .PP @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ See also numSlots(). .SH "QMetaObject * QMetaObject::superClass () const" Returns the meta object of the super class or 0 if there is no such object. .SH "const char * QMetaObject::superClassName () const" -Returns the class name of the superclass or 0 if there is no superclass in the QObject hierachy. +Returns the class name of the superclass or 0 if there is no superclass in the TQObject hierachy. .PP See also className(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmetaproperty.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmetaproperty.3qt index 49575ae5c..1ea8f6b23 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmetaproperty.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmetaproperty.3qt @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ QMetaProperty \- Stores meta data about a property .BI "QStrList \fBvalueToKeys\fR ( int value ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdesignable\fR ( QObject * o = 0 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBdesignable\fR ( TQObject * o = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBscriptable\fR ( QObject * o = 0 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBscriptable\fR ( TQObject * o = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBstored\fR ( QObject * o = 0 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBstored\fR ( TQObject * o = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBreset\fR ( QObject * o ) const" +.BI "bool \fBreset\fR ( TQObject * o ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ Property meta data includes type(), name(), and whether a property is writable() .PP The functions isSetType(), isEnumType() and enumKeys() provide further information about a property's type. The conversion functions keyToValue(), valueToKey(), keysToValue() and valueToKeys() allow conversion between the integer representation of an enumeration or set value and its literal representation. .PP -Actual property values are set and received through QObject's set and get functions. See QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property() for details. +Actual property values are set and received through TQObject's set and get functions. See TQObject::setProperty() and TQObject::property() for details. .PP You receive meta property data through an object's meta object. See QMetaObject::property() and QMetaObject::propertyNames() for details. .PP See also Object Model. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "bool QMetaProperty::designable ( QObject * o = 0 ) const" +.SH "bool QMetaProperty::designable ( TQObject * o = 0 ) const" Returns TRUE if the property is designable for object \fIo\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If no object \fIo\fR is given, the function returns a static approximation. @@ -97,15 +97,15 @@ Converts the list of keys \fIkeys\fR to their combined (OR-ed) integer value. See also isSetType() and valueToKey(). .SH "const char * QMetaProperty::name () const" Returns the name of the property. -.SH "bool QMetaProperty::reset ( QObject * o ) const" +.SH "bool QMetaProperty::reset ( TQObject * o ) const" Tries to reset the property for object \fIo\fR with a reset method. On success, returns TRUE; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Reset methods are optional, usually only a few properties support them. -.SH "bool QMetaProperty::scriptable ( QObject * o = 0 ) const" +.SH "bool QMetaProperty::scriptable ( TQObject * o = 0 ) const" Returns TRUE if the property is scriptable for object \fIo\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If no object \fIo\fR is given, the function returns a static approximation. -.SH "bool QMetaProperty::stored ( QObject * o = 0 ) const" +.SH "bool QMetaProperty::stored ( TQObject * o = 0 ) const" Returns TRUE if the property shall be stored for object \fIo\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If no object \fIo\fR is given, the function returns a static approximation. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmimesourcefactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmimesourcefactory.3qt index 699430ba9..2b6d17c35 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmimesourcefactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmimesourcefactory.3qt @@ -20,25 +20,25 @@ QMimeSourceFactory \- Extensible provider of mime-typed data .BI "virtual \fB~QMimeSourceFactory\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual const QMimeSource * \fBdata\fR ( const QString & abs_name ) const" +.BI "virtual const QMimeSource * \fBdata\fR ( const TQString & abs_name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBmakeAbsolute\fR ( const QString & abs_or_rel_name, const QString & context ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBmakeAbsolute\fR ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QMimeSource * \fBdata\fR ( const QString & abs_or_rel_name, const QString & context ) const" +.BI "const QMimeSource * \fBdata\fR ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & abs_name, const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetImage\fR ( const QString & abs_name, const QImage & image )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetImage\fR ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const QString & abs_name, const QPixmap & pixmap )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const TQString & abs_name, const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const QString & abs_name, QMimeSource * data )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const TQString & abs_name, QMimeSource * data )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetFilePath\fR ( const QStringList & path )" @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ QMimeSourceFactory \- Extensible provider of mime-typed data .BI "virtual QStringList \fBfilePath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddFilePath\fR ( const QString & p )" +.BI "void \fBaddFilePath\fR ( const TQString & p )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetExtensionType\fR ( const QString & ext, const char * mimetype )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetExtensionType\fR ( const TQString & ext, const char * mimetype )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ A factory can also be used as a container to store data associated with a name. .br .fi .PP -To be able to use this image within some rich text, for example inside a QLabel, you must create a QImage from the raw data and insert it into the factory with a unique name: +To be able to use this image within some rich text, for example inside a QLabel, you must create a TQImage from the raw data and insert it into the factory with a unique name: .PP .nf .br - QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->setImage( "myimage", QImage(myimage_data) ); + QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()->setImage( "myimage", TQImage(myimage_data) ); .br .fi .PP @@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ Destroys the QMimeSourceFactory, deleting all stored content. Adds the QMimeSourceFactory \fIf\fR to the list of available mimesource factories. If the defaultFactory() can't resolve a data() it iterates over the list of installed mimesource factories until the data can be resolved. .PP See also removeFactory(). -.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::addFilePath ( const QString & p )" +.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::addFilePath ( const TQString & p )" Adds another search path, \fIp\fR to the existing search paths. .PP See also setFilePath(). -.SH "const QMimeSource * QMimeSourceFactory::data ( const QString & abs_name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "const QMimeSource * QMimeSourceFactory::data ( const TQString & abs_name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a reference to the data associated with \fIabs_name\fR. The return value remains valid only until the next data() or setData() call, so you should immediately decode the result. .PP If there is no data associated with \fIabs_name\fR in the factory's store, the factory tries to access the local filesystem. If \fIabs_name\fR isn't an absolute file name, the factory will search for it in all defined paths (see setFilePath()). @@ -161,10 +161,10 @@ The effect of these is that file names ending in "txt" will be treated as text e Any file data that is not recognized will be retrieved as a QMimeSource providing the "application/octet-stream" mime type, meaning uninterpreted binary data. .PP You can add further extensions or change existing ones with subsequent calls to setExtensionType(). If the extension mechanism is not sufficient for your problem domain, you can inherit QMimeSourceFactory and reimplement this function to perform some more specialized mime-type detection. The same applies if you want to use the mime source factory to access URL referenced data over a network. -.SH "const QMimeSource * QMimeSourceFactory::data ( const QString & abs_or_rel_name, const QString & context ) const" +.SH "const QMimeSource * QMimeSourceFactory::data ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -A convenience function. See data(const QString& abs_name). The file name is given in \fIabs_or_rel_name\fR and the path is in \fIcontext\fR. +A convenience function. See data(const TQString& abs_name). The file name is given in \fIabs_or_rel_name\fR and the path is in \fIcontext\fR. .SH "QMimeSourceFactory * QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the application-wide default mime source factory. This factory is used by rich text rendering classes such as QSimpleRichText, QWhatsThis and QMessageBox to resolve named references within rich text documents. It serves also as the initial factory for the more complex render widgets, QTextEdit and QTextBrowser. .PP @@ -174,13 +174,13 @@ Examples: .)l action/application.cpp and application/application.cpp. .SH "QStringList QMimeSourceFactory::filePath () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the currently set search paths. -.SH "QString QMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute ( const QString & abs_or_rel_name, const QString & context ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Converts the absolute or relative data item name \fIabs_or_rel_name\fR to an absolute name, interpreted within the context (path) of the data item named \fIcontext\fR (this must be an absolute name). .SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::removeFactory ( QMimeSourceFactory * f )\fC [static]\fR" Removes the mimesource factory \fIf\fR from the list of available mimesource factories. .PP See also addFactory(). -.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setData ( const QString & abs_name, QMimeSource * data )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setData ( const TQString & abs_name, QMimeSource * data )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets \fIdata\fR to be the data item associated with the absolute name \fIabs_name\fR. Note that the ownership of \fIdata\fR is transferred to the factory: do not delete or access the pointer after passing it to this function. .PP Passing 0 for data removes previously stored data. @@ -188,19 +188,19 @@ Passing 0 for data removes previously stored data. Sets the default \fIfactory\fR, destroying any previously set mime source provider. The ownership of the factory is transferred to Qt. .PP See also defaultFactory(). -.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setExtensionType ( const QString & ext, const char * mimetype )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setExtensionType ( const TQString & ext, const char * mimetype )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the mime-type to be associated with the file name extension, \fIext\fR to \fImimetype\fR. This determines the mime-type for files found via the paths set by setFilePath(). .SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setFilePath ( const QStringList & path )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the list of directories that will be searched when named data is requested to the those given in the string list \fIpath\fR. .PP See also filePath(). -.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setImage ( const QString & abs_name, const QImage & image )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setImage ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQImage & image )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets \fIimage\fR to be the data item associated with the absolute name \fIabs_name\fR. .PP Equivalent to setData(abs_name, new QImageDrag(image)). -.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setPixmap ( const QString & abs_name, const QPixmap & pixmap )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setPixmap ( const TQString & abs_name, const QPixmap & pixmap )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets \fIpixmap\fR to be the data item associated with the absolute name \fIabs_name\fR. -.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setText ( const QString & abs_name, const QString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QMimeSourceFactory::setText ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets \fItext\fR to be the data item associated with the absolute name \fIabs_name\fR. .PP Equivalent to setData(abs_name, new QTextDrag(text)). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmotifdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmotifdialog.3qt index 3e59a3395..a8f99940c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmotifdialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmotifdialog.3qt @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "\fBQMotifDialog\fR ( Widget parent, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags flags = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQMotifDialog\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags flags = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQMotifDialog\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags flags = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QMotifDialog\fR ()" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This class is defined in the \fBQt Motif Extension\fR, which can be found in the .PP The QMotifDialog class provides the QDialog API for Motif-based dialogs. .PP -QMotifDialog provides two separate modes of operation. The application programmer can use QMotifDialog with an existing Motif-based dialog and a QWidget parent, or the application programmer can use QMotifDialog with a custom Qt-based dialog and a Motif-based parent. Modality continues to work as expected. +QMotifDialog provides two separate modes of operation. The application programmer can use QMotifDialog with an existing Motif-based dialog and a TQWidget parent, or the application programmer can use QMotifDialog with a custom Qt-based dialog and a Motif-based parent. Modality continues to work as expected. .PP Motif-based dialogs must have a \fCShell\fR widget parent with a single child, due to requirements of the Motif toolkit. The \fCShell\fR widget, which is a special subclass of \fCXmDialogShell\fR, is created during construction. It can be accessed using the shell() member function. .PP @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The single child of the \fCShell\fR can be accessed using the dialog() member fu .PP The acceptCallback() and rejectCallback() functions provide a convenient way to call QDialog::accept() and QDialog::reject() through callbacks. A pointer to the QMotifDialog should be passed as the \fCclient_data\fR argument to the callback. .PP -The API and behavior QMotifDialog is identical to that of QDialog when using a custom Qt-based dialog with a Motif-based parent. The only difference is that a Motif-based \fIparent\fR argument is passed to the constructor, instead of a QWidget parent. +The API and behavior QMotifDialog is identical to that of QDialog when using a custom Qt-based dialog with a Motif-based parent. The only difference is that a Motif-based \fIparent\fR argument is passed to the constructor, instead of a TQWidget parent. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QMotifDialog::DialogType" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. @@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ Creates a QMotifDialog which allows the application programmer to use the Motif- This constructor creates a \fCShell\fR widget, which is a special subclass of \fCXmDialogShell\fR. You can access the \fCShell\fR widget with the shell() member function. .PP See also shell(). -.SH "QMotifDialog::QMotifDialog ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags flags = 0 )" -Creates a QMotifDialog which allows the application programmer to use a QWidget parent for an existing Motif-based dialog. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR and \fIflags\fR arguments are passed to the QDialog constructor. +.SH "QMotifDialog::QMotifDialog ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags flags = 0 )" +Creates a QMotifDialog which allows the application programmer to use a TQWidget parent for an existing Motif-based dialog. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR and \fIflags\fR arguments are passed to the QDialog constructor. .PP This constructor creates a \fCShell\fR widget, which is a special subclass of \fCXmDialogShell\fR. You can access the \fCShell\fR widget with the shell() member functon. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmotifwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmotifwidget.3qt index 9e5507a24..db2170751 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmotifwidget.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmotifwidget.3qt @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QMotifWidget \- The QWidget API for Xt/Motif widgets +QMotifWidget \- The TQWidget API for Xt/Motif widgets .SH SYNOPSIS This class is part of the \fBQt Motif Extension\fR. .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQMotifWidget\fR ( QWidget * parent, WidgetClass widgetclass, ArgList args = NULL, Cardinal argcount = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags flags = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQMotifWidget\fR ( TQWidget * parent, WidgetClass widgetclass, ArgList args = NULL, Cardinal argcount = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags flags = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QMotifWidget\fR ()" @@ -36,24 +36,24 @@ Inherits QWidget. .SH DESCRIPTION This class is defined in the \fBQt Motif Extension\fR, which can be found in the \fCqt/extensions\fR directory. It is not included in the main TQt API. .PP -The QMotifWidget class provides the QWidget API for Xt/Motif widgets. +The QMotifWidget class provides the TQWidget API for Xt/Motif widgets. .PP -QMotifWidget exists to provide a QWidget that can act as a parent for any Xt/Motif widget. Since the QMotifWidget is a proper QWidget, it can be used as a top-level widget (e.g. 0 parent) or as a child of any other QWidget. Note: Since QMotifWidget acts as a parent for Xt/Motif widgets, you should not create QWidgets with a QMotifWidget parent. +QMotifWidget exists to provide a TQWidget that can act as a parent for any Xt/Motif widget. Since the QMotifWidget is a proper TQWidget, it can be used as a top-level widget (e.g. 0 parent) or as a child of any other TQWidget. Note: Since QMotifWidget acts as a parent for Xt/Motif widgets, you should not create QWidgets with a QMotifWidget parent. .PP An Xt/Motif widget with a top-level QMotifWidget parent can begin using the standard TQt dialogs and custom QDialogs while keeping the main Xt/Motif interface of the application. Using a QMotifWidget as the parent for the various QDialogs will ensure that modality and stacking works properly throughout the entire application. .PP -Applications moving to TQt may have custom Xt/Motif widgets that will take time to rewrite with Qt. Such applications can use these custom widgets as QMotifWidget with QWidget parents. This allows the application's interface to be replaced gradually. +Applications moving to TQt may have custom Xt/Motif widgets that will take time to rewrite with Qt. Such applications can use these custom widgets as QMotifWidget with TQWidget parents. This allows the application's interface to be replaced gradually. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR QMotifWidget uses the X11 window ID of the Motif widget directly, instead of creating its own. Because ot this, QWidget::reparent() will not work. This includes the functions QWidget::showFullScreen() and QWidget::showNormal(), which use QWidget::reparent(). +\fBWarning:\fR QMotifWidget uses the X11 window ID of the Motif widget directly, instead of creating its own. Because ot this, TQWidget::reparent() will not work. This includes the functions TQWidget::showFullScreen() and TQWidget::showNormal(), which use TQWidget::reparent(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QMotifWidget::QMotifWidget ( QWidget * parent, WidgetClass widgetclass, ArgList args = NULL, Cardinal argcount = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags flags = 0 )" +.SH "QMotifWidget::QMotifWidget ( TQWidget * parent, WidgetClass widgetclass, ArgList args = NULL, Cardinal argcount = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags flags = 0 )" Creates a QMotifWidget of the given \fIwidgetclass\fR as a child of \fIparent\fR, with the name \fIname\fR and widget flags \fIflags\fR. .PP The \fIargs\fR and \fIargcount\fR arguments are passed on to XtCreateWidget. .PP The motifWidget() function returns the resulting Xt/Motif widget. This widget can be used as a parent for any other Xt/Motif widget. .PP -If \fIparent\fR is a QMotifWidget, the Xt/Motif widget is created as a child of the parent's motifWidget(). If \ parent is 0 or a normal QWidget, the Xt/Motif widget is created as a child of a special TopLevelShell widget. Xt/Motif widgets can use this special TopLevelShell parent as the parent for existing Xt/Motif dialogs or QMotifDialogs. +If \fIparent\fR is a QMotifWidget, the Xt/Motif widget is created as a child of the parent's motifWidget(). If \ parent is 0 or a normal TQWidget, the Xt/Motif widget is created as a child of a special TopLevelShell widget. Xt/Motif widgets can use this special TopLevelShell parent as the parent for existing Xt/Motif dialogs or QMotifDialogs. .SH "QMotifWidget::~QMotifWidget ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the QMotifWidget. The special TopLevelShell is also destroyed, if it was created during construction. .SH "Widget QMotifWidget::motifWidget () const" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverfactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverfactory.3qt index d29c253d3..58c4e7e7c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverfactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverfactory.3qt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ QMouseDriverFactory \- Creates QWSMouseHandler objects for Qt/Embedded \fC#include \fR .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
      1. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
      2. QWSMouseHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key, const QString & device ) +
      3. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
      4. QWSMouseHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device ) .SH DESCRIPTION The QMouseDriverFactory class creates QWSMouseHandler objects for Qt/Embedded. .PP @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ This class is only available in Qt/Embedded. .PP QMouseDriverFactory::keys() returns a list of valid keys. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWSMouseHandler * QMouseDriverFactory::create ( const QString & key, const QString & device )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QWSMouseHandler * QMouseDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device )\fC [static]\fR" Creates a QWSMouseHandler object that matches \fIkey\fR and uses device \fIdevice\fR. This is either a built-in driver, or a driver from a driver plugin. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverplugin.3qt index 0c5aa2d17..faea602c6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmousedriverplugin.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QMouseDriverPlugin \- Abstract base for Qt/Embedded mouse driver plugins .BI "virtual QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWSMouseHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & driver, const QString & device ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QWSMouseHandler * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Constructs a mouse driver plugin. This is invoked automatically by the \fCQ_EXPO Destroys the mouse driver plugin. .PP You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin automatically when it is no longer used. -.SH "QWSMouseHandler * QMouseDriverPlugin::create ( const QString & driver, const QString & device )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QWSMouseHandler * QMouseDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Creates a driver matching the type specified by \fIdriver\fR and which uses device \fIdevice\fR. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmouseevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmouseevent.3qt index 513168617..a52ae9dc8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmouseevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmouseevent.3qt @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The QMouseEvent class contains parameters that describe a mouse event. .PP Mouse events occur when a mouse button is pressed or released inside a widget or when the mouse cursor is moved. .PP -Mouse move events will occur only when a mouse button is pressed down, unless mouse tracking has been enabled with QWidget::setMouseTracking(). +Mouse move events will occur only when a mouse button is pressed down, unless mouse tracking has been enabled with TQWidget::setMouseTracking(). .PP Qt automatically grabs the mouse when a mouse button is pressed inside a widget; the widget will continue to receive mouse events until the last mouse button is released. .PP @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ A mouse event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver .PP The functions pos(), x() and y() give the cursor position relative to the widget that receives the mouse event. If you move the widget as a result of the mouse event, use the global position returned by globalPos() to avoid a shaking motion. .PP -The QWidget::setEnabled() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. +The TQWidget::setEnabled() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. .PP -The event handlers QWidget::mousePressEvent(), QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(), QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent() and QWidget::mouseMoveEvent() receive mouse events. +The event handlers TQWidget::mousePressEvent(), TQWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(), TQWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent() and TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent() receive mouse events. .PP -See also QWidget::mouseTracking, QWidget::grabMouse(), QCursor::pos(), and Event Classes. +See also TQWidget::mouseTracking, TQWidget::grabMouse(), QCursor::pos(), and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QMouseEvent::QMouseEvent ( Type type, const QPoint & pos, int button, int state )" Constructs a mouse event object. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ See also state() and Qt::ButtonState. Examples: .)l dclock/dclock.cpp, life/life.cpp, and t14/cannon.cpp. .SH "const QPoint & QMouseEvent::globalPos () const" -Returns the global position of the mouse pointer \fIat the time of the event\fR. This is important on asynchronous window systems like X11. Whenever you move your widgets around in response to mouse events, globalPos() may differ a lot from the current pointer position QCursor::pos(), and from QWidget::mapToGlobal( pos() ). +Returns the global position of the mouse pointer \fIat the time of the event\fR. This is important on asynchronous window systems like X11. Whenever you move your widgets around in response to mouse events, globalPos() may differ a lot from the current pointer position QCursor::pos(), and from TQWidget::mapToGlobal( pos() ). .PP See also globalX() and globalY(). .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmoveevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmoveevent.3qt index 7365144da..be08eb8d5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmoveevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmoveevent.3qt @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ The QMoveEvent class contains event parameters for move events. .PP Move events are sent to widgets that have been moved to a new position relative to their parent. .PP -The event handler QWidget::moveEvent() receives move events. +The event handler TQWidget::moveEvent() receives move events. .PP -See also QWidget::pos, QWidget::geometry, and Event Classes. +See also TQWidget::pos, TQWidget::geometry, and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QMoveEvent::QMoveEvent ( const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & oldPos )" Constructs a move event with the new and old widget positions, \fIpos\fR and \fIoldPos\fR respectively. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmovie.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmovie.3qt index e08a47679..06433a077 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqmovie.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmovie.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QMovie \- Incremental loading of animations or images, signalling as it progress .BI "\fBQMovie\fR ( QDataSource * src, int bufsize = 1024 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQMovie\fR ( const QString & fileName, int bufsize = 1024 )" +.BI "\fBQMovie\fR ( const TQString & fileName, int bufsize = 1024 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQMovie\fR ( QByteArray data, int bufsize = 1024 )" @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ QMovie \- Incremental loading of animations or images, signalling as it progress .BI "void \fBpushData\fR ( const uchar * data, int length )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBbackgroundColor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBbackgroundColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetBackgroundColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetBackgroundColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QRect & \fBgetValidRect\fR () const" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ QMovie \- Incremental loading of animations or images, signalling as it progress .BI "const QPixmap & \fBframePixmap\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QImage & \fBframeImage\fR () const" +.BI "const TQImage & \fBframeImage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR () const" @@ -98,25 +98,25 @@ QMovie \- Incremental loading of animations or images, signalling as it progress .BI "void \fBsetSpeed\fR ( int percent )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBconnectResize\fR ( QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "void \fBconnectResize\fR ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdisconnectResize\fR ( QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdisconnectResize\fR ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBconnectUpdate\fR ( QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "void \fBconnectUpdate\fR ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdisconnectUpdate\fR ( QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdisconnectUpdate\fR ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBStatus\fR { SourceEmpty = -2, UnrecognizedFormat = -1, Paused = 1, EndOfFrame = 2, EndOfLoop = 3, EndOfMovie = 4, SpeedChanged = 5 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBconnectStatus\fR ( QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "void \fBconnectStatus\fR ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdisconnectStatus\fR ( QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdisconnectStatus\fR ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ See also pushData(). Constructs a QMovie that reads an image sequence from the given data source, \fIsrc\fR. The source must be allocated dynamically, because QMovie will take ownership of it and will destroy it when the movie is destroyed. The movie starts playing as soon as event processing continues. .PP The \fIbufsize\fR argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie will transfer from the data source per event loop. The lower this value, the better interleaved the movie playback will be with other event processing, but the slower the overall processing will be. -.SH "QMovie::QMovie ( const QString & fileName, int bufsize = 1024 )" +.SH "QMovie::QMovie ( const TQString & fileName, int bufsize = 1024 )" Constructs a QMovie that reads an image sequence from the file, \fIfileName\fR. .PP The \fIbufsize\fR argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie will transfer from the data source per event loop. The lower this value, the better interleaved the movie playback will be with other event processing, but the slower the overall processing will be. @@ -190,15 +190,15 @@ The \fIbufsize\fR argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie will transf Constructs a movie that uses the same data as movie \fImovie\fR. QMovies use explicit sharing, so operations on the copy will affect both. .SH "QMovie::~QMovie ()" Destroys the QMovie. If this is the last reference to the data of the movie, the data is deallocated. -.SH "const QColor & QMovie::backgroundColor () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QMovie::backgroundColor () const" Returns the background color of the movie set by setBackgroundColor(). -.SH "void QMovie::connectResize ( QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "void QMovie::connectResize ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Connects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR of type \fCvoid member(const QSize&)\fR so that it is signalled when the movie changes size. .PP Note that due to the explicit sharing of QMovie objects, these connections persist until they are explicitly disconnected with disconnectResize() or until \fIevery\fR shared copy of the movie is deleted. .PP Example: movies/main.cpp. -.SH "void QMovie::connectStatus ( QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "void QMovie::connectStatus ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Connects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR, of type \fCvoid member(int)\fR so that it is signalled when the movie changes status. The status codes are negative for errors and positive for information. .PP
        .nf @@ -213,24 +213,24 @@ More status messages may be added in the future, so a general test for errors wo Note that due to the explicit sharing of QMovie objects, these connections persist until they are explicitly disconnected with disconnectStatus() or until \fIevery\fR shared copy of the movie is deleted. .PP Example: movies/main.cpp. -.SH "void QMovie::connectUpdate ( QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "void QMovie::connectUpdate ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Connects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR of type \fCvoid member(const QRect&)\fR so that it is signalled when an area of the framePixmap() has changed since the previous frame. .PP Note that due to the explicit sharing of QMovie objects, these connections persist until they are explicitly disconnected with disconnectUpdate() or until \fIevery\fR shared copy of the movie is deleted. .PP Example: movies/main.cpp. -.SH "void QMovie::disconnectResize ( QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.SH "void QMovie::disconnectResize ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" Disconnects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR (or all members if \fImember\fR is zero) that were previously connected by connectResize(). -.SH "void QMovie::disconnectStatus ( QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.SH "void QMovie::disconnectStatus ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" Disconnects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR (or all members if \fImember\fR is zero) that were previously connected by connectStatus(). -.SH "void QMovie::disconnectUpdate ( QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.SH "void QMovie::disconnectUpdate ( TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" Disconnects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR (or all members if \\q member is zero) that were previously connected by connectUpdate(). .SH "bool QMovie::finished () const" Returns TRUE if the image is no longer playing: this happens when all loops of all frames are complete; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Example: movies/main.cpp. -.SH "const QImage & QMovie::frameImage () const" -Returns the current frame of the movie, as a QImage. It is not generally useful to keep a copy of this image. Also note that you must not call this function if the movie is finished(), since by then the image will not be available. +.SH "const TQImage & QMovie::frameImage () const" +Returns the current frame of the movie, as a TQImage. It is not generally useful to keep a copy of this image. Also note that you must not call this function if the movie is finished(), since by then the image will not be available. .PP See also framePixmap(). .SH "int QMovie::frameNumber () const" @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Rewinds the movie to the beginning. If the movie has not been paused, it begins Example: movies/main.cpp. .SH "bool QMovie::running () const" Returns TRUE if the image is not single-stepping, not paused, and not finished; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "void QMovie::setBackgroundColor ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QMovie::setBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & c )" Sets the background color of the pixmap to \fIc\fR. If the background color isValid(), the pixmap will never have a mask because the background color will be used in transparent regions of the image. .PP See also backgroundColor(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkoperation.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkoperation.3qt index e70b8d7c0..8bdfcb7d1 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkoperation.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkoperation.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QNetworkOperation \- Common operations for network protocols .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQNetworkOperation\fR ( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation, const QString & arg0, const QString & arg1, const QString & arg2 )" +.BI "\fBQNetworkOperation\fR ( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation, const TQString & arg0, const TQString & arg1, const TQString & arg2 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQNetworkOperation\fR ( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation, const QByteArray & arg0, const QByteArray & arg1, const QByteArray & arg2 )" @@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetState\fR ( QNetworkProtocol::State state )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetProtocolDetail\fR ( const QString & detail )" +.BI "void \fBsetProtocolDetail\fR ( const TQString & detail )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetErrorCode\fR ( int ec )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetArg\fR ( int num, const QString & arg )" +.BI "void \fBsetArg\fR ( int num, const TQString & arg )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetRawArg\fR ( int num, const QByteArray & arg )" @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QNetworkProtocol::State \fBstate\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( int num ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( int num ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QByteArray \fBrawArg\fR ( int num ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprotocolDetail\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBprotocolDetail\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBerrorCode\fR () const" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ For a detailed description of the TQt Network Architecture and how to implement .PP See also QNetworkProtocol and Input/Output and Networking. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QNetworkOperation::QNetworkOperation ( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation, const QString & arg0, const QString & arg1, const QString & arg2 )" +.SH "QNetworkOperation::QNetworkOperation ( QNetworkProtocol::Operation operation, const TQString & arg0, const TQString & arg1, const TQString & arg2 )" Constructs a network operation object. \fIoperation\fR is the type of the operation, and \fIarg0\fR, \fIarg1\fR and \fIarg2\fR are the first three arguments of the operation. The state is initialized to QNetworkProtocol::StWaiting. .PP See also QNetworkProtocol::Operation and QNetworkProtocol::State. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Constructs a network operation object. \fIoperation\fR is the type of the operat See also QNetworkProtocol::Operation and QNetworkProtocol::State. .SH "QNetworkOperation::~QNetworkOperation ()" Destructor. -.SH "QString QNetworkOperation::arg ( int num ) const" +.SH "TQString QNetworkOperation::arg ( int num ) const" Returns the operation's \fInum\fR-th argument. If this argument was not already set, an empty string is returned. .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ Because QNetworkOperation pointers are passed around a lot the QNetworkProtocol Note: you should never need to call the method yourself. .SH "QNetworkProtocol::Operation QNetworkOperation::operation () const" Returns the type of the operation. -.SH "QString QNetworkOperation::protocolDetail () const" +.SH "TQString QNetworkOperation::protocolDetail () const" Returns a detailed error message for the last error. This must have been set using setProtocolDetail(). .SH "QByteArray QNetworkOperation::rawArg ( int num ) const" Returns the operation's \fInum\fR-th raw data argument. If this argument was not already set, an empty bytearray is returned. -.SH "void QNetworkOperation::setArg ( int num, const QString & arg )" +.SH "void QNetworkOperation::setArg ( int num, const TQString & arg )" Sets the network operation's \fInum\fR-th argument to \fIarg\fR. .SH "void QNetworkOperation::setErrorCode ( int ec )" Sets the error code to \fIec\fR. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Sets the error code to \fIec\fR. If the operation failed, the protocol should set an error code to describe the error in more detail. If possible, one of the error codes defined in QNetworkProtocol should be used. .PP See also setProtocolDetail() and QNetworkProtocol::Error. -.SH "void QNetworkOperation::setProtocolDetail ( const QString & detail )" +.SH "void QNetworkOperation::setProtocolDetail ( const TQString & detail )" If the operation failed, the error message can be specified as \fIdetail\fR. .SH "void QNetworkOperation::setRawArg ( int num, const QByteArray & arg )" Sets the network operation's \fInum\fR-th raw data argument to \fIarg\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkprotocol.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkprotocol.3qt index 128fba10c..5960ccbe4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkprotocol.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqnetworkprotocol.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QNetworkProtocol \- Common API for network protocols .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP Inherited by QFtp, QHttp, and QLocalFs. .PP @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Inherited by QFtp, QHttp, and QLocalFs. .BI "void \fBdata\fR ( const QByteArray & data, QNetworkOperation * op )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBconnectionStateChanged\fR ( int state, const QString & data )" +.BI "void \fBconnectionStateChanged\fR ( int state, const TQString & data )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBfinished\fR ( QNetworkOperation * op )" @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ Inherited by QFtp, QHttp, and QLocalFs. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBregisterNetworkProtocol\fR ( const QString & protocol, QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase * protocolFactory )" +.BI "void \fBregisterNetworkProtocol\fR ( const TQString & protocol, QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase * protocolFactory )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QNetworkProtocol * \fBgetNetworkProtocol\fR ( const QString & protocol )" +.BI "QNetworkProtocol * \fBgetNetworkProtocol\fR ( const TQString & protocol )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasOnlyLocalFileSystem\fR ()" @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ If the connection can't be opened (e.g. because you already tried but the host c Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .SH "void QNetworkProtocol::clearOperationQueue ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Clears the operation queue. -.SH "void QNetworkProtocol::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const QString & data )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QNetworkProtocol::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const TQString & data )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted whenever the state of the connection of the network protocol is changed. \fIstate\fR describes the new state, which is one of, ConHostFound, ConConnected or ConClosed. \fIdata\fR is a message text. .SH "void QNetworkProtocol::createdDirectory ( const QUrlInfo & i, QNetworkOperation * op )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when mkdir() has been succesful and the directory has been created. \fIi\fR holds the information about the new directory. \fIop\fR is the pointer to the operation object which contains all the information about the operation, including the state, etc. Using op->arg( 0 ), you can get the file name of the new directory. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart enough to let the Q This signal is emitted when an operation finishes. This signal is always emitted, for both success and failure. \fIop\fR is the pointer to the operation object which contains all the information about the operation, including the state, etc. Check the state and error code of the operation object to determine whether or not the operation was successful. .PP When a protocol emits this signal, QNetworkProtocol is smart enough to let the QUrlOperator, which is used by the network protocol, emit its corresponding signal. -.SH "QNetworkProtocol * QNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol ( const QString & protocol )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QNetworkProtocol * QNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol ( const TQString & protocol )\fC [static]\fR" Static method to get a new instance of the network protocol \fIprotocol\fR. For example, if you need to do some FTP operations, do the following: .PP .nf @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ When implementing a new newtork protocol, this method should be reimplemented if When you reimplement this method it's very important that you emit the correct signals at the correct time (especially the finished() signal after processing an operation). Take a look at the TQt Network Documentation which describes in detail how to reimplement this method. You may also want to look at the example implementation in examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .PP \fIop\fR is the pointer to the operation object which contains all the information on the operation that has finished, including the state, etc. -.SH "void QNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol ( const QString & protocol, QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase * protocolFactory )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol ( const TQString & protocol, QNetworkProtocolFactoryBase * protocolFactory )\fC [static]\fR" Static method to register a network protocol for Qt. For example, if you have an implementation of NNTP (called Nntp) which is derived from QNetworkProtocol, call: .PP .nf diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqnpinstance.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqnpinstance.3qt index b30cb1cdd..3effb55f1 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqnpinstance.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqnpinstance.3qt @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QNPInstance \- QObject that is a web browser plugin +QNPInstance \- TQObject that is a web browser plugin .SH SYNOPSIS This class is part of the \fBQt Netscape Extension\fR. .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .SH DESCRIPTION This class is defined in the \fBQt Netscape Extension\fR, which can be found in the \fCqt/extensions\fR directory. It is not included in the main TQt API. .PP -The QNPInstance class provides a QObject that is a web browser plugin. +The QNPInstance class provides a TQObject that is a web browser plugin. .PP Deriving from QNPInstance creates an object that represents a single \fC\fR tag in an HTML document. .PP @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ The QNPInstance is responsible for creating an appropriate QNPWidget window if r .PP Note that there is \fIabsolutely no guarantee\fR regarding the order in which functions are called. Sometimes the browser will call newWindow() first, at other times, newStreamCreated() will be called first (assuming the \fC\fR tag has a SRC parameter). .PP -\fINone of Qt's GUI functionality\fR may be used until after the first call to newWindow(). This includes any use of QPaintDevice (i.e. QPixmap, QWidget, and all subclasses), QApplication, anything related to QPainter (QBrush, etc.), fonts, QMovie, QToolTip, etc. Useful classes which specifically \fIcan\fR be used are QImage, QFile, and QBuffer. +\fINone of Qt's GUI functionality\fR may be used until after the first call to newWindow(). This includes any use of QPaintDevice (i.e. QPixmap, TQWidget, and all subclasses), QApplication, anything related to QPainter (QBrush, etc.), fonts, QMovie, QToolTip, etc. Useful classes which specifically \fIcan\fR be used are TQImage, QFile, and QBuffer. .PP This restriction can easily be accommodated by structuring your plugin so that the task of the QNPInstance is to gather data, while the task of the QNPWidget is to provide a graphical interface to that data. .SS "Member Type Documentation" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqnpwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqnpwidget.3qt index 6bbf09e9e..58b4fa9e8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqnpwidget.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqnpwidget.3qt @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QNPWidget \- QWidget that is a web browser plugin window +QNPWidget \- TQWidget that is a web browser plugin window .SH SYNOPSIS This class is part of the \fBQt Netscape Extension\fR. .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .SH DESCRIPTION This class is defined in the \fBQt Netscape Extension\fR, which can be found in the \fCqt/extensions\fR directory. It is not included in the main TQt API. .PP -The QNPWidget class provides a QWidget that is a web browser plugin window. +The QNPWidget class provides a TQWidget that is a web browser plugin window. .PP Derive from QNPWidget to create a widget that can be used as a web browser plugin window, or create one and add child widgets. Instances of QNPWidget may only be created when QNPInstance::newWindow() is called by the browser. .PP @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class MyPluginWindow : public QNPWidget .br { .br - QWidget* child; + TQWidget* child; .br public: .br @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The default implementation is an empty window. .SH "QNPWidget::QNPWidget ()" Creates a QNPWidget. .SH "QNPWidget::~QNPWidget ()" -Destroys the window. This will be called by the plugin binding code when the window is no longer required. The web browser will delete windows when they leave the page. The bindings will change the QWidget::winId() of the window when the window is resized, but this should not affect normal widget behavior. +Destroys the window. This will be called by the plugin binding code when the window is no longer required. The web browser will delete windows when they leave the page. The bindings will change the TQWidget::winId() of the window when the window is resized, but this should not affect normal widget behavior. .SH "void QNPWidget::enterInstance ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Called when the mouse enters the plugin window. Does nothing by default. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt index 8573cba54..0d64d9bc3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QObject 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQObject 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QObject \- The base class of all TQt objects +TQObject \- The base class of all TQt objects .SH SYNOPSIS All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.

        .PP @@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .PP Inherits Qt. .PP -Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, QDataPump, QAxObject, QAxScript, QAxScriptManager, QWidget, QCanvas, QStyle, QClipboard, QCopChannel, QDns, QLayout, QDragObject, QEditorFactory, QEventLoop, QFileIconProvider, QNetworkProtocol, QWSKeyboardHandler, QNetworkOperation, QNPInstance, QObjectCleanupHandler, QProcess, QServerSocket, QSessionManager, QSignal, QSignalMapper, QSocket, QSocketNotifier, QSound, QSqlDatabase, QSqlDriver, QSqlForm, QStyleSheet, QTimer, QToolTipGroup, QTranslator, QUrlOperator, and QValidator. +Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, QDataPump, QAxObject, QAxScript, QAxScriptManager, TQWidget, QCanvas, QStyle, QClipboard, QCopChannel, QDns, QLayout, QDragObject, QEditorFactory, QEventLoop, QFileIconProvider, QNetworkProtocol, QWSKeyboardHandler, QNetworkOperation, QNPInstance, QObjectCleanupHandler, QProcess, QServerSocket, QSessionManager, QSignal, QSignalMapper, QSocket, QSocketNotifier, QSound, QSqlDatabase, QSqlDriver, QSqlForm, QStyleSheet, QTimer, QToolTipGroup, QTranslator, QUrlOperator, and QValidator. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQObject\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQObject\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual \fB~QObject\fR ()" +.BI "virtual \fB~TQObject\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual const char * \fBclassName\fR () const" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .BI "virtual bool \fBevent\fR ( QEvent * e )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( QObject * watched, QEvent * e )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( TQObject * watched, QEvent * e )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisA\fR ( const char * clname ) const" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .BI "void \fBkillTimers\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QObject * \fBchild\fR ( const char * objName, const char * inheritsClass = 0, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE )" +.BI "TQObject * \fBchild\fR ( const char * objName, const char * inheritsClass = 0, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QObjectList * \fBchildren\fR () const" @@ -83,25 +83,25 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .BI "QObjectList * \fBqueryList\fR ( const char * inheritsClass = 0, const char * objName = 0, bool regexpMatch = TRUE, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertChild\fR ( QObject * obj )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertChild\fR ( TQObject * obj )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBremoveChild\fR ( QObject * obj )" +.BI "virtual void \fBremoveChild\fR ( TQObject * obj )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinstallEventFilter\fR ( const QObject * filterObj )" +.BI "void \fBinstallEventFilter\fR ( const TQObject * filterObj )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveEventFilter\fR ( const QObject * obj )" +.BI "void \fBremoveEventFilter\fR ( const TQObject * obj )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconnect\fR ( const QObject * sender, const char * signal, const char * member ) const" +.BI "bool \fBconnect\fR ( const TQObject * sender, const char * signal, const char * member ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const char * signal = 0, const QObject * receiver = 0, const char * member = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const char * signal = 0, const TQObject * receiver = 0, const char * member = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdumpObjectTree\fR ()" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .BI "virtual QVariant \fBproperty\fR ( const char * name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QObject * \fBparent\fR () const" +.BI "TQObject * \fBparent\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -131,25 +131,25 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .BI "void \fBdestroyed\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdestroyed\fR ( QObject * obj )" +.BI "void \fBdestroyed\fR ( TQObject * obj )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtr\fR ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )" +.BI "TQString \fBtr\fR ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtrUtf8\fR ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )" +.BI "TQString \fBtrUtf8\fR ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QObjectList * \fBobjectTrees\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconnect\fR ( const QObject * sender, const char * signal, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBconnect\fR ( const TQObject * sender, const char * signal, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const QObject * sender, const char * signal, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const TQObject * sender, const char * signal, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "const QObject * \fBsender\fR ()" +.BI "const TQObject * \fBsender\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBtimerEvent\fR ( QTimerEvent * )" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .BI "virtual void \fBdisconnectNotify\fR ( const char * signal )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBcheckConnectArgs\fR ( const char * signal, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBcheckConnectArgs\fR ( const char * signal, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Protected Members" @@ -191,33 +191,33 @@ Inherited by QAccel, QAccessibleObject, QAction, QApplication, QAssistantClient, .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void * \fBqt_find_obj_child\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * type, const char * name )" +.BI "void * \fBqt_find_obj_child\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * type, const char * name )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QObject class is the base class of all TQt objects. +The TQObject class is the base class of all TQt objects. .PP -QObject is the heart of the TQt object model. The central feature in this model is a very powerful mechanism for seamless object communication called signals and slots. You can connect a signal to a slot with connect() and destroy the connection with disconnect(). To avoid never ending notification loops you can temporarily block signals with blockSignals(). The protected functions connectNotify() and disconnectNotify() make it possible to track connections. +TQObject is the heart of the TQt object model. The central feature in this model is a very powerful mechanism for seamless object communication called signals and slots. You can connect a signal to a slot with connect() and destroy the connection with disconnect(). To avoid never ending notification loops you can temporarily block signals with blockSignals(). The protected functions connectNotify() and disconnectNotify() make it possible to track connections. .PP -QObjects organize themselves in object trees. When you create a QObject with another object as parent, the object will automatically do an insertChild() on the parent and thus show up in the parent's children() list. The parent takes ownership of the object i.e. it will automatically delete its children in its destructor. You can look for an object by name and optionally type using child() or queryList(), and get the list of tree roots using objectTrees(). +QObjects organize themselves in object trees. When you create a TQObject with another object as parent, the object will automatically do an insertChild() on the parent and thus show up in the parent's children() list. The parent takes ownership of the object i.e. it will automatically delete its children in its destructor. You can look for an object by name and optionally type using child() or queryList(), and get the list of tree roots using objectTrees(). .PP -Every object has an object name() and can report its className() and whether it inherits() another class in the QObject inheritance hierarchy. +Every object has an object name() and can report its className() and whether it inherits() another class in the TQObject inheritance hierarchy. .PP When an object is deleted, it emits a destroyed() signal. You can catch this signal to avoid dangling references to QObjects. The QGuardedPtr class provides an elegant way to use this feature. .PP QObjects can receive events through event() and filter the events of other objects. See installEventFilter() and eventFilter() for details. A convenience handler, childEvent(), can be reimplemented to catch child events. .PP -Last but not least, QObject provides the basic timer support in Qt; see QTimer for high-level support for timers. +Last but not least, TQObject provides the basic timer support in Qt; see QTimer for high-level support for timers. .PP -Notice that the TQ_OBJECT macro is mandatory for any object that implements signals, slots or properties. You also need to run the moc program (Meta Object Compiler) on the source file. We strongly recommend the use of this macro in \fIall\fR subclasses of QObject regardless of whether or not they actually use signals, slots and properties, since failure to do so may lead certain functions to exhibit undefined behaviour. +Notice that the TQ_OBJECT macro is mandatory for any object that implements signals, slots or properties. You also need to run the moc program (Meta Object Compiler) on the source file. We strongly recommend the use of this macro in \fIall\fR subclasses of TQObject regardless of whether or not they actually use signals, slots and properties, since failure to do so may lead certain functions to exhibit undefined behaviour. .PP -All TQt widgets inherit QObject. The convenience function isWidgetType() returns whether an object is actually a widget. It is much faster than inherits( "QWidget" ). +All TQt widgets inherit TQObject. The convenience function isWidgetType() returns whether an object is actually a widget. It is much faster than inherits( "TQWidget" ). .PP -Some QObject functions, e.g. children(), objectTrees() and queryList() return a QObjectList. A QObjectList is a QPtrList of QObjects. QObjectLists support the same operations as QPtrLists and have an iterator class, QObjectListIt. +Some TQObject functions, e.g. children(), objectTrees() and queryList() return a QObjectList. A QObjectList is a QPtrList of QObjects. QObjectLists support the same operations as QPtrLists and have an iterator class, QObjectListIt. .PP See also Object Model. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QObject::QObject ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "TQObject::TQObject ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an object called \fIname\fR with parent object, \fIparent\fR. .PP The parent of an object may be viewed as the object's owner. For instance, a dialog box is the parent of the" OK" and "Cancel" buttons it contains. @@ -226,35 +226,35 @@ The destructor of a parent object destroys all child objects. .PP Setting \fIparent\fR to 0 constructs an object with no parent. If the object is a widget, it will become a top-level window. .PP -The object name is some text that can be used to identify a QObject. It's particularly useful in conjunction with \fIQt Designer\fR. You can find an object by name (and type) using child(). To find several objects use queryList(). +The object name is some text that can be used to identify a TQObject. It's particularly useful in conjunction with \fIQt Designer\fR. You can find an object by name (and type) using child(). To find several objects use queryList(). .PP See also parent(), name, child(), and queryList(). -.SH "QObject::~QObject ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQObject::~TQObject ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the object, deleting all its child objects. .PP All signals to and from the object are automatically disconnected. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR All child objects are deleted. If any of these objects are on the stack or global, sooner or later your program will crash. We do not recommend holding pointers to child objects from outside the parent. If you still do, the QObject::destroyed() signal gives you an opportunity to detect when an object is destroyed. +\fBWarning:\fR All child objects are deleted. If any of these objects are on the stack or global, sooner or later your program will crash. We do not recommend holding pointers to child objects from outside the parent. If you still do, the TQObject::destroyed() signal gives you an opportunity to detect when an object is destroyed. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR Deleting a QObject while pending events are waiting to be delivered can cause a crash. You must not delete the QObject directly from a thread that is not the GUI thread. Use the QObject::deleteLater() method instead, which will cause the event loop to delete the object after all pending events have been delivered to the object. -.SH "void QObject::blockSignals ( bool block )" +\fBWarning:\fR Deleting a TQObject while pending events are waiting to be delivered can cause a crash. You must not delete the TQObject directly from a thread that is not the GUI thread. Use the TQObject::deleteLater() method instead, which will cause the event loop to delete the object after all pending events have been delivered to the object. +.SH "void TQObject::blockSignals ( bool block )" Blocks signals if \fIblock\fR is TRUE, or unblocks signals if \fIblock\fR is FALSE. .PP Emitted signals disappear into hyperspace if signals are blocked. Note that the destroyed() signals will be emitted even if the signals for this object have been blocked. .PP Examples: .)l rot13/rot13.cpp and simple/main.cpp. -.SH "bool QObject::checkConnectArgs ( const char * signal, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool TQObject::checkConnectArgs ( const char * signal, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Returns TRUE if the \fIsignal\fR and the \fImember\fR arguments are compatible; otherwise returns FALSE. (The \fIreceiver\fR argument is currently ignored.) .PP \fBWarning:\fR We recommend that you use the default implementation and do not reimplement this function. -.SH "QObject * QObject::child ( const char * objName, const char * inheritsClass = 0, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE )" +.SH "TQObject * TQObject::child ( const char * objName, const char * inheritsClass = 0, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE )" Searches the children and optionally grandchildren of this object, and returns a child that is called \fIobjName\fR that inherits \fIinheritsClass\fR. If \fIinheritsClass\fR is 0 (the default), any class matches. .PP If \fIrecursiveSearch\fR is TRUE (the default), child() performs a depth-first search of the object's children. .PP If there is no such object, this function returns 0. If there are more than one, the first one found is retured; if you need all of them, use queryList(). -.SH "void QObject::childEvent ( QChildEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::childEvent ( QChildEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive child events. .PP Child events are sent to objects when children are inserted or removed. @@ -263,29 +263,29 @@ Note that events with QEvent::type() QEvent::ChildInserted are posted (with QApp .PP If a child is removed immediately after it is inserted, the \fCChildInserted\fR event may be suppressed, but the \fCChildRemoved\fR event will always be sent. In such cases it is possible that there will be a \fCChildRemoved\fR event without a corresponding \fCChildInserted\fR event. .PP -If you change state based on \fCChildInserted\fR events, call QWidget::constPolish(), or do +If you change state based on \fCChildInserted\fR events, call TQWidget::constPolish(), or do .PP .nf .br QApplication::sendPostedEvents( this, QEvent::ChildInserted ); .br .fi -in functions that depend on the state. One notable example is QWidget::sizeHint(). +in functions that depend on the state. One notable example is TQWidget::sizeHint(). .PP See also event() and QChildEvent. .PP Reimplemented in QMainWindow and QSplitter. -.SH "const QObjectList * QObject::children () const" +.SH "const QObjectList * TQObject::children () const" Returns a list of child objects, or 0 if this object has no children. .PP The QObjectList class is defined in the ntqobjectlist.h header file. .PP The first child added is the first object in the list and the last child added is the last object in the list, i.e. new children are appended at the end. .PP -Note that the list order changes when QWidget children are raised or lowered. A widget that is raised becomes the last object in the list, and a widget that is lowered becomes the first object in the list. +Note that the list order changes when TQWidget children are raised or lowered. A widget that is raised becomes the last object in the list, and a widget that is lowered becomes the first object in the list. .PP See also child(), queryList(), parent(), insertChild(), and removeChild(). -.SH "const char * QObject::className () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "const char * TQObject::className () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the class name of this object. .PP This function is generated by the Meta Object Compiler. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ This function is generated by the Meta Object Compiler. See also name, inherits(), isA(), and isWidgetType(). .PP Example: sql/overview/custom1/main.cpp. -.SH "bool QObject::connect ( const QObject * sender, const char * signal, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool TQObject::connect ( const TQObject * sender, const char * signal, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [static]\fR" Connects \fIsignal\fR from the \fIsender\fR object to \fImember\fR in object \fIreceiver\fR, and returns TRUE if the connection succeeds; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP You must use the SIGNAL() and SLOT() macros when specifying the \fIsignal\fR and the \fImember\fR, for example: @@ -306,19 +306,19 @@ You must use the SIGNAL() and SLOT() macros when specifying the \fIsignal\fR and .br QScrollBar *scroll = new QScrollBar; .br - QObject::connect( scroll, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), + TQObject::connect( scroll, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), .br label, SLOT(setNum(int)) ); .br .fi .PP -This example ensures that the label always displays the current scroll bar value. Note that the signal and slots parameters must not contain any variable names, only the type. E.g. the following would not work and return FALSE: QObject::connect( scroll, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int v)), label, SLOT(setNum(int v)) ); +This example ensures that the label always displays the current scroll bar value. Note that the signal and slots parameters must not contain any variable names, only the type. E.g. the following would not work and return FALSE: TQObject::connect( scroll, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int v)), label, SLOT(setNum(int v)) ); .PP A signal can also be connected to another signal: .PP .nf .br - class MyWidget : public QWidget + class MyWidget : public TQWidget .br { .br @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ A signal can be connected to many slots and signals. Many signals can be connect .PP If a signal is connected to several slots, the slots are activated in an arbitrary order when the signal is emitted. .PP -The function returns TRUE if it successfully connects the signal to the slot. It will return FALSE if it cannot create the connection, for example, if QObject is unable to verify the existence of either \fIsignal\fR or \fImember\fR, or if their signatures aren't compatible. +The function returns TRUE if it successfully connects the signal to the slot. It will return FALSE if it cannot create the connection, for example, if TQObject is unable to verify the existence of either \fIsignal\fR or \fImember\fR, or if their signatures aren't compatible. .PP A signal is emitted for \fIevery\fR connection you make, so if you duplicate a connection, two signals will be emitted. You can always break a connection using disconnect(). .PP @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ See also disconnect(). .PP Examples: .)l action/main.cpp, application/main.cpp, extension/main.cpp, iconview/main.cpp, network/archivesearch/main.cpp, regexptester/main.cpp, and t2/main.cpp. -.SH "bool QObject::connect ( const QObject * sender, const char * signal, const char * member ) const" +.SH "bool TQObject::connect ( const TQObject * sender, const char * signal, const char * member ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Connects \fIsignal\fR from the \fIsender\fR object to this object's \fImember\fR. @@ -375,35 +375,35 @@ Connects \fIsignal\fR from the \fIsender\fR object to this object's \fImember\fR Equivalent to: \fCQObject::connect(sender, signal, this, member)\fR. .PP See also disconnect(). -.SH "void QObject::connectNotify ( const char * signal )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::connectNotify ( const char * signal )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called when something has been connected to \fIsignal\fR in this object. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function violates the object-oriented principle of modularity. However, it might be useful when you need to perform expensive initialization only if something is connected to a signal. .PP See also connect() and disconnectNotify(). -.SH "void QObject::customEvent ( QCustomEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::customEvent ( QCustomEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive custom events. Custom events are user-defined events with a type value at least as large as the "User" item of the QEvent::Type enum, and is typically a QCustomEvent or QCustomEvent subclass. .PP See also event() and QCustomEvent. -.SH "void QObject::deleteLater ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::deleteLater ()\fC [slot]\fR" Performs a deferred deletion of this object. .PP Instead of an immediate deletion this function schedules a deferred delete event for processing when TQt returns to the main event loop. .PP Example: table/bigtable/main.cpp. -.SH "void QObject::destroyed ()\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::destroyed ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the object is being destroyed. .PP -Note that the signal is emitted by the QObject destructor, so the object's virtual table is already degenerated at this point, and it is not safe to call any functions on the object emitting the signal. This signal can not be blocked. +Note that the signal is emitted by the TQObject destructor, so the object's virtual table is already degenerated at this point, and it is not safe to call any functions on the object emitting the signal. This signal can not be blocked. .PP All the objects's children are destroyed immediately after this signal is emitted. -.SH "void QObject::destroyed ( QObject * obj )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::destroyed ( TQObject * obj )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted immediately before the object \fIobj\fR is destroyed, and can not be blocked. .PP All the objects's children are destroyed immediately after this signal is emitted. -.SH "bool QObject::disconnect ( const QObject * sender, const char * signal, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool TQObject::disconnect ( const TQObject * sender, const char * signal, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [static]\fR" Disconnects \fIsignal\fR in object \fIsender\fR from \fImember\fR in object \fIreceiver\fR. .PP A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects involved are destroyed. @@ -466,41 +466,41 @@ If \fIreceiver\fR is 0, it disconnects anything connected to \fIsignal\fR. If no If \fImember\fR is 0, it disconnects anything that is connected to \fIreceiver\fR. If not, only slots named \fImember\fR will be disconnected, and all other slots are left alone. The \fImember\fR must be 0 if \fIreceiver\fR is left out, so you cannot disconnect a specifically-named slot on all objects. .PP See also connect(). -.SH "bool QObject::disconnect ( const char * signal = 0, const QObject * receiver = 0, const char * member = 0 )" +.SH "bool TQObject::disconnect ( const char * signal = 0, const TQObject * receiver = 0, const char * member = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Disconnects \fIsignal\fR from \fImember\fR of \fIreceiver\fR. .PP A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects involved are destroyed. -.SH "bool QObject::disconnect ( const QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.SH "bool TQObject::disconnect ( const TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Disconnects all signals in this object from \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR. .PP A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects involved are destroyed. -.SH "void QObject::disconnectNotify ( const char * signal )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::disconnectNotify ( const char * signal )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called when something has been disconnected from \fIsignal\fR in this object. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function violates the object-oriented principle of modularity. However, it might be useful for optimizing access to expensive resources. .PP See also disconnect() and connectNotify(). -.SH "void QObject::dumpObjectInfo ()" +.SH "void TQObject::dumpObjectInfo ()" Dumps information about signal connections, etc. for this object to the debug output. .PP This function is useful for debugging, but does nothing if the library has been compiled in release mode (i.e. without debugging information). -.SH "void QObject::dumpObjectTree ()" +.SH "void TQObject::dumpObjectTree ()" Dumps a tree of children to the debug output. .PP This function is useful for debugging, but does nothing if the library has been compiled in release mode (i.e. without debugging information). -.SH "bool QObject::event ( QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool TQObject::event ( QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" This virtual function receives events to an object and should return TRUE if the event \fIe\fR was recognized and processed. .PP The event() function can be reimplemented to customize the behavior of an object. .PP -See also installEventFilter(), timerEvent(), QApplication::sendEvent(), QApplication::postEvent(), and QWidget::event(). +See also installEventFilter(), timerEvent(), QApplication::sendEvent(), QApplication::postEvent(), and TQWidget::event(). .PP -Reimplemented in QWidget. -.SH "bool QObject::eventFilter ( QObject * watched, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" +Reimplemented in TQWidget. +.SH "bool TQObject::eventFilter ( TQObject * watched, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual]\fR" Filters events if this object has been installed as an event filter for the \fIwatched\fR object. .PP In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to filter the event \fIe\fR, out, i.e. stop it being handled further, return TRUE; otherwise return FALSE. @@ -515,12 +515,12 @@ Example: .br public: .br - MyMainWindow( QWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + MyMainWindow( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); .br .br protected: .br - bool eventFilter( QObject *obj, QEvent *ev ); + bool eventFilter( TQObject *obj, QEvent *ev ); .br .br private: @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Example: }; .br .br - MyMainWindow::MyMainWindow( QWidget *parent, const char *name ) + MyMainWindow::MyMainWindow( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) .br : QMainWindow( parent, name ) .br @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ Example: } .br .br - bool MyMainWindow::eventFilter( QObject *obj, QEvent *ev ) + bool MyMainWindow::eventFilter( TQObject *obj, QEvent *ev ) .br { .br @@ -584,12 +584,12 @@ Notice in the example above that unhandled events are passed to the base class's See also installEventFilter(). .PP Reimplemented in QAccel, QScrollView, and QSpinBox. -.SH "bool QObject::highPriority () const" +.SH "bool TQObject::highPriority () const" Returns TRUE if the object is a high-priority object, or FALSE if it is a standard-priority object. .PP -High-priority objects are placed first in QObject's list of children on the assumption that they will be referenced very often. -.SH "bool QObject::inherits ( const char * clname ) const" -Returns TRUE if this object is an instance of a class that inherits \fIclname\fR, and \fIclname\fR inherits QObject; otherwise returns FALSE. +High-priority objects are placed first in TQObject's list of children on the assumption that they will be referenced very often. +.SH "bool TQObject::inherits ( const char * clname ) const" +Returns TRUE if this object is an instance of a class that inherits \fIclname\fR, and \fIclname\fR inherits TQObject; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP A class is considered to inherit itself. .PP @@ -597,38 +597,38 @@ Example: .PP .nf .br - QTimer *t = new QTimer; // QTimer inherits QObject + QTimer *t = new QTimer; // QTimer inherits TQObject .br t->inherits( "QTimer" ); // returns TRUE .br - t->inherits( "QObject" ); // returns TRUE + t->inherits( "TQObject" ); // returns TRUE .br t->inherits( "QButton" ); // returns FALSE .br .br - // QScrollBar inherits QWidget and QRangeControl + // QScrollBar inherits TQWidget and QRangeControl .br QScrollBar *s = new QScrollBar( 0 ); .br - s->inherits( "QWidget" ); // returns TRUE + s->inherits( "TQWidget" ); // returns TRUE .br s->inherits( "QRangeControl" ); // returns FALSE .br .fi .PP -(QRangeControl is not a QObject.) +(QRangeControl is not a TQObject.) .PP See also isA() and metaObject(). .PP Examples: .)l table/statistics/statistics.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "void QObject::insertChild ( QObject * obj )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::insertChild ( TQObject * obj )\fC [virtual]\fR" Inserts an object \fIobj\fR into the list of child objects. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function cannot be used to make one widget the child widget of another widget. Child widgets can only be created by setting the parent widget in the constructor or by calling QWidget::reparent(). +\fBWarning:\fR This function cannot be used to make one widget the child widget of another widget. Child widgets can only be created by setting the parent widget in the constructor or by calling TQWidget::reparent(). .PP -See also removeChild() and QWidget::reparent(). -.SH "void QObject::installEventFilter ( const QObject * filterObj )" +See also removeChild() and TQWidget::reparent(). +.SH "void TQObject::installEventFilter ( const TQObject * filterObj )" Installs an event filter \fIfilterObj\fR on this object. For example: .PP .nf @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Here's a \fCKeyPressEater\fR class that eats the key presses of its monitored ob .PP .nf .br - class KeyPressEater : public QObject + class KeyPressEater : public TQObject .br { .br @@ -653,12 +653,12 @@ Here's a \fCKeyPressEater\fR class that eats the key presses of its monitored ob .br protected: .br - bool eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e ); + bool eventFilter( TQObject *o, QEvent *e ); .br }; .br .br - bool KeyPressEater::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e ) + bool KeyPressEater::eventFilter( TQObject *o, QEvent *e ) .br { .br @@ -706,53 +706,53 @@ The QAccel class, for example, uses this technique to intercept accelerator key \fBWarning:\fR If you delete the receiver object in your eventFilter() function, be sure to return TRUE. If you return FALSE, TQt sends the event to the deleted object and the program will crash. .PP See also removeEventFilter(), eventFilter(), and event(). -.SH "bool QObject::isA ( const char * clname ) const" +.SH "bool TQObject::isA ( const char * clname ) const" Returns TRUE if this object is an instance of the class \fIclname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Example: .PP .nf .br - QTimer *t = new QTimer; // QTimer inherits QObject + QTimer *t = new QTimer; // QTimer inherits TQObject .br t->isA( "QTimer" ); // returns TRUE .br - t->isA( "QObject" ); // returns FALSE + t->isA( "TQObject" ); // returns FALSE .br .fi .PP See also inherits() and metaObject(). -.SH "bool QObject::isWidgetType () const" +.SH "bool TQObject::isWidgetType () const" Returns TRUE if the object is a widget; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -Calling this function is equivalent to calling inherits("QWidget"), except that it is much faster. -.SH "void QObject::killTimer ( int id )" +Calling this function is equivalent to calling inherits("TQWidget"), except that it is much faster. +.SH "void TQObject::killTimer ( int id )" Kills the timer with timer identifier, \fIid\fR. .PP The timer identifier is returned by startTimer() when a timer event is started. .PP See also timerEvent(), startTimer(), and killTimers(). -.SH "void QObject::killTimers ()" +.SH "void TQObject::killTimers ()" Kills all timers that this object has started. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Using this function can cause hard-to-find bugs: it kills timers started by sub- and superclasses as well as those started by you, which is often not what you want. We recommend using a QTimer or perhaps killTimer(). .PP See also timerEvent(), startTimer(), and killTimer(). -.SH "QMetaObject * QObject::metaObject () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QMetaObject * TQObject::metaObject () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a pointer to the meta object of this object. .PP -A meta object contains information about a class that inherits QObject, e.g. class name, superclass name, properties, signals and slots. Every class that contains the TQ_OBJECT macro will also have a meta object. +A meta object contains information about a class that inherits TQObject, e.g. class name, superclass name, properties, signals and slots. Every class that contains the TQ_OBJECT macro will also have a meta object. .PP The meta object information is required by the signal/slot connection mechanism and the property system. The functions isA() and inherits() also make use of the meta object. -.SH "const char * QObject::name () const" +.SH "const char * TQObject::name () const" Returns the name of this object. See the "name" property for details. -.SH "const char * QObject::name ( const char * defaultName ) const" +.SH "const char * TQObject::name ( const char * defaultName ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the name of this object, or \fIdefaultName\fR if the object does not have a name. -.SH "QCString QObject::normalizeSignalSlot ( const char * signalSlot )\fC [static protected]\fR" +.SH "QCString TQObject::normalizeSignalSlot ( const char * signalSlot )\fC [static protected]\fR" Normlizes the signal or slot definition \fIsignalSlot\fR by removing unnecessary whitespace. -.SH "const QObjectList * QObject::objectTrees ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "const QObjectList * TQObject::objectTrees ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a pointer to the list of all object trees (their root objects), or 0 if there are no objects. .PP The QObjectList class is defined in the ntqobjectlist.h header file. @@ -760,11 +760,11 @@ The QObjectList class is defined in the ntqobjectlist.h header file. The most recent root object created is the first object in the list and the first root object added is the last object in the list. .PP See also children(), parent(), insertChild(), and removeChild(). -.SH "QObject * QObject::parent () const" +.SH "TQObject * TQObject::parent () const" Returns a pointer to the parent object. .PP See also children(). -.SH "QVariant QObject::property ( const char * name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QVariant TQObject::property ( const char * name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the value of the object's \fIname\fR property. .PP If no such property exists, the returned variant is invalid. @@ -774,12 +774,12 @@ Information about all available properties are provided through the metaObject() See also setProperty(), QVariant::isValid(), metaObject(), QMetaObject::propertyNames(), and QMetaObject::property(). .PP Example: qutlook/centralwidget.cpp. -.SH "QObjectList * QObject::queryList ( const char * inheritsClass = 0, const char * objName = 0, bool regexpMatch = TRUE, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE ) const" +.SH "QObjectList * TQObject::queryList ( const char * inheritsClass = 0, const char * objName = 0, bool regexpMatch = TRUE, bool recursiveSearch = TRUE ) const" Searches the children and optionally grandchildren of this object, and returns a list of those objects that are named or that match \fIobjName\fR and inherit \fIinheritsClass\fR. If \fIinheritsClass\fR is 0 (the default), all classes match. If \fIobjName\fR is 0 (the default), all object names match. .PP If \fIregexpMatch\fR is TRUE (the default), \fIobjName\fR is a regular expression that the objects's names must match. The syntax is that of a QRegExp. If \fIregexpMatch\fR is FALSE, \fIobjName\fR is a string and object names must match it exactly. .PP -Note that \fIinheritsClass\fR uses single inheritance from QObject, the way inherits() does. According to inherits(), QMenuBar inherits QWidget but not QMenuData. This does not quite match reality, but is the best that can be done on the wide variety of compilers TQt supports. +Note that \fIinheritsClass\fR uses single inheritance from TQObject, the way inherits() does. According to inherits(), QMenuBar inherits TQWidget but not QMenuData. This does not quite match reality, but is the best that can be done on the wide variety of compilers TQt supports. .PP Finally, if \fIrecursiveSearch\fR is TRUE (the default), queryList() searches \fIn\fRth-generation as well as first-generation children. .PP @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ This somewhat contrived example disables all the buttons in this window: .br QObjectListIt it( *l ); // iterate over the buttons .br - QObject *obj; + TQObject *obj; .br .br while ( (obj = it.current()) != 0 ) { @@ -815,13 +815,13 @@ The QObjectList class is defined in the ntqobjectlist.h header file. \fBWarning:\fR Delete the list as soon you have finished using it. The list contains pointers that may become invalid at almost any time without notice (as soon as the user closes a window you may have dangling pointers, for example). .PP See also child(), children(), parent(), inherits(), name, and QRegExp. -.SH "void QObject::removeChild ( QObject * obj )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::removeChild ( TQObject * obj )\fC [virtual]\fR" Removes the child object \fIobj\fR from the list of children. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function will not remove a child widget from the screen. It will only remove it from the parent widget's list of children. .PP -See also insertChild() and QWidget::reparent(). -.SH "void QObject::removeEventFilter ( const QObject * obj )" +See also insertChild() and TQWidget::reparent(). +.SH "void TQObject::removeEventFilter ( const TQObject * obj )" Removes an event filter object \fIobj\fR from this object. The request is ignored if such an event filter has not been installed. .PP All event filters for this object are automatically removed when this object is destroyed. @@ -829,15 +829,15 @@ All event filters for this object are automatically removed when this object is It is always safe to remove an event filter, even during event filter activation (i.e. from the eventFilter() function). .PP See also installEventFilter(), eventFilter(), and event(). -.SH "const QObject * QObject::sender ()\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "const TQObject * TQObject::sender ()\fC [protected]\fR" Returns a pointer to the object that sent the signal, if called in a slot activated by a signal; otherwise it returns 0. The pointer is valid only during the execution of the slot that calls this function. .PP The pointer returned by this function becomes invalid if the sender is destroyed, or if the slot is disconnected from the sender's signal. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function violates the object-oriented principle of modularity. However, getting access to the sender might be useful when many signals are connected to a single slot. The sender is undefined if the slot is called as a normal C++ function. -.SH "void QObject::setName ( const char * name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::setName ( const char * name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the object's name to \fIname\fR. -.SH "bool QObject::setProperty ( const char * name, const QVariant & value )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool TQObject::setProperty ( const char * name, const QVariant & value )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the value of the object's \fIname\fR property to \fIvalue\fR. .PP Returns TRUE if the operation was successful; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -847,13 +847,13 @@ Information about all available properties is provided through the metaObject(). See also property(), metaObject(), QMetaObject::propertyNames(), and QMetaObject::property(). .PP Example: qutlook/centralwidget.cpp. -.SH "bool QObject::signalsBlocked () const" +.SH "bool TQObject::signalsBlocked () const" Returns TRUE if signals are blocked; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Signals are not blocked by default. .PP See also blockSignals(). -.SH "int QObject::startTimer ( int interval )" +.SH "int TQObject::startTimer ( int interval )" Starts a timer and returns a timer identifier, or returns zero if it could not start a timer. .PP A timer event will occur every \fIinterval\fR milliseconds until killTimer() or killTimers() is called. If \fIinterval\fR is 0, then the timer event occurs once every time there are no more window system events to process. @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ Example: .PP .nf .br - class MyObject : public QObject + class MyObject : public TQObject .br { .br @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ Example: .br public: .br - MyObject( QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + MyObject( TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); .br .br protected: @@ -884,9 +884,9 @@ Example: }; .br .br - MyObject::MyObject( QObject *parent, const char *name ) + MyObject::MyObject( TQObject *parent, const char *name ) .br - : QObject( parent, name ) + : TQObject( parent, name ) .br { .br @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ Note that QTimer's accuracy depends on the underlying operating system and hardw The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface with one-shot timers and timer signals instead of events. .PP See also timerEvent(), killTimer(), killTimers(), QEventLoop::awake(), and QEventLoop::aboutToBlock(). -.SH "void QObject::timerEvent ( QTimerEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQObject::timerEvent ( QTimerEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive timer events for the object. .PP QTimer provides a higher-level interface to the timer functionality, and also more general information about timers. @@ -923,16 +923,16 @@ See also startTimer(), killTimer(), killTimers(), and event(). .PP Examples: .)l biff/biff.cpp, dclock/dclock.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "QString QObject::tr ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns a translated version of \fIsourceText\fR, or \fIsourceText\fR itself if there is no appropriate translated version. The translation context is QObject with \fIcomment\fR (0 by default). All QObject subclasses using the TQ_OBJECT macro automatically have a reimplementation of this function with the subclass name as context. +.SH "TQString TQObject::tr ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )\fC [static]\fR" +Returns a translated version of \fIsourceText\fR, or \fIsourceText\fR itself if there is no appropriate translated version. The translation context is TQObject with \fIcomment\fR (0 by default). All TQObject subclasses using the TQ_OBJECT macro automatically have a reimplementation of this function with the subclass name as context. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This method is reentrant only if all translators are installed \fIbefore\fR calling this method. Installing or removing translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing so will probably result in crashes or other undesirable behavior. .PP See also trUtf8(), QApplication::translate(), and Internationalization with Qt. .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/view.cpp. -.SH "QString QObject::trUtf8 ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns a translated version of \fIsourceText\fR, or QString::fromUtf8(\fIsourceText\fR) if there is no appropriate version. It is otherwise identical to tr(\fIsourceText\fR, \fIcomment\fR). +.SH "TQString TQObject::trUtf8 ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment )\fC [static]\fR" +Returns a translated version of \fIsourceText\fR, or TQString::fromUtf8(\fIsourceText\fR) if there is no appropriate version. It is otherwise identical to tr(\fIsourceText\fR, \fIcomment\fR). .PP \fBWarning:\fR This method is reentrant only if all translators are installed \fIbefore\fR calling this method. Installing or removing translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing so will probably result in crashes or other undesirable behavior. .PP @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ See also className(), child(), and queryList(). .PP Set this property's value with setName() and get this property's value with name(). .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "void * tqt_find_obj_child ( QObject * parent, const char * type, const char * name )" +.SH "void * tqt_find_obj_child ( TQObject * parent, const char * type, const char * name )" Returns a pointer to the object named \fIname\fR that inherits \fItype\fR and with a given \fIparent\fR. .PP Returns 0 if there is no such child. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt index 645222d98..b3ef904a8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QObjectCleanupHandler \- Watches the lifetime of multiple QObjects .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "\fB~QObjectCleanupHandler\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QObject * \fBadd\fR ( QObject * object )" +.BI "TQObject * \fBadd\fR ( TQObject * object )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( QObject * object )" +.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( TQObject * object )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisEmpty\fR () const" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Example: ... .br .br - QObject *createObject(); + TQObject *createObject(); .br .br bool init(); @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ Example: .br // allocate a new object, and add it to the cleanup handler .br - QObject *FactoryComponent::createObject() + TQObject *FactoryComponent::createObject() .br { .br - return objects.add( new QObject() ); + return objects.add( new TQObject() ); .br } .br @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Example: } .br .br - // it is only safe to unload the library when all QObject's have been destroyed + // it is only safe to unload the library when all TQObject's have been destroyed .br bool FactoryComponent::canUnload() const .br @@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ See also Object Model. Constructs an empty QObjectCleanupHandler. .SH "QObjectCleanupHandler::~QObjectCleanupHandler ()" Destroys the cleanup handler. All objects in this cleanup handler will be deleted. -.SH "QObject * QObjectCleanupHandler::add ( QObject * object )" +.SH "TQObject * QObjectCleanupHandler::add ( TQObject * object )" Adds \fIobject\fR to this cleanup handler and returns the pointer to the object. .SH "void QObjectCleanupHandler::clear ()" Deletes all objects in this cleanup handler. The cleanup handler becomes empty. .SH "bool QObjectCleanupHandler::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if this cleanup handler is empty or if all objects in this cleanup handler have been destroyed; otherwise return FALSE. -.SH "void QObjectCleanupHandler::remove ( QObject * object )" +.SH "void QObjectCleanupHandler::remove ( TQObject * object )" Removes the \fIobject\fR from this cleanup handler. The object will not be destroyed. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlist.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlist.3qt index f5ba60805..753ab9b27 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlist.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlist.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QObjectList \- QPtrList of QObjects .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QPtrList. +Inherits QPtrList. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ Inherits QPtrList. .SH DESCRIPTION The QObjectList class is a QPtrList of QObjects. .PP -A QObjectList is a QPtrList. The list can be traversed using inherited functions, e.g. getFirst(), next(), etc., or using a QObjectListIterator iterator. +A QObjectList is a QPtrList. The list can be traversed using inherited functions, e.g. getFirst(), next(), etc., or using a QObjectListIterator iterator. .PP -See QObject::queryList() for an example of use. +See TQObject::queryList() for an example of use. .PP -See also QObjectListIterator, QObject, Collection Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. +See also QObjectListIterator, TQObject, Collection Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QObjectList::QObjectList ()" -Constructs an empty QObject list. +Constructs an empty TQObject list. .SH "QObjectList::QObjectList ( const QObjectList & list )" Constructs a copy of \fIlist\fR. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlistiterator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlistiterator.3qt index 9e10e3ca3..708968cae 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlistiterator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectlistiterator.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QObjectListIterator \- Iterator for QObjectLists .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QPtrListIterator. +Inherits QPtrListIterator. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ Inherits QPtrListIterator. .SH DESCRIPTION The QObjectListIterator class provides an iterator for QObjectLists. .PP -A QObjectListIterator iterator is a QPtrListIterator. +A QObjectListIterator iterator is a QPtrListIterator. .PP -See QObject::queryList() for an example of use. +See TQObject::queryList() for an example of use. .PP See also QObjectList, Collection Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevice.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevice.3qt index 3121f1810..67ecf00f7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevice.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevice.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QPaintDevice \- The base class of objects that can be painted .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherited by QWidget, QPixmap, QPicture, and QPrinter. +Inherited by TQWidget, QPixmap, QPicture, and QPrinter. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Inherited by QWidget, QPixmap, QPicture, and QPrinter. .SH DESCRIPTION The QPaintDevice class is the base class of objects that can be painted. .PP -A paint device is an abstraction of a two-dimensional space that can be drawn using a QPainter. The drawing capabilities are implemented by the subclasses QWidget, QPixmap, QPicture and QPrinter. +A paint device is an abstraction of a two-dimensional space that can be drawn using a QPainter. The drawing capabilities are implemented by the subclasses TQWidget, QPixmap, QPicture and QPrinter. .PP The default coordinate system of a paint device has its origin located at the top-left position. X increases to the right and Y increases downward. The unit is one pixel. There are several ways to set up a user-defined coordinate system using the painter, for example, using QPainter::setWorldMatrix(). .PP @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ If \fIignoreMask\fR is FALSE (the default) and \fIsrc\fR is a masked QPixmap, th .PP If \fIsrc\fR, \fIdst\fR, \fIsw\fR or \fIsh\fR is 0, bitBlt() does nothing. If \fIsw\fR or \fIsh\fR is negative bitBlt() copies starting at \fIsx\fR (and respectively, \fIsy\fR) and ending at the right end (respectively, bottom) of \fIsrc\fR. .PP -\fIsrc\fR must be a QWidget or QPixmap. You cannot blit from a QPrinter, for example. bitBlt() does nothing if you attempt to blit from an unsupported device. +\fIsrc\fR must be a TQWidget or QPixmap. You cannot blit from a QPrinter, for example. bitBlt() does nothing if you attempt to blit from an unsupported device. .PP bitBlt() does nothing if \fIsrc\fR has a greater depth than \fIdst\fR. If you need to for example, draw a 24-bit pixmap on an 8-bit widget, you must use drawPixmap(). .SH "void bitBlt ( QPaintDevice * dst, const QPoint & dp, const QPaintDevice * src, const QRect & sr, RasterOp rop )" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevicemetrics.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevicemetrics.3qt index 73ed0555b..3b2d4d4e8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevicemetrics.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpaintdevicemetrics.3qt @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Constructs a metric for the paint device \fIpd\fR. .SH "int QPaintDeviceMetrics::depth () const" Returns the bit depth (number of bit planes) of the paint device. .SH "int QPaintDeviceMetrics::height () const" -Returns the height of the paint device in default coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). +Returns the height of the paint device in default coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and TQWidget). .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Examples: .SH "int QPaintDeviceMetrics::numColors () const" Returns the number of different colors available for the paint device. Since this value is an int will not be sufficient to represent the number of colors on 32 bit displays, in which case INT_MAX is returned instead. .SH "int QPaintDeviceMetrics::width () const" -Returns the width of the paint device in default coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and QWidget). +Returns the width of the paint device in default coordinate system units (e.g. pixels for QPixmap and TQWidget). .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt index 41ac5819a..7558fd0ff 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpainter.3qt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "\fBQPainter\fR ( const QPaintDevice * pd, bool unclipped = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPainter\fR ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const QWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQPainter\fR ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QPainter\fR ()" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "bool \fBbegin\fR ( const QPaintDevice * pd, bool unclipped = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBbegin\fR ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const QWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" +.BI "bool \fBbegin\fR ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBend\fR ()" @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "void \fBsetPen\fR ( PenStyle style )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetPen\fR ( const QColor & color )" +.BI "void \fBsetPen\fR ( const TQColor & color )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QBrush & \fBbrush\fR () const" @@ -93,16 +93,16 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "void \fBsetBrush\fR ( BrushStyle style )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetBrush\fR ( const QColor & color )" +.BI "void \fBsetBrush\fR ( const TQColor & color )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPoint pos () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBbackgroundColor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBbackgroundColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetBackgroundColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetBackgroundColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "BGMode \fBbackgroundMode\fR () const" @@ -261,13 +261,13 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "void \fBdrawWinFocusRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawWinFocusRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColor & bgColor )" +.BI "void \fBdrawWinFocusRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQColor & bgColor )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdrawWinFocusRect\fR ( const QRect & r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawWinFocusRect\fR ( const QRect & r, const QColor & bgColor )" +.BI "void \fBdrawWinFocusRect\fR ( const QRect & r, const TQColor & bgColor )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdrawRoundRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int xRnd = 25, int yRnd = 25 )" @@ -327,16 +327,16 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "void \fBdrawPixmap\fR ( const QRect & r, const QPixmap & pm )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( int x, int y, const QImage & image, int sx = 0, int sy = 0, int sw = -1, int sh = -1, int conversionFlags = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( int x, int y, const TQImage & image, int sx = 0, int sy = 0, int sw = -1, int sh = -1, int conversionFlags = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( const QPoint &, const QImage &, const QRect & sr, int conversionFlags = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( const QPoint &, const TQImage &, const QRect & sr, int conversionFlags = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( const QPoint & p, const QImage & i, int conversion_flags = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( const QPoint & p, const TQImage & i, int conversion_flags = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( const QRect & r, const QImage & i )" +.BI "void \fBdrawImage\fR ( const QRect & r, const TQImage & i )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdrawTiledPixmap\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QPixmap & pixmap, int sx = 0, int sy = 0 )" @@ -372,28 +372,28 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "enum \fBTextDirection\fR { Auto, RTL, LTR }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QPoint &, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QPoint &, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QPoint & p, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QPoint & p, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &, int len = -1, QRect * br = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, QRect * br = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QRect & r, int tf, const QString & str, int len = -1, QRect * brect = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QRect & r, int tf, const TQString & str, int len = -1, QRect * brect = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &, int len = -1, QTextParag ** intern = 0 )" +.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, QTextParag ** intern = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( const QRect & r, int flags, const QString & str, int len = -1, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" +.BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR ( const QRect & r, int flags, const TQString & str, int len = -1, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBtabStops\fR () const" @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Inherited by QDirectPainter. .BI "void \fBqDrawWinPanel\fR ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool sunken, const QBrush * fill )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBqDrawPlainRect\fR ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColor & c, int lineWidth, const QBrush * fill )" +.BI "void \fBqDrawPlainRect\fR ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQColor & c, int lineWidth, const QBrush * fill )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Draw. .TP Destroy the painter. .PP -Mostly, all this is done inside a paint event. (In fact, 99% of all QPainter use is in a reimplementation of QWidget::paintEvent(), and the painter is heavily optimized for such use.) Here's one very simple example: +Mostly, all this is done inside a paint event. (In fact, 99% of all QPainter use is in a reimplementation of TQWidget::paintEvent(), and the painter is heavily optimized for such use.) Here's one very simple example: .PP .nf .br @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ hasClipping() is whether the painter clips at all. (The paint device clips, too. pos() is the current position, set by moveTo() and used by lineTo(). .IP .PP -Note that some of these settings mirror settings in some paint devices, e.g. QWidget::font(). QPainter::begin() (or the QPainter constructor) copies these attributes from the paint device. Calling, for example, QWidget::setFont() doesn't take effect until the next time a painter begins painting on it. +Note that some of these settings mirror settings in some paint devices, e.g. TQWidget::font(). QPainter::begin() (or the QPainter constructor) copies these attributes from the paint device. Calling, for example, TQWidget::setFont() doesn't take effect until the next time a painter begins painting on it. .PP save() saves all of these settings on an internal stack, restore() pops them back. .PP @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ setTabStops() and setTabArray() can change where the tab stops are, but these ar .PP \fBWarning:\fR Note that QPainter does not attempt to work around coordinate limitations in the underlying window system. Some platforms may behave incorrectly with coordinates as small as +/-4000. .PP -See also QPaintDevice, QWidget, QPixmap, QPrinter, QPicture, Application Walkthrough, Coordinate System Overview, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. +See also QPaintDevice, TQWidget, QPixmap, QPrinter, QPicture, Application Walkthrough, Coordinate System Overview, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QPainter::CoordinateMode" .TP @@ -605,16 +605,16 @@ The same example using this constructor: Since the constructor cannot provide feedback when the initialization of the painter failed you should rather use begin() and end() to paint on external devices, e.g. printers. .PP See also begin() and end(). -.SH "QPainter::QPainter ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const QWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" +.SH "QPainter::QPainter ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" Constructs a painter that begins painting the paint device \fIpd\fR immediately, with the default arguments taken from \fIcopyAttributes\fR. The painter will paint over children of the paint device if \fIunclipped\fR is TRUE (although this is not supported on all platforms). .PP See also begin(). .SH "QPainter::~QPainter ()" Destroys the painter. -.SH "const QColor & QPainter::backgroundColor () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QPainter::backgroundColor () const" Returns the current background color. .PP -See also setBackgroundColor() and QColor. +See also setBackgroundColor() and TQColor. .SH "BGMode QPainter::backgroundMode () const" Returns the current background mode. .PP @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ See also end() and flush(). .PP Examples: .)l aclock/aclock.cpp, desktop/desktop.cpp, drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, picture/picture.cpp, t10/cannon.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "bool QPainter::begin ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const QWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" +.SH "bool QPainter::begin ( const QPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This version opens the painter on a paint device \fIpd\fR and sets the initial pen, background color and font from \fIcopyAttributes\fR, painting over the paint device's children when \fIunclipped\fR is TRUE. This is equivalent to: @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ Example: .fi .PP See also end(). -.SH "QRect QPainter::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &, int len = -1, QTextParag ** intern = 0 )" +.SH "QRect QPainter::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, QTextParag ** intern = 0 )" Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be printed with the corresponding drawText() function using the first \fIlen\fR characters of the string if \fIlen\fR is > -1, or the whole of the string if \fIlen\fR is -1. The drawing, and hence the bounding rectangle, is constrained to the rectangle that begins at point \fI(x, y)\fR with width \fIw\fR and hight \fIh\fR, or to the rectangle required to draw the text, whichever is the larger. .PP The \fIflags\fR argument is the bitwise OR of the following flags:
        .nf @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ If several of the horizontal or several of the vertical alignment flags are set, The \fIintern\fR parameter should not be used. .PP See also Qt::TextFlags. -.SH "QRect QPainter::boundingRect ( const QRect & r, int flags, const QString & str, int len = -1, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" +.SH "QRect QPainter::boundingRect ( const QRect & r, int flags, const TQString & str, int len = -1, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be printed with the corresponding drawText() function using the first \fIlen\fR characters from \fIstr\fR if \fIlen\fR is > -1, or the whole of \fIstr\fR if \fIlen\fR is -1. The drawing, and hence the bounding rectangle, is constrained to the rectangle \fIr\fR, or to the rectangle required to draw the text, whichever is the larger. @@ -800,21 +800,21 @@ Examples: This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the ellipse that fits inside rectangle \fIr\fR. -.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( int x, int y, const QImage & image, int sx = 0, int sy = 0, int sw = -1, int sh = -1, int conversionFlags = 0 )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( int x, int y, const TQImage & image, int sx = 0, int sy = 0, int sw = -1, int sh = -1, int conversionFlags = 0 )" Draws at (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) the \fIsw\fR by \fIsh\fR area of pixels from (\fIsx\fR, \fIsy\fR) in \fIimage\fR, using \fIconversionFlags\fR if the image needs to be converted to a pixmap. The default value for \fIconversionFlags\fR is 0; see convertFromImage() for information about what other values do. .PP -This function may convert \fIimage\fR to a pixmap and then draw it, if device() is a QPixmap or a QWidget, or else draw it directly, if device() is a QPrinter or QPicture. +This function may convert \fIimage\fR to a pixmap and then draw it, if device() is a QPixmap or a TQWidget, or else draw it directly, if device() is a QPrinter or QPicture. .PP Currently alpha masks of the image are ignored when painting on a QPrinter. .PP See also drawPixmap() and QPixmap::convertFromImage(). .PP Example: canvas/canvas.cpp. -.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( const QPoint &, const QImage &, const QRect & sr, int conversionFlags = 0 )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( const QPoint &, const TQImage &, const QRect & sr, int conversionFlags = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the rectangle \fIsr\fR from the image at the given point. -.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( const QPoint & p, const QImage & i, int conversion_flags = 0 )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( const QPoint & p, const TQImage & i, int conversion_flags = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the image \fIi\fR at point \fIp\fR. @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ Draws the image \fIi\fR at point \fIp\fR. If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \fIconversion_flags\fR to specify how you'd prefer this to happen. .PP See also Qt::ImageConversionFlags. -.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( const QRect & r, const QImage & i )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawImage ( const QRect & r, const TQImage & i )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the image \fIi\fR into the rectangle \fIr\fR. The image will be scaled to fit the rectangle if image and rectangle dimensions differ. @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ Examples: This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws a rounded rectangle \fIr\fR, rounding to the x position \fIxRnd\fR and the y position \fIyRnd\fR on each corner. -.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( const QPoint & p, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( const QPoint & p, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" Draws the text from position \fIpos\fR, at point \fIp\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 the entire string is drawn, otherwise just the first \fIlen\fR characters. The text's direction is specified by \fIdir\fR. .PP Note that the meaning of \fIy\fR is not the same for the two drawText() varieties. For overloads that take a simple \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR pair (or a point), the \fIy\fR value is the text's baseline; for overloads that take a rectangle, \fIrect.y()\fR is the top of the rectangle and the text is aligned within that rectangle in accordance with the alignment flags. @@ -978,27 +978,27 @@ See also QPainter::TextDirection. .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp, drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, picture/picture.cpp, progress/progress.cpp, t8/cannon.cpp, and trivial/trivial.cpp. -.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the given text at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 (the default) all the text is drawn, otherwise the first \fIlen\fR characters are drawn. The text's direction is given by \fIdir\fR. .PP See also QPainter::TextDirection. -.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( const QPoint &, const QString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( const QPoint &, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the text at the given point. .PP See also QPainter::TextDirection. -.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const QString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the text from position \fIpos\fR, at point \fI(x, y)\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 the entire string is drawn, otherwise just the first \fIlen\fR characters. The text's direction is specified by \fIdir\fR. -.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const QString &, int len = -1, QRect * br = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, QRect * br = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the given text within the rectangle starting at \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, with width \fIw\fR and height \fIh\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 (the default) all the text is drawn, otherwise the first \fIlen\fR characters are drawn. The text's flags that are given in the \fIflags\fR parameter are Qt::AlignmentFlags and Qt::TextFlags OR'd together. \fIbr\fR (if not null) is set to the actual bounding rectangle of the output. The \fIinternal\fR parameter is for internal use only. -.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( const QRect & r, int tf, const QString & str, int len = -1, QRect * brect = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawText ( const QRect & r, int tf, const TQString & str, int len = -1, QRect * brect = 0, QTextParag ** internal = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws at most \fIlen\fR characters from \fIstr\fR in the rectangle \fIr\fR. @@ -1026,12 +1026,12 @@ Draws a tiled pixmap, \fIpm\fR, inside rectangle \fIr\fR with its origin at poin This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws a tiled pixmap, \fIpm\fR, inside rectangle \fIr\fR. -.SH "void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColor & bgColor )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQColor & bgColor )" Draws a Windows focus rectangle with upper left corner at (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) and with width \fIw\fR and height \fIh\fR using a pen color that contrasts with \fIbgColor\fR. .PP This function draws a stippled rectangle (XOR is not used) that is used to indicate keyboard focus (when the QApplication::style() is \fCWindowStyle\fR). .PP -The pen color used to draw the rectangle is either white or black depending on the color of \fIbgColor\fR (see QColor::gray()). +The pen color used to draw the rectangle is either white or black depending on the color of \fIbgColor\fR (see TQColor::gray()). .PP \fBWarning:\fR This function draws nothing if the coordinate system has been rotated or sheared. .PP @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ See also drawRect() and QApplication::style(). This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws rectangle \fIr\fR as a window focus rectangle. -.SH "void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect ( const QRect & r, const QColor & bgColor )" +.SH "void QPainter::drawWinFocusRect ( const QRect & r, const TQColor & bgColor )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws rectangle \fIr\fR as a window focus rectangle using background color \fIbgColor\fR. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Erases the area inside the rectangle \fIr\fR. .SH "void QPainter::fillRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, const QBrush & brush )" Fills the rectangle \fI(x, y, w, h)\fR with the \fIbrush\fR. .PP -You can specify a QColor as \fIbrush\fR, since there is a QBrush constructor that takes a QColor argument and creates a solid pattern brush. +You can specify a TQColor as \fIbrush\fR, since there is a QBrush constructor that takes a TQColor argument and creates a solid pattern brush. .PP See also drawRect(). .PP @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ Scales the coordinate system by \fI(sx, sy)\fR. See also translate(), shear(), rotate(), resetXForm(), setWorldMatrix(), and xForm(). .PP Example: xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "void QPainter::setBackgroundColor ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QPainter::setBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & c )" Sets the background color of the painter to \fIc\fR. .PP The background color is the color that is filled in when drawing opaque text, stippled lines and bitmaps. The background color has no effect in transparent background mode (which is the default). @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ Sets the painter's brush to \fIbrush\fR. The \fIbrush\fR defines how shapes are filled. .PP See also brush(). -.SH "void QPainter::setBrush ( const QColor & color )" +.SH "void QPainter::setBrush ( const TQColor & color )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the painter's brush to have style SolidPattern and the specified \fIcolor\fR. @@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Sets the painter's pen to have style \fIstyle\fR, width 0 and black color. .PP See also pen() and QPen. -.SH "void QPainter::setPen ( const QColor & color )" +.SH "void QPainter::setPen ( const TQColor & color )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the painter's pen to have style SolidLine, width 0 and the specified \fIcolor\fR. @@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ Example: .PP See also xForm() and QWMatrix::map(). .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "void qDrawPlainRect ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColor & c, int lineWidth, const QBrush * fill )" +.SH "void qDrawPlainRect ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const TQColor & c, int lineWidth, const QBrush * fill )" \fC#include \fR .PP Draws the plain rectangle specified by (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIw\fR, \fIh\fR) using the painter \fIp\fR. @@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ The rectangle's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR i .PP If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a plain rectangle, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::Box | QFrame::Plain )\fR. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at QWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. +\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. .PP See also qDrawShadeRect() and QStyle::drawPrimitive(). .SH "void qDrawShadeLine ( QPainter * p, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, const QColorGroup & g, bool sunken, int lineWidth, int midLineWidth )" @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ The \fImidLineWidth\fR argument specifies the width of a middle line drawn in th .PP If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded line, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::HLine | QFrame::Sunken )\fR. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at QWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. +\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. .PP See also qDrawShadeRect(), qDrawShadePanel(), and QStyle::drawPrimitive(). .SH "void qDrawShadePanel ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool sunken, int lineWidth, const QBrush * fill )" @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ The panel's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR is 0. .PP If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded panel, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::Panel | QFrame::Sunken )\fR. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at QWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. +\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. .PP See also qDrawWinPanel(), qDrawShadeLine(), qDrawShadeRect(), and QStyle::drawPrimitive(). .SH "void qDrawShadeRect ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool sunken, int lineWidth, int midLineWidth, const QBrush * fill )" @@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ The rectangle's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR i .PP If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded rectangle, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::Box | QFrame::Raised )\fR. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at QWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. +\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. .PP See also qDrawShadeLine(), qDrawShadePanel(), qDrawPlainRect(), QStyle::drawItem(), QStyle::drawControl(), and QStyle::drawComplexControl(). .SH "void qDrawWinButton ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool sunken, const QBrush * fill )" @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ The line width is 2 pixels. .PP The button's interior is filled with the \fI*fill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR is 0. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at QWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. +\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. .PP See also qDrawWinPanel() and QStyle::drawControl(). .SH "void qDrawWinPanel ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool sunken, const QBrush * fill )" @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ The button's interior is filled with the \fIfill\fR brush unless \fIfill\fR is 0 .PP If you want to use a QFrame widget instead, you can make it display a shaded panel, for example \fCQFrame::setFrameStyle( QFrame::WinPanel | QFrame::Raised )\fR. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at QWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. +\fBWarning:\fR This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or QApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in QStyle to make widgets that follow the current GUI style. .PP See also qDrawShadePanel(), qDrawWinButton(), and QStyle::drawPrimitive(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpaintevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpaintevent.3qt index c3345c626..74ae8b2ff 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpaintevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpaintevent.3qt @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ Paint events are sent to widgets that need to update themselves, for instance wh .PP The event contains a region() that needs to be updated, and a rect() that is the bounding rectangle of that region. Both are provided because many widgets can't make much use of region(), and rect() can be much faster than region().boundingRect(). Painting is clipped to region() during processing of a paint event. .PP -The erased() function returns TRUE if the region() has been cleared to the widget's background (see QWidget::backgroundMode()), and FALSE if the region's contents are arbitrary. +The erased() function returns TRUE if the region() has been cleared to the widget's background (see TQWidget::backgroundMode()), and FALSE if the region's contents are arbitrary. .PP -See also QPainter, QWidget::update(), QWidget::repaint(), QWidget::paintEvent(), QWidget::backgroundMode, QRegion, and Event Classes. +See also QPainter, TQWidget::update(), TQWidget::repaint(), TQWidget::paintEvent(), TQWidget::backgroundMode, QRegion, and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QPaintEvent::QPaintEvent ( const QRegion & paintRegion, bool erased = TRUE )" Constructs a paint event object with the region that should be updated. The region is given by \fIpaintRegion\fR. If \fIerased\fR is TRUE the region will be cleared before repainting. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpair.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpair.3qt index edea14825..88e7ba520 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpair.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpair.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QPair 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQPair 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QPair \- Value-based template class that provides a pair of elements +TQPair \- Value-based template class that provides a pair of elements .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP @@ -26,25 +26,25 @@ QPair \- Value-based template class that provides a pair of elements .BI "\fBQPair\fR ( const T1 & t1, const T2 & t2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPair & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QPair & other )" +.BI "TQPair & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQPair & other )" .br .in -1c .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QPair \fBqMakePair\fR ( T1 t1, T2 t2 )" +.BI "TQPair \fBqMakePair\fR ( T1 t1, T2 t2 )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QPair class is a value-based template class that provides a pair of elements. +The TQPair class is a value-based template class that provides a pair of elements. .PP -QPair is a TQt implementation of an STL-like pair. It can be used in your application if the standard pair<> is not available on your target platforms. +TQPair is a TQt implementation of an STL-like pair. It can be used in your application if the standard pair<> is not available on your target platforms. .PP -QPair defines a template instance to create a pair of values that contains two values of type T1 and T2. Please note that QPair does not store pointers to the two elements; it holds a copy of every member. This is why these kinds of classes are called \fIvalue based\fR. If you're interested in \fIpointer based\fR classes see, for example, QPtrList and QDict. +TQPair defines a template instance to create a pair of values that contains two values of type T1 and T2. Please note that TQPair does not store pointers to the two elements; it holds a copy of every member. This is why these kinds of classes are called \fIvalue based\fR. If you're interested in \fIpointer based\fR classes see, for example, QPtrList and QDict. .PP -QPair holds one copy of type T1 and one copy of type T2, but does not provide iterators to access these elements. Instead, the two elements (\fCfirst\fR and \fCsecond\fR) are public member variables of the pair. QPair owns the contained elements. For more relaxed ownership semantics, see QPtrCollection and friends which are pointer-based containers. +TQPair holds one copy of type T1 and one copy of type T2, but does not provide iterators to access these elements. Instead, the two elements (\fCfirst\fR and \fCsecond\fR) are public member variables of the pair. TQPair owns the contained elements. For more relaxed ownership semantics, see QPtrCollection and friends which are pointer-based containers. .PP -Some classes cannot be used within a QPair: for example, all classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only "values" can be used in a QPair. To qualify as a value the class must provide: +Some classes cannot be used within a TQPair: for example, all classes derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only "values" can be used in a TQPair. To qualify as a value the class must provide: .TP A copy constructor .TP @@ -54,25 +54,25 @@ A constructor that takes no arguments .PP Note that C++ defaults to field-by-field assignment operators and copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many cases this is sufficient. .PP -QPair uses an STL-like syntax to manipulate and address the objects it contains. See the QTL documentation for more information. +TQPair uses an STL-like syntax to manipulate and address the objects it contains. See the QTL documentation for more information. .PP -Functions that need to return two values can use a QPair. +Functions that need to return two values can use a TQPair. .PP See also TQt Template Library Classes, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" -.SH "QPair::first_type" +.SH "TQPair::first_type" The type of the first element in the pair. -.SH "QPair::second_type" +.SH "TQPair::second_type" The type of the second element in the pair. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QPair::QPair ()" +.SH "TQPair::TQPair ()" Constructs an empty pair. The \fCfirst\fR and \fCsecond\fR elements are default constructed. -.SH "QPair::QPair ( const T1 & t1, const T2 & t2 )" +.SH "TQPair::TQPair ( const T1 & t1, const T2 & t2 )" Constructs a pair and initializes the \fCfirst\fR element with \fIt1\fR and the \fCsecond\fR element with \fIt2\fR. .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QPair qMakePair ( T1 t1, T2 t2 )" +.SH "TQPair qMakePair ( T1 t1, T2 t2 )" This is a template convenience function. It is used to create a -QPair<> object that contains \fIt1\fR and \fIt2\fR. +TQPair<> object that contains \fIt1\fR and \fIt2\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqpair.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpalette.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpalette.3qt index c60689795..e41687563 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpalette.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpalette.3qt @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ QPalette \- Color groups for each widget state .BI "\fBQPalette\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPalette ( const QColor & button ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QPalette ( const TQColor & button ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPalette\fR ( const QColor & button, const QColor & background )" +.BI "\fBQPalette\fR ( const TQColor & button, const TQColor & background )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQPalette\fR ( const QColorGroup & active, const QColorGroup & disabled, const QColorGroup & inactive )" @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ QPalette \- Color groups for each widget state .BI "enum \fBColorGroup\fR { Disabled, Active, Inactive, NColorGroups }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBcolor\fR ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBcolor\fR ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QBrush & \fBbrush\fR ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetBrush\fR ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QBrush & b )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetBrush\fR ( QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QBrush & b )" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Colors and brushes can be set for particular roles in any of a palette's color g .PP You can copy a palette using the copy constructor and test to see if two palettes are \fIidentical\fR using isCopyOf(). .PP -See also QApplication::setPalette(), QWidget::palette, QColorGroup, QColor, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. +See also QApplication::setPalette(), TQWidget::palette, QColorGroup, TQColor, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QPalette::ColorGroup" .TP @@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ See also QApplication::setPalette(), QWidget::palette, QColorGroup, QColor, Widg .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QPalette::QPalette ()" Constructs a palette that consists of color groups with only black colors. -.SH "QPalette::QPalette ( const QColor & button )" +.SH "QPalette::QPalette ( const TQColor & button )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Constructs a palette from the \fIbutton\fR color. The other colors are automatically calculated, based on this color. Background will be the button color as well. -.SH "QPalette::QPalette ( const QColor & button, const QColor & background )" +.SH "QPalette::QPalette ( const TQColor & button, const TQColor & background )" Constructs a palette from a \fIbutton\fR color and a \fIbackground\fR. The other colors are automatically calculated, based on these colors. .SH "QPalette::QPalette ( const QColorGroup & active, const QColorGroup & disabled, const QColorGroup & inactive )" Constructs a palette that consists of the three color groups \fIactive\fR, \fIdisabled\fR and \fIinactive\fR. See the Detailed Description for definitions of the color groups and QColorGroup::ColorRole for definitions of each color role in the three groups. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Examples: Returns the brush in color group \fIgr\fR, used for color role \fIr\fR. .PP See also color(), setBrush(), and QColorGroup::ColorRole. -.SH "const QColor & QPalette::color ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const" +.SH "const TQColor & QPalette::color ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r ) const" Returns the color in color group \fIgr\fR, used for color role \fIr\fR. .PP See also brush(), setColor(), and QColorGroup::ColorRole. @@ -217,13 +217,13 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Sets the brush in for color role \fIr\fR in all three color groups to \fIb\fR. .PP See also brush(), setColor(), QColorGroup::ColorRole, active(), inactive(), and disabled(). -.SH "void QPalette::setColor ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QPalette::setColor ( ColorGroup gr, QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const TQColor & c )" Sets the brush in color group \fIgr\fR, used for color role \fIr\fR, to the solid color \fIc\fR. .PP See also setBrush(), color(), and QColorGroup::ColorRole. .PP Example: themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "void QPalette::setColor ( QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QPalette::setColor ( QColorGroup::ColorRole r, const TQColor & c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the brush color used for color role \fIr\fR to color \fIc\fR in all three color groups. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpen.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpen.3qt index 303738670..50ec2848e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpen.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpen.3qt @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "\fBQPen\fR ( PenStyle style )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPen\fR ( const QColor & color, uint width = 0, PenStyle style = SolidLine )" +.BI "\fBQPen\fR ( const TQColor & color, uint width = 0, PenStyle style = SolidLine )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPen\fR ( const QColor & cl, uint w, PenStyle s, PenCapStyle c, PenJoinStyle j )" +.BI "\fBQPen\fR ( const TQColor & cl, uint w, PenStyle s, PenCapStyle c, PenJoinStyle j )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQPen\fR ( const QPen & p )" @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "void \fBsetWidth\fR ( uint w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBcolor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBcolor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "PenCapStyle \fBcapStyle\fR () const" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The pen style defines the line type. The default pen style is Qt::SolidLine. Set .PP When drawing 1 pixel wide diagonal lines you can either use a very fast algorithm (specified by a line width of 0, which is the default), or a slower but more accurate algorithm (specified by a line width of 1). For horizontal and vertical lines a line width of 0 is the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have no effect on 0-width lines. .PP -The pen color defines the color of lines and text. The default line color is black. The QColor documentation lists predefined colors. +The pen color defines the color of lines and text. The default line color is black. The TQColor documentation lists predefined colors. .PP The cap style defines how the end points of lines are drawn. The join style defines how the joins between two lines are drawn when multiple connected lines are drawn (QPainter::drawPolyline() etc.). The cap and join styles only apply to wide lines, i.e. when the width is 1 or greater. .PP @@ -139,11 +139,11 @@ Constructs a default black solid line pen with 0 width, which renders lines 1 pi Constructs a black pen with 0 width (fast diagonals) and style \fIstyle\fR. .PP See also setStyle(). -.SH "QPen::QPen ( const QColor & color, uint width = 0, PenStyle style = SolidLine )" +.SH "QPen::QPen ( const TQColor & color, uint width = 0, PenStyle style = SolidLine )" Constructs a pen with the specified \fIcolor\fR, \fIwidth\fR and \fIstyle\fR. .PP See also setWidth(), setStyle(), and setColor(). -.SH "QPen::QPen ( const QColor & cl, uint w, PenStyle s, PenCapStyle c, PenJoinStyle j )" +.SH "QPen::QPen ( const TQColor & cl, uint w, PenStyle s, PenCapStyle c, PenJoinStyle j )" Constructs a pen with the specified color \fIcl\fR and width \fIw\fR. The pen style is set to \fIs\fR, the pen cap style to \fIc\fR and the pen join style to \fIj\fR. .PP A line width of 0 will produce a 1 pixel wide line using a fast algorithm for diagonals. A line width of 1 will also produce a 1 pixel wide line, but uses a slower more accurate algorithm for diagonals. For horizontal and vertical lines a line width of 0 is the same as a line width of 1. The cap and join style have no effect on 0-width lines. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Destroys the pen. Returns the pen's cap style. .PP See also setCapStyle(). -.SH "const QColor & QPen::color () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QPen::color () const" Returns the pen color. .PP See also setColor(). @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ The default value is FlatCap. The cap style has no effect on 0-width pens. See also capStyle(). .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "void QPen::setColor ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QPen::setColor ( const TQColor & c )" Sets the pen color to \fIc\fR. .PP See also color(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpicture.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpicture.3qt index 2079920b4..477488a74 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpicture.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpicture.3qt @@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ Inherits QPaintDevice. .BI "bool \fBplay\fR ( QPainter * painter )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( QIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( TQIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( QIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( TQIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QRect \fBboundingRect\fR () const" @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Detaches from shared picture data and makes sure that this picture is the only o If multiple pictures share common data, this picture makes a copy of the data and detaches itself from the sharing mechanism. Nothing is done if there is just a single reference. .SH "bool QPicture::isNull () const" Returns TRUE if the picture contains no data; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QPicture::load ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "bool QPicture::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" Loads a picture from the file specified by \fIfileName\fR and returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP By default, the file will be interpreted as being in the native QPicture format. Specifying the \fIformat\fR string is optional and is only needed for importing picture data stored in a different format. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ See also save(). .PP Examples: .)l picture/picture.cpp and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "bool QPicture::load ( QIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "bool QPicture::load ( TQIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIdev\fR is the device to use for loading. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Assigns a shallow copy of \fIp\fR to this picture and returns a reference to thi Replays the picture using \fIpainter\fR, and returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP This function does exactly the same as QPainter::drawPicture() with (x, y) = (0, 0). -.SH "bool QPicture::save ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "bool QPicture::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )" Saves a picture to the file specified by \fIfileName\fR and returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Specifying the file \fIformat\fR string is optional. It's not recommended unless you intend to export the picture data for use by a third party reader. By default the data will be saved in the native QPicture file format. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Currently, the only external format supported is the W3C SVG format which requir See also load(). .PP Example: picture/picture.cpp. -.SH "bool QPicture::save ( QIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" +.SH "bool QPicture::save ( TQIODevice * dev, const char * format = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIdev\fR is the device to use for saving. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt index 5b395157c..7fc68d2b3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpixmap.3qt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( int w, int h, int depth = -1, Optimization optimization = DefaultOptim )" @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const QSize & size, int depth = -1, Optimization optimization = DefaultOptim )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" +.BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" +.BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQPixmap\fR ( const char * xpm[] )" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .BI "QPixmap & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPixmap & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QImage & image )" +.BI "QPixmap & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQImage & image )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR () const" @@ -78,13 +78,13 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .BI "int \fBdepth\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfill\fR ( const QColor & fillColor = Qt::white )" +.BI "void \fBfill\fR ( const TQColor & fillColor = Qt::white )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfill\fR ( const QWidget * widget, int xofs, int yofs )" +.BI "void \fBfill\fR ( const TQWidget * widget, int xofs, int yofs )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfill\fR ( const QWidget * widget, const QPoint & ofs )" +.BI "void \fBfill\fR ( const TQWidget * widget, const QPoint & ofs )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBresize\fR ( int w, int h )" @@ -114,19 +114,19 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .BI "QPixmap \fBxForm\fR ( const QWMatrix & matrix ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage \fBconvertToImage\fR () const" +.BI "TQImage \fBconvertToImage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconvertFromImage\fR ( const QImage & image, ColorMode mode = Auto )" +.BI "bool \fBconvertFromImage\fR ( const TQImage & image, ColorMode mode = Auto )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconvertFromImage\fR ( const QImage & img, int conversion_flags )" +.BI "bool \fBconvertFromImage\fR ( const TQImage & img, int conversion_flags )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" +.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" +.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBloadFromData\fR ( const uchar * buf, uint len, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" @@ -138,10 +138,10 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .BI "bool \fBloadFromData\fR ( const QByteArray & buf, const char * format = 0, int conversion_flags = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( QIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( TQIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBserialNumber\fR () const" @@ -165,19 +165,19 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .BI "int \fBdefaultDepth\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPixmap \fBfromMimeSource\fR ( const QString & abs_name )" +.BI "QPixmap \fBfromMimeSource\fR ( const TQString & abs_name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap \fBgrabWindow\fR ( WId window, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPixmap \fBgrabWidget\fR ( QWidget * widget, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 )" +.BI "QPixmap \fBgrabWidget\fR ( TQWidget * widget, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QWMatrix \fBtrueMatrix\fR ( const QWMatrix & matrix, int w, int h )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "const char * \fBimageFormat\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "Optimization \fBdefaultOptimization\fR ()" @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Inherited by QBitmap and QCanvasPixmap. .SH DESCRIPTION The QPixmap class is an off-screen, pixel-based paint device. .PP -QPixmap is one of the two classes TQt provides for dealing with images; the other is QImage. QPixmap is designed and optimized for drawing; QImage is designed and optimized for I/O and for direct pixel access/manipulation. There are (slow) functions to convert between QImage and QPixmap: convertToImage() and convertFromImage(). +QPixmap is one of the two classes TQt provides for dealing with images; the other is TQImage. QPixmap is designed and optimized for drawing; TQImage is designed and optimized for I/O and for direct pixel access/manipulation. There are (slow) functions to convert between TQImage and QPixmap: convertToImage() and convertFromImage(). .PP One common use of the QPixmap class is to enable smooth updating of widgets. Whenever something complex needs to be drawn, you can use a pixmap to obtain flicker-free drawing, like this: .PP @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Paint the pixmap. .IP 4 bitBlt() the pixmap contents onto the widget. .PP -Pixel data in a pixmap is internal and is managed by the underlying window system. Pixels can be accessed only through QPainter functions, through bitBlt(), and by converting the QPixmap to a QImage. +Pixel data in a pixmap is internal and is managed by the underlying window system. Pixels can be accessed only through QPainter functions, through bitBlt(), and by converting the QPixmap to a TQImage. .PP You can easily display a QPixmap on the screen using QLabel::setPixmap(). For example, all the QButton subclasses support pixmap use. .PP @@ -258,10 +258,10 @@ If your application uses dozens or hundreds of pixmaps (for example on tool bar .PP In general it is recommended to make as much use of QPixmap's implicit sharing and the QPixmapCache as possible. .PP -See also QBitmap, QImage, QImageIO, Shared Classes, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. +See also QBitmap, TQImage, QImageIO, Shared Classes, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QPixmap::ColorMode" -This enum type defines the color modes that exist for converting QImage objects to QPixmap. +This enum type defines the color modes that exist for converting TQImage objects to QPixmap. .TP \fCQPixmap::Auto\fR - Select Color or Mono on a case-by-case basis. .TP @@ -288,8 +288,8 @@ We recommend using DefaultOptim. Constructs a null pixmap. .PP See also isNull(). -.SH "QPixmap::QPixmap ( const QImage & image )" -Constructs a pixmap from the QImage \fIimage\fR. +.SH "QPixmap::QPixmap ( const TQImage & image )" +Constructs a pixmap from the TQImage \fIimage\fR. .PP See also convertFromImage(). .SH "QPixmap::QPixmap ( int w, int h, int depth = -1, Optimization optimization = DefaultOptim )" @@ -306,13 +306,13 @@ See also isNull() and QPixmap::Optimization. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Constructs a pixmap of size \fIsize\fR, \fIdepth\fR bits per pixel, optimized in accordance with the \fIoptimization\fR value. -.SH "QPixmap::QPixmap ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" +.SH "QPixmap::QPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" Constructs a pixmap from the file \fIfileName\fR. If the file does not exist or is of an unknown format, the pixmap becomes a null pixmap. .PP The \fIfileName\fR, \fIformat\fR and \fImode\fR parameters are passed on to load(). This means that the data in \fIfileName\fR is not compiled into the binary. If \fIfileName\fR contains a relative path (e.g. the filename only) the relevant file must be found relative to the runtime working directory. .PP See also QPixmap::ColorMode, isNull(), load(), loadFromData(), save(), and imageFormat(). -.SH "QPixmap::QPixmap ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" +.SH "QPixmap::QPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" Constructs a pixmap from the file \fIfileName\fR. If the file does not exist or is of an unknown format, the pixmap becomes a null pixmap. .PP The \fIfileName\fR, \fIformat\fR and \fIconversion_flags\fR parameters are passed on to load(). This means that the data in \fIfileName\fR is not compiled into the binary. If \fIfileName\fR contains a relative path (e.g. the filename only) the relevant file must be found relative to the runtime working directory. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Constructs a pixmap that is a copy of \fIpixmap\fR. Constructs a monochrome pixmap, with width \fIw\fR and height \fIh\fR, that is initialized with the data in \fIbits\fR. The \fIisXbitmap\fR indicates whether the data is an X bitmap and defaults to FALSE. This constructor is protected and used by the QBitmap class. .SH "QPixmap::~QPixmap ()" Destroys the pixmap. -.SH "bool QPixmap::convertFromImage ( const QImage & img, int conversion_flags )" +.SH "bool QPixmap::convertFromImage ( const TQImage & img, int conversion_flags )" Converts image \fIimg\fR and sets this pixmap. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The \fIconversion_flags\fR argument is a bitwise-OR of the Qt::ImageConversionFlags. Passing 0 for \fIconversion_flags\fR sets all the default options. @@ -361,18 +361,18 @@ Note that even though a QPixmap with depth 1 behaves much like a QBitmap, isQBit .PP If a pixmap with depth 1 is painted with color0 and color1 and converted to an image, the pixels painted with color0 will produce pixel index 0 in the image and those painted with color1 will produce pixel index 1. .PP -See also convertToImage(), isQBitmap(), QImage::convertDepth(), defaultDepth(), and QImage::hasAlphaBuffer(). +See also convertToImage(), isQBitmap(), TQImage::convertDepth(), defaultDepth(), and TQImage::hasAlphaBuffer(). .PP Examples: .)l canvas/canvas.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "bool QPixmap::convertFromImage ( const QImage & image, ColorMode mode = Auto )" +.SH "bool QPixmap::convertFromImage ( const TQImage & image, ColorMode mode = Auto )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Converts \fIimage\fR and sets this pixmap using color mode \fImode\fR. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also QPixmap::ColorMode. -.SH "QImage QPixmap::convertToImage () const" -Converts the pixmap to a QImage. Returns a null image if it fails. +.SH "TQImage QPixmap::convertToImage () const" +Converts the pixmap to a TQImage. Returns a null image if it fails. .PP If the pixmap has 1-bit depth, the returned image will also be 1 bit deep. If the pixmap has 2- to 8-bit depth, the returned image has 8-bit depth. If the pixmap has greater than 8-bit depth, the returned image has 32-bit depth. .PP @@ -392,11 +392,11 @@ The mask may not be perfect but it should be reasonable, so you can do things su .br .fi .PP -This function is slow because it involves transformation to a QImage, non-trivial computations and a transformation back to a QBitmap. +This function is slow because it involves transformation to a TQImage, non-trivial computations and a transformation back to a QBitmap. .PP If \fIclipTight\fR is TRUE the mask is just large enough to cover the pixels; otherwise, the mask is larger than the data pixels. .PP -See also QImage::createHeuristicMask(). +See also TQImage::createHeuristicMask(). .SH "int QPixmap::defaultDepth ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the default pixmap depth, i.e. the depth a pixmap gets if -1 is specified. .PP @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Returns the depth of the pixmap. .PP The pixmap depth is also called bits per pixel (bpp) or bit planes of a pixmap. A null pixmap has depth 0. .PP -See also defaultDepth(), isNull(), and QImage::convertDepth(). +See also defaultDepth(), isNull(), and TQImage::convertDepth(). .SH "void QPixmap::detach ()\fC [virtual]\fR" This is a special-purpose function that detaches the pixmap from shared pixmap data. .PP @@ -419,16 +419,16 @@ A pixmap is automatically detached by TQt whenever its contents is about to chan It is possible to modify a pixmap without letting TQt know. You can first obtain the system-dependent handle() and then call system-specific functions (for instance, BitBlt under Windows) that modify the pixmap contents. In such cases, you can call detach() to cut the pixmap loose from other pixmaps that share data with this one. .PP detach() returns immediately if there is just a single reference or if the pixmap has not been initialized yet. -.SH "void QPixmap::fill ( const QColor & fillColor = Qt::white )" +.SH "void QPixmap::fill ( const TQColor & fillColor = Qt::white )" Fills the pixmap with the color \fIfillColor\fR. .PP Examples: .)l chart/setdataform.cpp, desktop/desktop.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, t10/cannon.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "void QPixmap::fill ( const QWidget * widget, int xofs, int yofs )" +.SH "void QPixmap::fill ( const TQWidget * widget, int xofs, int yofs )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Fills the pixmap with the \fIwidget\fR's background color or pixmap. If the background is empty, nothing is done. \fIxofs\fR, \fIyofs\fR is an offset in the widget. -.SH "void QPixmap::fill ( const QWidget * widget, const QPoint & ofs )" +.SH "void QPixmap::fill ( const TQWidget * widget, const QPoint & ofs )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Fills the pixmap with the \fIwidget\fR's background color or pixmap. If the background is empty, nothing is done. @@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ Example: } .br .fi -.SH "QPixmap QPixmap::fromMimeSource ( const QString & abs_name )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QPixmap QPixmap::fromMimeSource ( const TQString & abs_name )\fC [static]\fR" Convenience function. Gets the data associated with the absolute name \fIabs_name\fR from the default mime source factory and decodes it to a pixmap. .PP -See also QMimeSourceFactory, QImage::fromMimeSource(), and QImageDrag::decode(). +See also QMimeSourceFactory, TQImage::fromMimeSource(), and QImageDrag::decode(). .PP Example: textedit/textedit.cpp. -.SH "QPixmap QPixmap::grabWidget ( QWidget * widget, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QPixmap QPixmap::grabWidget ( TQWidget * widget, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" Creates a pixmap and paints \fIwidget\fR in it. .PP If the \fIwidget\fR has any children, then they are also painted in the appropriate positions. @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ If there is overlap, it returns a pixmap of the size you want, containing a rend .PP If an error occurs when trying to grab the widget, such as the size of the widget being too large to fit in memory, an isNull() pixmap is returned. .PP -See also grabWindow(), QPainter::redirect(), and QWidget::paintEvent(). +See also grabWindow(), QPainter::redirect(), and TQWidget::paintEvent(). .SH "QPixmap QPixmap::grabWindow ( WId window, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" Grabs the contents of the window \fIwindow\fR and makes a pixmap out of it. Returns the pixmap. .PP @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Note that grabWindow() grabs pixels from the screen, not from the window. If the .PP Note also that the mouse cursor is generally not grabbed. .PP -The reason we use a window identifier and not a QWidget is to enable grabbing of windows that are not part of the application, window system frames, and so on. +The reason we use a window identifier and not a TQWidget is to enable grabbing of windows that are not part of the application, window system frames, and so on. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Grabbing an area outside the screen is not safe in general. This depends on the underlying window system. .PP @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ See also width(), size(), and rect(). .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp, movies/main.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, t10/cannon.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "const char * QPixmap::imageFormat ( const QString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "const char * QPixmap::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file \fIfileName\fR, or 0 if the file cannot be read or if the format cannot be recognized. .PP The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats. @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ Examples: .)l movies/main.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and scrollview/scrollview.cpp. .SH "bool QPixmap::isQBitmap () const" Returns TRUE if this is a QBitmap; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QPixmap::load ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" +.SH "bool QPixmap::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )" Loads a pixmap from the file \fIfileName\fR at runtime. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If \fIformat\fR is specified, the loader attempts to read the pixmap using the specified format. If \fIformat\fR is not specified (default), the loader reads a few bytes from the header to guess the file's format. @@ -558,11 +558,11 @@ See the convertFromImage() documentation for a description of the \fIconversion_ .PP The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and explains how to add extra formats. .PP -See also loadFromData(), save(), imageFormat(), QImage::load(), and QImageIO. +See also loadFromData(), save(), imageFormat(), TQImage::load(), and QImageIO. .PP Examples: .)l picture/picture.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "bool QPixmap::load ( const QString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" +.SH "bool QPixmap::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Loads a pixmap from the file \fIfileName\fR at runtime. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ See the convertFromImage() documentation for a description of the \fIconversion_ .PP The QImageIO documentation lists the supported image formats and explains how to add extra formats. .PP -See also load(), save(), imageFormat(), QImage::loadFromData(), and QImageIO. +See also load(), save(), imageFormat(), TQImage::loadFromData(), and QImageIO. .SH "bool QPixmap::loadFromData ( const uchar * buf, uint len, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ Use the QPaintDeviceMetrics class instead. \fIm\fR is the metric to get. .SH "QPixmap & QPixmap::operator= ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" Assigns the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR to this pixmap and returns a reference to this pixmap. -.SH "QPixmap & QPixmap::operator= ( const QImage & image )" +.SH "QPixmap & QPixmap::operator= ( const TQImage & image )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Converts the image \fIimage\fR to a pixmap that is assigned to this pixmap. Returns a reference to the pixmap. @@ -635,16 +635,16 @@ Examples: This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Resizes the pixmap to size \fIsize\fR. -.SH "bool QPixmap::save ( const QString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.SH "bool QPixmap::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" Saves the pixmap to the file \fIfileName\fR using the image file format \fIformat\fR and a quality factor \fIquality\fR. \fIquality\fR must be in the range [0,100] or -1. Specify 0 to obtain small compressed files, 100 for large uncompressed files, and -1 to use the default settings. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -See also load(), loadFromData(), imageFormat(), QImage::save(), and QImageIO. +See also load(), loadFromData(), imageFormat(), TQImage::save(), and QImageIO. .PP Example: qmag/qmag.cpp. -.SH "bool QPixmap::save ( QIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" +.SH "bool QPixmap::save ( TQIODevice * device, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -This function writes a QPixmap to the QIODevice, \fIdevice\fR. This can be used, for example, to save a pixmap directly into a QByteArray: +This function writes a QPixmap to the TQIODevice, \fIdevice\fR. This can be used, for example, to save a pixmap directly into a QByteArray: .PP .nf .br @@ -736,9 +736,9 @@ Returns a copy of the pixmap that is transformed using \fImatrix\fR. The origina .PP The transformation \fImatrix\fR is internally adjusted to compensate for unwanted translation, i.e. xForm() returns the smallest image that contains all the transformed points of the original image. .PP -This function is slow because it involves transformation to a QImage, non-trivial computations and a transformation back to a QPixmap. +This function is slow because it involves transformation to a TQImage, non-trivial computations and a transformation back to a QPixmap. .PP -See also trueMatrix(), QWMatrix, QPainter::setWorldMatrix(), and QImage::xForm(). +See also trueMatrix(), QWMatrix, QPainter::setWorldMatrix(), and TQImage::xForm(). .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, movies/main.cpp, and qmag/qmag.cpp. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpixmapcache.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpixmapcache.3qt index 44bca8754..4e819d0fd 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpixmapcache.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpixmapcache.3qt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ QPixmapCache \- Application-global cache for pixmaps \fC#include \fR .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
      5. int \fBcacheLimit\fR ()
      6. void \fBsetCacheLimit\fR ( int n )
      7. QPixmap * \fBfind\fR ( const QString & key )
      8. bool \fBfind\fR ( const QString & key, QPixmap & pm )
      9. bool insert ( const QString & key, QPixmap * pm ) \fI(obsolete)\fR
      10. bool \fBinsert\fR ( const QString & key, const QPixmap & pm )
      11. void \fBremove\fR ( const QString & key )
      12. void \fBclear\fR () +
      13. int \fBcacheLimit\fR ()
      14. void \fBsetCacheLimit\fR ( int n )
      15. QPixmap * \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & key )
      16. bool \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & key, QPixmap & pm )
      17. bool insert ( const TQString & key, QPixmap * pm ) \fI(obsolete)\fR
      18. bool \fBinsert\fR ( const TQString & key, const QPixmap & pm )
      19. void \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & key )
      20. void \fBclear\fR () .SH DESCRIPTION The QPixmapCache class provides an application-global cache for pixmaps. .PP @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ The default setting is 1024 kilobytes. See also setCacheLimit(). .SH "void QPixmapCache::clear ()\fC [static]\fR" Removes all pixmaps from the cache. -.SH "QPixmap * QPixmapCache::find ( const QString & key )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QPixmap * QPixmapCache::find ( const TQString & key )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the pixmap associated with the \fIkey\fR in the cache, or null if there is no such pixmap. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR If valid, you should copy the pixmap immediately (this is fast). Subsequent insertions into the cache could cause the pointer to become invalid. For this reason, we recommend you use find(const QString&, QPixmap&) instead. +\fBWarning:\fR If valid, you should copy the pixmap immediately (this is fast). Subsequent insertions into the cache could cause the pointer to become invalid. For this reason, we recommend you use find(const TQString&, QPixmap&) instead. .PP Example: .PP @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Example: painter->drawPixmap(0, 0, p); .br .fi -.SH "bool QPixmapCache::find ( const QString & key, QPixmap & pm )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QPixmapCache::find ( const TQString & key, QPixmap & pm )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Looks for a cached pixmap associated with the \fIkey\fR in the cache. If a pixmap is found, the function sets \fIpm\fR to that pixmap and returns TRUE; otherwise leaves \fIpm\fR alone and returns FALSE. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Example: painter->drawPixmap(0, 0, p); .br .fi -.SH "bool QPixmapCache::insert ( const QString & key, const QPixmap & pm )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QPixmapCache::insert ( const TQString & key, const QPixmap & pm )\fC [static]\fR" Inserts a copy of the pixmap \fIpm\fR associated with the \fIkey\fR into the cache. .PP All pixmaps inserted by the TQt library have a key starting with" $qt", so your own pixmap keys should never begin "$qt". @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ When a pixmap is inserted and the cache is about to exceed its limit, it removes The oldest pixmaps (least recently accessed in the cache) are deleted when more space is needed. .PP See also setCacheLimit(). -.SH "bool QPixmapCache::insert ( const QString & key, QPixmap * pm )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QPixmapCache::insert ( const TQString & key, QPixmap * pm )\fC [static]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Inserts the pixmap \fIpm\fR associated with \fIkey\fR into the cache. Returns TRUE if successful, or FALSE if the pixmap is too big for the cache. @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ If this function returns FALSE, you must delete \fIpm\fR yourself. .PP If this function returns TRUE, do not use \fIpm\fR afterwards or keep references to it because any other insertions into the cache, whether from anywhere in the application or within TQt itself, could cause the pixmap to be discarded from the cache and the pointer to become invalid. .PP -Due to these dangers, we strongly recommend that you use insert(const QString&, const QPixmap&) instead. \fR -.SH "void QPixmapCache::remove ( const QString & key )\fC [static]\fR" +Due to these dangers, we strongly recommend that you use insert(const TQString&, const QPixmap&) instead. \fR +.SH "void QPixmapCache::remove ( const TQString & key )\fC [static]\fR" Removes the pixmap associated with \fIkey\fR from the cache. .SH "void QPixmapCache::setCacheLimit ( int n )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the cache limit to \fIn\fR kilobytes. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqplatinumstyle.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqplatinumstyle.3qt index 5a8f3f35a..b8b89a4c3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqplatinumstyle.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqplatinumstyle.3qt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Inherits QWindowsStyle. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBmixedColor\fR ( const QColor & c1, const QColor & c2 ) const" +.BI "TQColor \fBmixedColor\fR ( const TQColor & c1, const TQColor & c2 ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBdrawRiffles\fR ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool horizontal ) const" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ See also QAquaStyle and Widget Appearance and Style. Constructs a QPlatinumStyle .SH "void QPlatinumStyle::drawRiffles ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, int w, int h, const QColorGroup & g, bool horizontal ) const\fC [protected]\fR" Draws the nifty Macintosh decoration used on sliders using painter \fIp\fR and colorgroup \fIg\fR. \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIw\fR, \fIh\fR and \fIhorizontal\fR specify the geometry and orientation of the riffles. -.SH "QColor QPlatinumStyle::mixedColor ( const QColor & c1, const QColor & c2 ) const\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "TQColor QPlatinumStyle::mixedColor ( const TQColor & c1, const TQColor & c2 ) const\fC [protected]\fR" Mixes two colors \fIc1\fR and \fIc2\fR to a new color. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpngimagepacker.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpngimagepacker.3qt index efcd9ec49..f151f8cdd 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpngimagepacker.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpngimagepacker.3qt @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ QPNGImagePacker \- Creates well-compressed PNG animations .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPNGImagePacker\fR ( QIODevice * iod, int storage_depth, int conversionflags )" +.BI "\fBQPNGImagePacker\fR ( TQIODevice * iod, int storage_depth, int conversionflags )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetPixelAlignment\fR ( int x )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBpackImage\fR ( const QImage & img )" +.BI "bool \fBpackImage\fR ( const TQImage & img )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ Images are added using packImage(). .PP See also Graphics Classes and Image Processing Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QPNGImagePacker::QPNGImagePacker ( QIODevice * iod, int storage_depth, int conversionflags )" +.SH "QPNGImagePacker::QPNGImagePacker ( TQIODevice * iod, int storage_depth, int conversionflags )" Creates an image packer that writes PNG data to IO device \fIiod\fR using a \fIstorage_depth\fR bit encoding (use 8 or 32, depending on the desired quality and compression requirements). .PP If the image needs to be modified to fit in a lower-resolution result (e.g. converting from 32-bit to 8-bit), use the \fIconversionflags\fR to specify how you'd prefer this to happen. .PP See also Qt::ImageConversionFlags. -.SH "bool QPNGImagePacker::packImage ( const QImage & img )" +.SH "bool QPNGImagePacker::packImage ( const TQImage & img )" Adds the image \fIimg\fR to the PNG animation, analyzing the differences between this and the previous image to improve compression. .SH "void QPNGImagePacker::setPixelAlignment ( int x )" Aligns pixel differences to \fIx\fR pixels. For example, using 8 can diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt index 5b062b0c1..d8dfa0b33 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPopupMenu\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQPopupMenu\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QPopupMenu\fR ()" @@ -70,28 +70,28 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .SS "Important Inherited Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QPixmap & pixmap, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( QWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, QCustomMenuItem * custom, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" @@ -136,25 +136,25 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .BI "QIconSet * \fBiconSet\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( int id ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( int id, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetWhatsThis\fR ( int id, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( int id ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QPixmap & pixmap )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBchangeItem\fR ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap )" @@ -178,10 +178,10 @@ Inherits QFrame and QMenuData. .BI "void \fBsetItemVisible\fR ( int id, bool visible )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconnectItem\fR ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBconnectItem\fR ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdisconnectItem\fR ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBdisconnectItem\fR ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBsetItemParameter\fR ( int id, int param )" @@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ menu/menu.cpp is an example of QMenuBar and QPopupMenu use. .PP See also QMenuBar, GUI Design Handbook: Menu, Drop-Down and Pop-Up, Main Window and Related Classes, and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QPopupMenu::QPopupMenu ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QPopupMenu::QPopupMenu ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a popup menu called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP -Although a popup menu is always a top-level widget, if a parent is passed the popup menu will be deleted when that parent is destroyed (as with any other QObject). +Although a popup menu is always a top-level widget, if a parent is passed the popup menu will be deleted when that parent is destroyed (as with any other TQObject). .SH "QPopupMenu::~QPopupMenu ()" Destroys the popup menu. .SH "void QPopupMenu::aboutToHide ()\fC [signal]\fR" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ See also highlighted() and QMenuData::insertItem(). .PP Examples: .)l grapher/grapher.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, and showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQString & text )" Changes the text of the menu item \fIid\fR to \fItext\fR. If the item has an icon, the icon remains unchanged. .PP See also text(). @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Changes the pixmap of the menu item \fIid\fR to the pixmap \fIpixmap\fR. If the item has an icon, the icon is unchanged. .PP See also pixmap(). -.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Changes the iconset and text of the menu item \fIid\fR to the \fIicon\fR and \fItext\fR respectively. @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ If a popup menu does not fit on the screen it lays itself out so that it does fi This functions returns the number of columns necessary. .PP See also sizeHint. -.SH "bool QMenuData::connectItem ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "bool QMenuData::connectItem ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Connects the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR to \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot or signal. .PP The receiver's slot (or signal) is activated when the menu item is activated. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ The receiver's slot (or signal) is activated when the menu item is activated. See also disconnectItem() and setItemParameter(). .PP Example: menu/menu.cpp. -.SH "bool QMenuData::disconnectItem ( int id, const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "bool QMenuData::disconnectItem ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Disconnects the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR from the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR. .PP All connections are removed when the menu data object is destroyed. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse .PP Executes this popup synchronously. .PP -Opens the popup menu so that the item number \fIindexAtPoint\fR will be at the specified \fIglobal\fR position \fIpos\fR. To translate a widget's local coordinates into global coordinates, use QWidget::mapToGlobal(). +Opens the popup menu so that the item number \fIindexAtPoint\fR will be at the specified \fIglobal\fR position \fIpos\fR. To translate a widget's local coordinates into global coordinates, use TQWidget::mapToGlobal(). .PP The return code is the id of the selected item in either the popup menu or one of its submenus, or -1 if no item is selected (normally because the user pressed Esc). .PP @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Example: scrollview/scrollview.cpp. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the id of the item at \fIpos\fR, or -1 if there is no item there or if it is a separator. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a popup menu or a menu bar. .PP A menu item is usually either a text string or a pixmap, both with an optional icon or keyboard accelerator. For special cases it is also possible to insert custom items (see QCustomMenuItem) or even widgets into popup menus. @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ The \fIindex\fR specifies the position in the menu. The menu item is appended at .PP Note that keyboard accelerators in TQt are not application-global, instead they are bound to a certain top-level window. For example, accelerators in QPopupMenu items only work for menus that are associated with a certain window. This is true for popup menus that live in a menu bar since their accelerators will then be installed in the menu bar itself. This also applies to stand-alone popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget() chain. The menu will then install its accelerator object on that top-level widget. For all other cases use an independent QAccel object. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR Be careful when passing a literal 0 to insertItem() because some C++ compilers choose the wrong overloaded function. Cast the 0 to what you mean, e.g. \fC(QObject*)0\fR. +\fBWarning:\fR Be careful when passing a literal 0 to insertItem() because some C++ compilers choose the wrong overloaded function. Cast the 0 to what you mean, e.g. \fC(TQObject*)0\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR On Mac OS X, items that connect to a slot that are inserted into a menubar will not function as we use the native menubar that knows nothing about signals or slots. Instead insert the items into a popup menu and insert the popup menu into the menubar. This may be fixed in a future TQt version. .PP @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqn .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\ Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqnamespace.h. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const QObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the pixmap in the item. The item is connected to the \fImember\fR slot in the \fIreceiver\fR object. @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), QAccel, and ntqnamespace.h. -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fI Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with text \fItext\fR, submenu \fIpopup\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ The \fIpopup\fR must be deleted by the programmer or by its parent widget. It is Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, QPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, submenu \fIpopup\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item. @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ The \fIpopup\fR must be deleted by the programmer or by its parent widget. It is Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0). .PP See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem(). -.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( QWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" +.SH "int QMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a menu item that consists of the widget \fIwidget\fR with optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. @@ -573,9 +573,9 @@ Ownership of \fIwidget\fR is transferred to the popup menu or to the menu bar. .PP Theoretically, any widget can be inserted into a popup menu. In practice, this only makes sense with certain widgets. .PP -If a widget is not focus-enabled (see QWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator; this means that the item is not selectable and will never get focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a QLabel if you need a popup menu with a title. +If a widget is not focus-enabled (see TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator; this means that the item is not selectable and will never get focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a QLabel if you need a popup menu with a title. .PP -If the widget is focus-enabled it will get focus when the user traverses the popup menu with the arrow keys. If the widget does not accept \fCArrowUp\fR and \fCArrowDown\fR in its key event handler, the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key is hit one more time. This works with a QLineEdit, for example. If the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done safely by calling: +If the widget is focus-enabled it will get focus when the user traverses the popup menu with the arrow keys. If the widget does not accept \fCArrowUp\fR and \fCArrowDown\fR in its key event handler, the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key is hit one more time. This works with a QLineEdit, for example. If the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done safely by calling: .PP .nf .br @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ Returns the pixmap that has been set for menu item \fIid\fR, or 0 if no pixmap h .PP See also changeItem(), text(), and iconSet(). .SH "void QPopupMenu::popup ( const QPoint & pos, int indexAtPoint = -1 )" -Displays the popup menu so that the item number \fIindexAtPoint\fR will be at the specified \fIglobal\fR position \fIpos\fR. To translate a widget's local coordinates into global coordinates, use QWidget::mapToGlobal(). +Displays the popup menu so that the item number \fIindexAtPoint\fR will be at the specified \fIglobal\fR position \fIpos\fR. To translate a widget's local coordinates into global coordinates, use TQWidget::mapToGlobal(). .PP When positioning a popup with exec() or popup(), bear in mind that you cannot rely on the popup menu's current size(). For performance reasons, the popup adapts its size only when necessary, so in many cases, the size before and after the show is different. Instead, use sizeHint(). It calculates the proper size depending on the menu's current contents. .PP @@ -752,15 +752,15 @@ Example: mdi/application.cpp. If \fIvisible\fR is TRUE, shows the menu item with id \fIid\fR; otherwise hides the menu item with id \fIid\fR. .PP See also isItemVisible() and isItemEnabled(). -.SH "void QMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const QString & text )" +.SH "void QMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )" Sets \fItext\fR as What's This help for the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR. .PP See also whatsThis(). .PP Examples: .)l application/application.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, and mdi/application.cpp. -.SH "QString QMenuData::text ( int id ) const" -Returns the text that has been set for menu item \fIid\fR, or QString::null if no text has been set. +.SH "TQString QMenuData::text ( int id ) const" +Returns the text that has been set for menu item \fIid\fR, or TQString::null if no text has been set. .PP See also changeItem(), pixmap(), and iconSet(). .PP @@ -770,8 +770,8 @@ Examples: Updates the item with identity \fIid\fR. .PP Reimplemented from QMenuData. -.SH "QString QMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const" -Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier \fIid\fR or QString::null if no text has yet been defined. +.SH "TQString QMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const" +Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier \fIid\fR or TQString::null if no text has yet been defined. .PP See also setWhatsThis(). .SS "Property Documentation" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqprinter.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqprinter.3qt index f4a82ee60..e53a0c6d5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqprinter.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqprinter.3qt @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ Inherits QPaintDevice. .BI "enum \fBPrinterOption\fR { PrintToFile, PrintSelection, PrintPageRange }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprinterName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBprinterName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrinterName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrinterName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBoutputToFile\fR () const" @@ -58,34 +58,34 @@ Inherits QPaintDevice. .BI "virtual void \fBsetOutputToFile\fR ( bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBoutputFileName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBoutputFileName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetOutputFileName\fR ( const QString & fileName )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetOutputFileName\fR ( const TQString & fileName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprintProgram\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBprintProgram\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrintProgram\fR ( const QString & printProg )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrintProgram\fR ( const TQString & printProg )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprinterSelectionOption\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBprinterSelectionOption\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrinterSelectionOption\fR ( const QString & option )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrinterSelectionOption\fR ( const TQString & option )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdocName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdocName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetDocName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetDocName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcreator\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcreator\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCreator\fR ( const QString & creator )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCreator\fR ( const TQString & creator )" .br .ti -1c .BI "Orientation \fBorientation\fR () const" @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Inherits QPaintDevice. .BI "bool \fBaborted\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsetup\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBsetup\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "PaperSource \fBpaperSource\fR () const" @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ The QPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer. .PP On Windows it uses the built-in printer drivers. On X11 it generates postscript and sends that to lpr, lp, or another print command. .PP -QPrinter is used in much the same way as QWidget and QPixmap are used. The big difference is that you must keep track of the pages. +QPrinter is used in much the same way as TQWidget and QPixmap are used. The big difference is that you must keep track of the pages. .PP QPrinter supports a number of settable parameters, most of which can be changed by the end user when the application calls QPrinter::setup(). .PP @@ -426,11 +426,11 @@ See also abort(). Returns the current color mode. The default color mode is Color. .PP See also setColorMode(). -.SH "QString QPrinter::creator () const" +.SH "TQString QPrinter::creator () const" Returns the name of the application that created the document. .PP See also setCreator(). -.SH "QString QPrinter::docName () const" +.SH "TQString QPrinter::docName () const" Returns the document name. .PP See also setDocName(). @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ See also setNumCopies(). Returns the orientation setting. The default value is QPrinter::Portrait. .PP See also setOrientation(). -.SH "QString QPrinter::outputFileName () const" +.SH "TQString QPrinter::outputFileName () const" Returns the name of the output file. There is no default file name. .PP See also setOutputFileName() and setOutputToFile(). @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ See also setPageSize(). Returns the currently set paper source of the printer. .PP See also setPaperSource(). -.SH "QString QPrinter::printProgram () const" +.SH "TQString QPrinter::printProgram () const" Returns the name of the program that sends the print output to the printer. .PP The default is to return a null string; meaning that QPrinter will try to be smart in a system-dependent way. On X11 only, you can set it to something different to use a specific print program. @@ -531,11 +531,11 @@ See also setPrintProgram() and setPrinterSelectionOption(). Returns the PageRange of the QPrinter. After the print setup dialog has been opened, this function returns the value selected by the user. .PP See also setPrintRange(). -.SH "QString QPrinter::printerName () const" +.SH "TQString QPrinter::printerName () const" Returns the printer name. This value is initially set to the name of the default printer. .PP See also setPrinterName(). -.SH "QString QPrinter::printerSelectionOption () const" +.SH "TQString QPrinter::printerSelectionOption () const" Returns the printer options selection string. This is useful only if the print command has been explicitly set. .PP The default value (a null string) implies that the printer should be selected in a system-dependent manner. @@ -551,13 +551,13 @@ See also setResolution(). Sets the printer's color mode to \fInewColorMode\fR, which can be either Color or GrayScale (the default). .PP See also colorMode(). -.SH "void QPrinter::setCreator ( const QString & creator )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QPrinter::setCreator ( const TQString & creator )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the application that created the document to \fIcreator\fR. .PP This function is only applicable to the X11 version of Qt. If no creator name is specified, the creator will be set to "Qt" followed by some version number. .PP See also creator(). -.SH "void QPrinter::setDocName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QPrinter::setDocName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the document name to \fIname\fR. .SH "void QPrinter::setFromTo ( int fromPage, int toPage )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the from-page and to-page settings to \fIfromPage\fR and \fItoPage\fR respectively. @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ The printer driver reads this setting and prints using the specified orientation Windows only! This option can be changed while printing and will take effect from the next call to newPage() .PP See also orientation(). -.SH "void QPrinter::setOutputFileName ( const QString & fileName )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QPrinter::setOutputFileName ( const TQString & fileName )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the output file to \fIfileName\fR. .PP Setting a null or empty name (0 or "") disables output to a file, i.e. calls setOutputToFile(FALSE). Setting a non-empty name enables output to a file, i.e. calls setOutputToFile(TRUE). @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ Sets the paper source setting to \fIsource\fR. Windows only! This option can be changed while printing and will take effect from the next call to newPage() .PP See also paperSource(). -.SH "void QPrinter::setPrintProgram ( const QString & printProg )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QPrinter::setPrintProgram ( const TQString & printProg )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the program that should do the print job to \fIprintProg\fR. .PP On X11, this function sets the program to call with the PostScript output. On other platforms, it has no effect. @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ See also printProgram(). Sets the default selected page range to be used when the print setup dialog is opened to \fIrange\fR. If the PageRange specified by \fIrange\fR is currently disabled the function does nothing. .PP See also printRange(). -.SH "void QPrinter::setPrinterName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QPrinter::setPrinterName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the printer name to \fIname\fR. .PP The default printer will be used if no printer name is set. @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ The default printer will be used if no printer name is set. Under X11, the \fCPRINTER\fR environment variable defines the default printer. Under any other window system, the window system defines the default printer. .PP See also printerName(). -.SH "void QPrinter::setPrinterSelectionOption ( const QString & option )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QPrinter::setPrinterSelectionOption ( const TQString & option )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the printer to use \fIoption\fR to select the printer. \fIoption\fR is null by default (which implies that TQt should be smart enough to guess correctly), but it can be set to other values to use a specific printer selection option. .PP If the printer selection option is changed while the printer is active, the current print job may or may not be affected. @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ This function must be called before setup() to have an effect on all platforms. See also resolution() and setPageSize(). .SH "void QPrinter::setWinPageSize ( short winPageSize )" Windows only, using this function is not portable! Sets the windows page size value that is used by the \fCDEVMODE\fR struct. The \fIwinPageSize\fR value must be one of the DMPAPER_ defines from wingdi.h. -.SH "bool QPrinter::setup ( QWidget * parent = 0 )" +.SH "bool QPrinter::setup ( TQWidget * parent = 0 )" Opens a printer setup dialog, with parent \fIparent\fR, and asks the user to specify which printer they wish to use and what settings it should have. .PP Returns TRUE if the user pressed "OK" to print, or FALSE if the user canceled the operation. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqprocess.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqprocess.3qt index fbb86b223..11572e376 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqprocess.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqprocess.3qt @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@ QProcess \- Used to start external programs and to communicate with them .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQProcess\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQProcess\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQProcess\fR ( const QString & arg0, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQProcess\fR ( const TQString & arg0, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQProcess\fR ( const QStringList & args, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQProcess\fR ( const QStringList & args, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QProcess\fR ()" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual void \fBsetArguments\fR ( const QStringList & args )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddArgument\fR ( const QString & arg )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddArgument\fR ( const TQString & arg )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QDir \fBworkingDirectory\fR () const" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual bool \fBstart\fR ( QStringList * env = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBlaunch\fR ( const QString & buf, QStringList * env = 0 )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBlaunch\fR ( const TQString & buf, QStringList * env = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBlaunch\fR ( const QByteArray & buf, QStringList * env = 0 )" @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "bool \fBcanReadLineStderr\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBreadLineStdout\fR ()" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBreadLineStdout\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBreadLineStderr\fR ()" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBreadLineStderr\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "PID \fBprocessIdentifier\fR ()" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual void \fBwriteToStdin\fR ( const QByteArray & buf )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBwriteToStdin\fR ( const QString & buf )" +.BI "virtual void \fBwriteToStdin\fR ( const TQString & buf )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBcloseStdin\fR ()" @@ -244,18 +244,18 @@ This enum type defines the communication channels connected to the process. .PP See also setCommunication() and communication(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QProcess::QProcess ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a QProcess object. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QProcess::QProcess ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a QProcess object. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the TQObject constructor. .PP See also setArguments(), addArgument(), and start(). -.SH "QProcess::QProcess ( const QString & arg0, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a QProcess with \fIarg0\fR as the command to be executed. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QProcess::QProcess ( const TQString & arg0, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a QProcess with \fIarg0\fR as the command to be executed. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the TQObject constructor. .PP The process is not started. You must call start() or launch() to start the process. .PP See also setArguments(), addArgument(), and start(). -.SH "QProcess::QProcess ( const QStringList & args, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a QProcess with \fIargs\fR as the arguments of the process. The first element in the list is the command to be executed. The other elements in the list are the arguments to this command. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QProcess::QProcess ( const QStringList & args, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a QProcess with \fIargs\fR as the arguments of the process. The first element in the list is the command to be executed. The other elements in the list are the arguments to this command. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed to the TQObject constructor. .PP The process is not started. You must call start() or launch() to start the process. .PP @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ If the process is running, it is \fBnot\fR terminated! The standard input, stand You can connect the destroyed() signal to the kill() slot, if you want the process to be terminated automatically when the instance is destroyed. .PP See also tryTerminate() and kill(). -.SH "void QProcess::addArgument ( const QString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QProcess::addArgument ( const TQString & arg )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds \fIarg\fR to the end of the list of arguments. .PP The first element in the list of arguments is the command to be executed; the following elements are the command's arguments. @@ -364,16 +364,16 @@ You can call this function even when a process that was started with this instan The object emits the signal launchFinished() when this function call is finished. If the start was successful, this signal is emitted after all the data has been written to standard input. If the start failed, then this signal is emitted immediately. .PP See also start() and launchFinished(). -.SH "bool QProcess::launch ( const QString & buf, QStringList * env = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QProcess::launch ( const TQString & buf, QStringList * env = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -The data \fIbuf\fR is written to standard input with writeToStdin() using the QString::local8Bit() representation of the strings. +The data \fIbuf\fR is written to standard input with writeToStdin() using the TQString::local8Bit() representation of the strings. .SH "void QProcess::launchFinished ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the process was started with launch(). If the start was successful, this signal is emitted after all the data has been written to standard input. If the start failed, then this signal is emitted immediately. .PP This signal is especially useful if you want to know when you can safely delete the QProcess object when you are not interested in reading from standard output or standard error. .PP -See also launch() and QObject::deleteLater(). +See also launch() and TQObject::deleteLater(). .SH "bool QProcess::normalExit () const" Returns TRUE if the process has exited normally; otherwise returns FALSE. This implies that this function returns FALSE if the process is still running. .PP @@ -392,14 +392,14 @@ Under Unix the return value is the PID of the process, or -1 if no process belon Under Windows it is a pointer to the \fCPROCESS_INFORMATION\fR struct, or 0 if no process is belongs to this object. .PP Use of this function's return value is likely to be non-portable. -.SH "QString QProcess::readLineStderr ()\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reads a line of text from standard error, excluding any trailing newline or carriage return characters and returns it. Returns QString::null if canReadLineStderr() returns FALSE. +.SH "TQString QProcess::readLineStderr ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +Reads a line of text from standard error, excluding any trailing newline or carriage return characters and returns it. Returns TQString::null if canReadLineStderr() returns FALSE. .PP By default, the text is interpreted to be in Latin-1 encoding. If you need other codecs, you can set a different codec with QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(). .PP See also canReadLineStderr(), readyReadStderr(), readStderr(), and readLineStdout(). -.SH "QString QProcess::readLineStdout ()\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reads a line of text from standard output, excluding any trailing newline or carriage return characters, and returns it. Returns QString::null if canReadLineStdout() returns FALSE. +.SH "TQString QProcess::readLineStdout ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +Reads a line of text from standard output, excluding any trailing newline or carriage return characters, and returns it. Returns TQString::null if canReadLineStdout() returns FALSE. .PP By default, the text is interpreted to be in Latin-1 encoding. If you need other codecs, you can set a different codec with QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(). .PP @@ -486,10 +486,10 @@ This function always returns immediately. The data you pass to writeToStdin() is Note that some operating systems use a buffer to transfer the data. As a result, wroteToStdin() may be emitted before the running process has actually read all the data. .PP See also wroteToStdin(), closeStdin(), readStdout(), and readStderr(). -.SH "void QProcess::writeToStdin ( const QString & buf )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QProcess::writeToStdin ( const TQString & buf )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -The string \fIbuf\fR is handled as text using the QString::local8Bit() representation. +The string \fIbuf\fR is handled as text using the TQString::local8Bit() representation. .SH "void QProcess::wroteToStdin ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted if the data sent to standard input (via writeToStdin()) was actually written to the process. This does not imply that the process really read the data, since this class only detects when it was able to write the data to the operating system. But it is now safe to close standard input without losing pending data. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt index 3f11fd8e7..2a86d119d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressbar.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQProgressBar\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQProgressBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQProgressBar\fR ( int totalSteps, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQProgressBar\fR ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBtotalSteps\fR () const" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "int \fBprogress\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString & \fBprogressString\fR () const" +.BI "const TQString & \fBprogressString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetCenterIndicator\fR ( bool on )" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "int \fBprogress\fR - the current amount of progress" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprogressString\fR - the amount of progress as a string \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBprogressString\fR - the amount of progress as a string \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBtotalSteps\fR - the total number of steps" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBsetIndicator\fR ( QString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBsetIndicator\fR ( TQString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ See also QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced .PP See also QProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QProgressBar::QProgressBar ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QProgressBar::QProgressBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a progress bar. .PP The total number of steps is set to 100 by default. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ The total number of steps is set to 100 by default. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed on to the QFrame::QFrame() constructor. .PP See also totalSteps. -.SH "QProgressBar::QProgressBar ( int totalSteps, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QProgressBar::QProgressBar ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a progress bar. .PP The \fItotalSteps\fR is the total number of steps that need to be completed for the operation which this progress bar represents. For example, if the operation is to examine 50 files, this value would be 50. Before examining the first file, call setProgress(0); call setProgress(50) after examining the last file. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the display of the indicator string should follow the GUI style; Returns TRUE if the current progress value is displayed; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "percentageVisible" property for details. .SH "int QProgressBar::progress () const" Returns the current amount of progress. See the "progress" property for details. -.SH "const QString & QProgressBar::progressString () const" +.SH "const TQString & QProgressBar::progressString () const" Returns the amount of progress as a string. See the "progressString" property for details. .SH "void QProgressBar::reset ()\fC [slot]\fR" Reset the progress bar. The progress bar "rewinds" and shows no progress. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Examples: .)l fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp and progressbar/progressbar.cpp. .SH "void QProgressBar::setCenterIndicator ( bool on )" Sets whether the indicator string should be centered to \fIon\fR. See the "centerIndicator" property for details. -.SH "bool QProgressBar::setIndicator ( QString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool QProgressBar::setIndicator ( TQString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This method is called to generate the text displayed in the center (or in some styles, to the left) of the progress bar. .PP The \fIprogress\fR may be negative, indicating that the progress bar is in the "reset" state before any progress is set. @@ -197,10 +197,10 @@ This property holds the current amount of progress. This property is -1 if progress counting has not started. .PP Set this property's value with setProgress() and get this property's value with progress(). -.SH "QString progressString" +.SH "TQString progressString" This property holds the amount of progress as a string. .PP -This property is QString::null if progress counting has not started. +This property is TQString::null if progress counting has not started. .PP Get this property's value with progressString(). .SH "int totalSteps" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt index f1ee4a73f..3bfd25acf 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqprogressdialog.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQProgressDialog\fR ( QWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQProgressDialog\fR ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQProgressDialog\fR ( const QString & labelText, const QString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, QWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQProgressDialog\fR ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QProgressDialog\fR ()" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "virtual QSize \fBsizeHint\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlabelText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlabelText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetAutoReset\fR ( bool b )" @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "void \fBsetProgress\fR ( int progress, int totalSteps )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetLabelText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBsetLabelText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetCancelButtonText\fR ( const QString & cancelButtonText )" +.BI "void \fBsetCancelButtonText\fR ( const TQString & cancelButtonText )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetMinimumDuration\fR ( int ms )" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "bool \fBautoReset\fR - whether the progress dialog calls reset() as soon as progress() equals totalSteps()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlabelText\fR - the label's text" +.BI "TQString \fBlabelText\fR - the label's text" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBminimumDuration\fR - the time that must pass before the dialog appears" @@ -175,15 +175,15 @@ for ( int i = 0; i < numFiles; i++ ) { progress.setProgress( numFiles ); .fi .PP -A modeless progress dialog is suitable for operations that take place in the background, where the user is able to interact with the application. Such operations are typically based on QTimer (or QObject::timerEvent()), QSocketNotifier, or QUrlOperator; or performed in a separate thread. A QProgressBar in the status bar of your main window is often an alternative to a modeless progress dialog. +A modeless progress dialog is suitable for operations that take place in the background, where the user is able to interact with the application. Such operations are typically based on QTimer (or TQObject::timerEvent()), QSocketNotifier, or QUrlOperator; or performed in a separate thread. A QProgressBar in the status bar of your main window is often an alternative to a modeless progress dialog. .PP You need to have an event loop to be running, connect the canceled() signal to a slot that stops the operation, and call setProgress() at intervals. For example: .PP .nf .br -Operation::Operation( QObject *parent = 0 ) +Operation::Operation( TQObject *parent = 0 ) .br - : QObject( parent ), steps( 0 ) + : TQObject( parent ), steps( 0 ) .br { .br @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ In both modes the progress dialog may be customized by replacing the child widge .PP See also QDialog, QProgressBar, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Dialog Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog ( QWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a progress dialog. .PP Default settings: @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ The total number of steps is 100. The \fIcreator\fR argument is the widget to use as the dialog's parent. The \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR, and the widget flags, \fIf\fR, are passed to the QDialog::QDialog() constructor. If \fImodal\fR is FALSE (the default), you must have an event loop proceeding for any redrawing of the dialog to occur. If \fImodal\fR is TRUE, the dialog ensures that events are processed when needed. .PP See also labelText, setLabel(), setCancelButtonText(), setCancelButton(), and totalSteps. -.SH "QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog ( const QString & labelText, const QString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, QWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a progress dialog. .PP The \fIlabelText\fR is text used to remind the user what is progressing. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Examples: Shows the dialog if it is still hidden after the algorithm has been started and minimumDuration milliseconds have passed. .PP See also minimumDuration. -.SH "QString QProgressDialog::labelText () const" +.SH "TQString QProgressDialog::labelText () const" Returns the label's text. See the "labelText" property for details. .SH "int QProgressDialog::minimumDuration () const" Returns the time that must pass before the dialog appears. See the "minimumDuration" property for details. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Sets the progress bar widget to \fIbar\fR. The progress dialog resizes to fit. T Sets the cancel button to the push button, \fIcancelButton\fR. The progress dialog takes ownership of this button which will be deleted when necessary, so do not pass the address of an object that is on the stack, i.e. use new() to create the button. .PP See also setCancelButtonText(). -.SH "void QProgressDialog::setCancelButtonText ( const QString & cancelButtonText )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QProgressDialog::setCancelButtonText ( const TQString & cancelButtonText )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the cancel button's text to \fIcancelButtonText\fR. .PP See also setCancelButton(). @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Sets the label to \fIlabel\fR. The progress dialog resizes to fit. The label bec See also labelText. .PP Example: progress/progress.cpp. -.SH "void QProgressDialog::setLabelText ( const QString & )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QProgressDialog::setLabelText ( const TQString & )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the label's text. See the "labelText" property for details. .SH "void QProgressDialog::setMinimumDuration ( int ms )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the time that must pass before the dialog appears to \fIms\fR. See the "minimumDuration" property for details. @@ -359,10 +359,10 @@ The default is TRUE. See also autoClose. .PP Set this property's value with setAutoReset() and get this property's value with autoReset(). -.SH "QString labelText" +.SH "TQString labelText" This property holds the label's text. .PP -The default text is QString::null. +The default text is TQString::null. .PP Set this property's value with setLabelText() and get this property's value with labelText(). .SH "int minimumDuration" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqptrlist.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqptrlist.3qt index 8d5b379df..2922f2d75 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqptrlist.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqptrlist.3qt @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Example: .br Employee() : sn( 0 ) { } .br - Employee( const QString& forename, const QString& surname, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary ) .br : fn( forename ), sn( surname ), sal( salary ) .br @@ -198,18 +198,18 @@ Example: void setSalary( int salary ) { sal = salary; } .br .br - QString forename() const { return fn; } + TQString forename() const { return fn; } .br - QString surname() const { return sn; } + TQString surname() const { return sn; } .br int salary() const { return sal; } .br .br private: .br - QString fn; + TQString fn; .br - QString sn; + TQString sn; .br int sal; .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt index a74317147..d84fe3530 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ Inherits QButton. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPushButton\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQPushButton\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPushButton\fR ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQPushButton\fR ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQPushButton\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQPushButton\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QPushButton\fR ()" @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ Inherits QButton. .SS "Important Inherited Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -221,18 +221,18 @@ In Qt, the QButton abstract base class provides most of the modes and other API, .PP See also QToolButton, QRadioButton, QCheckBox, GUI Design Handbook: Push Button, and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QPushButton::QPushButton ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QPushButton::QPushButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a push button with no text. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QPushButton::QPushButton ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QPushButton::QPushButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a push button called \fIname\fR with the parent \fIparent\fR and the text \fItext\fR. -.SH "QPushButton::QPushButton ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QPushButton::QPushButton ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a push button with an \fIicon\fR and a \fItext\fR. .PP Note that you can also pass a QPixmap object as an icon (thanks to the implicit type conversion provided by C++). .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QPushButton::~QPushButton ()" Destroys the push button. .SH "QKeySequence QButton::accel () const" @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ See also popup(). .PP Examples: .)l buttongroups/buttongroups.cpp and qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "void QButton::setText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QPushButton::setToggleButton ( bool )" Sets whether the button is a toggle button. See the "toggleButton" property for details. @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called. .PP See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState. -.SH "QString QButton::text () const" +.SH "TQString QButton::text () const" Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR" Toggles the state of a toggle button. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Set this property's value with setAutoDefault() and get this property's value wi .SH "bool autoMask" This property holds whether the button is automatically masked. .PP -See also QWidget::autoMask. +See also TQWidget::autoMask. .SH "bool autoRepeat" This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled. .PP @@ -425,10 +425,10 @@ If the pixmap is monochrome (i.e. it is a QBitmap or its depth is 1) and it does pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set. .PP Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the text shown on the button. .PP -This property will return a QString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. +This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. .PP There is no default text. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt index bb27ca8c5..826ea8285 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QButton. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQRadioButton\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQRadioButton\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQRadioButton\fR ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQRadioButton\fR ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisChecked\fR () const" @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Inherits QButton. .SS "Important Inherited Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" @@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ Just like QPushButton, a radio button can display text or a pixmap. The text can .PP See also QPushButton, QToolButton, GUI Design Handbook: Radio Button, and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QRadioButton::QRadioButton ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QRadioButton::QRadioButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a radio button with no text. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QRadioButton::QRadioButton ( const QString & text, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QRadioButton::QRadioButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a radio button with the text \fItext\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QKeySequence QButton::accel () const" Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details. .SH "bool QButton::autoRepeat () const" @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Sets whether the radio button is checked to \fIcheck\fR. See the "checked" prope Sets whether the button is pressed. See the "down" property for details. .SH "void QButton::setPixmap ( const QPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the pixmap shown on the button. See the "pixmap" property for details. -.SH "void QButton::setText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QButton::setText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "ToggleState QButton::state () const" Returns the state of the toggle button. See the "toggleState" property for details. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ This signal is emitted whenever a toggle button changes state. \fIstate\fR is On This may be the result of a user action, toggle() slot activation, setState(), or because setOn() was called. .PP See also clicked() and QButton::ToggleState. -.SH "QString QButton::text () const" +.SH "TQString QButton::text () const" Returns the text shown on the button. See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QButton::toggle ()\fC [slot]\fR" Toggles the state of a toggle button. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Set this property's value with setAccel() and get this property's value with acc .SH "bool autoMask" This property holds whether the radio button is automatically masked. .PP -See also QWidget::autoMask. +See also TQWidget::autoMask. .SH "bool autoRepeat" This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled. .PP @@ -243,10 +243,10 @@ If the pixmap is monochrome (i.e. it is a QBitmap or its depth is 1) and it does pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set. .PP Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the text shown on the button. .PP -This property will return a QString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. +This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an accelerator is automatically created for it using the character that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is defined by the text. .PP There is no default text. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqrangecontrol.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqrangecontrol.3qt index 747cd55bc..317ffb139 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqrangecontrol.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqrangecontrol.3qt @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ QRangeControl also provides a function called bound() which lets you force arbit .PP We recommend that all widgets that inherit QRangeControl provide at least a signal called valueChanged(); many widgets will want to provide addStep(), addPage(), substractStep() and substractPage() as slots. .PP -Note that you must use multiple inheritance if you plan to implement a widget using QRangeControl because QRangeControl is not derived from QWidget. +Note that you must use multiple inheritance if you plan to implement a widget using QRangeControl because QRangeControl is not derived from TQWidget. .PP See also Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqregexp.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqregexp.3qt index da9121c25..e0aa9815a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqregexp.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqregexp.3qt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQRegExp\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQRegExp\fR ( const QString & pattern, bool caseSensitive = TRUE, bool wildcard = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQRegExp\fR ( const TQString & pattern, bool caseSensitive = TRUE, bool wildcard = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQRegExp\fR ( const QRegExp & rx )" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "bool \fBisValid\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpattern\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBpattern\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetPattern\fR ( const QString & pattern )" +.BI "void \fBsetPattern\fR ( const TQString & pattern )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBcaseSensitive\fR () const" @@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "void \fBsetMinimal\fR ( bool minimal )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBexactMatch\fR ( const QString & str ) const" +.BI "bool \fBexactMatch\fR ( const TQString & str ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int match ( const QString & str, int index = 0, int * len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "int match ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, int * len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBsearch\fR ( const QString & str, int offset = 0, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" +.BI "int \fBsearch\fR ( const TQString & str, int offset = 0, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBsearchRev\fR ( const QString & str, int offset = -1, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" +.BI "int \fBsearchRev\fR ( const TQString & str, int offset = -1, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBmatchedLength\fR () const" @@ -91,19 +91,19 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QStringList \fBcapturedTexts\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcap\fR ( int nth = 0 )" +.BI "TQString \fBcap\fR ( int nth = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBpos\fR ( int nth = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBerrorString\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBerrorString\fR ()" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBescape\fR ( const QString & str )" +.BI "TQString \fBescape\fR ( const TQString & str )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -186,11 +186,11 @@ hexadecimal number hhhh (between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF). \0ooo (i.e., \\zero ooo) matches the ASCII/Latin-1 character corresponding to the octal number ooo (between 0 and 0377). This matches any character (including newline). - This matches a digit (QChar::isDigit()). + This matches a digit (TQChar::isDigit()). This matches a non-digit. - This matches a whitespace (QChar::isSpace()). + This matches a whitespace (TQChar::isSpace()). This matches a non-whitespace. - This matches a word character (QChar::isLetterOrNumber() or '_'). + This matches a word character (TQChar::isLetterOrNumber() or '_'). This matches a non-word character. .TE @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Perl's $& is cap(0) or capturedTexts()[0]. There are no QRegExp equivalents for ... correspond to cap(1) or capturedTexts()[1], cap(2) or capturedTexts()[2], etc. .PP -To substitute a pattern use QString::replace(). +To substitute a pattern use TQString::replace(). .PP Perl's extended \fC/x\fR syntax is not supported, nor are directives, e.g. (?i), or regexp comments, e.g. (?#comment). On the other hand, C++'s rules for literal strings can be used to achieve the same: .PP @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ The second string matches "Please write the letter". The word 'letter' is .PP .nf .br - QString captured = rx.cap( 1 ); // captured == "letter" + TQString captured = rx.cap( 1 ); // captured == "letter" .br .fi .PP @@ -381,13 +381,13 @@ This will capture the text from the first set of capturing parentheses (counting .br QRegExp rx( "&(?!amp;)" ); // match ampersands but not & .br - QString line1 = "This & that"; + TQString line1 = "This & that"; .br line1.replace( rx, "&" ); .br // line1 == "This & that" .br - QString line2 = "His & hers & theirs"; + TQString line2 = "His & hers & theirs"; .br line2.replace( rx, "&" ); .br @@ -395,11 +395,11 @@ This will capture the text from the first set of capturing parentheses (counting .br .fi .PP -Here we've passed the QRegExp to QString's replace() function to replace the matched text with new text. +Here we've passed the QRegExp to TQString's replace() function to replace the matched text with new text. .PP .nf .br - QString str = "One Eric another Eirik, and an Ericsson." + TQString str = "One Eric another Eirik, and an Ericsson." .br " How many Eiriks, Eric?"; .br @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ One common use of regexps is to split lines of delimited data into their compone .br str = "Trolltech AS\\twww.trolltech.com\\tNorway"; .br - QString company, web, country; + TQString company, web, country; .br rx.setPattern( "^([^\\t]+)\\t([^\\t]+)\\t([^\\t]+)$" ); .br @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Wildcard matching can be convenient because of its simplicity, but any wildcard .PP QRegExp can match case insensitively using setCaseSensitive(), and can use non-greedy matching, see setMinimal(). By default QRegExp uses full regexps but this can be changed with setWildcard(). Searching can be forward with search() or backward with searchRev(). Captured text can be accessed using capturedTexts() which returns a string list of all captured strings, or using cap() which returns the captured string for the given index. The pos() function takes a match index and returns the position in the string where the match was made (or -1 if there was no match). .PP -See also QRegExpValidator, QString, QStringList, Miscellaneous Classes, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. +See also QRegExpValidator, TQString, QStringList, Miscellaneous Classes, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. .PP .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QRegExp::CaretMode" @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ The CaretMode enum defines the different meanings of the caret (\fB^\fR) in a re Constructs an empty regexp. .PP See also isValid() and errorString(). -.SH "QRegExp::QRegExp ( const QString & pattern, bool caseSensitive = TRUE, bool wildcard = FALSE )" +.SH "QRegExp::QRegExp ( const TQString & pattern, bool caseSensitive = TRUE, bool wildcard = FALSE )" Constructs a regular expression object for the given \fIpattern\fR string. The pattern must be given using wildcard notation if \fIwildcard\fR is TRUE (default is FALSE). The pattern is case sensitive, unless \fIcaseSensitive\fR is FALSE. Matching is greedy (maximal), but can be changed by calling setMinimal(). .PP See also setPattern(), setCaseSensitive(), setWildcard(), and setMinimal(). @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ Constructs a regular expression as a copy of \fIrx\fR. See also operator=(). .SH "QRegExp::~QRegExp ()" Destroys the regular expression and cleans up its internal data. -.SH "QString QRegExp::cap ( int nth = 0 )" +.SH "TQString QRegExp::cap ( int nth = 0 )" Returns the text captured by the \fInth\fR subexpression. The entire match has index 0 and the parenthesized subexpressions have indices starting from 1 (excluding non-capturing parentheses). .PP .nf @@ -516,9 +516,9 @@ Returns the text captured by the \fInth\fR subexpression. The entire match has i .br if ( pos > -1 ) { .br - QString value = rxlen.cap( 1 ); // "189" + TQString value = rxlen.cap( 1 ); // "189" .br - QString unit = rxlen.cap( 2 ); // "cm" + TQString unit = rxlen.cap( 2 ); // "cm" .br // ... .br @@ -622,13 +622,13 @@ See also cap(), pos(), exactMatch(), search(), and searchRev(). Returns TRUE if case sensitivity is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. The default is TRUE. .PP See also setCaseSensitive(). -.SH "QString QRegExp::errorString ()" +.SH "TQString QRegExp::errorString ()" Returns a text string that explains why a regexp pattern is invalid the case being; otherwise returns "no error occurred". .PP See also isValid(). .PP Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "QString QRegExp::escape ( const QString & str )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QRegExp::escape ( const TQString & str )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the string \fIstr\fR with every regexp special character escaped with a backslash. The special characters are $, (, ), *, +, ., ?, [, \, ], ^, {, | and }. .PP @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ This function is useful to construct regexp patterns dynamically: "|" + QRegExp::escape(alias) + ")" ); .br .fi -.SH "bool QRegExp::exactMatch ( const QString & str ) const" +.SH "bool QRegExp::exactMatch ( const TQString & str ) const" Returns TRUE if \fIstr\fR is matched exactly by this regular expression; otherwise returns FALSE. You can determine how much of the string was matched by calling matchedLength(). .PP For a given regexp string, R, exactMatch("R") is the equivalent of search("^R$") since exactMatch() effectively encloses the regexp in the start of string and end of string anchors, except that it sets matchedLength() differently. @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the pattern string is empty; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If you call exactMatch() with an empty pattern on an empty string it will return TRUE; otherwise it returns FALSE since it operates over the whole string. If you call search() with an empty pattern on \fIany\fR string it will return the start offset (0 by default) because the empty pattern matches the 'emptiness' at the start of the string. In this case the length of the match returned by matchedLength() will be 0. .PP -See QString::isEmpty(). +See TQString::isEmpty(). .SH "bool QRegExp::isValid () const" Returns TRUE if the regular expression is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. An invalid regular expression never matches. .PP @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ Note that the validity of a regexp may also depend on the setting of the wildcar See also errorString(). .PP Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "int QRegExp::match ( const QString & str, int index = 0, int * len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int QRegExp::match ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, int * len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Attempts to match in \fIstr\fR, starting from position \fIindex\fR. Returns the position of the match, or -1 if there was no match. @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ If \fIindexIsStart\fR is TRUE (the default), the position \fIindex\fR in the str .PP Use search() and matchedLength() instead of this function. .PP -See also QString::mid() and QConstString. +See also TQString::mid() and QConstString. .PP Example: qmag/qmag.cpp. .SH "int QRegExp::matchedLength () const" @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Copies the regular expression \fIrx\fR and returns a reference to the copy. The Returns TRUE if this regular expression is equal to \fIrx\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Two QRegExp objects are equal if they have the same pattern strings and the same settings for case sensitivity, wildcard and minimal matching. -.SH "QString QRegExp::pattern () const" +.SH "TQString QRegExp::pattern () const" Returns the pattern string of the regular expression. The pattern has either regular expression syntax or wildcard syntax, depending on wildcard(). .PP See also setPattern(). @@ -742,20 +742,20 @@ Example: For zero-length matches, pos() always returns -1. (For example, if cap(4) would return an empty string, pos(4) returns -1.) This is due to an implementation tradeoff. .PP See also capturedTexts(), exactMatch(), search(), and searchRev(). -.SH "int QRegExp::search ( const QString & str, int offset = 0, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" +.SH "int QRegExp::search ( const TQString & str, int offset = 0, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" Attempts to find a match in \fIstr\fR from position \fIoffset\fR (0 by default). If \fIoffset\fR is -1, the search starts at the last character; if -2, at the next to last character; etc. .PP Returns the position of the first match, or -1 if there was no match. .PP The \fIcaretMode\fR parameter can be used to instruct whether \fB^\fR should match at index 0 or at \fIoffset\fR. .PP -You might prefer to use QString::find(), QString::contains() or even QStringList::grep(). To replace matches use QString::replace(). +You might prefer to use TQString::find(), TQString::contains() or even QStringList::grep(). To replace matches use TQString::replace(). .PP Example: .PP .nf .br - QString str = "offsets: 1.23 .50 71.00 6.00"; + TQString str = "offsets: 1.23 .50 71.00 6.00"; .br QRegExp rx( "\\\\d*\\\\.\\\\d+" ); // primitive floating point matching .br @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ See also searchRev() and exactMatch(). .PP Examples: .)l network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h and regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "int QRegExp::searchRev ( const QString & str, int offset = -1, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" +.SH "int QRegExp::searchRev ( const TQString & str, int offset = -1, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const" Attempts to find a match backwards in \fIstr\fR from position \fIoffset\fR. If \fIoffset\fR is -1 (the default), the search starts at the last character; if -2, at the next to last character; etc. .PP Returns the position of the first match, or -1 if there was no match. @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ See also minimal(). .PP Examples: .)l network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h and regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "void QRegExp::setPattern ( const QString & pattern )" +.SH "void QRegExp::setPattern ( const TQString & pattern )" Sets the pattern string to \fIpattern\fR. The case sensitivity, wildcard and minimal matching options are not changed. .PP See also pattern(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt index 93117e656..e13d28dca 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits QValidator. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQRegExpValidator\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQRegExpValidator\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQRegExpValidator\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQRegExpValidator\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QRegExpValidator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QValidator::State \fBvalidate\fR ( QString & input, int & pos ) const" +.BI "virtual QValidator::State \fBvalidate\fR ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetRegExp\fR ( const QRegExp & rx )" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would normally be .br QRegExpValidator v( rx, 0 ); .br - QString s; + TQString s; .br int pos = 0; .br @@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would normally be .PP See also QRegExp, QIntValidator, QDoubleValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QRegExpValidator::QRegExpValidator ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QRegExpValidator::QRegExpValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a validator that accepts any string (including an empty one) as valid. The object's parent is \fIparent\fR and its name is \fIname\fR. -.SH "QRegExpValidator::QRegExpValidator ( const QRegExp & rx, QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QRegExpValidator::QRegExpValidator ( const QRegExp & rx, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a validator which accepts all strings that match the regular expression \fIrx\fR. The object's parent is \fIparent\fR and its name is \fIname\fR. .PP The match is made against the entire string, e.g. if the regexp is \fB[A-Fa-f0-9]+\fR it will be treated as \fB^[A-Fa-f0-9]+$\fR. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ See also setRegExp(). Sets the regular expression used for validation to \fIrx\fR. .PP See also regExp(). -.SH "QValidator::State QRegExpValidator::validate ( QString & input, int & pos ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QValidator::State QRegExpValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns Acceptable if \fIinput\fR is matched by the regular expression for this validator, Intermediate if it has matched partially (i.e. could be a valid match if additional valid characters are added), and Invalid if \fIinput\fR is not matched. .PP The \fIpos\fR parameter is set to the length of the \fIinput\fR parameter. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqregion.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqregion.3qt index 45dff6e28..9e4d22fe8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqregion.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqregion.3qt @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ QRegion \- Clip region for a painter .SH DESCRIPTION The QRegion class specifies a clip region for a painter. .PP -QRegion is used with QPainter::setClipRegion() to limit the paint area to what needs to be painted. There is also a QWidget::repaint() that takes a QRegion parameter. QRegion is the best tool for reducing flicker. +QRegion is used with QPainter::setClipRegion() to limit the paint area to what needs to be painted. There is also a TQWidget::repaint() that takes a QRegion parameter. QRegion is the best tool for reducing flicker. .PP A region can be created from a rectangle, an ellipse, a polygon or a bitmap. Complex regions may be created by combining simple regions using unite(), intersect(), subtract() or eor() (exclusive or). You can move a region using translate(). .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqresizeevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqresizeevent.3qt index 7cb9fd9cf..212eec402 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqresizeevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqresizeevent.3qt @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ The QResizeEvent class contains event parameters for resize events. .PP Resize events are sent to widgets that have been resized. .PP -The event handler QWidget::resizeEvent() receives resize events. +The event handler TQWidget::resizeEvent() receives resize events. .PP -See also QWidget::size, QWidget::geometry, and Event Classes. +See also TQWidget::size, TQWidget::geometry, and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QResizeEvent::QResizeEvent ( const QSize & size, const QSize & oldSize )" Constructs a resize event with the new and old widget sizes, \fIsize\fR and \fIoldSize\fR respectively. .SH "const QSize & QResizeEvent::oldSize () const" Returns the old size of the widget. .SH "const QSize & QResizeEvent::size () const" -Returns the new size of the widget, which is the same as QWidget::size(). +Returns the new size of the widget, which is the same as TQWidget::size(). .PP Examples: .)l chart/canvasview.cpp and life/life.cpp. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqscreen.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqscreen.3qt index 961fc8eca..6874e08d4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqscreen.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqscreen.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QScreen \- And its descendants manage the framebuffer and palette .BI "virtual bool \fBinitDevice\fR () = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBconnect\fR ( const QString & displaySpec ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBconnect\fR ( const TQString & displaySpec ) = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBdisconnect\fR () = 0" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ QScreen \- And its descendants manage the framebuffer and palette .BI "int \fBtotalSize\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QRgb * \fBclut\fR ()" +.BI "TQRgb * \fBclut\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBnumCols\fR ()" @@ -137,10 +137,10 @@ QScreen \- And its descendants manage the framebuffer and palette .BI "virtual QRect \fBmapFromDevice\fR ( const QRect & r, const QSize & ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QImage \fBmapToDevice\fR ( const QImage & i ) const" +.BI "virtual TQImage \fBmapToDevice\fR ( const TQImage & i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QImage \fBmapFromDevice\fR ( const QImage & i ) const" +.BI "virtual TQImage \fBmapFromDevice\fR ( const TQImage & i ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QRegion \fBmapToDevice\fR ( const QRegion & r, const QSize & ) const" @@ -186,9 +186,9 @@ Returns a pointer to the start of the framebuffer. If \fIon\fR is true, blank the screen. Otherwise unblank it. .SH "uchar * QScreen::cache ( int, int )\fC [virtual]\fR" This function is used to store pixmaps in graphics memory for the use of the accelerated drivers. See QLinuxFbScreen (where the cacheing is implemented) for more information. -.SH "QRgb * QScreen::clut ()" +.SH "TQRgb * QScreen::clut ()" Returns the screen's color lookup table (color palette). This is only valid in paletted modes (8bpp and lower). -.SH "bool QScreen::connect ( const QString & displaySpec )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QScreen::connect ( const TQString & displaySpec )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" This function is called by every Qt/Embedded application on startup. It maps in the framebuffer and in the accelerated drivers the graphics card control registers. \fIdisplaySpec\fR has the following syntax: .PP \fC[gfx driver][:driver specific options][:display number]\fR @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Map a framebuffer coordinate to the coordinate space used by the application. Us This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Map a framebuffer coordinate to the coordinate space used by the application. Used by the rotated driver; the QScreen implementation simply returns \fIr\fR. -.SH "QImage QScreen::mapFromDevice ( const QImage & i ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQImage QScreen::mapFromDevice ( const TQImage & i ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Transforms an image so that it matches the application coordinate space (e.g. rotating it 90 degrees counter-clockwise). The QScreen implementation simply returns \fIi\fR. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Map a user coordinate to the one to actually draw. Used by the rotated driver; t This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Map a user coordinate to the one to actually draw. Used by the rotated driver; the QScreen implementation simply returns \fIr\fR. -.SH "QImage QScreen::mapToDevice ( const QImage & i ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQImage QScreen::mapToDevice ( const TQImage & i ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Transforms an image so that it fits the device coordinate space (e.g. rotating it 90 degrees clockwise). The QScreen implementation simply returns \fIi\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqscrollbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqscrollbar.3qt index a19034306..448cc4255 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqscrollbar.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqscrollbar.3qt @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@ QScrollBar \- Vertical or horizontal scroll bar .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. +Inherits TQWidget and QRangeControl. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQScrollBar\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQScrollBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQScrollBar\fR ( Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQScrollBar\fR ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQScrollBar\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int lineStep, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQScrollBar\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int lineStep, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QScrollBar\fR ()" @@ -188,26 +188,26 @@ If you need to add scroll bars to an interface, consider using the QScrollView c .PP See also QSlider, QSpinBox, QScrollView, GUI Design Handbook: Scroll Bar, and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QScrollBar::QScrollBar ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QScrollBar::QScrollBar ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a vertical scroll bar. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. .PP The minValue defaults to 0, the maxValue to 99, with a lineStep size of 1 and a pageStep size of 10, and an initial value of 0. -.SH "QScrollBar::QScrollBar ( Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QScrollBar::QScrollBar ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a scroll bar. .PP The \fIorientation\fR must be Qt::Vertical or Qt::Horizontal. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. .PP The minValue defaults to 0, the maxValue to 99, with a lineStep size of 1 and a pageStep size of 10, and an initial value of 0. -.SH "QScrollBar::QScrollBar ( int minValue, int maxValue, int lineStep, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QScrollBar::QScrollBar ( int minValue, int maxValue, int lineStep, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a scroll bar whose value can never be smaller than \fIminValue\fR or greater than \fImaxValue\fR, whose line step size is \fIlineStep\fR and page step size is \fIpageStep\fR and whose value is initially \fIvalue\fR (which is guaranteed to be in range using bound()). .PP If \fIorientation\fR is Vertical the scroll bar is vertical and if it is Horizontal the scroll bar is horizontal. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QScrollBar::~QScrollBar ()" Destructor. .SH "bool QScrollBar::draggingSlider () const" @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the user has clicked the mouse on the slider and is currently dr .SH "void QScrollBar::hideEvent ( QHideEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This function is called when the scrollbar is hidden. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "int QScrollBar::lineStep () const" Returns the line step. See the "lineStep" property for details. .SH "int QScrollBar::maxValue () const" @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ Sets the orientation of the scroll bar. See the "orientation" property for detai .SH "void QScrollBar::setPageStep ( int )" Sets the page step. See the "pageStep" property for details. .SH "void QScrollBar::setPalette ( const QPalette & p )\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reimplements the virtual function QWidget::setPalette(). +Reimplements the virtual function TQWidget::setPalette(). .PP Sets the background color to the mid color for Motif style scroll bars using palette \fIp\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QScrollBar::setTracking ( bool enable )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether scroll bar tracking is enabled to \fIenable\fR. See the "tracking" property for details. .SH "void QScrollBar::setValue ( int )\fC [slot]\fR" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt index 3e8cec1f7..188d4b098 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqscrollview.3qt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Inherited by QCanvasView, QTable, QGridView, QIconView, QListBox, QListView, and .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQScrollView\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQScrollView\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QScrollView\fR ()" @@ -33,25 +33,25 @@ Inherited by QCanvasView, QTable, QGridView, QIconView, QListBox, QListView, and .BI "ResizePolicy \fBresizePolicy\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveChild\fR ( QWidget * child )" +.BI "void \fBremoveChild\fR ( TQWidget * child )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddChild\fR ( QWidget * child, int x = 0, int y = 0 )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddChild\fR ( TQWidget * child, int x = 0, int y = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBmoveChild\fR ( QWidget * child, int x, int y )" +.BI "virtual void \fBmoveChild\fR ( TQWidget * child, int x, int y )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBchildX\fR ( QWidget * child )" +.BI "int \fBchildX\fR ( TQWidget * child )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBchildY\fR ( QWidget * child )" +.BI "int \fBchildY\fR ( TQWidget * child )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool childIsVisible ( QWidget * child ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool childIsVisible ( TQWidget * child ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void showChild ( QWidget * child, bool y = TRUE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void showChild ( TQWidget * child, bool y = TRUE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBScrollBarMode\fR { Auto, AlwaysOff, AlwaysOn }" @@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ Inherited by QCanvasView, QTable, QGridView, QIconView, QListBox, QListView, and .BI "virtual void \fBsetHScrollBarMode\fR ( ScrollBarMode )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcornerWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcornerWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCornerWidget\fR ( QWidget * corner )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCornerWidget\fR ( TQWidget * corner )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QScrollBar * \fBhorizontalScrollBar\fR () const" @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ Inherited by QCanvasView, QTable, QGridView, QIconView, QListBox, QListView, and .BI "QScrollBar * \fBverticalScrollBar\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBviewport\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBviewport\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBclipper\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBclipper\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBvisibleWidth\fR () const" @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Inherited by QCanvasView, QTable, QGridView, QIconView, QListBox, QListView, and .BI "virtual void \fBsetVBarGeometry\fR ( QScrollBar & vbar, int x, int y, int w, int h )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( QObject * obj, QEvent * e )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( TQObject * obj, QEvent * e )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ To enable drag-and-drop, you would setAcceptDrops(TRUE) on the QScrollView (beca .PP To handle mouse events on the scrolling area, subclass scrollview as you would subclass other widgets, but rather than reimplementing mousePressEvent(), reimplement contentsMousePressEvent() instead. The contents specific event handlers provide translated events in the coordinate system of the scrollview. If you reimplement mousePressEvent(), you'll get called only when part of the QScrollView is clicked: and the only such part is the "corner" (if you don't set a cornerWidget()) and the frame; everything else is covered up by the viewport, clipper or scroll bars. .PP -When you construct a QScrollView, some of the widget flags apply to the viewport() instead of being sent to the QWidget constructor for the QScrollView. This applies to WNoAutoErase, WStaticContents, and WPaintClever. See Qt::WidgetFlags for documentation about these flags. Here are some examples: +When you construct a QScrollView, some of the widget flags apply to the viewport() instead of being sent to the TQWidget constructor for the QScrollView. This applies to WNoAutoErase, WStaticContents, and WPaintClever. See Qt::WidgetFlags for documentation about these flags. Here are some examples: .IP .TP An image-manipulation widget would use \fCWNoAutoErase|WStaticContents\fR because the widget draws all pixels itself, and when its size increases, it only needs a paint event for the new part because the old part remains unchanged. @@ -467,13 +467,13 @@ This enum type describes the various modes of QScrollView's scroll bars. .PP (The modes for the horizontal and vertical scroll bars are independent.) .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QScrollView::QScrollView ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QScrollView::QScrollView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a QScrollView called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR and widget flags \fIf\fR. .PP The widget flags WStaticContents, WNoAutoErase and WPaintClever are propagated to the viewport() widget. The other widget flags are propagated to the parent constructor as usual. .SH "QScrollView::~QScrollView ()" Destroys the QScrollView. Any children added with addChild() will be deleted. -.SH "void QScrollView::addChild ( QWidget * child, int x = 0, int y = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QScrollView::addChild ( TQWidget * child, int x = 0, int y = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" Inserts the widget, \fIchild\fR, into the scrolled area positioned at (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR). The position defaults to (0, 0). If the child is already in the view, it is just moved. .PP You may want to call enableClipper(TRUE) if you add a large number of widgets. @@ -499,19 +499,19 @@ Margin 0.0 allows (x, y) to be on the edge of the visible area. Margin 0.5 ensures that (x, y) is in middle 50% of the visible area. .TP Margin 1.0 ensures that (x, y) is in the center of the the visible area. -.SH "bool QScrollView::childIsVisible ( QWidget * child )" +.SH "bool QScrollView::childIsVisible ( TQWidget * child )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIchild\fR is visible. This is equivalent to child->isVisible(). -.SH "int QScrollView::childX ( QWidget * child )" -Returns the X position of the given \fIchild\fR widget. Use this rather than QWidget::x() for widgets added to the view. +.SH "int QScrollView::childX ( TQWidget * child )" +Returns the X position of the given \fIchild\fR widget. Use this rather than TQWidget::x() for widgets added to the view. .PP This function returns 0 if \fIchild\fR has not been added to the view. -.SH "int QScrollView::childY ( QWidget * child )" -Returns the Y position of the given \fIchild\fR widget. Use this rather than QWidget::y() for widgets added to the view. +.SH "int QScrollView::childY ( TQWidget * child )" +Returns the Y position of the given \fIchild\fR widget. Use this rather than TQWidget::y() for widgets added to the view. .PP This function returns 0 if \fIchild\fR has not been added to the view. -.SH "QWidget * QScrollView::clipper () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QScrollView::clipper () const" Returns the clipper widget. Contents in the scrollview are ultimately clipped to be inside the clipper widget. .PP You should not need to use this function. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ Returns the width of the contents area. See the "contentsWidth" property for det Returns the X coordinate of the contents that are at the left edge of the viewport. See the "contentsX" property for details. .SH "int QScrollView::contentsY () const" Returns the Y coordinate of the contents that are at the top edge of the viewport. See the "contentsY" property for details. -.SH "QWidget * QScrollView::cornerWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QScrollView::cornerWidget () const" Returns the widget in the corner between the two scroll bars. .PP By default, no corner widget is present. @@ -656,10 +656,10 @@ Scrolls the content so that the point \fI(x, y)\fR is visible with at least 50-p This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Scrolls the content so that the point \fI(x, y)\fR is visible with at least the \fIxmargin\fR and \fIymargin\fR margins (if possible, otherwise centered). -.SH "bool QScrollView::eventFilter ( QObject * obj, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool QScrollView::eventFilter ( TQObject * obj, QEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event filter ensures the scroll bars are updated when a single contents widget is resized, shown, hidden or destroyed; it passes mouse events to the QScrollView. The event is in \fIe\fR and the object is in \fIobj\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QObject. +Reimplemented from TQObject. .PP Reimplemented in QListView. .SH "ScrollBarMode QScrollView::hScrollBarMode () const" @@ -686,9 +686,9 @@ Returns TRUE if vertical slider is pressed by user; otherwise returns FALSE. Returns the left margin. .PP See also setMargins(). -.SH "void QScrollView::moveChild ( QWidget * child, int x, int y )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QScrollView::moveChild ( TQWidget * child, int x, int y )\fC [virtual]\fR" Repositions the \fIchild\fR widget to (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR). This function is the same as addChild(). -.SH "void QScrollView::removeChild ( QWidget * child )" +.SH "void QScrollView::removeChild ( TQWidget * child )" Removes the \fIchild\fR widget from the scrolled area. Note that this happens automatically if the \fIchild\fR is deleted. .SH "void QScrollView::repaintContents ( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase = TRUE )" Calls repaint() on a rectangle defined by \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIw\fR, \fIh\fR, translated appropriately. If the rectangle is not visible, nothing is repainted. If \fIerase\fR is TRUE the background is cleared using the background color. @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Scrolls the content by \fIdx\fR to the left and \fIdy\fR upwards. Scrolls the content so that the point \fI(x, y)\fR is in the top-left corner. .PP Example: process/process.cpp. -.SH "void QScrollView::setCornerWidget ( QWidget * corner )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QScrollView::setCornerWidget ( TQWidget * corner )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the widget in the \fIcorner\fR between the two scroll bars. .PP You will probably also want to set at least one of the scroll bar modes to AlwaysOn. @@ -768,10 +768,10 @@ The default implementation simply gives all the space to \fIvbar\fR. The new geo See also setHBarGeometry(). .SH "void QScrollView::setVScrollBarMode ( ScrollBarMode )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the mode for the vertical scroll bar. See the "vScrollBarMode" property for details. -.SH "void QScrollView::showChild ( QWidget * child, bool y = TRUE )" +.SH "void QScrollView::showChild ( TQWidget * child, bool y = TRUE )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP -Sets the visibility of \fIchild\fR. Equivalent to QWidget::show() or QWidget::hide(). +Sets the visibility of \fIchild\fR. Equivalent to TQWidget::show() or TQWidget::hide(). .SH "int QScrollView::topMargin () const\fC [protected]\fR" Returns the top margin. .PP @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ This function never returns 0. This signal is emitted whenever the user presses the vertical slider. .SH "void QScrollView::verticalSliderReleased ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted whenever the user releases the vertical slider. -.SH "QWidget * QScrollView::viewport () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QScrollView::viewport () const" Returns the viewport widget of the scrollview. This is the widget containing the contents widget or which is the drawing area. .PP Examples: @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ This is a low-level painting routine that draws the viewport contents. Reimpleme .SH "void QScrollView::viewportResizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" To provide simple processing of events on the contents, this function receives all resize events sent to the viewport. .PP -See also QWidget::resizeEvent(). +See also TQWidget::resizeEvent(). .PP Example: chart/canvasview.cpp. .SH "QSize QScrollView::viewportSize ( int x, int y ) const" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqserversocket.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqserversocket.3qt index 5bd3fbcca..8a111b563 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqserversocket.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqserversocket.3qt @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@ QServerSocket \- TCP-based server .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQServerSocket\fR ( TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQServerSocket\fR ( TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQServerSocket\fR ( const QHostAddress & address, TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQServerSocket\fR ( const QHostAddress & address, TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQServerSocket\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQServerSocket\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QServerSocket\fR ()" @@ -63,24 +63,24 @@ Using the API is very simple: subclass QServerSocket, call the constructor of yo .PP See also QSocket, QSocketDevice, QHostAddress, QSocketNotifier, and Input/Output and Networking. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QServerSocket::QServerSocket ( TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QServerSocket::QServerSocket ( TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Creates a server socket object, that will serve the given \fIport\fR on all the addresses of this host. If \fIport\fR is 0, QServerSocket will pick a suitable port in a system-dependent manner. Use \fIbacklog\fR to specify how many pending connections the server can have. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QObject constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .PP \fBWarning:\fR On Tru64 Unix systems a value of 0 for \fIbacklog\fR means that you don't accept any connections at all; you should specify a value larger than 0. -.SH "QServerSocket::QServerSocket ( const QHostAddress & address, TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QServerSocket::QServerSocket ( const QHostAddress & address, TQ_UINT16 port, int backlog = 1, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Creates a server socket object, that will serve the given \fIport\fR only on the given \fIaddress\fR. Use \fIbacklog\fR to specify how many pending connections the server can have. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QObject constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .PP \fBWarning:\fR On Tru64 Unix systems a value of 0 for \fIbacklog\fR means that you don't accept any connections at all; you should specify a value larger than 0. -.SH "QServerSocket::QServerSocket ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QServerSocket::QServerSocket ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Construct an empty server socket. .PP This constructor, in combination with setSocket(), allows us to use the QServerSocket class as a wrapper for other socket types (e.g. Unix Domain Sockets under Unix). .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QObject constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .PP See also setSocket(). .SH "QServerSocket::~QServerSocket ()\fC [virtual]\fR" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsessionmanager.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsessionmanager.3qt index 07523c038..9304d41e8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsessionmanager.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsessionmanager.3qt @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@ QSessionManager \- Access to the session manager .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsessionId\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBsessionId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsessionKey\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBsessionKey\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void * \fBhandle\fR () const" @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QStringList \fBdiscardCommand\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetManagerProperty\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & value )" +.BI "void \fBsetManagerProperty\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetManagerProperty\fR ( const QString & name, const QStringList & value )" +.BI "void \fBsetManagerProperty\fR ( const TQString & name, const QStringList & value )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisPhase2\fR () const" @@ -239,13 +239,13 @@ See also setRestartCommand() and restartHint(). Returns the application's current restart hint. The default is RestartIfRunning. .PP See also setRestartHint(). -.SH "QString QSessionManager::sessionId () const" +.SH "TQString QSessionManager::sessionId () const" Returns the identifier of the current session. .PP If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this identifier is the same as it was in that earlier session. .PP See also sessionKey() and QApplication::sessionId(). -.SH "QString QSessionManager::sessionKey () const" +.SH "TQString QSessionManager::sessionKey () const" Returns the session key in the current session. .PP If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is the same as it was when the previous session ended. @@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ The session key changes with every call of commitData() or saveState(). See also sessionId() and QApplication::sessionKey(). .SH "void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand ( const QStringList & )" See also discardCommand() and setRestartCommand(). -.SH "void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const QString & name, const QStringList & value )" +.SH "void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const TQString & name, const QStringList & value )" Low-level write access to the application's identification and state record are kept in the session manager. .PP The property called \fIname\fR has its value set to the string list \fIvalue\fR. -.SH "void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const QString & name, const QString & value )" +.SH "void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Low-level write access to the application's identification and state records are kept in the session manager. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsettings.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsettings.3qt index 451d8bab2..7b0dd97f7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsettings.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsettings.3qt @@ -32,61 +32,61 @@ QSettings \- Persistent platform-independent application settings .BI "\fB~QSettings\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const QString & key, bool value )" +.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, bool value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const QString & key, double value )" +.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, double value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const QString & key, int value )" +.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, int value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const QString & key, const QString & value )" +.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const QString & key, const QStringList & value )" +.BI "bool \fBwriteEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, const QStringList & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool writeEntry ( const QString & key, const QStringList & value, const QChar & separator ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "bool writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const QStringList & value, const TQChar & separator ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBentryList\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "QStringList \fBentryList\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBsubkeyList\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "QStringList \fBsubkeyList\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBreadListEntry\fR ( const QString & key, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "QStringList \fBreadListEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList readListEntry ( const QString & key, const QChar & separator, bool * ok = 0 ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QStringList readListEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQChar & separator, bool * ok = 0 ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBreadEntry\fR ( const QString & key, const QString & def = QString::null, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBreadEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, const TQString & def = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBreadNumEntry\fR ( const QString & key, int def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "int \fBreadNumEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, int def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "double \fBreadDoubleEntry\fR ( const QString & key, double def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "double \fBreadDoubleEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, double def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBreadBoolEntry\fR ( const QString & key, bool def = FALSE, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.BI "bool \fBreadBoolEntry\fR ( const TQString & key, bool def = FALSE, bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBremoveEntry\fR ( const QString & key )" +.BI "bool \fBremoveEntry\fR ( const TQString & key )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertSearchPath\fR ( System s, const QString & path )" +.BI "void \fBinsertSearchPath\fR ( System s, const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveSearchPath\fR ( System s, const QString & path )" +.BI "void \fBremoveSearchPath\fR ( System s, const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetPath\fR ( const QString & domain, const QString & product, Scope scope = Global )" +.BI "void \fBsetPath\fR ( const TQString & domain, const TQString & product, Scope scope = Global )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBbeginGroup\fR ( const QString & group )" +.BI "void \fBbeginGroup\fR ( const TQString & group )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBendGroup\fR ()" @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ QSettings \- Persistent platform-independent application settings .BI "void \fBresetGroup\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBgroup\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBgroup\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ A typical usage pattern for reading settings at application startup: settings.setPath( "MyCompany.com", "MyApplication" ); .br .br - QString bgColor = settings.readEntry( "/colors/background", "white" ); + TQString bgColor = settings.readEntry( "/colors/background", "white" ); .br int width = settings.readNumEntry( "/geometry/width", 640 ); .br @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Creates a settings object. If \fIformat\fR is 'Ini' the settings will be stored Be aware that you must call setPath() or insertSearchPath() before you can use the QSettings object. .SH "QSettings::~QSettings ()" Destroys the settings object. All modifications made to the settings will automatically be saved. -.SH "void QSettings::beginGroup ( const QString & group )" +.SH "void QSettings::beginGroup ( const TQString & group )" Appends \fIgroup\fR to the current key prefix. .PP .nf @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Undo previous calls to beginGroup(). Note that a single beginGroup("a/b/c") is u settings.endGroup(); .br .fi -.SH "QStringList QSettings::entryList ( const QString & key ) const" +.SH "QStringList QSettings::entryList ( const TQString & key ) const" Returns a list of the keys which contain entries under \fIkey\fR. Does \fInot\fR return any keys that contain subkeys. .PP Example settings: @@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ In the above example, \fCkeys\fR will contain 'background color' and 'foreground To access the geometry values, you could either use subkeyList() to read the keys then read each entry, or simply read each entry directly by specifying its full key, e.g." /MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/y". .PP See also subkeyList(). -.SH "QString QSettings::group () const" +.SH "TQString QSettings::group () const" Returns the current key prefix, or a null string if there is no key prefix set. .PP See also beginGroup(). -.SH "void QSettings::insertSearchPath ( System s, const QString & path )" +.SH "void QSettings::insertSearchPath ( System s, const TQString & path )" Inserts \fIpath\fR into the settings search path. The semantics of \fIpath\fR depends on the system \fIs\fR. It is usually easier and better to use setPath() instead of this function. .PP When \fIs\fR is \fIWindows\fR and the execution environment is \fInot\fR Windows the function does nothing. Similarly when \fIs\fR is \fIUnix\fR and the execution environment is \fInot\fR Unix the function does nothing. @@ -435,19 +435,19 @@ Settings under Unix are stored in files whose names are based on the first subke See also removeSearchPath(). .PP Example: chart/chartform.cpp. -.SH "bool QSettings::readBoolEntry ( const QString & key, bool def = FALSE, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "bool QSettings::readBoolEntry ( const TQString & key, bool def = FALSE, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Reads the entry specified by \fIkey\fR, and returns a bool, or the default value, \fIdef\fR, if the entry couldn't be read. If \fIok\fR is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE otherwise. .PP See also readEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "double QSettings::readDoubleEntry ( const QString & key, double def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "double QSettings::readDoubleEntry ( const TQString & key, double def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Reads the entry specified by \fIkey\fR, and returns a double, or the default value, \fIdef\fR, if the entry couldn't be read. If \fIok\fR is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE otherwise. .PP See also readEntry(), readNumEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "QString QSettings::readEntry ( const QString & key, const QString & def = QString::null, bool * ok = 0 ) const" -Reads the entry specified by \fIkey\fR, and returns a QString, or the default value, \fIdef\fR, if the entry couldn't be read. If \fIok\fR is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE otherwise. +.SH "TQString QSettings::readEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQString & def = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +Reads the entry specified by \fIkey\fR, and returns a TQString, or the default value, \fIdef\fR, if the entry couldn't be read. If \fIok\fR is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE otherwise. .PP See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "QStringList QSettings::readListEntry ( const QString & key, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "QStringList QSettings::readListEntry ( const TQString & key, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Reads the entry specified by \fIkey\fR as a string. If \fIok\fR is not 0, \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE if the key was read, otherwise \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, .fi .PP See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry(), and QStringList::split(). -.SH "QStringList QSettings::readListEntry ( const QString & key, const QChar & separator, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "QStringList QSettings::readListEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQChar & separator, bool * ok = 0 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. @@ -497,23 +497,23 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, .fi .PP See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry(), and QStringList::split(). -.SH "int QSettings::readNumEntry ( const QString & key, int def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "int QSettings::readNumEntry ( const TQString & key, int def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const" Reads the entry specified by \fIkey\fR, and returns an integer, or the default value, \fIdef\fR, if the entry couldn't be read. If \fIok\fR is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE otherwise. .PP See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "bool QSettings::removeEntry ( const QString & key )" +.SH "bool QSettings::removeEntry ( const TQString & key )" Removes the entry specified by \fIkey\fR. .PP Returns true if the entry was successfully removed; otherwise returns false. Note that removing the last entry in any given folder, will also remove the folder. .PP See also readEntry() and writeEntry(). -.SH "void QSettings::removeSearchPath ( System s, const QString & path )" +.SH "void QSettings::removeSearchPath ( System s, const TQString & path )" Removes all occurrences of \fIpath\fR (using exact matching) from the settings search path for system \fIs\fR. Note that the default search paths cannot be removed. .PP See also insertSearchPath(). .SH "void QSettings::resetGroup ()" Set the current key prefix to the empty string. -.SH "void QSettings::setPath ( const QString & domain, const QString & product, Scope scope = Global )" +.SH "void QSettings::setPath ( const TQString & domain, const TQString & product, Scope scope = Global )" Insert platform-dependent paths from platform-independent information. .PP The \fIdomain\fR should be an Internet domain name controlled by the producer of the software, eg. Trolltech products use "trolltech.com". @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ The \fIproduct\fR should be the official name of the product. The \fIscope\fR should be QSettings::User for user-specific settings, or QSettings::Global for system-wide settings (generally these will be read-only to many users). .PP Not all information is relevant on all systems. -.SH "QStringList QSettings::subkeyList ( const QString & key ) const" +.SH "QStringList QSettings::subkeyList ( const TQString & key ) const" Returns a list of the keys which contain subkeys under \fIkey\fR. Does \fInot\fR return any keys that contain entries. .PP Example settings: @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ will return an empty list. This happens because a key like is written to the file \fI"mycompanyrc"\fR, under the section \fI[MyApplication]\fR. This call is therefore a request to list the sections in an ini file, which is not supported in this version of QSettings. This is a known issue which will be fixed in Qt-4. .PP See also entryList(). -.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const QString & key, bool value )" +.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, bool value )" Writes the boolean entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \fIvalue\fR. .PP If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is returned; otherwise TRUE is returned. @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is returned; otherw See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry(). .PP Example: chart/chartform.cpp. -.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const QString & key, double value )" +.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, double value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Writes the double entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \fIvalue\fR. @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Writes the double entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is created If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is returned; otherwise TRUE is returned. .PP See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const QString & key, int value )" +.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, int value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Writes the integer entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \fIvalue\fR. @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Writes the integer entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is create If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is returned; otherwise TRUE is returned. .PP See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const QString & key, const QString & value )" +.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Writes the string entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \fIvalue\fR. If \fIvalue\fR is an empty string or a null string the key's value will be an empty string. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Writes the string entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is created If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is returned; otherwise TRUE is returned. .PP See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const QString & key, const QStringList & value )" +.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const QStringList & value )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Writes the string list entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by \fIvalue\fR. @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Writes the string list entry \fIvalue\fR into key \fIkey\fR. The \fIkey\fR is cr If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is returned; otherwise returns TRUE. .PP See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry(). -.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const QString & key, const QStringList & value, const QChar & separator )" +.SH "bool QSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const QStringList & value, const TQChar & separator )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsignal.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsignal.3qt index 095283c3c..1119b1bb5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsignal.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsignal.3qt @@ -7,25 +7,25 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QSignal \- Can be used to send signals for classes that don't inherit QObject +QSignal \- Can be used to send signals for classes that don't inherit TQObject .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSignal\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSignal\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSignal\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBconnect\fR ( const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "bool \fBconnect\fR ( const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +.BI "bool \fBdisconnect\fR ( const TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBactivate\fR ()" @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ Inherits QObject. .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QSignal class can be used to send signals for classes that don't inherit QObject. +The QSignal class can be used to send signals for classes that don't inherit TQObject. .PP -If you want to send signals from a class that does not inherit QObject, you can create an internal QSignal object to emit the signal. You must also provide a function that connects the signal to an outside object slot. This is how we have implemented signals in the QMenuData class, which is not a QObject. +If you want to send signals from a class that does not inherit TQObject, you can create an internal QSignal object to emit the signal. You must also provide a function that connects the signal to an outside object slot. This is how we have implemented signals in the QMenuData class, which is not a TQObject. .PP -In general, we recommend inheriting QObject instead. QObject provides much more functionality. +In general, we recommend inheriting TQObject instead. TQObject provides much more functionality. .PP You can set a single QVariant parameter for the signal with setValue(). .PP -Note that QObject is a \fIprivate\fR base class of QSignal, i.e. you cannot call any QObject member functions from a QSignal object. +Note that TQObject is a \fIprivate\fR base class of QSignal, i.e. you cannot call any TQObject member functions from a QSignal object. .PP Example: .PP @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Example: void doSomething(); .br .br - void connect( QObject *receiver, const char *member ); + void connect( TQObject *receiver, const char *member ); .br .br private: @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Example: } .br .br - void MyClass::connect( QObject *receiver, const char *member ) + void MyClass::connect( TQObject *receiver, const char *member ) .br { .br @@ -120,20 +120,20 @@ Example: .PP See also Input/Output and Networking and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSignal::QSignal ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a signal object called \fIname\fR, with the parent object \fIparent\fR. These arguments are passed directly to QObject. +.SH "QSignal::QSignal ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a signal object called \fIname\fR, with the parent object \fIparent\fR. These arguments are passed directly to TQObject. .SH "QSignal::~QSignal ()" Destroys the signal. All connections are removed, as is the case with all QObjects. .SH "void QSignal::activate ()" Emits the signal. If the platform supports QVariant and a parameter has been set with setValue(), this value is passed in the signal. -.SH "bool QSignal::connect ( const QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.SH "bool QSignal::connect ( const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" Connects the signal to \fImember\fR in object \fIreceiver\fR. .PP -See also disconnect() and QObject::connect(). -.SH "bool QSignal::disconnect ( const QObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" +See also disconnect() and TQObject::connect(). +.SH "bool QSignal::disconnect ( const TQObject * receiver, const char * member = 0 )" Disonnects the signal from \fImember\fR in object \fIreceiver\fR. .PP -See also connect() and QObject::disconnect(). +See also connect() and TQObject::disconnect(). .SH "void QSignal::setValue ( const QVariant & value )" Sets the signal's parameter to \fIvalue\fR .SH "QVariant QSignal::value () const" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsignalmapper.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsignalmapper.3qt index 245eadfe8..54a62c54f 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsignalmapper.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsignalmapper.3qt @@ -11,24 +11,24 @@ QSignalMapper \- Bundles signals from identifiable senders .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSignalMapper\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSignalMapper\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSignalMapper\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetMapping\fR ( const QObject * sender, int identifier )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetMapping\fR ( const TQObject * sender, int identifier )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetMapping\fR ( const QObject * sender, const QString & identifier )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetMapping\fR ( const TQObject * sender, const TQString & identifier )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveMappings\fR ( const QObject * sender )" +.BI "void \fBremoveMappings\fR ( const TQObject * sender )" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBmapped\fR ( int )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmapped\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBmapped\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This class collects a set of parameterless signals, and re-emits them with integ .PP See also Input/Output and Networking. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSignalMapper::QSignalMapper ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSignalMapper::QSignalMapper ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QSignalMapper called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. Like all QObjects, it will be deleted when the parent is deleted. .SH "QSignalMapper::~QSignalMapper ()" Destroys the QSignalMapper. @@ -69,22 +69,22 @@ See also setMapping(). .PP Examples: .)l i18n/main.cpp and themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "void QSignalMapper::mapped ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QSignalMapper::mapped ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted when map() is signaled from an object that has a string mapping set. .PP See also setMapping(). -.SH "void QSignalMapper::removeMappings ( const QObject * sender )" +.SH "void QSignalMapper::removeMappings ( const TQObject * sender )" Removes all mappings for \fIsender\fR. This is done automatically when mapped objects are destroyed. -.SH "void QSignalMapper::setMapping ( const QObject * sender, int identifier )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSignalMapper::setMapping ( const TQObject * sender, int identifier )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds a mapping so that when map() is signaled from the given \fIsender\fR, the signal mapped(\fIidentifier\fR) is emitted. .PP There may be at most one integer identifier for each object. .PP Examples: .)l i18n/main.cpp and themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "void QSignalMapper::setMapping ( const QObject * sender, const QString & identifier )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSignalMapper::setMapping ( const TQObject * sender, const TQString & identifier )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds a mapping so that when map() is signaled from the given \fIsender\fR, the signal mapper(\fIidentifier\fR) is emitted. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsimplerichtext.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsimplerichtext.3qt index 998f69129..a77058687 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsimplerichtext.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsimplerichtext.3qt @@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ QSimpleRichText \- Small displayable piece of rich text .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSimpleRichText\fR ( const QString & text, const QFont & fnt, const QString & context = QString::null, const QStyleSheet * sheet = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSimpleRichText\fR ( const TQString & text, const QFont & fnt, const TQString & context = TQString::null, const QStyleSheet * sheet = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSimpleRichText\fR ( const QString & text, const QFont & fnt, const QString & context, const QStyleSheet * sheet, const QMimeSourceFactory * factory, int pageBreak = -1, const QColor & linkColor = Qt::blue, bool linkUnderline = TRUE )" +.BI "\fBQSimpleRichText\fR ( const TQString & text, const QFont & fnt, const TQString & context, const QStyleSheet * sheet, const QMimeSourceFactory * factory, int pageBreak = -1, const TQColor & linkColor = Qt::blue, bool linkUnderline = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSimpleRichText\fR ()" @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ QSimpleRichText \- Small displayable piece of rich text .BI "void draw ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, const QRegion & clipRegion, const QColorGroup & cg, const QBrush * paper = 0 ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcontext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcontext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBanchorAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBanchorAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBinText\fR ( const QPoint & pos ) const" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ If you are using QSimpleRichText to print in high resolution you should call set .PP See also Text Related Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSimpleRichText::QSimpleRichText ( const QString & text, const QFont & fnt, const QString & context = QString::null, const QStyleSheet * sheet = 0 )" +.SH "QSimpleRichText::QSimpleRichText ( const TQString & text, const QFont & fnt, const TQString & context = TQString::null, const QStyleSheet * sheet = 0 )" Constructs a QSimpleRichText from the rich text string \fItext\fR and the font \fIfnt\fR. .PP The font is used as a basis for the text rendering. When using rich text rendering on a widget \fIw\fR, you would normally specify the widget's font, for example: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The font is used as a basis for the text rendering. When using rich text renderi \fIcontext\fR is the optional context of the rich text object. This becomes important if \fItext\fR contains relative references, for example within image tags. QSimpleRichText always uses the default mime source factory (see QMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory()) to resolve those references. The context will then be used to calculate the absolute path. See QMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute() for details. .PP The \fIsheet\fR is an optional style sheet. If it is 0, the default style sheet will be used (see QStyleSheet::defaultSheet()). -.SH "QSimpleRichText::QSimpleRichText ( const QString & text, const QFont & fnt, const QString & context, const QStyleSheet * sheet, const QMimeSourceFactory * factory, int pageBreak = -1, const QColor & linkColor = Qt::blue, bool linkUnderline = TRUE )" +.SH "QSimpleRichText::QSimpleRichText ( const TQString & text, const QFont & fnt, const TQString & context, const QStyleSheet * sheet, const QMimeSourceFactory * factory, int pageBreak = -1, const TQColor & linkColor = Qt::blue, bool linkUnderline = TRUE )" Constructs a QSimpleRichText from the rich text string \fItext\fR and the font \fIfnt\fR. .PP This is a slightly more complex constructor for QSimpleRichText that takes an additional mime source factory \fIfactory\fR, a page break parameter \fIpageBreak\fR and a bool \fIlinkUnderline\fR. \fIlinkColor\fR is only provided for compatibility, but has no effect, as QColorGroup's QColorGroup::link() color is used now. @@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ Destroys the rich text object, freeing memory. Adjusts the richt text object to a reasonable size. .PP See also setWidth(). -.SH "QString QSimpleRichText::anchorAt ( const QPoint & pos ) const" +.SH "TQString QSimpleRichText::anchorAt ( const QPoint & pos ) const" Returns the anchor at the requested position, \fIpos\fR. An empty string is returned if no anchor is specified for this position. -.SH "QString QSimpleRichText::context () const" +.SH "TQString QSimpleRichText::context () const" Returns the context of the rich text object. If no context has been specified in the constructor, a null string is returned. The context is the path to use to look up relative links, such as image tags and anchor references. .SH "void QSimpleRichText::draw ( QPainter * p, int x, int y, const QRect & clipRect, const QColorGroup & cg, const QBrush * paper = 0 ) const" Draws the formatted text with painter \fIp\fR, at position (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR), clipped to \fIclipRect\fR. The clipping rectangle is given in the rich text object's coordinates translated by (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR). Passing an null rectangle results in no clipping. Colors from the color group \fIcg\fR are used as needed, and if not 0, \fI*paper\fR is used as the background brush. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsize.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsize.3qt index 69c4421c7..1df1a7b44 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsize.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsize.3qt @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ This enum type defines the different ways of scaling a size. .TP \fCQSize::ScaleMax\fR - The size is scaled to a rectangle as small as possible outside a given rectangle, preserving the aspect ratio. .PP -See also QSize::scale(), QImage::scale(), and QImage::smoothScale(). +See also QSize::scale(), TQImage::scale(), and TQImage::smoothScale(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QSize::QSize ()" Constructs a size with invalid (negative) width and height. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsizegrip.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsizegrip.3qt index ca6dad8b3..38a30de6e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsizegrip.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsizegrip.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QSizeGrip \- Corner-grip for resizing a top-level window .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSizeGrip\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSizeGrip\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSizeGrip\fR ()" @@ -53,26 +53,26 @@ Put this widget anywhere in a widget tree and the user can use it to resize the .PP See also QStatusBar, Widget Appearance and Style, Main Window and Related Classes, and Basic Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSizeGrip::QSizeGrip ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSizeGrip::QSizeGrip ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a resize corner called \fIname\fR, as a child widget of \fIparent\fR. .SH "QSizeGrip::~QSizeGrip ()" Destroys the size grip. .SH "void QSizeGrip::mouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Resizes the top-level widget containing this widget. The event is in \fIe\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QSizeGrip::mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Primes the resize operation. The event is in \fIe\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QSizeGrip::paintEvent ( QPaintEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Paints the resize grip. Resize grips are usually rendered as small diagonal textured lines in the lower-right corner. The event is in \fIe\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "QSize QSizeGrip::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the size grip's size hint; this is a small size. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqsizegrip.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsizepolicy.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsizepolicy.3qt index b77965a1e..7dd60fc5b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsizepolicy.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsizepolicy.3qt @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The QSizePolicy class is a layout attribute describing horizontal and vertical r .PP The size policy of a widget is an expression of its willingness to be resized in various ways. .PP -Widgets that reimplement QWidget::sizePolicy() return a QSizePolicy that describes the horizontal and vertical resizing policy they prefer when being laid out. Only one of the constructors is of interest in most applications. +Widgets that reimplement TQWidget::sizePolicy() return a QSizePolicy that describes the horizontal and vertical resizing policy they prefer when being laid out. Only one of the constructors is of interest in most applications. .PP QSizePolicy contains two independent SizeType objects; one describes the widgets's horizontal size policy, and the other describes its vertical size policy. It also contains a flag to indicate whether the height and width of its preferred size are related. .PP @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ This enum type describes in which directions a widget can make use of extra spac .SH "QSizePolicy::SizeType" The per-dimension sizing types used when constructing a QSizePolicy are: .TP -\fCQSizePolicy::Fixed\fR - The QWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable alternative, so the widget can never grow or shrink (e.g. the vertical direction of a push button). +\fCQSizePolicy::Fixed\fR - The TQWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable alternative, so the widget can never grow or shrink (e.g. the vertical direction of a push button). .TP \fCQSizePolicy::Minimum\fR - The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient. The widget can be expanded, but there is no advantage to it being larger (e.g. the horizontal direction of a push button). It cannot be smaller than the size provided by sizeHint(). .TP \fCQSizePolicy::Maximum\fR - The sizeHint() is a maximum. The widget can be shrunk any amount without detriment if other widgets need the space (e.g. a separator line). It cannot be larger than the size provided by sizeHint(). .TP -\fCQSizePolicy::Preferred\fR - The sizeHint() is best, but the widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can be expanded, but there is no advantage to it being larger than sizeHint() (the default QWidget policy). +\fCQSizePolicy::Preferred\fR - The sizeHint() is best, but the widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can be expanded, but there is no advantage to it being larger than sizeHint() (the default TQWidget policy). .TP \fCQSizePolicy::Expanding\fR - The sizeHint() is a sensible size, but the widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can make use of extra space, so it should get as much space as possible (e.g. the horizontal direction of a slider). .TP @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ The per-dimension sizing types used when constructing a QSizePolicy are: .SH "QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy ()" Constructs a minimally initialized QSizePolicy. .SH "QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy ( SizeType hor, SizeType ver, bool hfw = FALSE )" -This is the constructor normally used to return a value in the overridden QWidget::sizePolicy() function of a QWidget subclass. +This is the constructor normally used to return a value in the overridden TQWidget::sizePolicy() function of a TQWidget subclass. .PP It constructs a QSizePolicy with independent horizontal and vertical sizing types, \fIhor\fR and \fIver\fR respectively. These sizing types affect how the widget is treated by the layout engine. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqslider.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqslider.3qt index 1b25ba3eb..6aca92690 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqslider.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqslider.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSlider \- Vertical or horizontal slider .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. +Inherits TQWidget and QRangeControl. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. .BI "enum \fBTickSetting\fR { NoMarks = 0, Above = 1, Left = Above, Below = 2, Right = Below, Both = 3 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSlider\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSlider\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSlider\fR ( Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSlider\fR ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSlider\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSlider\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSlider\fR ()" @@ -198,22 +198,22 @@ This enum specifies where the tickmarks are to be drawn relative to the slider's .TP \fCQSlider::Right\fR - draw tickmarks to the right of the (vertical) slider .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSlider::QSlider ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSlider::QSlider ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a vertical slider. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QSlider::QSlider ( Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QSlider::QSlider ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a slider. .PP The \fIorientation\fR must be Qt::Vertical or Qt::Horizontal. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QSlider::QSlider ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QSlider::QSlider ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a slider whose value can never be smaller than \fIminValue\fR or greater than \fImaxValue\fR, whose page step size is \fIpageStep\fR and whose value is initially \fIvalue\fR (which is guaranteed to be in range using bound()). .PP If \fIorientation\fR is Qt::Vertical the slider is vertical and if it is Qt::Horizontal the slider is horizontal. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QSlider::~QSlider ()" Destructor. .SH "void QSlider::addStep ()\fC [slot]\fR" @@ -243,11 +243,11 @@ Sets the slider's orientation. See the "orientation" property for details. .SH "void QSlider::setPageStep ( int )" Sets the current page step. See the "pageStep" property for details. .SH "void QSlider::setPalette ( const QPalette & p )\fC [virtual]\fR" -Reimplements the virtual function QWidget::setPalette(). +Reimplements the virtual function TQWidget::setPalette(). .PP Sets the background color to the mid color for Motif style sliders using palette \fIp\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QRangeControl::setRange ( int minValue, int maxValue )" Sets the range control's minimum value to \fIminValue\fR and its maximum value to \fImaxValue\fR. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsocket.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsocket.3qt index 19895395d..67e432bbb 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsocket.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsocket.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSocket \- Buffered TCP connection .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject and QIODevice. +Inherits TQObject and TQIODevice. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Inherits QObject and QIODevice. .BI "enum \fBError\fR { ErrConnectionRefused, ErrHostNotFound, ErrSocketRead }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSocket\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSocket\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QSocket\fR ()" @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ Inherits QObject and QIODevice. .BI "virtual void \fBsetSocketDevice\fR ( QSocketDevice * device )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBconnectToHost\fR ( const QString & host, TQ_UINT16 port )" +.BI "virtual void \fBconnectToHost\fR ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpeerName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBpeerName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBopen\fR ( int m )" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Inherits QObject and QIODevice. .BI "bool \fBcanReadLine\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBreadLine\fR ()" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBreadLine\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "TQ_UINT16 \fBport\fR () const" @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ Inherits QObject and QIODevice. .SH DESCRIPTION The QSocket class provides a buffered TCP connection. .PP -It provides a totally non-blocking QIODevice, and modifies and extends the API of QIODevice with socket-specific code. +It provides a totally non-blocking TQIODevice, and modifies and extends the API of TQIODevice with socket-specific code. .PP Note that a QApplication must have been constructed before this class can be used. .PP -The functions you're likely to call most are connectToHost(), bytesAvailable(), canReadLine() and the ones it inherits from QIODevice. +The functions you're likely to call most are connectToHost(), bytesAvailable(), canReadLine() and the ones it inherits from TQIODevice. .PP connectToHost() is the most-used function. As its name implies, it opens a connection to a named host. .PP @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ The signals error(), connected(), readyRead() and connectionClosed() inform you .PP There are several access functions for the socket: state() returns whether the object is idle, is doing a DNS lookup, is connecting, has an operational connection, etc. address() and port() return the IP address and port used for the connection. The peerAddress() and peerPort() functions return the IP address and port used by the peer, and peerName() returns the name of the peer (normally the name that was passed to connectToHost()). socketDevice() returns a pointer to the QSocketDevice used for this socket. .PP -QSocket inherits QIODevice, and reimplements some functions. In general, you can treat it as a QIODevice for writing, and mostly also for reading. The match isn't perfect, since the QIODevice API is designed for devices that are controlled by the same machine, and an asynchronous peer-to-peer network connection isn't quite like that. For example, there is nothing that matches QIODevice::size() exactly. The documentation for open(), close(), flush(), size(), at(), atEnd(), readBlock(), writeBlock(), getch(), putch(), ungetch() and readLine() describes the differences in detail. +QSocket inherits TQIODevice, and reimplements some functions. In general, you can treat it as a TQIODevice for writing, and mostly also for reading. The match isn't perfect, since the TQIODevice API is designed for devices that are controlled by the same machine, and an asynchronous peer-to-peer network connection isn't quite like that. For example, there is nothing that matches TQIODevice::size() exactly. The documentation for open(), close(), flush(), size(), at(), atEnd(), readBlock(), writeBlock(), getch(), putch(), ungetch() and readLine() describes the differences in detail. .PP \fBWarning:\fR QSocket is not suitable for use in threads. If you need to uses sockets in threads use the lower-level QSocketDevice class. .PP @@ -194,10 +194,10 @@ This enum defines the connection states: .TP \fCQSocket::Closing\fR - if the socket is closing down, but is not yet closed. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSocket::QSocket ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSocket::QSocket ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Creates a QSocket object in QSocket::Idle state. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QObject constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .PP Note that a QApplication must have been constructed before sockets can be used. .SH "QSocket::~QSocket ()\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -209,17 +209,17 @@ Returns the host address of this socket. (This is normally the main IP address o .SH "Offset QSocket::at () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the current read index. Since QSocket is a sequential device, the current read index is always zero. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "bool QSocket::at ( Offset index )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Moves the read index forward to \fIindex\fR and returns TRUE if the operation was successful; otherwise returns FALSE. Moving the index forward means skipping incoming data. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "bool QSocket::atEnd () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if there is no more data to read; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "TQ_ULONG QSocket::bytesAvailable () const" Returns the number of incoming bytes that can be read, i.e. the size of the input buffer. Equivalent to size(). .PP @@ -273,8 +273,8 @@ See also state(), bytesToWrite(), and clearPendingData(). Examples: .)l network/clientserver/client/client.cpp, network/httpd/httpd.cpp, and network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. -.SH "void QSocket::connectToHost ( const QString & host, TQ_UINT16 port )\fC [virtual]\fR" +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. +.SH "void QSocket::connectToHost ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port )\fC [virtual]\fR" Attempts to make a connection to \fIhost\fR on the specified \fIport\fR and return immediately. .PP Any connection or pending connection is closed immediately, and QSocket goes into the HostLookup state. When the lookup succeeds, it emits hostFound(), starts a TCP connection and goes into the Connecting state. Finally, when the connection succeeds, it emits connected() and goes into the Connected state. If there is an error at any point, it emits error(). @@ -314,15 +314,15 @@ This signal is emitted after an error occurred. The parameter is the Error value Examples: .)l network/clientserver/client/client.cpp and network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .SH "void QSocket::flush ()\fC [virtual]\fR" -Implementation of the abstract virtual QIODevice::flush() function. +Implementation of the abstract virtual TQIODevice::flush() function. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "int QSocket::getch ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Reads a single byte/character from the internal read buffer. Returns the byte/character read, or -1 if there is nothing to be read. .PP See also bytesAvailable() and putch(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "void QSocket::hostFound ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted after connectToHost() has been called and the host lookup has succeeded. .PP @@ -330,14 +330,14 @@ See also connected(). .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .SH "bool QSocket::open ( int m )\fC [virtual]\fR" -Opens the socket using the specified QIODevice file mode \fIm\fR. This function is called automatically when needed and you should not call it yourself. +Opens the socket using the specified TQIODevice file mode \fIm\fR. This function is called automatically when needed and you should not call it yourself. .PP See also close(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "QHostAddress QSocket::peerAddress () const" Returns the address of the connected peer if the socket is in Connected state; otherwise an empty QHostAddress is returned. -.SH "QString QSocket::peerName () const" +.SH "TQString QSocket::peerName () const" Returns the host name as specified to the connectToHost() function. An empty string is returned if none has been set. .PP Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp. @@ -354,18 +354,18 @@ Returns \fIch\fR, or -1 if an error occurred. .PP See also getch(). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "TQ_LONG QSocket::readBlock ( char * data, TQ_ULONG maxlen )\fC [virtual]\fR" Reads \fImaxlen\fR bytes from the socket into \fIdata\fR and returns the number of bytes read. Returns -1 if an error occurred. .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "TQ_ULONG QSocket::readBufferSize () const" Returns the size of the read buffer. .PP See also setReadBufferSize(). -.SH "QString QSocket::readLine ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSocket::readLine ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a line of text including a terminating newline character (\\n). Returns "" if canReadLine() returns FALSE. .PP See also canReadLine(). @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ This function is useful if you need to subclass QSocketDevice and want to use th .SH "Offset QSocket::size () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the number of incoming bytes that can be read right now (like bytesAvailable()). .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "int QSocket::socket () const" Returns the socket number, or -1 if there is no socket at the moment. .SH "QSocketDevice * QSocket::socketDevice ()" @@ -421,9 +421,9 @@ See also QSocket::State. Examples: .)l network/clientserver/client/client.cpp and network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .SH "int QSocket::ungetch ( int ch )\fC [virtual]\fR" -This implementation of the virtual function QIODevice::ungetch() prepends the character \fIch\fR to the read buffer so that the next read returns this character as the first character of the output. +This implementation of the virtual function TQIODevice::ungetch() prepends the character \fIch\fR to the read buffer so that the next read returns this character as the first character of the output. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "TQ_ULONG QSocket::waitForMore ( int msecs, bool * timeout ) const" Wait up to \fImsecs\fR milliseconds for more data to be available. .PP @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Writes \fIlen\fR bytes to the socket from \fIdata\fR and returns the number of b .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqsocket.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsocketdevice.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsocketdevice.3qt index 2bde074a2..40bc49f05 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsocketdevice.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsocketdevice.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSocketDevice \- Platform-independent low-level socket API .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QIODevice. +Inherits TQIODevice. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ The QSocketDevice class provides a platform-independent low-level socket API. .PP This class provides a low level API for working with sockets. Users of this class are assumed to have networking experience. For most users the QSocket class provides a much easier and high level alternative, but certain things (like UDP) can't be done with QSocket and if you need a platform-independent API for those, QSocketDevice is the right choice. .PP -The essential purpose of the class is to provide a QIODevice that works on sockets, wrapped in a platform-independent API. +The essential purpose of the class is to provide a TQIODevice that works on sockets, wrapped in a platform-independent API. .PP When calling connect() or bind(), QSocketDevice detects the protocol family (IPv4, IPv6) automatically. Passing the protocol family to QSocketDevice's constructor or to setSocket() forces creation of a socket device of a specific protocol. If not set, the protocol will be detected at the first call to connect() or bind(). .PP @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ See also Protocol and setSocket(). .SH "TQ_LONG QSocketDevice::readBlock ( char * data, TQ_ULONG maxlen )\fC [virtual]\fR" Reads \fImaxlen\fR bytes from the socket into \fIdata\fR and returns the number of bytes read. Returns -1 if an error occurred. Returning 0 is not an error. For Stream sockets, 0 is returned when the remote host closes the connection. For Datagram sockets, 0 is a valid datagram size. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "int QSocketDevice::receiveBufferSize () const" Returns the size of the operating system receive buffer. .PP @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Writes \fIlen\fR bytes to the socket from \fIdata\fR and returns the number of b .PP This is used for QSocketDevice::Stream sockets. .PP -Reimplemented from QIODevice. +Reimplemented from TQIODevice. .SH "TQ_LONG QSocketDevice::writeBlock ( const char * data, TQ_ULONG len, const QHostAddress & host, TQ_UINT16 port )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsocketnotifier.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsocketnotifier.3qt index e4326b90f..46e5b2761 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsocketnotifier.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsocketnotifier.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSocketNotifier \- Support for socket callbacks .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "enum \fBType\fR { Read, Write, Exception }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSocketNotifier\fR ( int socket, Type type, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSocketNotifier\fR ( int socket, Type type, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSocketNotifier\fR ()" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ See also QSocket, QServerSocket, QSocketDevice, QFile::handle(), and Input/Outpu .TP \fCQSocketNotifier::Exception\fR .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSocketNotifier::QSocketNotifier ( int socket, Type type, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSocketNotifier::QSocketNotifier ( int socket, Type type, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a socket notifier called \fIname\fR, with the parent, \fIparent\fR. It watches \fIsocket\fR for \fItype\fR events, and enables it. .PP It is generally advisable to explicitly enable or disable the socket notifier, especially for write notifiers. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsound.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsound.3qt index 8a9ce98bf..bbddb0848 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsound.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsound.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QSound \- Access to the platform audio facilities .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSound\fR ( const QString & filename, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSound\fR ( const TQString & filename, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSound\fR ()" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetLoops\fR ( int l )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfileName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfileName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisFinished\fR () const" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "bool \fBisAvailable\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBplay\fR ( const QString & filename )" +.BI "void \fBplay\fR ( const TQString & filename )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBavailable\fR ()" @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ The availability of sound can be tested with QSound::isAvailable(). .PP See also Multimedia Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSound::QSound ( const QString & filename, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSound::QSound ( const TQString & filename, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QSound that can quickly play the sound in a file named \fIfilename\fR. .PP This may use more memory than the static \fCplay\fR function. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments (default 0) are passed on to the QObject constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments (default 0) are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .SH "QSound::~QSound ()" Destroys the sound object. If the sound is not finished playing stop() is called on it. .PP See also stop() and isFinished(). .SH "bool QSound::available ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if sound support is available; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QString QSound::fileName () const" +.SH "TQString QSound::fileName () const" Returns the filename associated with the sound. .SH "bool QSound::isAvailable ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if sound facilities exist on the platform; otherwise returns FALSE. An application may choose either to notify the user if sound is crucial to the application or to operate silently without bothering the user. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the sound has finished playing; otherwise returns FALSE. Returns the number of times the sound will play. .SH "int QSound::loopsRemaining () const" Returns the number of times the sound will loop. This value decreases each time the sound loops. -.SH "void QSound::play ( const QString & filename )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QSound::play ( const TQString & filename )\fC [static]\fR" Plays the sound in a file called \fIfilename\fR. .PP Example: sound/sound.cpp. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt index e2ba3af30..381cc2544 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt @@ -11,36 +11,36 @@ QSpinBox \- Spin box widget (spin button) .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. +Inherits TQWidget and QRangeControl. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSpinBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSpinBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSpinBox\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int step = 1, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSpinBox\fR ( int minValue, int maxValue, int step = 1, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSpinBox\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBprefix\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBprefix\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBsuffix\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBsuffix\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBcleanText\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBcleanText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetSpecialValueText\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetSpecialValueText\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBspecialValueText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBspecialValueText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetWrapping\fR ( bool on )" @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. .BI "virtual void \fBsetValue\fR ( int value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrefix\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPrefix\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetSuffix\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetSuffix\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBstepUp\fR ()" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. .BI "void \fBvalueChanged\fR ( int value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBvalueChanged\fR ( const QString & valueText )" +.BI "void \fBvalueChanged\fR ( const TQString & valueText )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. .BI "ButtonSymbols \fBbuttonSymbols\fR - the current button symbol mode" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcleanText\fR - the spin box's text with no prefix(), suffix() or leading or trailing whitespace \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBcleanText\fR - the spin box's text with no prefix(), suffix() or leading or trailing whitespace \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBlineStep\fR - the line step" @@ -139,16 +139,16 @@ Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. .BI "int \fBminValue\fR - the minimum value of the spin box" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprefix\fR - the spin box's prefix" +.BI "TQString \fBprefix\fR - the spin box's prefix" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBspecialValueText\fR - the special-value text" +.BI "TQString \fBspecialValueText\fR - the special-value text" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsuffix\fR - the suffix of the spin box" +.BI "TQString \fBsuffix\fR - the suffix of the spin box" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR - the spin box's " "text" ", including any prefix() and suffix() \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR - the spin box's " "text" ", including any prefix() and suffix() \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBvalue\fR - the value of the spin box" @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBmapValueToText\fR ( int v )" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBmapValueToText\fR ( int v )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual int \fBmapTextToValue\fR ( bool * ok )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcurrentValueText\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBcurrentValueText\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBupdateDisplay\fR ()" @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Inherits QWidget and QRangeControl. .BI "virtual void \fBrangeChange\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( QObject * o, QEvent * ev )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBeventFilter\fR ( TQObject * o, QEvent * ev )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Slots" @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Normally the spin box displays up and down arrows in the buttons. You can use se .PP It is often desirable to give the user a special (often default) choice in addition to the range of numeric values. See setSpecialValueText() for how to do this with QSpinBox. .PP -The default QWidget::focusPolicy() is StrongFocus. +The default TQWidget::focusPolicy() is StrongFocus. .PP If using prefix(), suffix() and specialValueText() don't provide enough control, you can ignore them and subclass QSpinBox instead. .PP @@ -231,16 +231,16 @@ For example, these functions could be changed so that the user provided values f ... .br .br - QString mapValueToText( int value ) + TQString mapValueToText( int value ) .br { .br if ( value == -1 ) // special case .br - return QString( "Auto" ); + return TQString( "Auto" ); .br .br - return QString( "%1.%2" ) // 0.0 to 10.0 + return TQString( "%1.%2" ) // 0.0 to 10.0 .br .arg( value / 10 ).arg( value % 10 ); .br @@ -282,11 +282,11 @@ This enum type determines what the buttons in a spin box show. .PP See also QSpinBox::buttonSymbols. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSpinBox::QSpinBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSpinBox::QSpinBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a spin box with the default QRangeControl range and step values. It is called \fIname\fR and has parent \fIparent\fR. .PP See also minValue, maxValue, setRange(), lineStep, and setSteps(). -.SH "QSpinBox::QSpinBox ( int minValue, int maxValue, int step = 1, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSpinBox::QSpinBox ( int minValue, int maxValue, int step = 1, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a spin box that allows values from \fIminValue\fR to \fImaxValue\fR inclusive, with step amount \fIstep\fR. The value is initially set to \fIminValue\fR. .PP The spin box is called \fIname\fR and has parent \fIparent\fR. @@ -296,18 +296,18 @@ See also minValue, maxValue, setRange(), lineStep, and setSteps(). Destroys the spin box, freeing all memory and other resources. .SH "ButtonSymbols QSpinBox::buttonSymbols () const" Returns the current button symbol mode. See the "buttonSymbols" property for details. -.SH "QString QSpinBox::cleanText () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSpinBox::cleanText () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the spin box's text with no prefix(), suffix() or leading or trailing whitespace. See the "cleanText" property for details. -.SH "QString QSpinBox::currentValueText ()\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSpinBox::currentValueText ()\fC [protected]\fR" Returns the full text calculated from the current value, including any prefix and suffix. If there is special value text and the value is minValue() the specialValueText() is returned. .SH "QRect QSpinBox::downRect () const" Returns the geometry of the "down" button. .SH "QLineEdit * QSpinBox::editor () const\fC [protected]\fR" Returns a pointer to the embedded QLineEdit. -.SH "bool QSpinBox::eventFilter ( QObject * o, QEvent * ev )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool QSpinBox::eventFilter ( TQObject * o, QEvent * ev )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Intercepts and handles the events coming to the embedded QLineEdit that have special meaning for the QSpinBox. The object is passed as \fIo\fR and the event is passed as \fIev\fR. .PP -Reimplemented from QObject. +Reimplemented from TQObject. .SH "void QSpinBox::interpretText ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" QSpinBox calls this after the user has manually edited the contents of the spin box (i.e. by typing in the embedded QLineEdit, rather than using the up/down buttons/keys). .PP @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Note that TQt handles specialValueText() separately; this function is only conce The default implementation tries to interpret the text() as an integer in the standard way and returns the integer value. .PP See also interpretText() and mapValueToText(). -.SH "QString QSpinBox::mapValueToText ( int v )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSpinBox::mapValueToText ( int v )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is used by the spin box whenever it needs to display value \fIv\fR. The default implementation returns a string containing \fIv\fR printed in the standard way. Reimplementations may return anything. (See the example in the detailed description.) .PP Note that TQt does not call this function for specialValueText() and that neither prefix() nor suffix() are included in the return value. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ See also updateDisplay() and mapTextToValue(). Returns the maximum value of the spin box. See the "maxValue" property for details. .SH "int QSpinBox::minValue () const" Returns the minimum value of the spin box. See the "minValue" property for details. -.SH "QString QSpinBox::prefix () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSpinBox::prefix () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the spin box's prefix. See the "prefix" property for details. .SH "void QSpinBox::rangeChange ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called by QRangeControl whenever the range has changed. It adjusts the default validator and updates the display; if you need additional processing, you can reimplement this function. @@ -354,11 +354,11 @@ Sets the line step. See the "lineStep" property for details. Sets the maximum value of the spin box. See the "maxValue" property for details. .SH "void QSpinBox::setMinValue ( int )" Sets the minimum value of the spin box. See the "minValue" property for details. -.SH "void QSpinBox::setPrefix ( const QString & text )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QSpinBox::setPrefix ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the spin box's prefix to \fItext\fR. See the "prefix" property for details. -.SH "void QSpinBox::setSpecialValueText ( const QString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSpinBox::setSpecialValueText ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the special-value text to \fItext\fR. See the "specialValueText" property for details. -.SH "void QSpinBox::setSuffix ( const QString & text )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QSpinBox::setSuffix ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the suffix of the spin box to \fItext\fR. See the "suffix" property for details. .SH "void QSpinBox::setValidator ( const QValidator * v )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the validator to \fIv\fR. The validator controls what keyboard input is accepted when the user is editing in the value field. The default is to use a suitable QIntValidator. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Use setValidator(0) to turn off input validation (entered input will still be ke Sets the value of the spin box to \fIvalue\fR. See the "value" property for details. .SH "void QSpinBox::setWrapping ( bool on )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether it is possible to step the value from the highest value to the lowest value and vice versa to \fIon\fR. See the "wrapping" property for details. -.SH "QString QSpinBox::specialValueText () const" +.SH "TQString QSpinBox::specialValueText () const" Returns the special-value text. See the "specialValueText" property for details. .SH "void QSpinBox::stepDown ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Decreases the spin box's value one lineStep(), wrapping as necessary if wrapping() is TRUE. This is the same as clicking on the pointing-down button and can be used for keyboard accelerators, for example. @@ -378,9 +378,9 @@ See also stepUp(), subtractLine(), lineStep, setSteps(), value, and value. Increases the spin box's value by one lineStep(), wrapping as necessary if wrapping() is TRUE. This is the same as clicking on the pointing-up button and can be used for keyboard accelerators, for example. .PP See also stepDown(), addLine(), lineStep, setSteps(), value, and value. -.SH "QString QSpinBox::suffix () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSpinBox::suffix () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the suffix of the spin box. See the "suffix" property for details. -.SH "QString QSpinBox::text () const" +.SH "TQString QSpinBox::text () const" Returns the spin box's text, including any prefix() and suffix(). See the "text" property for details. .SH "void QSpinBox::textChanged ()\fC [protected slot]\fR" This slot is called whenever the user edits the spin box's text. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ See also value. .PP Examples: .)l listbox/listbox.cpp, qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, and scribble/scribble.cpp. -.SH "void QSpinBox::valueChanged ( const QString & valueText )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QSpinBox::valueChanged ( const TQString & valueText )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted whenever the valueChanged( int ) signal is emitted, i.e. every time the value of the spin box changes (whatever the cause, e.g. by setValue(), by a keyboard accelerator, by mouse clicks, etc.). @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ The possible values can be either UpDownArrows or PlusMinus. The default is UpDo See also ButtonSymbols. .PP Set this property's value with setButtonSymbols() and get this property's value with buttonSymbols(). -.SH "QString cleanText" +.SH "TQString cleanText" This property holds the spin box's text with no prefix(), suffix() or leading or trailing whitespace. .PP Get this property's value with cleanText(). @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ When setting this property, QSpinBox::maxValue is adjusted, if necessary, to ens See also setRange() and specialValueText. .PP Set this property's value with setMinValue() and get this property's value with minValue(). -.SH "QString prefix" +.SH "TQString prefix" This property holds the spin box's prefix. .PP The prefix is prepended to the start of the displayed value. Typical use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency symbol. For example: @@ -473,12 +473,12 @@ The prefix is prepended to the start of the displayed value. Typical use is to d .PP To turn off the prefix display, set this property to an empty string. The default is no prefix. The prefix is not displayed for the minValue() if specialValueText() is not empty. .PP -If no prefix is set, prefix() returns QString::null. +If no prefix is set, prefix() returns TQString::null. .PP See also suffix. .PP Set this property's value with setPrefix() and get this property's value with prefix(). -.SH "QString specialValueText" +.SH "TQString specialValueText" This property holds the special-value text. .PP If set, the spin box will display this text instead of a numeric value whenever the current value is equal to minVal(). Typical use is to indicate that this choice has a special (default) meaning. @@ -500,10 +500,10 @@ All values are displayed with the prefix() and suffix() (if set), \fIexcept\fR f .PP To turn off the special-value text display, call this function with an empty string. The default is no special-value text, i.e. the numeric value is shown as usual. .PP -If no special-value text is set, specialValueText() returns QString::null. +If no special-value text is set, specialValueText() returns TQString::null. .PP Set this property's value with setSpecialValueText() and get this property's value with specialValueText(). -.SH "QString suffix" +.SH "TQString suffix" This property holds the suffix of the spin box. .PP The suffix is appended to the end of the displayed value. Typical use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency symbol. For example: @@ -516,12 +516,12 @@ The suffix is appended to the end of the displayed value. Typical use is to disp .PP To turn off the suffix display, set this property to an empty string. The default is no suffix. The suffix is not displayed for the minValue() if specialValueText() is not empty. .PP -If no suffix is set, suffix() returns a QString::null. +If no suffix is set, suffix() returns a TQString::null. .PP See also prefix. .PP Set this property's value with setSuffix() and get this property's value with suffix(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the spin box's text, including any prefix() and suffix(). .PP There is no default text. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsplashscreen.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsplashscreen.3qt index 32f0cd783..2114d91c0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsplashscreen.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsplashscreen.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSplashScreen \- Splash screen that can be shown during application startup .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "QPixmap * \fBpixmap\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBfinish\fR ( QWidget * mainWin )" +.BI "void \fBfinish\fR ( TQWidget * mainWin )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBrepaint\fR ()" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const QString & message, int alignment = AlignLeft, const QColor & color = black )" +.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const TQString & message, int alignment = AlignLeft, const TQColor & color = black )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmessageChanged\fR ( const QString & message )" +.BI "void \fBmessageChanged\fR ( const TQString & message )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -138,20 +138,20 @@ Removes the message being displayed on the splash screen See also message(). .SH "void QSplashScreen::drawContents ( QPainter * painter )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Draw the contents of the splash screen using painter \fIpainter\fR. The default implementation draws the message passed by message(). Reimplement this function if you want to do your own drawing on the splash screen. -.SH "void QSplashScreen::finish ( QWidget * mainWin )" +.SH "void QSplashScreen::finish ( TQWidget * mainWin )" Makes the splash screen wait until the widget \fImainWin\fR is displayed before calling close() on itself. -.SH "void QSplashScreen::message ( const QString & message, int alignment = AlignLeft, const QColor & color = black )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QSplashScreen::message ( const TQString & message, int alignment = AlignLeft, const TQColor & color = black )\fC [slot]\fR" Draws the \fImessage\fR text onto the splash screen with color \fIcolor\fR and aligns the text according to the flags in \fIalignment\fR. .PP See also Qt::AlignmentFlags and clear(). -.SH "void QSplashScreen::messageChanged ( const QString & message )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QSplashScreen::messageChanged ( const TQString & message )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the message on the splash screen changes. \fImessage\fR is the new message and is a null-string when the message has been removed. .PP See also message() and clear(). .SH "QPixmap * QSplashScreen::pixmap () const" Returns the pixmap that is used in the splash screen. The image does not have any of the text drawn by message() calls. .SH "void QSplashScreen::repaint ()" -This overrides QWidget::repaint(). It differs from the standard repaint function in that it also calls QApplication::flush() to ensure the updates are displayed, even when there is no event loop present. +This overrides TQWidget::repaint(). It differs from the standard repaint function in that it also calls QApplication::flush() to ensure the updates are displayed, even when there is no event loop present. .SH "void QSplashScreen::setPixmap ( const QPixmap & pixmap )" Sets the pixmap that will be used as the splash screen's image to \fIpixmap\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt index e166a2973..7f73a1dcf 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsplitter.3qt @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "enum \fBResizeMode\fR { Stretch, KeepSize, FollowSizeHint, Auto }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSplitter\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSplitter\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSplitter\fR ( Orientation o, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSplitter\fR ( Orientation o, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSplitter\fR ()" @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBchildrenCollapsible\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetCollapsible\fR ( QWidget * w, bool collapse )" +.BI "void \fBsetCollapsible\fR ( TQWidget * w, bool collapse )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetResizeMode\fR ( QWidget * w, ResizeMode mode )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetResizeMode\fR ( TQWidget * w, ResizeMode mode )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetOpaqueResize\fR ( bool = TRUE )" @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBopaqueResize\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmoveToFirst\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBmoveToFirst\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmoveToLast\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBmoveToLast\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBrefresh\fR ()" @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "virtual void \fBchildEvent\fR ( QChildEvent * c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBidAfter\fR ( QWidget * w ) const" +.BI "int \fBidAfter\fR ( TQWidget * w ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBmoveSplitter\fR ( QCOORD p, int id )" @@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ This enum type describes how QSplitter will resize each of its child widgets. .TP \fCQSplitter::FollowSizeHint\fR - QSplitter will resize the widget when the widget's size hint changes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSplitter::QSplitter ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSplitter::QSplitter ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a horizontal splitter with the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor. -.SH "QSplitter::QSplitter ( Orientation o, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSplitter::QSplitter ( Orientation o, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a splitter with orientation \fIo\fR with the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments being passed on to the QFrame constructor. .SH "QSplitter::~QSplitter ()" Destroys the splitter and any children. @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ See also idAfter(). .SH "void QSplitter::childEvent ( QChildEvent * c )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Tells the splitter that the child widget described by \fIc\fR has been inserted or removed. .PP -Reimplemented from QObject. +Reimplemented from TQObject. .SH "bool QSplitter::childrenCollapsible () const" Returns TRUE if child widgets can be resized down to size 0 by the user; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "childrenCollapsible" property for details. .SH "void QSplitter::drawSplitter ( QPainter * p, QCOORD x, QCOORD y, QCOORD w, QCOORD h )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Returns the valid range of the splitter with ID \fIid\fR in \fI*min\fR and \fI*m See also idAfter(). .SH "int QSplitter::handleWidth () const" Returns the width of the splitter handle. See the "handleWidth" property for details. -.SH "int QSplitter::idAfter ( QWidget * w ) const\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "int QSplitter::idAfter ( TQWidget * w ) const\fC [protected]\fR" Returns the ID of the widget to the right of or below the widget \fIw\fR, or 0 if there is no such widget (i.e. it is either not in this QSplitter or \fIw\fR is at the end). .SH "void QSplitter::moveSplitter ( QCOORD p, int id )\fC [protected]\fR" Moves the left/top edge of the splitter handle with ID \fIid\fR as close as possible to position \fIp\fR, which is the distance from the left (or top) edge of the widget. @@ -206,11 +206,11 @@ Moves the left/top edge of the splitter handle with ID \fIid\fR as close as poss For Arabic, Hebrew and other right-to-left languages the layout is reversed. \fIp\fR is then the distance from the right (or top) edge of the widget. .PP See also idAfter(). -.SH "void QSplitter::moveToFirst ( QWidget * w )" +.SH "void QSplitter::moveToFirst ( TQWidget * w )" Moves widget \fIw\fR to the leftmost/top position. .PP Example: splitter/splitter.cpp. -.SH "void QSplitter::moveToLast ( QWidget * w )" +.SH "void QSplitter::moveToLast ( TQWidget * w )" Moves widget \fIw\fR to the rightmost/bottom position. .SH "bool QSplitter::opaqueResize () const" Returns TRUE if resizing is opaque; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "opaqueResize" property for details. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Returns the orientation of the splitter. See the "orientation" property for deta Updates the splitter's state. You should not need to call this function. .SH "void QSplitter::setChildrenCollapsible ( bool )" Sets whether child widgets can be resized down to size 0 by the user. See the "childrenCollapsible" property for details. -.SH "void QSplitter::setCollapsible ( QWidget * w, bool collapse )" +.SH "void QSplitter::setCollapsible ( TQWidget * w, bool collapse )" Sets whether the child widget \fIw\fR is collapsible to \fIcollapse\fR. .PP By default, children are collapsible, meaning that the user can resize them down to size 0, even if they have a non-zero minimumSize() or minimumSizeHint(). This behavior can be changed on a per-widget basis by calling this function, or globally for all the widgets in the splitter by setting the childrenCollapsible property. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Sets the width of the splitter handle. See the "handleWidth" property for detail Sets whether resizing is opaque. See the "opaqueResize" property for details. .SH "void QSplitter::setOrientation ( Orientation )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the orientation of the splitter. See the "orientation" property for details. -.SH "void QSplitter::setResizeMode ( QWidget * w, ResizeMode mode )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSplitter::setResizeMode ( TQWidget * w, ResizeMode mode )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets resize mode of widget \fIw\fR to \fImode\fR. (The default is Auto.) .PP Examples: @@ -300,11 +300,11 @@ Set this property's value with setOrientation() and get this property's value wi .SH "QTextStream & operator<< ( QTextStream & ts, const QSplitter & splitter )" Writes the sizes and the hidden state of the widgets in the splitter \fIsplitter\fR to the text stream \fIts\fR. .PP -See also operator>>(), sizes(), and QWidget::hidden. +See also operator>>(), sizes(), and TQWidget::hidden. .SH "QTextStream & operator>> ( QTextStream & ts, QSplitter & splitter )" Reads the sizes and the hidden state of the widgets in the splitter \fIsplitter\fR from the text stream \fIts\fR. The sizes must have been previously written by the operator<<() function. .PP -See also operator<<(), setSizes(), and QWidget::hide(). +See also operator<<(), setSizes(), and TQWidget::hide(). .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqsplitter.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlcursor.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlcursor.3qt index 1568ab2aa..a4ba66093 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlcursor.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlcursor.3qt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlSelectCursor. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlCursor\fR ( const QString & name = QString::null, bool autopopulate = TRUE, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlCursor\fR ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, bool autopopulate = TRUE, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQSqlCursor\fR ( const QSqlCursor & other )" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlSelectCursor. .BI "virtual QSqlIndex \fBindex\fR ( const QStringList & fieldNames ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlIndex \fBindex\fR ( const QString & fieldName ) const" +.BI "QSqlIndex \fBindex\fR ( const TQString & fieldName ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlIndex \fBindex\fR ( const char * fieldName ) const" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlSelectCursor. .BI "virtual void \fBclear\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetGenerated\fR ( const QString & name, bool generated )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetGenerated\fR ( const TQString & name, bool generated )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetGenerated\fR ( int i, bool generated )" @@ -93,16 +93,16 @@ Inherited by QSqlSelectCursor. .BI "int \fBmode\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCalculated\fR ( const QString & name, bool calculated )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCalculated\fR ( const TQString & name, bool calculated )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisCalculated\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisCalculated\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetTrimmed\fR ( const QString & name, bool trim )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetTrimmed\fR ( const TQString & name, bool trim )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisTrimmed\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisTrimmed\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisReadOnly\fR () const" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlSelectCursor. .BI "bool \fBselect\fR ( const QSqlIndex & filter, const QSqlIndex & sort )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBselect\fR ( const QString & filter, const QSqlIndex & sort = QSqlIndex ( ) )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBselect\fR ( const TQString & filter, const QSqlIndex & sort = QSqlIndex ( ) )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetSort\fR ( const QSqlIndex & sort )" @@ -135,43 +135,43 @@ Inherited by QSqlSelectCursor. .BI "QSqlIndex \fBsort\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const QString & filter )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFilter\fR ( const TQString & filter )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfilter\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfilter\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const QString & name, bool autopopulate = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const TQString & name, bool autopopulate = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisNull\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisNull\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QVariant \fBcalculateField\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual QVariant \fBcalculateField\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBupdate\fR ( const QString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual int \fBupdate\fR ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBdel\fR ( const QString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual int \fBdel\fR ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoString\fR ( const QString & prefix, QSqlField * field, const QString & fieldSep ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoString\fR ( const TQString & prefix, QSqlField * field, const TQString & fieldSep ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoString\fR ( QSqlRecord * rec, const QString & prefix, const QString & fieldSep, const QString & sep ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoString\fR ( QSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoString\fR ( const QSqlIndex & i, QSqlRecord * rec, const QString & prefix, const QString & fieldSep, const QString & sep ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoString\fR ( const QSqlIndex & i, QSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ After calling insert(), update() or del(), the cursor is no longer positioned on .PP QSqlCursor contains virtual methods which allow editing behavior to be customized by subclasses. This allows custom cursors to be created that encapsulate the editing behavior of a database table for an entire application. For example, a cursor can be customized to always auto-number primary index fields, or provide fields with suitable default values, when inserting new records. QSqlCursor generates SQL statements which are sent to the database engine; you can control which fields are included in these statements using setGenerated(). .PP -Note that QSqlCursor does not inherit from QObject. This means that you are responsible for destroying instances of this class yourself. However if you create a QSqlCursor and use it in a QDataTable, QDataBrowser or a QDataView these classes will usually take ownership of the cursor and destroy it when they don't need it anymore. The documentation for QDataTable, QDataBrowser and QDataView explicitly states which calls take ownership of the cursor. +Note that QSqlCursor does not inherit from TQObject. This means that you are responsible for destroying instances of this class yourself. However if you create a QSqlCursor and use it in a QDataTable, QDataBrowser or a QDataView these classes will usually take ownership of the cursor and destroy it when they don't need it anymore. The documentation for QDataTable, QDataBrowser and QDataView explicitly states which calls take ownership of the cursor. .PP See also Database Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ This enum type describes how QSqlCursor operates on records in the database. .TP \fCQSqlCursor::Writable\fR - the cursor can INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE records in the database. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlCursor::QSqlCursor ( const QString & name = QString::null, bool autopopulate = TRUE, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" +.SH "QSqlCursor::QSqlCursor ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, bool autopopulate = TRUE, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" Constructs a cursor on database \fIdb\fR using table or view \fIname\fR. .PP If \fIautopopulate\fR is TRUE (the default), the \fIname\fR of the cursor must correspond to an existing table or view name in the database so that field information can be automatically created. If the table or view does not exist, the cursor will not be functional. @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Constructs a copy of \fIother\fR. Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. .SH "void QSqlCursor::append ( const QSqlFieldInfo & fieldInfo )\fC [virtual]\fR" Append a copy of field \fIfieldInfo\fR to the end of the cursor. Note that all references to the cursor edit buffer become invalidated. -.SH "QVariant QSqlCursor::calculateField ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "QVariant QSqlCursor::calculateField ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Protected virtual function which is called whenever a field needs to be calculated. If calculated fields are being used, derived classes must reimplement this function and return the appropriate value for field \fIname\fR. The default implementation returns an invalid QVariant. .PP See also setCalculated(). @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ In the above example, a cursor is created on the 'prices' table and positioned t See also primeDelete(), setMode(), and lastError(). .PP Example: sql/overview/delete/main.cpp. -.SH "int QSqlCursor::del ( const QString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "int QSqlCursor::del ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Deletes the current cursor record from the database using the filter \fIfilter\fR. Only records which meet the filter criteria are deleted. Returns the number of records which were deleted. If \fIinvalidate\fR is TRUE (the default), the current cursor can no longer be navigated. A new select() call must be made before you can move to a valid record. For error information, use lastError(). @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ See also setMode() and lastError(). Returns the current internal edit buffer. If \fIcopy\fR is TRUE (the default is FALSE), the current cursor field values are first copied into the edit buffer. The edit buffer is valid as long as the cursor remains valid. The cursor retains ownership of the returned pointer, so it must not be deleted or modified. .PP See also primeInsert(), primeUpdate(), and primeDelete(). -.SH "QString QSqlCursor::filter () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlCursor::filter () const" Returns the current filter, or an empty string if there is no current filter. .SH "QSqlIndex QSqlCursor::index ( const QStringList & fieldNames ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns an index composed of \fIfieldNames\fR, all in ASCending order. Note that all field names must exist in the cursor, otherwise an empty index is returned. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ See also QSqlIndex. .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/extract/main.cpp, sql/overview/order1/main.cpp, sql/overview/order2/main.cpp, and sql/overview/table3/main.cpp. -.SH "QSqlIndex QSqlCursor::index ( const QString & fieldName ) const" +.SH "QSqlIndex QSqlCursor::index ( const TQString & fieldName ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns an index based on \fIfieldName\fR. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ If \fIinvalidate\fR is TRUE (the default), the cursor will no longer be position In the above example, a cursor is created on the 'prices' table and a pointer to the insert buffer is acquired using primeInsert(). Each field's value is set to the desired value and then insert() is called to insert the data into the database. Remember: all edit operations (insert(), update() and delete()) operate on the contents of the cursor edit buffer and not on the contents of the cursor itself. .PP See also setMode() and lastError(). -.SH "bool QSqlCursor::isCalculated ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QSqlCursor::isCalculated ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns TRUE if the field \fIname\fR exists and is calculated; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setCalculated(). @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ See also setCalculated(). Returns TRUE if the field \fIi\fR is NULL or if there is no field at position \fIi\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP This is the same as calling QSqlRecord::isNull( \fIi\fR ) -.SH "bool QSqlCursor::isNull ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QSqlCursor::isNull ( const TQString & name ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if the field called \fIname\fR is NULL or if there is no field called \fIname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ This is the same as calling QSqlRecord::isNull( \fIname\fR ) Returns TRUE if the cursor is read-only; otherwise returns FALSE. The default is FALSE. Read-only cursors cannot be edited using insert(), update() or del(). .PP See also setMode(). -.SH "bool QSqlCursor::isTrimmed ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QSqlCursor::isTrimmed ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns TRUE if the field \fIname\fR exists and is trimmed; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP When a trimmed field of type string or cstring is read from the database any trailing (right-most) spaces are removed. @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ See also setTrimmed(). Returns the current cursor mode. .PP See also setMode(). -.SH "QString QSqlCursor::name () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlCursor::name () const" Returns the name of the cursor. .SH "QSqlCursor & QSqlCursor::operator= ( const QSqlCursor & other )" Sets the cursor equal to \fIother\fR. @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ Examples: Removes the field at \fIpos\fR. If \fIpos\fR does not exist, nothing happens. Note that all references to the cursor edit buffer become invalidated. .PP Reimplemented from QSqlRecord. -.SH "bool QSqlCursor::select ( const QString & filter, const QSqlIndex & sort = QSqlIndex ( ) )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QSqlCursor::select ( const TQString & filter, const QSqlIndex & sort = QSqlIndex ( ) )\fC [virtual]\fR" Selects all fields in the cursor from the database matching the filter criteria \fIfilter\fR. The data is returned in the order specified by the index \fIsort\fR. Returns TRUE if the data was successfully selected; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The \fIfilter\fR is a string containing a SQL \fCWHERE\fR clause but without the 'WHERE' keyword. The cursor is initially positioned at an invalid row after this function is called. To move to a valid row, use seek(), first(), last(), prev() or next(). @@ -520,15 +520,15 @@ Selects all fields in the cursor matching the filter index \fIfilter\fR. The dat .fi .PP In this example the QSqlIndex, pk, is used for two different purposes. When used as the filter (first) argument, the field names it contains are used to construct the WHERE clause, each set to the current cursor value, \fCWHERE id=10\fR, in this case. When used as the sort (second) argument the field names it contains are used for the ORDER BY clause, \fCORDER BY id\fR in this example. -.SH "void QSqlCursor::setCalculated ( const QString & name, bool calculated )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlCursor::setCalculated ( const TQString & name, bool calculated )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets field \fIname\fR to \fIcalculated\fR. If the field \fIname\fR does not exist, nothing happens. The value of a calculated field is set by the calculateField() virtual function which you must reimplement (or the field value will be an invalid QVariant). Calculated fields do not appear in generated SQL statements sent to the database. .PP See also calculateField() and QSqlRecord::setGenerated(). -.SH "void QSqlCursor::setFilter ( const QString & filter )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlCursor::setFilter ( const TQString & filter )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the current filter to \fIfilter\fR. Note that no new records are selected. To select new records, use select(). The \fIfilter\fR will apply to any subsequent select() calls that do not explicitly specify a filter. .PP The filter is a SQL \fCWHERE\fR clause without the keyword 'WHERE', e.g. \fCname='Dave'\fR which will be processed by the DBMS. -.SH "void QSqlCursor::setGenerated ( const QString & name, bool generated )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlCursor::setGenerated ( const TQString & name, bool generated )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the generated flag for the field \fIname\fR to \fIgenerated\fR. If the field does not exist, nothing happens. Only fields that have \fIgenerated\fR set to TRUE are included in the SQL that is generated by insert(), update() or del(). .PP See also isGenerated(). @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ Sets the cursor mode to \fImode\fR. This value can be an OR'ed combination of QS .br .br .fi -.SH "void QSqlCursor::setName ( const QString & name, bool autopopulate = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlCursor::setName ( const TQString & name, bool autopopulate = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the cursor to \fIname\fR. If \fIautopopulate\fR is TRUE (the default), the \fIname\fR must correspond to a valid table or view name in the database. Also, note that all references to the cursor edit buffer become invalidated when fields are auto-populated. See the QSqlCursor constructor documentation for more information. .SH "void QSqlCursor::setPrimaryIndex ( const QSqlIndex & idx )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the primary index associated with the cursor to the index \fIidx\fR. Note that this index must contain a field or set of fields which identify a unique record within the underlying database table or view so that update() and del() will execute as expected. @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ Sets the primary index associated with the cursor to the index \fIidx\fR. Note t See also update() and del(). .SH "void QSqlCursor::setSort ( const QSqlIndex & sort )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the current sort to \fIsort\fR. Note that no new records are selected. To select new records, use select(). The \fIsort\fR will apply to any subsequent select() calls that do not explicitly specify a sort. -.SH "void QSqlCursor::setTrimmed ( const QString & name, bool trim )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlCursor::setTrimmed ( const TQString & name, bool trim )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets field \fIname\fR's trimmed status to \fItrim\fR. If the field \fIname\fR does not exist, nothing happens. .PP When a trimmed field of type string or cstring is read from the database any trailing (right-most) spaces are removed. @@ -577,15 +577,15 @@ When a trimmed field of type string or cstring is read from the database any tra See also isTrimmed() and QVariant. .SH "QSqlIndex QSqlCursor::sort () const" Returns the current sort, or an empty index if there is no current sort. -.SH "QString QSqlCursor::toString ( QSqlRecord * rec, const QString & prefix, const QString & fieldSep, const QString & sep ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSqlCursor::toString ( QSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Returns a formatted string composed of all the fields in \fIrec\fR. Each field is composed of the \fIprefix\fR (e.g. table or view name)," .", the field name, the \fIfieldSep\fR and the field value. If the \fIprefix\fR is empty then each field will begin with the field name. The fields are then joined together separated by \fIsep\fR. Fields where isGenerated() returns FALSE are not included. This function is useful for generating SQL statements. -.SH "QString QSqlCursor::toString ( const QString & prefix, QSqlField * field, const QString & fieldSep ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSqlCursor::toString ( const TQString & prefix, QSqlField * field, const TQString & fieldSep ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a formatted string composed of the \fIprefix\fR (e.g. table or view name), ".", the \fIfield\fR name, the \fIfieldSep\fR and the field value. If the \fIprefix\fR is empty then the string will begin with the \fIfield\fR name. This function is useful for generating SQL statements. -.SH "QString QSqlCursor::toString ( const QSqlIndex & i, QSqlRecord * rec, const QString & prefix, const QString & fieldSep, const QString & sep ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSqlCursor::toString ( const QSqlIndex & i, QSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a formatted string composed of all the fields in the index \fIi\fR. Each field is composed of the \fIprefix\fR (e.g. table or view name), ".", the field name, the \fIfieldSep\fR and the field value. If the \fIprefix\fR is empty then each field will begin with the field name. The field values are taken from \fIrec\fR. The fields are then joined together separated by \fIsep\fR. Fields where isGenerated() returns FALSE are ignored. This function is useful for generating SQL statements. @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Note that if the primary index does not uniquely distinguish records the databas See also setMode() and lastError(). .PP Example: sql/overview/update/main.cpp. -.SH "int QSqlCursor::update ( const QString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "int QSqlCursor::update ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Updates the database with the current contents of the cursor edit buffer using the specified \fIfilter\fR. Returns the number of records which were updated. For error information, use lastError(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqldatabase.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqldatabase.3qt index 5f3aac6a6..e062f530b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqldatabase.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqldatabase.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSqlDatabase \- Used to create SQL database connections and to provide transacti .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "bool \fBopen\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBopen\fR ( const QString & user, const QString & password )" +.BI "bool \fBopen\fR ( const TQString & user, const TQString & password )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBclose\fR ()" @@ -40,22 +40,22 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "QStringList \fBtables\fR ( QSql::TableType type ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlIndex \fBprimaryIndex\fR ( const QString & tablename ) const" +.BI "QSqlIndex \fBprimaryIndex\fR ( const TQString & tablename ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlRecord \fBrecord\fR ( const QString & tablename ) const" +.BI "QSqlRecord \fBrecord\fR ( const TQString & tablename ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlRecord \fBrecord\fR ( const QSqlQuery & query ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlRecordInfo \fBrecordInfo\fR ( const QString & tablename ) const" +.BI "QSqlRecordInfo \fBrecordInfo\fR ( const TQString & tablename ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlRecordInfo \fBrecordInfo\fR ( const QSqlQuery & query ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlQuery \fBexec\fR ( const QString & query = QString::null ) const" +.BI "QSqlQuery \fBexec\fR ( const TQString & query = TQString::null ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlError \fBlastError\fR () const" @@ -70,43 +70,43 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "bool \fBrollback\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetDatabaseName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetDatabaseName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetUserName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetUserName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPassword\fR ( const QString & password )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPassword\fR ( const TQString & password )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetHostName\fR ( const QString & host )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetHostName\fR ( const TQString & host )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetPort\fR ( int p )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetConnectOptions\fR ( const QString & options = QString::null )" +.BI "void \fBsetConnectOptions\fR ( const TQString & options = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdatabaseName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdatabaseName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBuserName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBuserName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpassword\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBpassword\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBhostName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBhostName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdriverName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdriverName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBport\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBconnectOptions\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBconnectOptions\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlDriver * \fBdriver\fR () const" @@ -115,61 +115,61 @@ Inherits QObject. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlDatabase * \fBaddDatabase\fR ( const QString & type, const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection )" +.BI "QSqlDatabase * \fBaddDatabase\fR ( const TQString & type, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlDatabase * \fBaddDatabase\fR ( QSqlDriver * driver, const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection )" +.BI "QSqlDatabase * \fBaddDatabase\fR ( QSqlDriver * driver, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlDatabase * \fBdatabase\fR ( const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection, bool open = TRUE )" +.BI "QSqlDatabase * \fBdatabase\fR ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection, bool open = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveDatabase\fR ( const QString & connectionName )" +.BI "void \fBremoveDatabase\fR ( const TQString & connectionName )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBremoveDatabase\fR ( QSqlDatabase * db )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBcontains\fR ( const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection )" +.BI "bool \fBcontains\fR ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBdrivers\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBregisterSqlDriver\fR ( const QString & name, const QSqlDriverCreatorBase * creator )" +.BI "void \fBregisterSqlDriver\fR ( const TQString & name, const QSqlDriverCreatorBase * creator )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisDriverAvailable\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "bool \fBisDriverAvailable\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBconnectOptions\fR - the database connect options" +.BI "TQString \fBconnectOptions\fR - the database connect options" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdatabaseName\fR - the name of the database" +.BI "TQString \fBdatabaseName\fR - the name of the database" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBhostName\fR - the host name where the database resides" +.BI "TQString \fBhostName\fR - the host name where the database resides" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpassword\fR - the password used to connect to the database" +.BI "TQString \fBpassword\fR - the password used to connect to the database" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBport\fR - the port used to connect to the database" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBuserName\fR - the user name connected to the database" +.BI "TQString \fBuserName\fR - the user name connected to the database" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlDatabase\fR ( const QString & type, const QString & name, QObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlDatabase\fR ( const TQString & type, const TQString & name, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlDatabase\fR ( QSqlDriver * driver, QObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlDatabase\fR ( QSqlDriver * driver, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ The QSqlDatabase class provides an abstract interface for accessing many types o .PP See also Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlDatabase::QSqlDatabase ( const QString & type, const QString & name, QObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "QSqlDatabase::QSqlDatabase ( const TQString & type, const TQString & name, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" Creates a QSqlDatabase connection called \fIname\fR that uses the driver referred to by \fItype\fR, with the parent \fIparent\fR and the object name \fIobjname\fR. If the \fItype\fR is not recognized, the database connection will have no functionality. .PP The currently available drivers are: @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ l - l. Driver Type Description QODBC3 ODBC Driver (includes Microsoft SQL Server Additional third party drivers, including your own custom drivers, can be loaded dynamically. .PP See also registerSqlDriver(). -.SH "QSqlDatabase::QSqlDatabase ( QSqlDriver * driver, QObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "QSqlDatabase::QSqlDatabase ( QSqlDriver * driver, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Creates a database connection using the driver \fIdriver\fR, with the parent \fIparent\fR and the object name \fIobjname\fR. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Creates a database connection using the driver \fIdriver\fR, with the parent \fI \fBWarning:\fR The framework takes ownership of the \fIdriver\fR pointer, so it should not be deleted. .SH "QSqlDatabase::~QSqlDatabase ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. -.SH "QSqlDatabase * QSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( const QString & type, const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QSqlDatabase * QSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( const TQString & type, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection )\fC [static]\fR" Adds a database to the list of database connections using the driver \fItype\fR and the connection name \fIconnectionName\fR. .PP The database connection is referred to by \fIconnectionName\fR. The newly added database connection is returned. This pointer is owned by QSqlDatabase and will be deleted on program exit or when removeDatabase() is called. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ See also database() and removeDatabase(). .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/connect1/main.cpp, sql/overview/connection.cpp, and sql/sqltable/main.cpp. -.SH "QSqlDatabase * QSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( QSqlDriver * driver, const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QSqlDatabase * QSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( QSqlDriver * driver, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function is useful if you need to set up the database connection and instantiate the driver yourself. If you do this, it is recommended that you include the driver code in your own application. For example, setting up a custom PostgreSQL connection and instantiating the QPSQL7 driver can be done the following way: @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ The method described above will work for all the drivers, the only difference is .PP
        .nf .TS -l - l. Driver Class name Constructor arguments File to include QPSQL7 QPSQLDriver PGconn* connection QMYSQL3 QMYSQLDriver MYSQL* connection QOCI8 QOCIDriver OCIEnv* environment, OCIError* error, OCISvcCtx* serviceContext QODBC3 QODBCDriver SQLHANDLE environment, SQLHANDLE connection QDB2 QDB2 SQLHANDLE environment, SQLHANDLE connection QTDS7 QTDSDriver LOGINREC* loginRecord, DBPROCESS* dbProcess, const QString& hostName QSQLITE QSQLiteDriver sqlite* connection QIBASE QIBaseDriver isc_db_handle connection +l - l. Driver Class name Constructor arguments File to include QPSQL7 QPSQLDriver PGconn* connection QMYSQL3 QMYSQLDriver MYSQL* connection QOCI8 QOCIDriver OCIEnv* environment, OCIError* error, OCISvcCtx* serviceContext QODBC3 QODBCDriver SQLHANDLE environment, SQLHANDLE connection QDB2 QDB2 SQLHANDLE environment, SQLHANDLE connection QTDS7 QTDSDriver LOGINREC* loginRecord, DBPROCESS* dbProcess, const TQString& hostName QSQLITE QSQLiteDriver sqlite* connection QIBASE QIBaseDriver isc_db_handle connection .TE .fi
        @@ -281,22 +281,22 @@ See also removeDatabase(). Commits a transaction to the database if the driver supports transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also QSqlDriver::hasFeature() and rollback(). -.SH "QString QSqlDatabase::connectOptions () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlDatabase::connectOptions () const" Returns the database connect options. See the "connectOptions" property for details. -.SH "bool QSqlDatabase::contains ( const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QSqlDatabase::contains ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the list of database connections contains \fIconnectionName\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QSqlDatabase * QSqlDatabase::database ( const QString & connectionName = defaultConnection, bool open = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QSqlDatabase * QSqlDatabase::database ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection, bool open = TRUE )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the database connection called \fIconnectionName\fR. The database connection must have been previously added with addDatabase(). If \fIopen\fR is TRUE (the default) and the database connection is not already open it is opened now. If no \fIconnectionName\fR is specified the default connection is used. If \fIconnectionName\fR does not exist in the list of databases, 0 is returned. The pointer returned is owned by QSqlDatabase and should \fInot\fR be deleted. .PP \fBWarning:\fR There are restrictions on the use of database connections in threaded applications. Please see the Thread Support in TQt document for more information about threading and SQL databases. .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/basicbrowsing/main.cpp and sql/overview/create_connections/main.cpp. -.SH "QString QSqlDatabase::databaseName () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlDatabase::databaseName () const" Returns the name of the database. See the "databaseName" property for details. .SH "QSqlDriver * QSqlDatabase::driver () const" Returns the database driver used to access the database connection. -.SH "QString QSqlDatabase::driverName () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlDatabase::driverName () const" Returns the name of the driver used by the database connection. .SH "QStringList QSqlDatabase::drivers ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a list of all the available database drivers. @@ -318,13 +318,13 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, } .br .fi -.SH "QSqlQuery QSqlDatabase::exec ( const QString & query = QString::null ) const" -Executes a SQL statement (e.g. an \fCINSERT\fR, \fCUPDATE\fR or \fCDELETE\fR statement) on the database, and returns a QSqlQuery object. Use lastError() to retrieve error information. If \fIquery\fR is QString::null, an empty, invalid query is returned and lastError() is not affected. +.SH "QSqlQuery QSqlDatabase::exec ( const TQString & query = TQString::null ) const" +Executes a SQL statement (e.g. an \fCINSERT\fR, \fCUPDATE\fR or \fCDELETE\fR statement) on the database, and returns a QSqlQuery object. Use lastError() to retrieve error information. If \fIquery\fR is TQString::null, an empty, invalid query is returned and lastError() is not affected. .PP See also QSqlQuery and lastError(). -.SH "QString QSqlDatabase::hostName () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlDatabase::hostName () const" Returns the host name where the database resides. See the "hostName" property for details. -.SH "bool QSqlDatabase::isDriverAvailable ( const QString & name )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QSqlDatabase::isDriverAvailable ( const TQString & name )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if a driver called \fIname\fR is available; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also drivers(). @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ See also lastError(). .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/connect1/main.cpp, sql/overview/connection.cpp, and sql/sqltable/main.cpp. -.SH "bool QSqlDatabase::open ( const QString & user, const QString & password )" +.SH "bool QSqlDatabase::open ( const TQString & user, const TQString & password )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Opens the database connection using the given \fIuser\fR name and \fIpassword\fR. Returns TRUE on success; otherwise returns FALSE. Error information can be retrieved using the lastError() function. @@ -352,13 +352,13 @@ Opens the database connection using the given \fIuser\fR name and \fIpassword\fR This function does not store the password it is given. Instead, the password is passed directly to the driver for opening a connection and is then discarded. .PP See also lastError(). -.SH "QString QSqlDatabase::password () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlDatabase::password () const" Returns the password used to connect to the database. See the "password" property for details. .SH "int QSqlDatabase::port () const" Returns the port used to connect to the database. See the "port" property for details. -.SH "QSqlIndex QSqlDatabase::primaryIndex ( const QString & tablename ) const" +.SH "QSqlIndex QSqlDatabase::primaryIndex ( const TQString & tablename ) const" Returns the primary index for table \fItablename\fR. If no primary index exists an empty QSqlIndex will be returned. -.SH "QSqlRecord QSqlDatabase::record ( const QString & tablename ) const" +.SH "QSqlRecord QSqlDatabase::record ( const TQString & tablename ) const" Returns a QSqlRecord populated with the names of all the fields in the table (or view) called \fItablename\fR. The order in which the fields appear in the record is undefined. If no such table (or view) exists, an empty record is returned. .PP See also recordInfo(). @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Returns a QSqlRecord populated with the names of all the fields used in the SQL \fIquery\fR. If the query is a "SELECT *" the order in which fields appear in the record is undefined. .PP See also recordInfo(). -.SH "QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDatabase::recordInfo ( const QString & tablename ) const" +.SH "QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDatabase::recordInfo ( const TQString & tablename ) const" Returns a QSqlRecordInfo populated with meta data about the table or view \fItablename\fR. If no such table (or view) exists, an empty record is returned. .PP See also QSqlRecordInfo, QSqlFieldInfo, and record(). @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Returns a QSqlRecordInfo object with meta data for the QSqlQuery \fIquery\fR. Note that this overloaded function may return less information than the recordInfo() function which takes the name of a table as parameter. .PP See also QSqlRecordInfo, QSqlFieldInfo, and record(). -.SH "void QSqlDatabase::registerSqlDriver ( const QString & name, const QSqlDriverCreatorBase * creator )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlDatabase::registerSqlDriver ( const TQString & name, const QSqlDriverCreatorBase * creator )\fC [static]\fR" This function registers a new SQL driver called \fIname\fR, within the SQL framework. This is useful if you have a custom SQL driver and don't want to compile it as a plugin. .PP Example usage: @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Example usage: .fi .PP \fBWarning:\fR The framework takes ownership of the \fIcreator\fR pointer, so it should not be deleted. -.SH "void QSqlDatabase::removeDatabase ( const QString & connectionName )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlDatabase::removeDatabase ( const TQString & connectionName )\fC [static]\fR" Removes the database connection \fIconnectionName\fR from the list of database connections. .PP \fBWarning:\fR There should be no open queries on the database connection when this function is called, otherwise a resource leak will occur. @@ -408,17 +408,17 @@ Removes the database connection \fIdb\fR from the list of database connections. Rolls a transaction back on the database if the driver supports transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also QSqlDriver::hasFeature(), commit(), and transaction(). -.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions ( const QString & options = QString::null )" +.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions ( const TQString & options = TQString::null )" Sets the database connect options to \fIoptions\fR. See the "connectOptions" property for details. -.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the database to \fIname\fR. See the "databaseName" property for details. -.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setHostName ( const QString & host )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setHostName ( const TQString & host )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the host name where the database resides to \fIhost\fR. See the "hostName" property for details. -.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setPassword ( const QString & password )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setPassword ( const TQString & password )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the password used to connect to the database to \fIpassword\fR. See the "password" property for details. .SH "void QSqlDatabase::setPort ( int p )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the port used to connect to the database to \fIp\fR. See the "port" property for details. -.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setUserName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlDatabase::setUserName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the user name connected to the database to \fIname\fR. See the "userName" property for details. .SH "QStringList QSqlDatabase::tables ( QSql::TableType type ) const" Returns a list of the database's tables, system tables and views, as specified by the parameter \fItype\fR. @@ -468,10 +468,10 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, Begins a transaction on the database if the driver supports transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also QSqlDriver::hasFeature(), commit(), and rollback(). -.SH "QString QSqlDatabase::userName () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlDatabase::userName () const" Returns the user name connected to the database. See the "userName" property for details. .SS "Property Documentation" -.SH "QString connectOptions" +.SH "TQString connectOptions" This property holds the database connect options. .PP The format of the options string is a semi-colon separated list of option names or option = value pairs. The options depend on the database client used: @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Please refer to the client library documentation for more information about the See also .PP Set this property's value with setConnectOptions() and get this property's value with connectOptions(). -.SH "QString databaseName" +.SH "TQString databaseName" This property holds the name of the database. .PP Note that the database name is the TNS Service Name for the QOCI8 (Oracle) driver. @@ -611,13 +611,13 @@ For the QODBC3 driver it can either be a DSN, a DSN filename (the file must have There is no default value. .PP Set this property's value with setDatabaseName() and get this property's value with databaseName(). -.SH "QString hostName" +.SH "TQString hostName" This property holds the host name where the database resides. .PP There is no default value. .PP Set this property's value with setHostName() and get this property's value with hostName(). -.SH "QString password" +.SH "TQString password" This property holds the password used to connect to the database. .PP There is no default value. @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ This property holds the port used to connect to the database. There is no default value. .PP Set this property's value with setPort() and get this property's value with port(). -.SH "QString userName" +.SH "TQString userName" This property holds the user name connected to the database. .PP There is no default value. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriver.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriver.3qt index 91e88378c..f06a6189f 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriver.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriver.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QSqlDriver \- Abstract base class for accessing SQL databases .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "enum \fBDriverFeature\fR { Transactions, QuerySize, BLOB, Unicode, PreparedQueries, NamedPlaceholders, PositionalPlaceholders }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlDriver\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlDriver\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSqlDriver\fR ()" @@ -40,28 +40,28 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual bool \fBrollbackTransaction\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QStringList \fBtables\fR ( const QString & tableType ) const" +.BI "virtual QStringList \fBtables\fR ( const TQString & tableType ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QSqlIndex \fBprimaryIndex\fR ( const QString & tableName ) const" +.BI "virtual QSqlIndex \fBprimaryIndex\fR ( const TQString & tableName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QSqlRecord \fBrecord\fR ( const QString & tableName ) const" +.BI "virtual QSqlRecord \fBrecord\fR ( const TQString & tableName ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QSqlRecord \fBrecord\fR ( const QSqlQuery & query ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QSqlRecordInfo \fBrecordInfo\fR ( const QString & tablename ) const" +.BI "virtual QSqlRecordInfo \fBrecordInfo\fR ( const TQString & tablename ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QSqlRecordInfo \fBrecordInfo\fR ( const QSqlQuery & query ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBnullText\fR () const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBnullText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBformatValue\fR ( const QSqlField * field, bool trimStrings = FALSE ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBformatValue\fR ( const QSqlField * field, bool trimStrings = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlError \fBlastError\fR () const" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual bool \fBhasFeature\fR ( DriverFeature f ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBopen\fR ( const QString & db, const QString & user = QString::null, const QString & password = QString::null, const QString & host = QString::null, int port = -1 ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBopen\fR ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null, const TQString & host = TQString::null, int port = -1 ) = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBclose\fR () = 0" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "virtual QSqlQuery \fBcreateQuery\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBopen\fR ( const QString & db, const QString & user, const QString & password, const QString & host, int port, const QString & connOpts )" +.BI "bool \fBopen\fR ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user, const TQString & password, const TQString & host, int port, const TQString & connOpts )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ More information about supported features can be found in the TQt SQL driver doc .PP See also hasFeature(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlDriver::QSqlDriver ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSqlDriver::QSqlDriver ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Default constructor. Creates a new driver with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. .SH "QSqlDriver::~QSqlDriver ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Protected function which derived classes can reimplement to commit a transaction See also beginTransaction() and rollbackTransaction(). .SH "QSqlQuery QSqlDriver::createQuery () const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Creates an empty SQL result on the database. Derived classes must reimplement this function and return a QSqlQuery object appropriate for their database to the caller. -.SH "QString QSqlDriver::formatValue ( const QSqlField * field, bool trimStrings = FALSE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSqlDriver::formatValue ( const QSqlField * field, bool trimStrings = FALSE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a string representation of the \fIfield\fR value for the database. This is used, for example, when constructing INSERT and UPDATE statements. .PP The default implementation returns the value formatted as a string according to the following rules: @@ -174,15 +174,15 @@ Returns TRUE if the database connection is open; otherwise returns FALSE. Returns TRUE if the there was an error opening the database connection; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "QSqlError QSqlDriver::lastError () const" Returns a QSqlError object which contains information about the last error that occurred on the database. -.SH "QString QSqlDriver::nullText () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSqlDriver::nullText () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a string representation of the NULL value for the database. This is used, for example, when constructing INSERT and UPDATE statements. The default implementation returns the string" NULL". -.SH "bool QSqlDriver::open ( const QString & db, const QString & user = QString::null, const QString & password = QString::null, const QString & host = QString::null, int port = -1 )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QSqlDriver::open ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null, const TQString & host = TQString::null, int port = -1 )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Derived classes must reimplement this abstract virtual function in order to open a database connection on database \fIdb\fR, using user name \fIuser\fR, password \fIpassword\fR, host \fIhost\fR and port \fIport\fR. .PP The function \fImust\fR return TRUE on success and FALSE on failure. .PP See also setOpen(). -.SH "bool QSqlDriver::open ( const QString & db, const QString & user, const QString & password, const QString & host, int port, const QString & connOpts )" +.SH "bool QSqlDriver::open ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user, const TQString & password, const TQString & host, int port, const TQString & connOpts )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Open a database connection on database \fIdb\fR, using user name \fIuser\fR, password \fIpassword\fR, host \fIhost\fR, port \fIport\fR and connection options \fIconnOpts\fR. @@ -190,15 +190,15 @@ Open a database connection on database \fIdb\fR, using user name \fIuser\fR, pas Returns TRUE on success and FALSE on failure. .PP See also setOpen(). -.SH "QSqlIndex QSqlDriver::primaryIndex ( const QString & tableName ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSqlIndex QSqlDriver::primaryIndex ( const TQString & tableName ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the primary index for table \fItableName\fR. Returns an empty QSqlIndex if the table doesn't have a primary index. The default implementation returns an empty index. -.SH "QSqlRecord QSqlDriver::record ( const QString & tableName ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSqlRecord QSqlDriver::record ( const TQString & tableName ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a QSqlRecord populated with the names of the fields in table \fItableName\fR. If no such table exists, an empty record is returned. The default implementation returns an empty record. .SH "QSqlRecord QSqlDriver::record ( const QSqlQuery & query ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a QSqlRecord populated with the names of the fields in the SQL \fIquery\fR. The default implementation returns an empty record. -.SH "QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDriver::recordInfo ( const QString & tablename ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDriver::recordInfo ( const TQString & tablename ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a QSqlRecordInfo object with meta data about the table \fItablename\fR. .SH "QSqlRecordInfo QSqlDriver::recordInfo ( const QSqlQuery & query ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ See also open() and setOpenError(). Protected function which sets the open error state of the database to \fIe\fR. Derived classes can use this function to report the status of open(). Note that if \fIe\fR is TRUE the open state of the database is set to closed (i.e. isOpen() returns FALSE). .PP See also open(). -.SH "QStringList QSqlDriver::tables ( const QString & tableType ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QStringList QSqlDriver::tables ( const TQString & tableType ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a list of tables in the database. The default implementation returns an empty list. .PP The \fItableType\fR argument describes what types of tables should be returned. Due to binary compatibility, the string contains the value of the enum QSql::TableTypes as text. An empty string should be treated as QSql::Tables for downward compatibility. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriverplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriverplugin.3qt index bd9db845c..95abb8b6b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriverplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqldriverplugin.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QSqlDriverPlugin \- Abstract base for custom QSqlDriver plugins .BI "virtual QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QSqlDriver * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QSqlDriver * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Constructs a SQL driver plugin. This is invoked automatically by the \fCQ_EXPORT Destroys the SQL driver plugin. .PP You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin automatically when it is no longer used. -.SH "QSqlDriver * QSqlDriverPlugin::create ( const QString & key )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSqlDriver * QSqlDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & key )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Creates and returns a QSqlDriver object for the driver key \fIkey\fR. The driver key is usually the class name of the required driver. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqleditorfactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqleditorfactory.3qt index 11d3c1370..272e4f7b1 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqleditorfactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqleditorfactory.3qt @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits QEditorFactory. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlEditorFactory\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlEditorFactory\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSqlEditorFactory\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBcreateEditor\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QVariant & variant )" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBcreateEditor\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const QVariant & variant )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBcreateEditor\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QSqlField * field )" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBcreateEditor\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const QSqlField * field )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ If you want to create different editors for fields with the same data type, subc .PP See also QDataTable, QSqlForm, and Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlEditorFactory::QSqlEditorFactory ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSqlEditorFactory::QSqlEditorFactory ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a SQL editor factory with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR. .SH "QSqlEditorFactory::~QSqlEditorFactory ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. -.SH "QWidget * QSqlEditorFactory::createEditor ( QWidget * parent, const QVariant & variant )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QSqlEditorFactory::createEditor ( TQWidget * parent, const QVariant & variant )\fC [virtual]\fR" Creates and returns the appropriate editor widget for the QVariant \fIvariant\fR. .PP The widget that is returned has the parent \fIparent\fR (which may be zero). If \fIvariant\fR is invalid, 0 is returned. .PP Reimplemented from QEditorFactory. -.SH "QWidget * QSqlEditorFactory::createEditor ( QWidget * parent, const QSqlField * field )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QSqlEditorFactory::createEditor ( TQWidget * parent, const QSqlField * field )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Creates and returns the appropriate editor for the QSqlField \fIfield\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlerror.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlerror.3qt index 8f8cc52ed..5b609aa21 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlerror.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlerror.3qt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ QSqlError \- SQL database error information .BI "enum \fBType\fR { None, Connection, Statement, Transaction, Unknown }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlError\fR ( const QString & driverText = QString::null, const QString & databaseText = QString::null, int type = QSqlError::None, int number = -1 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlError\fR ( const TQString & driverText = TQString::null, const TQString & databaseText = TQString::null, int type = QSqlError::None, int number = -1 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQSqlError\fR ( const QSqlError & other )" @@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ QSqlError \- SQL database error information .BI "virtual \fB~QSqlError\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdriverText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdriverText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetDriverText\fR ( const QString & driverText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetDriverText\fR ( const TQString & driverText )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdatabaseText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdatabaseText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetDatabaseText\fR ( const QString & databaseText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetDatabaseText\fR ( const TQString & databaseText )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBtype\fR () const" @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ QSqlError \- SQL database error information .BI "virtual void \fBsetNumber\fR ( int number )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void showMessage ( const QString & msg = QString::null ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void showMessage ( const TQString & msg = TQString::null ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -79,35 +79,35 @@ This enum type describes the type of SQL error that occurred. .TP \fCQSqlError::Unknown\fR - unknown error .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlError::QSqlError ( const QString & driverText = QString::null, const QString & databaseText = QString::null, int type = QSqlError::None, int number = -1 )" +.SH "QSqlError::QSqlError ( const TQString & driverText = TQString::null, const TQString & databaseText = TQString::null, int type = QSqlError::None, int number = -1 )" Constructs an error containing the driver error text \fIdriverText\fR, the database-specific error text \fIdatabaseText\fR, the type \fItype\fR and the optional error number \fInumber\fR. .SH "QSqlError::QSqlError ( const QSqlError & other )" Creates a copy of \fIother\fR. .SH "QSqlError::~QSqlError ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. -.SH "QString QSqlError::databaseText () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlError::databaseText () const" Returns the text of the error as reported by the database. This may contain database-specific descriptions. -.SH "QString QSqlError::driverText () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlError::driverText () const" Returns the text of the error as reported by the driver. This may contain database-specific descriptions. .SH "int QSqlError::number () const" Returns the database-specific error number, or -1 if it cannot be determined. .SH "QSqlError & QSqlError::operator= ( const QSqlError & other )" Sets the error equal to \fIother\fR. -.SH "void QSqlError::setDatabaseText ( const QString & databaseText )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlError::setDatabaseText ( const TQString & databaseText )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the database error text to the value of \fIdatabaseText\fR. -.SH "void QSqlError::setDriverText ( const QString & driverText )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlError::setDriverText ( const TQString & driverText )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the driver error text to the value of \fIdriverText\fR. .SH "void QSqlError::setNumber ( int number )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the database-specific error number to \fInumber\fR. .SH "void QSqlError::setType ( int type )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the error type to the value of \fItype\fR. -.SH "void QSqlError::showMessage ( const QString & msg = QString::null ) const" +.SH "void QSqlError::showMessage ( const TQString & msg = TQString::null ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This is a convenience function that pops up a QMessageBox containing the message returned by text(). An additional string can be passed in via the \fImsg\fR parameter, which will be concatenated with the text() message. .PP See also text(), driverText(), and databaseText(). -.SH "QString QSqlError::text () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlError::text () const" This is a convenience function that returns databaseText() and driverText() concatenated into a single string. .PP See also showMessage(), driverText(), and databaseText(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfield.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfield.3qt index 96b0909b0..dfb18cb16 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfield.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfield.3qt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QSqlField \- Manipulates the fields in SQL database tables and views .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlField\fR ( const QString & fieldName = QString::null, QVariant::Type type = QVariant::Invalid )" +.BI "\fBQSqlField\fR ( const TQString & fieldName = TQString::null, QVariant::Type type = QVariant::Invalid )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQSqlField\fR ( const QSqlField & other )" @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ QSqlField \- Manipulates the fields in SQL database tables and views .BI "virtual QVariant \fBvalue\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetNull\fR ()" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ However, the field will attempt to cast certain data types to the field data typ .br QSqlField f( "myfield", QVariant::Int ); .br - f.setValue( QString("123") ); // casts QString to int + f.setValue( TQString("123") ); // casts TQString to int .br .fi .PP @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ In practice we rarely need to extract a pointer to a field at all. The previous .PP See also Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlField::QSqlField ( const QString & fieldName = QString::null, QVariant::Type type = QVariant::Invalid )" +.SH "QSqlField::QSqlField ( const TQString & fieldName = TQString::null, QVariant::Type type = QVariant::Invalid )" Constructs an empty field called \fIfieldName\fR of type \fItype\fR. .SH "QSqlField::QSqlField ( const QSqlField & other )" Constructs a copy of \fIother\fR. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Clears the value of the field. If the field is read-only, nothing happens. If \f Returns TRUE if the field is currently NULL; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "bool QSqlField::isReadOnly () const" Returns TRUE if the field's value is read only; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QString QSqlField::name () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlField::name () const" Returns the name of the field. .PP Example: sql/overview/table4/main.cpp. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ isNull() value() .TP isReadOnly() -.SH "void QSqlField::setName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlField::setName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the field to \fIname\fR. .SH "void QSqlField::setNull ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the field to NULL and clears the value using clear(). If the field is read-only, nothing happens. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Sets the read only flag of the field's value to \fIreadOnly\fR. .PP See also setValue(). .SH "void QSqlField::setValue ( const QVariant & value )\fC [virtual]\fR" -Sets the value of the field to \fIvalue\fR. If the field is read-only (isReadOnly() returns TRUE), nothing happens. If the data type of \fIvalue\fR differs from the field's current data type, an attempt is made to cast it to the proper type. This preserves the data type of the field in the case of assignment, e.g. a QString to an integer data type. For example: +Sets the value of the field to \fIvalue\fR. If the field is read-only (isReadOnly() returns TRUE), nothing happens. If the data type of \fIvalue\fR differs from the field's current data type, an attempt is made to cast it to the proper type. This preserves the data type of the field in the case of assignment, e.g. a TQString to an integer data type. For example: .PP .nf .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfieldinfo.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfieldinfo.3qt index 90025016f..fdb6f9066 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfieldinfo.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlfieldinfo.3qt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QSqlFieldInfo \- Stores meta data associated with a SQL field .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlFieldInfo\fR ( const QString & name = QString::null, QVariant::Type typ = QVariant::Invalid, int required = -1, int len = -1, int prec = -1, const QVariant & defValue = QVariant ( ), int typeID = 0, bool generated = TRUE, bool trim = FALSE, bool calculated = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQSqlFieldInfo\fR ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, QVariant::Type typ = QVariant::Invalid, int required = -1, int len = -1, int prec = -1, const QVariant & defValue = QVariant ( ), int typeID = 0, bool generated = TRUE, bool trim = FALSE, bool calculated = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQSqlFieldInfo\fR ( const QSqlFieldInfo & other )" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ QSqlFieldInfo \- Stores meta data associated with a SQL field .BI "QVariant \fBdefaultValue\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBtypeID\fR () const" @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ All values must be set in the constructor, and may be retrieved using isRequired .PP See also Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlFieldInfo::QSqlFieldInfo ( const QString & name = QString::null, QVariant::Type typ = QVariant::Invalid, int required = -1, int len = -1, int prec = -1, const QVariant & defValue = QVariant ( ), int typeID = 0, bool generated = TRUE, bool trim = FALSE, bool calculated = FALSE )" +.SH "QSqlFieldInfo::QSqlFieldInfo ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, QVariant::Type typ = QVariant::Invalid, int required = -1, int len = -1, int prec = -1, const QVariant & defValue = QVariant ( ), int typeID = 0, bool generated = TRUE, bool trim = FALSE, bool calculated = FALSE )" Constructs a QSqlFieldInfo with the following parameters:
        .nf .TS l - l. \fIname\fR the name of the field. \fItyp\fR the field's type in a QVariant. \fIrequired\fR greater than 0 if the field is required, 0 if its value can be NULL and less than 0 if it cannot be determined whether the field is required or not. \fIlen\fR the length of the field. Note that for non-character types some databases return either the length in bytes or the number of digits. -1 signifies that the length cannot be determined. \fIprec\fR the precision of the field, or -1 if the field has no precision or it cannot be determined. \fIdefValue\fR the default value that is inserted into the table if none is specified by the user. QVariant() if there is no default value or it cannot be determined. \fItypeID\fR the internal typeID of the database system (only useful for low-level programming). 0 if unknown. \fIgenerated\fR TRUE indicates that this field should be included in auto-generated SQL statments, e.g. in QSqlCursor. \fItrim\fR TRUE indicates that widgets should remove trailing whitespace from character fields. This does not affect the field value but only its representation inside widgets. \fIcalculated\fR @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Returns TRUE if trailing whitespace should be removed from character fields; oth See also setTrim(). .SH "int QSqlFieldInfo::length () const" Returns the field's length. For fields storing text the return value is the maximum number of characters the field can hold. For non-character fields some database systems return the number of bytes needed or the number of digits allowed. If the length cannot be determined -1 is returned. -.SH "QString QSqlFieldInfo::name () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlFieldInfo::name () const" Returns the name of the field in the SQL table. .PP Examples: diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlform.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlform.3qt index c71529f42..aeaa3befb 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlform.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlform.3qt @@ -11,33 +11,33 @@ QSqlForm \- Creates and manages data entry forms tied to SQL databases .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlForm\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlForm\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QSqlForm\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsert\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QString & field )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsert\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & field )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBremove\fR ( const QString & field )" +.BI "virtual void \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & field )" .br .ti -1c .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBwidget\fR ( uint i ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBwidget\fR ( uint i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlField * \fBwidgetToField\fR ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.BI "QSqlField * \fBwidgetToField\fR ( TQWidget * widget ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBfieldToWidget\fR ( QSqlField * field ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBfieldToWidget\fR ( QSqlField * field ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBinstallPropertyMap\fR ( QSqlPropertyMap * pmap )" @@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBreadField\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBreadField\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBwriteField\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBwriteField\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBreadFields\fR ()" @@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ Inherits QObject. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsert\fR ( QWidget * widget, QSqlField * field )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsert\fR ( TQWidget * widget, QSqlField * field )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBremove\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBremove\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Note that TQt Designer provides a visual means of creating data-aware forms. .PP See also installPropertyMap(), QSqlPropertyMap, and Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlForm::QSqlForm ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QSqlForm::QSqlForm ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QSqlForm with parent \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. .SH "QSqlForm::~QSqlForm ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. @@ -166,16 +166,16 @@ Removes every widget, and the fields they're mapped to, from the form. Clears the values in all the widgets, and the fields they are mapped to, in the form. If \fInullify\fR is TRUE (the default is FALSE), each field is also set to NULL. .SH "uint QSqlForm::count () const" Returns the number of widgets in the form. -.SH "QWidget * QSqlForm::fieldToWidget ( QSqlField * field ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * QSqlForm::fieldToWidget ( QSqlField * field ) const" Returns the widget that field \fIfield\fR is mapped to. -.SH "void QSqlForm::insert ( QWidget * widget, const QString & field )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlForm::insert ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & field )\fC [virtual]\fR" Inserts a \fIwidget\fR, and the name of the \fIfield\fR it is to be mapped to, into the form. To actually associate inserted widgets with an edit buffer, use setRecord(). .PP See also setRecord(). .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/form1/main.cpp and sql/overview/form2/main.cpp. -.SH "void QSqlForm::insert ( QWidget * widget, QSqlField * field )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlForm::insert ( TQWidget * widget, QSqlField * field )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts a \fIwidget\fR, and the \fIfield\fR it is to be mapped to, into the form. @@ -187,16 +187,16 @@ QSqlForm takes ownership of \fIpmap\fR, so \fIpmap\fR is deleted when QSqlForm g See also QDataTable::installEditorFactory(). .PP Example: sql/overview/custom1/main.cpp. -.SH "void QSqlForm::readField ( QWidget * widget )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlForm::readField ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Updates the widget \fIwidget\fR with the value from the SQL field it is mapped to. Nothing happens if no SQL field is mapped to the \fIwidget\fR. .SH "void QSqlForm::readFields ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Updates the widgets in the form with current values from the SQL fields they are mapped to. .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/form1/main.cpp and sql/overview/form2/main.cpp. -.SH "void QSqlForm::remove ( QWidget * widget )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlForm::remove ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Removes a \fIwidget\fR, and hence the field it's mapped to, from the form. -.SH "void QSqlForm::remove ( const QString & field )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlForm::remove ( const TQString & field )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes \fIfield\fR from the form. @@ -207,11 +207,11 @@ See also readFields() and writeFields(). .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/custom1/main.cpp, sql/overview/form1/main.cpp, and sql/overview/form2/main.cpp. -.SH "QWidget * QSqlForm::widget ( uint i ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * QSqlForm::widget ( uint i ) const" Returns the \fIi\fR-th widget in the form. Useful for traversing the widgets in the form. -.SH "QSqlField * QSqlForm::widgetToField ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.SH "QSqlField * QSqlForm::widgetToField ( TQWidget * widget ) const" Returns the SQL field that widget \fIwidget\fR is mapped to. -.SH "void QSqlForm::writeField ( QWidget * widget )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlForm::writeField ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Updates the SQL field with the value from the \fIwidget\fR it is mapped to. Nothing happens if no SQL field is mapped to the \fIwidget\fR. .SH "void QSqlForm::writeFields ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Updates the SQL fields with values from the widgets they are mapped to. To actually update the database with the contents of the record buffer, use QSqlCursor::insert(), QSqlCursor::update() or QSqlCursor::del() as appropriate. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlindex.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlindex.3qt index db5f4417d..5c88ffa3f 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlindex.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlindex.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QSqlRecord. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlIndex\fR ( const QString & cursorname = QString::null, const QString & name = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQSqlIndex\fR ( const TQString & cursorname = TQString::null, const TQString & name = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQSqlIndex\fR ( const QSqlIndex & other )" @@ -28,16 +28,16 @@ Inherits QSqlRecord. .BI "QSqlIndex & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QSqlIndex & other )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCursorName\fR ( const QString & cursorName )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCursorName\fR ( const TQString & cursorName )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcursorName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcursorName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBappend\fR ( const QSqlField & field )" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Normally, QSqlIndex objects are created by QSqlDatabase or QSqlCursor. .PP See also Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlIndex::QSqlIndex ( const QString & cursorname = QString::null, const QString & name = QString::null )" +.SH "QSqlIndex::QSqlIndex ( const TQString & cursorname = TQString::null, const TQString & name = TQString::null )" Constructs an empty index using the cursor name \fIcursorname\fR and index name \fIname\fR. .SH "QSqlIndex::QSqlIndex ( const QSqlIndex & other )" Constructs a copy of \fIother\fR. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Reimplemented from QSqlRecord. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends the field \fIfield\fR to the list of indexed fields. The field is appended with an ascending sort order, unless \fIdesc\fR is TRUE. -.SH "QString QSqlIndex::cursorName () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlIndex::cursorName () const" Returns the name of the cursor which the index is associated with. .SH "QSqlIndex QSqlIndex::fromStringList ( const QStringList & l, const QSqlCursor * cursor )\fC [static]\fR" Returns an index based on the field descriptions in \fIl\fR and the cursor \fIcursor\fR. The field descriptions should be in the same format that toStringList() produces, for example, a surname field in the people table might be in one of these forms: "surname"," surname DESC" or "people.surname ASC". @@ -89,15 +89,15 @@ Returns an index based on the field descriptions in \fIl\fR and the cursor \fIcu See also toStringList(). .SH "bool QSqlIndex::isDescending ( int i ) const" Returns TRUE if field \fIi\fR in the index is sorted in descending order; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QString QSqlIndex::name () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlIndex::name () const" Returns the name of the index. .SH "QSqlIndex & QSqlIndex::operator= ( const QSqlIndex & other )" Sets the index equal to \fIother\fR. -.SH "void QSqlIndex::setCursorName ( const QString & cursorName )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlIndex::setCursorName ( const TQString & cursorName )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the cursor that the index is associated with to \fIcursorName\fR. .SH "void QSqlIndex::setDescending ( int i, bool desc )\fC [virtual]\fR" If \fIdesc\fR is TRUE, field \fIi\fR is sorted in descending order. Otherwise, field \fIi\fR is sorted in ascending order (the default). If the field does not exist, nothing happens. -.SH "void QSqlIndex::setName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlIndex::setName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the index to \fIname\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt index e736fdb72..3857f1303 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlpropertymap.3qt @@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ QSqlPropertyMap \- Used to map widgets to SQL fields .BI "virtual \fB~QSqlPropertyMap\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QVariant \fBproperty\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "QVariant \fBproperty\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetProperty\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QVariant & value )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetProperty\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const QVariant & value )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsert\fR ( const QString & classname, const QString & property )" +.BI "void \fBinsert\fR ( const TQString & classname, const TQString & property )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( const QString & classname )" +.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & classname )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -133,17 +133,17 @@ Destroys the QSqlPropertyMap. Note that if the QSqlPropertyMap is installed with installPropertyMap() the object it was installed into, e.g. the QSqlForm, takes ownership and will delete the QSqlPropertyMap when necessary. .SH "QSqlPropertyMap * QSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the application global QSqlPropertyMap. -.SH "void QSqlPropertyMap::insert ( const QString & classname, const QString & property )" +.SH "void QSqlPropertyMap::insert ( const TQString & classname, const TQString & property )" Insert a new classname/property pair, which is used for custom SQL field editors. There \fImust\fR be a \fCTQ_PROPERTY\fR clause in the \fIclassname\fR class declaration for the \fIproperty\fR. .PP Example: sql/overview/custom1/main.cpp. .SH "void QSqlPropertyMap::installDefaultMap ( QSqlPropertyMap * map )\fC [static]\fR" Replaces the global default property map with \fImap\fR. All QDataTable and QSqlForm instantiations will use this new map for inserting and extracting values to and from editors. \fIQSqlPropertyMap takes ownership of \a map, and destroys it when it is no longer needed.\fR -.SH "QVariant QSqlPropertyMap::property ( QWidget * widget )" +.SH "QVariant QSqlPropertyMap::property ( TQWidget * widget )" Returns the mapped property of \fIwidget\fR as a QVariant. -.SH "void QSqlPropertyMap::remove ( const QString & classname )" +.SH "void QSqlPropertyMap::remove ( const TQString & classname )" Removes \fIclassname\fR from the map. -.SH "void QSqlPropertyMap::setProperty ( QWidget * widget, const QVariant & value )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlPropertyMap::setProperty ( TQWidget * widget, const QVariant & value )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the property of \fIwidget\fR to \fIvalue\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlquery.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlquery.3qt index 08616d627..682b1639a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlquery.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlquery.3qt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor. .BI "\fBQSqlQuery\fR ( QSqlResult * r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlQuery\fR ( const QString & query = QString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlQuery\fR ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "explicit \fBQSqlQuery\fR ( QSqlDatabase * db )" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor. .BI "int \fBat\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlastQuery\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlastQuery\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBnumRowsAffected\fR () const" @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor. .BI "void \fBsetForwardOnly\fR ( bool forward )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBexec\fR ( const QString & query )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBexec\fR ( const TQString & query )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QVariant \fBvalue\fR ( int i ) const" @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor. .BI "bool \fBexec\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBprepare\fR ( const QString & query )" +.BI "bool \fBprepare\fR ( const TQString & query )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBbindValue\fR ( const QString & placeholder, const QVariant & val )" +.BI "void \fBbindValue\fR ( const TQString & placeholder, const QVariant & val )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBbindValue\fR ( int pos, const QVariant & val )" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor. .BI "void \fBaddBindValue\fR ( const QVariant & val )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBbindValue\fR ( const QString & placeholder, const QVariant & val, QSql::ParameterType type )" +.BI "void \fBbindValue\fR ( const TQString & placeholder, const QVariant & val, QSql::ParameterType type )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBbindValue\fR ( int pos, const QVariant & val, QSql::ParameterType type )" @@ -118,16 +118,16 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor. .BI "void \fBaddBindValue\fR ( const QVariant & val, QSql::ParameterType type )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QVariant \fBboundValue\fR ( const QString & placeholder ) const" +.BI "QVariant \fBboundValue\fR ( const TQString & placeholder ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QVariant \fBboundValue\fR ( int pos ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QMap \fBboundValues\fR () const" +.BI "QMap \fBboundValues\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBexecutedQuery\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBexecutedQuery\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ For example: .br while ( query.next() ) { .br - QString name = query.value(0).toString(); + TQString name = query.value(0).toString(); .br doSomething( name ); .br @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ See also QSqlDatabase, QSqlCursor, QVariant, and Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QSqlQuery::QSqlQuery ( QSqlResult * r )" Creates a QSqlQuery object which uses the QSqlResult \fIr\fR to communicate with a database. -.SH "QSqlQuery::QSqlQuery ( const QString & query = QString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" +.SH "QSqlQuery::QSqlQuery ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" Creates a QSqlQuery object using the SQL \fIquery\fR and the database \fIdb\fR. If \fIdb\fR is 0, (the default), the application's default database is used. If \fIquery\fR is not a null string, it will be executed. .PP See also QSqlDatabase. @@ -315,11 +315,11 @@ See also prev(), next(), first(), last(), seek(), isActive(), and isValid(). Example: sql/overview/navigating/main.cpp. .SH "void QSqlQuery::beforeSeek ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Protected virtual function called before the internal record pointer is moved to a new record. The default implementation does nothing. -.SH "void QSqlQuery::bindValue ( const QString & placeholder, const QVariant & val, QSql::ParameterType type )" +.SH "void QSqlQuery::bindValue ( const TQString & placeholder, const QVariant & val, QSql::ParameterType type )" Set the placeholder \fIplaceholder\fR to be bound to value \fIval\fR in the prepared statement. Note that the placeholder mark (e.g \fC:\fR) must be included when specifying the placeholder name. If \fItype\fR is QSql::Out or QSql::InOut, the placeholder will be overwritten with data from the database after the exec() call. .PP See also addBindValue(), prepare(), and exec(). -.SH "void QSqlQuery::bindValue ( const QString & placeholder, const QVariant & val )" +.SH "void QSqlQuery::bindValue ( const TQString & placeholder, const QVariant & val )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Binds the placeholder with type QSql::In. @@ -333,13 +333,13 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Set the placeholder in position \fIpos\fR to be bound to value \fIval\fR in the prepared statement. Field numbering starts at 0. If \fItype\fR is QSql::Out or QSql::InOut, the placeholder will be overwritten with data from the database after the exec() call. .PP See also addBindValue(), prepare(), and exec(). -.SH "QVariant QSqlQuery::boundValue ( const QString & placeholder ) const" +.SH "QVariant QSqlQuery::boundValue ( const TQString & placeholder ) const" Returns the value for the \fIplaceholder\fR. .SH "QVariant QSqlQuery::boundValue ( int pos ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the value for the placeholder at position \fIpos\fR. -.SH "QMap QSqlQuery::boundValues () const" +.SH "QMap QSqlQuery::boundValues () const" Returns a map of the bound values. .PP The bound values can be examined in the following way: @@ -352,9 +352,9 @@ The bound values can be examined in the following way: .br // Examine the bound values - bound using named binding .br - QMap::ConstIterator it; + QMap::ConstIterator it; .br - QMap vals = query.boundValues(); + QMap vals = query.boundValues(); .br for ( it = vals.begin(); it != vals.end(); ++it ) .br @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ The bound values can be examined in the following way: .fi .SH "const QSqlDriver * QSqlQuery::driver () const" Returns the database driver associated with the query. -.SH "bool QSqlQuery::exec ( const QString & query )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QSqlQuery::exec ( const TQString & query )\fC [virtual]\fR" Executes the SQL in \fIquery\fR. Returns TRUE and sets the query state to active if the query was successful; otherwise returns FALSE and sets the query state to inactive. The \fIquery\fR string must use syntax appropriate for the SQL database being queried, for example, standard SQL. .PP After the query is executed, the query is positioned on an \fIinvalid\fR record, and must be navigated to a valid record before data values can be retrieved, e.g. using next(). @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Executes a previously prepared SQL query. Returns TRUE if the query executed successfully; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also prepare(), bindValue(), and addBindValue(). -.SH "QString QSqlQuery::executedQuery () const" +.SH "TQString QSqlQuery::executedQuery () const" Returns the last query that was executed. .PP In most cases this function returns the same as lastQuery(). If a prepared query with placeholders is executed on a DBMS that does not support it, the preparation of this query is emulated. The placeholders in the original query are replaced with their bound values to form a new query. This function returns the modified query. Useful for debugging purposes. @@ -437,8 +437,8 @@ Example: sql/overview/navigating/main.cpp. Returns error information about the last error (if any) that occurred. .PP See also QSqlError. -.SH "QString QSqlQuery::lastQuery () const" -Returns the text of the current query being used, or QString::null if there is no current query text. +.SH "TQString QSqlQuery::lastQuery () const" +Returns the text of the current query being used, or TQString::null if there is no current query text. .PP See also executedQuery(). .SH "bool QSqlQuery::next ()\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Examples: .)l sql/overview/basicbrowsing2/main.cpp and sql/overview/basicdatamanip/main.cpp. .SH "QSqlQuery & QSqlQuery::operator= ( const QSqlQuery & other )" Assigns \fIother\fR to the query. -.SH "bool QSqlQuery::prepare ( const QString & query )" +.SH "bool QSqlQuery::prepare ( const TQString & query )" Prepares the SQL query \fIquery\fR for execution. The query may contain placeholders for binding values. Both Oracle style colon-name (e.g. \fC:surname\fR), and ODBC style (e.g. \fC?\fR) placeholders are supported; but they cannot be mixed in the same query. See the Description for examples. .PP See also exec(), bindValue(), and addBindValue(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecord.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecord.3qt index f16e12b66..241b7de35 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecord.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecord.3qt @@ -31,22 +31,22 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor and QSqlIndex. .BI "virtual QVariant \fBvalue\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QVariant \fBvalue\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "virtual QVariant \fBvalue\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetValue\fR ( int i, const QVariant & val )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetValue\fR ( const QString & name, const QVariant & val )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetValue\fR ( const TQString & name, const QVariant & val )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisGenerated\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisGenerated\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisGenerated\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetGenerated\fR ( const QString & name, bool generated )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetGenerated\fR ( const TQString & name, bool generated )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetGenerated\fR ( int i, bool generated )" @@ -55,31 +55,31 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor and QSqlIndex. .BI "virtual void \fBsetNull\fR ( int i )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetNull\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetNull\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisNull\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisNull\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBposition\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "int \fBposition\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfieldName\fR ( int i ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBfieldName\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlField * \fBfield\fR ( int i )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlField * \fBfield\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "QSqlField * \fBfield\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QSqlField * \fBfield\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QSqlField * \fBfield\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "const QSqlField * \fBfield\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBappend\fR ( const QSqlField & field )" @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor and QSqlIndex. .BI "bool \fBisEmpty\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBcontains\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "bool \fBcontains\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBclear\fR ()" @@ -106,10 +106,10 @@ Inherited by QSqlCursor and QSqlIndex. .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoString\fR ( const QString & prefix = QString::null, const QString & sep = "","" ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoString\fR ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null, const TQString & sep = "","" ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QStringList \fBtoStringList\fR ( const QString & prefix = QString::null ) const" +.BI "virtual QStringList \fBtoStringList\fR ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -139,29 +139,29 @@ See also clearValues(). Reimplemented in QSqlCursor. .SH "void QSqlRecord::clearValues ( bool nullify = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Clears the value of all fields in the record. If \fInullify\fR is TRUE, (the default is FALSE), each field is set to NULL. -.SH "bool QSqlRecord::contains ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QSqlRecord::contains ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns TRUE if there is a field in the record called \fIname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "uint QSqlRecord::count () const" Returns the number of fields in the record. .SH "QSqlField * QSqlRecord::field ( int i )" Returns the field at position \fIi\fR within the record, or 0 if it cannot be found. -.SH "QSqlField * QSqlRecord::field ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QSqlField * QSqlRecord::field ( const TQString & name )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the field called \fIname\fR within the record, or 0 if it cannot be found. Field names are not case-sensitive. .SH "const QSqlField * QSqlRecord::field ( int i ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "const QSqlField * QSqlRecord::field ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "const QSqlField * QSqlRecord::field ( const TQString & name ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the field called \fIname\fR within the record, or 0 if it cannot be found. Field names are not case-sensitive. -.SH "QString QSqlRecord::fieldName ( int i ) const" -Returns the name of the field at position \fIi\fR. If the field does not exist, QString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QSqlRecord::fieldName ( int i ) const" +Returns the name of the field at position \fIi\fR. If the field does not exist, TQString::null is returned. .SH "void QSqlRecord::insert ( int pos, const QSqlField & field )\fC [virtual]\fR" Insert a copy of \fIfield\fR at position \fIpos\fR. If a field already exists at \fIpos\fR, it is removed. .SH "bool QSqlRecord::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if there are no fields in the record; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QSqlRecord::isGenerated ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QSqlRecord::isGenerated ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns TRUE if the record has a field called \fIname\fR and this field is to be generated (the default); otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setGenerated(). @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Returns TRUE if the record has a field at position \fIi\fR and this field is to be generated (the default); otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setGenerated(). -.SH "bool QSqlRecord::isNull ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "bool QSqlRecord::isNull ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns TRUE if the field called \fIname\fR is NULL or if there is no field called \fIname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also position(). @@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ Returns TRUE if the field \fIi\fR is NULL or if there is no field at position \f See also fieldName(). .SH "QSqlRecord & QSqlRecord::operator= ( const QSqlRecord & other )" Sets the record equal to \fIother\fR. -.SH "int QSqlRecord::position ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "int QSqlRecord::position ( const TQString & name ) const" Returns the position of the field called \fIname\fR within the record, or -1 if it cannot be found. Field names are not case-sensitive. If more than one field matches, the first one is returned. .SH "void QSqlRecord::remove ( int pos )\fC [virtual]\fR" Removes the field at \fIpos\fR. If \fIpos\fR does not exist, nothing happens. .PP Reimplemented in QSqlCursor. -.SH "void QSqlRecord::setGenerated ( const QString & name, bool generated )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlRecord::setGenerated ( const TQString & name, bool generated )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the generated flag for the field called \fIname\fR to \fIgenerated\fR. If the field does not exist, nothing happens. Only fields that have \fIgenerated\fR set to TRUE are included in the SQL that is generated, e.g. by QSqlCursor. .PP See also isGenerated(). @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ See also isGenerated(). Reimplemented in QSqlCursor. .SH "void QSqlRecord::setNull ( int i )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the value of field \fIi\fR to NULL. If the field does not exist, nothing happens. -.SH "void QSqlRecord::setNull ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlRecord::setNull ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the value of the field called \fIname\fR to NULL. If the field does not exist, nothing happens. @@ -214,17 +214,17 @@ Sets the value of the field at position \fIi\fR to \fIval\fR. If the field does .PP Examples: .)l sql/overview/insert/main.cpp, sql/overview/insert2/main.cpp, sql/overview/subclass5/main.cpp, sql/overview/update/main.cpp, and sql/sqltable/main.cpp. -.SH "void QSqlRecord::setValue ( const QString & name, const QVariant & val )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlRecord::setValue ( const TQString & name, const QVariant & val )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the value of the field called \fIname\fR to \fIval\fR. If the field does not exist, nothing happens. -.SH "QString QSqlRecord::toString ( const QString & prefix = QString::null, const QString & sep = "," ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QSqlRecord::toString ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null, const TQString & sep = "," ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a list of all the record's field names as a string separated by \fIsep\fR. .PP Note that fields which are not generated are \fInot\fR included (see isGenerated()). The returned string is suitable, for example, for generating SQL SELECT statements. If a \fIprefix\fR is specified, e.g. a table name, all fields are prefixed in the form: .PP" \fIprefix\fR." -.SH "QStringList QSqlRecord::toStringList ( const QString & prefix = QString::null ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QStringList QSqlRecord::toStringList ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns a list of all the record's field names, each having the prefix \fIprefix\fR. .PP Note that fields which have generated set to FALSE are \fInot\fR included. (See isGenerated()). If \fIprefix\fR is supplied, e.g. a table name, all fields are prefixed in the form: @@ -233,10 +233,10 @@ Note that fields which have generated set to FALSE are \fInot\fR included. (See .SH "QVariant QSqlRecord::value ( int i ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the value of the field located at position \fIi\fR in the record. If field \fIi\fR does not exist the resultant behaviour is undefined. .PP -This function should be used with QSqlQuerys. When working with a QSqlCursor the value(const QString&) overload which uses field names is more appropriate. +This function should be used with QSqlQuerys. When working with a QSqlCursor the value(const TQString&) overload which uses field names is more appropriate. .PP Example: sql/overview/update/main.cpp. -.SH "QVariant QSqlRecord::value ( const QString & name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QVariant QSqlRecord::value ( const TQString & name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the value of the field called \fIname\fR in the record. If diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecordinfo.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecordinfo.3qt index 8c8493130..e06c26851 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecordinfo.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlrecordinfo.3qt @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ QSqlRecordInfo \- Encapsulates a set of database field meta data .BI "\fBQSqlRecordInfo\fR ( const QSqlRecord & other )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "size_type \fBcontains\fR ( const QString & fieldName ) const" +.BI "size_type \fBcontains\fR ( const TQString & fieldName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QSqlFieldInfo \fBfind\fR ( const QString & fieldName ) const" +.BI "QSqlFieldInfo \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & fieldName ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlRecord \fBtoRecord\fR () const" @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ Constructs an empty record info object Constructs a copy of \fIother\fR. .SH "QSqlRecordInfo::QSqlRecordInfo ( const QSqlRecord & other )" Constructs a QSqlRecordInfo object based on the fields in the QSqlRecord \fIother\fR. -.SH "size_type QSqlRecordInfo::contains ( const QString & fieldName ) const" +.SH "size_type QSqlRecordInfo::contains ( const TQString & fieldName ) const" Returns the number of times a field called \fIfieldName\fR occurs in the record. Returns 0 if no field by that name could be found. -.SH "QSqlFieldInfo QSqlRecordInfo::find ( const QString & fieldName ) const" +.SH "QSqlFieldInfo QSqlRecordInfo::find ( const TQString & fieldName ) const" Returns a QSqlFieldInfo object for the first field in the record which has the field name \fIfieldName\fR. If no matching field is found then an empty QSqlFieldInfo object is returned. .SH "QSqlRecord QSqlRecordInfo::toRecord () const" Returns an empty QSqlRecord based on the field information diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlresult.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlresult.3qt index 9fbe0675f..c8c3ab66a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlresult.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlresult.3qt @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ QSqlResult \- Abstract interface for accessing data from SQL databases .BI "int \fBat\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlastQuery\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlastQuery\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSqlError \fBlastError\fR () const" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ QSqlResult \- Abstract interface for accessing data from SQL databases .BI "virtual void \fBsetLastError\fR ( const QSqlError & e )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetQuery\fR ( const QString & query )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetQuery\fR ( const TQString & query )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetSelect\fR ( bool s )" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ QSqlResult \- Abstract interface for accessing data from SQL databases .BI "virtual bool \fBisNull\fR ( int i ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBreset\fR ( const QString & query ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBreset\fR ( const TQString & query ) = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBfetch\fR ( int i ) = 0" @@ -134,11 +134,11 @@ Returns TRUE if the current result is from a SELECT statement; otherwise returns Returns TRUE if the result is positioned on a valid record (that is, the result is not positioned before the first or after the last record); otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "QSqlError QSqlResult::lastError () const\fC [protected]\fR" Returns the last error associated with the result. -.SH "QString QSqlResult::lastQuery () const\fC [protected]\fR" -Returns the current SQL query text, or QString::null if there is none. +.SH "TQString QSqlResult::lastQuery () const\fC [protected]\fR" +Returns the current SQL query text, or TQString::null if there is none. .SH "int QSqlResult::numRowsAffected ()\fC [pure virtual protected]\fR" Returns the number of rows affected by the last query executed. -.SH "bool QSqlResult::reset ( const QString & query )\fC [pure virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool QSqlResult::reset ( const TQString & query )\fC [pure virtual protected]\fR" Sets the result to use the SQL statement \fIquery\fR for subsequent data retrieval. Derived classes must reimplement this function and apply the \fIquery\fR to the database. This function is called only after the result is set to an inactive state and is positioned before the first record of the new result. Derived classes should return TRUE if the query was successful and ready to be used, or FALSE otherwise. .SH "void QSqlResult::setActive ( bool a )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Protected function provided for derived classes to set the internal active state to the value of \fIa\fR. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ See also fetchNext(). Protected function provided for derived classes to set the last error to the value of \fIe\fR. .PP See also lastError(). -.SH "void QSqlResult::setQuery ( const QString & query )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void QSqlResult::setQuery ( const TQString & query )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Sets the current query for the result to \fIquery\fR. The result must be reset() in order to execute the query on the database. .SH "void QSqlResult::setSelect ( bool s )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Protected function provided for derived classes to indicate whether or not the current statement is a SQL SELECT statement. The \fIs\fR parameter should be TRUE if the statement is a SELECT statement, or FALSE otherwise. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlselectcursor.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlselectcursor.3qt index fe2a843c6..a169131f9 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsqlselectcursor.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsqlselectcursor.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QSqlCursor. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQSqlSelectCursor\fR ( const QString & query = QString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQSqlSelectCursor\fR ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQSqlSelectCursor\fR ( const QSqlSelectCursor & other )" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Example: .PP See also Database Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QSqlSelectCursor::QSqlSelectCursor ( const QString & query = QString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" +.SH "QSqlSelectCursor::QSqlSelectCursor ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, QSqlDatabase * db = 0 )" Constructs a read only cursor on database \fIdb\fR using the query \fIquery\fR. .SH "QSqlSelectCursor::QSqlSelectCursor ( const QSqlSelectCursor & other )" Constructs a copy of \fIother\fR diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt index a8749de62..e24daa92a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstatusbar.3qt @@ -11,21 +11,21 @@ QStatusBar \- Horizontal bar suitable for presenting status information .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStatusBar\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQStatusBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QStatusBar\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddWidget\fR ( QWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, bool permanent = FALSE )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddWidget\fR ( TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, bool permanent = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBremoveWidget\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBremoveWidget\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetSizeGripEnabled\fR ( bool )" @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ Inherits QWidget. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const QString & message )" +.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const TQString & message )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const QString & message, int ms )" +.BI "void \fBmessage\fR ( const TQString & message, int ms )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBmessageChanged\fR ( const QString & message )" +.BI "void \fBmessageChanged\fR ( const TQString & message )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ To display a \fItemporary\fR message, call message() (perhaps by connecting a su .PP .nf .br - connect( loader, SIGNAL(progressMessage(const QString&)), + connect( loader, SIGNAL(progressMessage(const TQString&)), .br - statusBar(), SLOT(message(const QString&)) ); + statusBar(), SLOT(message(const TQString&)) ); .br .br statusBar()->message("Loading..."); // Initial message @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ By default QStatusBar provides a QSizeGrip in the lower-right corner. You can di .PP See also QToolBar, QMainWindow, QLabel, GUI Design Handbook: Status Bar, Main Window and Related Classes, and Help System. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QStatusBar::QStatusBar ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QStatusBar::QStatusBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a status bar called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR and with a size grip. .PP See also sizeGripEnabled. .SH "QStatusBar::~QStatusBar ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the status bar and frees any allocated resources and child widgets. -.SH "void QStatusBar::addWidget ( QWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, bool permanent = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStatusBar::addWidget ( TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, bool permanent = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds \fIwidget\fR to this status bar. \fIwidget\fR is reparented if it isn't already a child of the QStatusBar. .PP \fIwidget\fR is permanently visible if \fIpermanent\fR is TRUE and may be obscured by temporary messages if \fIpermanent\fR is FALSE. The default is FALSE. @@ -145,27 +145,27 @@ See also message(). Ensures that the right widgets are visible. Used by message() and clear(). .SH "bool QStatusBar::isSizeGripEnabled () const" Returns TRUE if the QSizeGrip in the bottom right of the status bar is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "sizeGripEnabled" property for details. -.SH "void QStatusBar::message ( const QString & message )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QStatusBar::message ( const TQString & message )\fC [slot]\fR" Hides the normal status indicators and displays \fImessage\fR until clear() or another message() is called. .PP See also clear(). .PP Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "void QStatusBar::message ( const QString & message, int ms )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QStatusBar::message ( const TQString & message, int ms )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Hides the normal status indications and displays \fImessage\fR for \fIms\fR milli-seconds or until clear() or another message() is called, whichever occurs first. -.SH "void QStatusBar::messageChanged ( const QString & message )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QStatusBar::messageChanged ( const TQString & message )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the temporary status messages changes. \fImessage\fR is the new temporary message, and is a null-string when the message has been removed. .PP See also message() and clear(). .SH "void QStatusBar::paintEvent ( QPaintEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Shows the temporary message, if appropriate. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QStatusBar::reformat ()\fC [protected]\fR" Changes the status bar's appearance to account for item changes. Special subclasses may need this, but geometry management will usually take care of any necessary rearrangements. -.SH "void QStatusBar::removeWidget ( QWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStatusBar::removeWidget ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" Removes \fIwidget\fR from the status bar. .PP This function may cause some flicker. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstoreddrag.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstoreddrag.3qt index b136ad8ac..a172ea855 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstoreddrag.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstoreddrag.3qt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Inherited by QUriDrag and QColorDrag. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStoredDrag\fR ( const char * mimeType, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQStoredDrag\fR ( const char * mimeType, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QStoredDrag\fR ()" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject class and the drag .PP See also Drag And Drop Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QStoredDrag::QStoredDrag ( const char * mimeType, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QStoredDrag::QStoredDrag ( const char * mimeType, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QStoredDrag. The \fIdragSource\fR and \fIname\fR are passed to the QDragObject constructor, and the format is set to \fImimeType\fR. .PP The data will be unset. Use setEncodedData() to set it. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstring.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstring.3qt index 074d0d3c8..9c49b24b0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstring.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstring.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QString 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQString 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QString \- Abstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array +TQString \- Abstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array .SH SYNOPSIS All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.

        .PP @@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQString\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQString\fR ( QChar ch )" +.BI "\fBQString\fR ( TQChar ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQString\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "\fBQString\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQString\fR ( const QByteArray & ba )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQString\fR ( const QChar * unicode, uint length )" +.BI "\fBQString\fR ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQString\fR ( const char * str )" @@ -37,25 +37,25 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQString\fR ( const std::string & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fB~QString\fR ()" +.BI "\fB~TQString\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const char * str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const char * str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const std::string & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const std::string & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QCString & cstr )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QCString & cstr )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator=\fR ( QChar c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator=\fR ( TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator=\fR ( char c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator=\fR ( char c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR () const" @@ -70,67 +70,67 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "void \fBtruncate\fR ( uint newLen )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBfill\fR ( QChar c, int len = -1 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBfill\fR ( TQChar c, int len = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString copy () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "TQString copy () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( QChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( const QString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( const TQString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( const QString & a1, const QString & a2 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( const QString & a1, const QString & a2, const QString & a3 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBarg\fR ( const QString & a1, const QString & a2, const QString & a3, const QString & a4 ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBarg\fR ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3, const TQString & a4 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsprintf\fR ( const char * cformat, ... )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsprintf\fR ( const char * cformat, ... )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBfind\fR ( QChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "int \fBfind\fR ( TQChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBfind\fR ( char c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBfind\fR ( const QString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "int \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBfind\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, int index = 0 ) const" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "int \fBfind\fR ( const char * str, int index = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBfindRev\fR ( QChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "int \fBfindRev\fR ( TQChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBfindRev\fR ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBfindRev\fR ( const QString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "int \fBfindRev\fR ( const TQString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBfindRev\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, int index = -1 ) const" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "int \fBfindRev\fR ( const char * str, int index = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcontains\fR ( QChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "int \fBcontains\fR ( TQChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcontains\fR ( char c, bool cs = TRUE ) const" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "int \fBcontains\fR ( const char * str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcontains\fR ( const QString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "int \fBcontains\fR ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcontains\fR ( const QRegExp & rx ) const" @@ -172,145 +172,145 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "enum \fBSectionFlags\fR { SectionDefault = 0x00, SectionSkipEmpty = 0x01, SectionIncludeLeadingSep = 0x02, SectionIncludeTrailingSep = 0x04, SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps = 0x08 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsection\fR ( QChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBsection\fR ( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsection\fR ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBsection\fR ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsection\fR ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBsection\fR ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsection\fR ( const QString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBsection\fR ( const TQString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsection\fR ( const QRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBsection\fR ( const QRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBleft\fR ( uint len ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBleft\fR ( uint len ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBright\fR ( uint len ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBright\fR ( uint len ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBmid\fR ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBmid\fR ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBleftJustify\fR ( uint width, QChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBleftJustify\fR ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBrightJustify\fR ( uint width, QChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBrightJustify\fR ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlower\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlower\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBupper\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBupper\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBstripWhiteSpace\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBstripWhiteSpace\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsimplifyWhiteSpace\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBsimplifyWhiteSpace\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const QString & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const QByteArray & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const QByteArray & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const char * s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const char * s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const QChar * s, uint len )" +.BI "TQString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, const TQChar * s, uint len )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, QChar c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, char c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBinsert\fR ( uint index, char c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBappend\fR ( char ch )" +.BI "TQString & \fBappend\fR ( char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBappend\fR ( QChar ch )" +.BI "TQString & \fBappend\fR ( TQChar ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBappend\fR ( const QString & str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBappend\fR ( const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBappend\fR ( const QByteArray & str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBappend\fR ( const QByteArray & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBappend\fR ( const char * str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBappend\fR ( const char * str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBappend\fR ( const std::string & str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBappend\fR ( const std::string & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBprepend\fR ( char ch )" +.BI "TQString & \fBprepend\fR ( char ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBprepend\fR ( QChar ch )" +.BI "TQString & \fBprepend\fR ( TQChar ch )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBprepend\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBprepend\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBprepend\fR ( const QByteArray & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBprepend\fR ( const QByteArray & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBprepend\fR ( const char * s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBprepend\fR ( const char * s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBprepend\fR ( const std::string & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBprepend\fR ( const std::string & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBremove\fR ( uint index, uint len )" +.BI "TQString & \fBremove\fR ( uint index, uint len )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBremove\fR ( const QString & str, bool cs = TRUE )" +.BI "TQString & \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBremove\fR ( QChar c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBremove\fR ( TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBremove\fR ( char c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBremove\fR ( char c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBremove\fR ( const char * str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBremove\fR ( const char * str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBremove\fR ( const QRegExp & rx )" +.BI "TQString & \fBremove\fR ( const QRegExp & rx )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, const QString & s )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, const QChar * s, uint slen )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, const TQChar * s, uint slen )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, QChar c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, char c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( uint index, uint len, char c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( QChar c, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( char c, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( const QString & before, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, const QString & after )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBreplace\fR ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBreplace\fR ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "short \fBtoShort\fR ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" @@ -343,61 +343,61 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "double \fBtoDouble\fR ( bool * ok = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( short n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( short n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( ushort n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( ushort n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( int n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( int n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( uint n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( uint n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( long n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( long n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( ulong n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( ulong n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetNum\fR ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetNum\fR ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void setExpand ( uint index, QChar c ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void setExpand ( uint index, TQChar c ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const QString & str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const QByteArray & str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const QByteArray & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const char * str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const char * str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const std::string & str )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( const std::string & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( QChar c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( char c )" +.BI "TQString & \fBoperator+=\fR ( char c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QChar \fBat\fR ( uint i ) const" +.BI "TQChar \fBat\fR ( uint i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QChar \fBoperator[]\fR ( int i ) const" +.BI "TQChar \fBoperator[]\fR ( int i ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QCharRef \fBat\fR ( uint i )" @@ -406,13 +406,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QCharRef \fBoperator[]\fR ( int i )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QChar \fBconstref\fR ( uint i ) const" +.BI "TQChar \fBconstref\fR ( uint i ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QChar & \fBref\fR ( uint i )" +.BI "TQChar & \fBref\fR ( uint i )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QChar * \fBunicode\fR () const" +.BI "const TQChar * \fBunicode\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const char * \fBascii\fR () const" @@ -439,22 +439,22 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "const unsigned short * \fBucs2\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetUnicode\fR ( const QChar * unicode, uint len )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetUnicode\fR ( const TQChar * unicode, uint len )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetUnicodeCodes\fR ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetUnicodeCodes\fR ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetAscii\fR ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetAscii\fR ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBsetLatin1\fR ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" +.BI "TQString & \fBsetLatin1\fR ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcompare\fR ( const QString & s ) const" +.BI "int \fBcompare\fR ( const TQString & s ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBlocaleAwareCompare\fR ( const QString & s ) const" +.BI "int \fBlocaleAwareCompare\fR ( const TQString & s ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBcompose\fR ()" @@ -463,10 +463,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "const char * data () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBstartsWith\fR ( const QString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "bool \fBstartsWith\fR ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBendsWith\fR ( const QString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "bool \fBendsWith\fR ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetLength\fR ( uint newLen )" @@ -484,138 +484,138 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnumber\fR ( long n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString \fBnumber\fR ( long n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnumber\fR ( ulong n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString \fBnumber\fR ( ulong n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnumber\fR ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString \fBnumber\fR ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnumber\fR ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString \fBnumber\fR ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnumber\fR ( int n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString \fBnumber\fR ( int n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnumber\fR ( uint n, int base = 10 )" +.BI "TQString \fBnumber\fR ( uint n, int base = 10 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnumber\fR ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" +.BI "TQString \fBnumber\fR ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfromAscii\fR ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 )" +.BI "TQString \fBfromAscii\fR ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfromLatin1\fR ( const char * chars, int len = -1 )" +.BI "TQString \fBfromLatin1\fR ( const char * chars, int len = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfromUtf8\fR ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 )" +.BI "TQString \fBfromUtf8\fR ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfromLocal8Bit\fR ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 )" +.BI "TQString \fBfromLocal8Bit\fR ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfromUcs2\fR ( const unsigned short * str )" +.BI "TQString \fBfromUcs2\fR ( const unsigned short * str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBcompare\fR ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "int \fBcompare\fR ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBlocaleAwareCompare\fR ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "int \fBlocaleAwareCompare\fR ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .in -1c .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator<\fR ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator<\fR ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator<\fR ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator<\fR ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator<=\fR ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator<=\fR ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator<=\fR ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator<=\fR ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator>\fR ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator>\fR ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator>\fR ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator>\fR ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator>=\fR ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator>=\fR ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator>=\fR ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "bool \fBoperator>=\fR ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString \fBoperator+\fR ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "const TQString \fBoperator+\fR ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString \fBoperator+\fR ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.BI "const TQString \fBoperator+\fR ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString \fBoperator+\fR ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.BI "const TQString \fBoperator+\fR ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString \fBoperator+\fR ( const QString & s, char c )" +.BI "const TQString \fBoperator+\fR ( const TQString & s, char c )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString \fBoperator+\fR ( char c, const QString & s )" +.BI "const TQString \fBoperator+\fR ( char c, const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( QDataStream & s, const QString & str )" +.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( QDataStream & s, const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QDataStream & s, QString & str )" +.BI "QDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QDataStream & s, TQString & str )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array. +The TQString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array. .PP -QString uses implicit sharing, which makes it very efficient and easy to use. +TQString uses implicit sharing, which makes it very efficient and easy to use. .PP -In all of the QString methods that take \fCconst char *\fR parameters, the \fCconst char *\fR is interpreted as a classic C-style '\0'-terminated ASCII string. It is legal for the \fCconst char *\fR parameter to be 0. If the \fCconst char *\fR is not '\0'-terminated, the results are undefined. Functions that copy classic C strings into a QString will not copy the terminating '\0' character. The QChar array of the QString (as returned by unicode()) is generally not terminated by a '\0'. If you need to pass a QString to a function that requires a C '\0'-terminated string use latin1(). +In all of the TQString methods that take \fCconst char *\fR parameters, the \fCconst char *\fR is interpreted as a classic C-style '\0'-terminated ASCII string. It is legal for the \fCconst char *\fR parameter to be 0. If the \fCconst char *\fR is not '\0'-terminated, the results are undefined. Functions that copy classic C strings into a TQString will not copy the terminating '\0' character. The TQChar array of the TQString (as returned by unicode()) is generally not terminated by a '\0'. If you need to pass a TQString to a function that requires a C '\0'-terminated string use latin1(). .PP -A QString that has not been assigned to anything is \fInull\fR, i.e. both the length and data pointer is 0. A QString that references the empty string ("", a single '\0' char) is \fIempty\fR. Both null and empty QStrings are legal parameters to the methods. Assigning \fC(const char *) 0\fR to QString gives a null QString. For convenience, QString::null is a null QString. When sorting, empty strings come first, followed by non-empty strings, followed by null strings. We recommend using \fCif ( !str.isNull() )\fR to check for a non-null string rather than \fCif ( !str )\fR; see operator!() for an explanation. +A TQString that has not been assigned to anything is \fInull\fR, i.e. both the length and data pointer is 0. A TQString that references the empty string ("", a single '\0' char) is \fIempty\fR. Both null and empty QStrings are legal parameters to the methods. Assigning \fC(const char *) 0\fR to TQString gives a null TQString. For convenience, TQString::null is a null TQString. When sorting, empty strings come first, followed by non-empty strings, followed by null strings. We recommend using \fCif ( !str.isNull() )\fR to check for a non-null string rather than \fCif ( !str )\fR; see operator!() for an explanation. .PP -Note that if you find that you are mixing usage of QCString, QString, and QByteArray, this causes lots of unnecessary copying and might indicate that the true nature of the data you are dealing with is uncertain. If the data is '\0'-terminated 8-bit data, use QCString; if it is unterminated (i.e. contains '\0's) 8-bit data, use QByteArray; if it is text, use QString. +Note that if you find that you are mixing usage of QCString, TQString, and QByteArray, this causes lots of unnecessary copying and might indicate that the true nature of the data you are dealing with is uncertain. If the data is '\0'-terminated 8-bit data, use QCString; if it is unterminated (i.e. contains '\0's) 8-bit data, use QByteArray; if it is text, use TQString. .PP Lists of strings are handled by the QStringList class. You can split a string into a list of strings using QStringList::split(), and join a list of strings into a single string with an optional separator using QStringList::join(). You can obtain a list of strings from a string list that contain a particular substring or that match a particular regex using QStringList::grep(). .PP \fBNote for C programmers\fR .PP -Due to C++'s type system and the fact that QString is implicitly shared, QStrings can be treated like ints or other simple base types. For example: +Due to C++'s type system and the fact that TQString is implicitly shared, QStrings can be treated like ints or other simple base types. For example: .PP .nf .br - QString boolToString( bool b ) + TQString boolToString( bool b ) .br { .br - QString result; + TQString result; .br if ( b ) .br @@ -633,15 +633,15 @@ Due to C++'s type system and the fact that QString is implicitly shared, QString .PP The variable, result, is an auto variable allocated on the stack. When return is called, because we're returning by value, The copy constructor is called and a copy of the string is returned. (No actual copying takes place thanks to the implicit sharing, see below.) .PP -Throughout Qt's source code you will encounter QString usages like this: +Throughout Qt's source code you will encounter TQString usages like this: .PP .nf .br - QString func( const QString& input ) + TQString func( const TQString& input ) .br { .br - QString output = input; + TQString output = input; .br // process output .br @@ -651,13 +651,13 @@ Throughout Qt's source code you will encounter QString usages like this: .br .fi .PP -The 'copying' of input to output is almost as fast as copying a pointer because behind the scenes copying is achieved by incrementing a reference count. QString (like all Qt's implicitly shared classes) operates on a copy-on-write basis, only copying if an instance is actually changed. +The 'copying' of input to output is almost as fast as copying a pointer because behind the scenes copying is achieved by incrementing a reference count. TQString (like all Qt's implicitly shared classes) operates on a copy-on-write basis, only copying if an instance is actually changed. .PP -If you wish to create a deep copy of a QString without losing any Unicode information then you should use QDeepCopy. +If you wish to create a deep copy of a TQString without losing any Unicode information then you should use QDeepCopy. .PP -See also QChar, QCString, QByteArray, QConstString, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. +See also TQChar, QCString, QByteArray, QConstString, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" -.SH "QString::SectionFlags" +.SH "TQString::SectionFlags" .TP \fCQString::SectionDefault\fR - Empty fields are counted, leading and trailing separators are not included, and the separator is compared case sensitively. .TP @@ -673,39 +673,39 @@ Any of the last four values can be OR-ed together to form a flag. .PP See also section(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QString::QString ()" +.SH "TQString::TQString ()" Constructs a null string, i.e. both the length and data pointer are 0. .PP See also isNull(). -.SH "QString::QString ( QChar ch )" +.SH "TQString::TQString ( TQChar ch )" Constructs a string of length one, containing the character \fIch\fR. -.SH "QString::QString ( const QString & s )" +.SH "TQString::TQString ( const TQString & s )" Constructs an implicitly shared copy of \fIs\fR. This is very fast since it only involves incrementing a reference count. -.SH "QString::QString ( const QByteArray & ba )" +.SH "TQString::TQString ( const QByteArray & ba )" Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \fIba\fR interpreted as a classic C string. -.SH "QString::QString ( const QChar * unicode, uint length )" -Constructs a string that is a deep copy of the first \fIlength\fR characters in the QChar array. +.SH "TQString::TQString ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )" +Constructs a string that is a deep copy of the first \fIlength\fR characters in the TQChar array. .PP If \fIunicode\fR and \fIlength\fR are 0, then a null string is created. .PP -If only \fIunicode\fR is 0, the string is empty but has \fIlength\fR characters of space preallocated: QString expands automatically anyway, but this may speed up some cases a little. We recommend using the plain constructor and setLength() for this purpose since it will result in more readable code. +If only \fIunicode\fR is 0, the string is empty but has \fIlength\fR characters of space preallocated: TQString expands automatically anyway, but this may speed up some cases a little. We recommend using the plain constructor and setLength() for this purpose since it will result in more readable code. .PP See also isNull() and setLength(). -.SH "QString::QString ( const char * str )" +.SH "TQString::TQString ( const char * str )" Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \fIstr\fR, interpreted as a classic C string. The encoding is assumed to be Latin-1, unless you change it using QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(). .PP If \fIstr\fR is 0, then a null string is created. .PP -This is a cast constructor, but it is perfectly safe: converting a Latin-1 \fCconst char *\fR to QString preserves all the information. You can disable this constructor by defining \fCTQT_NO_CAST_ASCII\fR when you compile your applications. You can also make QString objects by using setLatin1(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), and fromUtf8(). Or whatever encoding is appropriate for the 8-bit data you have. +This is a cast constructor, but it is perfectly safe: converting a Latin-1 \fCconst char *\fR to TQString preserves all the information. You can disable this constructor by defining \fCTQT_NO_CAST_ASCII\fR when you compile your applications. You can also make TQString objects by using setLatin1(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), and fromUtf8(). Or whatever encoding is appropriate for the 8-bit data you have. .PP See also isNull() and fromAscii(). -.SH "QString::QString ( const std::string & str )" +.SH "TQString::TQString ( const std::string & str )" Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \fIstr\fR. .PP This is the same as fromAscii(\fIstr\fR). -.SH "QString::~QString ()" +.SH "TQString::~TQString ()" Destroys the string and frees the string's data if this is the last reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::append ( const QString & str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::append ( const TQString & str )" Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the result. .PP .nf @@ -719,37 +719,37 @@ Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the result. Equivalent to operator+=(). .PP Example: dirview/dirview.cpp. -.SH "QString & QString::append ( char ch )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::append ( char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends character \fIch\fR to the string and returns a reference to the result. .PP Equivalent to operator+=(). -.SH "QString & QString::append ( QChar ch )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::append ( TQChar ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends character \fIch\fR to the string and returns a reference to the result. .PP Equivalent to operator+=(). -.SH "QString & QString::append ( const QByteArray & str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::append ( const QByteArray & str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the result. .PP Equivalent to operator+=(). -.SH "QString & QString::append ( const char * str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::append ( const char * str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the result. .PP Equivalent to operator+=(). -.SH "QString & QString::append ( const std::string & str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::append ( const std::string & str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the result. .PP Equivalent to operator+=(). -.SH "QString QString::arg ( const QString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" This function will return a string that replaces the lowest numbered occurrence of \fC%1\fR, \fC%2\fR, ..., \fC%9\fR with \fIa\fR. .PP The \fIfieldWidth\fR value specifies the minimum amount of space that \fIa\fR is padded to. A positive value will produce right-aligned text, whereas a negative value will produce left-aligned text. @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ The following example shows how we could create a 'status' string when processin .PP .nf .br - QString status = QString( "Processing file %1 of %2: %3" ) + TQString status = TQString( "Processing file %1 of %2: %3" ) .br .arg( i ) // current file's number .br @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ It is generally fine to use filenames and numbers as we have done in the example If there is no place marker (\fC%1\fR, \fC%2\fR, etc.), a warning message (tqWarning()) is output and the result is undefined. .PP \fBWarning:\fR If any placeholder occurs more than once, the result is undefined. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP The \fIfieldWidth\fR value specifies the minimum amount of space that \fIa\fR is padded to. A positive value will produce a right-aligned number, whereas a negative value will produce a left-aligned number. @@ -784,9 +784,9 @@ The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is replaced with a .PP .nf .br - QString str; + TQString str; .br - str = QString( "Decimal 63 is %1 in hexadecimal" ) + str = TQString( "Decimal 63 is %1 in hexadecimal" ) .br .arg( 63, 0, 16 ); .br @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is replaced with a .br QLocale::setDefault(QLocale::English, QLocale::UnitedStates); .br - str = QString( "%1 %L2 %L3" ) + str = TQString( "%1 %L2 %L3" ) .br .arg( 12345 ) .br @@ -806,35 +806,35 @@ The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is replaced with a // str == "12345 12,345 3039" .br .fi -.SH "QString QString::arg ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is expressed in base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. If \fIbase\fR is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is expressed in base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. If \fIbase\fR is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is expressed in base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. If \fIbase\fR is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is expressed in base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. If \fIbase\fR is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is expressed in base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. If \fIbase\fR is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is expressed in base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. If \fIbase\fR is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is expressed in base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. If \fIbase\fR is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Argument \fIa\fR is formatted according to the \fIfmt\fR format specified, which is 'g' by default and can be any of the following: @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \fIprec\fR is the number of digits after the decimal poi .br double d = 12.34; .br - QString ds = QString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" ) + TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" ) .br .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 ); .br @@ -861,20 +861,20 @@ With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \fIprec\fR is the number of digits after the decimal poi .fi .PP The '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR is assumed to be in the Latin-1 character set. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( QChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( const QString & a1, const QString & a2 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This is the same as str.arg(\fIa1\fR).arg(\fIa2\fR), except that the strings are replaced in one pass. This can make a difference if \fIa1\fR contains e.g. \fC%1\fR: .PP .nf .br - QString str( "%1 %2" ); + TQString str( "%1 %2" ); .br str.arg( "Hello", "world" ); // returns "Hello world" .br @@ -886,15 +886,15 @@ This is the same as str.arg(\fIa1\fR).arg(\fIa2\fR), except that the strings are str.arg( "(%1)" ).arg( "Hello" ); // returns "(Hello) %2" .br .fi -.SH "QString QString::arg ( const QString & a1, const QString & a2, const QString & a3 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This is the same as calling str.arg(\fIa1\fR).arg(\fIa2\fR).arg(\fIa3\fR), except that the strings are replaced in one pass. -.SH "QString QString::arg ( const QString & a1, const QString & a2, const QString & a3, const QString & a4 ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3, const TQString & a4 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This is the same as calling str.arg(\fIa1\fR).arg(\fIa2\fR).arg(\fIa3\fR).arg(\fIa4\fR), except that the strings are replaced in one pass. -.SH "const char * QString::ascii () const" +.SH "const char * TQString::ascii () const" Returns an 8-bit ASCII representation of the string. .PP If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::codecForCStrings(), it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function does the same as latin1(). @@ -902,66 +902,66 @@ If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::codecForCStrings(), it is used to conv See also fromAscii(), latin1(), utf8(), and local8Bit(). .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. -.SH "QChar QString::at ( uint i ) const" +.SH "TQChar TQString::at ( uint i ) const" Returns the character at index \fIi\fR, or 0 if \fIi\fR is beyond the length of the string. .PP .nf .br - const QString string( "abcdefgh" ); + const TQString string( "abcdefgh" ); .br - QChar ch = string.at( 4 ); + TQChar ch = string.at( 4 ); .br // ch == 'e' .br .fi .PP -If the QString is not const (i.e. const QString) or const& (i.e. const QString &), then the non-const overload of at() will be used instead. -.SH "QCharRef QString::at ( uint i )" +If the TQString is not const (i.e. const TQString) or const& (i.e. const TQString &), then the non-const overload of at() will be used instead. +.SH "QCharRef TQString::at ( uint i )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP The function returns a reference to the character at index \fIi\fR. The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications are made to the original string. .PP -If \fIi\fR is beyond the length of the string then the string is expanded with QChar::null. -.SH "uint QString::capacity () const" +If \fIi\fR is beyond the length of the string then the string is expanded with TQChar::null. +.SH "uint TQString::capacity () const" Returns the number of characters this string can hold in the allocated memory. .PP See also reserve() and squeeze(). -.SH "int QString::compare ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int TQString::compare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )\fC [static]\fR" Lexically compares \fIs1\fR with \fIs2\fR and returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \fIs1\fR is less than, equal to, or greater than \fIs2\fR. .PP -The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with QString::localeAwareCompare(). +The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with TQString::localeAwareCompare(). .PP .nf .br - int a = QString::compare( "def", "abc" ); // a > 0 + int a = TQString::compare( "def", "abc" ); // a > 0 .br - int b = QString::compare( "abc", "def" ); // b < 0 + int b = TQString::compare( "abc", "def" ); // b < 0 .br - int c = QString::compare( "abc", "abc" ); // c == 0 + int c = TQString::compare( "abc", "abc" ); // c == 0 .br .fi -.SH "int QString::compare ( const QString & s ) const" +.SH "int TQString::compare ( const TQString & s ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Lexically compares this string with \fIs\fR and returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if it is less than, equal to, or greater than \fIs\fR. -.SH "void QString::compose ()" +.SH "void TQString::compose ()" \fBWarning:\fR This function is not supported in TQt 3.x. It is provided for experimental and illustrative purposes only. It is mainly of interest to those experimenting with Arabic and other composition-rich texts. .PP -Applies possible ligatures to a QString. Useful when composition-rich text requires rendering with glyph-poor fonts, but it also makes compositions such as QChar(0x0041) ('A') and QChar(0x0308) (Unicode accent diaresis), giving QChar(0x00c4) (German A Umlaut). -.SH "QChar QString::constref ( uint i ) const" -Returns the QChar at index \fIi\fR by value. +Applies possible ligatures to a TQString. Useful when composition-rich text requires rendering with glyph-poor fonts, but it also makes compositions such as TQChar(0x0041) ('A') and TQChar(0x0308) (Unicode accent diaresis), giving TQChar(0x00c4) (German A Umlaut). +.SH "TQChar TQString::constref ( uint i ) const" +Returns the TQChar at index \fIi\fR by value. .PP Equivalent to at(\fIi\fR). .PP See also ref(). -.SH "int QString::contains ( QChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::contains ( TQChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const" Returns the number of times the character \fIc\fR occurs in the string. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "Trolltech and Qt" ); + TQString string( "Trolltech and Qt" ); .br int n = string.contains( 't', FALSE ); .br @@ -971,15 +971,15 @@ If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the s .PP Examples: .)l fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and mdi/application.cpp. -.SH "int QString::contains ( char c, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::contains ( char c, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "int QString::contains ( const char * str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::contains ( const char * str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the number of times the string \fIstr\fR occurs in the string. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. -.SH "int QString::contains ( const QString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::contains ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the number of times \fIstr\fR occurs in the string. @@ -990,14 +990,14 @@ This function counts overlapping strings, so in the example below, there are two .PP .nf .br - QString str( "bananas" ); + TQString str( "bananas" ); .br int i = str.contains( "ana" ); // i == 2 .br .fi .PP See also findRev(). -.SH "int QString::contains ( const QRegExp & rx ) const" +.SH "int TQString::contains ( const QRegExp & rx ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the number of times the regexp, \fIrx\fR, matches in the string. @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example below, there are fou .PP .nf .br - QString str = "banana and panama"; + TQString str = "banana and panama"; .br QRegExp rxp = QRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE ); .br @@ -1015,24 +1015,24 @@ This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example below, there are fou .fi .PP See also find() and findRev(). -.SH "QString QString::copy () const" +.SH "TQString TQString::copy () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP In TQt 2.0 and later, all calls to this function are needless. Just remove them. -.SH "const char * QString::data () const" +.SH "const char * TQString::data () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns a pointer to a '\0'-terminated classic C string. .PP -In TQt 1.x, this returned a char* allowing direct manipulation of the string as a sequence of bytes. In TQt 2.x where QString is a Unicode string, char* conversion constructs a temporary string, and hence direct character operations are meaningless. -.SH "bool QString::endsWith ( const QString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +In TQt 1.x, this returned a char* allowing direct manipulation of the string as a sequence of bytes. In TQt 2.x where TQString is a Unicode string, char* conversion constructs a temporary string, and hence direct character operations are meaningless. +.SH "bool TQString::endsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" Returns TRUE if the string ends with \fIs\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. .PP .nf .br - QString str( "Bananas" ); + TQString str( "Bananas" ); .br str.endsWith( "anas" ); // returns TRUE .br @@ -1043,26 +1043,26 @@ If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the s See also startsWith(). .PP Example: chart/main.cpp. -.SH "QString & QString::fill ( QChar c, int len = -1 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::fill ( TQChar c, int len = -1 )" Fills the string with \fIlen\fR characters of value \fIc\fR, and returns a reference to the string. .PP If \fIlen\fR is negative (the default), the current string length is used. .PP .nf .br - QString str; + TQString str; .br str.fill( 'g', 5 ); // string == "ggggg" .br .fi -.SH "int QString::find ( const QRegExp & rx, int index = 0 ) const" +.SH "int TQString::find ( const QRegExp & rx, int index = 0 ) const" Finds the first match of the regular expression \fIrx\fR, starting from position \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR is -1, the search starts at the last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.) .PP Returns the position of the first match of \fIrx\fR or -1 if no match was found. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "bananas" ); + TQString string( "bananas" ); .br int i = string.find( QRegExp("an"), 0 ); // i == 1 .br @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ Returns the position of the first match of \fIrx\fR or -1 if no match was found. See also findRev(), replace(), and contains(). .PP Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp. -.SH "int QString::find ( QChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::find ( TQChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Finds the first occurrence of the character \fIc\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR is -1, the search starts at the last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.) @@ -1079,13 +1079,13 @@ Finds the first occurrence of the character \fIc\fR, starting at position \fIind If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. .PP Returns the position of \fIc\fR or -1 if \fIc\fR could not be found. -.SH "int QString::find ( char c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::find ( char c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Find character \fIc\fR starting from position \fIindex\fR. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. -.SH "int QString::find ( const QString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::find ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Finds the first occurrence of the string \fIstr\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR is -1, the search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.) @@ -1093,13 +1093,13 @@ Finds the first occurrence of the string \fIstr\fR, starting at position \fIinde If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. .PP Returns the position of \fIstr\fR or -1 if \fIstr\fR could not be found. -.SH "int QString::find ( const char * str, int index = 0 ) const" +.SH "int TQString::find ( const char * str, int index = 0 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -Equivalent to find(QString(\fIstr\fR), \fIindex\fR). -.SH "int QString::findRev ( const char * str, int index = -1 ) const" -Equivalent to findRev(QString(\fIstr\fR), \fIindex\fR). -.SH "int QString::findRev ( QChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +Equivalent to find(TQString(\fIstr\fR), \fIindex\fR). +.SH "int TQString::findRev ( const char * str, int index = -1 ) const" +Equivalent to findRev(TQString(\fIstr\fR), \fIindex\fR). +.SH "int TQString::findRev ( TQChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Finds the first occurrence of the character \fIc\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so on. @@ -1110,18 +1110,18 @@ If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the s .PP .nf .br - QString string( "bananas" ); + TQString string( "bananas" ); .br int i = string.findRev( 'a' ); // i == 5 .br .fi -.SH "int QString::findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Find character \fIc\fR starting from position \fIindex\fR and working backwards. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. -.SH "int QString::findRev ( const QString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "int TQString::findRev ( const TQString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Finds the first occurrence of the string \fIstr\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so on. @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the s .PP .nf .br - QString string("bananas"); + TQString string("bananas"); .br int i = string.findRev( "ana" ); // i == 3 .br .fi -.SH "int QString::findRev ( const QRegExp & rx, int index = -1 ) const" +.SH "int TQString::findRev ( const QRegExp & rx, int index = -1 ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Finds the first match of the regexp \fIrx\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.) @@ -1146,40 +1146,40 @@ Returns the position of the match or -1 if no match was found. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "bananas" ); + TQString string( "bananas" ); .br int i = string.findRev( QRegExp("an") ); // i == 3 .br .fi .PP See also find(). -.SH "QString QString::fromAscii ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::fromAscii ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \fIlen\fR bytes of \fIascii\fR, ignoring the rest of \fIascii\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 then the length of \fIascii\fR is used. If \fIlen\fR is bigger than the length of \fIascii\fR then it will use the length of \fIascii\fR. .PP If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::codecForCStrings(), it is used to convert the string from 8-bit characters to Unicode. Otherwise, this function does the same as fromLatin1(). .PP -This is the same as the QString(const char*) constructor, but you can make that constructor invisible if you compile with the define \fCTQT_NO_CAST_ASCII\fR, in which case you can explicitly create a QString from 8-bit ASCII text using this function. +This is the same as the TQString(const char*) constructor, but you can make that constructor invisible if you compile with the define \fCTQT_NO_CAST_ASCII\fR, in which case you can explicitly create a TQString from 8-bit ASCII text using this function. .PP .nf .br - QString str = QString::fromAscii( "123456789", 5 ); + TQString str = TQString::fromAscii( "123456789", 5 ); .br // str == "12345" .br .fi -.SH "QString QString::fromLatin1 ( const char * chars, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::fromLatin1 ( const char * chars, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \fIlen\fR bytes of \fIchars\fR, ignoring the rest of \fIchars\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 then the length of \fIchars\fR is used. If \fIlen\fR is bigger than the length of \fIchars\fR then it will use the length of \fIchars\fR. .PP See also fromAscii(). .PP Examples: .)l listbox/listbox.cpp and network/mail/smtp.cpp. -.SH "QString QString::fromLocal8Bit ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::fromLocal8Bit ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \fIlen\fR bytes of \fIlocal8Bit\fR, ignoring the rest of \fIlocal8Bit\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 then the length of \fIlocal8Bit\fR is used. If \fIlen\fR is bigger than the length of \fIlocal8Bit\fR then it will use the length of \fIlocal8Bit\fR. .PP .nf .br - QString str = QString::fromLocal8Bit( "123456789", 5 ); + TQString str = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( "123456789", 5 ); .br // str == "12345" .br @@ -1188,18 +1188,18 @@ Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \fIlen\fR bytes of \fIlocal8Bi \fIlocal8Bit\fR is assumed to be encoded in a locale-specific format. .PP See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings. -.SH "QString QString::fromUcs2 ( const unsigned short * str )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::fromUcs2 ( const unsigned short * str )\fC [static]\fR" Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \fIstr\fR, interpreted as a UCS2 encoded, zero terminated, Unicode string. .PP If \fIstr\fR is 0, then a null string is created. .PP See also isNull(). -.SH "QString QString::fromUtf8 ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::fromUtf8 ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \fIlen\fR bytes of \fIutf8\fR, ignoring the rest of \fIutf8\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 then the length of \fIutf8\fR is used. If \fIlen\fR is bigger than the length of \fIutf8\fR then it will use the length of \fIutf8\fR. .PP .nf .br - QString str = QString::fromUtf8( "123456789", 5 ); + TQString str = TQString::fromUtf8( "123456789", 5 ); .br // str == "12345" .br @@ -1208,14 +1208,14 @@ Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \fIlen\fR bytes of \fIutf8\fR, See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings. .PP Example: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp. -.SH "QString & QString::insert ( uint index, const QString & s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQString & s )" Inserts \fIs\fR into the string at position \fIindex\fR. .PP If \fIindex\fR is beyond the end of the string, the string is extended with spaces to length \fIindex\fR and \fIs\fR is then appended and returns a reference to the string. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "I like fish" ); + TQString string( "I like fish" ); .br str = string.insert( 2, "don't " ); .br @@ -1227,41 +1227,41 @@ See also remove() and replace(). .PP Examples: .)l themes/themes.cpp and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "QString & QString::insert ( uint index, const QByteArray & s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const QByteArray & s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts \fIs\fR into the string at position \fIindex\fR and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::insert ( uint index, const char * s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const char * s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts \fIs\fR into the string at position \fIindex\fR and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::insert ( uint index, const QChar * s, uint len )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQChar * s, uint len )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts the first \fIlen\fR characters in \fIs\fR into the string at position \fIindex\fR and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::insert ( uint index, QChar c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Insert \fIc\fR into the string at position \fIindex\fR and returns a reference to the string. .PP If \fIindex\fR is beyond the end of the string, the string is extended with spaces (ASCII 32) to length \fIindex\fR and \fIc\fR is then appended. -.SH "QString & QString::insert ( uint index, char c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, char c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Insert character \fIc\fR at position \fIindex\fR. -.SH "bool QString::isEmpty () const" +.SH "bool TQString::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if the string is empty, i.e. if length() == 0; otherwise returns FALSE. Null strings are also empty. .PP .nf .br - QString a( "" ); + TQString a( "" ); .br a.isEmpty(); // TRUE .br a.isNull(); // FALSE .br .br - QString b; + TQString b; .br b.isEmpty(); // TRUE .br @@ -1273,12 +1273,12 @@ See also isNull() and length(). .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, chart/chartform_canvas.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. -.SH "bool QString::isNull () const" +.SH "bool TQString::isNull () const" Returns TRUE if the string is null; otherwise returns FALSE. A null string is always empty. .PP .nf .br - QString a; // a.unicode() == 0, a.length() == 0 + TQString a; // a.unicode() == 0, a.length() == 0 .br a.isNull(); // TRUE, because a.unicode() == 0 .br @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ See also isEmpty() and length(). .PP Examples: .)l i18n/main.cpp, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, and qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "const char * QString::latin1 () const" +.SH "const char * TQString::latin1 () const" Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string. The returned value is undefined if the string contains non-Latin-1 characters. If you want to convert strings into formats other than Unicode, see the QTextCodec classes. .PP This function is mainly useful for boot-strapping legacy code to use Unicode. @@ -1301,23 +1301,23 @@ See also fromLatin1(), ascii(), utf8(), and local8Bit(). .PP Examples: .)l fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. -.SH "QString QString::left ( uint len ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::left ( uint len ) const" Returns a substring that contains the \fIlen\fR leftmost characters of the string. .PP The whole string is returned if \fIlen\fR exceeds the length of the string. .PP .nf .br - QString s = "Pineapple"; + TQString s = "Pineapple"; .br - QString t = s.left( 4 ); // t == "Pine" + TQString t = s.left( 4 ); // t == "Pine" .br .fi .PP See also right(), mid(), and isEmpty(). .PP Example: themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "QString QString::leftJustify ( uint width, QChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::leftJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" Returns a string of length \fIwidth\fR that contains this string padded by the \fIfill\fR character. .PP If \fItruncate\fR is FALSE and the length of the string is more than \fIwidth\fR, then the returned string is a copy of the string. @@ -1326,14 +1326,14 @@ If \fItruncate\fR is TRUE and the length of the string is more than \fIwidth\fR, .PP .nf .br - QString s( "apple" ); + TQString s( "apple" ); .br - QString t = s.leftJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "apple..." + TQString t = s.leftJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "apple..." .br .fi .PP See also rightJustify(). -.SH "uint QString::length () const" +.SH "uint TQString::length () const" Returns the length of the string. .PP Null strings and empty strings have zero length. @@ -1342,28 +1342,28 @@ See also isNull() and isEmpty(). .PP Examples: .)l dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, rot13/rot13.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "QCString QString::local8Bit () const" +.SH "QCString TQString::local8Bit () const" Returns the string encoded in a locale-specific format. On X11, this is the QTextCodec::codecForLocale(). On Windows, it is a system-defined encoding. On Mac OS X, this always uses UTF-8 as the encoding. .PP See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings. .PP See also fromLocal8Bit(), ascii(), latin1(), and utf8(). -.SH "int QString::localeAwareCompare ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "int TQString::localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )\fC [static]\fR" Compares \fIs1\fR with \fIs2\fR and returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \fIs1\fR is less than, equal to, or greater than \fIs2\fR. .PP The comparison is performed in a locale- and also platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted lists of strings to the user. .PP -See also QString::compare() and QTextCodec::locale(). -.SH "int QString::localeAwareCompare ( const QString & s ) const" +See also TQString::compare() and QTextCodec::locale(). +.SH "int TQString::localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Compares this string with \fIs\fR. -.SH "QString QString::lower () const" +.SH "TQString TQString::lower () const" Returns a lowercase copy of the string. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "TROlltECH" ); + TQString string( "TROlltECH" ); .br str = string.lower(); // str == "trolltech" .br @@ -1372,16 +1372,16 @@ Returns a lowercase copy of the string. See also upper(). .PP Example: scribble/scribble.cpp. -.SH "QString QString::mid ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::mid ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const" Returns a string that contains the \fIlen\fR characters of this string, starting at position \fIindex\fR. .PP Returns a null string if the string is empty or \fIindex\fR is out of range. Returns the whole string from \fIindex\fR if \fIindex\fR + \fIlen\fR exceeds the length of the string. .PP .nf .br - QString s( "Five pineapples" ); + TQString s( "Five pineapples" ); .br - QString t = s.mid( 5, 4 ); // t == "pine" + TQString t = s.mid( 5, 4 ); // t == "pine" .br .fi .PP @@ -1389,16 +1389,16 @@ See also left() and right(). .PP Examples: .)l network/mail/smtp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "QString QString::number ( long n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::number ( long n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" A convenience function that returns a string equivalent of the number \fIn\fR to base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. The returned string is in "C" locale. .PP .nf .br long a = 63; .br - QString str = QString::number( a, 16 ); // str == "3f" + TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 ); // str == "3f" .br - QString str = QString::number( a, 16 ).upper(); // str == "3F" + TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 ).upper(); // str == "3F" .br .fi .PP @@ -1406,29 +1406,29 @@ See also setNum(). .PP Examples: .)l application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, regexptester/regexptester.cpp, and sql/overview/extract/main.cpp. -.SH "QString QString::number ( ulong n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::number ( ulong n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also setNum(). -.SH "QString QString::number ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::number ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also setNum(). -.SH "QString QString::number ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::number ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also setNum(). -.SH "QString QString::number ( int n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::number ( int n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP See also setNum(). -.SH "QString QString::number ( uint n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::number ( uint n, int base = 10 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP A convenience factory function that returns a string representation of the number \fIn\fR to the base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. .PP See also setNum(). -.SH "QString QString::number ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString TQString::number ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Argument \fIn\fR is formatted according to the \fIf\fR format specified, which is \fCg\fR by default, and can be any of the following: @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \fIprec\fR is the number of digits after the decimal poi .br double d = 12.34; .br - QString ds = QString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" ) + TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" ) .br .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 ); .br @@ -1455,18 +1455,18 @@ With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \fIprec\fR is the number of digits after the decimal poi .fi .PP See also setNum(). -.SH "QString::operator const char * () const" +.SH "TQString::operator const char * () const" Returns ascii(). Be sure to see the warnings documented in the ascii() function. Note that for new code which you wish to be strictly Unicode-clean, you can define the macro \fCTQT_NO_ASCII_CAST\fR when compiling your code to hide this function so that automatic casts are not done. This has the added advantage that you catch the programming error described in operator!(). -.SH "QString::operator std::string () const" +.SH "TQString::operator std::string () const" Returns ascii() as a std::string. .PP \fBWarning:\fR The function may cause an application to crash if a static C run-time is in use. This can happen in Microsoft Visual C++ if TQt is configured as single-threaded. A safe alternative is to call ascii() directly and construct a std::string manually. -.SH "bool QString::operator! () const" +.SH "bool TQString::operator! () const" Returns TRUE if this is a null string; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP .nf .br - QString name = getName(); + TQString name = getName(); .br if ( !name ) .br @@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ Note that if you say .PP .nf .br - QString name = getName(); + TQString name = getName(); .br if ( name ) .br @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ When you want the above semantics, use: .PP .nf .br - QString name = getName(); + TQString name = getName(); .br if ( !name.isNull() ) .br @@ -1501,35 +1501,35 @@ When you want the above semantics, use: .fi .PP See also isEmpty(). -.SH "QString & QString::operator+= ( const QString & str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const TQString & str )" Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::operator+= ( const QByteArray & str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const QByteArray & str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::operator+= ( const char * str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const char * str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::operator+= ( const std::string & str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const std::string & str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIstr\fR to the string and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::operator+= ( QChar c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator+= ( TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIc\fR to the string and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::operator+= ( char c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator+= ( char c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Appends \fIc\fR to the string and returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::operator= ( QChar c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator= ( TQChar c )" Sets the string to contain just the single character \fIc\fR. -.SH "QString & QString::operator= ( const QString & s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator= ( const TQString & s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Assigns a shallow copy of \fIs\fR to this string and returns a reference to this string. This is very fast because the string isn't actually copied. -.SH "QString & QString::operator= ( const char * str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator= ( const char * str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Assigns a deep copy of \fIstr\fR, interpreted as a classic C string to this string and returns a reference to this string. @@ -1537,38 +1537,38 @@ Assigns a deep copy of \fIstr\fR, interpreted as a classic C string to this stri If \fIstr\fR is 0, then a null string is created. .PP See also isNull(). -.SH "QString & QString::operator= ( const std::string & s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator= ( const std::string & s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Makes a deep copy of \fIs\fR and returns a reference to the deep copy. -.SH "QString & QString::operator= ( const QCString & cstr )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator= ( const QCString & cstr )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Assigns a deep copy of \fIcstr\fR, interpreted as a classic C string, to this string. Returns a reference to this string. -.SH "QString & QString::operator= ( char c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::operator= ( char c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to contain just the single character \fIc\fR. -.SH "QChar QString::operator[] ( int i ) const" -Returns the character at index \fIi\fR, or QChar::null if \fIi\fR is beyond the length of the string. +.SH "TQChar TQString::operator[] ( int i ) const" +Returns the character at index \fIi\fR, or TQChar::null if \fIi\fR is beyond the length of the string. .PP -If the QString is not const (i.e., const QString) or const& (i.e., const QString&), then the non-const overload of operator[] will be used instead. -.SH "QCharRef QString::operator[] ( int i )" +If the TQString is not const (i.e., const TQString) or const& (i.e., const TQString&), then the non-const overload of operator[] will be used instead. +.SH "QCharRef TQString::operator[] ( int i )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP The function returns a reference to the character at index \fIi\fR. The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications are made to the original string. .PP -If \fIi\fR is beyond the length of the string then the string is expanded with QChar::nulls, so that the QCharRef references a valid (null) character in the string. +If \fIi\fR is beyond the length of the string then the string is expanded with TQChar::nulls, so that the QCharRef references a valid (null) character in the string. .PP -The QCharRef internal class can be used much like a constant QChar, but if you assign to it, you change the original string (which will detach itself because of QString's copy-on-write semantics). You will get compilation errors if you try to use the result as anything but a QChar. -.SH "QString & QString::prepend ( const QString & s )" +The QCharRef internal class can be used much like a constant TQChar, but if you assign to it, you change the original string (which will detach itself because of TQString's copy-on-write semantics). You will get compilation errors if you try to use the result as anything but a TQChar. +.SH "TQString & TQString::prepend ( const TQString & s )" Inserts \fIs\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string. .PP Equivalent to insert(0, \fIs\fR). .PP .nf .br - QString string = "42"; + TQString string = "42"; .br string.prepend( "The answer is " ); .br @@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ Equivalent to insert(0, \fIs\fR). .fi .PP See also insert(). -.SH "QString & QString::prepend ( char ch )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::prepend ( char ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts \fIch\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string. @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ Inserts \fIch\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the s Equivalent to insert(0, \fIch\fR). .PP See also insert(). -.SH "QString & QString::prepend ( QChar ch )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::prepend ( TQChar ch )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts \fIch\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string. @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ Inserts \fIch\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the s Equivalent to insert(0, \fIch\fR). .PP See also insert(). -.SH "QString & QString::prepend ( const QByteArray & s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::prepend ( const QByteArray & s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts \fIs\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string. @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ Inserts \fIs\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the st Equivalent to insert(0, \fIs\fR). .PP See also insert(). -.SH "QString & QString::prepend ( const char * s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::prepend ( const char * s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts \fIs\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string. @@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ Inserts \fIs\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the st Equivalent to insert(0, \fIs\fR). .PP See also insert(). -.SH "QString & QString::prepend ( const std::string & s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::prepend ( const std::string & s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts \fIs\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string. @@ -1617,33 +1617,33 @@ Inserts \fIs\fR at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the st Equivalent to insert(0, \fIs\fR). .PP See also insert(). -.SH "QChar & QString::ref ( uint i )" -Returns the QChar at index \fIi\fR by reference, expanding the string with QChar::null if necessary. The resulting reference can be assigned to, or otherwise used immediately, but becomes invalid once furher modifications are made to the string. +.SH "TQChar & TQString::ref ( uint i )" +Returns the TQChar at index \fIi\fR by reference, expanding the string with TQChar::null if necessary. The resulting reference can be assigned to, or otherwise used immediately, but becomes invalid once furher modifications are made to the string. .PP .nf .br - QString string("ABCDEF"); + TQString string("ABCDEF"); .br - QChar ch = string.ref( 3 ); // ch == 'D' + TQChar ch = string.ref( 3 ); // ch == 'D' .br .fi .PP See also constref(). -.SH "QString & QString::remove ( uint index, uint len )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::remove ( uint index, uint len )" Removes \fIlen\fR characters from the string starting at position \fIindex\fR, and returns a reference to the string. .PP If \fIindex\fR is beyond the length of the string, nothing happens. If \fIindex\fR is within the string, but \fIindex\fR + \fIlen\fR is beyond the end of the string, the string is truncated at position \fIindex\fR. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "Montreal" ); + TQString string( "Montreal" ); .br string.remove( 1, 4 ); // string == "Meal" .br .fi .PP See also insert() and replace(). -.SH "QString & QString::remove ( const QString & str, bool cs = TRUE )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::remove ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes every occurrence of \fIstr\fR in the string. Returns a reference to the string. @@ -1651,36 +1651,36 @@ Removes every occurrence of \fIstr\fR in the string. Returns a reference to the If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. .PP This is the same as replace(\fIstr\fR, "", \fIcs\fR). -.SH "QString & QString::remove ( QChar c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::remove ( TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes every occurrence of the character \fIc\fR in the string. Returns a reference to the string. .PP This is the same as replace(\fIc\fR, ""). -.SH "QString & QString::remove ( char c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::remove ( char c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes every occurrence of the character \fIc\fR in the string. Returns a reference to the string. .PP This is the same as replace(\fIc\fR, ""). -.SH "QString & QString::remove ( const char * str )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::remove ( const char * str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes every occurrence of \fIstr\fR in the string. Returns a reference to the string. -.SH "QString & QString::remove ( const QRegExp & rx )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::remove ( const QRegExp & rx )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes every occurrence of the regular expression \fIrx\fR in the string. Returns a reference to the string. .PP This is the same as replace(\fIrx\fR, ""). -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const QString & s )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQString & s )" Replaces \fIlen\fR characters from the string with \fIs\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR, and returns a reference to the string. .PP If \fIindex\fR is beyond the length of the string, nothing is deleted and \fIs\fR is appended at the end of the string. If \fIindex\fR is valid, but \fIindex\fR + \fIlen\fR is beyond the end of the string, the string is truncated at position \fIindex\fR, then \fIs\fR is appended at the end. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "Say yes!" ); + TQString string( "Say yes!" ); .br string = string.replace( 4, 3, "NO" ); .br @@ -1694,21 +1694,21 @@ See also insert() and remove(). .PP Examples: .)l listviews/listviews.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and regexptester/regexptester.cpp. -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const QChar * s, uint slen )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQChar * s, uint slen )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -Replaces \fIlen\fR characters with \fIslen\fR characters of QChar data from \fIs\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR, and returns a reference to the string. +Replaces \fIlen\fR characters with \fIslen\fR characters of TQChar data from \fIs\fR, starting at position \fIindex\fR, and returns a reference to the string. .PP See also insert() and remove(). -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( uint index, uint len, QChar c )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, TQChar c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -This is the same as replace(\fIindex\fR, \fIlen\fR, QString(\fIc\fR)). -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( uint index, uint len, char c )" +This is the same as replace(\fIindex\fR, \fIlen\fR, TQString(\fIc\fR)). +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, char c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -This is the same as replace(\fIindex\fR, \fIlen\fR, QChar(\fIc\fR)). -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( QChar c, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +This is the same as replace(\fIindex\fR, \fIlen\fR, TQChar(\fIc\fR)). +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces every occurrence of the character \fIc\fR in the string with \fIafter\fR. Returns a reference to the string. @@ -1719,20 +1719,20 @@ Example: .PP .nf .br - QString s = "a,b,c"; + TQString s = "a,b,c"; .br - s.replace( QChar(','), " or " ); + s.replace( TQChar(','), " or " ); .br // s == "a or b or c" .br .fi -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( char c, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces every occurrence of the character \fIc\fR in the string with \fIafter\fR. Returns a reference to the string. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( const QString & before, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces every occurrence of the string \fIbefore\fR in the string with the string \fIafter\fR. Returns a reference to the string. @@ -1743,21 +1743,21 @@ Example: .PP .nf .br - QString s = "Greek is Greek"; + TQString s = "Greek is Greek"; .br s.replace( "Greek", "English" ); .br // s == "English is English" .br .fi -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( const QRegExp & rx, const QString & after )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( const QRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces every occurrence of the regexp \fIrx\fR in the string with \fIafter\fR. Returns a reference to the string. For example: .PP .nf .br - QString s = "banana"; + TQString s = "banana"; .br s.replace( QRegExp("an"), "" ); .br @@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ For regexps containing capturing parentheses, occurrences of \fB\1\fR, \fB&# .PP .nf .br - QString t = "A bon mot."; + TQString t = "A bon mot."; .br t.replace( QRegExp("([^<]*)"), "\\\\emph{\\\\1}" ); .br @@ -1778,18 +1778,18 @@ For regexps containing capturing parentheses, occurrences of \fB\1\fR, \fB&# .fi .PP See also find(), findRev(), and QRegExp::cap(). -.SH "QString & QString::replace ( QChar c1, QChar c2 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::replace ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces every occurrence of \fIc1\fR with the char \fIc2\fR. Returns a reference to the string. -.SH "void QString::reserve ( uint minCapacity )" +.SH "void TQString::reserve ( uint minCapacity )" Ensures that at least \fIminCapacity\fR characters are allocated to the string. .PP This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example, we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and we're fairly sure that size is big enough: .PP .nf .br - QString result; + TQString result; .br int len = 0; .br @@ -1810,23 +1810,23 @@ If \fImaxLen\fR is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is that the loop If it is not possible to allocate enough memory, the string remains unchanged. .PP See also capacity(), squeeze(), and setLength(). -.SH "QString QString::right ( uint len ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::right ( uint len ) const" Returns a string that contains the \fIlen\fR rightmost characters of the string. .PP If \fIlen\fR is greater than the length of the string then the whole string is returned. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "Pineapple" ); + TQString string( "Pineapple" ); .br - QString t = string.right( 5 ); // t == "apple" + TQString t = string.right( 5 ); // t == "apple" .br .fi .PP See also left(), mid(), and isEmpty(). .PP Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. -.SH "QString QString::rightJustify ( uint width, QChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::rightJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const" Returns a string of length \fIwidth\fR that contains the \fIfill\fR character followed by the string. .PP If \fItruncate\fR is FALSE and the length of the string is more than \fIwidth\fR, then the returned string is a copy of the string. @@ -1835,14 +1835,14 @@ If \fItruncate\fR is TRUE and the length of the string is more than \fIwidth\fR, .PP .nf .br - QString string( "apple" ); + TQString string( "apple" ); .br - QString t = string.rightJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "...apple" + TQString t = string.rightJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "...apple" .br .fi .PP See also leftJustify(). -.SH "QString QString::section ( QChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::section ( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" This function returns a section of the string. .PP This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the character, \fIsep\fR. The returned string consists of the fields from position \fIstart\fR to position \fIend\fR inclusive. If \fIend\fR is not specified, all fields from position \fIstart\fR to the end of the string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left. @@ -1851,16 +1851,16 @@ The \fIflags\fR argument can be used to affect some aspects of the function's be .PP .nf .br - QString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" ); + TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" ); .br - QString s = csv.section( ',', 2, 2 ); // s == "surname" + TQString s = csv.section( ',', 2, 2 ); // s == "surname" .br .br - QString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty + TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty .br - QString s = path.section( '/', 3, 4 ); // s == "bin/myapp" + TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 4 ); // s == "bin/myapp" .br - QString s = path.section( '/', 3, 3, SectionSkipEmpty ); // s == "myapp" + TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 3, SectionSkipEmpty ); // s == "myapp" .br .fi .PP @@ -1868,14 +1868,14 @@ If \fIstart\fR or \fIend\fR is negative, we count fields from the right of the s .PP .nf .br - QString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" ); + TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" ); .br - QString s = csv.section( ',', -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename,surname" + TQString s = csv.section( ',', -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename,surname" .br .br - QString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty + TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty .br - QString s = path.section( '/', -1 ); // s == "myapp" + TQString s = path.section( '/', -1 ); // s == "myapp" .br .fi .PP @@ -1883,11 +1883,11 @@ See also QStringList::split(). .PP Examples: .)l chart/element.cpp and network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. -.SH "QString QString::section ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::section ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "QString QString::section ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::section ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "QString QString::section ( const QString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::section ( const TQString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function returns a section of the string. @@ -1898,9 +1898,9 @@ The \fIflags\fR argument can be used to affect some aspects of the function's be .PP .nf .br - QString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" ); + TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" ); .br - QString s = data.section( "**", 2, 2 ); // s == "surname" + TQString s = data.section( "**", 2, 2 ); // s == "surname" .br .fi .PP @@ -1908,14 +1908,14 @@ If \fIstart\fR or \fIend\fR is negative, we count fields from the right of the s .PP .nf .br - QString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" ); + TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" ); .br - QString s = data.section( "**", -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename**surname" + TQString s = data.section( "**", -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename**surname" .br .fi .PP See also QStringList::split(). -.SH "QString QString::section ( const QRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" +.SH "TQString TQString::section ( const QRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function returns a section of the string. @@ -1926,11 +1926,11 @@ The \fIflags\fR argument can be used to affect some aspects of the function's be .PP .nf .br - QString line( "forename\\tmiddlename surname \\t \\t phone" ); + TQString line( "forename\\tmiddlename surname \\t \\t phone" ); .br QRegExp sep( "\\s+" ); .br - QString s = line.section( sep, 2, 2 ); // s == "surname" + TQString s = line.section( sep, 2, 2 ); // s == "surname" .br .fi .PP @@ -1938,133 +1938,133 @@ If \fIstart\fR or \fIend\fR is negative, we count fields from the right of the s .PP .nf .br - QString line( "forename\\tmiddlename surname \\t \\t phone" ); + TQString line( "forename\\tmiddlename surname \\t \\t phone" ); .br QRegExp sep( "\\\\s+" ); .br - QString s = line.section( sep, -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename surname" + TQString s = line.section( sep, -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename surname" .br .fi .PP \fBWarning:\fR Using this QRegExp version is much more expensive than the overloaded string and character versions. .PP See also QStringList::split() and simplifyWhiteSpace(). -.SH "QString & QString::setAscii ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setAscii ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" Sets this string to \fIstr\fR, interpreted as a classic 8-bit ASCII C string. If \fIlen\fR is -1 (the default), then it is set to strlen(str). .PP If \fIstr\fR is 0 a null string is created. If \fIstr\fR is "", an empty string is created. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "void QString::setExpand ( uint index, QChar c )" +.SH "void TQString::setExpand ( uint index, TQChar c )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Sets the character at position \fIindex\fR to \fIc\fR and expands the string if necessary, filling with spaces. .PP This method is redundant in TQt 3.x, because operator[] will expand the string as necessary. -.SH "QString & QString::setLatin1 ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setLatin1 ( const char * str, int len = -1 )" Sets this string to \fIstr\fR, interpreted as a classic Latin-1 C string. If \fIlen\fR is -1 (the default), then it is set to strlen(str). .PP If \fIstr\fR is 0 a null string is created. If \fIstr\fR is "", an empty string is created. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "void QString::setLength ( uint newLen )" +.SH "void TQString::setLength ( uint newLen )" Ensures that at least \fInewLen\fR characters are allocated to the string, and sets the length of the string to \fInewLen\fR. Any new space allocated contains arbitrary data. .PP See also reserve() and truncate(). -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )" Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR in base \fIbase\fR and returns a reference to the string. The returned string is in "C" locale. .PP The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. .PP .nf .br - QString string; + TQString string; .br string = string.setNum( 1234 ); // string == "1234" .br .fi -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( short n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( short n, int base = 10 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR in base \fIbase\fR and returns a reference to the string. .PP The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( ushort n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( ushort n, int base = 10 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR in base \fIbase\fR and returns a reference to the string. .PP The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( int n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( int n, int base = 10 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR in base \fIbase\fR and returns a reference to the string. .PP The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( uint n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( uint n, int base = 10 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR in base \fIbase\fR and returns a reference to the string. .PP The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( long n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( long n, int base = 10 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( ulong n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( ulong n, int base = 10 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR in base \fIbase\fR and returns a reference to the string. .PP The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR, formatted in format \fIf\fR with precision \fIprec\fR, and returns a reference to the string. .PP The format \fIf\fR can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See arg() for an explanation of the formats. -.SH "QString & QString::setNum ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setNum ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the string to the printed value of \fIn\fR, formatted in format \fIf\fR with precision \fIprec\fR, and returns a reference to the string. .PP The format \fIf\fR can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See arg() for an explanation of the formats. -.SH "QString & QString::setUnicode ( const QChar * unicode, uint len )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setUnicode ( const TQChar * unicode, uint len )" Resizes the string to \fIlen\fR characters and copies \fIunicode\fR into the string. If \fIunicode\fR is 0, nothing is copied, but the string is still resized to \fIlen\fR. If \fIlen\fR is zero, then the string becomes a null string. .PP See also setLatin1() and isNull(). -.SH "QString & QString::setUnicodeCodes ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::setUnicodeCodes ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )" Resizes the string to \fIlen\fR characters and copies \fIunicode_as_ushorts\fR into the string (on some X11 client platforms this will involve a byte-swapping pass). .PP If \fIunicode_as_ushorts\fR is 0, nothing is copied, but the string is still resized to \fIlen\fR. If \fIlen\fR is zero, the string becomes a null string. .PP See also setLatin1() and isNull(). -.SH "QString QString::simplifyWhiteSpace () const" +.SH "TQString TQString::simplifyWhiteSpace () const" Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and the end, and which has each sequence of internal whitespace replaced with a single space. .PP -Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9 (TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR), and 32 (Space). +Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9 (TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR), and 32 (Space). .PP .nf .br - QString string = " lots\\t of\\nwhite space "; + TQString string = " lots\\t of\\nwhite space "; .br - QString t = string.simplifyWhiteSpace(); + TQString t = string.simplifyWhiteSpace(); .br // t == "lots of white space" .br .fi .PP See also stripWhiteSpace(). -.SH "QString & QString::sprintf ( const char * cformat, ... )" +.SH "TQString & TQString::sprintf ( const char * cformat, ... )" Safely builds a formatted string from the format string \fIcformat\fR and an arbitrary list of arguments. The format string supports all the escape sequences of printf() in the standard C library. .PP The %s escape sequence expects a utf8() encoded string. The format string \fIcformat\fR is expected to be in latin1. If you need a Unicode format string, use arg() instead. For typesafe string building, with full Unicode support, you can use QTextOStream like this: .PP .nf .br - QString str; + TQString str; .br - QString s = ...; + TQString s = ...; .br int x = ...; .br @@ -2074,24 +2074,24 @@ The %s escape sequence expects a utf8() encoded string. The format string \fIcfo .PP For translations, especially if the strings contains more than one escape sequence, you should consider using the arg() function instead. This allows the order of the replacements to be controlled by the translator, and has Unicode support. .PP -The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort (as returned by QChar::unicode()). The %ls escape sequence expects a pointer to a zero-terminated array of unicode characters of type ushort (as returned by QString::ucs2()). +The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort (as returned by TQChar::unicode()). The %ls escape sequence expects a pointer to a zero-terminated array of unicode characters of type ushort (as returned by TQString::ucs2()). .PP See also arg(). .PP Examples: .)l dclock/dclock.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, tooltip/tooltip.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "void QString::squeeze ()" +.SH "void TQString::squeeze ()" Squeezes the string's capacity to the current content. .PP See also capacity() and reserve(). -.SH "bool QString::startsWith ( const QString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "bool TQString::startsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const" Returns TRUE if the string starts with \fIs\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. .PP .nf .br - QString str( "Bananas" ); + TQString str( "Bananas" ); .br str.startsWith( "Ban" ); // returns TRUE .br @@ -2100,28 +2100,28 @@ If \fIcs\fR is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive; otherwise the s .fi .PP See also endsWith(). -.SH "QString QString::stripWhiteSpace () const" +.SH "TQString TQString::stripWhiteSpace () const" Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and the end. .PP -Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9 (TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR) and 32 (Space), and may also include other Unicode characters. +Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9 (TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR) and 32 (Space), and may also include other Unicode characters. .PP .nf .br - QString string = " white space "; + TQString string = " white space "; .br - QString s = string.stripWhiteSpace(); // s == "white space" + TQString s = string.stripWhiteSpace(); // s == "white space" .br .fi .PP See also simplifyWhiteSpace(). -.SH "double QString::toDouble ( bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "double TQString::toDouble ( bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the string converted to a \fCdouble\fR value. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; otherwise \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "1234.56" ); + TQString string( "1234.56" ); .br double a = string.toDouble(); // a == 1234.56 .br @@ -2147,7 +2147,7 @@ toULongLong() .TP toFloat() .TP -toDouble() can handle numbers represented in various locales. These representations may use different characters for the decimal point, thousands group sepearator and even individual digits. QString's functions try to interpret the string according to the current locale. The current locale is determined from the system at application startup and can be changed by calling QLocale::setDefault(). If the string cannot be interpreted according to the current locale, this function falls back on the "C" locale. +toDouble() can handle numbers represented in various locales. These representations may use different characters for the decimal point, thousands group sepearator and even individual digits. TQString's functions try to interpret the string according to the current locale. The current locale is determined from the system at application startup and can be changed by calling QLocale::setDefault(). If the string cannot be interpreted according to the current locale, this function falls back on the "C" locale. .PP .nf .br @@ -2158,16 +2158,16 @@ toDouble() can handle numbers represented in various locales. These representati .br QLocale::setDefault(QLocale::C); .br - d = QString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false + d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false .br - d = QString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 + d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 .br .br QLocale::setDefault(QLocale::German); .br - d = QString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 + d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 .br - d = QString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 + d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56 .br .fi .PP @@ -2179,26 +2179,26 @@ Due to the ambiguity between the decimal point and thousands group separator in .br QLocale::setDefault(QLocale::C); .br - double d = QString( "1,234,567.89" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false + double d = TQString( "1,234,567.89" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false .br .fi .PP \fBWarning:\fR If the string contains trailing whitespace this function will fail, and set \fI*ok\fR to false if \fIok\fR is not 0. Leading whitespace is ignored. .PP See also number(), QLocale::setDefault(), QLocale::toDouble(), and stripWhiteSpace(). -.SH "float QString::toFloat ( bool * ok = 0 ) const" +.SH "float TQString::toFloat ( bool * ok = 0 ) const" Returns the string converted to a \fCfloat\fR value. .PP Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; otherwise \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP \fBWarning:\fR If the string contains trailing whitespace this function will fail, settings \fI*ok\fR to false if \fIok\fR is not 0. Leading whitespace is ignored. .PP See also number(). -.SH "int QString::toInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "int TQString::toInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to an \fCint\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP .nf .br - QString str( "FF" ); + TQString str( "FF" ); .br bool ok; .br @@ -2225,10 +2225,10 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "long QString::toLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "long TQString::toLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to a \fClong\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2243,10 +2243,10 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "TQ_LLONG QString::toLongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQ_LLONG TQString::toLongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to a \fClong long\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2261,10 +2261,10 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "short QString::toShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "short TQString::toShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to a \fCshort\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2279,10 +2279,10 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "uint QString::toUInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "uint TQString::toUInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to an \fCunsigned int\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2297,10 +2297,10 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "ulong QString::toULong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "ulong TQString::toULong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to an \fCunsigned long\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2315,10 +2315,10 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "TQ_ULLONG QString::toULongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "TQ_ULLONG TQString::toULongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to an \fCunsigned long long\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2333,10 +2333,10 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "ushort QString::toUShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" +.SH "ushort TQString::toUShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const" Returns the string converted to an \fCunsigned short\fR using base \fIbase\fR, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If \fIbase\fR is 0, the base is determined automatically using the following rules: .TP If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to be hexadecimal; @@ -2351,15 +2351,15 @@ If \fIok\fR is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE; o .PP Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function. .PP -For information on how string-to-number functions in QString handle localized input, see toDouble(). +For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle localized input, see toDouble(). .PP See also number(). -.SH "void QString::truncate ( uint newLen )" +.SH "void TQString::truncate ( uint newLen )" If \fInewLen\fR is less than the length of the string, then the string is truncated at position \fInewLen\fR. Otherwise nothing happens. .PP .nf .br - QString s = "truncate me"; + TQString s = "truncate me"; .br s.truncate( 5 ); // s == "trunc" .br @@ -2368,20 +2368,20 @@ If \fInewLen\fR is less than the length of the string, then the string is trunca See also setLength(). .PP Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp. -.SH "const unsigned short * QString::ucs2 () const" -Returns the QString as a zero terminated array of unsigned shorts if the string is not null; otherwise returns zero. +.SH "const unsigned short * TQString::ucs2 () const" +Returns the TQString as a zero terminated array of unsigned shorts if the string is not null; otherwise returns zero. .PP The result remains valid so long as one unmodified copy of the source string exists. .PP Example: dotnet/wrapper/lib/tools.cpp. -.SH "const QChar * QString::unicode () const" +.SH "const TQChar * TQString::unicode () const" Returns the Unicode representation of the string. The result remains valid until the string is modified. -.SH "QString QString::upper () const" +.SH "TQString TQString::upper () const" Returns an uppercase copy of the string. .PP .nf .br - QString string( "TeXt" ); + TQString string( "TeXt" ); .br str = string.upper(); // t == "TEXT" .br @@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@ See also lower(). .PP Examples: .)l scribble/scribble.cpp and sql/overview/custom1/main.cpp. -.SH "QCString QString::utf8 () const" +.SH "QCString TQString::utf8 () const" Returns the string encoded in UTF-8 format. .PP See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings. @@ -2400,13 +2400,13 @@ See also fromUtf8(), ascii(), latin1(), and local8Bit(). .PP Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h. .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "bool operator!= ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is not equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) != 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator!= ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.SH "bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is not equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. @@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is not equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) != 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator!= ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator!= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is not equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. @@ -2422,53 +2422,53 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is not equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) != 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "const QString operator+ ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string \fIs1\fR and the string \fIs2\fR. .PP Equivalent to \fIs1\fR.append(\fIs2\fR). -.SH "const QString operator+ ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.SH "const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string \fIs1\fR and character \fIs2\fR. .PP Equivalent to \fIs1\fR.append(\fIs2\fR). -.SH "const QString operator+ ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "const TQString operator+ ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the character \fIs1\fR and string \fIs2\fR. -.SH "const QString operator+ ( const QString & s, char c )" +.SH "const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s, char c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string \fIs\fR and character \fIc\fR. .PP Equivalent to \fIs\fR.append(\fIc\fR). -.SH "const QString operator+ ( char c, const QString & s )" +.SH "const TQString operator+ ( char c, const TQString & s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the character \fIc\fR and string \fIs\fR. .PP Equivalent to \fIs\fR.prepend(\fIc\fR). -.SH "bool operator< ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.SH "bool operator< ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically less than \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) < 0. -.SH "bool operator< ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator< ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically less than \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) < 0. -.SH "QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const QString & str )" +.SH "QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const TQString & str )" Writes the string \fIstr\fR to the stream \fIs\fR. .PP See also Format of the QDataStream operators -.SH "bool operator<= ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.SH "bool operator<= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically less than or equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR,\fIs2\fR) <= 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator<= ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator<= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically less than or equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. @@ -2476,13 +2476,13 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically less than or equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) <= 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator== ( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) == 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator== ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.SH "bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note tha Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) == 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator== ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator== ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. @@ -2498,23 +2498,23 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. Note tha Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) == 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator> ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.SH "bool operator> ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically greater than \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) > 0. -.SH "bool operator> ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator> ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically greater than \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) > 0. -.SH "bool operator>= ( const QString & s1, const char * s2 )" +.SH "bool operator>= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )" Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically greater than or equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. .PP Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) >= 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "bool operator>= ( const char * s1, const QString & s2 )" +.SH "bool operator>= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically greater than or equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The comparison is case sensitive. Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string. @@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ Returns TRUE if \fIs1\fR is lexically greater than or equal to \fIs2\fR; otherwi Equivalent to compare(\fIs1\fR, \fIs2\fR) >= 0. .PP See also isNull() and isEmpty(). -.SH "QDataStream & operator>> ( QDataStream & s, QString & str )" +.SH "QDataStream & operator>> ( QDataStream & s, TQString & str )" Reads a string from the stream \fIs\fR into string \fIstr\fR. .PP See also Format of the QDataStream operators diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstringlist.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstringlist.3qt index 02bef4bf8..c1da5978d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstringlist.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstringlist.3qt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .PP \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QValueList. +Inherits QValueList. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ Inherits QValueList. .BI "\fBQStringList\fR ( const QStringList & l )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStringList\fR ( const QValueList & l )" +.BI "\fBQStringList\fR ( const QValueList & l )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStringList\fR ( const QString & i )" +.BI "\fBQStringList\fR ( const TQString & i )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQStringList\fR ( const char * i )" @@ -36,19 +36,19 @@ Inherits QValueList. .BI "void \fBsort\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBjoin\fR ( const QString & sep ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBjoin\fR ( const TQString & sep ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBgrep\fR ( const QString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.BI "QStringList \fBgrep\fR ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBgrep\fR ( const QRegExp & rx ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList & \fBgres\fR ( const QString & before, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +.BI "QStringList & \fBgres\fR ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList & \fBgres\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, const QString & after )" +.BI "QStringList & \fBgres\fR ( const QRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -57,21 +57,21 @@ Inherits QValueList. .BI "QStringList \fBfromStrList\fR ( const QStrList & ascii )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBsplit\fR ( const QString & sep, const QString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )" +.BI "QStringList \fBsplit\fR ( const TQString & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBsplit\fR ( const QChar & sep, const QString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )" +.BI "QStringList \fBsplit\fR ( const TQChar & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBsplit\fR ( const QRegExp & sep, const QString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )" +.BI "QStringList \fBsplit\fR ( const QRegExp & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION The QStringList class provides a list of strings. .PP -It is used to store and manipulate strings that logically belong together. Essentially QStringList is a QValueList of QString objects. Unlike QStrList, which stores pointers to characters, QStringList holds real QString objects. It is the class of choice whenever you work with Unicode strings. QStringList is part of the TQt Template Library. +It is used to store and manipulate strings that logically belong together. Essentially QStringList is a QValueList of TQString objects. Unlike QStrList, which stores pointers to characters, QStringList holds real TQString objects. It is the class of choice whenever you work with Unicode strings. QStringList is part of the TQt Template Library. .PP -Like QString itself, QStringList objects are implicitly shared, so passing them around as value-parameters is both fast and safe. +Like TQString itself, QStringList objects are implicitly shared, so passing them around as value-parameters is both fast and safe. .PP Strings can be added to a list using append(), operator+=() or operator<<(), e.g. .PP @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ You can concatenate all the strings in a string list into a single string (with .PP .nf .br - QString allFonts = fonts.join( ", " ); + TQString allFonts = fonts.join( ", " ); .br cout << allFonts << endl; .br @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Existing strings can be split into string lists with character, string or regula .PP .nf .br - QString s = "Red\\tGreen\\tBlue"; + TQString s = "Red\\tGreen\\tBlue"; .br QStringList colors = QStringList::split( "\\t", s ); .br @@ -169,9 +169,9 @@ Creates an empty string list. .SH "QStringList::QStringList ( const QStringList & l )" Creates a copy of the list \fIl\fR. This function is very fast because QStringList is implicitly shared. In most situations this acts like a deep copy, for example, if this list or the original one or some other list referencing the same shared data is modified, the modifying list first makes a copy, i.e. copy-on-write. In a threaded environment you may require a real deep copy . -.SH "QStringList::QStringList ( const QValueList & l )" +.SH "QStringList::QStringList ( const QValueList & l )" Constructs a new string list that is a copy of \fIl\fR. -.SH "QStringList::QStringList ( const QString & i )" +.SH "QStringList::QStringList ( const TQString & i )" Constructs a string list consisting of the single string \fIi\fR. Longer lists are easily created as follows: .PP .nf @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Constructs a string list consisting of the single string \fIi\fR. Longer lists a Constructs a string list consisting of the single Latin-1 string \fIi\fR. .SH "QStringList QStringList::fromStrList ( const QStrList & ascii )\fC [static]\fR" Converts from an ASCII-QStrList \fIascii\fR to a QStringList (Unicode). -.SH "QStringList QStringList::grep ( const QString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" +.SH "QStringList QStringList::grep ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const" Returns a list of all the strings containing the substring \fIstr\fR. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE, the grep is done case-sensitively; otherwise case is ignored. @@ -202,14 +202,14 @@ If \fIcs\fR is TRUE, the grep is done case-sensitively; otherwise case is ignore .br .fi .PP -See also QString::find(). +See also TQString::find(). .SH "QStringList QStringList::grep ( const QRegExp & rx ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a list of all the strings that match the regular expression \fIrx\fR. .PP -See also QString::find(). -.SH "QStringList & QStringList::gres ( const QString & before, const QString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" +See also TQString::find(). +.SH "QStringList & QStringList::gres ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )" Replaces every occurrence of the string \fIbefore\fR in the strings that constitute the string list with the string \fIafter\fR. Returns a reference to the string list. .PP If \fIcs\fR is TRUE, the search is case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive. @@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ Example: .br .fi .PP -See also QString::replace(). -.SH "QStringList & QStringList::gres ( const QRegExp & rx, const QString & after )" +See also TQString::replace(). +.SH "QStringList & QStringList::gres ( const QRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Replaces every occurrence of the regexp \fIrx\fR in the string with \fIafter\fR. Returns a reference to the string list. @@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ Example: .br .fi .PP -See also QString::replace(). -.SH "QString QStringList::join ( const QString & sep ) const" +See also TQString::replace(). +.SH "TQString QStringList::join ( const TQString & sep ) const" Joins the string list into a single string with each element separated by the string \fIsep\fR (which can be empty). .PP See also split(). @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ Sorts the list of strings in ascending case-sensitive order. .PP Sorting is very fast. It uses the TQt Template Library's efficient HeapSort implementation that has a time complexity of O(n*log n). .PP -If you want to sort your strings in an arbitrary order consider using a QMap. For example you could use a QMap to create a case-insensitive ordering (e.g. mapping the lowercase text to the text), or a QMap to sort the strings by some integer index, etc. +If you want to sort your strings in an arbitrary order consider using a QMap. For example you could use a QMap to create a case-insensitive ordering (e.g. mapping the lowercase text to the text), or a QMap to sort the strings by some integer index, etc. .PP Example: themes/themes.cpp. -.SH "QStringList QStringList::split ( const QRegExp & sep, const QString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStringList QStringList::split ( const QRegExp & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" Splits the string \fIstr\fR into strings wherever the regular expression \fIsep\fR occurs, and returns the list of those strings. .PP If \fIallowEmptyEntries\fR is TRUE, a null string is inserted in the list wherever the separator matches twice without intervening text. @@ -289,26 +289,26 @@ For example, if you split the string "a,,b,c" on commas, split() returns the thr .PP If \fIsep\fR does not match anywhere in \fIstr\fR, split() returns a single element list with the element containing the single string \fIstr\fR. .PP -See also join() and QString::section(). +See also join() and TQString::section(). .PP Examples: .)l chart/element.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, and network/httpd/httpd.cpp. -.SH "QStringList QStringList::split ( const QString & sep, const QString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStringList QStringList::split ( const TQString & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -This version of the function uses a QString as separator, rather than a regular expression. +This version of the function uses a TQString as separator, rather than a regular expression. .PP -If \fIsep\fR is an empty string, the return value is a list of one-character strings: split( QString( "" ), "four" ) returns the four-item list, "f", "o", "u", "r". +If \fIsep\fR is an empty string, the return value is a list of one-character strings: split( TQString( "" ), "four" ) returns the four-item list, "f", "o", "u", "r". .PP If \fIallowEmptyEntries\fR is TRUE, a null string is inserted in the list wherever the separator matches twice without intervening text. .PP -See also join() and QString::section(). -.SH "QStringList QStringList::split ( const QChar & sep, const QString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" +See also join() and TQString::section(). +.SH "QStringList QStringList::split ( const TQChar & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -This version of the function uses a QChar as separator, rather than a regular expression. +This version of the function uses a TQChar as separator, rather than a regular expression. .PP -See also join() and QString::section(). +See also join() and TQString::section(). .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqstringlist.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt index a5b98c9b4..96174254c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstyle.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QStyle \- The look and feel of a GUI .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP Inherited by QCommonStyle. .PP @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ Inherited by QCommonStyle. .BI "virtual \fB~QStyle\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBpolish\fR ( QWidget * )" +.BI "virtual void \fBpolish\fR ( TQWidget * )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBunPolish\fR ( QWidget * )" +.BI "virtual void \fBunPolish\fR ( TQWidget * )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBpolish\fR ( QApplication * )" @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ Inherited by QCommonStyle. .BI "virtual void \fBpolishPopupMenu\fR ( QPopupMenu * ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QRect \fBitemRect\fR ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const QString & text, int len = -1 ) const" +.BI "virtual QRect \fBitemRect\fR ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBdrawItem\fR ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, const QColorGroup & g, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const QString & text, int len = -1, const QColor * penColor = 0 ) const" +.BI "virtual void \fBdrawItem\fR ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, const QColorGroup & g, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1, const TQColor * penColor = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBPrimitiveElement\fR { PE_ButtonCommand, PE_ButtonDefault, PE_ButtonBevel, PE_ButtonTool, PE_ButtonDropDown, PE_FocusRect, PE_ArrowUp, PE_ArrowDown, PE_ArrowRight, PE_ArrowLeft, PE_SpinWidgetUp, PE_SpinWidgetDown, PE_SpinWidgetPlus, PE_SpinWidgetMinus, PE_Indicator, PE_IndicatorMask, PE_ExclusiveIndicator, PE_ExclusiveIndicatorMask, PE_DockWindowHandle, PE_DockWindowSeparator, PE_DockWindowResizeHandle, PE_Splitter, PE_Panel, PE_PanelPopup, PE_PanelMenuBar, PE_PanelDockWindow, PE_TabBarBase, PE_HeaderSection, PE_HeaderArrow, PE_StatusBarSection, PE_GroupBoxFrame, PE_Separator, PE_SizeGrip, PE_CheckMark, PE_ScrollBarAddLine, PE_ScrollBarSubLine, PE_ScrollBarAddPage, PE_ScrollBarSubPage, PE_ScrollBarSlider, PE_ScrollBarFirst, PE_ScrollBarLast, PE_ProgressBarChunk, PE_PanelLineEdit, PE_PanelTabWidget, PE_WindowFrame, PE_CheckListController, PE_CheckListIndicator, PE_CheckListExclusiveIndicator, PE_PanelGroupBox, PE_RubberBand, PE_CustomBase = 0xf000000 }" @@ -60,16 +60,16 @@ Inherited by QCommonStyle. .BI "enum \fBControlElement\fR { CE_PushButton, CE_PushButtonLabel, CE_CheckBox, CE_CheckBoxLabel, CE_RadioButton, CE_RadioButtonLabel, CE_TabBarTab, CE_TabBarLabel, CE_ProgressBarGroove, CE_ProgressBarContents, CE_ProgressBarLabel, CE_PopupMenuItem, CE_MenuBarItem, CE_ToolButtonLabel, CE_MenuBarEmptyArea, CE_PopupMenuScroller, CE_DockWindowEmptyArea, CE_PopupMenuVerticalExtra, CE_PopupMenuHorizontalExtra, CE_ToolBoxTab, CE_HeaderLabel, CE_CustomBase = 0xf0000000 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBdrawControl\fR ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBdrawControl\fR ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBdrawControlMask\fR ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBdrawControlMask\fR ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBSubRect\fR { SR_PushButtonContents, SR_PushButtonFocusRect, SR_CheckBoxIndicator, SR_CheckBoxContents, SR_CheckBoxFocusRect, SR_RadioButtonIndicator, SR_RadioButtonContents, SR_RadioButtonFocusRect, SR_ComboBoxFocusRect, SR_SliderFocusRect, SR_DockWindowHandleRect, SR_ProgressBarGroove, SR_ProgressBarContents, SR_ProgressBarLabel, SR_ToolButtonContents, SR_DialogButtonAccept, SR_DialogButtonReject, SR_DialogButtonApply, SR_DialogButtonHelp, SR_DialogButtonAll, SR_DialogButtonAbort, SR_DialogButtonIgnore, SR_DialogButtonRetry, SR_DialogButtonCustom, SR_ToolBoxTabContents, SR_CustomBase = 0xf0000000 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QRect \fBsubRect\fR ( SubRect subrect, const QWidget * widget ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual QRect \fBsubRect\fR ( SubRect subrect, const TQWidget * widget ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBComplexControl\fR { CC_SpinWidget, CC_ComboBox, CC_ScrollBar, CC_Slider, CC_ToolButton, CC_TitleBar, CC_ListView, CC_CustomBase = 0xf0000000 }" @@ -78,46 +78,46 @@ Inherited by QCommonStyle. .BI "enum \fBSubControl\fR { SC_None = 0x00000000, SC_ScrollBarAddLine = 0x00000001, SC_ScrollBarSubLine = 0x00000002, SC_ScrollBarAddPage = 0x00000004, SC_ScrollBarSubPage = 0x00000008, SC_ScrollBarFirst = 0x00000010, SC_ScrollBarLast = 0x00000020, SC_ScrollBarSlider = 0x00000040, SC_ScrollBarGroove = 0x00000080, SC_SpinWidgetUp = 0x00000001, SC_SpinWidgetDown = 0x00000002, SC_SpinWidgetFrame = 0x00000004, SC_SpinWidgetEditField = 0x00000008, SC_SpinWidgetButtonField = 0x00000010, SC_ComboBoxFrame = 0x00000001, SC_ComboBoxEditField = 0x00000002, SC_ComboBoxArrow = 0x00000004, SC_ComboBoxListBoxPopup = 0x00000008, SC_SliderGroove = 0x00000001, SC_SliderHandle = 0x00000002, SC_SliderTickmarks = 0x00000004, SC_ToolButton = 0x00000001, SC_ToolButtonMenu = 0x00000002, SC_TitleBarLabel = 0x00000001, SC_TitleBarSysMenu = 0x00000002, SC_TitleBarMinButton = 0x00000004, SC_TitleBarMaxButton = 0x00000008, SC_TitleBarCloseButton = 0x00000010, SC_TitleBarNormalButton = 0x00000020, SC_TitleBarShadeButton = 0x00000040, SC_TitleBarUnshadeButton = 0x00000080, SC_ListView = 0x00000001, SC_ListViewBranch = 0x00000002, SC_ListViewExpand = 0x00000004, SC_All = 0xffffffff }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBdrawComplexControl\fR ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, SCFlags sub = SC_All, SCFlags subActive = SC_None, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBdrawComplexControl\fR ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, SCFlags sub = SC_All, SCFlags subActive = SC_None, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBdrawComplexControlMask\fR ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBdrawComplexControlMask\fR ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QRect \fBquerySubControlMetrics\fR ( ComplexControl control, const QWidget * widget, SubControl subcontrol, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual QRect \fBquerySubControlMetrics\fR ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, SubControl subcontrol, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual SubControl \fBquerySubControl\fR ( ComplexControl control, const QWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual SubControl \fBquerySubControl\fR ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBPixelMetric\fR { PM_ButtonMargin, PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator, PM_MenuButtonIndicator, PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal, PM_ButtonShiftVertical, PM_DefaultFrameWidth, PM_SpinBoxFrameWidth, PM_MaximumDragDistance, PM_ScrollBarExtent, PM_ScrollBarSliderMin, PM_SliderThickness, PM_SliderControlThickness, PM_SliderLength, PM_SliderTickmarkOffset, PM_SliderSpaceAvailable, PM_DockWindowSeparatorExtent, PM_DockWindowHandleExtent, PM_DockWindowFrameWidth, PM_MenuBarFrameWidth, PM_TabBarTabOverlap, PM_TabBarTabHSpace, PM_TabBarTabVSpace, PM_TabBarBaseHeight, PM_TabBarBaseOverlap, PM_ProgressBarChunkWidth, PM_SplitterWidth, PM_TitleBarHeight, PM_IndicatorWidth, PM_IndicatorHeight, PM_ExclusiveIndicatorWidth, PM_ExclusiveIndicatorHeight, PM_PopupMenuScrollerHeight, PM_CheckListButtonSize, PM_CheckListControllerSize, PM_PopupMenuFrameHorizontalExtra, PM_PopupMenuFrameVerticalExtra, PM_DialogButtonsSeparator, PM_DialogButtonsButtonWidth, PM_DialogButtonsButtonHeight, PM_MDIFrameWidth, PM_MDIMinimizedWidth, PM_HeaderMargin, PM_HeaderMarkSize, PM_HeaderGripMargin, PM_TabBarTabShiftHorizontal, PM_TabBarTabShiftVertical, PM_TabBarScrollButtonWidth, PM_MenuBarItemSpacing, PM_ToolBarItemSpacing, PM_CustomBase = 0xf0000000 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBpixelMetric\fR ( PixelMetric metric, const QWidget * widget = 0 ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual int \fBpixelMetric\fR ( PixelMetric metric, const TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBContentsType\fR { CT_PushButton, CT_CheckBox, CT_RadioButton, CT_ToolButton, CT_ComboBox, CT_Splitter, CT_DockWindow, CT_ProgressBar, CT_PopupMenuItem, CT_TabBarTab, CT_Slider, CT_Header, CT_LineEdit, CT_MenuBar, CT_SpinBox, CT_SizeGrip, CT_TabWidget, CT_DialogButtons, CT_CustomBase = 0xf0000000 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QSize \fBsizeFromContents\fR ( ContentsType contents, const QWidget * widget, const QSize & contentsSize, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual QSize \fBsizeFromContents\fR ( ContentsType contents, const TQWidget * widget, const QSize & contentsSize, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBStyleHint\fR { SH_EtchDisabledText, SH_GUIStyle, SH_ScrollBar_BackgroundMode, SH_ScrollBar_MiddleClickAbsolutePosition, SH_ScrollBar_ScrollWhenPointerLeavesControl, SH_TabBar_SelectMouseType, SH_TabBar_Alignment, SH_Header_ArrowAlignment, SH_Slider_SnapToValue, SH_Slider_SloppyKeyEvents, SH_ProgressDialog_CenterCancelButton, SH_ProgressDialog_TextLabelAlignment, SH_PrintDialog_RightAlignButtons, SH_MainWindow_SpaceBelowMenuBar, SH_FontDialog_SelectAssociatedText, SH_PopupMenu_AllowActiveAndDisabled, SH_PopupMenu_SpaceActivatesItem, SH_PopupMenu_SubMenuPopupDelay, SH_ScrollView_FrameOnlyAroundContents, SH_MenuBar_AltKeyNavigation, SH_ComboBox_ListMouseTracking, SH_PopupMenu_MouseTracking, SH_MenuBar_MouseTracking, SH_ItemView_ChangeHighlightOnFocus, SH_Widget_ShareActivation, SH_Workspace_FillSpaceOnMaximize, SH_ComboBox_Popup, SH_TitleBar_NoBorder, SH_ScrollBar_StopMouseOverSlider, SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected, SH_RichText_FullWidthSelection, SH_PopupMenu_Scrollable, SH_GroupBox_TextLabelVerticalAlignment, SH_GroupBox_TextLabelColor, SH_PopupMenu_SloppySubMenus, SH_Table_GridLineColor, SH_LineEdit_PasswordCharacter, SH_DialogButtons_DefaultButton, SH_ToolBox_SelectedPageTitleBold, SH_TabBar_PreferNoArrows, SH_ScrollBar_LeftClickAbsolutePosition, SH_ListViewExpand_SelectMouseType, SH_UnderlineAccelerator, SH_ToolButton_Uses3D, SH_CustomBase = 0xf0000000 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBstyleHint\fR ( StyleHint stylehint, const QWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default, QStyleHintReturn * returnData = 0 ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual int \fBstyleHint\fR ( StyleHint stylehint, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default, QStyleHintReturn * returnData = 0 ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBStylePixmap\fR { SP_TitleBarMinButton, SP_TitleBarMaxButton, SP_TitleBarCloseButton, SP_TitleBarNormalButton, SP_TitleBarShadeButton, SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton, SP_DockWindowCloseButton, SP_MessageBoxInformation, SP_MessageBoxWarning, SP_MessageBoxCritical, SP_MessageBoxQuestion, SP_CustomBase = 0xf0000000 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QPixmap \fBstylePixmap\fR ( StylePixmap stylepixmap, const QWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual QPixmap \fBstylePixmap\fR ( StylePixmap stylepixmap, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "int defaultFrameWidth () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void tabbarMetrics ( const QWidget * t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void tabbarMetrics ( const TQWidget * t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSize scrollBarExtent () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Inherited by QCommonStyle. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QRect \fBvisualRect\fR ( const QRect & logical, const QWidget * w )" +.BI "QRect \fBvisualRect\fR ( const QRect & logical, const TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QRect \fBvisualRect\fR ( const QRect & logical, const QRect & bounding )" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ This enum represents a StyleHint. A StyleHint is a general look and/or feel hint .TP \fCQStyle::SH_ToolBox_SelectedPageTitleBold\fR - Boldness of the selected page title in a QToolBox. .TP -\fCQStyle::SH_LineEdit_PasswordCharacter\fR - The QChar Unicode character to be used for passwords. +\fCQStyle::SH_LineEdit_PasswordCharacter\fR - The TQChar Unicode character to be used for passwords. .TP \fCQStyle::SH_Table_GridLineColor\fR .TP @@ -780,14 +780,14 @@ Constructs a QStyle. Destroys the style and frees all allocated resources. .SH "int QStyle::defaultFrameWidth () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "void QStyle::drawComplexControl ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, SCFlags sub = SC_All, SCFlags subActive = SC_None, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyle::drawComplexControl ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, SCFlags sub = SC_All, SCFlags subActive = SC_None, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Draws the ComplexControl \fIcontrol\fR using the painter \fIp\fR in the area \fIr\fR. Colors are used from the color group \fIcg\fR. The \fIsub\fR argument specifies which SubControls to draw. Multiple SubControls can be OR'ed together. The \fIsubActive\fR argument specifies which SubControl is active. .PP The rect \fIr\fR should be in logical coordinates. Reimplementations of this function should use visualRect() to change the logical coordinates into screen coordinates when using drawPrimitive() and drawControl(). .PP The \fIhow\fR argument is used to control how the ComplexControl is drawn. Multiple flags can OR'ed together. See the table below for an explanation of which flags are used with the various ComplexControls. .PP -The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontrol\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ComplexControls that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR usage: +The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontrol\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ComplexControls that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR usage: .PP
        .nf .TS @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ l - l. ComplexControl .br & Widget Cast Style Flags Notes Options Notes CC_SpinWidget(const QSpinWidget *) Style_Enabled Set if the spinwidget is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the spinwidget has input focus. CC_ComboBox(const QComboBox *) Style_Enabled Set if the combobox is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the combobox has input focus. CC_ScrollBar(const QScrollBar *) Style_Enabled Set if the scrollbar is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the scrollbar has input focus. CC_Slider(const QSlider *) Style_Enabled Set if the slider is enabled. Unused. Style_HasFocus Set if the slider has input focus. CC_ToolButton(const QToolButton *) Style_Enabled Set if the toolbutton is enabled. QStyleOption ( ArrowType t ) .TP -opt.arrowType() When the tool button only contains an arrow, \fIt\fR is the arrow's type. Style_HasFocus Set if the toolbutton has input focus. Style_Down Set if the toolbutton is down (ie. mouse button or space pressed). Style_On Set if the toolbutton is a toggle button and is toggled on. Style_AutoRaise Set if the toolbutton has auto-raise enabled. Style_Raised Set if the button is not down, not on and doesn't contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled. CC_TitleBar(const QWidget *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. Unused. CC_ListView(const QListView *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. QStyleOption ( QListViewItem *item ) +opt.arrowType() When the tool button only contains an arrow, \fIt\fR is the arrow's type. Style_HasFocus Set if the toolbutton has input focus. Style_Down Set if the toolbutton is down (ie. mouse button or space pressed). Style_On Set if the toolbutton is a toggle button and is toggled on. Style_AutoRaise Set if the toolbutton has auto-raise enabled. Style_Raised Set if the button is not down, not on and doesn't contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled. CC_TitleBar(const TQWidget *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. Unused. CC_ListView(const QListView *) Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled. QStyleOption ( QListViewItem *item ) .TP opt.listViewItem() .TE @@ -803,20 +803,20 @@ opt.listViewItem()
        .PP See also ComplexControl and SubControl. -.SH "void QStyle::drawComplexControlMask ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyle::drawComplexControlMask ( ComplexControl control, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Draw a bitmask for the ComplexControl \fIcontrol\fR using the painter \fIp\fR in the area \fIr\fR. See drawComplexControl() for an explanation of the use of the \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR arguments. .PP The rect \fIr\fR should be in logical coordinates. Reimplementations of this function should use visualRect() to change the logical corrdinates into screen coordinates when using drawPrimitive() and drawControl(). .PP See also drawComplexControl() and ComplexControl. -.SH "void QStyle::drawControl ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyle::drawControl ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Draws the ControlElement \fIelement\fR using the painter \fIp\fR in the area \fIr\fR. Colors are used from the color group \fIcg\fR. .PP The rect \fIr\fR should be in screen coordinates. .PP The \fIhow\fR argument is used to control how the ControlElement is drawn. Multiple flags can be OR'ed together. See the table below for an explanation of which flags are used with the various ControlElements. .PP -The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIelement\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ControlElement. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ControlElements that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR usage: +The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIelement\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ControlElement. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ControlElements that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR usage: .PP
        .nf .TS @@ -869,13 +869,13 @@ opt.arrowType() When the tool button only contains an arrow, \fIt\fR is the arro
        .PP See also ControlElement and StyleFlags. -.SH "void QStyle::drawControlMask ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const QWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyle::drawControlMask ( ControlElement element, QPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & r, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Draw a bitmask for the ControlElement \fIelement\fR using the painter \fIp\fR in the area \fIr\fR. See drawControl() for an explanation of the use of the \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR arguments. .PP The rect \fIr\fR should be in screen coordinates. .PP See also drawControl() and ControlElement. -.SH "void QStyle::drawItem ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, const QColorGroup & g, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const QString & text, int len = -1, const QColor * penColor = 0 ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyle::drawItem ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, const QColorGroup & g, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1, const TQColor * penColor = 0 ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Draws the \fItext\fR or \fIpixmap\fR in rectangle \fIr\fR using painter \fIp\fR and color group \fIg\fR. The pen color is specified with \fIpenColor\fR. The \fIenabled\fR bool indicates whether or not the item is enabled; when reimplementing this bool should influence how the item is drawn. If \fIlen\fR is -1 (the default) all the \fItext\fR is drawn; otherwise only the first \fIlen\fR characters of \fItext\fR are drawn. The text is aligned and wrapped according to the alignment \fIflags\fR (see Qt::AlignmentFlags). .PP By default, if both the text and the pixmap are not null, the pixmap is drawn and the text is ignored. @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to control how various PrimitiveElements are .PP
        .nf .TS -l - l. PrimitiveElement Options Notes PE_FocusRect QStyleOption ( const QColor & bg ) +l - l. PrimitiveElement Options Notes PE_FocusRect QStyleOption ( const TQColor & bg ) .TP opt.color() \fIbg\fR is the background color on which the focus rect is being drawn. PE_Panel QStyleOption ( int linewidth, int midlinewidth ) .TP @@ -928,14 +928,14 @@ For all other PrimitiveElements, \fIopt\fR is unused. See also StyleFlags. .PP Example: themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "QRect QStyle::itemRect ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const QString & text, int len = -1 ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QRect QStyle::itemRect ( QPainter * p, const QRect & r, int flags, bool enabled, const QPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1 ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the appropriate area (see below) within rectangle \fIr\fR in which to draw the \fItext\fR or \fIpixmap\fR using painter \fIp\fR. If \fIlen\fR is -1 (the default) all the \fItext\fR is drawn; otherwise only the first \fIlen\fR characters of \fItext\fR are drawn. The text is aligned in accordance with the alignment \fIflags\fR (see Qt::AlignmentFlags). The \fIenabled\fR bool indicates whether or not the item is enabled. .PP If \fIr\fR is larger than the area needed to render the \fItext\fR the rectangle that is returned will be offset within \fIr\fR in accordance with the alignment \fIflags\fR. For example if \fIflags\fR is AlignCenter the returned rectangle will be centered within \fIr\fR. If \fIr\fR is smaller than the area needed the rectangle that is returned will be \fIlarger\fR than \fIr\fR (the smallest rectangle large enough to render the \fItext\fR or \fIpixmap\fR). .PP By default, if both the text and the pixmap are not null, the pixmap is drawn and the text is ignored. -.SH "int QStyle::pixelMetric ( PixelMetric metric, const QWidget * widget = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" -Returns the pixel metric for \fImetric\fR. The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fImetric\fR. Note that \fIwidget\fR may be zero even for PixelMetrics that can make use of \fIwidget\fR. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR casts: +.SH "int QStyle::pixelMetric ( PixelMetric metric, const TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +Returns the pixel metric for \fImetric\fR. The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fImetric\fR. Note that \fIwidget\fR may be zero even for PixelMetrics that can make use of \fIwidget\fR. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR casts: .PP
        .nf .TS @@ -943,14 +943,14 @@ l - l. PixelMetric Widget Cast PM_SliderControlThickness (const QSlider *) PM_Sl .TE .fi
        -.SH "void QStyle::polish ( QWidget * )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyle::polish ( TQWidget * )\fC [virtual]\fR" Initializes the appearance of a widget. .PP This function is called for every widget at some point after it has been fully created but just \fIbefore\fR it is shown the very first time. .PP -Reasonable actions in this function might be to call QWidget::setBackgroundMode() for the widget. An example of highly unreasonable use would be setting the geometry! Reimplementing this function gives you a back-door through which you can change the appearance of a widget. With TQt 3.0's style engine you will rarely need to write your own polish(); instead reimplement drawItem(), drawPrimitive(), etc. +Reasonable actions in this function might be to call TQWidget::setBackgroundMode() for the widget. An example of highly unreasonable use would be setting the geometry! Reimplementing this function gives you a back-door through which you can change the appearance of a widget. With TQt 3.0's style engine you will rarely need to write your own polish(); instead reimplement drawItem(), drawPrimitive(), etc. .PP -The QWidget::inherits() function may provide enough information to allow class-specific customizations. But be careful not to hard-code things too much because new QStyle subclasses are expected to work reasonably with all current and \fIfuture\fR widgets. +The TQWidget::inherits() function may provide enough information to allow class-specific customizations. But be careful not to hard-code things too much because new QStyle subclasses are expected to work reasonably with all current and \fIfuture\fR widgets. .PP See also unPolish(). .SH "void QStyle::polish ( QApplication * )\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -967,24 +967,24 @@ The style may have certain requirements for color palettes. In this function it See also QPalette and QApplication::setPalette(). .SH "void QStyle::polishPopupMenu ( QPopupMenu * )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Polishes the popup menu according to the GUI style. This usually means setting the mouse tracking (QPopupMenu::setMouseTracking()) and whether the menu is checkable by default (QPopupMenu::setCheckable()). -.SH "SubControl QStyle::querySubControl ( ComplexControl control, const QWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" -Returns the SubControl for \fIwidget\fR at the point \fIpos\fR. The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontrol\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ComplexControls that can make use of the extra options. See drawComplexControl() for an explanation of the \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR arguments. +.SH "SubControl QStyle::querySubControl ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +Returns the SubControl for \fIwidget\fR at the point \fIpos\fR. The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontrol\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ComplexControls that can make use of the extra options. See drawComplexControl() for an explanation of the \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR arguments. .PP Note that \fIpos\fR is passed in screen coordinates. When using querySubControlMetrics() to check for hits and misses, use visualRect() to change the logical coordinates into screen coordinates. .PP See also drawComplexControl(), ComplexControl, SubControl, and querySubControlMetrics(). -.SH "QRect QStyle::querySubControlMetrics ( ComplexControl control, const QWidget * widget, SubControl subcontrol, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QRect QStyle::querySubControlMetrics ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, SubControl subcontrol, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns the rect for the SubControl \fIsubcontrol\fR for \fIwidget\fR in logical coordinates. .PP -The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontrol\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ComplexControls that can make use of the extra options. See drawComplexControl() for an explanation of the \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR arguments. +The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontrol\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ComplexControls that can make use of the extra options. See drawComplexControl() for an explanation of the \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR arguments. .PP See also drawComplexControl(), ComplexControl, and SubControl. .SH "QSize QStyle::scrollBarExtent () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "QSize QStyle::sizeFromContents ( ContentsType contents, const QWidget * widget, const QSize & contentsSize, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSize QStyle::sizeFromContents ( ContentsType contents, const TQWidget * widget, const QSize & contentsSize, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns the size of \fIwidget\fR based on the contents size \fIcontentsSize\fR. .PP -The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontents\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when calculating the size. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ContentsTypes that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR usage: +The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIcontents\fR. The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when calculating the size. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for ContentsTypes that can make use of the extra options. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR and \fIopt\fR usage: .PP
        .nf .TS @@ -994,38 +994,38 @@ opt.menuItem() .TE .fi
        -.SH "int QStyle::styleHint ( StyleHint stylehint, const QWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default, QStyleHintReturn * returnData = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "int QStyle::styleHint ( StyleHint stylehint, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default, QStyleHintReturn * returnData = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns the style hint \fIstylehint\fR for \fIwidget\fR. Currently, \fIwidget\fR, \fIopt\fR, and \fIreturnData\fR are unused; they're included to allow for future enhancements. .PP For an explanation of the return value see StyleHint. -.SH "QPixmap QStyle::stylePixmap ( StylePixmap stylepixmap, const QWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QPixmap QStyle::stylePixmap ( StylePixmap stylepixmap, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const QStyleOption & opt = QStyleOption::Default ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns a pixmap for \fIstylepixmap\fR. .PP The \fIopt\fR argument can be used to pass extra information required when drawing the ControlElement. Note that \fIopt\fR may be the default value even for StylePixmaps that can make use of the extra options. Currently, the \fIopt\fR argument is unused. .PP -The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIstylepixmap\fR. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR casts: +The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIstylepixmap\fR. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR casts: .PP
        .nf .TS -l - l. StylePixmap Widget Cast SP_TitleBarMinButton (const QWidget *) SP_TitleBarMaxButton (const QWidget *) SP_TitleBarCloseButton (const QWidget *) SP_TitleBarNormalButton (const QWidget *) SP_TitleBarShadeButton (const QWidget *) SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton (const QWidget *) SP_DockWindowCloseButton +l - l. StylePixmap Widget Cast SP_TitleBarMinButton (const TQWidget *) SP_TitleBarMaxButton (const TQWidget *) SP_TitleBarCloseButton (const TQWidget *) SP_TitleBarNormalButton (const TQWidget *) SP_TitleBarShadeButton (const TQWidget *) SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton (const TQWidget *) SP_DockWindowCloseButton .TE .fi
        .PP See also StylePixmap. -.SH "QRect QStyle::subRect ( SubRect subrect, const QWidget * widget ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QRect QStyle::subRect ( SubRect subrect, const TQWidget * widget ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns the sub-area \fIsubrect\fR for the \fIwidget\fR in logical coordinates. .PP -The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a QWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIsubrect\fR. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR casts: +The \fIwidget\fR argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based on the value of \fIsubrect\fR. See the table below for the appropriate \fIwidget\fR casts: .PP
        .nf .TS -l - l. SubRect Widget Cast SR_PushButtonContents (const QPushButton *) SR_PushButtonFocusRect (const QPushButton *) SR_CheckBoxIndicator (const QCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxContents (const QCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxFocusRect (const QCheckBox *) SR_RadioButtonIndicator (const QRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonContents (const QRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonFocusRect (const QRadioButton *) SR_ComboBoxFocusRect (const QComboBox *) SR_DockWindowHandleRect (const QWidget *) SR_ProgressBarGroove (const QProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarContents (const QProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarLabel +l - l. SubRect Widget Cast SR_PushButtonContents (const QPushButton *) SR_PushButtonFocusRect (const QPushButton *) SR_CheckBoxIndicator (const QCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxContents (const QCheckBox *) SR_CheckBoxFocusRect (const QCheckBox *) SR_RadioButtonIndicator (const QRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonContents (const QRadioButton *) SR_RadioButtonFocusRect (const QRadioButton *) SR_ComboBoxFocusRect (const QComboBox *) SR_DockWindowHandleRect (const TQWidget *) SR_ProgressBarGroove (const QProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarContents (const QProgressBar *) SR_ProgressBarLabel .TE .fi
        .PP -The tear-off handle (SR_DockWindowHandleRect) for QDockWindow is a private class. Use QWidget::parentWidget() to access the QDockWindow: +The tear-off handle (SR_DockWindowHandleRect) for QDockWindow is a private class. Use TQWidget::parentWidget() to access the QDockWindow: .PP .nf .br @@ -1038,9 +1038,9 @@ The tear-off handle (SR_DockWindowHandleRect) for QDockWindow is a private class .fi .PP See also SubRect. -.SH "void QStyle::tabbarMetrics ( const QWidget * t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const" +.SH "void QStyle::tabbarMetrics ( const TQWidget * t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "void QStyle::unPolish ( QWidget * )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyle::unPolish ( TQWidget * )\fC [virtual]\fR" Undoes the initialization of a widget's appearance. .PP This function is the counterpart to polish. It is called for every polished widget when the style is dynamically changed. The former style has to unpolish its settings before the new style can polish them again. @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Undoes the application polish. .PP See also polish(). -.SH "QRect QStyle::visualRect ( const QRect & logical, const QWidget * w )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QRect QStyle::visualRect ( const QRect & logical, const TQWidget * w )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the rect \fIlogical\fR in screen coordinates. The bounding rect for widget \fIw\fR is used to perform the translation. This function is provided to aid style implementors in supporting right-to-left mode. .PP See also QApplication::reverseLayout(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstylefactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstylefactory.3qt index f2c8dcf81..f2eb9089c 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstylefactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstylefactory.3qt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ QStyleFactory \- Creates QStyle objects \fC#include \fR .PP .SS "Static Public Members" -
      21. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
      22. QStyle * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key ) +
      23. QStringList \fBkeys\fR ()
      24. QStyle * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key ) .SH DESCRIPTION The QStyleFactory class creates QStyle objects. .PP @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ The styles are either built-in or dynamically loaded from a style plugin (see QS .PP QStyleFactory::keys() returns a list of valid keys, typically including "Windows", "Motif", "CDE", "MotifPlus", "Platinum"," SGI" and "Compact". Depending on the platform, "WindowsXP"," Aqua" or "Macintosh" may be available. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QStyle * QStyleFactory::create ( const QString & key )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QStyle * QStyleFactory::create ( const TQString & key )\fC [static]\fR" Creates a QStyle object that matches \fIkey\fR case-insensitively. This is either a built-in style, or a style from a style plugin. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt index e67b0e7b7..a0c725017 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstyleoption.3qt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ QStyleOption \- Optional parameters for QStyle functions .BI "\fBQStyleOption\fR ( QMenuItem * m, int in1, int in2 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStyleOption\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "\fBQStyleOption\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQStyleOption\fR ( QTab * t )" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ QStyleOption \- Optional parameters for QStyle functions .BI "\fBQStyleOption\fR ( const QRect & r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStyleOption\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "\fBQStyleOption\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisDefault\fR () const" @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ QStyleOption \- Optional parameters for QStyle functions .BI "int \fBtabWidth\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBcolor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBcolor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QTab * \fBtab\fR () const" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ QStyleOption \- Optional parameters for QStyle functions .BI "QRect \fBrect\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBwidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBwidget\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Pass a menu item, \fIm\fR. Pass a menu item and an integer, \fIm\fR and \fIin1\fR. .SH "QStyleOption::QStyleOption ( QMenuItem * m, int in1, int in2 )" Pass a menu item and two integers, \fIm\fR, \fIin1\fR and \fIin2\fR. -.SH "QStyleOption::QStyleOption ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "QStyleOption::QStyleOption ( const TQColor & c )" Pass a color, \fIc\fR. .SH "QStyleOption::QStyleOption ( QTab * t )" Pass a QTab, \fIt\fR. @@ -158,13 +158,13 @@ Pass a QCheckListItem, \fIi\fR. Pass an Qt::ArrowType, \fIa\fR. .SH "QStyleOption::QStyleOption ( const QRect & r )" Pass a QRect, \fIr\fR. -.SH "QStyleOption::QStyleOption ( QWidget * w )" -Pass a QWidget, \fIw\fR. +.SH "QStyleOption::QStyleOption ( TQWidget * w )" +Pass a TQWidget, \fIw\fR. .SH "Qt::ArrowType QStyleOption::arrowType () const" Returns an arrow type if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined. .SH "QCheckListItem * QStyleOption::checkListItem () const" Returns a check list item if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined. -.SH "const QColor & QStyleOption::color () const" +.SH "const TQColor & QStyleOption::color () const" Returns a color if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined. .SH "int QStyleOption::day () const" Returns the index of the day in the month if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Returns a rectangle if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the ret Returns a QTabBar tab if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined. .SH "int QStyleOption::tabWidth () const" Returns the tab indent width if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined. -.SH "QWidget * QStyleOption::widget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QStyleOption::widget () const" Returns a pointer to a widget if the appropriate constructor was called; otherwise the return value is undefined. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstyleplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstyleplugin.3qt index 77a1ba616..e7d5e4fb7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstyleplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstyleplugin.3qt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ QStylePlugin \- Abstract base for custom QStyle plugins .BI "virtual QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QStyle * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QStyle * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Constructs a style plugin. This is invoked automatically by the \fCQ_EXPORT_PLUG Destroys the style plugin. .PP You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin automatically when it is no longer used. -.SH "QStyle * QStylePlugin::create ( const QString & key )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QStyle * QStylePlugin::create ( const TQString & key )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Creates and returns a QStyle object for the style key \fIkey\fR. The style key is usually the class name of the required style. .PP See also keys(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheet.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheet.3qt index 9b3e35941..2ec054934 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheet.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheet.3qt @@ -11,30 +11,30 @@ QStyleSheet \- Collection of styles for rich text rendering and a generator of t .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStyleSheet\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQStyleSheet\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QStyleSheet\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStyleSheetItem * \fBitem\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "QStyleSheetItem * \fBitem\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QStyleSheetItem * \fBitem\fR ( const QString & name ) const" +.BI "const QStyleSheetItem * \fBitem\fR ( const TQString & name ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QTextCustomItem * \fBtag\fR ( const QString & name, const QMap & attr, const QString & context, const QMimeSourceFactory & factory, bool emptyTag, QTextDocument * doc ) const" +.BI "virtual QTextCustomItem * \fBtag\fR ( const TQString & name, const QMap & attr, const TQString & context, const QMimeSourceFactory & factory, bool emptyTag, QTextDocument * doc ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBscaleFont\fR ( QFont & font, int logicalSize ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBerror\fR ( const QString & msg ) const" +.BI "virtual void \fBerror\fR ( const TQString & msg ) const" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "void \fBsetDefaultSheet\fR ( QStyleSheet * sheet )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBescape\fR ( const QString & plain )" +.BI "TQString \fBescape\fR ( const TQString & plain )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBconvertFromPlainText\fR ( const QString & plain, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode = QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre )" +.BI "TQString \fBconvertFromPlainText\fR ( const TQString & plain, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode = QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBmightBeRichText\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "bool \fBmightBeRichText\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -136,13 +136,13 @@ A table row. This is only valid within a A table header cell. Similar to A table .PP See also Graphics Classes, Help System, and Text Related Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QStyleSheet::QStyleSheet ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Creates a style sheet called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. Like any QObject it will be deleted when its parent is destroyed (if the child still exists). +.SH "QStyleSheet::QStyleSheet ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Creates a style sheet called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. Like any TQObject it will be deleted when its parent is destroyed (if the child still exists). .PP By default the style sheet has the tag definitions defined above. .SH "QStyleSheet::~QStyleSheet ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the style sheet. All styles inserted into the style sheet will be deleted. -.SH "QString QStyleSheet::convertFromPlainText ( const QString & plain, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode = QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QStyleSheet::convertFromPlainText ( const TQString & plain, QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode = QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre )\fC [static]\fR" Auxiliary function. Converts the plain text string \fIplain\fR to a rich text formatted paragraph while preserving most of its look. .PP \fImode\fR defines the whitespace mode. Possible values are QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre (no wrapping, all whitespaces preserved) and QStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNormal (wrapping, simplified whitespaces). @@ -155,23 +155,23 @@ Examples: Returns the application-wide default style sheet. This style sheet is used by rich text rendering classes such as QSimpleRichText, QWhatsThis and QMessageBox to define the rendering style and available tags within rich text documents. It also serves as the initial style sheet for the more complex render widgets, QTextEdit and QTextBrowser. .PP See also setDefaultSheet(). -.SH "void QStyleSheet::error ( const QString & msg ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QStyleSheet::error ( const TQString & msg ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This virtual function is called when an error occurs when processing rich text. Reimplement it if you need to catch error messages. .PP Errors might occur if some rich text strings contain tags that are not understood by the stylesheet, if some tags are nested incorrectly, or if tags are not closed properly. .PP \fImsg\fR is the error message. -.SH "QString QStyleSheet::escape ( const QString & plain )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QStyleSheet::escape ( const TQString & plain )\fC [static]\fR" Auxiliary function. Converts the plain text string \fIplain\fR to a rich text formatted string with any HTML meta-characters escaped. .PP See also convertFromPlainText(). -.SH "QStyleSheetItem * QStyleSheet::item ( const QString & name )" +.SH "QStyleSheetItem * QStyleSheet::item ( const TQString & name )" Returns the style called \fIname\fR or 0 if there is no such style. -.SH "const QStyleSheetItem * QStyleSheet::item ( const QString & name ) const" +.SH "const QStyleSheetItem * QStyleSheet::item ( const TQString & name ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the style called \fIname\fR or 0 if there is no such style (const version) -.SH "bool QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText ( const QString & text )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText ( const TQString & text )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the string \fItext\fR is likely to be rich text; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP This function uses a fast and therefore simple heuristic. It mainly checks whether there is something that looks like a tag before the first line break. Although the result may be correct for common cases, there is no guarantee. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ See also QStyleSheetItem::logicalFontSize(), QStyleSheetItem::logicalFontSizeSte Sets the application-wide default style sheet to \fIsheet\fR, deleting any style sheet previously set. The ownership is transferred to QStyleSheet. .PP See also defaultSheet(). -.SH "QTextCustomItem * QStyleSheet::tag ( const QString & name, const QMap & attr, const QString & context, const QMimeSourceFactory & factory, bool emptyTag, QTextDocument * doc ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QTextCustomItem * QStyleSheet::tag ( const TQString & name, const QMap & attr, const TQString & context, const QMimeSourceFactory & factory, bool emptyTag, QTextDocument * doc ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" \fBThis function is under development and is subject to change.\fR .PP Generates an internal object for the tag called \fIname\fR, given the attributes \fIattr\fR, and using additional information provided by the mime source factory \fIfactory\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheetitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheetitem.3qt index 9157dc1c2..8bb0edd67 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheetitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqstylesheetitem.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQStyleSheetItem\fR ( QStyleSheet * parent, const QString & name )" +.BI "\fBQStyleSheetItem\fR ( QStyleSheet * parent, const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQStyleSheetItem\fR ( const QStyleSheetItem & other )" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "QStyleSheetItem & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QStyleSheetItem & other )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStyleSheet * \fBstyleSheet\fR ()" @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "void \fBsetFontSize\fR ( int s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfontFamily\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfontFamily\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFontFamily\fR ( const QString & fam )" +.BI "void \fBsetFontFamily\fR ( const TQString & fam )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int numberOfColumns () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "void setNumberOfColumns ( int ncols ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBcolor\fR () const" +.BI "TQColor \fBcolor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBfontItalic\fR () const" @@ -163,10 +163,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "void \fBsetListStyle\fR ( ListStyle s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcontexts\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcontexts\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetContexts\fR ( const QString & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetContexts\fR ( const TQString & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBallowedInContext\fR ( const QStyleSheetItem * s ) const" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ This enum defines the ways in which QStyleSheet can treat whitespace. \fCQStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceNoWrap\fR - multiple spaces are collapsed as with WhiteSpaceNormal, but no automatic line-breaks occur. To break lines manually, use the \fC
        \fR tag. .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QStyleSheetItem::QStyleSheetItem ( QStyleSheet * parent, const QString & name )" +.SH "QStyleSheetItem::QStyleSheetItem ( QStyleSheet * parent, const TQString & name )" Constructs a new style called \fIname\fR for the stylesheet \fIparent\fR. .PP All properties in QStyleSheetItem are initially in the "do not change" state, except display mode, which defaults to DisplayInline. @@ -265,11 +265,11 @@ See also setAlignment() and Qt::AlignmentFlags. Returns TRUE if this style can be nested into an element of style \fIs\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also contexts() and setContexts(). -.SH "QColor QStyleSheetItem::color () const" +.SH "TQColor QStyleSheetItem::color () const" Returns the text color of this style or an invalid color if no color has been set. .PP -See also setColor() and QColor::isValid(). -.SH "QString QStyleSheetItem::contexts () const" +See also setColor() and TQColor::isValid(). +.SH "TQString QStyleSheetItem::contexts () const" Returns a space-separated list of names of styles that may contain elements of this style. If nothing has been set, contexts() returns an empty string, which indicates that this style can be nested everywhere. .PP See also setContexts(). @@ -289,8 +289,8 @@ See also setFontUnderline() and fontUnderline(). Returns the display mode of the style. .PP See also setDisplayMode(). -.SH "QString QStyleSheetItem::fontFamily () const" -Returns the font family setting of the style. This is either a valid font family or QString::null if no family has been set. +.SH "TQString QStyleSheetItem::fontFamily () const" +Returns the font family setting of the style. This is either a valid font family or TQString::null if no family has been set. .PP See also setFontFamily(), QFont::family(), and QFont::setFamily(). .SH "bool QStyleSheetItem::fontItalic () const" @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Returns the width of margin \fIm\fR in pixels. The margin, \fIm\fR, can be MarginLeft, MarginRight, MarginTop, MarginBottom, or MarginFirstLine. .PP See also setMargin() and Margin. -.SH "QString QStyleSheetItem::name () const" +.SH "TQString QStyleSheetItem::name () const" Returns the name of the style item. .SH "int QStyleSheetItem::numberOfColumns () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. @@ -363,11 +363,11 @@ See also alignment(), displayMode(), and Qt::AlignmentFlags. If \fIanc\fR is TRUE, sets this style to be an anchor (hypertext link); otherwise sets it to not be an anchor. Elements in this style link to other documents or anchors. .PP See also isAnchor(). -.SH "void QStyleSheetItem::setColor ( const QColor & c )" +.SH "void QStyleSheetItem::setColor ( const TQColor & c )" Sets the text color of this style to \fIc\fR. .PP See also color(). -.SH "void QStyleSheetItem::setContexts ( const QString & c )" +.SH "void QStyleSheetItem::setContexts ( const TQString & c )" Sets a space-separated list of names of styles that may contain elements of this style. If \fIc\fR is empty, the style can be nested everywhere. .PP See also contexts(). @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ See also contexts(). Sets the display mode of the style to \fIm\fR. .PP See also displayMode(). -.SH "void QStyleSheetItem::setFontFamily ( const QString & fam )" +.SH "void QStyleSheetItem::setFontFamily ( const TQString & fam )" Sets the font family setting of the style to \fIfam\fR. .PP See also fontFamily(), QFont::family(), and QFont::setFamily(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqsyntaxhighlighter.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqsyntaxhighlighter.3qt index 499c188be..d6cf2e718 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqsyntaxhighlighter.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqsyntaxhighlighter.3qt @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual \fB~QSyntaxHighlighter\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual int \fBhighlightParagraph\fR ( const QString & text, int endStateOfLastPara ) = 0" +.BI "virtual int \fBhighlightParagraph\fR ( const TQString & text, int endStateOfLastPara ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFormat\fR ( int start, int count, const QFont & font, const QColor & color )" +.BI "void \fBsetFormat\fR ( int start, int count, const QFont & font, const TQColor & color )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetFormat\fR ( int start, int count, const QColor & color )" +.BI "void \fBsetFormat\fR ( int start, int count, const TQColor & color )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetFormat\fR ( int start, int count, const QFont & font )" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Destructor. Uninstalls this syntax highlighter from the textEdit() Returns the id of the paragraph which is highlighted, or -1 of no paragraph is currently highlighted. .PP Usually this function is called from within highlightParagraph(). -.SH "int QSyntaxHighlighter::highlightParagraph ( const QString & text, int endStateOfLastPara )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "int QSyntaxHighlighter::highlightParagraph ( const TQString & text, int endStateOfLastPara )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" This function is called when necessary by the rich text engine, i.e. on paragraphs which have changed. .PP In your reimplementation you should parse the paragraph's \fItext\fR and call setFormat() as often as necessary to apply any font and color changes that you require. Your function must return a value which indicates the paragraph's end state: see below. @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ To find out which paragraph is highlighted, call currentParagraph(). For example, if you're writing a simple C++ syntax highlighter, you might designate 1 to signify "in comment". For a paragraph that ended in the middle of a comment you'd return 1, and for other paragraphs you'd return 0. In your parsing code if \fIendStateOfLastPara\fR was 1, you would highlight the text as a C++ comment until you reached the closing \fC*\fR\fC/\fR. .SH "void QSyntaxHighlighter::rehighlight ()" Redoes the highlighting of the whole document. -.SH "void QSyntaxHighlighter::setFormat ( int start, int count, const QFont & font, const QColor & color )" +.SH "void QSyntaxHighlighter::setFormat ( int start, int count, const QFont & font, const TQColor & color )" This function is applied to the syntax highlighter's current paragraph (the text of which is passed to the highlightParagraph() function). .PP The specified \fIfont\fR and \fIcolor\fR are applied to the text from position \fIstart\fR for \fIcount\fR characters. (If \fIcount\fR is 0, nothing is done.) -.SH "void QSyntaxHighlighter::setFormat ( int start, int count, const QColor & color )" +.SH "void QSyntaxHighlighter::setFormat ( int start, int count, const TQColor & color )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .SH "void QSyntaxHighlighter::setFormat ( int start, int count, const QFont & font )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt index fb56f8d94..96d678f34 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Qt \- Namespace for miscellaneous identifiers that need to be global-like .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherited by QObject, QPixmap, QBrush, QCanvasItem, QCursor, QPainter, QEvent, QIconViewItem, QKeySequence, QListViewItem, QCustomMenuItem, QPen, QStyleSheetItem, QSyntaxHighlighter, QTab, QTableItem, QThread, QToolTip, and QWhatsThis. +Inherited by TQObject, QPixmap, QBrush, QCanvasItem, QCursor, QPainter, QEvent, QIconViewItem, QKeySequence, QListViewItem, QCustomMenuItem, QPen, QStyleSheetItem, QSyntaxHighlighter, QTab, QTableItem, QThread, QToolTip, and QWhatsThis. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Inherited by QObject, QPixmap, QBrush, QCanvasItem, QCursor, QPainter, QEvent, Q .SH DESCRIPTION The TQt class is a namespace for miscellaneous identifiers that need to be global-like. .PP -Normally, you can ignore this class. QObject and a few other classes inherit it, so all the identifiers in the TQt namespace are normally usable without qualification. +Normally, you can ignore this class. TQObject and a few other classes inherit it, so all the identifiers in the TQt namespace are normally usable without qualification. .PP However, you may occasionally need to say \fCQt::black\fR instead of just \fCblack\fR, particularly in static utility functions (such as many class factories). .PP @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ The final three values have special meaning: .PP Although FixedColor and FixedPixmap are sometimes just right, if you use them, make sure that you test your application when the desktop color scheme has been changed. (On X11, a quick way to test this is e.g. "./myapp -bg paleblue". On Windows, you must use the control panel.) .PP -See also QWidget::backgroundMode, QWidget::backgroundMode, QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(), and QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor. +See also TQWidget::backgroundMode, TQWidget::backgroundMode, TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(), and TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor. .SH "Qt::BrushStyle" .TP \fCQt::NoBrush\fR diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt index a7453274d..e53c0dd7d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtab.3qt @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual \fB~QTab\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTab\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "\fBQTab\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTab\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQTab\fR ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetIconSet\fR ( const QIconSet & icon )" @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ See also QTabBar and Advanced Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QTab::QTab ()" Constructs an empty tab. All fields are set to empty. -.SH "QTab::QTab ( const QString & text )" +.SH "QTab::QTab ( const TQString & text )" Constructs a tab with the text \fItext\fR. -.SH "QTab::QTab ( const QIconSet & icon, const QString & text = QString::null )" +.SH "QTab::QTab ( const QIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )" Constructs a tab with an \fIicon\fR and the text, \fItext\fR. .SH "QTab::~QTab ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the tab and frees up all allocated resources. @@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ Sets the tab's iconset to \fIicon\fR Set the identifier for the QTab to \fIi\fR. Each QTab's identifier within a QTabBar must be unique. .SH "void QTab::setRect ( const QRect & rect )" Set the QTab QRect to \fIrect\fR. -.SH "void QTab::setText ( const QString & text )" +.SH "void QTab::setText ( const TQString & text )" Sets the text of the tab to \fItext\fR. -.SH "QString QTab::text () const" +.SH "TQString QTab::text () const" Returns the text of the QTab label. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt index 2b6a4d2ac..35b01c984 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabbar.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QTabBar \- Tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTabBar\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTabBar\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QTabBar\fR ()" @@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "void \fBremoveToolTip\fR ( int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetToolTip\fR ( int index, const QString & tip )" +.BI "void \fBsetToolTip\fR ( int index, const TQString & tip )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoolTip\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoolTip\fR ( int index ) const" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ This enum type lists the built-in shapes supported by QTabBar: .TP \fCQTabBar::TriangularBelow\fR - triangular tabs similar to those used in the Excel spreadsheet, for example .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTabBar::QTabBar ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" -Constructs a new, empty tab bar; the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QWidget constructor. +.SH "QTabBar::QTabBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +Constructs a new, empty tab bar; the \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QTabBar::~QTabBar ()" Destroys the tab control, freeing memory used. .SH "int QTabBar::addTab ( QTab * newTab )\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Repaints the tab row. All the painting is done by paint(); paintEvent() only dec .PP See also paint(). .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .SH "void QTabBar::paintLabel ( QPainter * p, const QRect & br, QTab * t, bool has_focus ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Paints the label of tab \fIt\fR centered in rectangle \fIbr\fR using painter \fIp\fR. A focus indication is drawn if \fIhas_focus\fR is TRUE. .SH "void QTabBar::removeTab ( QTab * t )\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Enables tab \fIid\fR if \fIenabled\fR is TRUE or disables it if \fIenabled\fR is setTabEnabled() updates the display if this causes a change in \fIid\fR's status. .PP See also update() and isTabEnabled(). -.SH "void QTabBar::setToolTip ( int index, const QString & tip )" +.SH "void QTabBar::setToolTip ( int index, const TQString & tip )" Sets the tool tip for the tab at index position \fIindex\fR to \fItip\fR. .SH "Shape QTabBar::shape () const" Returns the shape of the tabs in the tab bar. See the "shape" property for details. @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ This list is unlikely to be in the order that the QTab elements appear visually. } .br .fi -.SH "QString QTabBar::toolTip ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQString QTabBar::toolTip ( int index ) const" Returns the tool tip for the tab at index position \fIindex\fR. .SS "Property Documentation" .SH "int count" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt index f672675c2..abf351c71 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabdialog.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTabDialog\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTabDialog\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QTabDialog\fR ()" @@ -25,34 +25,34 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "virtual void \fBsetFont\fR ( const QFont & font )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QString & label )" +.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label )" +.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( QWidget * child, QTab * tab )" +.BI "void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QString & label, int index = -1 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label, int index = -1 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( QWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )" +.BI "void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( QWidget * w, const QString & label )" +.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( QWidget * w, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label )" +.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( TQWidget * w, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisTabEnabled\fR ( QWidget * w ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisTabEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * w ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTabEnabled\fR ( QWidget * w, bool enable )" +.BI "void \fBsetTabEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool isTabEnabled ( const char * name ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -61,19 +61,19 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "void setTabEnabled ( const char * name, bool enable ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBshowPage\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBshowPage\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremovePage\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBremovePage\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtabLabel\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "TQString \fBtabLabel\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcurrentPage\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcurrentPage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetDefaultButton\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetDefaultButton\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetDefaultButton\fR ()" @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "bool \fBhasDefaultButton\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetHelpButton\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetHelpButton\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetHelpButton\fR ()" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "bool \fBhasHelpButton\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetCancelButton\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetCancelButton\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetCancelButton\fR ()" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "bool \fBhasCancelButton\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetApplyButton\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetApplyButton\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetApplyButton\fR ()" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "bool \fBhasApplyButton\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetOkButton\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBsetOkButton\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetOkButton\fR ()" @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "void \fBhelpButtonPressed\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( QWidget * )" +.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( TQWidget * )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void selected ( const QString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void selected ( const TQString & ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -162,13 +162,13 @@ The normal way to use QTabDialog is to do the following in the constructor:
          setItem( row, col, .br - new QTableItem( table, QTableItem::WhenCurrent, QString::number( row * col ) ) ); + new QTableItem( table, QTableItem::WhenCurrent, TQString::number( row * col ) ) ); .br } .br @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ It is important to ensure that your custom widget can accept the keyboard focus, .PP .nf .br - QWidget* MyTableItem::createEditor() const + TQWidget* MyTableItem::createEditor() const .br { .br @@ -209,13 +209,13 @@ Creates a table item that is a child of table \fItable\fR with no text. The item The table item will use a QLineEdit for its editor, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with QTable::setItem(). .PP The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item should not be inserted into more than one table at a time. -.SH "QTableItem::QTableItem ( QTable * table, EditType et, const QString & text )" +.SH "QTableItem::QTableItem ( QTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text )" Creates a table item that is a child of table \fItable\fR with text \fItext\fR. The item has the EditType \fIet\fR. .PP The table item will use a QLineEdit for its editor, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with QTable::setItem(). .PP The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item should not be inserted into more than one table at a time. -.SH "QTableItem::QTableItem ( QTable * table, EditType et, const QString & text, const QPixmap & p )" +.SH "QTableItem::QTableItem ( QTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text, const QPixmap & p )" Creates a table item that is a child of table \fItable\fR with text \fItext\fR and pixmap \fIp\fR. The item has the EditType \fIet\fR. .PP The table item will display the pixmap to the left of the text. It will use a QLineEdit for editing the text, will not word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with QTable::setItem(). @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Example: table/bigtable/main.cpp. Returns the column span of the table item, usually 1. .PP See also setSpan() and rowSpan(). -.SH "QWidget * QTableItem::createEditor () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QTableItem::createEditor () const\fC [virtual]\fR" This virtual function creates an editor which the user can interact with to edit the cell's contents. The default implementation creates a QLineEdit. .PP If the function returns 0, the cell is read-only. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ If you reimplement this function you'll almost certainly need to reimplement set .PP .nf .br - QWidget *ComboItem::createEditor() const + TQWidget *ComboItem::createEditor() const .br { .br @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ If you reimplement this function you'll almost certainly need to reimplement set .br ( (ComboItem*)this )->cb = new QComboBox( table()->viewport() ); .br - QObject::connect( cb, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), table(), SLOT( doValueChanged() ) ); + TQObject::connect( cb, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), table(), SLOT( doValueChanged() ) ); .br cb->insertItem( "Yes" ); .br @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ This function returns whether the contents of the cell may be replaced with the (This differs from EditType because EditType is concerned with whether the \fIuser\fR is able to change the contents of a cell.) .PP See also setReplaceable() and EditType. -.SH "QString QTableItem::key () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QTableItem::key () const\fC [virtual]\fR" This virtual function returns the key that should be used for sorting. The default implementation returns the text() of the relevant item. .PP See also QTable::sorting. @@ -344,14 +344,14 @@ Sets column \fIc\fR as the table item's column. Usually you will not need to cal If the cell spans multiple columns, this function sets the left-most column and retains the width of the multi-cell table item. .PP See also col(), setRow(), and colSpan(). -.SH "void QTableItem::setContentFromEditor ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QTableItem::setContentFromEditor ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Whenever the content of a cell has been edited by the editor \fIw\fR, QTable calls this virtual function to copy the new values into the QTableItem. .PP If you reimplement createEditor() and return something that is not a QLineEdit you will need to reimplement this function. .PP .nf .br - void ComboItem::setContentFromEditor( QWidget *w ) + void ComboItem::setContentFromEditor( TQWidget *w ) .br { .br @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Changes the extent of the QTableItem so that it spans multiple cells covering \f \fBWarning:\fR This function only works if the item has already been inserted into the table using e.g. QTable::setItem(). This function also checks to make sure if \fIrs\fR and \fIcs\fR are within the bounds of the table and returns without changing the span if they are not. In addition swapping, inserting or removing rows and columns that cross QTableItems spanning more than one cell is not supported. .PP See also rowSpan() and colSpan(). -.SH "void QTableItem::setText ( const QString & str )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QTableItem::setText ( const TQString & str )\fC [virtual]\fR" Changes the table item's text to \fIstr\fR. .PP Note that setText() does not update the cell the table item belongs to. Use QTable::updateCell() to repaint the cell's contents. @@ -423,8 +423,8 @@ If you subclass QTableItem you will often need to reimplement this function. Returns the QTable the table item belongs to. .PP See also QTable::setItem() and QTableItem(). -.SH "QString QTableItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the text of the table item or QString::null if there is no text. +.SH "TQString QTableItem::text () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the text of the table item or TQString::null if there is no text. .PP To ensure that the current value of the editor is returned, setContentFromEditor() is called:
            .TP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt index 4983d1563..8d866f9b2 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabletevent.3qt @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ Inherits QEvent. .BI "enum \fBTabletDevice\fR { NoDevice = -1, Puck, Stylus, Eraser }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTabletEvent\fR ( Type t, const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const QPair & uId )" +.BI "\fBQTabletEvent\fR ( Type t, const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair & uId )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTabletEvent ( const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const QPair & uId ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QTabletEvent ( const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair & uId ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBpressure\fR () const" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Inherits QEvent. .BI "void \fBignore\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPair \fBuniqueId\fR ()" +.BI "TQPair \fBuniqueId\fR ()" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ Tablet Events are generated from a Wacom© tablet. Most of the time you will .PP A tablet event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the event. You should call QTabletEvent::accept() if you handle the tablet event; otherwise it will be sent to the parent widget. .PP -The QWidget::setEnabled() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. +The TQWidget::setEnabled() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. .PP -The event handler QWidget::tabletEvent() receives all three types of tablet events. TQt will first send a tabletEvent and then, if it is not accepted, it will send a mouse event. This allows applications that don't utilize tablets to use a tablet like a mouse while also enabling those who want to use both tablets and mouses differently. +The event handler TQWidget::tabletEvent() receives all three types of tablet events. TQt will first send a tabletEvent and then, if it is not accepted, it will send a mouse event. This allows applications that don't utilize tablets to use a tablet like a mouse while also enabling those who want to use both tablets and mouses differently. .PP See also Event Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ This enum defines what type of device is generating the event. .TP \fCQTabletEvent::Eraser\fR - An Eraser (the broad end of the pen). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent ( Type t, const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const QPair & uId )" +.SH "QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent ( Type t, const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair & uId )" Construct a tablet event of type \fIt\fR. The position of when the event occurred is given int \fIpos\fR and \fIglobalPos\fR. \fIdevice\fR contains the device type, \fIpressure\fR contains the pressure exerted on the \fIdevice\fR, \fIxTilt\fR and \fIyTilt\fR contain \fIdevice\fR's degree of tilt from the X and Y axis respectively. The \fIuId\fR contains an event id. .PP On Irix, \fIglobalPos\fR will contain the high-resolution coordinates received from the tablet device driver, instead of from the windowing system. .PP See also pos(), globalPos(), device(), pressure(), xTilt(), and yTilt(). -.SH "QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent ( const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const QPair & uId )" +.SH "QTabletEvent::QTabletEvent ( const QPoint & pos, const QPoint & globalPos, int device, int pressure, int xTilt, int yTilt, const TQPair & uId )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Constructs a tablet event object. The position when the event occurred is is given in \fIpos\fR and \fIglobalPos\fR. \fIdevice\fR contains the device type, \fIpressure\fR contains the pressure exerted on the \fIdevice\fR, \fIxTilt\fR and \fIyTilt\fR contain the \fIdevice\fR's degrees of tilt from the X and Y axis respectively. The \fIuId\fR contains an event id. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ If you move widgets around in response to mouse events, use globalPos() instead See also x(), y(), and globalPos(). .SH "int QTabletEvent::pressure () const" Returns the pressure that is exerted on the device. This number is a value from 0 (no pressure) to 255 (maximum pressure). The pressure is always scaled to be within this range no matter how many pressure levels the underlying hardware supports. -.SH "QPair QTabletEvent::uniqueId ()" +.SH "TQPair QTabletEvent::uniqueId ()" Returns a unique ID for the current device. It is possible to generate a unique ID for any Wacom© device. This makes it possible to differentiate between multiple devices being used at the same time on the tablet. The \fCfirst\fR member contains a value for the type, the \fCsecond\fR member contains a physical ID obtained from the device. Each combination of these values is unique. Note: for different platforms, the \fCfirst\fR value is different due to different driver implementations. .SH "int QTabletEvent::x () const" Returns the x-position of the device, relative to the widget that received the event. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt index 5d32b7b5c..c3b329379 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtabwidget.3qt @@ -11,84 +11,84 @@ QTabWidget \- Stack of tabbed widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include \fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTabWidget\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTabWidget\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QString & label )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( QWidget * child, QTab * tab )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QString & label, int index = -1 )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( QWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label, int index = -1 )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( QWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertTab\fR ( TQWidget * child, QTab * tab, int index = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( QWidget * w, const QString & label )" +.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( QWidget * w, const QIconSet & iconset, const QString & label )" +.BI "void \fBchangeTab\fR ( TQWidget * w, const QIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisTabEnabled\fR ( QWidget * w ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisTabEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * w ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTabEnabled\fR ( QWidget * w, bool enable )" +.BI "void \fBsetTabEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetCornerWidget\fR ( QWidget * w, Qt::Corner corner = Qt::TopRight )" +.BI "void \fBsetCornerWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w, Qt::Corner corner = Qt::TopRight )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcornerWidget\fR ( Qt::Corner corner = Qt::TopRight ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcornerWidget\fR ( Qt::Corner corner = Qt::TopRight ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtabLabel\fR ( QWidget * w ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtabLabel\fR ( TQWidget * w ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTabLabel\fR ( QWidget * w, const QString & l )" +.BI "void \fBsetTabLabel\fR ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & l )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIconSet \fBtabIconSet\fR ( QWidget * w ) const" +.BI "QIconSet \fBtabIconSet\fR ( TQWidget * w ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTabIconSet\fR ( QWidget * w, const QIconSet & iconset )" +.BI "void \fBsetTabIconSet\fR ( TQWidget * w, const QIconSet & iconset )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveTabToolTip\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBremoveTabToolTip\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTabToolTip\fR ( QWidget * w, const QString & tip )" +.BI "void \fBsetTabToolTip\fR ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & tip )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtabToolTip\fR ( QWidget * w ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtabToolTip\fR ( TQWidget * w ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcurrentPage\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcurrentPage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBpage\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBpage\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlabel\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBlabel\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcurrentPageIndex\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( QWidget * w ) const" +.BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( TQWidget * w ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBTabPosition\fR { Top, Bottom }" @@ -124,16 +124,16 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "void \fBsetCurrentPage\fR ( int )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBshowPage\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual void \fBshowPage\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBremovePage\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual void \fBremovePage\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( QWidget * )" +.BI "void \fBcurrentChanged\fR ( TQWidget * )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -175,13 +175,13 @@ The normal way to use QTabWidget is to do the following in the constructor:
              .PP Reimplemented from QTextEdit. -.SH "void QTextBrowser::linkClicked ( const QString & link )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QTextBrowser::linkClicked ( const TQString & link )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user clicks a link. The \fIlink\fR is the value of the \fChref\fR i.e. the name of the target document. .PP The \fIlink\fR will be the absolute location of the document, based on the value of the anchor's href tag and the current context of the document. @@ -170,11 +170,11 @@ The \fIlink\fR will be the absolute location of the document, based on the value See also anchorClicked() and context(). .SH "void QTextBrowser::reload ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Reloads the current set source. -.SH "void QTextBrowser::setSource ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextBrowser::setSource ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the name of the displayed document to \fIname\fR. See the "source" property for details. -.SH "QString QTextBrowser::source () const" +.SH "TQString QTextBrowser::source () const" Returns the name of the displayed document. See the "source" property for details. -.SH "void QTextBrowser::sourceChanged ( const QString & src )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QTextBrowser::sourceChanged ( const TQString & src )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the mime source has changed, \fIsrc\fR being the new source. .PP Source changes happen both programmatically when calling setSource(), forward(), backword() or home() or when the user clicks on links or presses the equivalent key sequences. @@ -187,10 +187,10 @@ This property holds whether the contents have been modified. This property holds this text browser's overwrite mode. .SH "bool readOnly" This property holds whether the contents are read only. -.SH "QString source" +.SH "TQString source" This property holds the name of the displayed document. .PP -This is a QString::null if no document is displayed or if the source is unknown. +This is a TQString::null if no document is displayed or if the source is unknown. .PP Setting this property uses the mimeSourceFactory() to lookup the named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls the document accordingly. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodec.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodec.3qt index 973fdebac..a16d0059d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodec.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodec.3qt @@ -36,34 +36,34 @@ Inherited by QBig5Codec, QBig5hkscsCodec, QEucJpCodec, QEucKrCodec, QGb18030Code .BI "virtual QTextEncoder * \fBmakeEncoder\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const char * chars, int len ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const char * chars, int len ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const QString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const" +.BI "virtual QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const QString & uc ) const" +.BI "QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const TQString & uc ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QByteArray & a, int len ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QByteArray & a, int len ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QByteArray & a ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QByteArray & a ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QCString & a, int len ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QCString & a, int len ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QCString & a ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const QCString & a ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const char * chars ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const char * chars ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBcanEncode\fR ( QChar ch ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBcanEncode\fR ( TQChar ch ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBcanEncode\fR ( const QString & s ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBcanEncode\fR ( const TQString & s ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual int \fBheuristicContentMatch\fR ( const char * chars, int len ) const = 0" @@ -75,10 +75,10 @@ Inherited by QBig5Codec, QBig5hkscsCodec, QEucJpCodec, QEucKrCodec, QGb18030Code .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QTextCodec * \fBloadCharmap\fR ( QIODevice * iod )" +.BI "QTextCodec * \fBloadCharmap\fR ( TQIODevice * iod )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTextCodec * \fBloadCharmapFile\fR ( QString filename )" +.BI "QTextCodec * \fBloadCharmapFile\fR ( TQString filename )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QTextCodec * \fBcodecForMib\fR ( int mib )" @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ QTextCodecs can be used as follows to convert some locally encoded string to Uni .br QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R .br - QString unicodeString = codec->toUnicode( locallyEncoded ); + TQString unicodeString = codec->toUnicode( locallyEncoded ); .br .fi .PP @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ After this, \fCunicodeString\fR holds the text converted to Unicode. Converting .PP .nf .br - QString unicodeString = "..."; // any Unicode text + TQString unicodeString = "..."; // any Unicode text .br QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R .br @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ The approach to use in these situations is to create a QTextDecoder object for t QTextDecoder *decoder = codec->makeDecoder(); .br .br - QString unicodeString; + TQString unicodeString; .br while( receiving_data ) { .br @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ If the encoding does \fInot\fR require state, you should implement: .PP .nf .br - QString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const + TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const .br .fi Converts \fIlen\fR characters from \fIchars\fR to Unicode. @@ -328,10 +328,10 @@ Return a QTextEncoder. .PP .nf .br - QCString fromUnicode(const QString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const + QCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const .br .fi -Converts \fIlenInOut\fR characters (of type QChar) from the start of the string \fIuc\fR, returning a QCString result, and also returning the length of the result in \fIlenInOut\fR. +Converts \fIlenInOut\fR characters (of type TQChar) from the start of the string \fIuc\fR, returning a QCString result, and also returning the length of the result in \fIlenInOut\fR. .PP Again, these are mutually recursive so only one needs to be implemented, or both if greater efficiency is possible. .PP @@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ A QTextCodec subclass might have improved performance if you also re-implement: .PP .nf .br - bool canEncode( QChar ) const + bool canEncode( TQChar ) const .br .fi Test if a Unicode character can be encoded. .PP .nf .br - bool canEncode( const QString& ) const + bool canEncode( const TQString& ) const .br .fi Test if a string of Unicode characters can be encoded. @@ -381,14 +381,14 @@ Constructs a QTextCodec, and gives it the highest precedence. The QTextCodec sho \fBWarning:\fR This function is \fInot\fR reentrant.

              .PP Destroys the QTextCodec. Note that you should not delete codecs yourself: once created they become Qt's responsibility. -.SH "bool QTextCodec::canEncode ( QChar ch ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QTextCodec::canEncode ( TQChar ch ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if the Unicode character \fIch\fR can be fully encoded with this codec; otherwise returns FALSE. The default implementation tests if the result of toUnicode(fromUnicode(ch)) is the original \fIch\fR. Subclasses may be able to improve the efficiency. -.SH "bool QTextCodec::canEncode ( const QString & s ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QTextCodec::canEncode ( const TQString & s ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIs\fR contains the string being tested for encode-ability. .SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodec::codecForCStrings ()\fC [static]\fR" -Returns the codec used by QString to convert to and from const char* and QCStrings. If this function returns 0 (the default), QString assumes Latin-1. +Returns the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const char* and QCStrings. If this function returns 0 (the default), TQString assumes Latin-1. .PP See also setCodecForCStrings(). .SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodec::codecForContent ( const char * chars, int len )\fC [static]\fR" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Searches all installed QTextCodec objects and returns the one which best matches .PP See also heuristicNameMatch(). .SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodec::codecForTr ()\fC [static]\fR" -Returns the codec used by QObject::tr() on its argument. If this function returns 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1. +Returns the codec used by TQObject::tr() on its argument. If this function returns 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1. .PP See also setCodecForTr(). .SH "void QTextCodec::deleteAllCodecs ()\fC [static]\fR" @@ -426,8 +426,8 @@ Deletes all the created codecs. .PP QApplication calls this function just before exiting to delete any QTextCodec objects that may be lying around. Since various other classes hold pointers to QTextCodec objects, it is not safe to call this function earlier. .PP -If you are using the utility classes (like QString) but not using QApplication, calling this function at the very end of your application may be helpful for chasing down memory leaks by eliminating any QTextCodec objects. -.SH "QCString QTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const QString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +If you are using the utility classes (like TQString) but not using QApplication, calling this function at the very end of your application may be helpful for chasing down memory leaks by eliminating any QTextCodec objects. +.SH "QCString QTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" QTextCodec subclasses must reimplement either this function or makeEncoder(). It converts the first \fIlenInOut\fR characters of \fIuc\fR from Unicode to the encoding of the subclass. If \fIlenInOut\fR is negative or too large, the length of \fIuc\fR is used instead. .PP Converts \fIlenInOut\fR characters (not bytes) from \fIuc\fR, producing a QCString. \fIlenInOut\fR will be set to the length of the result (in bytes). @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Converts \fIlenInOut\fR characters (not bytes) from \fIuc\fR, producing a QCStri The default implementation makes an encoder with makeEncoder() and converts the input with that. Note that the default makeEncoder() implementation makes an encoder that simply calls this function, hence subclasses \fImust\fR reimplement one function or the other to avoid infinite recursion. .PP Reimplemented in QHebrewCodec. -.SH "QCString QTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const QString & uc ) const" +.SH "QCString QTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIuc\fR is the unicode source string. @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Returns a value indicating how likely it is that this decoder is appropriate for A good match returns a positive number around the length of the string. A bad match is negative. .PP The default implementation calls simpleHeuristicNameMatch() with the name of the codec. -.SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodec::loadCharmap ( QIODevice * iod )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodec::loadCharmap ( TQIODevice * iod )\fC [static]\fR" Reads a POSIX2 charmap definition from \fIiod\fR. The parser recognizes the following lines: .PP \fIname\fR
              \fIcharacter\fR
              % alias \fIalias\fR
              CHARMAP
              <\fItoken\fR> /x\fIhexbyte\fR ...
              <\fItoken\fR> /d\fIdecbyte\fR ...
              <\fItoken\fR> /\fIoctbyte\fR ...
              <\fItoken\fR> /\fIany\fR/\fIany\fR... ...
              END CHARMAP
               @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ Note that a codec constructed in this way uses much more memory and is slower th See also loadCharmapFile(). .PP Example: qwerty/qwerty.cpp. -.SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodec::loadCharmapFile ( QString filename )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodec::loadCharmapFile ( TQString filename )\fC [static]\fR" A convenience function for loadCharmap() that loads the charmap definition from the file \fIfilename\fR. .SH "const char * QTextCodec::locale ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a string representing the current language and sublanguage, e.g. "pt" for Portuguese, or "pt_br" for Portuguese/Brazil. @@ -496,9 +496,9 @@ Example: qwerty/qwerty.cpp. .SH "void QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings ( QTextCodec * c )\fC [static]\fR" \fBWarning:\fR This function is \fInot\fR reentrant.

              .PP -Sets the codec used by QString to convert to and from const char* and QCStrings. If \fIc\fR is 0 (the default), QString assumes Latin-1. +Sets the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const char* and QCStrings. If \fIc\fR is 0 (the default), TQString assumes Latin-1. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR Some codecs do not preserve the characters in the ascii range (0x00 to 0x7f). For example, the Japanese Shift-JIS encoding maps the backslash character (0x5a) to the Yen character. This leads to unexpected results when using the backslash character to escape characters in strings used in e.g. regular expressions. Use QString::fromLatin1() to preserve characters in the ascii range when needed. +\fBWarning:\fR Some codecs do not preserve the characters in the ascii range (0x00 to 0x7f). For example, the Japanese Shift-JIS encoding maps the backslash character (0x5a) to the Yen character. This leads to unexpected results when using the backslash character to escape characters in strings used in e.g. regular expressions. Use TQString::fromLatin1() to preserve characters in the ascii range when needed. .PP See also codecForCStrings() and setCodecForTr(). .SH "void QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale ( QTextCodec * c )\fC [static]\fR" @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ See also codecForLocale(). .SH "void QTextCodec::setCodecForTr ( QTextCodec * c )\fC [static]\fR" \fBWarning:\fR This function is \fInot\fR reentrant.

              .PP -Sets the codec used by QObject::tr() on its argument to \fIc\fR. If \fIc\fR is 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1. +Sets the codec used by TQObject::tr() on its argument to \fIc\fR. If \fIc\fR is 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1. .PP If the literal quoted text in the program is not in the Latin-1 encoding, this function can be used to set the appropriate encoding. For example, software developed by Korean programmers might use eucKR for all the text in the program, in which case the main() function might look like this: .PP @@ -535,27 +535,27 @@ Note that this is not the way to select the encoding that the \fIuser\fR has cho See also codecForTr() and setCodecForCStrings(). .SH "int QTextCodec::simpleHeuristicNameMatch ( const char * name, const char * hint )\fC [static protected]\fR" A simple utility function for heuristicNameMatch(): it does some very minor character-skipping so that almost-exact matches score high. \fIname\fR is the text we're matching and \fIhint\fR is used for the comparison. -.SH "QString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" QTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function or makeDecoder(). It converts the first \fIlen\fR characters of \fIchars\fR to Unicode. .PP The default implementation makes a decoder with makeDecoder() and converts the input with that. Note that the default makeDecoder() implementation makes a decoder that simply calls this function, hence subclasses \fImust\fR reimplement one function or the other to avoid infinite recursion. -.SH "QString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QByteArray & a, int len ) const" +.SH "TQString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QByteArray & a, int len ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR contains the source characters; \fIlen\fR contains the number of characters in \fIa\fR to use. -.SH "QString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QByteArray & a ) const" +.SH "TQString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QByteArray & a ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR contains the source characters. -.SH "QString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QCString & a, int len ) const" +.SH "TQString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QCString & a, int len ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR contains the source characters; \fIlen\fR contains the number of characters in \fIa\fR to use. -.SH "QString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QCString & a ) const" +.SH "TQString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const QCString & a ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIa\fR contains the source characters. -.SH "QString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars ) const" +.SH "TQString QTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fIchars\fR contains the source characters. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodecplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodecplugin.3qt index ead3e4c49..3cd95f8da 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodecplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextcodecplugin.3qt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual QStringList \fBnames\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QTextCodec * \fBcreateForName\fR ( const QString & name ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QTextCodec * \fBcreateForName\fR ( const TQString & name ) = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QValueList \fBmibEnums\fR () const = 0" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Creates a QTextCodec object for the mib enum \fImib\fR. (See the IANA character-sets encoding file for more information) .PP See also mibEnums(). -.SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodecPlugin::createForName ( const QString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QTextCodec * QTextCodecPlugin::createForName ( const TQString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Creates a QTextCodec object for the codec called \fIname\fR. .PP See also names(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextdecoder.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextdecoder.3qt index 93ca8d522..18aba782e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextdecoder.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextdecoder.3qt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual \fB~QTextDecoder\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const char * chars, int len ) = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoUnicode\fR ( const char * chars, int len ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ See also QTextCodec::makeEncoder() and Internationalization with Qt. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QTextDecoder::~QTextDecoder ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the decoder. -.SH "QString QTextDecoder::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QTextDecoder::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Converts the first \fIlen\fR bytes in \fIchars\fR to Unicode, returning the result. .PP If not all characters are used (e.g. if only part of a multi-byte diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextdrag.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextdrag.3qt index 2f3c2edca..481fa59ee 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextdrag.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextdrag.3qt @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits QDragObject. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextDrag\fR ( const QString & text, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTextDrag\fR ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextDrag\fR ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTextDrag\fR ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QTextDrag\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetSubtype\fR ( const QCString & st )" @@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ Inherits QDragObject. .BI "bool \fBcanDecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e, QString & str )" +.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e, TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e, QString & str, QCString & subtype )" +.BI "bool \fBdecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e, TQString & str, QCString & subtype )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION The QTextDrag class is a drag and drop object for transferring plain and Unicode text. .PP -Plain text is passed in a QString which may contain multiple lines (i.e. may contain newline characters). The drag target will receive the newlines according to the runtime environment, e.g. LF on Unix, and CRLF on Windows. +Plain text is passed in a TQString which may contain multiple lines (i.e. may contain newline characters). The drag target will receive the newlines according to the runtime environment, e.g. LF on Unix, and CRLF on Windows. .PP Qt provides no built-in mechanism for delivering only a single-line. .PP @@ -54,25 +54,25 @@ For more information about drag and drop, see the QDragObject class and the drag .PP See also Drag And Drop Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTextDrag::QTextDrag ( const QString & text, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTextDrag::QTextDrag ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a text drag object and sets its data to \fItext\fR. \fIdragSource\fR must be the drag source; \fIname\fR is the object name. -.SH "QTextDrag::QTextDrag ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTextDrag::QTextDrag ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a default text drag object. \fIdragSource\fR must be the drag source; \fIname\fR is the object name. .SH "QTextDrag::~QTextDrag ()" Destroys the text drag object and frees up all allocated resources. .SH "bool QTextDrag::canDecode ( const QMimeSource * e )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns TRUE if the information in \fIe\fR can be decoded into a QString; otherwise returns FALSE. +Returns TRUE if the information in \fIe\fR can be decoded into a TQString; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also decode(). .PP Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp. -.SH "bool QTextDrag::decode ( const QMimeSource * e, QString & str )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QTextDrag::decode ( const QMimeSource * e, TQString & str )\fC [static]\fR" Attempts to decode the dropped information in \fIe\fR into \fIstr\fR. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also canDecode(). .PP Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp. -.SH "bool QTextDrag::decode ( const QMimeSource * e, QString & str, QCString & subtype )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QTextDrag::decode ( const QMimeSource * e, TQString & str, QCString & subtype )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Attempts to decode the dropped information in \fIe\fR into \fIstr\fR. Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE. If \fIsubtype\fR is null, any text subtype is accepted; otherwise only the specified \fIsubtype\fR is accepted. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Attempts to decode the dropped information in \fIe\fR into \fIstr\fR. Returns TR See also canDecode(). .SH "void QTextDrag::setSubtype ( const QCString & st )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the MIME subtype of the text being dragged to \fIst\fR. The default subtype is "plain", so the default MIME type of the text is "text/plain". You might use this to declare that the text is" text/html" by calling setSubtype("html"). -.SH "void QTextDrag::setText ( const QString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QTextDrag::setText ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the text to be dragged to \fItext\fR. You will need to call this if you did not pass the text during construction. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt index ae4a89097..0fe0d30d7 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt @@ -36,31 +36,31 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "enum \fBVerticalAlignment\fR { AlignNormal, AlignSuperScript, AlignSubScript }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextEdit\fR ( const QString & text, const QString & context = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTextEdit\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextEdit\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTextEdit\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR ( int para ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR ( int para ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "TextFormat \fBtextFormat\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcontext\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcontext\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdocumentTitle\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdocumentTitle\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBgetSelection\fR ( int * paraFrom, int * indexFrom, int * paraTo, int * indexTo, int selNum = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBfind\fR ( const QString & expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE, int * para = 0, int * index = 0 )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBfind\fR ( const TQString & expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE, int * para = 0, int * index = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBparagraphs\fR () const" @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "bool \fBhasSelectedText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisUndoAvailable\fR () const" @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "int \fBtabStopWidth\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBanchorAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos )" +.BI "TQString \fBanchorAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBanchorAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos, AnchorAttribute attr )" +.BI "TQString \fBanchorAt\fR ( const QPoint & pos, AnchorAttribute attr )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisReadOnly\fR () const" @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "bool \fBunderline\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfamily\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfamily\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBpointSize\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBcolor\fR () const" +.BI "TQColor \fBcolor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QFont font () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "bool \fBisOverwriteMode\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBparagraphBackgroundColor\fR ( int para ) const" +.BI "TQColor \fBparagraphBackgroundColor\fR ( int para ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisUndoRedoEnabled\fR () const" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "virtual void \fBsetStyleSheet\fR ( QStyleSheet * styleSheet )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBscrollToAnchor\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBscrollToAnchor\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetPaper\fR ( const QBrush & pap )" @@ -225,13 +225,13 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "virtual void \fBcopy\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBappend\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "virtual void \fBappend\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & txt )" +.BI "void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & txt )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const QString & text, const QString & context )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetText\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetTextFormat\fR ( TextFormat f )" @@ -294,13 +294,13 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "virtual void \fBsetUnderline\fR ( bool b )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFamily\fR ( const QString & fontFamily )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFamily\fR ( const TQString & fontFamily )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetPointSize\fR ( int s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetColor\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetColor\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetVerticalAlignment\fR ( VerticalAlignment a )" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "virtual void \fBsetSelection\fR ( int paraFrom, int indexFrom, int paraTo, int indexTo, int selNum = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelectionAttributes\fR ( int selNum, const QColor & back, bool invertText )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetSelectionAttributes\fR ( int selNum, const TQColor & back, bool invertText )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetModified\fR ( bool m )" @@ -351,22 +351,22 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "virtual void \fBscrollToBottom\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBinsert\fR ( const QString & text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected )" +.BI "void \fBinsert\fR ( const TQString & text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void insert ( const QString & text, bool indent, bool checkNewLine = TRUE, bool removeSelected = TRUE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "virtual void insert ( const TQString & text, bool indent, bool checkNewLine = TRUE, bool removeSelected = TRUE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertAt\fR ( const QString & text, int para, int index )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertAt\fR ( const TQString & text, int para, int index )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBremoveParagraph\fR ( int para )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertParagraph\fR ( const QString & text, int para )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertParagraph\fR ( const TQString & text, int para )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetParagraphBackgroundColor\fR ( int para, const QColor & bg )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetParagraphBackgroundColor\fR ( int para, const TQColor & bg )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBclearParagraphBackground\fR ( int para )" @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "void \fBcurrentFontChanged\fR ( const QFont & f )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBcurrentColorChanged\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBcurrentColorChanged\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBcurrentAlignmentChanged\fR ( int a )" @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "AutoFormatting \fBautoFormatting\fR - the enabled set of auto formatting features" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdocumentTitle\fR - the title of the document parsed from the text \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBdocumentTitle\fR - the title of the document parsed from the text \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasSelectedText\fR - whether some text is selected in selection 0 \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "bool \fBreadOnly\fR - whether the text edit is read-only" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBselectedText\fR - the selected text (from selection " "0" ") or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection " "0" ") \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" +.BI "TQString \fBselectedText\fR - the selected text (from selection " "0" ") or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection " "0" ") \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBtabChangesFocus\fR - whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input" @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ Inherited by QMultiLineEdit, QTextBrowser, and QTextView. .BI "int \fBtabStopWidth\fR - the tab stop width in pixels" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtext\fR - the text edit's text" +.BI "TQString \fBtext\fR - the text edit's text" .br .ti -1c .BI "TextFormat \fBtextFormat\fR - the text format: rich " "text" ", plain " "text" ", log text or auto text" @@ -771,25 +771,25 @@ This enum defines where text can be wrapped in word wrap mode. .PP See also wrapPolicy. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTextEdit::QTextEdit ( const QString & text, const QString & context = QString::null, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTextEdit::QTextEdit ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a QTextEdit called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. The text edit will display the text \fItext\fR using context \fIcontext\fR. .PP The \fIcontext\fR is a path which the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and images. It is passed to the mimeSourceFactory() when quering data. .PP For example if the text contains an image tag, \fC\fR, and the context is "path/to/look/in", the QMimeSourceFactory will try to load the image from" path/to/look/in/image.png". If the tag was \fC\fR, the context will not be used (because QMimeSourceFactory recognizes that we have used an absolute path) and will try to load "/image.png". The context is applied in exactly the same way to \fIhrefs\fR, for example, \fCTarget\fR, would resolve to" path/to/look/in/target.html". -.SH "QTextEdit::QTextEdit ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTextEdit::QTextEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty QTextEdit called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. .SH "int QTextEdit::alignment () const" Returns the alignment of the current paragraph. .PP See also setAlignment(). -.SH "QString QTextEdit::anchorAt ( const QPoint & pos, AnchorAttribute attr )" -If there is an anchor at position \fIpos\fR (in contents coordinates), the text for attribute \fIattr\fR is returned, otherwise QString::null is returned. -.SH "QString QTextEdit::anchorAt ( const QPoint & pos )" +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::anchorAt ( const QPoint & pos, AnchorAttribute attr )" +If there is an anchor at position \fIpos\fR (in contents coordinates), the text for attribute \fIattr\fR is returned, otherwise TQString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::anchorAt ( const QPoint & pos )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP -If there is an anchor at position \fIpos\fR (in contents coordinates), its \fChref\fR is returned, otherwise QString::null is returned. -.SH "void QTextEdit::append ( const QString & text )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +If there is an anchor at position \fIpos\fR (in contents coordinates), its \fChref\fR is returned, otherwise TQString::null is returned. +.SH "void QTextEdit::append ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Appends a new paragraph with \fItext\fR to the end of the text edit. Note that the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo history is kept for appends which makes them faster than insert()s. If you want to append text which is added to the undo/redo history as well, use insertParagraph(). .PP Examples: @@ -812,11 +812,11 @@ Clears the background color of the paragraph \fIpara\fR, so that the default col This signal is emitted when the mouse is clicked on the paragraph \fIpara\fR at character position \fIpos\fR. .PP See also doubleClicked(). -.SH "QColor QTextEdit::color () const" +.SH "TQColor QTextEdit::color () const" Returns the color of the current format. .PP See also setColor() and paper. -.SH "QString QTextEdit::context () const" +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::context () const" Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and images. .PP See also text. @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ This signal is emitted if the alignment of the current paragraph has changed. The new alignment is \fIa\fR. .PP See also setAlignment(). -.SH "void QTextEdit::currentColorChanged ( const QColor & c )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::currentColorChanged ( const TQColor & c )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted if the color of the current format has changed. .PP The new color is \fIc\fR. @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ If there is some selected text (in selection 0) it is deleted. If there is no se See also removeSelectedText() and cut(). .SH "void QTextEdit::doKeyboardAction ( KeyboardAction action )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Executes keyboard action \fIaction\fR. This is normally called by a key event handler. -.SH "QString QTextEdit::documentTitle () const" +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::documentTitle () const" Returns the title of the document parsed from the text. See the "documentTitle" property for details. .SH "void QTextEdit::doubleClicked ( int para, int pos )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the mouse is double-clicked on the paragraph \fIpara\fR at character position \fIpos\fR. @@ -901,11 +901,11 @@ See also clicked(). Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if necessary. .PP See also setCursorPosition(). -.SH "QString QTextEdit::family () const" +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::family () const" Returns the font family of the current format. .PP See also setFamily(), setCurrentFont(), and setPointSize(). -.SH "bool QTextEdit::find ( const QString & expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE, int * para = 0, int * index = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QTextEdit::find ( const TQString & expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE, int * para = 0, int * index = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" Finds the next occurrence of the string, \fIexpr\fR. Returns TRUE if \fIexpr\fR was found; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If \fIpara\fR and \fIindex\fR are both 0 the search begins from the current cursor position. If \fIpara\fR and \fIindex\fR are both not 0, the search begins from the \fI*index\fR character position in the \fI*para\fR paragraph. @@ -948,22 +948,22 @@ Returns TRUE if some text is selected in selection 0; otherwise returns FALSE. S .SH "int QTextEdit::heightForWidth ( int w ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display all the text if the text edit is \fIw\fR pixels wide. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. -.SH "void QTextEdit::insert ( const QString & text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected )\fC [slot]\fR" +Reimplemented from TQWidget. +.SH "void QTextEdit::insert ( const TQString & text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected )\fC [slot]\fR" Inserts \fItext\fR at the current cursor position. .PP -The \fIinsertionFlags\fR define how the text is inserted. If RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \fItext\fR result in hard line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \fCcheckNewLine\fR is not set, the behaviour of the editor is undefined if the \fItext\fR contains newlines. (It is not possible to change QTextEdit's newline handling behavior, but you can use QString::replace() to preprocess text before inserting it.) If RemoveSelected is set, any selected text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted. +The \fIinsertionFlags\fR define how the text is inserted. If RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \fItext\fR result in hard line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \fCcheckNewLine\fR is not set, the behaviour of the editor is undefined if the \fItext\fR contains newlines. (It is not possible to change QTextEdit's newline handling behavior, but you can use TQString::replace() to preprocess text before inserting it.) If RemoveSelected is set, any selected text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted. .PP The default flags are CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected. .PP If the widget is in LogText mode this function will do nothing. .PP See also paste() and pasteSubType(). -.SH "void QTextEdit::insert ( const QString & text, bool indent, bool checkNewLine = TRUE, bool removeSelected = TRUE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::insert ( const TQString & text, bool indent, bool checkNewLine = TRUE, bool removeSelected = TRUE )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "void QTextEdit::insertAt ( const QString & text, int para, int index )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::insertAt ( const TQString & text, int para, int index )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Inserts \fItext\fR in the paragraph \fIpara\fR at position \fIindex\fR. -.SH "void QTextEdit::insertParagraph ( const QString & text, int para )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::insertParagraph ( const TQString & text, int para )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Inserts \fItext\fR as a new paragraph at position \fIpara\fR. If \fIpara\fR is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation is performance critical. .SH "bool QTextEdit::isModified () const" Returns TRUE if the document has been modified by the user; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "modified" property for details. @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ See also setItalic(). .SH "void QTextEdit::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Processes the key event, \fIe\fR. By default key events are used to provide keyboard navigation and text editing. .PP -Reimplemented from QWidget. +Reimplemented from TQWidget. .PP Reimplemented in QTextBrowser. .SH "int QTextEdit::length () const" @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ Moves the text cursor according to \fIaction\fR. This is normally used by some k Returns the background (paper) brush. See the "paper" property for details. .SH "int QTextEdit::paragraphAt ( const QPoint & pos ) const" Returns the paragraph which is at position \fIpos\fR (in contents coordinates). -.SH "QColor QTextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor ( int para ) const" +.SH "TQColor QTextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor ( int para ) const" Returns the background color of the paragraph \fIpara\fR or an invalid color if \fIpara\fR is out of range or the paragraph has no background set .SH "int QTextEdit::paragraphLength ( int para ) const" Returns the length of the paragraph \fIpara\fR (i.e. the number of characters), or -1 if there is no paragraph with index \fIpara\fR. @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ Repaints any paragraphs that have changed. Although used extensively internally you shouldn't need to call this yourself. .SH "void QTextEdit::returnPressed ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter key. -.SH "void QTextEdit::scrollToAnchor ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::scrollToAnchor ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called \fIname\fR visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using the HTML anchor tag, e.g. \fC\fR. .SH "void QTextEdit::scrollToBottom ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if required. @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if required. If \fIselect\fR is TRUE (the default), all the text is selected as selection 0. If \fIselect\fR is FALSE any selected text is unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared. .PP See also selectedText. -.SH "QString QTextEdit::selectedText () const" +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::selectedText () const" Returns the selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection 0). See the "selectedText" property for details. .SH "void QTextEdit::selectionChanged ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes. @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ Sets the enabled set of auto formatting features to \fIfeatures\fR. See the "aut If \fIb\fR is TRUE sets the current format to bold; otherwise sets the current format to non-bold. .PP See also bold(). -.SH "void QTextEdit::setColor ( const QColor & c )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::setColor ( const TQColor & c )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to \fIc\fR. .PP See also color() and paper. @@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ See also currentFont(), setPointSize(), and setFamily(). Sets the cursor to position \fIindex\fR in paragraph \fIpara\fR. .PP See also getCursorPosition(). -.SH "void QTextEdit::setFamily ( const QString & fontFamily )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::setFamily ( const TQString & fontFamily )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the font family of the current format to \fIfontFamily\fR. .PP See also family() and setCurrentFont(). @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ Sets whether the document has been modified by the user to \fIm\fR. See the "mod Sets the text edit's overwrite mode to \fIb\fR. See the "overwriteMode" property for details. .SH "void QTextEdit::setPaper ( const QBrush & pap )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the background (paper) brush to \fIpap\fR. See the "paper" property for details. -.SH "void QTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor ( int para, const QColor & bg )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor ( int para, const TQColor & bg )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the background color of the paragraph \fIpara\fR to \fIbg\fR. .SH "void QTextEdit::setPointSize ( int s )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the point size of the current format to \fIs\fR. @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ Uses the selection settings of selection \fIselNum\fR. If \fIselNum\fR is 0, thi The cursor is moved to the end of the selection if \fIselNum\fR is 0, otherwise the cursor position remains unchanged. .PP See also getSelection() and selectedText. -.SH "void QTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes ( int selNum, const QColor & back, bool invertText )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes ( int selNum, const TQColor & back, bool invertText )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the background color of selection number \fIselNum\fR to \fIback\fR and specifies whether the text of this selection should be inverted with \fIinvertText\fR. .PP This only works for \fIselNum\fR > 0. The default selection (\fIselNum\fR == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's colorGroup(). @@ -1168,9 +1168,9 @@ See also styleSheet(). Sets whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input to \fIb\fR. See the "tabChangesFocus" property for details. .SH "void QTextEdit::setTabStopWidth ( int ts )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the tab stop width in pixels to \fIts\fR. See the "tabStopWidth" property for details. -.SH "void QTextEdit::setText ( const QString & txt )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::setText ( const TQString & txt )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the text edit's text to \fItxt\fR. See the "text" property for details. -.SH "void QTextEdit::setText ( const QString & text, const QString & context )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QTextEdit::setText ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Changes the text of the text edit to the string \fItext\fR and the context to \fIcontext\fR. Any previous text is removed. @@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ Returns the QSyntaxHighlighter set on this QTextEdit. 0 is returned if no syntax Returns TRUE if TAB changes focus or is accepted as input; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "tabChangesFocus" property for details. .SH "int QTextEdit::tabStopWidth () const" Returns the tab stop width in pixels. See the "tabStopWidth" property for details. -.SH "QString QTextEdit::text () const" +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::text () const" Returns the text edit's text. See the "text" property for details. -.SH "QString QTextEdit::text ( int para ) const" +.SH "TQString QTextEdit::text ( int para ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the text of paragraph \fIpara\fR. @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ The value can be any combination of the values in the AutoFormatting enum. The d Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is AutoBulletList; future versions of TQt may offer more. .PP Set this property's value with setAutoFormatting() and get this property's value with autoFormatting(). -.SH "QString documentTitle" +.SH "TQString documentTitle" This property holds the title of the document parsed from the text. .PP For PlainText the title will be an empty string. For RichText the title will be the text between the \fC\fR tags, if present, otherwise an empty string. @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the text and select This property's default is FALSE. .PP Set this property's value with setReadOnly() and get this property's value with isReadOnly(). -.SH "QString selectedText" +.SH "TQString selectedText" This property holds the selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection 0). .PP The text is always returned as PlainText if the textFormat() is PlainText or AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML. @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ Set this property's value with setTabChangesFocus() and get this property's valu This property holds the tab stop width in pixels. .PP Set this property's value with setTabStopWidth() and get this property's value with tabStopWidth(). -.SH "QString text" +.SH "TQString text" This property holds the text edit's text. .PP There is no default text. @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ On setting, any previous text is deleted. .PP The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text, depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is AutoText, i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text. .PP -For richtext, calling text() on an editable QTextEdit will cause the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that the QString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that was set. +For richtext, calling text() on an editable QTextEdit will cause the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that the TQString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that was set. .PP See also textFormat. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextencoder.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextencoder.3qt index 6719a080a..b34653afd 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextencoder.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextencoder.3qt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual \fB~QTextEncoder\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const QString & uc, int & lenInOut ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QCString \fBfromUnicode\fR ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ See also QTextCodec::makeEncoder() and Internationalization with Qt. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QTextEncoder::~QTextEncoder ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the encoder. -.SH "QCString QTextEncoder::fromUnicode ( const QString & uc, int & lenInOut )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QCString QTextEncoder::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Converts \fIlenInOut\fR characters (not bytes) from \fIuc\fR, producing a QCString. \fIlenInOut\fR will be set to the length of the result (in bytes). .PP The encoder is free to record state to use when subsequent calls diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextistream.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextistream.3qt index 3bbbf546b..70842df8d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextistream.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextistream.3qt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Inherits QTextStream. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextIStream\fR ( const QString * s )" +.BI "\fBQTextIStream\fR ( const TQString * s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQTextIStream\fR ( QByteArray ba )" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ This class makes it easy, for example, to write things like this: .PP .nf .br - QString data = "123 456"; + TQString data = "123 456"; .br int a, b; .br @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This class makes it easy, for example, to write things like this: .PP See also QTextOStream, Input/Output and Networking, and Text Related Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTextIStream::QTextIStream ( const QString * s )" +.SH "QTextIStream::QTextIStream ( const TQString * s )" Constructs a stream to read from the string \fIs\fR. .SH "QTextIStream::QTextIStream ( QByteArray ba )" Constructs a stream to read from the array \fIba\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextostream.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextostream.3qt index 7a2efd7b0..5af7c517a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextostream.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextostream.3qt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Inherits QTextStream. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextOStream\fR ( QString * s )" +.BI "\fBQTextOStream\fR ( TQString * s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQTextOStream\fR ( QByteArray ba )" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ This makes it easy for example, to write things like this: .PP .nf .br - QString result; + TQString result; .br QTextOStream(&result) << "pi = " << 3.14; .br @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This makes it easy for example, to write things like this: .PP See also Input/Output and Networking and Text Related Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTextOStream::QTextOStream ( QString * s )" +.SH "QTextOStream::QTextOStream ( TQString * s )" Constructs a stream to write to string \fIs\fR. .SH "QTextOStream::QTextOStream ( QByteArray ba )" Constructs a stream to write to the array \fIba\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextstream.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextstream.3qt index 06f2d4693..0b99605bf 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextstream.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextstream.3qt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QTextStream \- Basic functions for reading and writing text using a QIODevice +QTextStream \- Basic functions for reading and writing text using a TQIODevice .SH SYNOPSIS All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.</p> .PP @@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ Inherited by QTextIStream and QTextOStream. .BI "\fBQTextStream\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextStream\fR ( QIODevice * iod )" +.BI "\fBQTextStream\fR ( TQIODevice * iod )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTextStream\fR ( QString * str, int filemode )" +.BI "\fBQTextStream\fR ( TQString * str, int filemode )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTextStream ( QString & str, int filemode ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QTextStream ( TQString & str, int filemode ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQTextStream\fR ( QByteArray a, int mode )" @@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ Inherited by QTextIStream and QTextOStream. .BI "virtual \fB~QTextStream\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QIODevice * \fBdevice\fR () const" +.BI "TQIODevice * \fBdevice\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetDevice\fR ( QIODevice * iod )" +.BI "void \fBsetDevice\fR ( TQIODevice * iod )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBunsetDevice\fR ()" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Inherited by QTextIStream and QTextOStream. .BI "bool eof () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QChar & c )" +.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( TQChar & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( char & c )" @@ -99,13 +99,13 @@ Inherited by QTextIStream and QTextOStream. .BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( char * s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QString & str )" +.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( QCString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( QChar c )" +.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( TQChar c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( char c )" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Inherited by QTextIStream and QTextOStream. .BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( const char * s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QTextStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( const QCString & s )" @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ Inherited by QTextIStream and QTextOStream. .BI "QTextStream & \fBwriteRawBytes\fR ( const char * s, uint len )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBreadLine\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBreadLine\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBread\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBread\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBskipWhiteSpace\fR ()" @@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ Inherited by QTextIStream and QTextOStream. .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QTextStream class provides basic functions for reading and writing text using a QIODevice. +The QTextStream class provides basic functions for reading and writing text using a TQIODevice. .PP The text stream class has a functional interface that is very similar to that of the standard C++ iostream class. .PP Qt provides several global functions similar to the ones in iostream: <center>.nf .TS -l - l. Function Meaning bin sets the QTextStream to read/write binary numbers oct sets the QTextStream to read/write octal numbers dec sets the QTextStream to read/write decimal numbers hex sets the QTextStream to read/write hexadecimal numbers endl forces a line break flush forces the QIODevice to flush any buffered data ws eats any available whitespace (on input) reset resets the QTextStream to its default mode (see reset()) qSetW(int) sets the field width to the given argument qSetFill(int) sets the fill character to the given argument qSetPrecision(int) +l - l. Function Meaning bin sets the QTextStream to read/write binary numbers oct sets the QTextStream to read/write octal numbers dec sets the QTextStream to read/write decimal numbers hex sets the QTextStream to read/write hexadecimal numbers endl forces a line break flush forces the TQIODevice to flush any buffered data ws eats any available whitespace (on input) reset resets the QTextStream to its default mode (see reset()) qSetW(int) sets the field width to the given argument qSetFill(int) sets the fill character to the given argument qSetPrecision(int) .TE .fi </center> @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ l - l. Function Meaning bin sets the QTextStream to read/write binary numbers oc .PP The QTextStream class reads and writes text; it is not appropriate for dealing with binary data (but QDataStream is). .PP -By default, output of Unicode text (i.e. QString) is done using the local 8-bit encoding. This can be changed using the setEncoding() method. For input, the QTextStream will auto-detect standard Unicode "byte order marked" text files; otherwise the local 8-bit encoding is used. +By default, output of Unicode text (i.e. TQString) is done using the local 8-bit encoding. This can be changed using the setEncoding() method. For input, the QTextStream will auto-detect standard Unicode "byte order marked" text files; otherwise the local 8-bit encoding is used. .PP -The QIODevice is set in the constructor, or later using setDevice(). If the end of the input is reached atEnd() returns TRUE. Data can be read into variables of the appropriate type using the operator>>() overloads, or read in its entirety into a single string using read(), or read a line at a time using readLine(). Whitespace can be skipped over using skipWhiteSpace(). You can set flags for the stream using flags() or setf(). The stream also supports width(), precision() and fill(); use reset() to reset the defaults. +The TQIODevice is set in the constructor, or later using setDevice(). If the end of the input is reached atEnd() returns TRUE. Data can be read into variables of the appropriate type using the operator>>() overloads, or read in its entirety into a single string using read(), or read a line at a time using readLine(). Whitespace can be skipped over using skipWhiteSpace(). You can set flags for the stream using flags() or setf(). The stream also supports width(), precision() and fill(); use reset() to reset the defaults. .PP See also QDataStream, Input/Output and Networking, and Text Related Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" @@ -240,18 +240,18 @@ See setEncoding() for an explanation of the encodings. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ()" Constructs a data stream that has no IO device. -.SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( QIODevice * iod )" +.SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( TQIODevice * iod )" Constructs a text stream that uses the IO device \fIiod\fR. -.SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( QString * str, int filemode )" -Constructs a text stream that operates on the Unicode QString, \fIstr\fR, through an internal device. The \fIfilemode\fR argument is passed to the device's open() function; see QIODevice::mode(). +.SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( TQString * str, int filemode )" +Constructs a text stream that operates on the Unicode TQString, \fIstr\fR, through an internal device. The \fIfilemode\fR argument is passed to the device's open() function; see TQIODevice::mode(). .PP -If you set an encoding or codec with setEncoding() or setCodec(), this setting is ignored for text streams that operate on QString. +If you set an encoding or codec with setEncoding() or setCodec(), this setting is ignored for text streams that operate on TQString. .PP Example: .PP .nf .br - QString str; + TQString str; .br QTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly ); .br @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Writing data to the text stream will modify the contents of the string. The stri .PP .nf .br - QString str = "pi = 3.14"; + TQString str = "pi = 3.14"; .br QTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly ); .br @@ -271,13 +271,13 @@ Writing data to the text stream will modify the contents of the string. The stri .br .fi .PP -Note that because QString is Unicode, you should not use readRawBytes() or writeRawBytes() on such a stream. -.SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( QString & str, int filemode )" +Note that because TQString is Unicode, you should not use readRawBytes() or writeRawBytes() on such a stream. +.SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( TQString & str, int filemode )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP -This constructor is equivalent to the constructor taking a QString* parameter. +This constructor is equivalent to the constructor taking a TQString* parameter. .SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( QByteArray a, int mode )" -Constructs a text stream that operates on the byte array, \fIa\fR, through an internal QBuffer device. The \fImode\fR argument is passed to the device's open() function; see QIODevice::mode(). +Constructs a text stream that operates on the byte array, \fIa\fR, through an internal QBuffer device. The \fImode\fR argument is passed to the device's open() function; see TQIODevice::mode(). .PP Example: .PP @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Same example, using a QBuffer: .br .fi .SH "QTextStream::QTextStream ( FILE * fh, int mode )" -Constructs a text stream that operates on an existing file handle \fIfh\fR through an internal QFile device. The \fImode\fR argument is passed to the device's open() function; see QIODevice::mode(). +Constructs a text stream that operates on an existing file handle \fIfh\fR through an internal QFile device. The \fImode\fR argument is passed to the device's open() function; see TQIODevice::mode(). .PP Note that if you create a QTextStream \fCcout\fR or another name that is also used for another variable of a different type, some linkers may confuse the two variables, which will often cause crashes. .SH "QTextStream::~QTextStream ()\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ The destructor does not affect the current IO device. .SH "bool QTextStream::atEnd () const" Returns TRUE if the IO device has reached the end position (end of the stream or file) or if there is no IO device set; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -See also QIODevice::atEnd(). +See also TQIODevice::atEnd(). .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp and grapher/grapher.cpp. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Returns the codec actually used for this stream. If Unicode is automatically detected in input, a codec with name() "ISO-10646-UCS-2" is returned. .PP See also setCodec(). -.SH "QIODevice * QTextStream::device () const" +.SH "TQIODevice * QTextStream::device () const" Returns the IO device currently set. .PP See also setDevice() and unsetDevice(). @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ See also setDevice() and unsetDevice(). .PP This function has been renamed to atEnd(). .PP -See also QIODevice::atEnd(). +See also TQIODevice::atEnd(). .PP Example: chart/chartform_files.cpp. .SH "int QTextStream::fill () const" @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Sets the stream flags to \fIf\fR. Returns the previous stream flags. .PP See also setf() and unsetf(). -.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator<< ( QChar c )" +.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator<< ( TQChar c )" Writes character \fCchar\fR to the stream and returns a reference to the stream. .PP The character \fIc\fR is assumed to be Latin1 encoded independent of the Encoding set for the QTextStream. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Writes a string to the stream and returns a reference to the stream. .PP The string \fIs\fR is assumed to be Latin1 encoded independent of the Encoding set for the QTextStream. -.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator<< ( const QString & s )" +.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator<< ( const TQString & s )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Writes \fIs\fR to the stream and returns a reference to the stream. @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Writes a pointer to the stream and returns a reference to the stream. .PP The \fIptr\fR is output as an unsigned long hexadecimal integer. -.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator>> ( QChar & c )" +.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator>> ( TQChar & c )" Reads a char \fIc\fR from the stream and returns a reference to the stream. Note that whitespace is \fInot\fR skipped. .SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator>> ( char & c )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse Reads a "word" from the stream into \fIs\fR and returns a reference to the stream. .PP A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE. -.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator>> ( QString & str )" +.SH "QTextStream & QTextStream::operator>> ( TQString & str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Reads a "word" from the stream into \fIstr\fR and returns a reference to the stream. @@ -509,21 +509,21 @@ Returns the precision. The default value is 6. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the precision to \fIp\fR. Returns the previous precision setting. -.SH "QString QTextStream::read ()" +.SH "TQString QTextStream::read ()" Reads the entire stream from the current position, and returns a string containing the text. .PP -See also QIODevice::readLine(). +See also TQIODevice::readLine(). .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. -.SH "QString QTextStream::readLine ()" +.SH "TQString QTextStream::readLine ()" Reads a line from the stream and returns a string containing the text. .PP -The returned string does not contain any trailing newline or carriage return. Note that this is different from QIODevice::readLine(), which does not strip the newline at the end of the line. +The returned string does not contain any trailing newline or carriage return. Note that this is different from TQIODevice::readLine(), which does not strip the newline at the end of the line. .PP -On EOF you will get a QString that is null. On reading an empty line the returned QString is empty but not null. +On EOF you will get a TQString that is null. On reading an empty line the returned TQString is empty but not null. .PP -See also QIODevice::readLine(). +See also TQIODevice::readLine(). .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, chart/element.cpp, and network/clientserver/server/server.cpp. @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ Note that no encoding is done by this function. .PP \fBWarning:\fR The behavior of this function is undefined unless the stream's encoding is set to Unicode or Latin1. .PP -See also QIODevice::readBlock(). +See also TQIODevice::readBlock(). .SH "void QTextStream::reset ()" Resets the text stream. .TP @@ -557,14 +557,14 @@ Note that this function should be called before any data is read to/written from See also setEncoding() and codec(). .PP Example: qwerty/qwerty.cpp. -.SH "void QTextStream::setDevice ( QIODevice * iod )" +.SH "void QTextStream::setDevice ( TQIODevice * iod )" Sets the IO device to \fIiod\fR. .PP See also device() and unsetDevice(). .SH "void QTextStream::setEncoding ( Encoding e )" Sets the encoding of this stream to \fIe\fR, where \fIe\fR is one of the following values: <center>.nf .TS -l - l. Encoding Meaning Locale Uses local file format (Latin1 if locale is not set), but autodetecting Unicode(utf16) on input. Unicode Uses Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Output will be written in the order most efficient for the current platform (i.e. the order used internally in QString). UnicodeUTF8 Using Unicode(utf8) for input and output. If you use it for input it will autodetect utf16 and use it instead of utf8. Latin1 ISO-8859-1. Will not autodetect utf16. UnicodeNetworkOrder Uses network order Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start with the byte order marker. UnicodeReverse Uses reverse network order Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start with the byte order marker or when writing data that should be read by buggy Windows applications. RawUnicode +l - l. Encoding Meaning Locale Uses local file format (Latin1 if locale is not set), but autodetecting Unicode(utf16) on input. Unicode Uses Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Output will be written in the order most efficient for the current platform (i.e. the order used internally in TQString). UnicodeUTF8 Using Unicode(utf8) for input and output. If you use it for input it will autodetect utf16 and use it instead of utf8. Latin1 ISO-8859-1. Will not autodetect utf16. UnicodeNetworkOrder Uses network order Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start with the byte order marker. UnicodeReverse Uses reverse network order Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start with the byte order marker or when writing data that should be read by buggy Windows applications. RawUnicode .TE .fi </center> @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ Writes the \fIlen\fR bytes from \fIs\fR to the stream and returns a reference to .PP Note that no encoding is done by this function. .PP -See also QIODevice::writeBlock(). +See also TQIODevice::writeBlock(). .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqtextstream.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqthreadstorage.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqthreadstorage.3qt index 5565de2a6..3ad1393f5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqthreadstorage.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqthreadstorage.3qt @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ For example, the following code uses QThreadStorage to store a single cache for QThreadStorage<QCache<SomeClass> *> caches; .br .br - void cacheObject( const QString &key, SomeClass *object ) + void cacheObject( const TQString &key, SomeClass *object ) .br { .br @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ For example, the following code uses QThreadStorage to store a single cache for } .br .br - void removeFromCache( const QString &key ) + void removeFromCache( const TQString &key ) .br { .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtime.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtime.3qt index 5962c0209..aa5c10899 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtime.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtime.3qt @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "int \fBmsec\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR ( const QString & format ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR ( const TQString & format ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBsetHMS\fR ( int h, int m, int s, int ms = 0 )" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "QTime \fBcurrentTime\fR ( Qt::TimeSpec ts )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QTime \fBfromString\fR ( const QString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )" +.BI "QTime \fBfromString\fR ( const TQString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisValid\fR ( int h, int m, int s, int ms = 0 )" @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Note that the accuracy depends on the accuracy of the underlying operating syste \fBWarning:\fR If the system's clock setting has been changed since the last time start() or restart() was called, the result is undefined. This can happen when daylight savings time is turned on or off. .PP See also start() and restart(). -.SH "QTime QTime::fromString ( const QString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QTime QTime::fromString ( const TQString & s, Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the representation \fIs\fR as a QTime using the format \fIf\fR, or an invalid time if this is not possible. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Note that Qt::LocalDate cannot be used here. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Sets this time to the current time. This is practical for timing: .fi .PP See also restart(), elapsed(), and currentTime(). -.SH "QString QTime::toString ( const QString & format ) const" +.SH "TQString QTime::toString ( const TQString & format ) const" Returns the time as a string. The \fIformat\fR parameter determines the format of the result string. .PP These expressions may be used: @@ -321,10 +321,10 @@ l - l. Format Result hh:mm:ss.zzz 14:13:09.042 h:m:s ap .fi </center> .PP -If the time is an invalid time, then QString::null will be returned. +If the time is an invalid time, then TQString::null will be returned. .PP See also QDate::toString() and QDateTime::toString(). -.SH "QString QTime::toString ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" +.SH "TQString QTime::toString ( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the time as a string. Milliseconds are not included. The \fIf\fR parameter determines the format of the string. @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ If \fIf\fR is Qt::ISODate, the string format corresponds to the ISO 8601 extende .PP If \fIf\fR is Qt::LocalDate, the string format depends on the locale settings of the system. .PP -If the time is an invalid time, then QString::null will be returned. +If the time is an invalid time, then TQString::null will be returned. .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const QTime & t )" Writes time \fIt\fR to the stream \fIs\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtimeedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtimeedit.3qt index bdcb81337..5d832cf8d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtimeedit.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtimeedit.3qt @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ Inherits QDateTimeEditBase. .BI "enum \fBDisplay\fR { Hours = 0x01, Minutes = 0x02, Seconds = 0x04, AMPM = 0x10 }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTimeEdit\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTimeEdit\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTimeEdit\fR ( const QTime & time, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTimeEdit\fR ( const QTime & time, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QTimeEdit\fR ()" @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ Inherits QDateTimeEditBase. .BI "virtual void \fBsetRange\fR ( const QTime & min, const QTime & max )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBseparator\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBseparator\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetSeparator\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetSeparator\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "uint \fBdisplay\fR () const" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Inherits QDateTimeEditBase. .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBsectionFormattedText\fR ( int sec )" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBsectionFormattedText\fR ( int sec )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetHour\fR ( int h )" @@ -150,9 +150,9 @@ This enum defines the sections that comprise a time .PP The values can be or'ed together to show any combination. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTimeEdit::QTimeEdit ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTimeEdit::QTimeEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty time edit with parent \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. -.SH "QTimeEdit::QTimeEdit ( const QTime & time, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTimeEdit::QTimeEdit ( const QTime & time, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Constructs a time edit with the initial time value, \fItime\fR, parent \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ Returns the sections that are displayed in the time edit. See the "display" prop Returns the maximum time value. See the "maxValue" property for details. .SH "QTime QTimeEdit::minValue () const" Returns the minimum time value. See the "minValue" property for details. -.SH "QString QTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Returns the formatted number for section \fIsec\fR. This will correspond to either the hour, minute or second section, depending on \fIsec\fR. -.SH "QString QTimeEdit::separator () const" +.SH "TQString QTimeEdit::separator () const" Returns the editor's separator. .SH "void QTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance ( bool advance )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether the editor automatically advances to the next section to \fIadvance\fR. See the "autoAdvance" property for details. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Sets the minute to \fIm\fR, which must be a valid minute, i.e. in the range 0..5 Sets the valid input range for the editor to be from \fImin\fR to \fImax\fR inclusive. If \fImin\fR is invalid no minimum time is set. Similarly, if \fImax\fR is invalid no maximum time is set. .SH "void QTimeEdit::setSecond ( int s )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Sets the second to \fIs\fR, which must be a valid second, i.e. in the range 0..59. -.SH "void QTimeEdit::setSeparator ( const QString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QTimeEdit::setSeparator ( const TQString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the separator to \fIs\fR. Note that currently only the first character of \fIs\fR is used. .SH "void QTimeEdit::setTime ( const QTime & time )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the editor's time value to \fItime\fR. See the "time" property for details. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtimer.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtimer.3qt index 0d45442d4..c690bbede 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtimer.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtimer.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QTimer \- Timer signals and single-shot timers .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqtimer.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTimer\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTimer\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QTimer\fR ()" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsingleShot\fR ( int msec, QObject * receiver, const char * member )" +.BI "void \fBsingleShot\fR ( int msec, TQObject * receiver, const char * member )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -88,13 +88,13 @@ myObject->processOneThing() will be called repeatedly and should return quickly .PP Note that QTimer's accuracy depends on the underlying operating system and hardware. Most platforms support an accuracy of 20ms; some provide more. If TQt is unable to deliver the requested number of timer clicks, it will silently discard some. .PP -An alternative to using QTimer is to call QObject::startTimer() for your object and reimplement the QObject::timerEvent() event handler in your class (which must, of course, inherit QObject). The disadvantage is that timerEvent() does not support such high-level features as single-shot timers or signals. +An alternative to using QTimer is to call TQObject::startTimer() for your object and reimplement the TQObject::timerEvent() event handler in your class (which must, of course, inherit TQObject). The disadvantage is that timerEvent() does not support such high-level features as single-shot timers or signals. .PP Some operating systems limit the number of timers that may be used; TQt tries to work around these limitations. .PP See also Event Classes and Time and Date. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTimer::QTimer ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTimer::QTimer ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a timer called \fIname\fR, with the parent \fIparent\fR. .PP Note that the parent object's destructor will destroy this timer object. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ See also start() and isActive(). Returns TRUE if the timer is running (pending); otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Example: t11/cannon.cpp. -.SH "void QTimer::singleShot ( int msec, QObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QTimer::singleShot ( int msec, TQObject * receiver, const char * member )\fC [static]\fR" This static function calls a slot after a given time interval. .PP It is very convenient to use this function because you do not need to bother with a timerEvent or to create a local QTimer object. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtimerevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtimerevent.3qt index 83dabb594..5b1d44e49 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtimerevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtimerevent.3qt @@ -25,18 +25,18 @@ Inherits QEvent. .SH DESCRIPTION The QTimerEvent class contains parameters that describe a timer event. .PP -Timer events are sent at regular intervals to objects that have started one or more timers. Each timer has a unique identifier. A timer is started with QObject::startTimer(). +Timer events are sent at regular intervals to objects that have started one or more timers. Each timer has a unique identifier. A timer is started with TQObject::startTimer(). .PP The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface that uses signals instead of events. It also provides one-shot timers. .PP -The event handler QObject::timerEvent() receives timer events. +The event handler TQObject::timerEvent() receives timer events. .PP -See also QTimer, QObject::timerEvent(), QObject::startTimer(), QObject::killTimer(), QObject::killTimers(), and Event Classes. +See also QTimer, TQObject::timerEvent(), TQObject::startTimer(), TQObject::killTimer(), TQObject::killTimers(), and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QTimerEvent::QTimerEvent ( int timerId )" Constructs a timer event object with the timer identifier set to \fItimerId\fR. .SH "int QTimerEvent::timerId () const" -Returns the unique timer identifier, which is the same identifier as returned from QObject::startTimer(). +Returns the unique timer identifier, which is the same identifier as returned from TQObject::startTimer(). .PP Example: dclock/dclock.cpp. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt index 347a69a4c..e9b8b636e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbar.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QDockWindow. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QToolBar ( const QString & label, QMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0 ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QToolBar ( const TQString & label, QMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0 ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQToolBar\fR ( const QString & label, QMainWindow * mainWindow, QWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQToolBar\fR ( const TQString & label, QMainWindow * mainWindow, TQWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQToolBar\fR ( QMainWindow * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Inherits QDockWindow. .BI "QMainWindow * \fBmainWindow\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetStretchableWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetStretchableWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetLabel\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlabel\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBlabel\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBclear\fR ()" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Inherits QDockWindow. .SS "Properties" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlabel\fR - the toolbar's label" +.BI "TQString \fBlabel\fR - the toolbar's label" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ You can use the clear() method to remove all items from a toolbar. .PP See also QToolButton, QMainWindow, Parts of Isys on Visual Design, GUI Design Handbook: Tool Bar, and Main Window and Related Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QToolBar::QToolBar ( const QString & label, QMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QToolBar::QToolBar ( const TQString & label, QMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0 )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "QToolBar::QToolBar ( const QString & label, QMainWindow * mainWindow, QWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QToolBar::QToolBar ( const TQString & label, QMainWindow * mainWindow, TQWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an empty horizontal toolbar. .PP The toolbar is called \fIname\fR and is a child of \fIparent\fR and is managed by \fImainWindow\fR. The \fIlabel\fR and \fInewLine\fR parameters are passed straight to QMainWindow::addDockWindow(). \fIname\fR and the widget flags \fIf\fR are passed on to the QDockWindow constructor. @@ -112,13 +112,13 @@ Examples: .)l chart/chartform.cpp, fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, and scribble/scribble.cpp. .SH "void QToolBar::clear ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Deletes all the toolbar's child widgets. -.SH "QString QToolBar::label () const" +.SH "TQString QToolBar::label () const" Returns the toolbar's label. See the "label" property for details. .SH "QMainWindow * QToolBar::mainWindow () const" Returns a pointer to the QMainWindow which manages this toolbar. -.SH "void QToolBar::setLabel ( const QString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QToolBar::setLabel ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the toolbar's label. See the "label" property for details. -.SH "void QToolBar::setStretchableWidget ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QToolBar::setStretchableWidget ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the widget \fIw\fR to be expanded if this toolbar is requested to stretch. .PP The request to stretch might occur because QMainWindow right-justifies the dock area the toolbar is in, or because this toolbar's isVerticalStretchable() or isHorizontalStretchable() is set to TRUE. @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ See also QMainWindow::rightJustification, setVerticalStretchable(), and setHoriz Examples: .)l fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp and helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp. .SS "Property Documentation" -.SH "QString label" +.SH "TQString label" This property holds the toolbar's label. .PP If the toolbar is floated the label becomes the toolbar window's caption. There is no default label text. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt index 4723a440e..0be3aca4a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbox.3qt @@ -16,22 +16,22 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQToolBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQToolBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBaddItem\fR ( QWidget * w, const QString & label )" +.BI "int \fBaddItem\fR ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBaddItem\fR ( QWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const QString & label )" +.BI "int \fBaddItem\fR ( TQWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( int index, QWidget * item, const QString & label )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( int index, QWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const QString & label )" +.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( int index, TQWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBremoveItem\fR ( QWidget * item )" +.BI "int \fBremoveItem\fR ( TQWidget * item )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetItemEnabled\fR ( int index, bool enabled )" @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "bool \fBisItemEnabled\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetItemLabel\fR ( int index, const QString & label )" +.BI "void \fBsetItemLabel\fR ( int index, const TQString & label )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBitemLabel\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBitemLabel\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetItemIconSet\fR ( int index, const QIconSet & iconSet )" @@ -52,25 +52,25 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "QIconSet \fBitemIconSet\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetItemToolTip\fR ( int index, const QString & toolTip )" +.BI "void \fBsetItemToolTip\fR ( int index, const TQString & toolTip )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBitemToolTip\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBitemToolTip\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcurrentItem\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcurrentItem\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( QWidget * item )" +.BI "void \fBsetCurrentItem\fR ( TQWidget * item )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcurrentIndex\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBitem\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBitem\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( QWidget * item ) const" +.BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( TQWidget * item ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcount\fR () const" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SH DESCRIPTION The QToolBox class provides a column of tabbed widget items. .PP -A toolbox is a widget that displays a column of tabs one above the other, with the current item displayed below the current tab. Every tab has an index position within the column of tabs. A tab's item is a QWidget. +A toolbox is a widget that displays a column of tabs one above the other, with the current item displayed below the current tab. Every tab has an index position within the column of tabs. A tab's item is a TQWidget. .PP Each item has an itemLabel(), an optional icon, itemIconSet(), an optional itemToolTip(), and a widget. The item's attributes can be changed with setItemLabel(), setItemIconSet() and setItemToolTip(). .PP @@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ The currentChanged() signal is emitted when the current item is changed. .PP See also QTabWidget and Advanced Widgets. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QToolBox::QToolBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QToolBox::QToolBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a toolbox called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR and flags \fIf\fR. -.SH "int QToolBox::addItem ( QWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const QString & label )" +.SH "int QToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )" Adds the widget \fIitem\fR in a new tab at bottom of the toolbox. The new tab's label is set to \fIlabel\fR, and the \fIiconSet\fR is displayed to the left of the \fIlabel\fR. Returns the new tab's index. -.SH "int QToolBox::addItem ( QWidget * w, const QString & label )" +.SH "int QToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds the widget \fIw\fR in a new tab at bottom of the toolbox. The new tab's label is set to \fIlabel\fR. Returns the new tab's index. @@ -135,43 +135,43 @@ Returns the number of items contained in the toolbox. See the "count" property f This signal is emitted when the current item changed. The new current item's index is passed in \fIindex\fR, or -1 if there is no current item. .SH "int QToolBox::currentIndex () const" Returns the index of the current item, or -1 if the toolbox is empty. See the "currentIndex" property for details. -.SH "QWidget * QToolBox::currentItem () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QToolBox::currentItem () const" Returns the toolbox's current item, or 0 if the toolbox is empty. -.SH "int QToolBox::indexOf ( QWidget * item ) const" +.SH "int QToolBox::indexOf ( TQWidget * item ) const" Returns the index of item \fIitem\fR, or -1 if the item does not exist. -.SH "int QToolBox::insertItem ( int index, QWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const QString & label )" +.SH "int QToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const QIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )" Inserts the widget \fIitem\fR at position \fIindex\fR, or at the bottom of the toolbox if \fIindex\fR is out of range. The new item's label is set to \fIlabel\fR, and the \fIiconSet\fR is displayed to the left of the \fIlabel\fR. Returns the new item's index. -.SH "int QToolBox::insertItem ( int index, QWidget * item, const QString & label )" +.SH "int QToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQString & label )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Inserts the widget \fIitem\fR at position \fIindex\fR, or at the bottom of the toolbox if \fIindex\fR is out of range. The new item's label is set to \fIlabel\fR. Returns the new item's index. .SH "bool QToolBox::isItemEnabled ( int index ) const" Returns TRUE if the item at position \fIindex\fR is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QWidget * QToolBox::item ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * QToolBox::item ( int index ) const" Returns the item at position \fIindex\fR, or 0 if there is no such item. .SH "QIconSet QToolBox::itemIconSet ( int index ) const" Returns the icon of the item at position \fIindex\fR, or a null icon if \fIindex\fR is out of range. .SH "void QToolBox::itemInserted ( int index )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual handler is called after a new item was added or inserted at position \fIindex\fR. -.SH "QString QToolBox::itemLabel ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQString QToolBox::itemLabel ( int index ) const" Returns the label of the item at position \fIindex\fR, or a null string if \fIindex\fR is out of range. .SH "void QToolBox::itemRemoved ( int index )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual handler is called after an item was removed from position \fIindex\fR. -.SH "QString QToolBox::itemToolTip ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQString QToolBox::itemToolTip ( int index ) const" Returns the tooltip of the item at position \fIindex\fR, or a null string if \fIindex\fR is out of range. -.SH "int QToolBox::removeItem ( QWidget * item )" +.SH "int QToolBox::removeItem ( TQWidget * item )" Removes the widget \fIitem\fR from the toolbox. Note that the widget is \fInot\fR deleted. Returns the removed widget's index, or -1 if the widget was not in this tool box. .SH "void QToolBox::setCurrentIndex ( int index )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the index of the current item, or -1 if the toolbox is empty to \fIindex\fR. See the "currentIndex" property for details. -.SH "void QToolBox::setCurrentItem ( QWidget * item )" +.SH "void QToolBox::setCurrentItem ( TQWidget * item )" Sets the current item to be \fIitem\fR. .SH "void QToolBox::setItemEnabled ( int index, bool enabled )" If \fIenabled\fR is TRUE then the item at position \fIindex\fR is enabled; otherwise item \fIindex\fR is disabled. .SH "void QToolBox::setItemIconSet ( int index, const QIconSet & iconSet )" Sets the icon of the item at position \fIindex\fR to \fIiconSet\fR. -.SH "void QToolBox::setItemLabel ( int index, const QString & label )" +.SH "void QToolBox::setItemLabel ( int index, const TQString & label )" Sets the label of the item at position \fIindex\fR to \fIlabel\fR. -.SH "void QToolBox::setItemToolTip ( int index, const QString & toolTip )" +.SH "void QToolBox::setItemToolTip ( int index, const TQString & toolTip )" Sets the tooltip of the item at position \fIindex\fR to \fItoolTip\fR. .SS "Property Documentation" .SH "int count" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt index c7f1e8adb..f02b675f8 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtoolbutton.3qt @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ Inherits QButton. .BI "enum \fBTextPosition\fR { BesideIcon, BelowIcon, Right = BesideIcon, Under = BelowIcon }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQToolButton\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQToolButton\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQToolButton\fR ( const QIconSet & iconSet, const QString & textLabel, const QString & grouptext, QObject * receiver, const char * slot, QToolBar * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQToolButton\fR ( const QIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & textLabel, const TQString & grouptext, TQObject * receiver, const char * slot, QToolBar * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQToolButton\fR ( ArrowType type, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQToolButton\fR ( ArrowType type, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QToolButton\fR ()" @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Inherits QButton. .BI "bool \fBusesTextLabel\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtextLabel\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtextLabel\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetPopup\fR ( QPopupMenu * popup )" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Inherits QButton. .BI "virtual void \fBsetUsesTextLabel\fR ( bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetTextLabel\fR ( const QString & newLabel, bool tipToo )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetTextLabel\fR ( const TQString & newLabel, bool tipToo )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetToggleButton\fR ( bool enable )" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Inherits QButton. .BI "void \fBtoggle\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTextLabel\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBsetTextLabel\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetTextPosition\fR ( TextPosition pos )" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Inherits QButton. .BI "int \fBpopupDelay\fR - the time delay between pressing the button and the appearance of the associated popup menu in milliseconds" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtextLabel\fR - the label of this button" +.BI "TQString \fBtextLabel\fR - the label of this button" .br .ti -1c .BI "TextPosition \fBtextPosition\fR - the position of the text label of this button" @@ -167,18 +167,18 @@ The position of the tool button's textLabel in relation to the tool button's ico .TP \fCQToolButton::BelowIcon\fR - The text appears below the icon. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QToolButton::QToolButton ( QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QToolButton::QToolButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty tool button called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. -.SH "QToolButton::QToolButton ( const QIconSet & iconSet, const QString & textLabel, const QString & grouptext, QObject * receiver, const char * slot, QToolBar * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QToolButton::QToolButton ( const QIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & textLabel, const TQString & grouptext, TQObject * receiver, const char * slot, QToolBar * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a tool button called \fIname\fR, that is a child of \fIparent\fR (which must be a QToolBar). .PP The tool button will display \fIiconSet\fR, with its text label and tool tip set to \fItextLabel\fR and its status bar message set to \fIgrouptext\fR. It will be connected to the \fIslot\fR in object \fIreceiver\fR. -.SH "QToolButton::QToolButton ( ArrowType type, QWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QToolButton::QToolButton ( ArrowType type, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a tool button as an arrow button. The ArrowType \fItype\fR defines the arrow direction. Possible values are LeftArrow, RightArrow, UpArrow and DownArrow. .PP An arrow button has auto-repeat turned on by default. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QToolButton::~QToolButton ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. .SH "bool QToolButton::autoRaise () const" @@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ Ownership of the popup menu is not transferred to the tool button. See also popup(). .SH "void QToolButton::setPopupDelay ( int delay )" Sets the time delay between pressing the button and the appearance of the associated popup menu in milliseconds to \fIdelay\fR. See the "popupDelay" property for details. -.SH "void QToolButton::setTextLabel ( const QString & )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QToolButton::setTextLabel ( const TQString & )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the label of this button. See the "textLabel" property for details. -.SH "void QToolButton::setTextLabel ( const QString & newLabel, bool tipToo )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QToolButton::setTextLabel ( const TQString & newLabel, bool tipToo )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the label of this button to \fInewLabel\fR and automatically sets it as a tool tip if \fItipToo\fR is TRUE. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Sets whether this tool button is a toggle button to \fIenable\fR. See the "toggl Sets whether this toolbutton uses big pixmaps to \fIenable\fR. See the "usesBigPixmap" property for details. .SH "void QToolButton::setUsesTextLabel ( bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets whether the toolbutton displays a text label below the button pixmap to \fIenable\fR. See the "usesTextLabel" property for details. -.SH "QString QToolButton::textLabel () const" +.SH "TQString QToolButton::textLabel () const" Returns the label of this button. See the "textLabel" property for details. .SH "TextPosition QToolButton::textPosition () const" Returns the position of the text label of this button. See the "textPosition" property for details. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ This property holds the toolbutton's background mode. .PP Get this property with backgroundMode(). .PP -See also QWidget::backgroundMode. +See also TQWidget::backgroundMode. .SH "QIconSet iconSet" This property holds the icon set providing the icon shown on the button. .PP @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Usually this is around half a second. A value of 0 draws the down arrow button t See also setPopup(). .PP Set this property's value with setPopupDelay() and get this property's value with popupDelay(). -.SH "QString textLabel" +.SH "TQString textLabel" This property holds the label of this button. .PP Setting this property automatically sets the text as a tool tip too. There is no default text. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtooltip.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtooltip.3qt index 3b6fcf38d..83810cc86 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtooltip.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtooltip.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQToolTip\fR ( QWidget * widget, QToolTipGroup * group = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQToolTip\fR ( TQWidget * widget, QToolTipGroup * group = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBparentWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBparentWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QToolTipGroup * \fBgroup\fR () const" @@ -28,25 +28,25 @@ Inherits Qt. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const QString & longText )" +.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & longText )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const QString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const QString & groupText )" +.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & groupText )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect )" +.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtextFor\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ) )" +.BI "TQString \fBtextFor\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ) )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBhide\fR ()" @@ -85,16 +85,16 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "virtual void \fBmaybeTip\fR ( const QPoint & p ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text, const QString & groupText )" +.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text, const QRect & geometry )" +.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, const QRect & geometry )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text, const QString & groupText, const QRect & geometry )" +.BI "void \fBtip\fR ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText, const QRect & geometry )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()" @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ The global tooltip font and palette can be set with the static setFont() and set .PP See also QStatusBar, QWhatsThis, QToolTipGroup, GUI Design Handbook: Tool Tip, and Help System. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QToolTip::QToolTip ( QWidget * widget, QToolTipGroup * group = 0 )" +.SH "QToolTip::QToolTip ( TQWidget * widget, QToolTipGroup * group = 0 )" Constructs a tool tip object. This is only necessary if you need tool tips on regions that can move within the widget (most often because the widget's contents can scroll). .PP \fIwidget\fR is the widget you want to add dynamic tool tips to and \fIgroup\fR (optional) is the tool tip group they should belong to. .PP -\fBWarning:\fR QToolTip is not a subclass of QObject, so the instance of QToolTip is not deleted when \fIwidget\fR is deleted. +\fBWarning:\fR QToolTip is not a subclass of TQObject, so the instance of QToolTip is not deleted when \fIwidget\fR is deleted. .PP \fBWarning:\fR If you delete the tool tip before you have deleted \fIwidget\fR then you need to make sure you call remove() yourself from \fIwidget\fR in your reimplemented QToolTip destructor. .PP @@ -187,14 +187,14 @@ Constructs a tool tip object. This is only necessary if you need tool tips on re .fi .PP See also maybeTip(). -.SH "void QToolTip::add ( QWidget * widget, const QString & text )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text )\fC [static]\fR" Adds a tool tip to \fIwidget\fR. \fItext\fR is the text to be shown in the tool tip. .PP This is the most common entry point to the QToolTip class; it is suitable for adding tool tips to buttons, checkboxes, comboboxes and so on. .PP Examples: .)l helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, and tooltip/tooltip.cpp. -.SH "void QToolTip::add ( QWidget * widget, const QString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const QString & longText )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & longText )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds a tool tip to \fIwidget\fR and to tool tip group \fIgroup\fR. @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ Adds a tool tip to \fIwidget\fR and to tool tip group \fIgroup\fR. \fItext\fR is the text shown in the tool tip and \fIlongText\fR is the text emitted from \fIgroup\fR. .PP Normally, \fIlongText\fR is shown in a status bar or similar. -.SH "void QToolTip::add ( QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const QString & text )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const TQString & text )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds a tool tip to a fixed rectangle, \fIrect\fR, within \fIwidget\fR. \fItext\fR is the text shown in the tool tip. -.SH "void QToolTip::add ( QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const QString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const QString & groupText )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, QToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & groupText )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Adds a tool tip to an entire \fIwidget\fR and to tool tip group \fIgroup\fR. The tooltip will disappear when the mouse leaves the \fIrect\fR. @@ -265,17 +265,17 @@ Examples: Returns the palette common to all tool tips. .PP See also setPalette(). -.SH "QWidget * QToolTip::parentWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QToolTip::parentWidget () const" Returns the widget this QToolTip applies to. .PP The tool tip is destroyed automatically when the parent widget is destroyed. .PP See also group(). -.SH "void QToolTip::remove ( QWidget * widget )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::remove ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [static]\fR" Removes the tool tip from \fIwidget\fR. .PP If there is more than one tool tip on \fIwidget\fR, only the one covering the entire widget is removed. -.SH "void QToolTip::remove ( QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::remove ( TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Removes any tool tip for \fIrect\fR from \fIwidget\fR. @@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ Sets the palette for all tool tips to \fIpalette\fR. See also palette(). .SH "void QToolTip::setWakeUpDelay ( int i )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the wakeup delay for all tooltips to \fIi\fR milliseconds. -.SH "QString QToolTip::textFor ( QWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ) )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns the tool tip text for \fIwidget\fR at position \fIpos\fR, or QString::null if there is no tool tip for the given widget and position. -.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "TQString QToolTip::textFor ( TQWidget * widget, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ) )\fC [static]\fR" +Returns the tool tip text for \fIwidget\fR at position \fIpos\fR, or TQString::null if there is no tool tip for the given widget and position. +.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text )\fC [protected]\fR" Immediately pops up a tip saying \fItext\fR and removes the tip once the cursor moves out of rectangle \fIrect\fR (which is given in the coordinate system of the widget this QToolTip relates to). .PP The tip will not reappear if the cursor moves back; your maybeTip() must reinstate it each time. -.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text, const QString & groupText )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText )\fC [protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Immediately pops up a tip saying \fItext\fR and removes that tip once the cursor moves out of rectangle \fIrect\fR (which is given in the coordinate system of the widget this QToolTip relates to). \fIgroupText\fR is the text emitted from the group. .PP The tip will not reappear if the cursor moves back; your maybeTip() must reinstate it each time. -.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text, const QRect & geometry )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, const QRect & geometry )\fC [protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Immediately pops up a tip within the rectangle \fIgeometry\fR, saying \fItext\fR and removes the tip once the cursor moves out of rectangle \fIrect\fR. Both rectangles are given in the coordinate system of the widget this QToolTip relates to. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Immediately pops up a tip within the rectangle \fIgeometry\fR, saying \fItext\fR The tip will not reappear if the cursor moves back; your maybeTip() must reinstate it each time. .PP If the tip does not fit inside \fIgeometry\fR, the tip expands. -.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const QString & text, const QString & groupText, const QRect & geometry )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTip::tip ( const QRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText, const QRect & geometry )\fC [protected]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Immediately pops up a tip within the rectangle \fIgeometry\fR, saying \fItext\fR and removes the tip once the cursor moves out of rectangle \fIrect\fR. \fIgroupText\fR is the text emitted from the group. Both rectangles are given in the coordinate system of the widget this QToolTip relates to. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtooltipgroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtooltipgroup.3qt index 23e3d956a..5f54a0b3a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtooltipgroup.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtooltipgroup.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QToolTipGroup \- Collects tool tips into related groups .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqtooltip.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQToolTipGroup\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQToolTipGroup\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QToolTipGroup\fR ()" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Inherits QObject. .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBshowTip\fR ( const QString & longText )" +.BI "void \fBshowTip\fR ( const TQString & longText )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBremoveTip\fR ()" @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ QToolTipGroup has practically no API; it is only used as an argument to QToolTip .br QToolTipGroup * grp = new QToolTipGroup( this, "tool tip relay" ); .br - connect( grp, SIGNAL(showTip(const QString&)), + connect( grp, SIGNAL(showTip(const TQString&)), .br - myLabel, SLOT(setText(const QString&)) ); + myLabel, SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) ); .br connect( grp, SIGNAL(removeTip()), .br @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Deleting a tool tip group removes the tool tips in it. .PP See also Help System. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QToolTipGroup::QToolTipGroup ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QToolTipGroup::QToolTipGroup ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a tool tip group called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. .SH "QToolTipGroup::~QToolTipGroup ()" Destroys this tool tip group and all tool tips in it. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Example: helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp. Sets whether the display of the group text is delayed. See the "delay" property for details. .SH "void QToolTipGroup::setEnabled ( bool )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets whether tool tips in the group are enabled. See the "enabled" property for details. -.SH "void QToolTipGroup::showTip ( const QString & longText )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QToolTipGroup::showTip ( const TQString & longText )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when one of the tool tips in the group is displayed. \fIlongText\fR is the extra text for the displayed tool tip. .PP See also removeTip(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtranslator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtranslator.3qt index 9b1aec247..cc41b06f3 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtranslator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtranslator.3qt @@ -11,24 +11,24 @@ QTranslator \- .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqtranslator.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTranslator\fR ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQTranslator\fR ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QTranslator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString find ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "TQString find ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QTranslatorMessage \fBfindMessage\fR ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const QString & filename, const QString & directory = QString::null, const QString & search_delimiters = QString::null, const QString & suffix = QString::null )" +.BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const TQString & filename, const TQString & directory = TQString::null, const TQString & search_delimiters = TQString::null, const TQString & suffix = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBload\fR ( const uchar * data, int len )" @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ Inherits QObject. .BI "enum \fBSaveMode\fR { Everything, Stripped }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const QString & filename, SaveMode mode = Everything )" +.BI "bool \fBsave\fR ( const TQString & filename, SaveMode mode = Everything )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBinsert\fR ( const QTranslatorMessage & message )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void insert ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const QString & translation ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void insert ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const TQString & translation ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBremove\fR ( const QTranslatorMessage & message )" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The QTranslator class provides internationalization support for text output. .PP An object of this class contains a set of QTranslatorMessage objects, each of which specifies a translation from a source language to a target language. QTranslator provides functions to look up translations, add new ones, remove them, load and save them, etc. .PP -The most common use of QTranslator is to: load a translator file created with TQt Linguist, install it using QApplication::installTranslator(), and use it via QObject::tr(). For example: +The most common use of QTranslator is to: load a translator file created with TQt Linguist, install it using QApplication::installTranslator(), and use it via TQObject::tr(). For example: .PP .nf .br @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ But it's not always so simple. The Spanish version of a printer dialog with sett .PP Note that when QTranslator loads a stripped file, most functions do not work. The functions that do work with stripped files are explicitly documented as such. .PP -See also QTranslatorMessage, QApplication::installTranslator(), QApplication::removeTranslator(), QObject::tr(), QApplication::translate(), Environment Classes, and Internationalization with Qt. +See also QTranslatorMessage, QApplication::installTranslator(), QApplication::removeTranslator(), TQObject::tr(), QApplication::translate(), Environment Classes, and Internationalization with Qt. .SS "Member Type Documentation" .SH "QTranslator::SaveMode" This enum type defines how QTranslator writes translation files. There are two modes: @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ This enum type defines how QTranslator writes translation files. There are two m .PP Note that when QTranslator loads a stripped file, most functions do not work. The functions that do work with stripped files are explicitly documented as such. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QTranslator::QTranslator ( QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QTranslator::QTranslator ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty message file object that is not connected to any file. The object is called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR. .SH "QTranslator::~QTranslator ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. @@ -162,12 +162,12 @@ Returns TRUE if this message file contains a message with the key (\fIcontext\fR This function works with stripped translator files. .PP (This is is a one-liner that calls findMessage().) -.SH "QString QTranslator::find ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const" +.SH "TQString QTranslator::find ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Please use findMessage() instead. .PP -Returns the translation for the key (\fIcontext\fR, \fIsourceText\fR, \fIcomment\fR) or QString::null if there is none in this translator. +Returns the translation for the key (\fIcontext\fR, \fIsourceText\fR, \fIcomment\fR) or TQString::null if there is none in this translator. .SH "QTranslatorMessage QTranslator::findMessage ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the QTranslatorMessage for the key (\fIcontext\fR, \fIsourceText\fR, \fIcomment\fR). If none is found, also tries (\fIcontext\fR, \fIsourceText\fR, ""). .SH "void QTranslator::insert ( const QTranslatorMessage & message )" @@ -176,22 +176,22 @@ Inserts \fImessage\fR into this message file. This function does \fInot\fR work with stripped translator files. It may appear to, but that is not dependable. .PP See also remove(). -.SH "void QTranslator::insert ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const QString & translation )" +.SH "void QTranslator::insert ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const TQString & translation )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .SH "bool QTranslator::isEmpty () const" Returns TRUE if this translator is empty, otherwise returns FALSE. This function works with stripped and unstripped translation files. -.SH "bool QTranslator::load ( const QString & filename, const QString & directory = QString::null, const QString & search_delimiters = QString::null, const QString & suffix = QString::null )" +.SH "bool QTranslator::load ( const TQString & filename, const TQString & directory = TQString::null, const TQString & search_delimiters = TQString::null, const TQString & suffix = TQString::null )" Loads \fIfilename\fR, which may be an absolute file name or relative to \fIdirectory\fR. The previous contents of this translator object is discarded. Returns TRUE if the file is loaded successfully; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP If the full file name does not exist, other file names are tried in the following order: .PP <ol type=1> .TP -File name with \fIsuffix\fR appended (".qm" if the \fIsuffix\fR is QString::null). +File name with \fIsuffix\fR appended (".qm" if the \fIsuffix\fR is TQString::null). .TP -File name with text after a character in \fIsearch_delimiters\fR stripped ("_." is the default for \fIsearch_delimiters\fR if it is QString::null). +File name with text after a character in \fIsearch_delimiters\fR stripped ("_." is the default for \fIsearch_delimiters\fR if it is TQString::null). .TP File name stripped and \fIsuffix\fR appended. .TP @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Removes the translation associated to the key (\fIcontext\fR, \fIsourceText\fR," ") from this translator. -.SH "bool QTranslator::save ( const QString & filename, SaveMode mode = Everything )" +.SH "bool QTranslator::save ( const TQString & filename, SaveMode mode = Everything )" Saves this message file to \fIfilename\fR, overwriting the previous contents of \fIfilename\fR. If \fImode\fR is Everything (the default), all the information is preserved. If \fImode\fR is Stripped, any information that is not necessary for findMessage() is stripped away. .PP See also load(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtranslatormessage.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtranslatormessage.3qt index c7e10c357..80eb19e7e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqtranslatormessage.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtranslatormessage.3qt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ QTranslatorMessage \- Translator message and its properties .BI "\fBQTranslatorMessage\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQTranslatorMessage\fR ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment, const QString & translation = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQTranslatorMessage\fR ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment, const TQString & translation = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQTranslatorMessage\fR ( QDataStream & stream )" @@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ QTranslatorMessage \- Translator message and its properties .BI "const char * \fBcomment\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTranslation\fR ( const QString & translation )" +.BI "void \fBsetTranslation\fR ( const TQString & translation )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtranslation\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtranslation\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "enum \fBPrefix\fR { NoPrefix, Hash, HashContext, HashContextSourceText, HashContextSourceTextComment }" @@ -101,8 +101,8 @@ Let (\fIh\fR, \fIc\fR, \fIs\fR, \fIm\fR) be the extended key. The possible prefi See also write() and commonPrefix(). .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage ()" -Constructs a translator message with the extended key (0, 0, 0, 0) and QString::null as translation. -.SH "QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment, const QString & translation = QString::null )" +Constructs a translator message with the extended key (0, 0, 0, 0) and TQString::null as translation. +.SH "QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment, const TQString & translation = TQString::null )" Constructs an translator message with the extended key (\fIh\fR, \fIcontext\fR, \fIsourceText\fR, \fIcomment\fR), where \fIh\fR is computed from \fIsourceText\fR and \fIcomment\fR, and possibly with a \fItranslation\fR. .SH "QTranslatorMessage::QTranslatorMessage ( QDataStream & stream )" Constructs a translator message read from the \fIstream\fR. The resulting message may have any combination of content. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is equal to that of \fIm\fR; oth Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is lexicographically after that of \fIm\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "bool QTranslatorMessage::operator>= ( const QTranslatorMessage & m ) const" Returns TRUE if the extended key of this object is lexicographically after that of \fIm\fR or if they are equal; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "void QTranslatorMessage::setTranslation ( const QString & translation )" +.SH "void QTranslatorMessage::setTranslation ( const TQString & translation )" Sets the translation of the source text to \fItranslation\fR. .PP See also translation(). @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ See also translation(). Returns the source text of this message (e.g. "&Save"). .PP \fBWarning:\fR This may return 0 if the QTranslator object is stripped (compressed). -.SH "QString QTranslatorMessage::translation () const" +.SH "TQString QTranslatorMessage::translation () const" Returns the translation of the source text (e.g., "&Sauvegarder"). .PP See also setTranslation(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tquridrag.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tquridrag.3qt index 384dfd60b..c6144fd22 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tquridrag.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tquridrag.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QStoredDrag. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUriDrag\fR ( QStrList uris, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQUriDrag\fR ( QStrList uris, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUriDrag\fR ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQUriDrag\fR ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QUriDrag\fR ()" @@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ Inherits QStoredDrag. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBuriToLocalFile\fR ( const char * uri )" +.BI "TQString \fBuriToLocalFile\fR ( const char * uri )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QCString \fBlocalFileToUri\fR ( const QString & filename )" +.BI "QCString \fBlocalFileToUri\fR ( const TQString & filename )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBuriToUnicodeUri\fR ( const char * uri )" +.BI "TQString \fBuriToUnicodeUri\fR ( const char * uri )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QCString \fBunicodeUriToUri\fR ( const QString & uuri )" +.BI "QCString \fBunicodeUriToUri\fR ( const TQString & uuri )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBcanDecode\fR ( const QMimeSource * e )" @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ Static functions are provided to convert between filenames and URIs, e.g. uriToL .PP See also Drag And Drop Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QUriDrag::QUriDrag ( QStrList uris, QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QUriDrag::QUriDrag ( QStrList uris, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an object to drag the list of URIs in \fIuris\fR. The \fIdragSource\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to QStoredDrag. Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding. -.SH "QUriDrag::QUriDrag ( QWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QUriDrag::QUriDrag ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an object to drag. You must call setUris() before you start the drag(). Passes \fIdragSource\fR and \fIname\fR to the QStoredDrag constructor. .SH "QUriDrag::~QUriDrag ()" Destroys the object. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp. Decodes URIs from the mime source event \fIe\fR, converts them to Unicode URIs (only useful for displaying to humans), placing them in \fIl\fR (which is first cleared). .PP Returns TRUE if \fIcontained\fR a valid list of URIs; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QCString QUriDrag::localFileToUri ( const QString & filename )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QCString QUriDrag::localFileToUri ( const TQString & filename )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the URI equivalent to the absolute local file \fIfilename\fR. .PP See also uriToLocalFile(). @@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ See also localFileToUri() and setUris(). Changes the list of \fIuris\fR to be dragged. .PP Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding. -.SH "QCString QUriDrag::unicodeUriToUri ( const QString & uuri )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QCString QUriDrag::unicodeUriToUri ( const TQString & uuri )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the URI equivalent of the Unicode URI given in \fIuuri\fR (only useful for displaying to humans). .PP See also uriToLocalFile(). -.SH "QString QUriDrag::uriToLocalFile ( const char * uri )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QUriDrag::uriToLocalFile ( const char * uri )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the name of a local file equivalent to \fIuri\fR or a null string if \fIuri\fR is not a local file. .PP Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding. See also localFileToUri(). .PP Example: dirview/dirview.cpp. -.SH "QString QUriDrag::uriToUnicodeUri ( const char * uri )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQString QUriDrag::uriToUnicodeUri ( const char * uri )\fC [static]\fR" Returns the Unicode URI (only useful for displaying to humans) equivalent of \fIuri\fR. .PP Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqurl.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqurl.3qt index 987b8fa90..1b51dfe96 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqurl.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqurl.3qt @@ -19,46 +19,46 @@ Inherited by QUrlOperator. .BI "\fBQUrl\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUrl\fR ( const QString & url )" +.BI "\fBQUrl\fR ( const TQString & url )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQUrl\fR ( const QUrl & url )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUrl\fR ( const QUrl & url, const QString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQUrl\fR ( const QUrl & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QUrl\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprotocol\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBprotocol\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetProtocol\fR ( const QString & protocol )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetProtocol\fR ( const TQString & protocol )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBuser\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBuser\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetUser\fR ( const QString & user )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetUser\fR ( const TQString & user )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasUser\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpassword\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBpassword\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPassword\fR ( const QString & pass )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPassword\fR ( const TQString & pass )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasPassword\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBhost\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBhost\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetHost\fR ( const QString & host )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetHost\fR ( const TQString & host )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasHost\fR () const" @@ -73,31 +73,31 @@ Inherited by QUrlOperator. .BI "bool \fBhasPort\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpath\fR ( bool correct = TRUE ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBpath\fR ( bool correct = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPath\fR ( const QString & path )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPath\fR ( const TQString & path )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasPath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetEncodedPathAndQuery\fR ( const QString & pathAndQuery )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetEncodedPathAndQuery\fR ( const TQString & pathAndQuery )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBencodedPathAndQuery\fR ()" +.BI "TQString \fBencodedPathAndQuery\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetQuery\fR ( const QString & txt )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetQuery\fR ( const TQString & txt )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBquery\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBquery\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBref\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBref\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetRef\fR ( const QString & txt )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetRef\fR ( const TQString & txt )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasRef\fR () const" @@ -109,34 +109,34 @@ Inherited by QUrlOperator. .BI "bool \fBisLocalFile\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddPath\fR ( const QString & pa )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddPath\fR ( const TQString & pa )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFileName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFileName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBfileName\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBfileName\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBdirPath\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBdirPath\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QUrl & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QUrl & url )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QUrl & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QString & url )" +.BI "QUrl & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQString & url )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QUrl & url ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QString & url ) const" +.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const TQString & url ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBoperator QString\fR () const" +.BI "\fBoperator TQString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoString\fR ( bool encodedPath = FALSE, bool forcePrependProtocol = TRUE ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoString\fR ( bool encodedPath = FALSE, bool forcePrependProtocol = TRUE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBcdUp\fR ()" @@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ Inherited by QUrlOperator. .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdecode\fR ( QString & url )" +.BI "void \fBdecode\fR ( TQString & url )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBencode\fR ( QString & url )" +.BI "void \fBencode\fR ( TQString & url )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisRelativeUrl\fR ( const QString & url )" +.BI "bool \fBisRelativeUrl\fR ( const TQString & url )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Inherited by QUrlOperator. .BI "virtual void \fBreset\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBparse\fR ( const QString & url )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBparse\fR ( const TQString & url )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -216,11 +216,11 @@ To make it easy to work with QUrls and QStrings, QUrl implements the necessary c .br QUrl url( "http://www.trolltech.com" ); .br - QString s = url; + TQString s = url; .br // or .br - QString s( "http://www.trolltech.com" ); + TQString s( "http://www.trolltech.com" ); .br QUrl url( s ); .br @@ -234,13 +234,13 @@ See also QUrlOperator, Input/Output and Networking, and Miscellaneous Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QUrl::QUrl ()" Constructs an empty URL that is invalid. -.SH "QUrl::QUrl ( const QString & url )" +.SH "QUrl::QUrl ( const TQString & url )" Constructs a URL by parsing the string \fIurl\fR. .PP If you pass a string like "/home/qt", the "file" protocol is assumed. .SH "QUrl::QUrl ( const QUrl & url )" Copy constructor. Copies the data of \fIurl\fR. -.SH "QUrl::QUrl ( const QUrl & url, const QString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" +.SH "QUrl::QUrl ( const QUrl & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" Constructs an URL taking \fIurl\fR as the base (context) and \fIrelUrl\fR as a relative URL to \fIurl\fR. If \fIrelUrl\fR is not relative, \fIrelUrl\fR is taken as the new URL. .PP For example, the path of @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ will result in a new URL, with "/usr/local" as the path and "file" as the protoc Normally it is expected that the path of \fIurl\fR points to a directory, even if the path has no slash at the end. But if you want the constructor to handle the last part of the path as a file name if there is no slash at the end, and to let it be replaced by the file name of \fIrelUrl\fR (if it contains one), set \fIcheckSlash\fR to TRUE. .SH "QUrl::~QUrl ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destructor. -.SH "void QUrl::addPath ( const QString & pa )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::addPath ( const TQString & pa )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds the path \fIpa\fR to the path of the URL. .PP See also setPath() and hasPath(). @@ -281,12 +281,12 @@ See also setPath() and hasPath(). Changes the directory to one directory up. .PP See also setPath(). -.SH "void QUrl::decode ( QString & url )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::decode ( TQString & url )\fC [static]\fR" Decodes the \fIurl\fR in-place into UTF-8. For example .PP .nf .br - QString url = "http%3A//www%20trolltech%20com" + TQString url = "http%3A//www%20trolltech%20com" .br QUrl::decode( url ); .br @@ -295,18 +295,18 @@ Decodes the \fIurl\fR in-place into UTF-8. For example .fi .PP See also encode(). -.SH "QString QUrl::dirPath () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::dirPath () const" Returns the directory path of the URL. This is the part of the path of the URL without the fileName(). See the documentation of fileName() for a discussion of what is handled as file name and what is handled as directory path. .PP See also setPath() and hasPath(). .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. -.SH "void QUrl::encode ( QString & url )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::encode ( TQString & url )\fC [static]\fR" Encodes the \fIurl\fR in-place into UTF-8. For example .PP .nf .br - QString url = http://www.trolltech.com + TQString url = http://www.trolltech.com .br QUrl::encode( url ); .br @@ -317,11 +317,11 @@ Encodes the \fIurl\fR in-place into UTF-8. For example See also decode(). .PP Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h. -.SH "QString QUrl::encodedPathAndQuery ()" +.SH "TQString QUrl::encodedPathAndQuery ()" Returns the encoded path and query. .PP See also decode(). -.SH "QString QUrl::fileName () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::fileName () const" Returns the file name of the URL. If the path of the URL doesn't have a slash at the end, the part between the last slash and the end of the path string is considered to be the file name. If the path has a slash at the end, an empty string is returned here. .PP See also setFileName(). @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ See also setRef(). Returns TRUE if the URL contains a username; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also setUser() and setPassword(). -.SH "QString QUrl::host () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::host () const" Returns the hostname of the URL. .PP See also setHost() and hasHost(). @@ -363,17 +363,17 @@ Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h. Returns TRUE if the URL is a local file; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP Example: qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "bool QUrl::isRelativeUrl ( const QString & url )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QUrl::isRelativeUrl ( const TQString & url )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if \fIurl\fR is relative; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "bool QUrl::isValid () const" Returns TRUE if the URL is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. A URL is invalid if it cannot be parsed, for example. -.SH "QUrl::operator QString () const" +.SH "QUrl::operator TQString () const" Composes a string version of the URL and returns it. .PP See also QUrl::toString(). .SH "QUrl & QUrl::operator= ( const QUrl & url )" Assigns the data of \fIurl\fR to this class. -.SH "QUrl & QUrl::operator= ( const QString & url )" +.SH "QUrl & QUrl::operator= ( const TQString & url )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Parses \fIurl\fR and assigns the resulting data to this class. @@ -381,19 +381,19 @@ Parses \fIurl\fR and assigns the resulting data to this class. If you pass a string like "/home/qt" the "file" protocol will be assumed. .SH "bool QUrl::operator== ( const QUrl & url ) const" Compares this URL with \fIurl\fR and returns TRUE if they are equal; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QUrl::operator== ( const QString & url ) const" +.SH "bool QUrl::operator== ( const TQString & url ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Compares this URL with \fIurl\fR. \fIurl\fR is parsed first. Returns TRUE if \fIurl\fR is equal to this url; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QUrl::parse ( const QString & url )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool QUrl::parse ( const TQString & url )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Parses the \fIurl\fR. -.SH "QString QUrl::password () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::password () const" Returns the password of the URL. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Passwords passed in URLs are normally \fIinsecure\fR; this is due to the mechanism, not because of Qt. .PP See also setPassword() and setUser(). -.SH "QString QUrl::path ( bool correct = TRUE ) const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::path ( bool correct = TRUE ) const" Returns the path of the URL. If \fIcorrect\fR is TRUE, the path is cleaned (deals with too many or too few slashes, cleans things like "/../..", etc). Otherwise path() returns exactly the path that was parsed or set. .PP See also setPath() and hasPath(). @@ -403,41 +403,41 @@ Example: qdir/qdir.cpp. Returns the port of the URL or -1 if no port has been set. .PP See also setPort(). -.SH "QString QUrl::protocol () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::protocol () const" Returns the protocol of the URL. Typically, "file", "http", "ftp", etc. .PP See also setProtocol(). -.SH "QString QUrl::query () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::query () const" Returns the (encoded) query of the URL. .PP See also setQuery() and decode(). -.SH "QString QUrl::ref () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::ref () const" Returns the (encoded) reference of the URL. .PP See also setRef(), hasRef(), and decode(). .SH "void QUrl::reset ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Resets all parts of the URL to their default values and invalidates it. -.SH "void QUrl::setEncodedPathAndQuery ( const QString & pathAndQuery )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setEncodedPathAndQuery ( const TQString & pathAndQuery )\fC [virtual]\fR" Parses \fIpathAndQuery\fR for a path and query and sets those values. The whole string must be encoded. .PP See also encode(). -.SH "void QUrl::setFileName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setFileName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the file name of the URL to \fIname\fR. If this URL contains a fileName(), the original file name is replaced by \fIname\fR. .PP See the documentation of fileName() for a more detailed discussion of what is handled as file name and what is handled as a directory path. .PP See also fileName(). -.SH "void QUrl::setHost ( const QString & host )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setHost ( const TQString & host )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the hostname of the URL to \fIhost\fR. .PP See also host() and hasHost(). -.SH "void QUrl::setPassword ( const QString & pass )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setPassword ( const TQString & pass )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the password of the URL to \fIpass\fR. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Passwords passed in URLs are normally \fIinsecure\fR; this is due to the mechanism, not because of Qt. .PP See also password() and setUser(). -.SH "void QUrl::setPath ( const QString & path )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setPath ( const TQString & path )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the path of the URL to \fIpath\fR. .PP See also path() and hasPath(). @@ -445,27 +445,27 @@ See also path() and hasPath(). Sets the port of the URL to \fIport\fR. .PP See also port(). -.SH "void QUrl::setProtocol ( const QString & protocol )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setProtocol ( const TQString & protocol )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the protocol of the URL to \fIprotocol\fR. Typically, "file"," http", "ftp", etc. .PP See also protocol(). -.SH "void QUrl::setQuery ( const QString & txt )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setQuery ( const TQString & txt )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the query of the URL to \fItxt\fR. \fItxt\fR must be encoded. .PP See also query() and encode(). -.SH "void QUrl::setRef ( const QString & txt )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setRef ( const TQString & txt )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the reference of the URL to \fItxt\fR. \fItxt\fR must be encoded. .PP See also ref(), hasRef(), and encode(). -.SH "void QUrl::setUser ( const QString & user )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrl::setUser ( const TQString & user )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the username of the URL to \fIuser\fR. .PP See also user() and setPassword(). -.SH "QString QUrl::toString ( bool encodedPath = FALSE, bool forcePrependProtocol = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QUrl::toString ( bool encodedPath = FALSE, bool forcePrependProtocol = TRUE ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Composes a string version of the URL and returns it. If \fIencodedPath\fR is TRUE the path in the returned string is encoded. If \fIforcePrependProtocol\fR is TRUE and \fIencodedPath\fR looks like a local filename, the "file:/" protocol is also prepended. .PP See also encode() and decode(). -.SH "QString QUrl::user () const" +.SH "TQString QUrl::user () const" Returns the username of the URL. .PP See also setUser() and setPassword(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqurlinfo.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqurlinfo.3qt index f39984c2e..04acc5c0d 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqurlinfo.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqurlinfo.3qt @@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ QUrlInfo \- Stores information about URLs .BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ( const QUrlOperator & path, const QString & file )" +.BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ( const QUrlOperator & path, const TQString & file )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ( const QUrlInfo & ui )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ( const QString & name, int permissions, const QString & owner, const QString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" +.BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ( const TQString & name, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ( const QUrl & url, int permissions, const QString & owner, const QString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" +.BI "\fBQUrlInfo\fR ( const QUrl & url, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QUrlInfo & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QUrlInfo & ui )" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ QUrlInfo \- Stores information about URLs .BI "virtual \fB~QUrlInfo\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const QString & name )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetName\fR ( const TQString & name )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetDir\fR ( bool b )" @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ QUrlInfo \- Stores information about URLs .BI "virtual void \fBsetSymLink\fR ( bool b )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetOwner\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetOwner\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetGroup\fR ( const QString & s )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetGroup\fR ( const TQString & s )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetSize\fR ( uint size )" @@ -74,16 +74,16 @@ QUrlInfo \- Stores information about URLs .BI "bool \fBisValid\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBpermissions\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBowner\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBowner\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBgroup\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBgroup\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "uint \fBsize\fR () const" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ This enum is used by the permissions() function to report the permissions of a f Constructs an invalid QUrlInfo object with default values. .PP See also isValid(). -.SH "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo ( const QUrlOperator & path, const QString & file )" +.SH "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo ( const QUrlOperator & path, const TQString & file )" Constructs a QUrlInfo object with information about the file \fIfile\fR in the \fIpath\fR. It tries to find the information about the \fIfile\fR in the QUrlOperator \fIpath\fR. .PP If the information is not found, this constructor creates an invalid QUrlInfo, i.e. isValid() returns FALSE. You should always check if the URL info is valid before relying on the return values of any getter functions. @@ -174,11 +174,11 @@ If \fIfile\fR is empty, it defaults to the QUrlOperator \fIpath\fR, i.e. to the See also isValid() and QUrlOperator::info(). .SH "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo ( const QUrlInfo & ui )" Copy constructor, copies \fIui\fR to this URL info object. -.SH "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo ( const QString & name, int permissions, const QString & owner, const QString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" +.SH "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo ( const TQString & name, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" Constructs a QUrlInfo object by specifying all the URL's information. .PP The information that is passed is the \fIname\fR, file \fIpermissions\fR, \fIowner\fR and \fIgroup\fR and the file's \fIsize\fR. Also passed is the \fIlastModified\fR date/time and the \fIlastRead\fR date/time. Flags are also passed, specifically, \fIisDir\fR, \fIisFile\fR, \fIisSymLink\fR, \fIisWritable\fR, \fIisReadable\fR and \fIisExecutable\fR. -.SH "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo ( const QUrl & url, int permissions, const QString & owner, const QString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" +.SH "QUrlInfo::QUrlInfo ( const QUrl & url, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const QDateTime & lastModified, const QDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )" Constructs a QUrlInfo object by specifying all the URL's information. .PP The information that is passed is the \fIurl\fR, file \fIpermissions\fR, \fIowner\fR and \fIgroup\fR and the file's \fIsize\fR. Also passed is the \fIlastModified\fR date/time and the \fIlastRead\fR date/time. Flags are also passed, specifically, \fIisDir\fR, \fIisFile\fR, \fIisSymLink\fR, \fIisWritable\fR, \fIisReadable\fR and \fIisExecutable\fR. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ The QUrlOperator object to which this URL referred (if any) is not affected. Returns TRUE if \fIi1\fR equals to \fIi2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The objects are compared by the value, which is specified by \fIsortBy\fR. This must be one of QDir::Name, QDir::Time or QDir::Size. .SH "bool QUrlInfo::greaterThan ( const QUrlInfo & i1, const QUrlInfo & i2, int sortBy )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if \fIi1\fR is greater than \fIi2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The objects are compared by the value, which is specified by \fIsortBy\fR. This must be one of QDir::Name, QDir::Time or QDir::Size. -.SH "QString QUrlInfo::group () const" +.SH "TQString QUrlInfo::group () const" Returns the group of the URL. .PP See also isValid(). @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Returns the date when the URL was last read. See also isValid(). .SH "bool QUrlInfo::lessThan ( const QUrlInfo & i1, const QUrlInfo & i2, int sortBy )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if \fIi1\fR is less than \fIi2\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. The objects are compared by the value, which is specified by \fIsortBy\fR. This must be one of QDir::Name, QDir::Time or QDir::Size. -.SH "QString QUrlInfo::name () const" +.SH "TQString QUrlInfo::name () const" Returns the file name of the URL. .PP See also isValid(). @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h. Assigns the values of \fIui\fR to this QUrlInfo object. .SH "bool QUrlInfo::operator== ( const QUrlInfo & i ) const" Compares this QUrlInfo with \fIi\fR and returns TRUE if they are equal; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QString QUrlInfo::owner () const" +.SH "TQString QUrlInfo::owner () const" Returns the owner of the URL. .PP See also isValid(). @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function turns it into a See also isValid(). .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. -.SH "void QUrlInfo::setGroup ( const QString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrlInfo::setGroup ( const TQString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" Specifies that the owning group of the URL is called \fIs\fR. .PP If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function turns it into a valid one. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Specifies that the object the URL refers to was last modified at \fIdt\fR. If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function turns it into a valid one. .PP See also isValid(). -.SH "void QUrlInfo::setName ( const QString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrlInfo::setName ( const TQString & name )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name of the URL to \fIname\fR. The name is the full text, for example, "http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqurlinfo.html". .PP If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function turns it into a valid one. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function turns it into a See also isValid(). .PP Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp. -.SH "void QUrlInfo::setOwner ( const QString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrlInfo::setOwner ( const TQString & s )\fC [virtual]\fR" Specifies that the owner of the URL is called \fIs\fR. .PP If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function turns it into a valid one. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqurloperator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqurloperator.3qt index 937313ac6..36c60f027 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqurloperator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqurloperator.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QUrlOperator \- Common operations on URLs .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqurloperator.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QObject and QUrl. +Inherits TQObject and QUrl. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ Inherits QObject and QUrl. .BI "\fBQUrlOperator\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUrlOperator\fR ( const QString & url )" +.BI "\fBQUrlOperator\fR ( const TQString & url )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQUrlOperator\fR ( const QUrlOperator & url )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUrlOperator\fR ( const QUrlOperator & url, const QString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" +.BI "\fBQUrlOperator\fR ( const QUrlOperator & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QUrlOperator\fR ()" @@ -34,37 +34,37 @@ Inherits QObject and QUrl. .BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBlistChildren\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBmkdir\fR ( const QString & dirname )" +.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBmkdir\fR ( const TQString & dirname )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBremove\fR ( const QString & filename )" +.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBremove\fR ( const TQString & filename )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBrename\fR ( const QString & oldname, const QString & newname )" +.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBrename\fR ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBget\fR ( const QString & location = QString::null )" +.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBget\fR ( const TQString & location = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBput\fR ( const QByteArray & data, const QString & location = QString::null )" +.BI "virtual const QNetworkOperation * \fBput\fR ( const QByteArray & data, const TQString & location = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> \fBcopy\fR ( const QString & from, const QString & to, bool move = FALSE, bool toPath = TRUE )" +.BI "virtual QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> \fBcopy\fR ( const TQString & from, const TQString & to, bool move = FALSE, bool toPath = TRUE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBcopy\fR ( const QStringList & files, const QString & dest, bool move = FALSE )" +.BI "virtual void \fBcopy\fR ( const QStringList & files, const TQString & dest, bool move = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBisDir\fR ( bool * ok = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetNameFilter\fR ( const QString & nameFilter )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetNameFilter\fR ( const TQString & nameFilter )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBnameFilter\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBnameFilter\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QUrlInfo \fBinfo\fR ( const QString & entry ) const" +.BI "virtual QUrlInfo \fBinfo\fR ( const TQString & entry ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBstop\fR ()" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Inherits QObject and QUrl. .BI "void \fBstartedNextCopy\fR ( const QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> & lst )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBconnectionStateChanged\fR ( int state, const QString & data )" +.BI "void \fBconnectionStateChanged\fR ( int state, const TQString & data )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ A QUrlOperator can be used like this, for example to download a file (and assumi .br QUrlOperator *op = new QUrlOperator(); .br - op->copy( QString("ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-2.1.0.tar.gz"), + op->copy( TQString("ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-2.1.0.tar.gz"), .br "file:/tmp" ); .br @@ -163,23 +163,23 @@ See also QNetworkProtocol, QNetworkOperation, Input/Output and Networking, and M .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator ()" Constructs a QUrlOperator with an empty (i.e. invalid) URL. -.SH "QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator ( const QString & url )" +.SH "QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator ( const TQString & url )" Constructs a QUrlOperator using \fIurl\fR and parses this string. .PP If you pass strings like "/home/qt" the "file" protocol is assumed. .SH "QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator ( const QUrlOperator & url )" Constructs a copy of \fIurl\fR. -.SH "QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator ( const QUrlOperator & url, const QString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" +.SH "QUrlOperator::QUrlOperator ( const QUrlOperator & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )" Constructs a QUrlOperator. The URL on which this QUrlOperator operates is constructed out of the arguments \fIurl\fR, \fIrelUrl\fR and \fIcheckSlash\fR: see the corresponding QUrl constructor for an explanation of these arguments. .SH "QUrlOperator::~QUrlOperator ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destructor. .SH "void QUrlOperator::clearEntries ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Clears the cache of children. -.SH "void QUrlOperator::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const QString & data )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QUrlOperator::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const TQString & data )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted whenever the URL operator's connection state changes. \fIstate\fR describes the new state, which is a QNetworkProtocol::ConnectionState value. .PP \fIdata\fR is a string that describes the change of the connection. This can be used to display a message to the user. -.SH "QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> QUrlOperator::copy ( const QString & from, const QString & to, bool move = FALSE, bool toPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QPtrList<QNetworkOperation> QUrlOperator::copy ( const TQString & from, const TQString & to, bool move = FALSE, bool toPath = TRUE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Copies the file \fIfrom\fR to \fIto\fR. If \fImove\fR is TRUE, the file is moved (copied and removed). \fIfrom\fR must point to a file and \fIto\fR must point to a directory (into which \fIfrom\fR is copied) unless \fItoPath\fR is set to FALSE. If \fItoPath\fR is set to FALSE then the \fIto\fR variable is assumed to be the absolute file path (destination file path + file name). The copying is done using the get() and put() operations. If you want to be notified about the progress of the operation, connect to the dataTransferProgress() signal. Bear in mind that the get() and put() operations emit this signal through the QUrlOperator. The number of transferred bytes and the total bytes that you receive as arguments in this signal do not relate to the the whole copy operation; they relate first to the get() and then to the put() operation. Always check what type of operation the signal comes from; this is given in the signal's last argument. .PP At the end, finished() (with success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ At the end, finished() (with success or failure) is emitted, so check the state Because a move or copy operation consists of multiple operations (get(), put() and maybe remove()), this function doesn't return a single QNetworkOperation, but rather a list of them. They are in the order: get(), put() and (if applicable) remove(). .PP See also get() and put(). -.SH "void QUrlOperator::copy ( const QStringList & files, const QString & dest, bool move = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrlOperator::copy ( const QStringList & files, const TQString & dest, bool move = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Copies the \fIfiles\fR to the directory \fIdest\fR. If \fImove\fR is TRUE the files are moved, not copied. \fIdest\fR must point to a directory. @@ -213,10 +213,10 @@ Deletes the currently used network protocol. This signal is emitted when an operation of some sort finishes, whether with success or failure. \fIop\fR is a pointer to the operation object, which contains all the information, including the state, of the operation which has been finished. Check the state and error code of the operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. .PP See also QNetworkOperation and QNetworkProtocol. -.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::get ( const QString & location = QString::null )\fC [virtual]\fR" -Tells the network protocol to get data from \fIlocation\fR or, if this is QString::null, to get data from the location to which this URL points (see QUrl::fileName() and QUrl::encodedPathAndQuery()). What happens then depends on the network protocol. The data() signal is emitted when data comes in. Because it's unlikely that all data will come in at once, it is common for multiple data() signals to be emitted. The dataTransferProgress() signal is emitted while processing the operation. At the end, finished() (with success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. +.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::get ( const TQString & location = TQString::null )\fC [virtual]\fR" +Tells the network protocol to get data from \fIlocation\fR or, if this is TQString::null, to get data from the location to which this URL points (see QUrl::fileName() and QUrl::encodedPathAndQuery()). What happens then depends on the network protocol. The data() signal is emitted when data comes in. Because it's unlikely that all data will come in at once, it is common for multiple data() signals to be emitted. The dataTransferProgress() signal is emitted while processing the operation. At the end, finished() (with success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. .PP -If \fIlocation\fR is QString::null, the path of this QUrlOperator should point to a file when you use this operation. If \fIlocation\fR is not empty, it can be a relative URL (a child of the path to which the QUrlOperator points) or an absolute URL. +If \fIlocation\fR is TQString::null, the path of this QUrlOperator should point to a file when you use this operation. If \fIlocation\fR is not empty, it can be a relative URL (a child of the path to which the QUrlOperator points) or an absolute URL. .PP For example, to get a web page you might do something like this: .PP @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ If \fIlocation\fR is not empty and relative it must not contain any queries or r See also copy(). .SH "void QUrlOperator::getNetworkProtocol ()\fC [protected]\fR" Finds a network protocol for the URL and deletes the old network protocol. -.SH "QUrlInfo QUrlOperator::info ( const QString & entry ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QUrlInfo QUrlOperator::info ( const TQString & entry ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the URL information for the child \fIentry\fR, or returns an empty QUrlInfo object if there is no information available about \fIentry\fR. Information about \fIentry\fR is only available after a successfully finished listChildren() operation. .SH "bool QUrlOperator::isDir ( bool * ok = 0 )\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if the URL is a directory; otherwise returns FALSE. This may not always work correctly, if the protocol of the URL is something other than file (local filesystem). If you pass a bool pointer as the \fIok\fR argument, \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE if the result of this function is known to be correct, and to FALSE otherwise. @@ -271,13 +271,13 @@ Starts listing the children of this URL (e.g. the files in the directory). The s Because the operation may not be executed immediately, a pointer to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is returned. This object contains all the data about the operation and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created. .PP The path of this QUrlOperator must to point to a directory (because the children of this directory will be listed), not to a file. -.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::mkdir ( const QString & dirname )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::mkdir ( const TQString & dirname )\fC [virtual]\fR" Tries to create a directory (child) with the name \fIdirname\fR. If it is successful, a newChildren() signal with the new child is emitted, and the createdDirectory() signal with the information about the new child is also emitted. The finished() signal (with success or failure) is emitted after the operation has been processed, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. .PP Because the operation will not be executed immediately, a pointer to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is returned. This object contains all the data about the operation and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created. .PP The path of this QUrlOperator must to point to a directory (not a file) because the new directory will be created in this path. -.SH "QString QUrlOperator::nameFilter () const" +.SH "TQString QUrlOperator::nameFilter () const" Returns the name filter of the URL. .PP See also QUrlOperator::setNameFilter() and QDir::nameFilter(). @@ -285,10 +285,10 @@ See also QUrlOperator::setNameFilter() and QDir::nameFilter(). This signal is emitted after listChildren() was called and new children (i.e. files) have been read from a list of files. \fIi\fR holds the information about the new files. \fIop\fR is a pointer to the operation object which contains all the information about the operation, including the state. .PP See also QNetworkOperation and QNetworkProtocol. -.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::put ( const QByteArray & data, const QString & location = QString::null )\fC [virtual]\fR" -This function tells the network protocol to put \fIdata\fR in \fIlocation\fR. If \fIlocation\fR is empty (QString::null), it puts the \fIdata\fR in the location to which the URL points. What happens depends on the network protocol. Depending on the network protocol, some data might come back after putting data, in which case the data() signal is emitted. The dataTransferProgress() signal is emitted during processing of the operation. At the end, finished() (with success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. +.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::put ( const QByteArray & data, const TQString & location = TQString::null )\fC [virtual]\fR" +This function tells the network protocol to put \fIdata\fR in \fIlocation\fR. If \fIlocation\fR is empty (TQString::null), it puts the \fIdata\fR in the location to which the URL points. What happens depends on the network protocol. Depending on the network protocol, some data might come back after putting data, in which case the data() signal is emitted. The dataTransferProgress() signal is emitted during processing of the operation. At the end, finished() (with success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. .PP -If \fIlocation\fR is QString::null, the path of this QUrlOperator should point to a file when you use this operation. If \fIlocation\fR is not empty, it can be a relative (a child of the path to which the QUrlOperator points) or an absolute URL. +If \fIlocation\fR is TQString::null, the path of this QUrlOperator should point to a file when you use this operation. If \fIlocation\fR is not empty, it can be a relative (a child of the path to which the QUrlOperator points) or an absolute URL. .PP For putting some data to a file you can do the following: .PP @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ For most other operations, the path of the QUrlOperator must point to a director This will upload the data to ftp://ftp.whatever.com/home/me/filename.dat. .PP See also copy(). -.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::remove ( const QString & filename )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::remove ( const TQString & filename )\fC [virtual]\fR" Tries to remove the file (child) \fIfilename\fR. If it succeeds the removed() signal is emitted. finished() (with success or failure) is also emitted after the operation has been processed, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. .PP Because the operation will not be executed immediately, a pointer to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is returned. This object contains all the data about the operation and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created. @@ -327,13 +327,13 @@ This signal is emitted when remove() has been succesful and the file has been re \fIop\fR is a pointer to the operation object which contains all the information about the operation, including the state. \fCop->arg(0)\fR holds the name of the file that was removed. .PP See also QNetworkOperation and QNetworkProtocol. -.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::rename ( const QString & oldname, const QString & newname )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "const QNetworkOperation * QUrlOperator::rename ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname )\fC [virtual]\fR" Tries to rename the file (child) called \fIoldname\fR to \fInewname\fR. If it succeeds, the itemChanged() signal is emitted. finished() (with success or failure) is also emitted after the operation has been processed, so check the state of the network operation object to see whether or not the operation was successful. .PP Because the operation may not be executed immediately, a pointer to the QNetworkOperation object created by this function is returned. This object contains all the data about the operation and is used to refer to this operation later (e.g. in the signals that are emitted by the QUrlOperator). The return value can also be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created. .PP This path of this QUrlOperator must to point to a directory because \fIoldname\fR and \fInewname\fR are handled relative to this directory. -.SH "void QUrlOperator::setNameFilter ( const QString & nameFilter )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QUrlOperator::setNameFilter ( const TQString & nameFilter )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the name filter of the URL to \fInameFilter\fR. .PP See also QDir::setNameFilter(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tquuid.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tquuid.3qt index 9289c02cf..c9cb61008 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tquuid.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tquuid.3qt @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQUuid\fR ( const QUuid & orig )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQUuid\fR ( const QString & text )" +.BI "\fBQUuid\fR ( const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtoString\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBtoString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBoperator QString\fR () const" +.BI "\fBoperator TQString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisNull\fR () const" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Example: .fi .SH "QUuid::QUuid ( const QUuid & orig )" Creates a copy of the QUuid \fIorig\fR. -.SH "QUuid::QUuid ( const QString & text )" +.SH "QUuid::QUuid ( const TQString & text )" Creates a QUuid object from the string \fItext\fR. The function can only convert a string in the format {HHHHHHHH-HHHH-HHHH-HHHH-HHHHHHHHHHHH} (where 'H' stands for a hex digit). If the conversion fails a null UUID is created. .SH "QUuid QUuid::createUuid ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns a new UUID of DCE variant, and Random type. The UUIDs generated are based on the platform specific pseudo-random generator, which is usually not a cryptographic-quality random number generator. Therefore, a UUID is not guaranteed to be unique cross application instances. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ On Windows, the new UUID is extremely likely to be unique on the same or any oth See also variant() and version(). .SH "bool QUuid::isNull () const" Returns TRUE if this is the null UUID {00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QUuid::operator QString () const" +.SH "QUuid::operator TQString () const" Returns the string representation of the uuid. .PP See also toString(). @@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ Returns TRUE if this QUuid and the \fIother\fR QUuid are identical; otherwise re Returns TRUE if this QUuid is of the same variant, and lexicographically after the \fIother\fR QUuid; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also variant(). -.SH "QString QUuid::toString () const" -QString QUuid::toString() const +.SH "TQString QUuid::toString () const" +TQString QUuid::toString() const .PP Returns the string representation of the uuid. .SH "QUuid::Variant QUuid::variant () const" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt index cc7e728a5..b98870651 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ QValidator \- Validation of input text .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqvalidator.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP Inherited by QIntValidator, QDoubleValidator, and QRegExpValidator. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQValidator\fR ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQValidator\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QValidator\fR ()" @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ Inherited by QIntValidator, QDoubleValidator, and QRegExpValidator. .BI "enum \fBState\fR { Invalid, Intermediate, Valid = Intermediate, Acceptable }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual State \fBvalidate\fR ( QString & input, int & pos ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual State \fBvalidate\fR ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBfixup\fR ( QString & input ) const" +.BI "virtual void \fBfixup\fR ( TQString & input ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ This enum type defines the states in which a validated string can exist. .TP \fCQValidator::Acceptable\fR - the string is acceptable as a final result, i.e. it is valid. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QValidator::QValidator ( QObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" -Sets up the validator. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed on to the QObject constructor. +.SH "QValidator::QValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )" +Sets up the validator. The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR parameters are passed on to the TQObject constructor. .SH "QValidator::~QValidator ()" Destroys the validator, freeing any storage and other resources used. -.SH "void QValidator::fixup ( QString & input ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QValidator::fixup ( TQString & input ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" This function attempts to change \fIinput\fR to be valid according to this validator's rules. It need not result in a valid string: callers of this function must re-test afterwards; the default does nothing. .PP Reimplementations of this function can change \fIinput\fR even if they do not produce a valid string. For example, an ISBN validator might want to delete every character except digits and "-", even if the result is still not a valid ISBN; a surname validator might want to remove whitespace from the start and end of the string, even if the resulting string is not in the list of accepted surnames. -.SH "State QValidator::validate ( QString & input, int & pos ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "State QValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" This pure virtual function returns Invalid if \fIinput\fR is invalid according to this validator's rules, Intermediate if it is likely that a little more editing will make the input acceptable (e.g. the user types '4' into a widget which accepts integers between 10 and 99) and Acceptable if the input is valid. .PP The function can change \fIinput\fR and \fIpos\fR (the cursor position) if it wants to. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvaluelist.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvaluelist.3qt index 9c4dade22..414bb6f91 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvaluelist.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvaluelist.3qt @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ QValueList<T> defines a template instance to create a list of values that all ha .PP QValueList contains and manages a collection of objects of type T and provides iterators that allow the contained objects to be addressed. QValueList owns the contained items. For more relaxed ownership semantics, see QPtrCollection and friends which are pointer-based containers. .PP -Some classes cannot be used within a QValueList, for example, all classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueList. To qualify as a value the class must provide: +Some classes cannot be used within a QValueList, for example, all classes derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueList. To qualify as a value the class must provide: .TP a copy constructor; .TP @@ -260,16 +260,16 @@ Example: .br Employee(): sn(0) {} .br - Employee( const QString& forename, const QString& surname, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary ) .br : fn(forename), sn(surname), sal(salary) .br {} .br .br - QString forename() const { return fn; } + TQString forename() const { return fn; } .br - QString surname() const { return sn; } + TQString surname() const { return sn; } .br int salary() const { return sal; } .br @@ -278,9 +278,9 @@ Example: .br private: .br - QString fn; + TQString fn; .br - QString sn; + TQString sn; .br int sal; .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvaluestack.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvaluestack.3qt index 8617fb967..b36a89092 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvaluestack.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvaluestack.3qt @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Example: .PP QValueStack is a specialized QValueList provided for convenience. All of QValueList's functionality also applies to QPtrStack, for example the facility to iterate over all elements using QValueStack<T>::Iterator. See QValueListIterator for further details. .PP -Some classes cannot be used within a QValueStack, for example everything derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueStack. To qualify as a value, the class must provide +Some classes cannot be used within a QValueStack, for example everything derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueStack. To qualify as a value, the class must provide .TP a copy constructor; .TP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvaluevector.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvaluevector.3qt index e74df13a3..a291ab580 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvaluevector.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvaluevector.3qt @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ QValueVector contains and manages a collection of objects of type T and provides .PP QValueVector provides good performance if you append or remove elements from the end of the vector. If you insert or remove elements from anywhere but the end, performance is very bad. The reason for this is that elements must to be copied into new positions. .PP -Some classes cannot be used within a QValueVector: for example, all classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueVector. To qualify as a value the class must provide: +Some classes cannot be used within a QValueVector: for example, all classes derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueVector. To qualify as a value the class must provide: .TP a copy constructor; .TP @@ -223,14 +223,14 @@ Example: .br Employee(): s(0) {} .br - Employee( const QString& name, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& name, int salary ) .br : n( name ), s( salary ) .br { } .br .br - QString name() const { return n; } + TQString name() const { return n; } .br int salary() const { return s; } .br @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Example: .br private: .br - QString n; + TQString n; .br int s; .br @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ The fastest way to access an element of a vector is by using operator[]. This fu vec1[10] = 4; // WARNING: undefined, probably a crash .br .br - QValueVector<QString> vec2(25); // initialize with 25 elements + QValueVector<TQString> vec2(25); // initialize with 25 elements .br vec2[10] = "Dave"; // OK .br diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt index 72bf975f5..a8b40fbda 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( QDataStream & s )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QString & val )" +.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const TQString & val )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QCString & val )" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QPixmap & val )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QImage & val )" +.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const TQImage & val )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QBrush & val )" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QSize & val )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QColor & val )" +.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const TQColor & val )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QPalette & val )" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QValueList<QVariant> & val )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QMap<QString, QVariant> & val )" +.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QMap<TQString, QVariant> & val )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( int val )" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString \fBtoString\fR () const" +.BI "const TQString \fBtoString\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QCString \fBtoCString\fR () const" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "const QPixmap \fBtoPixmap\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QImage \fBtoImage\fR () const" +.BI "const TQImage \fBtoImage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QBrush \fBtoBrush\fR () const" @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "const QSize \fBtoSize\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor \fBtoColor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor \fBtoColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPalette \fBtoPalette\fR () const" @@ -260,16 +260,16 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "const QValueList<QVariant> \fBtoList\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QMap<QString, QVariant> \fBtoMap\fR () const" +.BI "const QMap<TQString, QVariant> \fBtoMap\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSizePolicy \fBtoSizePolicy\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QValueListConstIterator<QString> stringListBegin () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QValueListConstIterator<TQString> stringListBegin () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QValueListConstIterator<QString> stringListEnd () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QValueListConstIterator<TQString> stringListEnd () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> listBegin () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -278,16 +278,16 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "QValueListConstIterator<QVariant> listEnd () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> mapBegin () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QMapConstIterator<TQString, QVariant> mapBegin () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> mapEnd () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QMapConstIterator<TQString, QVariant> mapEnd () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> mapFind ( const QString & key ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "QMapConstIterator<TQString, QVariant> mapFind ( const TQString & key ) const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString & \fBasString\fR ()" +.BI "TQString & \fBasString\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "QCString & \fBasCString\fR ()" @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "QPixmap & \fBasPixmap\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QImage & \fBasImage\fR ()" +.BI "TQImage & \fBasImage\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "QBrush & \fBasBrush\fR ()" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "QSize & \fBasSize\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor & \fBasColor\fR ()" +.BI "TQColor & \fBasColor\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPalette & \fBasPalette\fR ()" @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .BI "QValueList<QVariant> & \fBasList\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QMap<QString, QVariant> & \fBasMap\fR ()" +.BI "QMap<TQString, QVariant> & \fBasMap\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "QSizePolicy & \fBasSizePolicy\fR ()" @@ -401,13 +401,13 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types .SH DESCRIPTION The QVariant class acts like a union for the most common TQt data types. .PP -Because C++ forbids unions from including types that have non-default constructors or destructors, most interesting TQt classes cannot be used in unions. Without QVariant, this would be a problem for QObject::property() and for database work, etc. +Because C++ forbids unions from including types that have non-default constructors or destructors, most interesting TQt classes cannot be used in unions. Without QVariant, this would be a problem for TQObject::property() and for database work, etc. .PP A QVariant object holds a single value of a single type() at a time. (Some type()s are multi-valued, for example a string list.) You can find out what type, T, the variant holds, convert it to a different type using one of the asT() functions, e.g. asSize(), get its value using one of the toT() functions, e.g. toSize(), and check whether the type can be converted to a particular type using canCast(). .PP The methods named toT() (for any supported T, see the Type documentation for a list) are const. If you ask for the stored type, they return a copy of the stored object. If you ask for a type that can be generated from the stored type, toT() copies and converts and leaves the object itself unchanged. If you ask for a type that cannot be generated from the stored type, the result depends on the type (see the function documentation for details). .PP -Note that three data types supported by QVariant are explicitly shared, namely QImage, QPointArray, and QCString, and in these cases the toT() methods return a shallow copy. In almost all cases you must make a deep copy of the returned values before modifying them. +Note that three data types supported by QVariant are explicitly shared, namely TQImage, QPointArray, and QCString, and in these cases the toT() methods return a shallow copy. In almost all cases you must make a deep copy of the returned values before modifying them. .PP The asT() functions are not const. They do conversion like the toT() methods, set the variant to hold the converted value, and return a reference to the new contents of the variant. .PP @@ -425,13 +425,13 @@ Here is some example code to demonstrate the use of QVariant: .br v = QVariant("hello"); // The variant now contains a QCString .br - v = QVariant(tr("hello"));// The variant now contains a QString + v = QVariant(tr("hello"));// The variant now contains a TQString .br int y = v.toInt(); // y = 0 since v cannot be converted to an int .br - QString s = v.toString(); // s = tr("hello") (see QObject::tr()) + TQString s = v.toString(); // s = tr("hello") (see TQObject::tr()) .br - out << v; // Writes a type tag and a QString to out + out << v; // Writes a type tag and a TQString to out .br ... .br @@ -453,13 +453,13 @@ Here is some example code to demonstrate the use of QVariant: .br .fi .PP -You can even store QValueList<QVariant>s and QMap<QString,QVariant>s in a variant, so you can easily construct arbitrarily complex data structures of arbitrary types. This is very powerful and versatile, but may prove less memory and speed efficient than storing specific types in standard data structures. +You can even store QValueList<QVariant>s and QMap<TQString,QVariant>s in a variant, so you can easily construct arbitrarily complex data structures of arbitrary types. This is very powerful and versatile, but may prove less memory and speed efficient than storing specific types in standard data structures. .PP QVariant also supports the notion of NULL values, where you have a defined type with no value set. .PP .nf .br - QVariant x, y( QString() ), z( QString("") ); + QVariant x, y( TQString() ), z( TQString("") ); .br x.asInt(); .br @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ This enum type defines the types of variable that a QVariant can contain. .TP \fCQVariant::Brush\fR - a QBrush .TP -\fCQVariant::Color\fR - a QColor +\fCQVariant::Color\fR - a TQColor .TP \fCQVariant::ColorGroup\fR - a QColorGroup .TP @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ This enum type defines the types of variable that a QVariant can contain. .TP \fCQVariant::IconSet\fR - a QIconSet .TP -\fCQVariant::Image\fR - a QImage +\fCQVariant::Image\fR - a TQImage .TP \fCQVariant::Int\fR - an int .TP @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ This enum type defines the types of variable that a QVariant can contain. .TP \fCQVariant::ULongLong\fR - an unsigned long long .TP -\fCQVariant::Map\fR - a QMap<QString,QVariant> +\fCQVariant::Map\fR - a QMap<TQString,QVariant> .TP \fCQVariant::Palette\fR - a QPalette .TP @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ This enum type defines the types of variable that a QVariant can contain. .TP \fCQVariant::SizePolicy\fR - a QSizePolicy .TP -\fCQVariant::String\fR - a QString +\fCQVariant::String\fR - a TQString .TP \fCQVariant::CString\fR - a QCString .TP @@ -555,10 +555,10 @@ Constructs a new variant with a floating point value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( QSizePolicy val )" Constructs a new variant with a size policy value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QVariant & p )" -Constructs a copy of the variant, \fIp\fR, passed as the argument to this constructor. Usually this is a deep copy, but a shallow copy is made if the stored data type is explicitly shared, as e.g. QImage is. +Constructs a copy of the variant, \fIp\fR, passed as the argument to this constructor. Usually this is a deep copy, but a shallow copy is made if the stored data type is explicitly shared, as e.g. TQImage is. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( QDataStream & s )" Reads the variant from the data stream, \fIs\fR. -.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QString & val )" +.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const TQString & val )" Constructs a new variant with a string value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QCString & val )" Constructs a new variant with a C-string value, \fIval\fR. @@ -574,10 +574,10 @@ Constructs a new variant with a string list value, \fIval\fR. Constructs a new variant with a font value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QPixmap & val )" Constructs a new variant with a pixmap value, \fIval\fR. -.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QImage & val )" +.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const TQImage & val )" Constructs a new variant with an image value, \fIval\fR. .PP -Because QImage is explicitly shared, you may need to pass a deep copy to the variant using QImage::copy(), e.g. if you intend changing the image you've passed later on. +Because TQImage is explicitly shared, you may need to pass a deep copy to the variant using TQImage::copy(), e.g. if you intend changing the image you've passed later on. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QBrush & val )" Constructs a new variant with a brush value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QPoint & val )" @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Constructs a new variant with a point value, \fIval\fR. Constructs a new variant with a rect value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QSize & val )" Constructs a new variant with a size value, \fIval\fR. -.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QColor & val )" +.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const TQColor & val )" Constructs a new variant with a color value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QPalette & val )" Constructs a new variant with a color palette value, \fIval\fR. @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ Constructs a new variant with a key sequence value, \fIval\fR. Constructs a new variant with a pen value, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QValueList<QVariant> & val )" Constructs a new variant with a list value, \fIval\fR. -.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QMap<QString, QVariant> & val )" +.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QMap<TQString, QVariant> & val )" Constructs a new variant with a map of QVariants, \fIval\fR. .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( int val )" Constructs a new variant with an integer value, \fIval\fR. @@ -666,12 +666,12 @@ Tries to convert the variant to hold a string value. If that is not possible the Returns a reference to the stored string. .PP See also toCString(). -.SH "QColor & QVariant::asColor ()" -Tries to convert the variant to hold a QColor value. If that is not possible the variant is set to an invalid color. +.SH "TQColor & QVariant::asColor ()" +Tries to convert the variant to hold a TQColor value. If that is not possible the variant is set to an invalid color. .PP Returns a reference to the stored color. .PP -See also toColor() and QColor::isValid(). +See also toColor() and TQColor::isValid(). .SH "QColorGroup & QVariant::asColorGroup ()" Tries to convert the variant to hold a QColorGroup value. If that is not possible the variant is set to a color group of all black colors. .PP @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ Tries to convert the variant to hold a QIconSet value. If that is not possible t Returns a reference to the stored iconset. .PP See also toIconSet(). -.SH "QImage & QVariant::asImage ()" +.SH "TQImage & QVariant::asImage ()" Tries to convert the variant to hold an image value. If that is not possible the variant is set to a null image. .PP Returns a reference to the stored image. @@ -746,16 +746,16 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, .fi .SH "TQ_LLONG & QVariant::asLongLong ()" Returns the variant's value as long long reference. -.SH "QMap<QString, QVariant> & QVariant::asMap ()" +.SH "QMap<TQString, QVariant> & QVariant::asMap ()" Returns the variant's value as variant map reference. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the map, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. .PP .nf .br - QMap<QString, QVariant> map = myVariant.asMap(); + QMap<TQString, QVariant> map = myVariant.asMap(); .br - QMap<QString, QVariant>::Iterator it = map.begin(); + QMap<TQString, QVariant>::Iterator it = map.begin(); .br while( it != map.end() ) { .br @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ Returns a reference to the stored size. See also toSize() and QSize::isValid(). .SH "QSizePolicy & QVariant::asSizePolicy ()" Tries to convert the variant to hold a QSizePolicy value. If that fails, the variant is set to an arbitrary (valid) size policy. -.SH "QString & QVariant::asString ()" +.SH "TQString & QVariant::asString ()" Tries to convert the variant to hold a string value. If that is not possible the variant is set to an empty string. .PP Returns a reference to the stored string. @@ -883,15 +883,15 @@ Returns an iterator to the first item in the list if the variant's type is appro \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns the end iterator for the list if the variant's type is appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator. -.SH "QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> QVariant::mapBegin () const" +.SH "QMapConstIterator<TQString, QVariant> QVariant::mapBegin () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns an iterator to the first item in the map, if the variant's type is appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator. -.SH "QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> QVariant::mapEnd () const" +.SH "QMapConstIterator<TQString, QVariant> QVariant::mapEnd () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns the end iterator for the map, if the variant's type is appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator. -.SH "QMapConstIterator<QString, QVariant> QVariant::mapFind ( const QString & key ) const" +.SH "QMapConstIterator<TQString, QVariant> QVariant::mapFind ( const TQString & key ) const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns an iterator to the item in the map with \fIkey\fR as key, if the variant's type is appropriate and \fIkey\fR is a valid key; otherwise returns a null iterator. @@ -904,14 +904,14 @@ Compares this QVariant with \fIv\fR and returns TRUE if they are not equal; othe .SH "QVariant & QVariant::operator= ( const QVariant & variant )" Assigns the value of the variant \fIvariant\fR to this variant. .PP -This is a deep copy of the variant, but note that if the variant holds an explicitly shared type such as QImage, a shallow copy is performed. +This is a deep copy of the variant, but note that if the variant holds an explicitly shared type such as TQImage, a shallow copy is performed. .SH "bool QVariant::operator== ( const QVariant & v ) const" Compares this QVariant with \fIv\fR and returns TRUE if they are equal; otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "QValueListConstIterator<QString> QVariant::stringListBegin () const" +.SH "QValueListConstIterator<TQString> QVariant::stringListBegin () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns an iterator to the first string in the list if the variant's type is StringList; otherwise returns a null iterator. -.SH "QValueListConstIterator<QString> QVariant::stringListEnd () const" +.SH "QValueListConstIterator<TQString> QVariant::stringListEnd () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Returns the end iterator for the list if the variant's type is StringList; otherwise returns a null iterator. @@ -941,8 +941,8 @@ See also asByteArray() and canCast(). Returns the variant as a QCString if the variant can be cast to a CString; otherwise returns 0. .PP See also asCString() and canCast(). -.SH "const QColor QVariant::toColor () const" -Returns the variant as a QColor if the variant can be cast to Color; otherwise returns an invalid color. +.SH "const TQColor QVariant::toColor () const" +Returns the variant as a TQColor if the variant can be cast to Color; otherwise returns an invalid color. .PP See also asColor() and canCast(). .SH "const QColorGroup QVariant::toColorGroup () const" @@ -979,8 +979,8 @@ See also asFont() and canCast(). Returns the variant as a QIconSet if the variant has type() IconSet; otherwise returns an icon set of null pixmaps. .PP See also asIconSet(). -.SH "const QImage QVariant::toImage () const" -Returns the variant as a QImage if the variant has type() Image; otherwise returns a null image. +.SH "const TQImage QVariant::toImage () const" +Returns the variant as a TQImage if the variant has type() Image; otherwise returns a null image. .PP See also asImage(). .SH "int QVariant::toInt ( bool * ok = 0 ) const" @@ -1021,16 +1021,16 @@ Returns the variant as a long long int if the variant can be cast to LongLong; o If \fIok\fR is non-null: \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE if the value could be converted to an int; otherwise \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE. .PP See also asLongLong() and canCast(). -.SH "const QMap<QString, QVariant> QVariant::toMap () const" -Returns the variant as a QMap<QString,QVariant> if the variant has type() Map; otherwise returns an empty map. +.SH "const QMap<TQString, QVariant> QVariant::toMap () const" +Returns the variant as a QMap<TQString,QVariant> if the variant has type() Map; otherwise returns an empty map. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the map, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. .PP .nf .br - QMap<QString, QVariant> map = myVariant.toMap(); + QMap<TQString, QVariant> map = myVariant.toMap(); .br - QMap<QString, QVariant>::Iterator it = map.begin(); + QMap<TQString, QVariant>::Iterator it = map.begin(); .br while( it != map.end() ) { .br @@ -1077,12 +1077,12 @@ Returns the variant as a QSize if the variant has type() Size; otherwise returns See also asSize(). .SH "QSizePolicy QVariant::toSizePolicy () const" Returns the variant as a QSizePolicy if the variant has type() SizePolicy; otherwise returns an undefined (but legal) size policy. -.SH "const QString QVariant::toString () const" -Returns the variant as a QString if the variant can be cast to String, otherwise returns QString::null. +.SH "const TQString QVariant::toString () const" +Returns the variant as a TQString if the variant can be cast to String, otherwise returns TQString::null. .PP See also asString() and canCast(). .SH "const QStringList QVariant::toStringList () const" -Returns the variant as a QStringList if the variant has type() StringList or List of a type that can be converted to QString; otherwise returns an empty list. +Returns the variant as a QStringList if the variant has type() StringList or List of a type that can be converted to TQString; otherwise returns an empty list. .PP Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g. .PP @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ See also asULongLong() and canCast(). .SH "Type QVariant::type () const" Returns the storage type of the value stored in the variant. Usually it's best to test with canCast() whether the variant can deliver the data type you are interested in. .SH "const char * QVariant::typeName () const" -Returns the name of the type stored in the variant. The returned strings describe the C++ datatype used to store the data: for example, "QFont", "QString", or "QValueList<QVariant>". An Invalid variant returns 0. +Returns the name of the type stored in the variant. The returned strings describe the C++ datatype used to store the data: for example, "QFont", "TQString", or "QValueList<QVariant>". An Invalid variant returns 0. .SH "const char * QVariant::typeToName ( Type typ )\fC [static]\fR" Converts the enum representation of the storage type, \fItyp\fR, to its string representation. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvbox.3qt index de8bfaae8..8b73fcaf0 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvbox.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QHBox. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQVBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ All its child widgets will be placed vertically and sized according to their siz .PP See also QHBox, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QVBox::QVBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QVBox::QVBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a vbox widget called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR and widget flags \fIf\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt index 556613dd0..afc163b58 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvboxlayout.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QBoxLayout. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVBoxLayout\fR ( QWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQVBoxLayout\fR ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fBQVBoxLayout\fR ( QLayout * parentLayout, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The simplest use of the class is like this: .PP See also QHBoxLayout, QGridLayout, the Layout overview, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QVBoxLayout::QVBoxLayout ( QWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QVBoxLayout::QVBoxLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a new top-level vertical box called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. .PP The \fImargin\fR is the number of pixels between the edge of the widget and its managed children. The \fIspacing\fR is the default number of pixels between neighboring children. If \fIspacing\fR is -1 the value of \fImargin\fR is used for \fIspacing\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt index 4e1ea54d1..d99fe0a81 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvbuttongroup.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QButtonGroup. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVButtonGroup\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQVButtonGroup\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVButtonGroup\fR ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQVButtonGroup\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QVButtonGroup\fR ()" @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ QVButtonGroup is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of QButtonG .PP See also QHButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QVButtonGroup::QVButtonGroup ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QVButtonGroup::QVButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a vertical button group with no title. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QVButtonGroup::QVButtonGroup ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QVButtonGroup::QVButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a vertical button group with the title \fItitle\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QVButtonGroup::~QVButtonGroup ()" Destroys the vertical button group, deleting its child widgets. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvgroupbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvgroupbox.3qt index 36003f39d..ad1e2fc03 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqvgroupbox.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvgroupbox.3qt @@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ Inherits QGroupBox. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVGroupBox\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQVGroupBox\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQVGroupBox\fR ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQVGroupBox\fR ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QVGroupBox\fR ()" @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ QVGroupBox is a convenience class that offers a thin layer on top of QGroupBox. .PP See also QHGroupBox, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QVGroupBox::QVGroupBox ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QVGroupBox::QVGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a vertical group box with no title. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QWidget constructor. -.SH "QVGroupBox::QVGroupBox ( const QString & title, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. +.SH "QVGroupBox::QVGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a vertical group box with the title \fItitle\fR. .PP -The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the QWidget constructor. +The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor. .SH "QVGroupBox::~QVGroupBox ()" Destroys the vertical group box, deleting its child widgets. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwhatsthis.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwhatsthis.3qt index 5847fa3a8..a902b44e4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwhatsthis.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwhatsthis.3qt @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ Inherits Qt. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWhatsThis\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "\fBQWhatsThis\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QWhatsThis\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtext\fR ( const QPoint & )" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtext\fR ( const QPoint & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBclicked\fR ( const QString & href )" +.BI "virtual bool \fBclicked\fR ( const TQString & href )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "void \fBsetFont\fR ( const QFont & font )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( QWidget * widget, const QString & text )" +.BI "void \fBadd\fR ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "void \fBremove\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtextFor\fR ( QWidget * w, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE )" +.BI "TQString \fBtextFor\fR ( TQWidget * w, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QToolButton * \fBwhatsThisButton\fR ( QWidget * parent )" +.BI "QToolButton * \fBwhatsThisButton\fR ( TQWidget * parent )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBenterWhatsThisMode\fR ()" @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ Inherits Qt. .BI "bool \fBinWhatsThisMode\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBleaveWhatsThisMode\fR ( const QString & text = QString::null, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), QWidget * w = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBleaveWhatsThisMode\fR ( const TQString & text = TQString::null, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdisplay\fR ( const QString & text, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), QWidget * w = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBdisplay\fR ( const TQString & text, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -101,19 +101,19 @@ If you are using QMainWindow you can also use the QMainWindow::whatsThis() slot .PP For more control you can create a dedicated QWhatsThis object for a special widget. By subclassing and reimplementing QWhatsThis::text() it is possible to have different help texts, depending on the position of the mouse click. By reimplementing QWhatsThis::clicked() it is possible to have hyperlinks inside the help texts. .PP -If you wish to control the "What's this?" behavior of a widget manually see QWidget::customWhatsThis(). +If you wish to control the "What's this?" behavior of a widget manually see TQWidget::customWhatsThis(). .PP The What's This object can be removed using QWhatsThis::remove(), although this is rarely necessary because it is automatically removed when the widget is destroyed. .PP See also QToolTip and Help System. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWhatsThis::QWhatsThis ( QWidget * widget )" +.SH "QWhatsThis::QWhatsThis ( TQWidget * widget )" Constructs a dynamic "What's this?" object for \fIwidget\fR. The object is deleted when the \fIwidget\fR is destroyed. .PP When the widget is queried by the user the text() function of this QWhatsThis will be called to provide the appropriate text, rather than using the text assigned by add(). .SH "QWhatsThis::~QWhatsThis ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. -.SH "void QWhatsThis::add ( QWidget * widget, const QString & text )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QWhatsThis::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text )\fC [static]\fR" Adds \fItext\fR as "What's this" help for \fIwidget\fR. If the text is rich text formatted (i.e. it contains markup) it will be rendered with the default stylesheet QStyleSheet::defaultSheet(). .PP The text is destroyed if the widget is later destroyed, so it need not be explicitly removed. @@ -122,13 +122,13 @@ See also remove(). .PP Examples: .)l application/application.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, and mdi/application.cpp. -.SH "bool QWhatsThis::clicked ( const QString & href )\fC [virtual]\fR" -This virtual function is called when the user clicks inside the" What's this?" window. \fIhref\fR is the link the user clicked on, or QString::null if there was no link. +.SH "bool QWhatsThis::clicked ( const TQString & href )\fC [virtual]\fR" +This virtual function is called when the user clicks inside the" What's this?" window. \fIhref\fR is the link the user clicked on, or TQString::null if there was no link. .PP If the function returns TRUE (the default), the "What's this?" window is closed, otherwise it remains visible. .PP The default implementation ignores \fIhref\fR and returns TRUE. -.SH "void QWhatsThis::display ( const QString & text, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), QWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QWhatsThis::display ( const TQString & text, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Display \fItext\fR in a help window at the global screen position \fIpos\fR. .PP If widget \fIw\fR is not 0 and has its own dedicated QWhatsThis object, this object will receive clicked() messages when the user clicks on hyperlinks inside the help text. @@ -146,31 +146,31 @@ See also inWhatsThisMode() and leaveWhatsThisMode(). Returns TRUE if the application is in "What's this?" mode; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also enterWhatsThisMode() and leaveWhatsThisMode(). -.SH "void QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode ( const QString & text = QString::null, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), QWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode ( const TQString & text = TQString::null, const QPoint & pos = QCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Leaves "What's this?" question mode. .PP -This function is used internally by widgets that support QWidget::customWhatsThis(); applications do not usually call it. An example of such a widget is QPopupMenu: menus still work normally in "What's this?" mode but also provide help texts for individual menu items. +This function is used internally by widgets that support TQWidget::customWhatsThis(); applications do not usually call it. An example of such a widget is QPopupMenu: menus still work normally in "What's this?" mode but also provide help texts for individual menu items. .PP -If \fItext\fR is not QString::null, a "What's this?" help window is displayed at the global screen position \fIpos\fR. If widget \fIw\fR is not 0 and has its own dedicated QWhatsThis object, this object will receive clicked() messages when the user clicks on hyperlinks inside the help text. +If \fItext\fR is not TQString::null, a "What's this?" help window is displayed at the global screen position \fIpos\fR. If widget \fIw\fR is not 0 and has its own dedicated QWhatsThis object, this object will receive clicked() messages when the user clicks on hyperlinks inside the help text. .PP See also inWhatsThisMode(), enterWhatsThisMode(), and QWhatsThis::clicked(). -.SH "void QWhatsThis::remove ( QWidget * widget )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QWhatsThis::remove ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [static]\fR" Removes the "What's this?" help associated with the \fIwidget\fR. This happens automatically if the widget is destroyed. .PP See also add(). .SH "void QWhatsThis::setFont ( const QFont & font )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the font for all "What's this?" helps to \fIfont\fR. -.SH "QString QWhatsThis::text ( const QPoint & )\fC [virtual]\fR" -This virtual function returns the text for position \fIp\fR in the widget that this "What's this?" object documents. If there is no" What's this?" text for the position, QString::null is returned. +.SH "TQString QWhatsThis::text ( const QPoint & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +This virtual function returns the text for position \fIp\fR in the widget that this "What's this?" object documents. If there is no" What's this?" text for the position, TQString::null is returned. .PP -The default implementation returns QString::null. -.SH "QString QWhatsThis::textFor ( QWidget * w, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" -Returns the what's this text for widget \fIw\fR or QString::null if there is no "What's this?" help for the widget. \fIpos\fR contains the mouse position; this is useful, for example, if you've subclassed to make the text that is displayed position dependent. +The default implementation returns TQString::null. +.SH "TQString QWhatsThis::textFor ( TQWidget * w, const QPoint & pos = QPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE )\fC [static]\fR" +Returns the what's this text for widget \fIw\fR or TQString::null if there is no "What's this?" help for the widget. \fIpos\fR contains the mouse position; this is useful, for example, if you've subclassed to make the text that is displayed position dependent. .PP If \fIincludeParents\fR is TRUE, parent widgets are taken into consideration as well when looking for what's this help text. .PP See also add(). -.SH "QToolButton * QWhatsThis::whatsThisButton ( QWidget * parent )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "QToolButton * QWhatsThis::whatsThisButton ( TQWidget * parent )\fC [static]\fR" Creates a QToolButton preconfigured to enter "What's this?" mode when clicked. You will often use this with a tool bar as \fIparent\fR: .PP .nf diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwheelevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwheelevent.3qt index 4283d9a1f..1218c658a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwheelevent.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwheelevent.3qt @@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ Wheel events are sent to the widget under the mouse, and if that widget does not .PP A wheel event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the event. You should call QWheelEvent::accept() if you handle the wheel event; otherwise it will be sent to the parent widget. .PP -The QWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. +The TQWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget. .PP -The event handler QWidget::wheelEvent() receives wheel events. +The event handler TQWidget::wheelEvent() receives wheel events. .PP -See also QMouseEvent, QWidget::grabMouse(), and Event Classes. +See also QMouseEvent, TQWidget::grabMouse(), and Event Classes. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION .SH "QWheelEvent::QWheelEvent ( const QPoint & pos, int delta, int state, Orientation orient = Vertical )" Constructs a wheel event object. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt index ddc1e7fe6..abb0dd428 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH QWidget 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH TQWidget 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. See the .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license .\" statement. @@ -7,21 +7,21 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QWidget \- The base class of all user interface objects +TQWidget \- The base class of all user interface objects .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqwidget.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QObject and QPaintDevice. +Inherits TQObject and QPaintDevice. .PP Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QDataView, QDateTimeEditBase, QDateTimeEdit, QDesktopWidget, QDial, QDockArea, QGLWidget, QHeader, QMainWindow, QMotifWidget, QNPWidget, QScrollBar, QSizeGrip, QSlider, QSpinBox, QSplashScreen, QStatusBar, QTabBar, QTabWidget, QWorkspace, and QXtWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "explicit \fBQWidget\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "explicit \fBQWidget\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fB~QWidget\fR ()" +.BI "\fB~TQWidget\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "WId \fBwinId\fR () const" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBsetStyle\fR ( QStyle * style )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStyle * \fBsetStyle\fR ( const QString & style )" +.BI "QStyle * \fBsetStyle\fR ( const TQString & style )" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBisTopLevel\fR () const" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "bool \fBisEnabled\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisEnabledTo\fR ( QWidget * ancestor ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisEnabledTo\fR ( TQWidget * ancestor ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool isEnabledToTLW () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "QPoint \fBmapFromParent\fR ( const QPoint & pos ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPoint \fBmapTo\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" +.BI "QPoint \fBmapTo\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QPoint \fBmapFrom\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" +.BI "QPoint \fBmapFrom\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBtopLevelWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBtopLevelWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "BackgroundMode \fBbackgroundMode\fR () const" @@ -198,13 +198,13 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBsetBackgroundMode\fR ( BackgroundMode m, BackgroundMode visual )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBforegroundColor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBforegroundColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBeraseColor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBeraseColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetEraseColor\fR ( const QColor & color )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetEraseColor\fR ( const TQColor & color )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBerasePixmap\fR () const" @@ -228,16 +228,16 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBunsetPalette\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBpaletteForegroundColor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBpaletteForegroundColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetPaletteForegroundColor\fR ( const QColor & )" +.BI "void \fBsetPaletteForegroundColor\fR ( const TQColor & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & \fBpaletteBackgroundColor\fR () const" +.BI "const TQColor & \fBpaletteBackgroundColor\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetPaletteBackgroundColor\fR ( const QColor & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetPaletteBackgroundColor\fR ( const TQColor & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBpaletteBackgroundPixmap\fR () const" @@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "virtual void \fBunsetCursor\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcaption\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBcaption\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * \fBicon\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBiconText\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBiconText\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBhasMouseTracking\fR () const" @@ -303,10 +303,10 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBclearMask\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QColor & backgroundColor () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "const TQColor & backgroundColor () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void setBackgroundColor ( const QColor & c ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "virtual void setBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & c ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "const QPixmap * backgroundPixmap () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -336,10 +336,10 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "bool \fBhasFocus\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFocusProxy\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFocusProxy\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBfocusProxy\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBfocusProxy\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetInputMethodEnabled\fR ( bool b )" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "bool \fBisVisible\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBisVisibleTo\fR ( QWidget * ancestor ) const" +.BI "bool \fBisVisibleTo\fR ( TQWidget * ancestor ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool isVisibleToTLW () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -429,13 +429,13 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBupdateGeometry\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBreparent\fR ( QWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" +.BI "virtual void \fBreparent\fR ( TQWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBreparent\fR ( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" +.BI "void \fBreparent\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void recreate ( QWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "void recreate ( TQWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBerase\fR ()" @@ -456,13 +456,13 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBscroll\fR ( int dx, int dy, const QRect & r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, const QString & str )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( int x, int y, const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QPoint & pos, const QString & str )" +.BI "void \fBdrawText\fR ( const QPoint & pos, const TQString & str )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBfocusWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBfocusWidget\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QRect \fBmicroFocusHint\fR () const" @@ -492,16 +492,16 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "virtual bool \fBcustomWhatsThis\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBparentWidget\fR ( bool sameWindow = FALSE ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBparentWidget\fR ( bool sameWindow = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "WFlags \fBtestWFlags\fR ( WFlags f ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBchildAt\fR ( int x, int y, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBchildAt\fR ( int x, int y, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBchildAt\fR ( const QPoint & p, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBchildAt\fR ( const QPoint & p, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBsetWindowOpacity\fR ( double level )" @@ -525,13 +525,13 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBsetDisabled\fR ( bool disable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetCaption\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetCaption\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetIcon\fR ( const QPixmap & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetIconText\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetIconText\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetMouseTracking\fR ( bool enable )" @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "void \fBlower\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBstackUnder\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBstackUnder\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBmove\fR ( int x, int y )" @@ -639,16 +639,16 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTabOrder\fR ( QWidget * first, QWidget * second )" +.BI "void \fBsetTabOrder\fR ( TQWidget * first, TQWidget * second )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBmouseGrabber\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBmouseGrabber\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBkeyboardGrabber\fR ()" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBkeyboardGrabber\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBfind\fR ( WId id )" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBfind\fR ( WId id )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "QSize \fBbaseSize\fR - the base size of the widget" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBcaption\fR - the window caption (title)" +.BI "TQString \fBcaption\fR - the window caption (title)" .br .ti -1c .BI "QRect \fBchildrenRect\fR - the bounding rectangle of the widget's children \fI(read " "only" ")\fR" @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "QPixmap \fBicon\fR - the widget's icon" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBiconText\fR - the widget's icon text" +.BI "TQString \fBiconText\fR - the widget's icon text" .br .ti -1c .BI "bool \fBinputMethodEnabled\fR - enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget" @@ -795,13 +795,13 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .BI "QPalette \fBpalette\fR - the widget's palette" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBpaletteBackgroundColor\fR - the background color of the widget" +.BI "TQColor \fBpaletteBackgroundColor\fR - the background color of the widget" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPixmap \fBpaletteBackgroundPixmap\fR - the background pixmap of the widget" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QColor \fBpaletteForegroundColor\fR - the foreground color of the widget" +.BI "TQColor \fBpaletteForegroundColor\fR - the foreground color of the widget" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPoint \fBpos\fR - the position of the widget within its parent widget" @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ Inherited by QAxWidget, QButton, QFrame, QDialog, QComboBox, QDataBrowser, QData .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects. +The TQWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects. .PP The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of itself on the screen. Every widget is rectangular, and they are sorted in a Z-order. A widget is clipped by its parent and by the widgets in front of it. .PP @@ -1007,9 +1007,9 @@ A widget without a parent widget is always a top-level widget. .PP Non-top-level widgets are child widgets. These are child windows in their parent widgets. You cannot usually distinguish a child widget from its parent visually. Most other widgets in TQt are useful only as child widgets. (It is possible to make, say, a button into a top-level widget, but most people prefer to put their buttons inside other widgets, e.g. QDialog.) .PP -If you want to use a QWidget to hold child widgets you will probably want to add a layout to the parent QWidget. (See Layouts.) +If you want to use a TQWidget to hold child widgets you will probably want to add a layout to the parent TQWidget. (See Layouts.) .PP -QWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct functionality: for example, QWidget has a font property, but never uses this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality, such as QPushButton, QListBox and QTabDialog, etc. +TQWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct functionality: for example, TQWidget has a font property, but never uses this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality, such as QPushButton, QListBox and QTabDialog, etc. .SH "Groups of functions:" <center>.nf .TS @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ If your widget only contains child widgets, you probably do not need to implemen Widgets that accept keyboard input need to reimplement a few more event handlers: .IP .TP -keyPressEvent() - called whenever a key is pressed, and again when a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat. Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement QWidget::event(). +keyPressEvent() - called whenever a key is pressed, and again when a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat. Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement TQWidget::event(). .IP .TP focusInEvent() - called when the widget gains keyboard focus (assuming you have called setFocusPolicy()). Well written widgets indicate that they own the keyboard focus in a clear but discreet way. @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ Some widgets will also need to reimplement some of the less common event handler mouseMoveEvent() - called whenever the mouse moves while a button is held down. This is useful for, for example, dragging. If you call setMouseTracking(TRUE), you get mouse move events even when no buttons are held down. (Note that applications which make use of mouse tracking are often not very useful on low-bandwidth X connections.) (See also the drag and drop information.) .IP .TP -keyReleaseEvent() - called whenever a key is released, and also while it is held down if the key is auto-repeating. In that case the widget receives a key release event and immediately a key press event for every repeat. Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement QWidget::event(). +keyReleaseEvent() - called whenever a key is released, and also while it is held down if the key is auto-repeating. In that case the widget receives a key release event and immediately a key press event for every repeat. Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement TQWidget::event(). .IP .TP wheelEvent() -- called whenever the user turns the mouse wheel while the widget has the focus. @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ If your widget is a top-level window, setCaption() and setIcon() set the title b .PP See also QEvent, QPainter, QGridLayout, QBoxLayout, and Abstract Widget Classes. .SS "Member Type Documentation" -.SH "QWidget::BackgroundOrigin" +.SH "TQWidget::BackgroundOrigin" This enum defines the origin used to draw a widget's background pixmap. .PP The pixmap is drawn using the: @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ The pixmap is drawn using the: \fCQWidget::WindowOrigin\fR - top-level window's coordinate system. .TP \fCQWidget::AncestorOrigin\fR - same origin as the parent uses. -.SH "QWidget::FocusPolicy" +.SH "TQWidget::FocusPolicy" This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with respect to acquiring keyboard focus. .TP \fCQWidget::TabFocus\fR - the widget accepts focus by tabbing. @@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with respect to ac \fCQWidget::NoFocus\fR - the widget does not accept focus. .PP .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "explicit QWidget::QWidget ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "explicit TQWidget::TQWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs a widget which is a child of \fIparent\fR, with the name \fIname\fR and widget flags set to \fIf\fR. .PP If \fIparent\fR is 0, the new widget becomes a top-level window. If \fIparent\fR is another widget, this widget becomes a child window inside \fIparent\fR. The new widget is deleted when its \fIparent\fR is deleted. .PP -The \fIname\fR is sent to the QObject constructor. +The \fIname\fR is sent to the TQObject constructor. .PP The widget flags argument, \fIf\fR, is normally 0, but it can be set to customize the window frame of a top-level widget (i.e. \fIparent\fR must be 0). To customize the frame, set the WStyle_Customize flag OR'ed with any of the Qt::WidgetFlags. .PP @@ -1154,13 +1154,13 @@ Example: WStyle_Customize | WStyle_Splash ); .br .fi -.SH "QWidget::~QWidget ()" +.SH "TQWidget::~TQWidget ()" Destroys the widget. .PP All this widget's children are deleted first. The application exits if this widget is the main widget. -.SH "bool QWidget::acceptDrops () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::acceptDrops () const" Returns TRUE if drop events are enabled for this widget; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "acceptDrops" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::adjustSize ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::adjustSize ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Adjusts the size of the widget to fit the contents. .PP Uses sizeHint() if valid (i.e if the size hint's width and height are >= 0), otherwise sets the size to the children rectangle (the union of all child widget geometries). @@ -1170,40 +1170,40 @@ See also sizeHint and childrenRect. Example: xform/xform.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QMessageBox. -.SH "bool QWidget::autoMask () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::autoMask () const" Returns TRUE if the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoMask" property for details. -.SH "const QBrush & QWidget::backgroundBrush () const" +.SH "const QBrush & TQWidget::backgroundBrush () const" Returns the widget's background brush. See the "backgroundBrush" property for details. -.SH "const QColor & QWidget::backgroundColor () const" +.SH "const TQColor & TQWidget::backgroundColor () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. Use paletteBackgroundColor() or eraseColor() instead. -.SH "BackgroundMode QWidget::backgroundMode () const" +.SH "BackgroundMode TQWidget::backgroundMode () const" Returns the color role used for painting the background of the widget. See the "backgroundMode" property for details. -.SH "BackgroundOrigin QWidget::backgroundOrigin () const" +.SH "BackgroundOrigin TQWidget::backgroundOrigin () const" Returns the origin of the widget's background. See the "backgroundOrigin" property for details. -.SH "const QPixmap * QWidget::backgroundPixmap () const" +.SH "const QPixmap * TQWidget::backgroundPixmap () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. Use paletteBackgroundPixmap() or erasePixmap() instead. .PP Examples: .)l themes/metal.cpp and themes/wood.cpp. -.SH "QSize QWidget::baseSize () const" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::baseSize () const" Returns the base size of the widget. See the "baseSize" property for details. -.SH "QString QWidget::caption () const" +.SH "TQString TQWidget::caption () const" Returns the window caption (title). See the "caption" property for details. -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::childAt ( int x, int y, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::childAt ( int x, int y, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" Returns the visible child widget at pixel position \fI(x, y)\fR in the widget's own coordinate system. .PP If \fIincludeThis\fR is TRUE, and there is no child visible at \fI(x, y)\fR, the widget itself is returned. -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::childAt ( const QPoint & p, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::childAt ( const QPoint & p, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns the visible child widget at point \fIp\fR in the widget's own coordinate system. .PP If \fIincludeThis\fR is TRUE, and there is no child visible at \fIp\fR, the widget itself is returned. -.SH "QRect QWidget::childrenRect () const" +.SH "QRect TQWidget::childrenRect () const" Returns the bounding rectangle of the widget's children. See the "childrenRect" property for details. -.SH "QRegion QWidget::childrenRegion () const" +.SH "QRegion TQWidget::childrenRegion () const" Returns the combined region occupied by the widget's children. See the "childrenRegion" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::clearFocus ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::clearFocus ()\fC [slot]\fR" Takes keyboard input focus from the widget. .PP If the widget has active focus, a focus out event is sent to this widget to tell it that it is about to lose the focus. @@ -1211,32 +1211,32 @@ If the widget has active focus, a focus out event is sent to this widget to tell This widget must enable focus setting in order to get the keyboard input focus, i.e. it must call setFocusPolicy(). .PP See also focus, setFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), focusPolicy, and QApplication::focusWidget(). -.SH "void QWidget::clearMask ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::clearMask ()" Removes any mask set by setMask(). .PP See also setMask(). -.SH "void QWidget::clearWFlags ( WFlags f )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::clearWFlags ( WFlags f )\fC [protected]\fR" Clears the widget flags \fIf\fR. .PP Widget flags are a combination of Qt::WidgetFlags. .PP See also testWFlags(), getWFlags(), and setWFlags(). -.SH "QRegion QWidget::clipRegion () const" +.SH "QRegion TQWidget::clipRegion () const" Returns the unobscured region where paint events can occur. .PP For visible widgets, this is an approximation of the area not covered by other widgets; otherwise, this is an empty region. .PP The repaint() function calls this function if necessary, so in general you do not need to call it. -.SH "bool QWidget::close ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::close ()\fC [slot]\fR" Closes this widget. Returns TRUE if the widget was closed; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -First it sends the widget a QCloseEvent. The widget is hidden if it accepts the close event. The default implementation of QWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event. +First it sends the widget a QCloseEvent. The widget is hidden if it accepts the close event. The default implementation of TQWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event. .PP The QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the last visible top level widget is closed. .PP Examples: .)l dialog/mainwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, and toplevel/options.ui.h. -.SH "bool QWidget::close ( bool alsoDelete )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::close ( bool alsoDelete )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Closes this widget. Returns TRUE if the widget was closed; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ The QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the last visible top Note that closing the QApplication::mainWidget() terminates the application. .PP See also closeEvent(), QCloseEvent, hide(), QApplication::quit(), QApplication::setMainWidget(), and QApplication::lastWindowClosed(). -.SH "void QWidget::closeEvent ( QCloseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::closeEvent ( QCloseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget close events. .PP The default implementation calls e->accept(), which hides this widget. See the QCloseEvent documentation for more details. @@ -1257,9 +1257,9 @@ See also event(), hide(), close(), and QCloseEvent. .PP Examples: .)l action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, i18n/mywidget.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp. -.SH "const QColorGroup & QWidget::colorGroup () const" +.SH "const QColorGroup & TQWidget::colorGroup () const" Returns the current color group of the widget palette. See the "colorGroup" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::constPolish () const\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::constPolish () const\fC [slot]\fR" Ensures that the widget is properly initialized by calling polish(). .PP Call constPolish() from functions like sizeHint() that depends on the widget being initialized, and that may be called before show(). @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ Call constPolish() from functions like sizeHint() that depends on the widget bei \fBWarning:\fR Do not call constPolish() on a widget from inside that widget's constructor. .PP See also polish(). -.SH "void QWidget::contextMenuEvent ( QContextMenuEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::contextMenuEvent ( QContextMenuEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget context menu events. .PP The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the context event. See the QContextMenuEvent documentation for more details. @@ -1275,25 +1275,25 @@ The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the context event. S See also event() and QContextMenuEvent. .PP Example: menu/menu.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::create ( WId window = 0, bool initializeWindow = TRUE, bool destroyOldWindow = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::create ( WId window = 0, bool initializeWindow = TRUE, bool destroyOldWindow = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Creates a new widget window if \fIwindow\fR is 0, otherwise sets the widget's window to \fIwindow\fR. .PP Initializes the window (sets the geometry etc.) if \fIinitializeWindow\fR is TRUE. If \fIinitializeWindow\fR is FALSE, no initialization is performed. This parameter only makes sense if \fIwindow\fR is a valid window. .PP Destroys the old window if \fIdestroyOldWindow\fR is TRUE. If \fIdestroyOldWindow\fR is FALSE, you are responsible for destroying the window yourself (using platform native code). .PP -The QWidget constructor calls create(0,TRUE,TRUE) to create a window for this widget. -.SH "const QCursor & QWidget::cursor () const" +The TQWidget constructor calls create(0,TRUE,TRUE) to create a window for this widget. +.SH "const QCursor & TQWidget::cursor () const" Returns the cursor shape for this widget. See the "cursor" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::customWhatsThis () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::customWhatsThis () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if the widget wants to handle What's This help manually; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "customWhatsThis" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::destroy ( bool destroyWindow = TRUE, bool destroySubWindows = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::destroy ( bool destroyWindow = TRUE, bool destroySubWindows = TRUE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Frees up window system resources. Destroys the widget window if \fIdestroyWindow\fR is TRUE. .PP destroy() calls itself recursively for all the child widgets, passing \fIdestroySubWindows\fR for the \fIdestroyWindow\fR parameter. To have more control over destruction of subwidgets, destroy subwidgets selectively first. .PP -This function is usually called from the QWidget destructor. -.SH "void QWidget::dragEnterEvent ( QDragEnterEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +This function is usually called from the TQWidget destructor. +.SH "void TQWidget::dragEnterEvent ( QDragEnterEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the mouse enters this widget. .PP See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. @@ -1301,19 +1301,19 @@ See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an overview of how to provide drag-and-d See also QTextDrag, QImageDrag, and QDragEnterEvent. .PP Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent ( QDragLeaveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::dragLeaveEvent ( QDragLeaveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the mouse leaves this widget. .PP See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. .PP See also QTextDrag, QImageDrag, and QDragLeaveEvent. -.SH "void QWidget::dragMoveEvent ( QDragMoveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::dragMoveEvent ( QDragMoveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the mouse enters this widget, and whenever it moves within the widget. .PP See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. .PP See also QTextDrag, QImageDrag, and QDragMoveEvent. -.SH "void QWidget::drawText ( int x, int y, const QString & str )" +.SH "void TQWidget::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString & str )" Draws the string \fIstr\fR at position \fI(x, y)\fR. .PP The \fIy\fR position is the base line position of the text. The text is drawn using the default font and the default foreground color. @@ -1321,11 +1321,11 @@ The \fIy\fR position is the base line position of the text. The text is drawn us This function is provided for convenience. You will generally get more flexible results and often higher speed by using a a painter instead. .PP See also font, foregroundColor(), and QPainter::drawText(). -.SH "void QWidget::drawText ( const QPoint & pos, const QString & str )" +.SH "void TQWidget::drawText ( const QPoint & pos, const TQString & str )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Draws the string \fIstr\fR at position \fIpos\fR. -.SH "void QWidget::dropEvent ( QDropEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::dropEvent ( QDropEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler is called when the drag is dropped on this widget. .PP See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an overview of how to provide drag-and-d See also QTextDrag, QImageDrag, and QDropEvent. .PP Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::enabledChange ( bool oldEnabled )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::enabledChange ( bool oldEnabled )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called from setEnabled(). \fIoldEnabled\fR is the previous setting; you can get the new setting from isEnabled(). .PP Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled. You will almost certainly need to update the widget using update(). @@ -1341,13 +1341,13 @@ Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled o The default implementation repaints the visible part of the widget. .PP See also enabled, enabled, repaint(), update(), and clipRegion(). -.SH "void QWidget::enterEvent ( QEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::enterEvent ( QEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget enter events. .PP An event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor enters the widget. .PP See also leaveEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), and event(). -.SH "void QWidget::erase ( int x, int y, int w, int h )" +.SH "void TQWidget::erase ( int x, int y, int w, int h )" Erases the specified area \fI(x, y, w, h)\fR in the widget without generating a paint event. .PP If \fIw\fR is negative, it is replaced with \fCwidth() - x\fR. If \fIh\fR is negative, it is replaced width \fCheight() - y\fR. @@ -1355,29 +1355,29 @@ If \fIw\fR is negative, it is replaced with \fCwidth() - x\fR. If \fIh\fR is neg Child widgets are not affected. .PP See also repaint(). -.SH "void QWidget::erase ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::erase ()" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This version erases the entire widget. -.SH "void QWidget::erase ( const QRect & r )" +.SH "void TQWidget::erase ( const QRect & r )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Erases the specified area \fIr\fR in the widget without generating a paint event. -.SH "void QWidget::erase ( const QRegion & reg )" +.SH "void TQWidget::erase ( const QRegion & reg )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Erases the area defined by \fIreg\fR, without generating a paint event. .PP Child widgets are not affected. -.SH "const QColor & QWidget::eraseColor () const" +.SH "const TQColor & TQWidget::eraseColor () const" Returns the erase color of the widget. .PP See also setEraseColor(), setErasePixmap(), and backgroundColor(). -.SH "const QPixmap * QWidget::erasePixmap () const" +.SH "const QPixmap * TQWidget::erasePixmap () const" Returns the widget's erase pixmap. .PP See also setErasePixmap() and eraseColor(). -.SH "bool QWidget::event ( QEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::event ( QEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This is the main event handler; it handles event \fIe\fR. You can reimplement this function in a subclass, but we recommend using one of the specialized event handlers instead. .PP The main event handler first passes an event through all event filters that have been installed. If none of the filters intercept the event, it calls one of the specialized event handlers. @@ -1386,20 +1386,20 @@ Key press and release events are treated differently from other events. event() .PP This function returns TRUE if it is able to pass the event over to someone (i.e. someone wanted the event); otherwise returns FALSE. .PP -See also closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(), QObject::event(), and QObject::timerEvent(). +See also closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(), TQObject::event(), and TQObject::timerEvent(). .PP -Reimplemented from QObject. -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::find ( WId id )\fC [static]\fR" +Reimplemented from TQObject. +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::find ( WId id )\fC [static]\fR" Returns a pointer to the widget with window identifer/handle \fIid\fR. .PP The window identifier type depends on the underlying window system, see ntqwindowdefs.h for the actual definition. If there is no widget with this identifier, 0 is returned. -.SH "QFocusData * QWidget::focusData ()\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "QFocusData * TQWidget::focusData ()\fC [protected]\fR" Returns the focus data for this widget's top-level widget. .PP Focus data always belongs to the top-level widget. The focus data list contains all the widgets in this top-level widget that can accept focus, in tab order. An iterator points to the current focus widget (focusWidget() returns a pointer to this widget). .PP This information is useful for implementing advanced versions of focusNextPrevChild(). -.SH "void QWidget::focusInEvent ( QFocusEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::focusInEvent ( QFocusEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive keyboard focus events (focus received) for the widget. .PP A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even those that do not normally accept focus.) @@ -1407,19 +1407,19 @@ A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than NoFocus in order The default implementation updates the widget (except for toplevel widgets that do not specify a focusPolicy() ). It also calls setMicroFocusHint(), hinting any system-specific input tools about the focus of the user's attention. .PP See also focusOutEvent(), focusPolicy, keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), event(), and QFocusEvent. -.SH "bool QWidget::focusNextPrevChild ( bool next )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild ( bool next )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate for Tab and Shift+Tab, and returns TRUE if is can find a new widget and FALSE if it can't, .PP If \fInext\fR is TRUE, this function searches "forwards", if \fInext\fR is FALSE, it searches "backwards". .PP -Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current active link" forwards or backwards, and call QWidget::focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or first link on the "page". +Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current active link" forwards or backwards, and call TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or first link on the "page". .PP Child widgets call focusNextPrevChild() on their parent widgets, but only the top-level widget decides where to redirect focus. By overriding this method for an object, you thus gain control of focus traversal for all child widgets. .PP \fBWarning:\fR QScrollView uses it own logic for this function, which does the right thing in most cases. But if you are using a QScrollView and want complete control of the focus chain you'll need to override QScrollView::focusNextPrevChild() and your top-level widgets' focusNextPrevChild() functions. .PP See also focusData(). -.SH "void QWidget::focusOutEvent ( QFocusEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::focusOutEvent ( QFocusEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive keyboard focus events (focus lost) for the widget. .PP A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even those that do not normally accept focus.) @@ -1429,17 +1429,17 @@ The default implementation updates the widget (except for toplevel widgets that See also focusInEvent(), focusPolicy, keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), event(), and QFocusEvent. .PP Example: qmag/qmag.cpp. -.SH "FocusPolicy QWidget::focusPolicy () const" +.SH "FocusPolicy TQWidget::focusPolicy () const" Returns the way the widget accepts keyboard focus. See the "focusPolicy" property for details. -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::focusProxy () const" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::focusProxy () const" Returns the focus proxy, or 0 if there is no focus proxy. .PP See also setFocusProxy(). -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::focusWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::focusWidget () const" Returns the focus widget in this widget's window. This is not the same as QApplication::focusWidget(), which returns the focus widget in the currently active window. -.SH "QFont QWidget::font () const" +.SH "QFont TQWidget::font () const" Returns the font currently set for the widget. See the "font" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::fontChange ( const QFont & oldFont )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::fontChange ( const QFont & oldFont )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called from setFont(). \fIoldFont\fR is the previous font; you can get the new font from font(). .PP Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its font changes. You will almost certainly need to update the widget using update(). @@ -1447,32 +1447,32 @@ Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its font changes. Yo The default implementation updates the widget including its geometry. .PP See also font, font, update(), and updateGeometry(). -.SH "QFontInfo QWidget::fontInfo () const" +.SH "QFontInfo TQWidget::fontInfo () const" Returns the font info for the widget's current font. Equivalent to QFontInto(widget->font()). .PP See also font, fontMetrics(), and font. -.SH "QFontMetrics QWidget::fontMetrics () const" +.SH "QFontMetrics TQWidget::fontMetrics () const" Returns the font metrics for the widget's current font. Equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()). .PP See also font, fontInfo(), and font. .PP Examples: .)l drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp and qmag/qmag.cpp. -.SH "const QColor & QWidget::foregroundColor () const" +.SH "const TQColor & TQWidget::foregroundColor () const" Same as paletteForegroundColor() -.SH "QRect QWidget::frameGeometry () const" +.SH "QRect TQWidget::frameGeometry () const" Returns geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame. See the "frameGeometry" property for details. -.SH "QSize QWidget::frameSize () const" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::frameSize () const" Returns the size of the widget including any window frame. See the "frameSize" property for details. -.SH "const QRect & QWidget::geometry () const" +.SH "const QRect & TQWidget::geometry () const" Returns the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame. See the "geometry" property for details. -.SH "WFlags QWidget::getWFlags () const\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "WFlags TQWidget::getWFlags () const\fC [protected]\fR" Returns the widget flags for this this widget. .PP Widget flags are a combination of Qt::WidgetFlags. .PP See also testWFlags(), setWFlags(), and clearWFlags(). -.SH "void QWidget::grabKeyboard ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::grabKeyboard ()" Grabs the keyboard input. .PP This widget reveives all keyboard events until releaseKeyboard() is called; other widgets get no keyboard events at all. Mouse events are not affected. Use grabMouse() if you want to grab that. @@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ The focus widget is not affected, except that it doesn't receive any keyboard ev If a different widget is currently grabbing keyboard input, that widget's grab is released first. .PP See also releaseKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse(), and focusWidget(). -.SH "void QWidget::grabMouse ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::grabMouse ()" Grabs the mouse input. .PP This widget receives all mouse events until releaseMouse() is called; other widgets get no mouse events at all. Keyboard events are not affected. Use grabKeyboard() if you want to grab that. @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ It is almost never necessary to grab the mouse when using Qt, as TQt grabs and r Note that only visible widgets can grab mouse input. If isVisible() returns FALSE for a widget, that widget cannot call grabMouse(). .PP See also releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), grabKeyboard(), and focusWidget(). -.SH "void QWidget::grabMouse ( const QCursor & cursor )" +.SH "void TQWidget::grabMouse ( const QCursor & cursor )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Grabs the mouse input and changes the cursor shape. @@ -1504,21 +1504,21 @@ The cursor will assume shape \fIcursor\fR (for as long as the mouse focus is gra \fBWarning:\fR Grabbing the mouse might lock the terminal. .PP See also releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), and cursor. -.SH "bool QWidget::hasFocus () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::hasFocus () const" Returns TRUE if this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "focus" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::hasMouse () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::hasMouse () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is under the mouse cursor; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "underMouse" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::hasMouseTracking () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::hasMouseTracking () const" Returns TRUE if mouse tracking is enabled for the widget; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "mouseTracking" property for details. -.SH "int QWidget::height () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::height () const" Returns the height of the widget excluding any window frame. See the "height" property for details. -.SH "int QWidget::heightForWidth ( int w ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "int TQWidget::heightForWidth ( int w ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the preferred height for this widget, given the width \fIw\fR. The default implementation returns 0, indicating that the preferred height does not depend on the width. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Does not look at the widget's layout. .PP Reimplemented in QMenuBar and QTextEdit. -.SH "void QWidget::hide ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::hide ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Hides the widget. .PP You almost never have to reimplement this function. If you need to do something after a widget is hidden, use hideEvent() instead. @@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ Examples: .)l mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, progress/progress.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, webbrowser/mainwindow.ui.h, and xform/xform.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QMenuBar. -.SH "void QWidget::hideEvent ( QHideEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::hideEvent ( QHideEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget hide events. .PP Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been hidden. @@ -1537,39 +1537,39 @@ Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been hidden. See also event() and QHideEvent. .PP Reimplemented in QScrollBar. -.SH "const QPixmap * QWidget::icon () const" +.SH "const QPixmap * TQWidget::icon () const" Returns the widget's icon. See the "icon" property for details. -.SH "QString QWidget::iconText () const" +.SH "TQString TQWidget::iconText () const" Returns the widget's icon text. See the "iconText" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::iconify ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::iconify ()\fC [slot]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "void QWidget::imComposeEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::imComposeEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler is called when the user has entered some text using an Input Method. .PP The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the QIMEvent documentation for more details. .PP See also event() and QIMEvent. -.SH "void QWidget::imEndEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::imEndEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler is called when the user has finished inputting text via an Input Method. .PP The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the QIMEvent documentation for more details. .PP See also event() and QIMEvent. -.SH "void QWidget::imStartEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::imStartEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler is called when the user begins entering text using an Input Method. .PP The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the QIMEvent documentation for more details. .PP See also event() and QIMEvent. -.SH "bool QWidget::isActiveWindow () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isActiveWindow () const" Returns TRUE if this widget is the active window; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "isActiveWindow" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isDesktop () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isDesktop () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "isDesktop" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isDialog () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isDialog () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is a dialog widget; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "isDialog" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isEnabled () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isEnabled () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "enabled" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isEnabledTo ( QWidget * ancestor ) const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isEnabledTo ( TQWidget * ancestor ) const" Returns TRUE if this widget would become enabled if \fIancestor\fR is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up to but excluding \fIancestor\fR has been explicitly disabled. @@ -1577,35 +1577,35 @@ This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up to but excludi isEnabledTo(0) is equivalent to isEnabled(). .PP See also enabled and enabled. -.SH "bool QWidget::isEnabledToTLW () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isEnabledToTLW () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isEnabled() -.SH "bool QWidget::isFocusEnabled () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isFocusEnabled () const" Returns TRUE if the widget accepts keyboard focus; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "focusEnabled" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isFullScreen () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isFullScreen () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is full screen; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "fullScreen" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isHidden () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isHidden () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is explicitly hidden; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "hidden" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isInputMethodEnabled () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isInputMethodEnabled () const" Returns enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget. See the "inputMethodEnabled" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isMaximized () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isMaximized () const" Returns TRUE if this widget is maximized; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "maximized" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isMinimized () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isMinimized () const" Returns TRUE if this widget is minimized (iconified); otherwise returns FALSE. See the "minimized" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isModal () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isModal () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is a modal widget; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "isModal" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isPopup () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isPopup () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is a popup widget; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "isPopup" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isShown () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isShown () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is shown; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "shown" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isTopLevel () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isTopLevel () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is a top-level widget; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "isTopLevel" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isUpdatesEnabled () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isUpdatesEnabled () const" Returns TRUE if updates are enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "updatesEnabled" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isVisible () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isVisible () const" Returns TRUE if the widget is visible; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "visible" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::isVisibleTo ( QWidget * ancestor ) const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isVisibleTo ( TQWidget * ancestor ) const" Returns TRUE if this widget would become visible if \fIancestor\fR is shown; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The TRUE case occurs if neither the widget itself nor any parent up to but excluding \fIancestor\fR has been explicitly hidden. @@ -1615,11 +1615,11 @@ This function will still return TRUE if the widget is obscured by other windows isVisibleTo(0) is identical to isVisible(). .PP See also show(), hide(), and visible. -.SH "bool QWidget::isVisibleToTLW () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::isVisibleToTLW () const" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isVisible() -.SH "void QWidget::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive key press events for the widget. .PP A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and have focus in order to receive a key press event. @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ See also keyReleaseEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), fo Example: picture/picture.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QLineEdit and QTextEdit. -.SH "void QWidget::keyReleaseEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive key release events for the widget. .PP A widget must accept focus initially and have focus in order to receive a key release event. @@ -1643,13 +1643,13 @@ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you ignore() the rele The default implementation ignores the event. .PP See also keyPressEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and QKeyEvent. -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::keyboardGrabber ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::keyboardGrabber ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input. .PP If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the keyboard, 0 is returned. .PP See also grabMouse() and mouseGrabber(). -.SH "QLayout * QWidget::layout () const" +.SH "QLayout * TQWidget::layout () const" Returns the layout engine that manages the geometry of this widget's children. .PP If the widget does not have a layout, layout() returns 0. @@ -1658,19 +1658,19 @@ See also sizePolicy. .PP Examples: .)l chart/optionsform.cpp and fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::leaveEvent ( QEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::leaveEvent ( QEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget leave events. .PP A leave event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor leaves the widget. .PP See also enterEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), and event(). -.SH "void QWidget::lower ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::lower ()\fC [slot]\fR" Lowers the widget to the bottom of the parent widget's stack. .PP After this call the widget will be visually behind (and therefore obscured by) any overlapping sibling widgets. .PP See also raise() and stackUnder(). -.SH "bool QWidget::macEvent ( MSG * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::macEvent ( MSG * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive native Macintosh events. .PP In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into a TQt event and sends it to the widget. @@ -1678,61 +1678,61 @@ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being h \fBWarning:\fR This function is not portable. .PP See also QApplication::macEventFilter(). -.SH "QPoint QWidget::mapFrom ( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" +.SH "QPoint TQWidget::mapFrom ( TQWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" Translates the widget coordinate \fIpos\fR from the coordinate system of \fIparent\fR to this widget's coordinate system. The \fIparent\fR must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget. .PP See also mapTo(), mapFromParent(), mapFromGlobal(), and underMouse. -.SH "QPoint QWidget::mapFromGlobal ( const QPoint & pos ) const" +.SH "QPoint TQWidget::mapFromGlobal ( const QPoint & pos ) const" Translates the global screen coordinate \fIpos\fR to widget coordinates. .PP See also mapToGlobal(), mapFrom(), and mapFromParent(). -.SH "QPoint QWidget::mapFromParent ( const QPoint & pos ) const" +.SH "QPoint TQWidget::mapFromParent ( const QPoint & pos ) const" Translates the parent widget coordinate \fIpos\fR to widget coordinates. .PP Same as mapFromGlobal() if the widget has no parent. .PP See also mapToParent(), mapFrom(), mapFromGlobal(), and underMouse. -.SH "QPoint QWidget::mapTo ( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" +.SH "QPoint TQWidget::mapTo ( TQWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos ) const" Translates the widget coordinate \fIpos\fR to the coordinate system of \fIparent\fR. The \fIparent\fR must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget. .PP See also mapFrom(), mapToParent(), mapToGlobal(), and underMouse. -.SH "QPoint QWidget::mapToGlobal ( const QPoint & pos ) const" +.SH "QPoint TQWidget::mapToGlobal ( const QPoint & pos ) const" Translates the widget coordinate \fIpos\fR to global screen coordinates. For example, \fCmapToGlobal(QPoint(0,0))\fR would give the global coordinates of the top-left pixel of the widget. .PP See also mapFromGlobal(), mapTo(), and mapToParent(). .PP Example: scribble/scribble.cpp. -.SH "QPoint QWidget::mapToParent ( const QPoint & pos ) const" +.SH "QPoint TQWidget::mapToParent ( const QPoint & pos ) const" Translates the widget coordinate \fIpos\fR to a coordinate in the parent widget. .PP Same as mapToGlobal() if the widget has no parent. .PP See also mapFromParent(), mapTo(), mapToGlobal(), and underMouse. -.SH "int QWidget::maximumHeight () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::maximumHeight () const" Returns the widget's maximum height. See the "maximumHeight" property for details. -.SH "QSize QWidget::maximumSize () const" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::maximumSize () const" Returns the widget's maximum size. See the "maximumSize" property for details. -.SH "int QWidget::maximumWidth () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::maximumWidth () const" Returns the widget's maximum width. See the "maximumWidth" property for details. -.SH "int QWidget::metric ( int m ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "int TQWidget::metric ( int m ) const\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric() function. .PP Use the QPaintDeviceMetrics class instead. .PP \fIm\fR is the metric to get. -.SH "QRect QWidget::microFocusHint () const" +.SH "QRect TQWidget::microFocusHint () const" Returns the currently set micro focus hint for this widget. See the "microFocusHint" property for details. -.SH "int QWidget::minimumHeight () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::minimumHeight () const" Returns the widget's minimum height. See the "minimumHeight" property for details. -.SH "QSize QWidget::minimumSize () const" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::minimumSize () const" Returns the widget's minimum size. See the "minimumSize" property for details. -.SH "QSize QWidget::minimumSizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::minimumSizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the recommended minimum size for the widget. See the "minimumSizeHint" property for details. .PP Reimplemented in QLineEdit. -.SH "int QWidget::minimumWidth () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::minimumWidth () const" Returns the widget's minimum width. See the "minimumWidth" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive mouse double click events for the widget. .PP The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event. @@ -1740,13 +1740,13 @@ The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event. Note that the widgets gets a mousePressEvent() and a mouseReleaseEvent() before the mouseDoubleClickEvent(). .PP See also mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event(), and QMouseEvent. -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::mouseGrabber ()\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::mouseGrabber ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the mouse input. .PP If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the mouse, 0 is returned. .PP See also grabMouse() and keyboardGrabber(). -.SH "void QWidget::mouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive mouse move events for the widget. .PP If mouse tracking is switched off, mouse move events only occur if a mouse button is pressed while the mouse is being moved. If mouse tracking is switched on, mouse move events occur even if no mouse button is pressed. @@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ Examples: .)l aclock/aclock.cpp, drawlines/connect.cpp, iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp, life/life.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and scribble/scribble.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QSizeGrip. -.SH "void QWidget::mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive mouse press events for the widget. .PP If you create new widgets in the mousePressEvent() the mouseReleaseEvent() may not end up where you expect, depending on the underlying window system (or X11 window manager), the widgets' location and maybe more. @@ -1772,32 +1772,32 @@ Examples: .)l biff/biff.cpp, drawlines/connect.cpp, iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp, life/life.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, and tooltip/tooltip.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QSizeGrip. -.SH "void QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::mouseReleaseEvent ( QMouseEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive mouse release events for the widget. .PP See also mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event(), and QMouseEvent. .PP Examples: .)l drawlines/connect.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and t14/cannon.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::move ( const QPoint & )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::move ( const QPoint & )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the position of the widget within its parent widget. See the "pos" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::move ( int x, int y )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::move ( int x, int y )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This corresponds to move( QPoint(\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR) ). -.SH "void QWidget::moveEvent ( QMoveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::moveEvent ( QMoveEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget move events. When the widget receives this event, it is already at the new position. .PP The old position is accessible through QMoveEvent::oldPos(). .PP See also resizeEvent(), event(), pos, and QMoveEvent. -.SH "bool QWidget::ownCursor () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::ownCursor () const" Returns TRUE if the widget uses its own cursor; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "ownCursor" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::ownFont () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::ownFont () const" Returns TRUE if the widget uses its own font; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "ownFont" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::ownPalette () const" +.SH "bool TQWidget::ownPalette () const" Returns TRUE if the widget uses its own palette; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "ownPalette" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::paintEvent ( QPaintEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::paintEvent ( QPaintEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive paint events. .PP A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of the widget. It can happen as a result of repaint() or update(), or because the widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or for many other reasons. @@ -1816,25 +1816,25 @@ Examples: .)l drawlines/connect.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, splitter/splitter.cpp, t8/cannon.cpp, and t9/cannon.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QButton, QFrame, QGLWidget, QSizeGrip, QStatusBar, and QTabBar. -.SH "const QPalette & QWidget::palette () const" +.SH "const QPalette & TQWidget::palette () const" Returns the widget's palette. See the "palette" property for details. -.SH "const QColor & QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor () const" +.SH "const TQColor & TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor () const" Returns the background color of the widget. See the "paletteBackgroundColor" property for details. -.SH "const QPixmap * QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap () const" +.SH "const QPixmap * TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap () const" Returns the background pixmap of the widget. See the "paletteBackgroundPixmap" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::paletteChange ( const QPalette & oldPalette )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::paletteChange ( const QPalette & oldPalette )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called from setPalette(). \fIoldPalette\fR is the previous palette; you can get the new palette from palette(). .PP Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its palette changes. .PP See also palette and palette. -.SH "const QColor & QWidget::paletteForegroundColor () const" +.SH "const TQColor & TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor () const" Returns the foreground color of the widget. See the "paletteForegroundColor" property for details. -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::parentWidget ( bool sameWindow = FALSE ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::parentWidget ( bool sameWindow = FALSE ) const" Returns the parent of this widget, or 0 if it does not have any parent widget. If \fIsameWindow\fR is TRUE and the widget is top level returns 0; otherwise returns the widget's parent. .PP Example: mdi/application.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::polish ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::polish ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Delayed initialization of a widget. .PP This function will be called \fIafter\fR a widget has been fully created and \fIbefore\fR it is shown the very first time. @@ -1843,14 +1843,14 @@ Polishing is useful for final initialization which depends on having an instanti .PP After this function, the widget has a proper font and palette and QApplication::polish() has been called. .PP -Remember to call QWidget's implementation first when reimplementing this function to ensure that your program does not end up in infinite recursion. +Remember to call TQWidget's implementation first when reimplementing this function to ensure that your program does not end up in infinite recursion. .PP See also constPolish() and QApplication::polish(). .PP Example: menu/menu.cpp. -.SH "QPoint QWidget::pos () const" +.SH "QPoint TQWidget::pos () const" Returns the position of the widget within its parent widget. See the "pos" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::qwsEvent ( QWSEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::qwsEvent ( QWSEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive native Qt/Embedded events. .PP In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into a TQt event and sends it to the widget. @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being h \fBWarning:\fR This function is not portable. .PP See also QApplication::qwsEventFilter(). -.SH "void QWidget::raise ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::raise ()\fC [slot]\fR" Raises this widget to the top of the parent widget's stack. .PP After this call the widget will be visually in front of any overlapping sibling widgets. @@ -1866,21 +1866,21 @@ After this call the widget will be visually in front of any overlapping sibling See also lower() and stackUnder(). .PP Example: showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::recreate ( QWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" +.SH "void TQWidget::recreate ( TQWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP This method is provided to aid porting from TQt 1.0 to 2.0. It has been renamed reparent() in TQt 2.0. -.SH "QRect QWidget::rect () const" +.SH "QRect TQWidget::rect () const" Returns the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame. See the "rect" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::releaseKeyboard ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::releaseKeyboard ()" Releases the keyboard grab. .PP See also grabKeyboard(), grabMouse(), and releaseMouse(). -.SH "void QWidget::releaseMouse ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::releaseMouse ()" Releases the mouse grab. .PP See also grabMouse(), grabKeyboard(), and releaseKeyboard(). -.SH "void QWidget::repaint ( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::repaint ( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR" Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() immediately, unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. .PP If \fIerase\fR is TRUE, TQt erases the area \fI(x, y, w, h)\fR before the paintEvent() call. @@ -1894,21 +1894,21 @@ We suggest only using repaint() if you need an immediate repaint, for example du See also update(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, and erase(). .PP Example: qwerty/qwerty.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::repaint ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::repaint ()\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This version erases and repaints the entire widget. -.SH "void QWidget::repaint ( bool erase )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::repaint ( bool erase )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This version repaints the entire widget. -.SH "void QWidget::repaint ( const QRect & r, bool erase = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::repaint ( const QRect & r, bool erase = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() directly, unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. .PP Erases the widget region \fIr\fR if \fIerase\fR is TRUE. -.SH "void QWidget::repaint ( const QRegion & reg, bool erase = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::repaint ( const QRegion & reg, bool erase = TRUE )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() directly, unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ Only use repaint if your widget needs to be repainted immediately, for example w \fBWarning:\fR If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The update() function never causes recursion. .PP See also update(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, and erase(). -.SH "void QWidget::reparent ( QWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::reparent ( TQWidget * parent, WFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )\fC [virtual]\fR" Reparents the widget. The widget gets a new \fIparent\fR, new widget flags (\fIf\fR, but as usual, use 0) at a new position in its new parent (\fIp\fR). .PP If \fIshowIt\fR is TRUE, show() is called once the widget has been reparented. @@ -1934,21 +1934,21 @@ If the new parent widget is in the same top-level widget as the old parent, repa See also getWFlags(). .PP Example: toplevel/options.ui.h. -.SH "void QWidget::reparent ( QWidget * parent, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" +.SH "void TQWidget::reparent ( TQWidget * parent, const QPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP A convenience version of reparent that does not take widget flags as argument. .PP Calls reparent(\fIparent\fR, getWFlags() & ~WType_Mask, \fIp\fR, \fIshowIt\fR). -.SH "void QWidget::resetInputContext ()\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::resetInputContext ()\fC [protected]\fR" This function is called when the user finishes input composition, e.g. changes focus to another widget, moves the cursor, etc. -.SH "void QWidget::resize ( const QSize & )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::resize ( const QSize & )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets the size of the widget excluding any window frame. See the "size" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::resize ( int w, int h )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::resize ( int w, int h )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This corresponds to resize( QSize(\fIw\fR, \fIh\fR) ). -.SH "void QWidget::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::resizeEvent ( QResizeEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget resize events. When resizeEvent() is called, the widget already has its new geometry. The old size is accessible through QResizeEvent::oldSize(). .PP The widget will be erased and receive a paint event immediately after processing the resize event. No drawing need be (or should be) done inside this handler. @@ -1963,13 +1963,13 @@ Examples: .)l drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, tooltip/tooltip.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp. .PP Reimplemented in QFrame and QGLWidget. -.SH "void QWidget::scroll ( int dx, int dy )" +.SH "void TQWidget::scroll ( int dx, int dy )" Scrolls the widget including its children \fIdx\fR pixels to the right and \fIdy\fR downwards. Both \fIdx\fR and \fIdy\fR may be negative. .PP After scrolling, scroll() sends a paint event for the the part that is read but not written. For example, when scrolling 10 pixels rightwards, the leftmost ten pixels of the widget need repainting. The paint event may be delivered immediately or later, depending on some heuristics (note that you might have to force processing of paint events using QApplication::sendPostedEvents() when using scroll() and move() in combination). .PP See also QScrollView, erase(), and bitBlt(). -.SH "void QWidget::scroll ( int dx, int dy, const QRect & r )" +.SH "void TQWidget::scroll ( int dx, int dy, const QRect & r )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This version only scrolls \fIr\fR and does not move the children of the widget. @@ -1977,9 +1977,9 @@ This version only scrolls \fIr\fR and does not move the children of the widget. If \fIr\fR is empty or invalid, the result is undefined. .PP See also QScrollView, erase(), and bitBlt(). -.SH "void QWidget::setAcceptDrops ( bool on )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setAcceptDrops ( bool on )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether drop events are enabled for this widget to \fIon\fR. See the "acceptDrops" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setActiveWindow ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setActiveWindow ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the top-level widget containing this widget to be the active window. .PP An active window is a visible top-level window that has the keyboard input focus. @@ -1991,78 +1991,78 @@ On Windows, if you are calling this when the application is not currently the ac See also isActiveWindow, topLevelWidget(), and show(). .PP Reimplemented in QXtWidget. -.SH "void QWidget::setAutoMask ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setAutoMask ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget. See the "autoMask" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setBackgroundColor ( const QColor & c )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & c )\fC [virtual]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. Use setPaletteBackgroundColor() or setEraseColor() instead. .PP Examples: .)l customlayout/main.cpp, desktop/desktop.cpp, hello/main.cpp, movies/main.cpp, and splitter/splitter.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::setBackgroundMode ( BackgroundMode )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setBackgroundMode ( BackgroundMode )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the color role used for painting the background of the widget. See the "backgroundMode" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setBackgroundMode ( BackgroundMode m, BackgroundMode visual )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setBackgroundMode ( BackgroundMode m, BackgroundMode visual )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the widget's own background mode to \fIm\fR and the visual background mode to \fIvisual\fR. The visual background mode is used with the designable properties \fCbackgroundColor\fR, \fCforegroundColor\fR and \fCbackgroundPixmap\fR. .PP For complex controls, the logical background mode sometimes differs from a widget's own background mode. A spinbox for example has PaletteBackground as background mode (typically dark gray), while it's embedded lineedit control uses PaletteBase (typically white). Since the lineedit covers most of the visual area of a spinbox, it defines PaletteBase to be its \fIvisual\fR background mode. Changing the \fCbackgroundColor\fR property thus changes the lineedit control's background, which is exactly what the user expects in \fIQt Designer\fR. -.SH "void QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin ( BackgroundOrigin )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setBackgroundOrigin ( BackgroundOrigin )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the origin of the widget's background. See the "backgroundOrigin" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap ( const QPixmap & pm )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap ( const QPixmap & pm )\fC [virtual]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. Use setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() or setErasePixmap() instead. .PP Example: desktop/desktop.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::setBaseSize ( const QSize & )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setBaseSize ( const QSize & )" Sets the base size of the widget. See the "baseSize" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setBaseSize ( int basew, int baseh )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setBaseSize ( int basew, int baseh )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This corresponds to setBaseSize( QSize(\fIbasew\fR, \fIbaseh\fR) ). Sets the widgets base size to width \fIbasew\fR and height \fIbaseh\fR. -.SH "void QWidget::setCaption ( const QString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setCaption ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the window caption (title). See the "caption" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setCursor ( const QCursor & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setCursor ( const QCursor & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the cursor shape for this widget. See the "cursor" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setDisabled ( bool disable )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setDisabled ( bool disable )\fC [slot]\fR" Disables widget input events if \fIdisable\fR is TRUE; otherwise enables input events. .PP See the enabled documentation for more information. .PP See also isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, and enabledChange(). -.SH "void QWidget::setEnabled ( bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setEnabled ( bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets whether the widget is enabled. See the "enabled" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setEraseColor ( const QColor & color )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setEraseColor ( const TQColor & color )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the erase color of the widget to \fIcolor\fR. .PP The erase color is the color the widget is to be cleared to before paintEvent() is called. If there is an erase pixmap (set using setErasePixmap()), then this property has an indeterminate value. .PP See also erasePixmap(), backgroundColor(), backgroundMode, and palette. -.SH "void QWidget::setErasePixmap ( const QPixmap & pixmap )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setErasePixmap ( const QPixmap & pixmap )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the widget's erase pixmap to \fIpixmap\fR. .PP This pixmap is used to clear the widget before paintEvent() is called. -.SH "void QWidget::setFixedHeight ( int h )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFixedHeight ( int h )" Sets both the minimum and maximum heights of the widget to \fIh\fR without changing the widths. Provided for convenience. .PP See also sizeHint, minimumSize, maximumSize, and setFixedSize(). .PP Examples: .)l fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, and showimg/showimg.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::setFixedSize ( const QSize & s )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFixedSize ( const QSize & s )" Sets both the minimum and maximum sizes of the widget to \fIs\fR, thereby preventing it from ever growing or shrinking. .PP See also maximumSize and minimumSize. -.SH "void QWidget::setFixedSize ( int w, int h )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFixedSize ( int w, int h )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the width of the widget to \fIw\fR and the height to \fIh\fR. -.SH "void QWidget::setFixedWidth ( int w )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFixedWidth ( int w )" Sets both the minimum and maximum width of the widget to \fIw\fR without changing the heights. Provided for convenience. .PP See also sizeHint, minimumSize, maximumSize, and setFixedSize(). .PP Examples: .)l progressbar/progressbar.cpp and qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::setFocus ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFocus ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the active window. .PP First, a focus out event is sent to the focus widget (if any) to tell it that it is about to lose the focus. Then a focus in event is sent to this widget to tell it that it just received the focus. (Nothing happens if the focus in and focus out widgets are the same.) @@ -2077,9 +2077,9 @@ See also focus, clearFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), focusPolicy, QApp .PP Examples: .)l addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, lineedits/lineedits.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, rot13/rot13.cpp, t8/main.cpp, and wizard/wizard.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::setFocusPolicy ( FocusPolicy )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFocusPolicy ( FocusPolicy )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the way the widget accepts keyboard focus. See the "focusPolicy" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setFocusProxy ( QWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFocusProxy ( TQWidget * w )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the widget's focus proxy to widget \fIw\fR. If \fIw\fR is 0, the function resets this widget to have no focus proxy. .PP Some widgets, such as QComboBox, can "have focus", but create a child widget to actually handle the focus. QComboBox, for example, creates a QLineEdit which handles the focus. @@ -2087,29 +2087,29 @@ Some widgets, such as QComboBox, can "have focus", but create a child widget to setFocusProxy() sets the widget which will actually get focus when" this widget" gets it. If there is a focus proxy, focusPolicy(), setFocusPolicy(), setFocus() and hasFocus() all operate on the focus proxy. .PP See also focusProxy(). -.SH "void QWidget::setFont ( const QFont & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFont ( const QFont & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the font currently set for the widget. See the "font" property for details. .PP Reimplemented in QComboBox, QLabel, and QTabDialog. -.SH "void QWidget::setFont ( const QFont & f, bool )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setFont ( const QFont & f, bool )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Use setFont(const QFont& font) instead. -.SH "void QWidget::setGeometry ( const QRect & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setGeometry ( const QRect & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame. See the "geometry" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setGeometry ( int x, int y, int w, int h )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setGeometry ( int x, int y, int w, int h )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This corresponds to setGeometry( QRect(\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIw\fR, \fIh\fR) ). -.SH "void QWidget::setHidden ( bool hide )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setHidden ( bool hide )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets whether the widget is explicitly hidden to \fIhide\fR. See the "hidden" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setIcon ( const QPixmap & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setIcon ( const QPixmap & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the widget's icon. See the "icon" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setIconText ( const QString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setIconText ( const TQString & )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets the widget's icon text. See the "iconText" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled ( bool b )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setInputMethodEnabled ( bool b )" Sets enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget to \fIb\fR. See the "inputMethodEnabled" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setKeyCompression ( bool compress )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setKeyCompression ( bool compress )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Enables key event compression, if \fIcompress\fR is TRUE, and disables it if \fIcompress\fR is FALSE. .PP Key compression is off by default (except for QLineEdit and QTextEdit), so widgets receive one key press event for each key press (or more, since autorepeat is usually on). If you turn it on and your program doesn't keep up with key input, TQt may try to compress key events so that more than one character can be processed in each event. @@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ Qt performs key event compression only for printable characters. Modifier keys, Not all platforms support this compression, in which case turning it on will have no effect. .PP See also QKeyEvent::text(). -.SH "void QWidget::setMask ( const QBitmap & bitmap )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMask ( const QBitmap & bitmap )\fC [virtual]\fR" Causes only the pixels of the widget for which \fIbitmap\fR has a corresponding 1 bit to be visible. Use Qt::color0 to draw transparent regions and Qt::color1 to draw opaque regions of the bitmap. .PP If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be visible, depending on the platform. @@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly complex. See \fCexamples/tux\fR for an example of masking for transparency. .PP See also clearMask(). -.SH "void QWidget::setMask ( const QRegion & region )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMask ( const QRegion & region )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap \fIregion\fR to be visible. If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be visible, depending on the platform. @@ -2141,17 +2141,17 @@ Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap \fIregion\fR to be visible. If Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly complex. .PP See also clearMask(). -.SH "void QWidget::setMaximumHeight ( int maxh )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMaximumHeight ( int maxh )" Sets the widget's maximum height to \fImaxh\fR. See the "maximumHeight" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setMaximumSize ( const QSize & )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMaximumSize ( const QSize & )" Sets the widget's maximum size. See the "maximumSize" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setMaximumSize ( int maxw, int maxh )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMaximumSize ( int maxw, int maxh )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function corresponds to setMaximumSize( QSize(\fImaxw\fR, \fImaxh\fR) ). Sets the maximum width to \fImaxw\fR and the maximum height to \fImaxh\fR. -.SH "void QWidget::setMaximumWidth ( int maxw )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMaximumWidth ( int maxw )" Sets the widget's maximum width to \fImaxw\fR. See the "maximumWidth" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setMicroFocusHint ( int x, int y, int width, int height, bool text = TRUE, QFont * f = 0 )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMicroFocusHint ( int x, int y, int width, int height, bool text = TRUE, QFont * f = 0 )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" When a widget gets focus, it should call setMicroFocusHint() with some appropriate position and size, \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR. This has no \fIvisual\fR effect, it just provides hints to any system-specific input handling tools. .PP The \fItext\fR argument should be TRUE if this is a position for text input. @@ -2163,49 +2163,49 @@ In the X11 version of Qt, if \fItext\fR is TRUE, this method sets the XIM "spot" The font \fIf\fR is a rendering hint to the currently active input method. If \fIf\fR is 0 the widget's font is used. .PP See also microFocusHint. -.SH "void QWidget::setMinimumHeight ( int minh )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMinimumHeight ( int minh )" Sets the widget's minimum height to \fIminh\fR. See the "minimumHeight" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setMinimumSize ( const QSize & )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMinimumSize ( const QSize & )" Sets the widget's minimum size. See the "minimumSize" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setMinimumSize ( int minw, int minh )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMinimumSize ( int minw, int minh )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This function corresponds to setMinimumSize( QSize(minw, minh) ). Sets the minimum width to \fIminw\fR and the minimum height to \fIminh\fR. -.SH "void QWidget::setMinimumWidth ( int minw )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMinimumWidth ( int minw )" Sets the widget's minimum width to \fIminw\fR. See the "minimumWidth" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setMouseTracking ( bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setMouseTracking ( bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget to \fIenable\fR. See the "mouseTracking" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setPalette ( const QPalette & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setPalette ( const QPalette & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the widget's palette. See the "palette" property for details. .PP Reimplemented in QComboBox, QScrollBar, and QSlider. -.SH "void QWidget::setPalette ( const QPalette & p, bool )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setPalette ( const QPalette & p, bool )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Use setPalette( const QPalette& p ) instead. -.SH "void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor ( const QColor & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the background color of the widget. See the "paletteBackgroundColor" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap ( const QPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap ( const QPixmap & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the background pixmap of the widget. See the "paletteBackgroundPixmap" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor ( const QColor & )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor ( const TQColor & )" Sets the foreground color of the widget. See the "paletteForegroundColor" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setShown ( bool show )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setShown ( bool show )\fC [slot]\fR" Sets whether the widget is shown to \fIshow\fR. See the "shown" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setSizeIncrement ( const QSize & )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setSizeIncrement ( const QSize & )" Sets the size increment of the widget. See the "sizeIncrement" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setSizeIncrement ( int w, int h )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setSizeIncrement ( int w, int h )\fC [virtual]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the x (width) size increment to \fIw\fR and the y (height) size increment to \fIh\fR. -.SH "void QWidget::setSizePolicy ( QSizePolicy )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setSizePolicy ( QSizePolicy )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the default layout behavior of the widget. See the "sizePolicy" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setSizePolicy ( QSizePolicy::SizeType hor, QSizePolicy::SizeType ver, bool hfw = FALSE )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setSizePolicy ( QSizePolicy::SizeType hor, QSizePolicy::SizeType ver, bool hfw = FALSE )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the size policy of the widget to \fIhor\fR, \fIver\fR and \fIhfw\fR (height for width). .PP See also QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy(). -.SH "void QWidget::setStyle ( QStyle * style )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setStyle ( QStyle * style )" Sets the widget's GUI style to \fIstyle\fR. Ownership of the style object is not transferred. .PP If no style is set, the widget uses the application's style, QApplication::style() instead. @@ -2218,11 +2218,11 @@ See also style(), QStyle, QApplication::style(), and QApplication::setStyle(). .PP Examples: .)l grapher/grapher.cpp and progressbar/progressbar.cpp. -.SH "QStyle * QWidget::setStyle ( const QString & style )" +.SH "QStyle * TQWidget::setStyle ( const TQString & style )" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the widget's GUI style to \fIstyle\fR using the QStyleFactory. -.SH "void QWidget::setTabOrder ( QWidget * first, QWidget * second )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setTabOrder ( TQWidget * first, TQWidget * second )\fC [static]\fR" Moves the \fIsecond\fR widget around the ring of focus widgets so that keyboard focus moves from the \fIfirst\fR widget to the \fIsecond\fR widget when the Tab key is pressed. .PP Note that since the tab order of the \fIsecond\fR widget is changed, you should order a chain like this: @@ -2254,17 +2254,17 @@ If \fIfirst\fR or \fIsecond\fR has a focus proxy, setTabOrder() correctly substi See also focusPolicy and setFocusProxy(). .PP Example: customlayout/main.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled ( bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setUpdatesEnabled ( bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Sets whether updates are enabled to \fIenable\fR. See the "updatesEnabled" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setWFlags ( WFlags f )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::setWFlags ( WFlags f )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Sets the widget flags \fIf\fR. .PP Widget flags are a combination of Qt::WidgetFlags. .PP See also testWFlags(), getWFlags(), and clearWFlags(). -.SH "void QWidget::setWindowOpacity ( double level )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setWindowOpacity ( double level )" Sets the level of opacity for the window to \fIlevel\fR. See the "windowOpacity" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::setWindowState ( uint windowState )" +.SH "void TQWidget::setWindowState ( uint windowState )" Sets the window state to \fIwindowState\fR. The window state is a OR'ed combination of Qt::WindowState: WindowMinimized, WindowMaximized, WindowFullScreen and WindowActive. .PP If the window is not visible (i.e. isVisible() returns FALSE), the window state will take effect when show() is called. For visible windows, the change is immediate. For example, to toggle between full-screen and mormal mode, use the following code: @@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ In order to restore and activate a minimized window (while preserving its maximi Note: On some window systems WindowActive is not immediate, and may be ignored in certain cases. .PP See also Qt::WindowState and windowState(). -.SH "void QWidget::show ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::show ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Shows the widget and its child widgets. .PP If its size or position has changed, TQt guarantees that a widget gets move and resize events just before it is shown. @@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ Examples: .)l aclock/main.cpp, life/main.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, t1/main.cpp, t3/main.cpp, t4/main.cpp, and toplevel/options.ui.h. .PP Reimplemented in QDialog and QMenuBar. -.SH "void QWidget::showEvent ( QShowEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::showEvent ( QShowEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive widget show events. .PP Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately before they are shown. The spontaneous show events of top-level widgets are delivered afterwards. @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately before they are show See also event() and QShowEvent. .PP Example: qdir/qdir.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::showFullScreen ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::showFullScreen ()\fC [slot]\fR" Shows the widget in full-screen mode. .PP Calling this function only affects top-level widgets. @@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ An alternative would be to bypass the window manager entirely and create a windo X11 window managers that follow modern post-ICCCM specifications support full-screen mode properly. .PP See also showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), and visible. -.SH "void QWidget::showMaximized ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::showMaximized ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Shows the widget maximized. .PP Calling this function only affects top-level widgets. @@ -2332,13 +2332,13 @@ See also setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), and vi .PP Examples: .)l canvas/main.cpp, helpviewer/main.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, qwerty/main.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and scribble/main.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::showMinimized ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::showMinimized ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Shows the widget minimized, as an icon. .PP Calling this function only affects top-level widgets. .PP See also showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), visible, and minimized. -.SH "void QWidget::showNormal ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::showNormal ()\fC [virtual slot]\fR" Restores the widget after it has been maximized or minimized. .PP Calling this function only affects top-level widgets. @@ -2346,27 +2346,27 @@ Calling this function only affects top-level widgets. See also setWindowState(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), and visible. .PP Example: mdi/application.cpp. -.SH "QSize QWidget::size () const" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::size () const" Returns the size of the widget excluding any window frame. See the "size" property for details. -.SH "QSize QWidget::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::sizeHint () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the recommended size for the widget. See the "sizeHint" property for details. .PP Reimplemented in QSizeGrip. -.SH "QSize QWidget::sizeIncrement () const" +.SH "QSize TQWidget::sizeIncrement () const" Returns the size increment of the widget. See the "sizeIncrement" property for details. -.SH "QSizePolicy QWidget::sizePolicy () const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QSizePolicy TQWidget::sizePolicy () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the default layout behavior of the widget. See the "sizePolicy" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::stackUnder ( QWidget * w )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::stackUnder ( TQWidget * w )\fC [slot]\fR" Places the widget under \fIw\fR in the parent widget's stack. .PP To make this work, the widget itself and \fIw\fR must be siblings. .PP See also raise() and lower(). -.SH "QStyle & QWidget::style () const" +.SH "QStyle & TQWidget::style () const" Returns the GUI style for this widget .PP -See also QWidget::setStyle(), QApplication::setStyle(), and QApplication::style(). -.SH "void QWidget::styleChange ( QStyle & oldStyle )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +See also TQWidget::setStyle(), QApplication::setStyle(), and QApplication::style(). +.SH "void TQWidget::styleChange ( QStyle & oldStyle )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called when the style of the widgets changes. \fIoldStyle\fR is the previous GUI style; you can get the new style from style(). .PP Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its GUI style changes. You will almost certainly need to update the widget using update(). @@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@ Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its GUI style change The default implementation updates the widget including its geometry. .PP See also QApplication::setStyle(), style(), update(), and updateGeometry(). -.SH "void QWidget::tabletEvent ( QTabletEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::tabletEvent ( QTabletEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive tablet events for the widget. .PP If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you ignore() the event if you do not handle it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it. @@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you ignore() the even The default implementation ignores the event. .PP See also QTabletEvent::ignore(), QTabletEvent::accept(), event(), and QTabletEvent. -.SH "WFlags QWidget::testWFlags ( WFlags f ) const" +.SH "WFlags TQWidget::testWFlags ( WFlags f ) const" Returns the bitwise AND of the widget flags and \fIf\fR. .PP Widget flags are a combination of Qt::WidgetFlags. @@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ If you want to test for the presence of multiple flags (or composite flags such .fi .PP See also getWFlags(), setWFlags(), and clearWFlags(). -.SH "QWidget * QWidget::topLevelWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::topLevelWidget () const" Returns the top-level widget for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget that has (or could have) a window-system frame. .PP If the widget is a top-level, the widget itself is returned. @@ -2418,13 +2418,13 @@ Typical usage is changing the window caption: .fi .PP See also isTopLevel. -.SH "void QWidget::unsetCursor ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::unsetCursor ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Resets the cursor shape for this widget. See the "cursor" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::unsetFont ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::unsetFont ()" Resets the font currently set for the widget. See the "font" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::unsetPalette ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::unsetPalette ()" Resets the widget's palette. See the "palette" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::update ()\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::update ()\fC [slot]\fR" Updates the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. .PP This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it schedules a paint event for processing when TQt returns to the main event loop. This permits TQt to optimize for more speed and less flicker than a call to repaint() does. @@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ See also repaint(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, erase(), and setWFlags(). .PP Examples: .)l desktop/desktop.cpp and scrollview/scrollview.cpp. -.SH "void QWidget::update ( int x, int y, int w, int h )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::update ( int x, int y, int w, int h )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Updates a rectangle (\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIw\fR, \fIh\fR) inside the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. @@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ If \fIw\fR is negative, it is replaced with \fCwidth() - x\fR. If \fIh\fR is neg Qt normally erases the specified area before the paintEvent() call. If the WRepaintNoErase widget flag is set, the widget is responsible for painting all its pixels itself. .PP See also repaint(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, and erase(). -.SH "void QWidget::update ( const QRect & r )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::update ( const QRect & r )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Updates a rectangle \fIr\fR inside the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. @@ -2459,19 +2459,19 @@ Updates a rectangle \fIr\fR inside the widget unless updates are disabled or the This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it schedules a paint event for processing when TQt returns to the main event loop. This permits TQt to optimize for more speed and less flicker and a call to repaint() does. .PP Calling update() several times normally results in just one paintEvent() call. -.SH "void QWidget::updateGeometry ()" +.SH "void TQWidget::updateGeometry ()" Notifies the layout system that this widget has changed and may need to change geometry. .PP Call this function if the sizeHint() or sizePolicy() have changed. .PP For explicitly hidden widgets, updateGeometry() is a no-op. The layout system will be notified as soon as the widget is shown. -.SH "void QWidget::updateMask ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::updateMask ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to support transparent widgets. It should be called whenever a widget changes state in a way that means that the shape mask must be recalculated. .PP See also autoMask, setMask(), and clearMask(). -.SH "QRect QWidget::visibleRect () const" +.SH "QRect TQWidget::visibleRect () const" Returns the visible rectangle. See the "visibleRect" property for details. -.SH "void QWidget::wheelEvent ( QWheelEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::wheelEvent ( QWheelEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive wheel events for the widget. .PP If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you ignore() the event if you do not handle it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it. @@ -2479,9 +2479,9 @@ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you ignore() the even The default implementation ignores the event. .PP See also QWheelEvent::ignore(), QWheelEvent::accept(), event(), and QWheelEvent. -.SH "int QWidget::width () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::width () const" Returns the width of the widget excluding any window frame. See the "width" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::winEvent ( MSG * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::winEvent ( MSG * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive native Windows events. .PP In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into a TQt event and sends it to the widget. @@ -2489,13 +2489,13 @@ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being h \fBWarning:\fR This function is not portable. .PP See also QApplication::winEventFilter(). -.SH "WId QWidget::winId () const" +.SH "WId TQWidget::winId () const" Returns the window system identifier of the widget. .PP Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to do something non-portable. Be careful. .PP See also find(). -.SH "void QWidget::windowActivationChange ( bool oldActive )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void TQWidget::windowActivationChange ( bool oldActive )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is called for a widget when its window is activated or deactivated by the window system. \fIoldActive\fR is the previous state; you can get the new setting from isActiveWindow(). .PP Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its window becomes activated or deactivated. @@ -2503,15 +2503,15 @@ Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its window becomes a The default implementation updates the visible part of the widget if the inactive and the active colorgroup are different for colors other than the highlight and link colors. .PP See also setActiveWindow(), isActiveWindow, update(), and palette. -.SH "double QWidget::windowOpacity () const" +.SH "double TQWidget::windowOpacity () const" Returns the level of opacity for the window. See the "windowOpacity" property for details. -.SH "uint QWidget::windowState () const" +.SH "uint TQWidget::windowState () const" Returns the current window state. The window state is a OR'ed combination of Qt::WindowState: WindowMinimized, WindowMaximized, WindowFullScreen and WindowActive. .PP See also Qt::WindowState and setWindowState(). -.SH "int QWidget::x () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::x () const" Returns the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame. See the "x" property for details. -.SH "bool QWidget::x11Event ( XEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "bool TQWidget::x11Event ( XEvent * )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive native X11 events. .PP In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being handled by Qt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into a TQt event and sends it to the widget. @@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the event being h See also QApplication::x11EventFilter(). .PP Reimplemented in QXtWidget. -.SH "int QWidget::y () const" +.SH "int TQWidget::y () const" Returns the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame. See the "y" property for details. .SS "Property Documentation" .SH "bool acceptDrops" @@ -2529,7 +2529,7 @@ This property holds whether drop events are enabled for this widget. .PP Setting this property to TRUE announces to the system that this widget \fImay\fR be able to accept drop events. .PP -If the widget is the desktop (QWidget::isDesktop()), this may fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call acceptDrops() to test if this occurs. +If the widget is the desktop (TQWidget::isDesktop()), this may fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call acceptDrops() to test if this occurs. .PP \fBWarning:\fR Do not modify this property in a Drag&Drop event handler. .PP @@ -2537,7 +2537,7 @@ Set this property's value with setAcceptDrops() and get this property's value wi .SH "bool autoMask" This property holds whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget. .PP -Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region. QWidget has some built-in support to make the task of recalculating the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE, updateMask() will be called whenever the widget is resized or changes its focus state. Note that you must reimplement updateMask() (which should include a call to setMask()) or nothing will happen. +Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region. TQWidget has some built-in support to make the task of recalculating the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE, updateMask() will be called whenever the widget is resized or changes its focus state. Note that you must reimplement updateMask() (which should include a call to setMask()) or nothing will happen. .PP Note: when you re-implement resizeEvent(), focusInEvent() or focusOutEvent() in your custom widgets and still want to ensure that the auto mask calculation works, you should add: .PP @@ -2602,10 +2602,10 @@ The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the widget defines si See also sizeIncrement. .PP Set this property's value with setBaseSize() and get this property's value with baseSize(). -.SH "QString caption" +.SH "TQString caption" This property holds the window caption (title). .PP -This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no caption has been set, the caption is QString::null. +This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no caption has been set, the caption is TQString::null. .PP See also icon and iconText. .PP @@ -2687,9 +2687,9 @@ Get this property's value with hasFocus(). .SH "bool focusEnabled" This property holds whether the widget accepts keyboard focus. .PP -Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. focusPolicy() == QWidget::NoFocus). +Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. focusPolicy() == TQWidget::NoFocus). .PP -You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls setFocusPolicy(QWidget::StrongFocus). +You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls setFocusPolicy(TQWidget::StrongFocus). .PP See also focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), and enabled. .PP @@ -2697,9 +2697,9 @@ Get this property's value with isFocusEnabled(). .SH "FocusPolicy focusPolicy" This property holds the way the widget accepts keyboard focus. .PP -The policy is QWidget::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard focus by tabbing, QWidget::ClickFocus if the widget accepts focus by clicking, QWidget::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and QWidget::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at all. +The policy is TQWidget::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard focus by tabbing, TQWidget::ClickFocus if the widget accepts focus by clicking, TQWidget::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and TQWidget::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at all. .PP -You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls setFocusPolicy(QWidget::StrongFocus). +You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls setFocusPolicy(TQWidget::StrongFocus). .PP See also focusEnabled, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), and enabled. .PP @@ -2784,10 +2784,10 @@ This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon has been set, i See also iconText, caption, and Setting the Application Icon. .PP Set this property's value with setIcon() and get this property's value with icon(). -.SH "QString iconText" +.SH "TQString iconText" This property holds the widget's icon text. .PP -This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon text has been set, this functions returns QString::null. +This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon text has been set, this functions returns TQString::null. .PP See also icon and caption. .PP @@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ Instead of defining an entirely new palette, you can also use the paletteBackgro See also ownPalette, colorGroup, and QApplication::palette(). .PP Set this property's value with setPalette(), get this property's value with palette(), and reset this property's value with unsetPalette(). -.SH "QColor paletteBackgroundColor" +.SH "TQColor paletteBackgroundColor" This property holds the background color of the widget. .PP The palette background color is usually set implicitly by setBackgroundMode(), although it can also be set explicitly by setPaletteBackgroundColor(). setPaletteBackgroundColor() is a convenience function that creates and sets a modified QPalette with setPalette(). The palette is modified according to the widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is PaletteButton the color used for the palette's QColorGroup::Button color entry is set. @@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ If there is a plain background color (set using setPaletteBackgroundColor()), th See also paletteBackgroundColor, paletteForegroundColor, palette, and colorGroup. .PP Set this property's value with setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(), get this property's value with paletteBackgroundPixmap(), and reset this property's value with unsetPalette(). -.SH "QColor paletteForegroundColor" +.SH "TQColor paletteForegroundColor" This property holds the foreground color of the widget. .PP setPaletteForegroundColor() is a convenience function that creates and sets a modified QPalette with setPalette(). The palette is modified according to the widget's \fIbackground mode\fR. For example, if the background mode is PaletteButton the palette entry QColorGroup::ButtonText is set to color. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetfactory.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetfactory.3qt index a634bad5c..23e0f8c51 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetfactory.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetfactory.3qt @@ -20,28 +20,28 @@ QWidgetFactory \- For the dynamic creation of widgets from TQt Designer .ui file .BI "virtual \fB~QWidgetFactory\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBcreateWidget\fR ( const QString & className, QWidget * parent, const char * name ) const" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBcreateWidget\fR ( const TQString & className, TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) const" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & uiFile, QObject * connector = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & uiFile, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( QIODevice * dev, QObject * connector = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( TQIODevice * dev, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBaddWidgetFactory\fR ( QWidgetFactory * factory )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBloadImages\fR ( const QString & dir )" +.BI "void \fBloadImages\fR ( const TQString & dir )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBwidgets\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "bool \fBsupportsWidget\fR ( const QString & widget )" +.BI "bool \fBsupportsWidget\fR ( const TQString & widget )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The QWidgetFactory class provides for the dynamic creation of widgets from TQt D This class basically offers two things: .IP .TP -Dynamically creating widgets from TQt Designer user interface description files. You can do this using the static function QWidgetFactory::create(). This function also performs signal and slot connections, tab ordering, etc., as defined in the .ui file, and returns the top-level widget in the .ui file. After creating the widget you can use QObject::child() and QObject::queryList() to access child widgets of this returned widget. +Dynamically creating widgets from TQt Designer user interface description files. You can do this using the static function QWidgetFactory::create(). This function also performs signal and slot connections, tab ordering, etc., as defined in the .ui file, and returns the top-level widget in the .ui file. After creating the widget you can use TQObject::child() and TQObject::queryList() to access child widgets of this returned widget. .IP .TP Adding additional widget factories to be able to create custom widgets. See createWidget() for details. @@ -68,19 +68,19 @@ Constructs a QWidgetFactory. Destructor. .SH "void QWidgetFactory::addWidgetFactory ( QWidgetFactory * factory )\fC [static]\fR" Installs a widget factory \fIfactory\fR, which normally contains additional widgets that can then be created using a QWidgetFactory. See createWidget() for further details. -.SH "QWidget * QWidgetFactory::create ( const QString & uiFile, QObject * connector = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QWidgetFactory::create ( const TQString & uiFile, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" Loads the \fIQt Designer\fR user interface description file \fIuiFile\fR and returns the top-level widget in that description. \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR are passed to the constructor of the top-level widget. .PP -This function also performs signal and slot connections, tab ordering, etc., as described in the .ui file. In \fIQt Designer\fR it is possible to add custom slots to a form and connect to them. If you want these connections to be made, you must create a class derived from QObject, which implements all these slots. Then pass an instance of the object as \fIconnector\fR to this function. If you do this, the connections to the custom slots will be done using the \fIconnector\fR as slot. +This function also performs signal and slot connections, tab ordering, etc., as described in the .ui file. In \fIQt Designer\fR it is possible to add custom slots to a form and connect to them. If you want these connections to be made, you must create a class derived from TQObject, which implements all these slots. Then pass an instance of the object as \fIconnector\fR to this function. If you do this, the connections to the custom slots will be done using the \fIconnector\fR as slot. .PP If something fails, 0 is returned. .PP The ownership of the returned widget is passed to the caller. -.SH "QWidget * QWidgetFactory::create ( QIODevice * dev, QObject * connector = 0, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QWidgetFactory::create ( TQIODevice * dev, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Loads the user interface description from device \fIdev\fR. -.SH "QWidget * QWidgetFactory::createWidget ( const QString & className, QWidget * parent, const char * name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QWidgetFactory::createWidget ( const TQString & className, TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Creates a widget of the type \fIclassName\fR passing \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR to its constructor. .PP If \fIclassName\fR is a widget in the TQt library, it is directly created by this function. If the widget isn't in the TQt library, each of the installed widget plugins is asked, in turn, to create the widget. As soon as a plugin says it can create the widget it is asked to do so. It may occur that none of the plugins can create the widget, in which case each installed widget factory is asked to create the widget (see addWidgetFactory()). If the widget cannot be created by any of these means, 0 is returned. @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ Subclass QWidgetFactory. Then reimplement this function to create and return an .fi where MyWidgetFactory is your QWidgetFactory subclass. .IP -.SH "void QWidgetFactory::loadImages ( const QString & dir )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QWidgetFactory::loadImages ( const TQString & dir )\fC [static]\fR" If you use a pixmap collection (which is the default for new projects) rather than saving the pixmaps within the .ui XML file, you must load the pixmap collection. QWidgetFactory looks in the default QMimeSourceFactory for the pixmaps. Either add it there manually, or call this function and specify the directory where the images can be found, as \fIdir\fR. This is normally the directory called \fCimages\fR in the project's directory. -.SH "bool QWidgetFactory::supportsWidget ( const QString & widget )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "bool QWidgetFactory::supportsWidget ( const TQString & widget )\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the widget factory can create the specified \fIwidget\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "QStringList QWidgetFactory::widgets ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the names of the widgets this factory can create. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetitem.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetitem.3qt index def37fc88..70d6f9cf5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetitem.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetitem.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits QLayoutItem. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWidgetItem\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "\fBQWidgetItem\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual QSize \fBsizeHint\fR () const" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Inherits QLayoutItem. .BI "virtual void \fBsetGeometry\fR ( const QRect & r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBwidget\fR ()" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBwidget\fR ()" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This is used by custom layouts. .PP See also QLayout, QLayout::widget(), Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWidgetItem::QWidgetItem ( QWidget * w )" +.SH "QWidgetItem::QWidgetItem ( TQWidget * w )" Creates an item containing widget \fIw\fR. .SH "QSizePolicy::ExpandData QWidgetItem::expanding () const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns whether this item's widget can make use of more space than sizeHint(). A value of \fCVertical\fR or \fCHorizontal\fR means that it wants to grow in only one dimension, whereas \fCBothDirections\fR means that it wants to grow in both dimensions and \fCNoDirection\fR means that it doesn't want to grow at all. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Reimplemented from QLayoutItem. Returns the preferred size of this item. .PP Reimplemented from QLayoutItem. -.SH "QWidget * QWidgetItem::widget ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQWidget * QWidgetItem::widget ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the widget managed by this item. .PP Reimplemented from QLayoutItem. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt index 8689dd485..2f263c844 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetplugin.3qt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .ad l .nh .SH NAME -QWidgetPlugin \- Abstract base for custom QWidget plugins +QWidgetPlugin \- Abstract base for custom TQWidget plugins .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqwidgetplugin.h>\fR .PP @@ -23,29 +23,29 @@ QWidgetPlugin \- Abstract base for custom QWidget plugins .BI "virtual QStringList \fBkeys\fR () const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( const QString & key, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) = 0" +.BI "virtual TQWidget * \fBcreate\fR ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBgroup\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBgroup\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QIconSet \fBiconSet\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual QIconSet \fBiconSet\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBincludeFile\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBincludeFile\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBtoolTip\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBtoolTip\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBwhatsThis\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBisContainer\fR ( const QString & key ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBisContainer\fR ( const TQString & key ) const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION -The QWidgetPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom QWidget plugins. +The QWidgetPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom TQWidget plugins. .PP The widget plugin is a simple plugin interface that makes it easy to create custom widgets that can be included in forms using TQt Designer and used by applications. .PP @@ -63,23 +63,23 @@ Constructs a widget plugin. This is invoked automatically by the \fCQ_EXPORT_PLU Destroys the widget plugin. .PP You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin automatically when it is no longer used. -.SH "QWidget * QWidgetPlugin::create ( const QString & key, QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" -Creates and returns a QWidget object for the widget key \fIkey\fR. The widget key is the class name of the required widget. The \fIname\fR and \fIparent\fR arguments are passed to the custom widget's constructor. +.SH "TQWidget * QWidgetPlugin::create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +Creates and returns a TQWidget object for the widget key \fIkey\fR. The widget key is the class name of the required widget. The \fIname\fR and \fIparent\fR arguments are passed to the custom widget's constructor. .PP See also keys(). -.SH "QString QWidgetPlugin::group ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QWidgetPlugin::group ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the group (toolbar name) that the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR should be part of when \fIQt Designer\fR loads it. .PP -The default implementation returns QString::null. -.SH "QIconSet QWidgetPlugin::iconSet ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +The default implementation returns TQString::null. +.SH "QIconSet QWidgetPlugin::iconSet ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the iconset that \fIQt Designer\fR should use to represent the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR in the toolbar. .PP The default implementation returns an null iconset. -.SH "QString QWidgetPlugin::includeFile ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QWidgetPlugin::includeFile ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the name of the include file that \fIQt Designer\fR and \fCuic\fR should use to include the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR in generated code. .PP -The default implementation returns QString::null. -.SH "bool QWidgetPlugin::isContainer ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +The default implementation returns TQString::null. +.SH "bool QWidgetPlugin::isContainer ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR can contain other widgets, e.g. like QFrame; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP The default implementation returns FALSE. @@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ Returns the list of widget keys this plugin supports. These keys must be the class names of the custom widgets that are implemented in the plugin. .PP See also create(). -.SH "QString QWidgetPlugin::toolTip ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QWidgetPlugin::toolTip ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the text of the tooltip that \fIQt Designer\fR should use for the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR's toolbar button. .PP -The default implementation returns QString::null. -.SH "QString QWidgetPlugin::whatsThis ( const QString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +The default implementation returns TQString::null. +.SH "TQString QWidgetPlugin::whatsThis ( const TQString & key ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the text of the whatsThis text that \fIQt Designer\fR should use when the user requests whatsThis help for the custom widget of class \fIkey\fR. .PP -The default implementation returns QString::null. +The default implementation returns TQString::null. .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqwidgetplugin.html diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt index b98da2e8f..f65c5ff2b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidgetstack.3qt @@ -16,28 +16,28 @@ Inherits QFrame. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWidgetStack\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQWidgetStack\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWidgetStack\fR ( QWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f )" +.BI "\fBQWidgetStack\fR ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QWidgetStack\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBaddWidget\fR ( QWidget * w, int id = -1 )" +.BI "int \fBaddWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w, int id = -1 )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremoveWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBremoveWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBwidget\fR ( int id ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBwidget\fR ( int id ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBid\fR ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.BI "int \fBid\fR ( TQWidget * widget ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBvisibleWidget\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBvisibleWidget\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SS "Public Slots" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "void \fBraiseWidget\fR ( int id )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBraiseWidget\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBraiseWidget\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Inherits QFrame. .BI "void \fBaboutToShow\fR ( int )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBaboutToShow\fR ( QWidget * )" +.BI "void \fBaboutToShow\fR ( TQWidget * )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Members" @@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ QWidgetStack provides a signal, aboutToShow(), which is emitted just before a ma .PP See also QTabDialog, QTabBar, QFrame, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWidgetStack::QWidgetStack ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QWidgetStack::QWidgetStack ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs an empty widget stack. .PP The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor. -.SH "QWidgetStack::QWidgetStack ( QWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f )" +.SH "QWidgetStack::QWidgetStack ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f )" Constructs an empty widget stack. .PP The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the QFrame constructor. @@ -93,13 +93,13 @@ Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. This signal is emitted just before a managed widget is shown if that managed widget has an ID != -1. The argument is the numeric ID of the widget. .PP If you call visibleWidget() in a slot connected to aboutToShow(), the widget it returns is the one that is currently visible, not the one that is about to be shown. -.SH "void QWidgetStack::aboutToShow ( QWidget * )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QWidgetStack::aboutToShow ( TQWidget * )\fC [signal]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP This signal is emitted just before a managed widget is shown. The argument is a pointer to the widget. .PP If you call visibleWidget() in a slot connected to aboutToShow(), the widget returned is the one that is currently visible, not the one that is about to be shown. -.SH "int QWidgetStack::addWidget ( QWidget * w, int id = -1 )" +.SH "int QWidgetStack::addWidget ( TQWidget * w, int id = -1 )" Adds widget \fIw\fR to this stack of widgets, with ID \fIid\fR. .PP If you pass an id >= 0 this ID is used. If you pass an \fIid\fR of -1 (the default), the widgets will be numbered automatically. If you pass -2 a unique negative integer will be generated. No widget has an ID of -1. Returns the ID or -1 on failure (e.g. \fIw\fR is 0). @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ If \fIw\fR already exists in the stack the widget will be removed first. If \fIw\fR is not a child of this QWidgetStack moves it using reparent(). .PP Example: xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "int QWidgetStack::id ( QWidget * widget ) const" +.SH "int QWidgetStack::id ( TQWidget * widget ) const" Returns the ID of the \fIwidget\fR. Returns -1 if \fIwidget\fR is 0 or is not being managed by this widget stack. .PP See also widget() and addWidget(). @@ -121,21 +121,21 @@ Raises the widget with ID \fIid\fR to the top of the widget stack. See also visibleWidget(). .PP Example: xform/xform.cpp. -.SH "void QWidgetStack::raiseWidget ( QWidget * w )\fC [slot]\fR" +.SH "void QWidgetStack::raiseWidget ( TQWidget * w )\fC [slot]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Raises widget \fIw\fR to the top of the widget stack. -.SH "void QWidgetStack::removeWidget ( QWidget * w )" +.SH "void QWidgetStack::removeWidget ( TQWidget * w )" Removes widget \fIw\fR from this stack of widgets. Does not delete \fIw\fR. If \fIw\fR is the currently visible widget, no other widget is substituted. .PP See also visibleWidget() and raiseWidget(). .SH "void QWidgetStack::setChildGeometries ()\fC [virtual protected]\fR" Fixes up the children's geometries. -.SH "QWidget * QWidgetStack::visibleWidget () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QWidgetStack::visibleWidget () const" Returns the currently visible widget (the one at the top of the stack), or 0 if nothing is currently being shown. .PP See also aboutToShow(), id(), and raiseWidget(). -.SH "QWidget * QWidgetStack::widget ( int id ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * QWidgetStack::widget ( int id ) const" Returns the widget with ID \fIid\fR. Returns 0 if this widget stack does not manage a widget with ID \fIid\fR. .PP See also id() and addWidget(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt index e098b3c59..619d9b487 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwizard.3qt @@ -16,25 +16,25 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWizard\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQWizard\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QWizard\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBaddPage\fR ( QWidget * page, const QString & title )" +.BI "virtual void \fBaddPage\fR ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBinsertPage\fR ( QWidget * page, const QString & title, int index )" +.BI "virtual void \fBinsertPage\fR ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBremovePage\fR ( QWidget * page )" +.BI "virtual void \fBremovePage\fR ( TQWidget * page )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtitle\fR ( QWidget * page ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtitle\fR ( TQWidget * page ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetTitle\fR ( QWidget * page, const QString & title )" +.BI "void \fBsetTitle\fR ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QFont \fBtitleFont\fR () const" @@ -43,25 +43,25 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "void \fBsetTitleFont\fR ( const QFont & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBshowPage\fR ( QWidget * page )" +.BI "virtual void \fBshowPage\fR ( TQWidget * page )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBcurrentPage\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBcurrentPage\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBpage\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBpage\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBpageCount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( QWidget * page ) const" +.BI "int \fBindexOf\fR ( TQWidget * page ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBappropriate\fR ( QWidget * page ) const" +.BI "virtual bool \fBappropriate\fR ( TQWidget * page ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetAppropriate\fR ( QWidget * page, bool appropriate )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetAppropriate\fR ( TQWidget * page, bool appropriate )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QPushButton * \fBbackButton\fR () const" @@ -82,19 +82,19 @@ Inherits QDialog. .SS "Public Slots" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetBackEnabled\fR ( QWidget * page, bool enable )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetBackEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetNextEnabled\fR ( QWidget * page, bool enable )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetNextEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFinishEnabled\fR ( QWidget * page, bool enable )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFinishEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetHelpEnabled\fR ( QWidget * page, bool enable )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetHelpEnabled\fR ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void setFinish ( QWidget *, bool ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" +.BI "virtual void setFinish ( TQWidget *, bool ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" .br .in -1c .SS "Signals" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "void \fBhelpClicked\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBselected\fR ( const QString & )" +.BI "void \fBselected\fR ( const TQString & )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Inherits QDialog. .BI "virtual void \fBlayOutButtonRow\fR ( QHBoxLayout * layout )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBlayOutTitleRow\fR ( QHBoxLayout * layout, const QString & title )" +.BI "virtual void \fBlayOutTitleRow\fR ( QHBoxLayout * layout, const TQString & title )" .br .in -1c .SS "Protected Slots" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ A wizard is a special type of input dialog that consists of a sequence of dialog .PP QWizard provides page titles and displays Next, Back, Finish, Cancel, and Help push buttons, as appropriate to the current position in the page sequence. These buttons can be enabled/disabled using setBackEnabled(), setNextEnabled(), setFinishEnabled() and setHelpEnabled(). .PP -Create and populate dialog pages that inherit from QWidget and add them to the wizard using addPage(). Use insertPage() to add a dialog page at a certain position in the page sequence. Use removePage() to remove a page from the page sequence. +Create and populate dialog pages that inherit from TQWidget and add them to the wizard using addPage(). Use insertPage() to add a dialog page at a certain position in the page sequence. Use removePage() to remove a page from the page sequence. .PP Use currentPage() to retrieve a pointer to the currently displayed page. page() returns a pointer to the page at a certain position in the page sequence. .PP @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ Example code is available here: wizard/wizard.cpp wizard/wizard.h .PP See also Abstract Widget Classes, Dialog Classes, and Organizers. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWizard::QWizard ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" +.SH "QWizard::QWizard ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )" Constructs an empty wizard dialog. The \fIparent\fR, \fIname\fR, \fImodal\fR and \fIf\fR arguments are passed to the QDialog constructor. .SH "QWizard::~QWizard ()" Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources, including all pages and controllers. -.SH "void QWizard::addPage ( QWidget * page, const QString & title )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::addPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )\fC [virtual]\fR" Adds \fIpage\fR to the end of the page sequence, with the title, \fItitle\fR. -.SH "bool QWizard::appropriate ( QWidget * page ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QWizard::appropriate ( TQWidget * page ) const\fC [virtual]\fR" Called when the Next button is clicked; this virtual function returns TRUE if \fIpage\fR is relevant for display in the current context; otherwise it is ignored by QWizard and returns FALSE. The default implementation returns the value set using setAppropriate(). The ultimate default is TRUE. .PP \fBWarning:\fR The last page of the wizard will be displayed if no page is relevant in the current context. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ By default, this button is connected to the back() slot, which is virtual so you Returns a pointer to the dialog's Cancel button .PP By default, this button is connected to the QDialog::reject() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass. -.SH "QWidget * QWizard::currentPage () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QWizard::currentPage () const" Returns a pointer to the current page in the sequence. Although the wizard does its best to make sure that this value is never 0, it can be if you try hard enough. .SH "QPushButton * QWizard::finishButton () const" Returns a pointer to the dialog's Finish button @@ -196,15 +196,15 @@ Returns a pointer to the dialog's Help button By default, this button is connected to the help() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass. Use setHelpEnabled() to enable/disable this button. .SH "void QWizard::helpClicked ()\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the user clicks on the Help button. -.SH "int QWizard::indexOf ( QWidget * page ) const" +.SH "int QWizard::indexOf ( TQWidget * page ) const" Returns the position of page \fIpage\fR. If the page is not part of the wizard -1 is returned. -.SH "void QWizard::insertPage ( QWidget * page, const QString & title, int index )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::insertPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index )\fC [virtual]\fR" Inserts \fIpage\fR at position \fIindex\fR into the page sequence, with title \fItitle\fR. If \fIindex\fR is -1, the page will be appended to the end of the wizard's page sequence. .SH "void QWizard::layOutButtonRow ( QHBoxLayout * layout )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is responsible for adding the buttons below the bottom divider. .PP \fIlayout\fR is the horizontal layout of the entire wizard. -.SH "void QWizard::layOutTitleRow ( QHBoxLayout * layout, const QString & title )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::layOutTitleRow ( QHBoxLayout * layout, const TQString & title )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" This virtual function is responsible for laying out the title row. .PP \fIlayout\fR is the horizontal layout for the wizard, and \fItitle\fR is the title for this page. This function is called every time \fItitle\fR changes. @@ -216,42 +216,42 @@ See also appropriate(). Returns a pointer to the dialog's Next button .PP By default, this button is connected to the next() slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a QWizard subclass. Use setNextEnabled() to enable/disable this button. -.SH "QWidget * QWizard::page ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQWidget * QWizard::page ( int index ) const" Returns a pointer to the page at position \fIindex\fR in the sequence, or 0 if \fIindex\fR is out of range. The first page has index 0. .SH "int QWizard::pageCount () const" Returns the number of pages in the wizard. -.SH "void QWizard::removePage ( QWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::removePage ( TQWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR" Removes \fIpage\fR from the page sequence but does not delete the page. If \fIpage\fR is currently being displayed, QWizard will display the page that precedes it, or the first page if this was the first page. -.SH "void QWizard::selected ( const QString & )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::selected ( const TQString & )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the current page changes. The parameter contains the title of the selected page. -.SH "void QWizard::setAppropriate ( QWidget * page, bool appropriate )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::setAppropriate ( TQWidget * page, bool appropriate )\fC [virtual]\fR" If \fIappropriate\fR is TRUE then page \fIpage\fR is considered relevant in the current context and should be displayed in the page sequence; otherwise \fIpage\fR should not be displayed in the page sequence. .PP See also appropriate(). -.SH "void QWizard::setBackEnabled ( QWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::setBackEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Back button; otherwise \fIpage\fR has no Back button. By default all pages have this button. -.SH "void QWizard::setFinish ( QWidget *, bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::setFinish ( TQWidget *, bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP Use setFinishEnabled instead -.SH "void QWizard::setFinishEnabled ( QWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::setFinishEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Finish button; otherwise \fIpage\fR has no Finish button. By default \fIno\fR page has this button. -.SH "void QWizard::setHelpEnabled ( QWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::setHelpEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Help button; otherwise \fIpage\fR has no Help button. By default all pages have this button. -.SH "void QWizard::setNextEnabled ( QWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::setNextEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable )\fC [virtual slot]\fR" If \fIenable\fR is TRUE, page \fIpage\fR has a Next button; otherwise the Next button on \fIpage\fR is disabled. By default all pages have this button. -.SH "void QWizard::setTitle ( QWidget * page, const QString & title )" +.SH "void QWizard::setTitle ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )" Sets the title for page \fIpage\fR to \fItitle\fR. .SH "void QWizard::setTitleFont ( const QFont & )" Sets the font used for page titles. See the "titleFont" property for details. -.SH "void QWizard::showPage ( QWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWizard::showPage ( TQWidget * page )\fC [virtual]\fR" Makes \fIpage\fR the current page and emits the selected() signal. .PP This virtual function is called whenever a different page is to be shown, including the first time the QWizard is shown. By reimplementing it (and calling QWizard::showPage()), you can prepare each page prior to it being shown. .PP Examples: .)l distributor/distributor.ui.h and wizard/wizard.cpp. -.SH "QString QWizard::title ( QWidget * page ) const" +.SH "TQString QWizard::title ( TQWidget * page ) const" Returns the title of page \fIpage\fR. .SH "QFont QWizard::titleFont () const" Returns the font used for page titles. See the "titleFont" property for details. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqworkspace.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqworkspace.3qt index c21fd260d..0b8286fc4 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqworkspace.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqworkspace.3qt @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ QWorkspace \- Workspace window that can contain decorated windows, e.g. for MDI .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <ntqworkspace.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QWidget. +Inherits TQWidget. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWorkspace\fR ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQWorkspace\fR ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QWorkspace\fR ()" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .BI "enum \fBWindowOrder\fR { CreationOrder, StackingOrder }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QWidget * \fBactiveWindow\fR () const" +.BI "TQWidget * \fBactiveWindow\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QWidgetList windowList () const \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Inherits QWidget. .SS "Signals" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBwindowActivated\fR ( QWidget * w )" +.BI "void \fBwindowActivated\fR ( TQWidget * w )" .br .in -1c .SS "Properties" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Specifies the order in which windows are returned from windowList(). .TP \fCQWorkspace::StackingOrder\fR - The windows are returned in the order of their stacking .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWorkspace::QWorkspace ( QWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QWorkspace::QWorkspace ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Constructs a workspace with a \fIparent\fR and a \fIname\fR. .SH "QWorkspace::~QWorkspace ()" Destroys the workspace and frees any allocated resources. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ See also activatePrevWindow(). Activates the previous window in the child window chain. .PP See also activateNextWindow(). -.SH "QWidget * QWorkspace::activeWindow () const" +.SH "TQWidget * QWorkspace::activeWindow () const" Returns the active window, or 0 if no window is active. .PP Example: mdi/application.cpp. @@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ Arranges all child windows in a tile pattern. See also cascade(). .PP Example: mdi/application.cpp. -.SH "void QWorkspace::windowActivated ( QWidget * w )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QWorkspace::windowActivated ( TQWidget * w )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the window widget \fIw\fR becomes active. Note that \fIw\fR can be null, and that more than one signal may be emitted for a single activation event. .PP See also activeWindow() and windowList(). .SH "QWidgetList QWorkspace::windowList ( WindowOrder order ) const" Returns a list of all windows. If \fIorder\fR is CreationOrder (the default) the windows are listed in the order in which they had been inserted into the workspace. If \fIorder\fR is StackingOrder the windows are listed in their stacking order, with the topmost window being the last window in the list. .PP -QWidgetList is the same as QPtrList<QWidget>. +QWidgetList is the same as QPtrList<TQWidget>. .PP See also QPtrList. .PP diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwsdecoration.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwsdecoration.3qt index 2f5fa480f..76c0a4a88 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwsdecoration.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwsdecoration.3qt @@ -23,25 +23,25 @@ QWSDecoration \- Allows the appearance of the Qt/Embedded Window Manager to be c .BI "enum \fBRegion\fR { None = 0, All = 1, Title = 2, Top = 3, Bottom = 4, Left = 5, Right = 6, TopLeft = 7, TopRight = 8, BottomLeft = 9, BottomRight = 10, Close = 11, Minimize = 12, Maximize = 13, Normalize = 14, Menu = 15, LastRegion = Menu }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QRegion \fBregion\fR ( const QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, Region type = All ) = 0" +.BI "virtual QRegion \fBregion\fR ( const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, Region type = All ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBclose\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBclose\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBminimize\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBminimize\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBmaximize\fR ( QWidget * widget )" +.BI "virtual void \fBmaximize\fR ( TQWidget * widget )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QPopupMenu * \fBmenu\fR ( const QWidget *, const QPoint & )" +.BI "virtual QPopupMenu * \fBmenu\fR ( const TQWidget *, const QPoint & )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBpaint\fR ( QPainter * painter, const QWidget * widget ) = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBpaint\fR ( QPainter * painter, const TQWidget * widget ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBpaintButton\fR ( QPainter * painter, const QWidget * widget, Region type, int state ) = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBpaintButton\fR ( QPainter * painter, const TQWidget * widget, Region type, int state ) = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -92,31 +92,31 @@ This enum describes the regions in the window decorations. Constructs a decorator. .SH "QWSDecoration::~QWSDecoration ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys a decorator. -.SH "void QWSDecoration::close ( QWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWSDecoration::close ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" Called when the user clicks in the Close region. .PP \fIwidget\fR is the widget to be closed. .PP The default behaviour is to close the widget. -.SH "void QWSDecoration::maximize ( QWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWSDecoration::maximize ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" Called when the user clicks in the Maximize region. .PP \fIwidget\fR is the widget to be maximized. .PP The default behaviour is to resize the widget to be full-screen. This method can be overridden e.g. to allow room for launch panels. -.SH "QPopupMenu * QWSDecoration::menu ( const QWidget *, const QPoint & )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "QPopupMenu * QWSDecoration::menu ( const TQWidget *, const QPoint & )\fC [virtual]\fR" Called to create a QPopupMenu containing the valid menu operations. .PP The default implementation adds all possible window operations. -.SH "void QWSDecoration::minimize ( QWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWSDecoration::minimize ( TQWidget * widget )\fC [virtual]\fR" Called when the user clicks in the Minimize region. .PP \fIwidget\fR is the widget to be minimized. .PP The default behaviour is to ignore this action. -.SH "void QWSDecoration::paint ( QPainter * painter, const QWidget * widget )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWSDecoration::paint ( QPainter * painter, const TQWidget * widget )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Override to paint the border and title decoration around \fIwidget\fR using \fIpainter\fR. -.SH "void QWSDecoration::paintButton ( QPainter * painter, const QWidget * widget, Region type, int state )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QWSDecoration::paintButton ( QPainter * painter, const TQWidget * widget, Region type, int state )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Override to paint a button of type \fItype\fR using \fIpainter\fR. .PP \fIwidget\fR is the widget whose button is to be drawn. \fIstate\fR is the state of the button. It can be a combination of the following OR-ed together: @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Override to paint a button of type \fItype\fR using \fIpainter\fR. \fCQWSButton::Clicked\fR .TP \fCQWSButton::On\fR -.SH "QRegion QWSDecoration::region ( const QWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, Region type = All )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "QRegion QWSDecoration::region ( const TQWidget * widget, const QRect & rect, Region type = All )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns the requested region \fItype\fR which will contain \fIwidget\fR with geometry \fIrect\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwsinputmethod.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwsinputmethod.3qt index 9431cde5b..d933410e2 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwsinputmethod.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwsinputmethod.3qt @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ QWSInputMethod \- International input methods for Qt/Embedded .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsendIMEvent\fR ( QWSServer::IMState state, const QString & txt, int cpos, int selLen = 0 )" +.BI "void \fBsendIMEvent\fR ( QWSServer::IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen = 0 )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ The Unicode value is given in \fIunicode\fR and the key code in \fIkeycode\fR. K All normal key events should be blocked while in compose mode (i.e., between \fCIMStart\fR and \fCIMEnd\fR). .SH "void QWSInputMethod::reset ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Implemented in subclasses to reset the state of the input method. -.SH "void QWSInputMethod::sendIMEvent ( QWSServer::IMState state, const QString & txt, int cpos, int selLen = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" +.SH "void QWSInputMethod::sendIMEvent ( QWSServer::IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen = 0 )\fC [protected]\fR" Causes a QIMEvent to be sent to the focus widget. \fIstate\fR may be one of QWSServer::IMStart, QWSServer::IMCompose or QWSServer::IMEnd. .PP \fItxt\fR is the text being composed (or the finished text if state is \fCIMEnd\fR). \fIcpos\fR is the current cursor position. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwskeyboardhandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwskeyboardhandler.3qt index c291836de..45026fced 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwskeyboardhandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwskeyboardhandler.3qt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ QWSKeyboardHandler \- Implements the keyboard driver for Qt/Embedded .SH SYNOPSIS \fC#include <qkeyboard_qws.h>\fR .PP -Inherits QObject. +Inherits TQObject. .PP .SS "Public Members" .in +1c diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwsmousehandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwsmousehandler.3qt index a03ff178d..4982b9624 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwsmousehandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwsmousehandler.3qt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QWSMouseHandler \- Mouse driver for Qt/Embedded .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWSMouseHandler\fR ( const QString & driver = QString::null, const QString & device = QString::null )" +.BI "\fBQWSMouseHandler\fR ( const TQString & driver = TQString::null, const TQString & device = TQString::null )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual \fB~QWSMouseHandler\fR ()" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ A QWSMouseHandler will usually open some system device in its constructor, creat .PP See also Qt/Embedded. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWSMouseHandler::QWSMouseHandler ( const QString & driver = QString::null, const QString & device = QString::null )" +.SH "QWSMouseHandler::QWSMouseHandler ( const TQString & driver = TQString::null, const TQString & device = TQString::null )" Constructs a mouse handler. This becomes the primary mouse handler. .PP Note that once created, mouse handlers are controlled by the system and should not be deleted. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwsserver.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwsserver.3qt index dccbc5f56..161a40ebc 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwsserver.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwsserver.3qt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ QWSServer \- Server-specific functionality in Qt/Embedded .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQWSServer\fR ( int flags = 0, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.BI "\fBQWSServer\fR ( int flags = 0, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" .br .ti -1c .BI "\fB~QWSServer\fR ()" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ QWSServer \- Server-specific functionality in Qt/Embedded .BI "enum \fBGUIMode\fR { NoGui = FALSE, NormalGUI = TRUE, Server }" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsendIMEvent\fR ( IMState state, const QString & txt, int cpos, int selLen )" +.BI "void \fBsendIMEvent\fR ( IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen )" .br .ti -1c .BI "class \fBKeyMap\fR { }" @@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ QWSServer \- Server-specific functionality in Qt/Embedded .BI "void \fBwindowEvent\fR ( QWSWindow * w, QWSServer::WindowEvent e )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBnewChannel\fR ( const QString & channel )" +.BI "void \fBnewChannel\fR ( const TQString & channel )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBremovedChannel\fR ( const QString & channel )" +.BI "void \fBremovedChannel\fR ( const TQString & channel )" .br .in -1c .SS "Static Public Members" @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ QWSServer \- Server-specific functionality in Qt/Embedded .BI "void \fBsetMaxWindowRect\fR ( const QRect & r )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetDesktopBackground\fR ( const QImage & img )" +.BI "void \fBsetDesktopBackground\fR ( const TQImage & img )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetDesktopBackground\fR ( const QColor & c )" +.BI "void \fBsetDesktopBackground\fR ( const TQColor & c )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QWSMouseHandler * \fBmouseHandler\fR ()" @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ This enum is used to pass various options to the window system server. .SH "QWSServer::WindowEvent" This specifies what sort of event has occurred to a top-level window: .TP -\fCQWSServer::Create\fR - A new window has been created (QWidget constructor). +\fCQWSServer::Create\fR - A new window has been created (TQWidget constructor). .TP -\fCQWSServer::Destroy\fR - The window has been closed and deleted (QWidget destructor). +\fCQWSServer::Destroy\fR - The window has been closed and deleted (TQWidget destructor). .TP -\fCQWSServer::Hide\fR - The window has been hidden with QWidget::hide(). +\fCQWSServer::Hide\fR - The window has been hidden with TQWidget::hide(). .TP -\fCQWSServer::Show\fR - The window has been shown with QWidget::show() or similar. +\fCQWSServer::Show\fR - The window has been shown with TQWidget::show() or similar. .TP \fCQWSServer::Raise\fR - The window has been raised to the top of the desktop. .TP @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ This specifies what sort of event has occurred to a top-level window: .TP \fCQWSServer::Name\fR - The window has been named. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QWSServer::QWSServer ( int flags = 0, QObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" +.SH "QWSServer::QWSServer ( int flags = 0, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )" Construct a QWSServer object. .PP \fBWarning:\fR This class is instantiated by QApplication for Qt/Embedded server processes. You should never construct this class yourself. @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Returns the primary keyboard handler. Returns the QWSPropertyManager, which is used for implementing X11-style window properties. .SH "QWSMouseHandler * QWSServer::mouseHandler ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns the primary mouse handler. -.SH "void QWSServer::newChannel ( const QString & channel )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QWSServer::newChannel ( const TQString & channel )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted when the QCopChannel \fIchannel\fR is created. .SH "void QWSServer::openKeyboard ()" Opens the keyboard device(s). @@ -238,13 +238,13 @@ Refreshes the entire display. This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Refreshes the region \fIr\fR. -.SH "void QWSServer::removedChannel ( const QString & channel )\fC [signal]\fR" +.SH "void QWSServer::removedChannel ( const TQString & channel )\fC [signal]\fR" This signal is emitted immediately after the QCopChannel \fIchannel\fR is destroyed. Note that a channel is not destroyed until all its listeners have unregistered. .SH "void QWSServer::screenSaverActivate ( bool activate )\fC [static]\fR" If \fIactivate\fR is TRUE the screensaver is activated immediately; if \fIactivate\fR is FALSE the screensaver is deactivated. .SH "bool QWSServer::screenSaverActive ()\fC [static]\fR" Returns TRUE if the screensaver is active (i.e. the screen is blanked); otherwise returns FALSE. -.SH "void QWSServer::sendIMEvent ( IMState state, const QString & txt, int cpos, int selLen )" +.SH "void QWSServer::sendIMEvent ( IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen )" This function sends an input method event to the server. The current state is passed in \fIstate\fR and the current text in \fItxt\fR. The cursor's position in the text is given by \fIcpos\fR, and the selection length (which could be 0) is given in \fIselLen\fR. .SH "void QWSServer::sendKeyEvent ( int unicode, int keycode, int modifiers, bool isPress, bool autoRepeat )\fC [static]\fR" Send a key event. You can use this to send key events generated by" virtual keyboards". \fIunicode\fR is the Unicode value of the key to send, \fIkeycode\fR the TQt keycode (e.g. \fCKey_Left\fR), \fImodifiers\fR indicates whether, Shift/Alt/Ctrl keys are pressed, \fIisPress\fR is TRUE if this is a key down event and FALSE if it's a key up event, and \fIautoRepeat\fR is TRUE if this is an autorepeat event (i.e. the user has held the key down and this is the second or subsequent key event being sent). @@ -256,9 +256,9 @@ See also isCursorVisible(). Set the keyboard driver to \fIk\fR, e.g. if \fC$QWS_KEYBOARD\fR is not defined. The default is platform-dependent. .SH "void QWSServer::setDefaultMouse ( const char * m )\fC [static]\fR" Set the mouse driver \fIm\fR to use if \fC$QWS_MOUSE_PROTO\fR is not defined. The default is platform-dependent. -.SH "void QWSServer::setDesktopBackground ( const QImage & img )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QWSServer::setDesktopBackground ( const TQImage & img )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the image \fIimg\fR to be used as the background in the absence of obscuring windows. -.SH "void QWSServer::setDesktopBackground ( const QColor & c )\fC [static]\fR" +.SH "void QWSServer::setDesktopBackground ( const TQColor & c )\fC [static]\fR" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Sets the color \fIc\fR to be used as the background in the absence of obscuring windows. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Sets the primary keyboard handler to \fIkh\fR. .SH "void QWSServer::setMaxWindowRect ( const QRect & r )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the area of the screen which Qt/Embedded applications will consider to be the maximum area to use for windows to \fIr\fR. .PP -See also QWidget::showMaximized(). +See also TQWidget::showMaximized(). .SH "void QWSServer::setScreenSaverInterval ( int ms )\fC [static]\fR" Sets the timeout for the screensaver to \fIms\fR milliseconds. A setting of zero turns off the screensaver. .SH "void QWSServer::setScreenSaverIntervals ( int * ms )\fC [static]\fR" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwswindow.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwswindow.3qt index 0cb8a6439..7e9af8805 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqwswindow.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwswindow.3qt @@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ QWSWindow \- Server-specific functionality in Qt/Embedded .BI "int \fBwinId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString & \fBname\fR () const" +.BI "const TQString & \fBname\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "const QString & \fBcaption\fR () const" +.BI "const TQString & \fBcaption\fR () const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QWSClient * \fBclient\fR () const" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Destructor. Returns the region that the window is allowed to draw onto, including any window decorations but excluding regions covered by other windows. .PP See also requested(). -.SH "const QString & QWSWindow::caption () const" +.SH "const TQString & QWSWindow::caption () const" Returns the window's caption. .SH "QWSClient * QWSWindow::client () const" Returns the QWSClient that owns this window. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the window is partially obsured by another window or by the boun Returns TRUE if the window is visible; otherwise returns FALSE. .SH "void QWSWindow::lower ()" Lowers the window below other windows. -.SH "const QString & QWSWindow::name () const" +.SH "const TQString & QWSWindow::name () const" Returns the window's name. .SH "void QWSWindow::raise ()" Raises the window above all other windows except "Stay on top" windows. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlattributes.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlattributes.3qt index e5ba3705e..ab0be284b 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlattributes.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlattributes.3qt @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual \fB~QXmlAttributes\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBindex\fR ( const QString & qName ) const" +.BI "int \fBindex\fR ( const TQString & qName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "int \fBindex\fR ( const QString & uri, const QString & localPart ) const" +.BI "int \fBindex\fR ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBlength\fR () const" @@ -34,37 +34,37 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "int \fBcount\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBlocalName\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBlocalName\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBqName\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBqName\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBuri\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBuri\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtype\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtype\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtype\fR ( const QString & qName ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtype\fR ( const TQString & qName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBtype\fR ( const QString & uri, const QString & localName ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBtype\fR ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBvalue\fR ( int index ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBvalue\fR ( int index ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBvalue\fR ( const QString & qName ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBvalue\fR ( const TQString & qName ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBvalue\fR ( const QString & uri, const QString & localName ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBvalue\fR ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBappend\fR ( const QString & qName, const QString & uri, const QString & localPart, const QString & value )" +.BI "void \fBappend\fR ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart, const TQString & value )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ See also XML. Constructs an empty attribute list. .SH "QXmlAttributes::~QXmlAttributes ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destroys the attributes object. -.SH "void QXmlAttributes::append ( const QString & qName, const QString & uri, const QString & localPart, const QString & value )" +.SH "void QXmlAttributes::append ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart, const TQString & value )" Appends a new attribute entry to the list of attributes. The qualified name of the attribute is \fIqName\fR, the namespace URI is \fIuri\fR and the local name is \fIlocalPart\fR. The value of the attribute is \fIvalue\fR. .PP See also qName(), uri(), localName(), and value(). @@ -90,13 +90,13 @@ Clears the list of attributes. See also append(). .SH "int QXmlAttributes::count () const" Returns the number of attributes in the list. This function is equivalent to length(). -.SH "int QXmlAttributes::index ( const QString & qName ) const" +.SH "int QXmlAttributes::index ( const TQString & qName ) const" Looks up the index of an attribute by the qualified name \fIqName\fR. .PP Returns the index of the attribute or -1 if it wasn't found. .PP See also the namespace description. -.SH "int QXmlAttributes::index ( const QString & uri, const QString & localPart ) const" +.SH "int QXmlAttributes::index ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Looks up the index of an attribute by a namespace name. @@ -112,27 +112,27 @@ Returns the number of attributes in the list. See also count(). .PP Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::localName ( int index ) const" -Looks up an attribute's local name for the attribute at position \fIindex\fR. If no namespace processing is done, the local name is QString::null. +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::localName ( int index ) const" +Looks up an attribute's local name for the attribute at position \fIindex\fR. If no namespace processing is done, the local name is TQString::null. .PP See also the namespace description. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::qName ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::qName ( int index ) const" Looks up an attribute's XML 1.0 qualified name for the attribute at position \fIindex\fR. .PP See also the namespace description. .PP Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::type ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::type ( int index ) const" Looks up an attribute's type for the attribute at position \fIindex\fR. .PP Currently only "CDATA" is returned. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::type ( const QString & qName ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::type ( const TQString & qName ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Looks up an attribute's type for the qualified name \fIqName\fR. .PP Currently only "CDATA" is returned. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::type ( const QString & uri, const QString & localName ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::type ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Looks up an attribute's type by namespace name. @@ -140,21 +140,21 @@ Looks up an attribute's type by namespace name. \fIuri\fR specifies the namespace URI and \fIlocalName\fR specifies the local name. If the name has no namespace URI, use an empty string for \fIuri\fR. .PP Currently only "CDATA" is returned. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::uri ( int index ) const" -Looks up an attribute's namespace URI for the attribute at position \fIindex\fR. If no namespace processing is done or if the attribute has no namespace, the namespace URI is QString::null. +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::uri ( int index ) const" +Looks up an attribute's namespace URI for the attribute at position \fIindex\fR. If no namespace processing is done or if the attribute has no namespace, the namespace URI is TQString::null. .PP See also the namespace description. .PP Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::value ( int index ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::value ( int index ) const" Looks up an attribute's value for the attribute at position \fIindex\fR. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::value ( const QString & qName ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::value ( const TQString & qName ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Looks up an attribute's value for the qualified name \fIqName\fR. .PP See also the namespace description. -.SH "QString QXmlAttributes::value ( const QString & uri, const QString & localName ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlAttributes::value ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Looks up an attribute's value by namespace name. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlcontenthandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlcontenthandler.3qt index ec37e88f8..bd5dee5fa 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlcontenthandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlcontenthandler.3qt @@ -27,31 +27,31 @@ Inherited by QXmlDefaultHandler. .BI "virtual bool \fBendDocument\fR () = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBstartPrefixMapping\fR ( const QString & prefix, const QString & uri ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBstartPrefixMapping\fR ( const TQString & prefix, const TQString & uri ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBendPrefixMapping\fR ( const QString & prefix ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBendPrefixMapping\fR ( const TQString & prefix ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBstartElement\fR ( const QString & namespaceURI, const QString & localName, const QString & qName, const QXmlAttributes & atts ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBstartElement\fR ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName, const QXmlAttributes & atts ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBendElement\fR ( const QString & namespaceURI, const QString & localName, const QString & qName ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBendElement\fR ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBcharacters\fR ( const QString & ch ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBcharacters\fR ( const TQString & ch ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBignorableWhitespace\fR ( const QString & ch ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBignorableWhitespace\fR ( const TQString & ch ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBprocessingInstruction\fR ( const QString & target, const QString & data ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBprocessingInstruction\fR ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBskippedEntity\fR ( const QString & name ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBskippedEntity\fR ( const TQString & name ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ See also the Introduction to SAX2. .PP See also QXmlDTDHandler, QXmlDeclHandler, QXmlEntityResolver, QXmlErrorHandler, QXmlLexicalHandler, and XML. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::characters ( const QString & ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::characters ( const TQString & ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function when it has parsed a chunk of character data (either normal character data or character data inside a CDATA section; if you need to distinguish between those two types you must use QXmlLexicalHandler::startCDATA() and QXmlLexicalHandler::endCDATA()). The character data is reported in \fIch\fR. .PP Some readers report whitespace in element content using the ignorableWhitespace() function rather than using this one. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The reader calls this function after it has finished parsing. It is called just If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. .PP See also startDocument(). -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::endElement ( const QString & namespaceURI, const QString & localName, const QString & qName )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::endElement ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function when it has parsed an end element tag with the qualified name \fIqName\fR, the local name \fIlocalName\fR and the namespace URI \fInamespaceURI\fR. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ See also the namespace description. See also startElement(). .PP Example: xml/tagreader/structureparser.cpp. -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::endPrefixMapping ( const QString & prefix )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::endPrefixMapping ( const TQString & prefix )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to signal the end of a prefix mapping for the prefix \fIprefix\fR. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. @@ -101,13 +101,13 @@ If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. Th See also the namespace description. .PP See also startPrefixMapping(). -.SH "QString QXmlContentHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QXmlContentHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to get an error string, e.g. if any of the handler functions returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::ignorableWhitespace ( const QString & ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::ignorableWhitespace ( const TQString & ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Some readers may use this function to report each chunk of whitespace in element content. The whitespace is reported in \fIch\fR. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::processingInstruction ( const QString & target, const QString & data )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::processingInstruction ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function when it has parsed a processing instruction. .PP \fItarget\fR is the target name of the processing instruction and \fIdata\fR is the data in the processing instruction. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. Th The reader calls this function before it starts parsing the document. The argument \fIlocator\fR is a pointer to a QXmlLocator which allows the application to get the parsing position within the document. .PP Do not destroy the \fIlocator\fR; it is destroyed when the reader is destroyed. (Do not use the \fIlocator\fR after the reader is destroyed). -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::skippedEntity ( const QString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::skippedEntity ( const TQString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Some readers may skip entities if they have not seen the declarations (e.g. because they are in an external DTD). If they do so they report that they skipped the entity called \fIname\fR by calling this function. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. @@ -129,14 +129,14 @@ If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. Th See also endDocument(). .PP Example: xml/tagreader/structureparser.cpp. -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::startElement ( const QString & namespaceURI, const QString & localName, const QString & qName, const QXmlAttributes & atts )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::startElement ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName, const QXmlAttributes & atts )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function when it has parsed a start element tag. .PP There is a corresponding endElement() call when the corresponding end element tag is read. The startElement() and endElement() calls are always nested correctly. Empty element tags (e.g. \fC<x/>\fR) cause a startElement() call to be immediately followed by an endElement() call. .PP The attribute list provided only contains attributes with explicit values. The attribute list contains attributes used for namespace declaration (i.e. attributes starting with xmlns) only if the namespace-prefix property of the reader is TRUE. .PP -The argument \fInamespaceURI\fR is the namespace URI, or QString::null if the element has no namespace URI or if no namespace processing is done. \fIlocalName\fR is the local name (without prefix), or QString::null if no namespace processing is done, \fIqName\fR is the qualified name (with prefix) and \fIatts\fR are the attributes attached to the element. If there are no attributes, \fIatts\fR is an empty attributes object. +The argument \fInamespaceURI\fR is the namespace URI, or TQString::null if the element has no namespace URI or if no namespace processing is done. \fIlocalName\fR is the local name (without prefix), or TQString::null if no namespace processing is done, \fIqName\fR is the qualified name (with prefix) and \fIatts\fR are the attributes attached to the element. If there are no attributes, \fIatts\fR is an empty attributes object. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. .PP @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ See also the namespace description. See also endElement(). .PP Example: xml/tagreader/structureparser.cpp. -.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::startPrefixMapping ( const QString & prefix, const QString & uri )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlContentHandler::startPrefixMapping ( const TQString & prefix, const TQString & uri )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to signal the begin of a prefix-URI namespace mapping scope. This information is not necessary for normal namespace processing since the reader automatically replaces prefixes for element and attribute names. .PP Note that startPrefixMapping() and endPrefixMapping() calls are not guaranteed to be properly nested relative to each other: all startPrefixMapping() events occur before the corresponding startElement() event, and all endPrefixMapping() events occur after the corresponding endElement() event, but their order is not otherwise guaranteed. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmldeclhandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmldeclhandler.3qt index 2e8ad30bb..c2de08024 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmldeclhandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmldeclhandler.3qt @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Inherited by QXmlDefaultHandler. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBattributeDecl\fR ( const QString & eName, const QString & aName, const QString & type, const QString & valueDefault, const QString & value ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBattributeDecl\fR ( const TQString & eName, const TQString & aName, const TQString & type, const TQString & valueDefault, const TQString & value ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBinternalEntityDecl\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & value ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBinternalEntityDecl\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBexternalEntityDecl\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBexternalEntityDecl\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ See also the Introduction to SAX2. .PP See also QXmlDTDHandler, QXmlContentHandler, QXmlEntityResolver, QXmlErrorHandler, QXmlLexicalHandler, and XML. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "bool QXmlDeclHandler::attributeDecl ( const QString & eName, const QString & aName, const QString & type, const QString & valueDefault, const QString & value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlDeclHandler::attributeDecl ( const TQString & eName, const TQString & aName, const TQString & type, const TQString & valueDefault, const TQString & value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report an attribute type declaration. Only the effective (first) declaration for an attribute is reported. .PP -The reader passes the name of the associated element in \fIeName\fR and the name of the attribute in \fIaName\fR. It passes a string that represents the attribute type in \fItype\fR and a string that represents the attribute default in \fIvalueDefault\fR. This string is one of "#IMPLIED", "#REQUIRED", "#FIXED" or QString::null (if none of the others applies). The reader passes the attribute's default value in \fIvalue\fR. If no default value is specified in the XML file, \fIvalue\fR is QString::null. +The reader passes the name of the associated element in \fIeName\fR and the name of the attribute in \fIaName\fR. It passes a string that represents the attribute type in \fItype\fR and a string that represents the attribute default in \fIvalueDefault\fR. This string is one of "#IMPLIED", "#REQUIRED", "#FIXED" or TQString::null (if none of the others applies). The reader passes the attribute's default value in \fIvalue\fR. If no default value is specified in the XML file, \fIvalue\fR is TQString::null. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. -.SH "QString QXmlDeclHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QXmlDeclHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of the handler functions returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QXmlDeclHandler::externalEntityDecl ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlDeclHandler::externalEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report a parsed external entity declaration. Only the effective (first) declaration for each entity is reported. .PP -The reader passes the name of the entity in \fIname\fR, the public identifier in \fIpublicId\fR and the system identifier in \fIsystemId\fR. If there is no public identifier specified, it passes QString::null in \fIpublicId\fR. +The reader passes the name of the entity in \fIname\fR, the public identifier in \fIpublicId\fR and the system identifier in \fIsystemId\fR. If there is no public identifier specified, it passes TQString::null in \fIpublicId\fR. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. -.SH "bool QXmlDeclHandler::internalEntityDecl ( const QString & name, const QString & value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlDeclHandler::internalEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report an internal entity declaration. Only the effective (first) declaration is reported. .PP The reader passes the name of the entity in \fIname\fR and the value of the entity in \fIvalue\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmldtdhandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmldtdhandler.3qt index ece683cc4..b4401ba18 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmldtdhandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmldtdhandler.3qt @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ Inherited by QXmlDefaultHandler. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBnotationDecl\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBnotationDecl\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBunparsedEntityDecl\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId, const QString & notationName ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBunparsedEntityDecl\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, const TQString & notationName ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ See also the Introduction to SAX2. .PP See also QXmlDeclHandler, QXmlContentHandler, QXmlEntityResolver, QXmlErrorHandler, QXmlLexicalHandler, and XML. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QString QXmlDTDHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QXmlDTDHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of the handler functions returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QXmlDTDHandler::notationDecl ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlDTDHandler::notationDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function when it has parsed a notation declaration. .PP The argument \fIname\fR is the notation name, \fIpublicId\fR is the notation's public identifier and \fIsystemId\fR is the notation's system identifier. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. -.SH "bool QXmlDTDHandler::unparsedEntityDecl ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId, const QString & notationName )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlDTDHandler::unparsedEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, const TQString & notationName )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function when it finds an unparsed entity declaration. .PP The argument \fIname\fR is the unparsed entity's name, \fIpublicId\fR is the entity's public identifier, \fIsystemId\fR is the entity's system identifier and \fInotationName\fR is the name of the associated notation. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlentityresolver.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlentityresolver.3qt index bcc13e38e..d44cb2dc9 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlentityresolver.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlentityresolver.3qt @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ Inherited by QXmlDefaultHandler. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBresolveEntity\fR ( const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId, QXmlInputSource *& ret ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBresolveEntity\fR ( const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, QXmlInputSource *& ret ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ See also the Introduction to SAX2. .PP See also QXmlDTDHandler, QXmlDeclHandler, QXmlContentHandler, QXmlErrorHandler, QXmlLexicalHandler, and XML. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QString QXmlEntityResolver::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QXmlEntityResolver::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of the handler functions returns FALSE. -.SH "bool QXmlEntityResolver::resolveEntity ( const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId, QXmlInputSource *& ret )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlEntityResolver::resolveEntity ( const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, QXmlInputSource *& ret )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function before it opens any external entity, except the top-level document entity. The application may request the reader to resolve the entity itself (\fIret\fR is 0) or to use an entirely different input source (\fIret\fR points to the input source). .PP The reader deletes the input source \fIret\fR when it no longer needs it, so you should allocate it on the heap with \fCnew\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlerrorhandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlerrorhandler.3qt index abea02767..a928ba9f6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlerrorhandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlerrorhandler.3qt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Inherited by QXmlDefaultHandler. .BI "virtual bool \fBfatalError\fR ( const QXmlParseException & exception ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ A reader might use this function to report a recoverable error. A recoverable er The reader must continue to provide normal parsing events after invoking this function. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. -.SH "QString QXmlErrorHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QXmlErrorHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of the handler functions returns FALSE. .SH "bool QXmlErrorHandler::fatalError ( const QXmlParseException & exception )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" A reader must use this function to report a non-recoverable error. Details of the error are stored in \fIexception\fR. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlinputsource.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlinputsource.3qt index 0b0d5ab34..bdfc2d890 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlinputsource.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlinputsource.3qt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fBQXmlInputSource\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQXmlInputSource\fR ( QIODevice * dev )" +.BI "\fBQXmlInputSource\fR ( TQIODevice * dev )" .br .ti -1c .BI "QXmlInputSource ( QFile & file ) \fI(obsolete)\fR" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual \fB~QXmlInputSource\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const QString & dat )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const TQString & dat )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetData\fR ( const QByteArray & dat )" @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "virtual void \fBfetchData\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBdata\fR ()" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBdata\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QChar \fBnext\fR ()" +.BI "virtual TQChar \fBnext\fR ()" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBreset\fR ()" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .SS "Protected Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBfromRawData\fR ( const QByteArray & data, bool beginning = FALSE )" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBfromRawData\fR ( const QByteArray & data, bool beginning = FALSE )" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ All subclasses of QXmlReader read the input XML document from this class. .PP This class recognizes the encoding of the data by reading the encoding declaration in the XML file if it finds one, and reading the data using the corresponding encoding. If it does not find an encoding declaration, then it assumes that the data is either in UTF-8 or UTF-16, depending on whether it can find a byte-order mark. .PP -There are two ways to populate the input source with data: you can construct it with a QIODevice* so that the input source reads the data from that device. Or you can set the data explicitly with one of the setData() functions. +There are two ways to populate the input source with data: you can construct it with a TQIODevice* so that the input source reads the data from that device. Or you can set the data explicitly with one of the setData() functions. .PP -Usually you either construct a QXmlInputSource that works on a QIODevice* or you construct an empty QXmlInputSource and set the data with setData(). There are only rare occasions where you would want to mix both methods. +Usually you either construct a QXmlInputSource that works on a TQIODevice* or you construct an empty QXmlInputSource and set the data with setData(). There are only rare occasions where you would want to mix both methods. .PP The QXmlReader subclasses use the next() function to read the input character by character. If you want to start from the beginning again, use reset(). .PP @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ See also QXmlReader, QXmlSimpleReader, and XML. Constructs an input source which contains no data. .PP See also setData(). -.SH "QXmlInputSource::QXmlInputSource ( QIODevice * dev )" +.SH "QXmlInputSource::QXmlInputSource ( TQIODevice * dev )" Constructs an input source and gets the data from device \fIdev\fR. If \fIdev\fR is not open, it is opened in read-only mode. If \fIdev\fR is 0 or it is not possible to read from the device, the input source will contain no data. .PP -See also setData(), fetchData(), and QIODevice. +See also setData(), fetchData(), and TQIODevice. .SH "QXmlInputSource::QXmlInputSource ( QFile & file )" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. .PP @@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ Constructs an input source and gets the data from the file \fIfile\fR. If the fi Constructs an input source and gets the data from the text stream \fIstream\fR. .SH "QXmlInputSource::~QXmlInputSource ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Destructor. -.SH "QString QXmlInputSource::data ()\fC [virtual]\fR" -Returns the data the input source contains or QString::null if the input source does not contain any data. +.SH "TQString QXmlInputSource::data ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +Returns the data the input source contains or TQString::null if the input source does not contain any data. .PP See also setData(), QXmlInputSource(), and fetchData(). .SH "void QXmlInputSource::fetchData ()\fC [virtual]\fR" @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ There are two occasions where a fetch is done implicitly by another function cal You don't normally need to use this function if you use next(). .PP See also data(), next(), and QXmlInputSource(). -.SH "QString QXmlInputSource::fromRawData ( const QByteArray & data, bool beginning = FALSE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" -This function reads the XML file from \fIdata\fR and tries to recognize the encoding. It converts the raw data \fIdata\fR into a QString and returns it. It tries its best to get the correct encoding for the XML file. +.SH "TQString QXmlInputSource::fromRawData ( const QByteArray & data, bool beginning = FALSE )\fC [virtual protected]\fR" +This function reads the XML file from \fIdata\fR and tries to recognize the encoding. It converts the raw data \fIdata\fR into a TQString and returns it. It tries its best to get the correct encoding for the XML file. .PP If \fIbeginning\fR is TRUE, this function assumes that the data starts at the beginning of a new XML document and looks for an encoding declaration. If \fIbeginning\fR is FALSE, it converts the raw data using the encoding determined from prior calls. -.SH "QChar QXmlInputSource::next ()\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQChar QXmlInputSource::next ()\fC [virtual]\fR" Returns the next character of the input source. If this function reaches the end of available data, it returns QXmlInputSource::EndOfData. If you call next() after that, it tries to fetch more data by calling fetchData(). If the fetchData() call results in new data, this function returns the first character of that data; otherwise it returns QXmlInputSource::EndOfDocument. .PP See also reset(), fetchData(), QXmlSimpleReader::parse(), and QXmlSimpleReader::parseContinue(). @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ This function sets the position used by next() to the beginning of the data retu See also next(). .PP Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/tagreader.cpp. -.SH "void QXmlInputSource::setData ( const QString & dat )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QXmlInputSource::setData ( const TQString & dat )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the data of the input source to \fIdat\fR. .PP If the input source already contains data, this function deletes that data first. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmllexicalhandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmllexicalhandler.3qt index 31ea0aadd..7b9b5712a 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmllexicalhandler.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmllexicalhandler.3qt @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ Inherited by QXmlDefaultHandler. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBstartDTD\fR ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBstartDTD\fR ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBendDTD\fR () = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBstartEntity\fR ( const QString & name ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBstartEntity\fR ( const TQString & name ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBendEntity\fR ( const QString & name ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBendEntity\fR ( const TQString & name ) = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBstartCDATA\fR () = 0" @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ Inherited by QXmlDefaultHandler. .BI "virtual bool \fBendCDATA\fR () = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBcomment\fR ( const QString & ch ) = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBcomment\fR ( const TQString & ch ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual QString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" +.BI "virtual TQString \fBerrorString\fR () = 0" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ See also the Introduction to SAX2. .PP See also QXmlDTDHandler, QXmlDeclHandler, QXmlContentHandler, QXmlEntityResolver, QXmlErrorHandler, and XML. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::comment ( const QString & ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::comment ( const TQString & ch )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report an XML comment anywhere in the document. It reports the text of the comment in \fIch\fR. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The reader calls this function to report the end of a DTD declaration, if any. If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. .PP See also startDTD(). -.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::endEntity ( const QString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::endEntity ( const TQString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report the end of an entity called \fIname\fR. .PP For every startEntity() call, there is a corresponding endEntity() call. The calls to startEntity() and endEntity() are properly nested. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ For every startEntity() call, there is a corresponding endEntity() call. The cal If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. .PP See also startEntity(), QXmlContentHandler::skippedEntity(), and QXmlSimpleReader::setFeature(). -.SH "QString QXmlLexicalHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "TQString QXmlLexicalHandler::errorString ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of the handler functions returns FALSE. .SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::startCDATA ()\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report the start of a CDATA section. The content of the CDATA section is reported through the QXmlContentHandler::characters() function. This function is intended only to report the boundary. @@ -89,17 +89,17 @@ The reader calls this function to report the start of a CDATA section. The conte If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. .PP See also endCDATA(). -.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::startDTD ( const QString & name, const QString & publicId, const QString & systemId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::startDTD ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report the start of a DTD declaration, if any. It reports the name of the document type in \fIname\fR, the public identifier in \fIpublicId\fR and the system identifier in \fIsystemId\fR. .PP -If the public identifier is missing, \fIpublicId\fR is set to QString::null. If the system identifier is missing, \fIsystemId\fR is set to QString::null. Note that it is not valid XML to have a public identifier but no system identifier; in such cases a parse error will occur. +If the public identifier is missing, \fIpublicId\fR is set to TQString::null. If the system identifier is missing, \fIsystemId\fR is set to TQString::null. Note that it is not valid XML to have a public identifier but no system identifier; in such cases a parse error will occur. .PP All declarations reported through QXmlDTDHandler or QXmlDeclHandler appear between the startDTD() and endDTD() calls. .PP If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to get the error message. .PP See also endDTD(). -.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::startEntity ( const QString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlLexicalHandler::startEntity ( const TQString & name )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" The reader calls this function to report the start of an entity called \fIname\fR. .PP Note that if the entity is unknown, the reader reports it through QXmlContentHandler::skippedEntity() and not through this function. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlnamespacesupport.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlnamespacesupport.3qt index c95335cc7..30e1a584e 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlnamespacesupport.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlnamespacesupport.3qt @@ -22,25 +22,25 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "\fB~QXmlNamespaceSupport\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsetPrefix\fR ( const QString & pre, const QString & uri )" +.BI "void \fBsetPrefix\fR ( const TQString & pre, const TQString & uri )" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBprefix\fR ( const QString & uri ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBprefix\fR ( const TQString & uri ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBuri\fR ( const QString & prefix ) const" +.BI "TQString \fBuri\fR ( const TQString & prefix ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBsplitName\fR ( const QString & qname, QString & prefix, QString & localname ) const" +.BI "void \fBsplitName\fR ( const TQString & qname, TQString & prefix, TQString & localname ) const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "void \fBprocessName\fR ( const QString & qname, bool isAttribute, QString & nsuri, QString & localname ) const" +.BI "void \fBprocessName\fR ( const TQString & qname, bool isAttribute, TQString & nsuri, TQString & localname ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "QStringList \fBprefixes\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QStringList \fBprefixes\fR ( const QString & uri ) const" +.BI "QStringList \fBprefixes\fR ( const TQString & uri ) const" .br .ti -1c .BI "void \fBpushContext\fR ()" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Reverts to the previous namespace context. Normally, you should pop the context at the end of each XML element. After popping the context, all namespace prefix mappings that were previously in force are restored. .PP See also pushContext(). -.SH "QString QXmlNamespaceSupport::prefix ( const QString & uri ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlNamespaceSupport::prefix ( const TQString & uri ) const" Returns one of the prefixes mapped to the namespace URI \fIuri\fR. .PP If more than one prefix is currently mapped to the same URI, this function makes an arbitrary selection; if you want all of the prefixes, use prefixes() instead. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, } .br .fi -.SH "QStringList QXmlNamespaceSupport::prefixes ( const QString & uri ) const" +.SH "QStringList QXmlNamespaceSupport::prefixes ( const TQString & uri ) const" This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function. .PP Returns a list of all prefixes currently declared for the namespace URI \fIuri\fR. @@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, } .br .fi -.SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::processName ( const QString & qname, bool isAttribute, QString & nsuri, QString & localname ) const" +.SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::processName ( const TQString & qname, bool isAttribute, TQString & nsuri, TQString & localname ) const" Processes a raw XML 1.0 name in the current context by removing the prefix and looking it up among the prefixes currently declared. .PP \fIqname\fR is the raw XML 1.0 name to be processed. \fIisAttribute\fR is TRUE if the name is an attribute name. .PP -This function stores the namespace URI in \fInsuri\fR (which will be set to QString::null if the raw name has an undeclared prefix), and stores the local name (without prefix) in \fIlocalname\fR (which will be set to QString::null if no namespace is in use). +This function stores the namespace URI in \fInsuri\fR (which will be set to TQString::null if the raw name has an undeclared prefix), and stores the local name (without prefix) in \fIlocalname\fR (which will be set to TQString::null if no namespace is in use). .PP Note that attribute names are processed differently than element names: an unprefixed element name gets the default namespace (if any), while an unprefixed element name does not. .SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::pushContext ()" @@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ Normally, you should push a new context at the beginning of each XML element: th See also popContext(). .SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::reset ()" Resets this namespace support object ready for reuse. -.SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::setPrefix ( const QString & pre, const QString & uri )" +.SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::setPrefix ( const TQString & pre, const TQString & uri )" This function declares a prefix \fIpre\fR in the current namespace context to be the namespace URI \fIuri\fR. The prefix remains in force until this context is popped, unless it is shadowed in a descendant context. .PP Note that there is an asymmetry in this library. prefix() does not return the default "" prefix, even if you have declared one; to check for a default prefix, you must look it up explicitly using uri(). This asymmetry exists to make it easier to look up prefixes for attribute names, where the default prefix is not allowed. -.SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::splitName ( const QString & qname, QString & prefix, QString & localname ) const" +.SH "void QXmlNamespaceSupport::splitName ( const TQString & qname, TQString & prefix, TQString & localname ) const" Splits the name \fIqname\fR at the ':' and returns the prefix in \fIprefix\fR and the local name in \fIlocalname\fR. .PP See also processName(). -.SH "QString QXmlNamespaceSupport::uri ( const QString & prefix ) const" +.SH "TQString QXmlNamespaceSupport::uri ( const TQString & prefix ) const" Looks up the prefix \fIprefix\fR in the current context and returns the currently-mapped namespace URI. Use the empty string ("") for the default namespace. diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlparseexception.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlparseexception.3qt index 4eab722a4..fe150b236 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlparseexception.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlparseexception.3qt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "\fBQXmlParseException\fR ( const QString & name = """", int c = -1, int l = -1, const QString & p = """", const QString & s = """" )" +.BI "\fBQXmlParseException\fR ( const TQString & name = """", int c = -1, int l = -1, const TQString & p = """", const TQString & s = """" )" .br .ti -1c .BI "int \fBcolumnNumber\fR () const" @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp .BI "int \fBlineNumber\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBpublicId\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBpublicId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBsystemId\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBsystemId\fR () const" .br .ti -1c -.BI "QString \fBmessage\fR () const" +.BI "TQString \fBmessage\fR () const" .br .in -1c .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -41,17 +41,17 @@ The XML subsystem constructs an instance of this class when it detects an error. .PP See also QXmlErrorHandler, QXmlReader, and XML. .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION -.SH "QXmlParseException::QXmlParseException ( const QString & name = "", int c = -1, int l = -1, const QString & p = "", const QString & s = "" )" +.SH "QXmlParseException::QXmlParseException ( const TQString & name = "", int c = -1, int l = -1, const TQString & p = "", const TQString & s = "" )" Constructs a parse exception with the error string \fIname\fR for column \fIc\fR and line \fIl\fR for the public identifier \fIp\fR and the system identifier \fIs\fR. .SH "int QXmlParseException::columnNumber () const" Returns the column number where the error occurred. .SH "int QXmlParseException::lineNumber () const" Returns the line number where the error occurred. -.SH "QString QXmlParseException::message () const" +.SH "TQString QXmlParseException::message () const" Returns the error message. -.SH "QString QXmlParseException::publicId () const" +.SH "TQString QXmlParseException::publicId () const" Returns the public identifier where the error occurred. -.SH "QString QXmlParseException::systemId () const" +.SH "TQString QXmlParseException::systemId () const" Returns the system identifier where the error occurred. .SH "SEE ALSO" diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlreader.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlreader.3qt index b04868d98..65aa90ff5 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlreader.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlreader.3qt @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ Inherited by QXmlSimpleReader. .SS "Public Members" .in +1c .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBfeature\fR ( const QString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBfeature\fR ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFeature\fR ( const QString & name, bool value ) = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFeature\fR ( const TQString & name, bool value ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBhasFeature\fR ( const QString & name ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBhasFeature\fR ( const TQString & name ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void * \fBproperty\fR ( const QString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual void * \fBproperty\fR ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetProperty\fR ( const QString & name, void * value ) = 0" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetProperty\fR ( const TQString & name, void * value ) = 0" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual bool \fBhasProperty\fR ( const QString & name ) const = 0" +.BI "virtual bool \fBhasProperty\fR ( const TQString & name ) const = 0" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual void \fBsetEntityResolver\fR ( QXmlEntityResolver * handler ) = 0" @@ -113,17 +113,17 @@ See also setEntityResolver(). Returns the error handler or 0 if none is set. .PP See also setErrorHandler(). -.SH "bool QXmlReader::feature ( const QString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlReader::feature ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" If the reader has the feature called \fIname\fR, the feature's value is returned. If no such feature exists the return value is undefined. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0: \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE if the reader has the feature called \fIname\fR; otherwise \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE. .PP See also setFeature() and hasFeature(). -.SH "bool QXmlReader::hasFeature ( const QString & name ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlReader::hasFeature ( const TQString & name ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns \fCTRUE\fR if the reader has the feature called \fIname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also feature() and setFeature(). -.SH "bool QXmlReader::hasProperty ( const QString & name ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "bool QXmlReader::hasProperty ( const TQString & name ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Returns TRUE if the reader has the property \fIname\fR; otherwise returns FALSE. .PP See also property() and setProperty(). @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Reads an XML document from \fIinput\fR and parses it. Returns TRUE if the parsin Example: xml/tagreader/tagreader.cpp. .SH "bool QXmlReader::parse ( const QXmlInputSource & input )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. -.SH "void * QXmlReader::property ( const QString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void * QXmlReader::property ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const\fC [pure virtual]\fR" If the reader has the property \fIname\fR, this function returns the value of the property; otherwise the return value is undefined. .PP If \fIok\fR is not 0: if the reader has the \fIname\fR property \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE; otherwise \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ See also entityResolver(). Sets the error handler to \fIhandler\fR. Clears the error handler if \fIhandler\fR is 0. .PP See also errorHandler(). -.SH "void QXmlReader::setFeature ( const QString & name, bool value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QXmlReader::setFeature ( const TQString & name, bool value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Sets the feature called \fIname\fR to the given \fIvalue\fR. If the reader doesn't have the feature nothing happens. .PP See also feature() and hasFeature(). @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Reimplemented in QXmlSimpleReader. Sets the lexical handler to \fIhandler\fR. .PP See also lexicalHandler(). -.SH "void QXmlReader::setProperty ( const QString & name, void * value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QXmlReader::setProperty ( const TQString & name, void * value )\fC [pure virtual]\fR" Sets the property \fIname\fR to \fIvalue\fR. If the reader doesn't have the property nothing happens. .PP See also property() and hasProperty(). diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlsimplereader.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlsimplereader.3qt index 4eb44d456..9784d11f6 100644 --- a/doc/man/man3/tqxmlsimplereader.3qt +++ b/doc/man/man3/tqxmlsimplereader.3qt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Inherits QXmlReader. .BI "virtual \fB~QXmlSimpleReader\fR ()" .br .ti -1c -.BI "virtual void \fBsetFeature\fR ( const QString & name, bool value )" +.BI "virtual void \fBsetFeature\fR ( const TQString & name, bool value )" .br .ti -1c .BI "virtual bool \fBparse\fR ( const QXmlInputSource * input, bool incremental )" @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ The case of the end of the XML file being reached without having finished parsin This function assumes that the end of the XML document is reached if the QXmlInputSource::next() function returns QXmlInputSource::EndOfDocument. If the parser has not finished parsing when it encounters this symbol, it is an error and FALSE is returned. .PP See also parse() and QXmlInputSource::next(). -.SH "void QXmlSimpleReader::setFeature ( const QString & name, bool value )\fC [virtual]\fR" +.SH "void QXmlSimpleReader::setFeature ( const TQString & name, bool value )\fC [virtual]\fR" Sets the state of the feature \fIname\fR to \fIvalue\fR: .PP If the feature is not recognized, it is ignored. diff --git a/doc/metaobjects.doc b/doc/metaobjects.doc index 4403761fa..bd2612760 100644 --- a/doc/metaobjects.doc +++ b/doc/metaobjects.doc @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ property system. The Meta Object System is based on three things: \list 1 -\i the \l QObject class; +\i the \l TQObject class; \i the TQ_OBJECT macro inside the private section of the class declaration; \i the \link moc.html Meta Object Compiler (moc)\endlink. @@ -66,43 +66,43 @@ class's implementation. In addition to providing the \link signalsandslots.html signals and slots \endlink mechanism for communication between objects (the main reason for introducing the system), the meta object code provides -additional features in QObject: +additional features in TQObject: \list -\i the \link QObject::className() className() \endlink function that +\i the \link TQObject::className() className() \endlink function that returns the class name as a string at runtime, without requiring native runtime type information (RTTI) support through the C++ compiler. -\i the \link QObject::inherits() inherits() \endlink function that +\i the \link TQObject::inherits() inherits() \endlink function that returns whether an object is an instance of a class that inherits a -specified class within the QObject inheritance tree. +specified class within the TQObject inheritance tree. -\i the \link QObject::tr() tr() \endlink and -\link QObject::trUtf8() trUtf8() \endlink functions for string +\i the \link TQObject::tr() tr() \endlink and +\link TQObject::trUtf8() trUtf8() \endlink functions for string translation as used for internationalization. -\i the \link QObject::setProperty() setProperty() \endlink and \link -QObject::property() property() \endlink functions for dynamically +\i the \link TQObject::setProperty() setProperty() \endlink and \link +TQObject::property() property() \endlink functions for dynamically setting and getting \link properties.html object properties\endlink by name. -\i the \link QObject::metaObject() metaObject() \endlink function that +\i the \link TQObject::metaObject() metaObject() \endlink function that returns the associated \link QMetaObject meta object \endlink for the class. \endlist -While it is possible to use QObject as a base class without the +While it is possible to use TQObject as a base class without the TQ_OBJECT macro and without meta object code, neither signals and slots nor the other features described here will be available if the TQ_OBJECT macro is not used. From the meta object system's point of -view, a QObject subclass without meta code is equivalent to its +view, a TQObject subclass without meta code is equivalent to its closest ancestor with meta object code. This means for example, that className() will not return the actual name of your class, but the class name of this ancestor. We \e strongly recommend that all -subclasses of QObject use the TQ_OBJECT macro regardless of whether +subclasses of TQObject use the TQ_OBJECT macro regardless of whether they actually use signals, slots and properties or not. */ diff --git a/doc/misc.doc b/doc/misc.doc index 4164528da..8da1b08b8 100644 --- a/doc/misc.doc +++ b/doc/misc.doc @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ to the documentation. \section1 Overview -QWidget provides several functions that deal with a widget's +TQWidget provides several functions that deal with a widget's geometry. Some of these functions operate on the pure client area (i.e. the window excluding the window frame), others include the window frame. The differentiation is done in a way that covers the diff --git a/doc/moc.doc b/doc/moc.doc index 419f94eee..e0385dcc1 100644 --- a/doc/moc.doc +++ b/doc/moc.doc @@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ The moc is typically used with an input file containing class declarations like this: \code - class MyClass : public QObject + class MyClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT public: - MyClass( QObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); + MyClass( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); ~MyClass(); signals: @@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ also called "priority" and has a get function \c priority() and a set function \c setPriority(). \code - class MyClass : public QObject + class MyClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT TQ_PROPERTY( Priority priority READ priority WRITE setPriority ) TQ_ENUMS( Priority ) public: - MyClass( QObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); + MyClass( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); ~MyClass(); enum Priority { High, Low, VeryHigh, VeryLow }; @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@ sets, i.e. OR'ed together. Another macro, TQ_CLASSINFO, can be used to attach additional name/value-pairs to the class' meta object: \code - class MyClass : public QObject + class MyClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT TQ_CLASSINFO( "Author", "Oscar Peterson") TQ_CLASSINFO( "Status", "Active") public: - MyClass( QObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); + MyClass( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); ~MyClass(); }; \endcode @@ -317,21 +317,21 @@ Less importantly, the following constructs are illegal. All of them have alternatives which we think are usually better, so removing these limitations is not a high priority for us. -\section2 Multiple inheritance requires QObject to be first +\section2 Multiple inheritance requires TQObject to be first If you are using multiple inheritance, moc assumes that the \e first -inherited class is a subclass of QObject. Also, be sure that \e only -the first inherited class is a QObject. +inherited class is a subclass of TQObject. Also, be sure that \e only +the first inherited class is a TQObject. \code - class SomeClass : public QObject, public OtherClass { + class SomeClass : public TQObject, public OtherClass { ... }; \endcode (This limitation is almost impossible to remove; since the moc does not expand #include or #define, it cannot find out which one of the base classes -is a QObject.) +is a TQObject.) \section2 Function pointers cannot be arguments to signals or slots @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ signal/slot arguments, we think inheritance is a better alternative. Here is an example of illegal syntax: \code - class SomeClass : public QObject { + class SomeClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT ... public slots: @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ You can work around this restriction like this: \code typedef void (*ApplyFunctionType)( List *, void * ); - class SomeClass : public QObject { + class SomeClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT ... public slots: @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ protected or public sections instead. Here is an example of the illegal syntax: \code - class SomeClass : public QObject { + class SomeClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT ... signals: @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ will not work in signals and slots. Here is an illegal example: #define SIGNEDNESS(a) a #endif - class Whatever : public QObject { + class Whatever : public TQObject { ... signals: void someSignal( SIGNEDNESS(int) ); @@ -461,11 +461,11 @@ protected or public sections, where they belong. Here is an example of the illegal syntax: \code - class SomeClass : public QObject { + class SomeClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT public slots: - SomeClass( QObject *parent, const char *name ) - : QObject( parent, name ) { } // WRONG + SomeClass( TQObject *parent, const char *name ) + : TQObject( parent, name ) { } // WRONG ... }; \endcode @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ find the functions nor resolve the type. Here is an example of the illegal syntax: \code - class SomeClass : public QObject { + class SomeClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT public: ... @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Work around this limitation by declaring all properties at the beginning of the class declaration, right after TQ_OBJECT: \code - class SomeClass : public QObject { + class SomeClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT TQ_PROPERTY( Priority priority READ priority WRITE setPriority ) TQ_ENUMS( Priority ) diff --git a/doc/network.doc b/doc/network.doc index 1444aab63..e542afe59 100644 --- a/doc/network.doc +++ b/doc/network.doc @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ on a FTP server): \code QUrlOperator op; -MyClass::MyClass() : QObject(), op( "ftp://ftp.trolltech.com" ) +MyClass::MyClass() : TQObject(), op( "ftp://ftp.trolltech.com" ) { connect( &op, SIGNAL( newChildren( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &, QNetworkOperation * ) ), this, SLOT( slotInsertEntries( const QValueList<QUrlInfo> &, QNetworkOperation * ) ) ); diff --git a/doc/networking.doc b/doc/networking.doc index c29cda3e3..fe7b0e792 100644 --- a/doc/networking.doc +++ b/doc/networking.doc @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ QApplication object: Copying files is simple: \code QUrlOperator url; - url.copy( QString("ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-3.0.0.tar.gz"), "file:/tmp" ); + url.copy( TQString("ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-3.0.0.tar.gz"), "file:/tmp" ); \endcode The first (source) URL is copied to the second (destination) URL. The \link QUrlOperator::copy() copy()\endlink function can be used to move @@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ URL and download each one that is a regular file, (i.e. ignoring directories). The FetchFiles object will emit signals as follows: \list \i start() -- emitted when it calls listChildren(). -\i startFile( QString ) -- emitted once for each file it starts to +\i startFile( TQString ) -- emitted once for each file it starts to copy, parameterised by the filename. -\i finishedFile( QString ) -- emitted once for each file it finishes +\i finishedFile( TQString ) -- emitted once for each file it finishes copying, parameterised by the filename. \i finished() -- emitted when all files have been read. \i error() -- emitted if an error occurs. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ClientSocket constructor connects QSocket::readyRead() signal which is emitted w This slot is called every time we receive some data via socket. Our communication protocol is textual and line oriented, and socket communication is asynchronous (don't forget that, we don't know when readyRead() will be emitted, or will that be at the end of the line), so we have to check with QSocket::canReadLine() if the full line has been received. Because each input line presents one command in this protocol (list or get) we will process it and return generated answer through the socket back to the Client. Function processCommand() parses the input line and if it recognizes LIST or GET command, calls corresponding (InfoData*)info methods - list and get, otherwise creates appropriate error message. -QSocket is a subclass of QIODevice, thus we can use QTextStream to read and write lines to it. +QSocket is a subclass of TQIODevice, thus we can use QTextStream to read and write lines to it. diff --git a/doc/object.doc b/doc/object.doc index 79e75c50d..f38389d02 100644 --- a/doc/object.doc +++ b/doc/object.doc @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Qt adds these features to C++: \endlist Many of these TQt features are implemented with standard C++ -techniques, based on inheritance from \l QObject. Others, like the +techniques, based on inheritance from \l TQObject. Others, like the object communication mechanism and the dynamic property system, require the \link metaobjects.html Meta Object System \endlink provided by Qt's own \link moc.html Meta Object Compiler (moc) \endlink. @@ -91,11 +91,11 @@ slots? \endlink. \title Timers -\l QObject, the base class of all TQt objects, provides the basic timer -support in Qt. With \l QObject::startTimer(), you start a timer with +\l TQObject, the base class of all TQt objects, provides the basic timer +support in Qt. With \l TQObject::startTimer(), you start a timer with an \e interval in milliseconds as argument. The function returns a unique integer timer id. The timer will now "fire" every \e interval -milliseconds, until you explicitly call \l QObject::killTimer() with +milliseconds, until you explicitly call \l TQObject::killTimer() with the timer id. For this mechanism to work, the application must run in an event @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ can handle 1 millisecond intervals. The main API for the timer functionality is \l QTimer. That class provides regular timers that emit a signal when the timer fires, and -inherits \l QObject so that it fits well into the ownership structure +inherits \l TQObject so that it fits well into the ownership structure of most GUI programs. The normal way of using it is like this: \code QTimer * counter = new QTimer( this ); @@ -147,16 +147,16 @@ single-threaded application without blocking the user interface. \code // The Mandelbrot class uses a QTimer to calculate the mandelbrot // set one scanline at a time without blocking the CPU. It - // inherits QObject to use signals and slots. Calling start() + // inherits TQObject to use signals and slots. Calling start() // starts the calculation. The done() signal is emitted when it // has finished. Note that this example is not complete, just an // outline. - class Mandelbrot : public QObject + class Mandelbrot : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT // required for signals/slots public: - Mandelbrot( QObject *parent=0, const char *name ); + Mandelbrot( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name ); ... public slots: void start(); @@ -173,8 +173,8 @@ single-threaded application without blocking the user interface. // Constructs and initializes a Mandelbrot object. // - Mandelbrot::Mandelbrot( QObject *parent=0, const char *name ) - : QObject( parent, name ) + Mandelbrot::Mandelbrot( TQObject *parent=0, const char *name ) + : TQObject( parent, name ) { connect( &timer, SIGNAL(timeout()), SLOT(calculate()) ); ... @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ through \link signalsandslots.html signals and slots\endlink. The \c TQ_PROPERTY macro in a class declaration declares a property. Properties can only be declared in classes that inherit \l -QObject. A second macro, \c TQ_OVERRIDE, can be used to override some +TQObject. A second macro, \c TQ_OVERRIDE, can be used to override some aspects of an inherited property in a subclass. (See \link #override TQ_OVERRIDE\endlink.) @@ -237,16 +237,16 @@ ordinary data members: \i A read function. This always exists. \i A write function. This is optional: read-only properties like \l -QWidget::isDesktop() do not have one. +TQWidget::isDesktop() do not have one. \i An attribute "stored" that indicates persistence. Most properties are stored, but a few virtual properties are not. For example, \l -QWidget::minimumWidth() isn't stored, since it's just a view of -\l QWidget::minimumSize(), and has no data of its own. +TQWidget::minimumWidth() isn't stored, since it's just a view of +\l TQWidget::minimumSize(), and has no data of its own. \i A reset function to set a property back to its context specific -default value. This is very rare, but for example, \l QWidget::font() -needs this, since no call to \l QWidget::setFont() can mean 'reset to +default value. This is very rare, but for example, \l TQWidget::font() +needs this, since no call to \l TQWidget::setFont() can mean 'reset to the context specific font'. \i An attribute "designable" that indicates whether it makes sense to @@ -262,11 +262,11 @@ The read, write, and reset functions must be public member functions from the class in which the property is defined. Properties can be read and written through generic functions in -QObject without knowing anything about the class in use. These two +TQObject without knowing anything about the class in use. These two function calls are equivalent: \code - // QButton *b and QObject *o point to the same button + // QButton *b and TQObject *o point to the same button b->setDown( TRUE ); o->setProperty( "down", TRUE ); \endcode @@ -274,12 +274,12 @@ function calls are equivalent: Equivalent, that is, except that the first is faster, and provides much better diagnostics at compile time. When practical, the first is better. However, since you can get a list of all available properties -for any QObject through its \l QMetaObject, \l QObject::setProperty() +for any TQObject through its \l QMetaObject, \l TQObject::setProperty() can give you control over classes that weren't available at compile time. -As well as QObject::setProperty(), there is a corresponding \l -QObject::property() function. \l QMetaObject::propertyNames() returns +As well as TQObject::setProperty(), there is a corresponding \l +TQObject::property() function. \l QMetaObject::propertyNames() returns the names of all available properties. \l QMetaObject::property() returns the property data for a named property: a \l QMetaProperty object. @@ -288,11 +288,11 @@ Here's a simple example that shows the most important property functions in use: \code - class MyClass : public QObject + class MyClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT public: - MyClass( QObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); + MyClass( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); ~MyClass(); enum Priority { High, Low, VeryHigh, VeryLow }; @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ registered with the property system as well. There are two exceptions to the above: The type of a property can also be either \link QValueList QValueList\<QVariant\>\endlink or \link -QMap QMap\<QString,QVariant\>\endlink. In +QMap QMap\<TQString,QVariant\>\endlink. In these cases the type must be specified as \c QValueList or as \c QMap (i.e. without their template parameters). @@ -339,13 +339,13 @@ Enumeration types are registered with the \c TQ_ENUMS macro. Here's the final class declaration including the property related declarations: \code - class MyClass : public QObject + class MyClass : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT TQ_PROPERTY( Priority priority READ priority WRITE setPriority ) TQ_ENUMS( Priority ) public: - MyClass( QObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); + MyClass( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 ); ~MyClass(); enum Priority { High, Low, VeryHigh, VeryLow }; @@ -397,16 +397,16 @@ through the meta object, see \l QMetaObject::classInfo() for details. \target override \section1 TQ_OVERRIDE -When you inherit a QObject subclass you may wish to override some +When you inherit a TQObject subclass you may wish to override some aspects of some of the class's properties. -For example, in QWidget we have the autoMask property defined like +For example, in TQWidget we have the autoMask property defined like this: \code TQ_PROPERTY( bool autoMask READ autoMask WRITE setAutoMask DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false ) \endcode -But we need to make the auto mask property designable in some QWidget +But we need to make the auto mask property designable in some TQWidget subclasses. Similarly some classes will need this property to be scriptable (e.g. for QSA). This is achieved by overriding these features of the property in a subclass. In QCheckBox, for example, we @@ -439,10 +439,10 @@ buttons. \title Events and Event Filters In Qt, an event is an object that inherits \l QEvent. Events are -delivered to objects that inherit \l QObject through calling \l -QObject::event(). Event delivery means that an event has occurred, the -QEvent indicates precisely what, and the QObject needs to respond. Most -events are specific to \l QWidget and its subclasses, but there are +delivered to objects that inherit \l TQObject through calling \l +TQObject::event(). Event delivery means that an event has occurred, the +QEvent indicates precisely what, and the TQObject needs to respond. Most +events are specific to \l TQWidget and its subclasses, but there are important events that aren't related to graphics, for example, socket activation, which is the event used by \l QSocketNotifier for its work. @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ will explain enough for 99% of applications. The normal way for an event to be delivered is by calling a virtual function. For example, \l QPaintEvent is delivered by calling \l -QWidget::paintEvent(). This virtual function is responsible for +TQWidget::paintEvent(). This virtual function is responsible for reacting appropriately, normally by repainting the widget. If you do not perform all the necessary work in your implementation of the virtual function, you may need to call the base class's @@ -491,10 +491,10 @@ the base class. Occasionally there isn't such an event-specific function, or the event-specific function isn't sufficient. The most common example is -tab key presses. Normally, those are interpreted by QWidget to move +tab key presses. Normally, those are interpreted by TQWidget to move the keyboard focus, but a few widgets need the tab key for themselves. -These objects can reimplement \l QObject::event(), the general event +These objects can reimplement \l TQObject::event(), the general event handler, and either do their event handling before or after the usual handling, or replace it completely. A very unusual widget that both interprets tab and has an application-specific custom event might @@ -514,17 +514,17 @@ contain: // custom event handling here return TRUE; } - return QWidget::event( evt ); + return TQWidget::event( evt ); } \endcode More commonly, an object needs to look at another's events. Qt -supports this using \l QObject::installEventFilter() (and the +supports this using \l TQObject::installEventFilter() (and the corresponding remove). For example, dialogs commonly want to filter key presses for some widgets, e.g. to modify Return-key handling. An event filter gets to process events before the target object does. -The filter's \l QObject::eventFilter() implementation is called, and +The filter's \l TQObject::eventFilter() implementation is called, and can accept or reject the filter, and allow or deny further processing of the event. If all the event filters allow further processing of an event, the event is sent to the target object itself. If one of them @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ postEvent() posts the event on a queue for later dispatch. The next time Qt's main event loop runs, it dispatches all posted events, with some optimization. For example, if there are several resize events, they are are compacted into one. The same applies to paint events: \l -QWidget::update() calls postEvent(), which minimizes flickering and +TQWidget::update() calls postEvent(), which minimizes flickering and increases speed by avoiding multiple repaints. postEvent() is also often used during object initialization, since the @@ -577,18 +577,18 @@ details. \title Object Trees and Object Ownership -\link QObject QObjects\endlink organize themselves in object trees. -When you create a QObject with another object as parent, it's added to -the parent's \link QObject::children() children() \endlink list, and +\link TQObject QObjects\endlink organize themselves in object trees. +When you create a TQObject with another object as parent, it's added to +the parent's \link TQObject::children() children() \endlink list, and is deleted when the parent is. It turns out that this approach fits the needs of GUI objects very well. For example, a \l QAccel (keyboard accelerator) is a child of the relevant window, so when the user closes that window, the accelerator is deleted too. -The static function \l QObject::objectTrees() provides access to all +The static function \l TQObject::objectTrees() provides access to all the root objects that currently exist. -\l QWidget, the base class of everything that appears on the screen, +\l TQWidget, the base class of everything that appears on the screen, extends the parent-child relationship. A child normally also becomes a child widget, i.e. it is displayed in its parent's coordinate system and is graphically clipped by its parent's boundaries. For example, @@ -603,8 +603,8 @@ toolbar it may lead to the application deleting one of its \l QToolBar objects, in which case the tool bar's \l QMainWindow parent would detect the change and reconfigure its screen space accordingly. -The debugging functions \l QObject::dumpObjectTree() and \l -QObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application looks or +The debugging functions \l TQObject::dumpObjectTree() and \l +TQObject::dumpObjectInfo() are often useful when an application looks or acts strangely. */ diff --git a/doc/opengl-x11-overlays.doc b/doc/opengl-x11-overlays.doc index e63d01b88..1f5a86716 100644 --- a/doc/opengl-x11-overlays.doc +++ b/doc/opengl-x11-overlays.doc @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ An overlay plane has a specific color called the transparent color. Pixels drawn in this color will not be visible; instead the underlying OpenGL image will show through. In the example program \link opengl-overlay-example.html X11 overlay\endlink, the file -\c main.cpp contains a routine that returns a QColor containing the +\c main.cpp contains a routine that returns a TQColor containing the transparent color. For the overlay widget, you will typically want to set the background color to the transparent color, so that the OpenGL image shows through except where explicitly overpainted. diff --git a/doc/plugins-howto.doc b/doc/plugins-howto.doc index ac1f31f90..f771678b5 100644 --- a/doc/plugins-howto.doc +++ b/doc/plugins-howto.doc @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ to make available as a plugin. The required code is straightforward: return QStringList() << "mystyle"; } - QStyle* create( const QString& key ) { + QStyle* create( const TQString& key ) { if ( key == "mystyle" ) return new MyStyle; return 0; diff --git a/doc/porting3.doc b/doc/porting3.doc index 590dad0f7..1ed878d88 100644 --- a/doc/porting3.doc +++ b/doc/porting3.doc @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ All these functions have been removed in TQt 3.x: \i QLineEdit::repaintArea(int, int). Use TQLineEdit::update() instead. \i QMenuBar::setActItem() \i QMenuBar::setWindowsAltMode() -\i QObject::initMetaObject() +\i TQObject::initMetaObject() \i QPainter::drawQuadBezier() \i QPalette::normal(). Use TQPalette::active() instead. \i QPalette::setNormal(). Use TQPalette::setActive() instead. @@ -216,8 +216,8 @@ All these functions have been removed in TQt 3.x: \i QSignal::setParameter(int value). Use TQSignal::setValue() instead. \i QSpinBox::downButton() \i QSpinBox::upButton() -\i QString::basicDirection() -\i QString::visual() +\i TQString::basicDirection() +\i TQString::visual() \i QStyle::set...() functions \i QStyle::drawArrow() \i QThread::postEvent(TQObject *receiver, TQEvent *event). Use TQApplication::postEvent() instead. @@ -227,8 +227,8 @@ All these functions have been removed in TQt 3.x: \i QToolButton::setIconSet(const QIconSet \&set, bool on) \i QToolButton::setOffIconSet(const QIconSet \&) \i QToolButton::setOnIconSet(const QIconSet \&) -\i QWidget::setFontPropagation() -\i QWidget::setPalettePropagation() +\i TQWidget::setFontPropagation() +\i TQWidget::setPalettePropagation() \endlist Also, to avoid conflicts with \c <iostream>, the following three @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ new code. \list \i QAccel::keyToString( QKeySequence k ) -\i QAccel::stringToKey( const QString \& s ) +\i QAccel::stringToKey( const TQString \& s ) \i QActionGroup::insert( QAction *a ) \i QCanvasItem::active() const \i QCanvasItem::enabled() const @@ -260,12 +260,12 @@ new code. \i QCanvasItem::visible() const \i QCanvasPixmapArray::QCanvasPixmapArray( QPtrList\<QPixmap\> list, QPtrList\<QPoint\> hotspots ) \i QCanvasPixmapArray::operator!() -\i QColorGroup::QColorGroup( const QColor \& foreground, const QColor \& background, const QColor \& light, const QColor \& dark, const QColor \& mid, const QColor \& text, const QColor \& base ) +\i QColorGroup::QColorGroup( const TQColor \& foreground, const TQColor \& background, const TQColor \& light, const TQColor \& dark, const TQColor \& mid, const TQColor \& text, const TQColor \& base ) \i QComboBox::autoResize() const \i QComboBox::setAutoResize( bool ) \i QDate::dayName( int weekday ) \i QDate::monthName( int month ) -\i QDir::encodedEntryList( const QString \& nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const +\i QDir::encodedEntryList( const TQString \& nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const \i QDir::encodedEntryList( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const \i QDockWindow::isHorizontalStretchable() const \i QDockWindow::isVerticalStretchable() const @@ -274,18 +274,18 @@ new code. \i QFont::defaultFont() \i QFont::setDefaultFont( const QFont \& f ) \i QFont::setPixelSizeFloat( float pixelSize ) -\i QFontDatabase::bold( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::bold( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) const \i QFontDatabase::families( bool ) const -\i QFontDatabase::font( const QString \& familyName, const QString \& style, int pointSize, const QString \& ) -\i QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) const -\i QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) const -\i QFontDatabase::isScalable( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) const -\i QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) const -\i QFontDatabase::italic( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) const -\i QFontDatabase::pointSizes( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) -\i QFontDatabase::smoothSizes( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) -\i QFontDatabase::styles( const QString \& family, const QString \& ) const -\i QFontDatabase::weight( const QString \& family, const QString \& style, const QString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::font( const TQString \& familyName, const TQString \& style, int pointSize, const TQString \& ) +\i QFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::isFixedPitch( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::isScalable( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::italic( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::pointSizes( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) +\i QFontDatabase::smoothSizes( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) +\i QFontDatabase::styles( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& ) const +\i QFontDatabase::weight( const TQString \& family, const TQString \& style, const TQString \& ) const \i QLabel::autoResize() const \i QLabel::setAutoResize( bool enable ) \i QListBox::cellHeight( int i ) const @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ new code. \i QListBox::cellWidth() const \i QListBox::findItem( int yPos ) const \i QListBox::inSort( const QListBoxItem *lbi ) -\i QListBox::inSort( const QString \& text ) +\i QListBox::inSort( const TQString \& text ) \i QListBox::itemYPos( int index, int *yPos ) const \i QListBox::numCols() const \i QListBox::totalHeight() const @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ new code. \i QListView::removeItem( QListViewItem *item ) \i QListViewItem::removeItem( QListViewItem *item ) \i QMainWindow::addToolBar( QDockWindow *, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) -\i QMainWindow::addToolBar( QDockWindow *, const QString \& label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) +\i QMainWindow::addToolBar( QDockWindow *, const TQString \& label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) \i QMainWindow::lineUpToolBars( bool keepNewLines = FALSE ) \i QMainWindow::moveToolBar( QDockWindow *, Dock = DockTop ) \i QMainWindow::moveToolBar( QDockWindow *, Dock, bool nl, int index, int extraOffset = -1 ) @@ -311,39 +311,39 @@ new code. \i QMainWindow::setToolBarsMovable( bool ) \i QMainWindow::toolBarPositionChanged( QToolBar *) \i QMainWindow::toolBarsMovable() const -\i QMessageBox::message( const QString \& caption, const QString \& text, const QString \& buttonText = QString::null, QWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 ) -\i QMessageBox::query( const QString \& caption, const QString \& text, const QString \& yesButtonText = QString::null, const QString \& noButtonText = QString::null, QWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 ) +\i QMessageBox::message( const TQString \& caption, const TQString \& text, const TQString \& buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 ) +\i QMessageBox::query( const TQString \& caption, const TQString \& text, const TQString \& yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString \& noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 ) \i QMessageBox::standardIcon( Icon icon, GUIStyle style ) -\i QRegExp::match( const QString \& str, int index = 0, int *len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const -\i QScrollView::childIsVisible( QWidget *child ) -\i QScrollView::showChild( QWidget *child, bool show = TRUE ) +\i QRegExp::match( const TQString \& str, int index = 0, int *len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const +\i QScrollView::childIsVisible( TQWidget *child ) +\i QScrollView::showChild( TQWidget *child, bool show = TRUE ) \i QSimpleRichText::draw( QPainter *p, int x, int y, const QRegion \& clipRegion, const QColorGroup \& cg, const QBrush *paper = 0 ) const -\i QString::ascii() const -\i QString::data() const -\i QString::setExpand( uint index, QChar c ) +\i TQString::ascii() const +\i TQString::data() const +\i TQString::setExpand( uint index, TQChar c ) \i QStyle::defaultFrameWidth() const \i QStyle::scrollBarExtent() const -\i QStyle::tabbarMetrics( const QWidget *t, int \& hf, int \& vf, int \& ov ) const +\i QStyle::tabbarMetrics( const TQWidget *t, int \& hf, int \& vf, int \& ov ) const \i QTabDialog::isTabEnabled( const char *name ) const -\i QTabDialog::selected( const QString \& ) -\i QTabDialog::selected( const QString \& tabLabel ) +\i QTabDialog::selected( const TQString \& ) +\i QTabDialog::selected( const TQString \& tabLabel ) \i QTabDialog::setTabEnabled( const char *name, bool enable ) -\i QTextStream::QTextStream( QString \& str, int filemode ) -\i QToolBar::QToolBar( const QString \& label, QMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char *name = 0 ) +\i QTextStream::QTextStream( TQString \& str, int filemode ) +\i QToolBar::QToolBar( const TQString \& label, QMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char *name = 0 ) \i QToolTip::enabled() \i QToolTip::setEnabled( bool enable ) \i QTranslator::find( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char *comment = 0 ) const -\i QTranslator::insert( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const QString \& translation ) +\i QTranslator::insert( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const TQString \& translation ) \i QTranslator::remove( const char *context, const char *sourceText ) \i QUriDrag::setFilenames( const QStringList \& fnames ) -\i QWidget::backgroundColor() const -\i QWidget::backgroundPixmap() const -\i QWidget::iconify() -\i QWidget::setBackgroundColor( const QColor \& c ) -\i QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap( const QPixmap \& pm ) -\i QWidget::setFont( const QFont \& f, bool ) -\i QWidget::setPalette( const QPalette \& p, bool ) -\i QWizard::setFinish( QWidget *, bool ) +\i TQWidget::backgroundColor() const +\i TQWidget::backgroundPixmap() const +\i TQWidget::iconify() +\i TQWidget::setBackgroundColor( const TQColor \& c ) +\i TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap( const QPixmap \& pm ) +\i TQWidget::setFont( const QFont \& f, bool ) +\i TQWidget::setPalette( const QPalette \& p, bool ) +\i QWizard::setFinish( TQWidget *, bool ) \i QXmlInputSource::QXmlInputSource( QFile \& file ) \i QXmlInputSource::QXmlInputSource( QTextStream \& stream ) \i QXmlReader::parse( const QXmlInputSource \& input ) @@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ in TQt 3.0. This is only relevant if you subclassed QDate and reimplemented these functions: \list -\i QString QDate::monthName( int month ) const -\i QString QDate::dayName( int weekday ) const +\i TQString QDate::monthName( int month ) const +\i TQString QDate::dayName( int weekday ) const \endlist In addition to no longer being virtual, QDate::monthName() and @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ which is what one expects. The following function is now obsolete, as it has an unwieldy parameter list and was poorly named: \list -\i bool QRegExp::match( const QString \& str, int index = 0, +\i bool QRegExp::match( const TQString \& str, int index = 0, int * len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const \endlist It will be removed in a future version of Qt. Its \link @@ -596,34 +596,34 @@ QRegExp::match() documentation \endlink explains how to replace it. \section2 QRegExp::find() This function was removed, after a brief appearance in TQt 2.2. Its -name clashed with QString::find(). Use \l QRegExp::search() or \l -QString::find() instead. +name clashed with TQString::find(). Use \l QRegExp::search() or \l +TQString::find() instead. -\section2 QString::findRev() and QString::contains() +\section2 TQString::findRev() and TQString::contains() -\l QString::findRev()'s and \l QString::contains()'s semantics have changed +\l TQString::findRev()'s and \l TQString::contains()'s semantics have changed between 2.0 and 3.0 to be more consistent with the other overloads. For example, \code - QString( "" ).contains( QRegExp("") ) + TQString( "" ).contains( QRegExp("") ) \endcode returns 1 in TQt 2.0; it returns 0 in TQt 3.0. Also, "^" now really means start of input, so \code - QString( "Heisan Hoppsan" ).contains( QRegExp("^.*$") ) + TQString( "Heisan Hoppsan" ).contains( QRegExp("^.*$") ) \endcode returns 1, not 13 or 14. This change affect very few existing programs. -\section2 QString::replace() +\section2 TQString::replace() -With TQt 1.0 and 2.0, a QString is converted implicitly into a QRegExp -as the first argument to QString::replace(): +With TQt 1.0 and 2.0, a TQString is converted implicitly into a QRegExp +as the first argument to TQString::replace(): \code - QString text = fetch_it_from_somewhere(); - text.replace( QString("[A-Z]+"), "" ); + TQString text = fetch_it_from_somewhere(); + text.replace( TQString("[A-Z]+"), "" ); \endcode With TQt 3.0, the compiler gives an error. The solution is to use a QRegExp cast: @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ QRegExp cast: text.replace( QRegExp("[A-Z]+"), "" ); \endcode This change makes it possible to introduce a -QString::replace(QString, QString) overload in a future version of Qt +TQString::replace(TQString, TQString) overload in a future version of Qt without breaking source compatibility. \section1 QSemiModal @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ which functions are obsolete. This function is no longer virtual: \list -\i QString QTranslator::find( const char * context, +\i TQString QTranslator::find( const char * context, const char * sourceText ) const \endlist @@ -704,18 +704,18 @@ In fact, find() is now defined in terms of findMessage(). By doing the conversion, you will also gain support for translator comments and for any future extensions. -\section1 QWidget +\section1 TQWidget -QWidget::backgroundColor(), QWidget::setBackgroundColor(), -QWidget::backgroundPixmap() and QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap() have +TQWidget::backgroundColor(), TQWidget::setBackgroundColor(), +TQWidget::backgroundPixmap() and TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap() have often been the source of much confusion in previous releases. TQt 3.0 addresses this by obsoleting these functions and by replacing them -with eight new functions: QWidget::eraseColor(), -QWidget::setEraseColor(), QWidget::erasePixmap(), -QWidget::setErasePixmap(), QWidget::paletteBackgroundColor(), -QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(), -QWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() and -QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(). See their documentation for +with eight new functions: TQWidget::eraseColor(), +TQWidget::setEraseColor(), TQWidget::erasePixmap(), +TQWidget::setErasePixmap(), TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor(), +TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(), +TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() and +TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(). See their documentation for details. \section1 QXml Classes @@ -789,16 +789,16 @@ respectively. Neither the arguments nor the resulting curve have changed. \section1 Locale-aware String Comparisons in QIconView, QListBox, QListView and QTable -In TQt 2.x, QString only provided string comparisons using the Unicode +In TQt 2.x, TQString only provided string comparisons using the Unicode values of the characters of a string. This is efficient and reliable, but it is not the appropriate order for most languages. For example, French users expect 'é' (e acute) to be treated essentially as 'e' and not put after 'z'. -In TQt 3.0, QString::localeAwareCompare() implements locale aware +In TQt 3.0, TQString::localeAwareCompare() implements locale aware string comparisions on certain platforms. The classes \l QIconView, \l QListBox, \l QListView and \l QTable now use -QString::localeAwareCompare() instead of QString::compare(). If you +TQString::localeAwareCompare() instead of TQString::compare(). If you want to control the behaviour yourself you can always reimplement QIconViewItem::compare(), QListBox::text(), QListViewItem::compare() or QTableItem::key() as appropriate. diff --git a/doc/qasciicache.doc b/doc/qasciicache.doc index dfefe2634..576b82af2 100644 --- a/doc/qasciicache.doc +++ b/doc/qasciicache.doc @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. The cache items are accessed via \c char* keys. For Unicode keys use - the QCache template instead, which uses \c QString keys. A QCache + the QCache template instead, which uses \c TQString keys. A QCache has the same performace as a QAsciiCache. Each cache item has a cost. The sum of item costs, totalCost(), diff --git a/doc/qasciidict.doc b/doc/qasciidict.doc index 4b752cd39..198fbf134 100644 --- a/doc/qasciidict.doc +++ b/doc/qasciidict.doc @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup. QAsciiDict cannot handle Unicode keys; use the QDict template - instead, which uses \l QString keys. A QDict has the same + instead, which uses \l TQString keys. A QDict has the same performace as a QAsciiDict. Example: diff --git a/doc/qcache.doc b/doc/qcache.doc index dad7e36df..14bc9c926 100644 --- a/doc/qcache.doc +++ b/doc/qcache.doc @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ /*! \class QCache - \brief The QCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on QString keys. + \brief The QCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on TQString keys. \ingroup collection \ingroup tools @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ There is a QCacheIterator that can be used to traverse the items in the cache in arbitrary order. - In QCache, the cache items are accessed via \l QString keys, which + In QCache, the cache items are accessed via \l TQString keys, which are Unicode strings. If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit \c char* keys, use the QAsciiCache template. A QCache has the same performance as a QAsciiCache. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn bool QCache::insert( const QString &k, const type *d, int c, int p ) + \fn bool QCache::insert( const TQString &k, const type *d, int c, int p ) Inserts the item \a d into the cache with key \a k and associated cost, \a c. Returns TRUE if it is successfully inserted; otherwise @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn bool QCache::remove( const QString &k ) + \fn bool QCache::remove( const TQString &k ) Removes the item associated with \a k, and returns TRUE if the item was present in the cache; otherwise returns FALSE. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn type *QCache::take( const QString &k ) + \fn type *QCache::take( const TQString &k ) Takes the item associated with \a k out of the cache without deleting it, and returns a pointer to the item taken out, or 0 @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn type *QCache::find( const QString &k, bool ref ) const + \fn type *QCache::find( const TQString &k, bool ref ) const Returns the item associated with key \a k, or 0 if the key does not exist in the cache. If \a ref is TRUE (the default), the item @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn type *QCache::operator[]( const QString &k ) const + \fn type *QCache::operator[]( const TQString &k ) const Returns the item associated with key \a k, or 0 if \a k does not exist in the cache, and moves the item to the front of the least @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn QString QCacheIterator::currentKey() const + \fn TQString QCacheIterator::currentKey() const Returns the key for the current iterator item. */ diff --git a/doc/qdict.doc b/doc/qdict.doc index e2ff866f6..5c7ebc7ba 100644 --- a/doc/qdict.doc +++ b/doc/qdict.doc @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ /*! \class QDict \brief The QDict class is a template class that provides a - dictionary based on QString keys. + dictionary based on TQString keys. \ingroup collection \ingroup tools @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ pointers to X (X *). A dictionary is a collection of key-value pairs. The key is a - QString used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a + TQString used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup. If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit \c char* keys, use the @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Example #1: \code - QDict<QLineEdit> fields; // QString keys, QLineEdit* values + QDict<QLineEdit> fields; // TQString keys, QLineEdit* values fields.insert( "forename", new QLineEdit( this ) ); fields.insert( "surname", new QLineEdit( this ) ); @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ styleList.sort(); QDict<int> letterDict( 17, FALSE ); for ( QStringList::Iterator it = styleList.begin(); it != styleList.end(); ++it ) { - QString styleName = *it; - QString styleAccel = styleName; + TQString styleName = *it; + TQString styleAccel = styleName; if ( letterDict[styleAccel.left(1)] ) { for ( uint i = 0; i < styleAccel.length(); i++ ) { if ( ! letterDict[styleAccel.mid( i, 1 )] ) { @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn void QDict::insert( const QString &key, const type *item ) + \fn void QDict::insert( const TQString &key, const type *item ) Inserts the key \a key with value \a item into the dictionary. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn void QDict::replace( const QString &key, const type *item ) + \fn void QDict::replace( const TQString &key, const type *item ) Replaces the value of the key, \a key with \a item. @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn bool QDict::remove( const QString &key ) + \fn bool QDict::remove( const TQString &key ) Removes the item with \a key from the dictionary. Returns TRUE if successful, i.e. if the item is in the dictionary; otherwise @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn type *QDict::take( const QString &key ) + \fn type *QDict::take( const TQString &key ) Takes the item with \a key out of the dictionary without deleting it (even if \link QPtrCollection::setAutoDelete() @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn type *QDict::find( const QString &key ) const + \fn type *QDict::find( const TQString &key ) const Returns the item with key \a key, or 0 if the key does not exist in the dictionary. @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn type *QDict::operator[]( const QString &key ) const + \fn type *QDict::operator[]( const TQString &key ) const Returns the item with key \a key, or 0 if the key does not exist in the dictionary. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn QString QDictIterator::currentKey() const + \fn TQString QDictIterator::currentKey() const Returns the current iterator item's key. */ diff --git a/doc/qembed.doc b/doc/qembed.doc index 8b5e7e23b..ae28841c4 100644 --- a/doc/qembed.doc +++ b/doc/qembed.doc @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ of the supplied functions: \code #include "generated_qembed_file.h" - QImage myFindImage(const char* name) + TQImage myFindImage(const char* name) { return qembed_findImage(name); } diff --git a/doc/qmap.doc b/doc/qmap.doc index 2aded3654..6f5987ed5 100644 --- a/doc/qmap.doc +++ b/doc/qmap.doc @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ contained items. Some classes cannot be used within a QMap. For example everything - derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. + derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QMap. To qualify as a value, the class must provide @@ -103,18 +103,18 @@ { public: Employee(): sn(0) {} - Employee( const QString& forename, const QString& surname, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary ) : fn(forename), sn(surname), sal(salary) { } - QString forename() const { return fn; } - QString surname() const { return sn; } + TQString forename() const { return fn; } + TQString surname() const { return sn; } int salary() const { return sal; } void setSalary( int salary ) { sal = salary; } private: - QString fn; - QString sn; + TQString fn; + TQString sn; int sal; }; @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ { QApplication app( argc, argv ); - typedef QMap<QString, Employee> EmployeeMap; + typedef QMap<TQString, Employee> EmployeeMap; EmployeeMap map; map["JD001"] = Employee("John", "Doe", 50000); @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ not use operator[]. The following example illustrates this: \code - QMap<QString,QString> map; + QMap<TQString,TQString> map; map["Clinton"] = "Bill"; str << map["Clinton"] << map["Bush"] << endl; \endcode @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ There are a couple of ways of inserting new items into the map. One uses the insert() method; the other uses operator[]: \code - QMap<QString, QString> map; + QMap<TQString, TQString> map; map["Clinton"] = "Bill"; map.insert( "Bush", "George" ); \endcode @@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ /*! \enum QMap::mapped_type The map's data type. */ /*! \enum QMap::value_type - Corresponds to QPair\<key_type, mapped_type\>. */ + Corresponds to TQPair\<key_type, mapped_type\>. */ /*! \enum QMap::ValueType - Corresponds to QPair\<key_type, mapped_type\>, TQt style.*/ + Corresponds to TQPair\<key_type, mapped_type\>, TQt style.*/ /*! \enum QMap::pointer Pointer to value_type.*/ /*! \enum QMap::const_pointer @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ You can use this operator both for reading and writing: \code - QMap<QString, QString> map; + QMap<TQString, TQString> map; map["Clinton"] = "Bill"; stream << map["Clinton"]; \endcode @@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ */ /*! - \fn QPair<iterator,bool> QMap::insert( const value_type& x ) + \fn TQPair<iterator,bool> QMap::insert( const value_type& x ) \overload - Inserts the (key, value) pair \a x into the map. \a x is a QPair + Inserts the (key, value) pair \a x into the map. \a x is a TQPair whose \c first element is a key to be inserted and whose \c second element is the associated value to be inserted. Returns a pair whose \c first element is an iterator pointing to the inserted diff --git a/doc/qmemarray.doc b/doc/qmemarray.doc index c46e24c6f..09fd67c5f 100644 --- a/doc/qmemarray.doc +++ b/doc/qmemarray.doc @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the array is empty; otherwise returns FALSE. isEmpty() is equivalent to isNull() for QMemArray (unlike - QString). + TQString). */ /*! diff --git a/doc/qobjectlist.doc b/doc/qobjectlist.doc index 7dda6c5eb..febb782fb 100644 --- a/doc/qobjectlist.doc +++ b/doc/qobjectlist.doc @@ -6,19 +6,19 @@ \ingroup tools A QObjectList is a \link ntqptrlist.html - QPtrList\<QObject\>\endlink. The list can be traversed using + QPtrList\<TQObject\>\endlink. The list can be traversed using inherited functions, e.g. getFirst(), next(), etc., or using a QObjectListIterator iterator. - See \l QObject::queryList() for an example of use. + See \l TQObject::queryList() for an example of use. - \sa QObjectListIterator QObject + \sa QObjectListIterator TQObject */ /*! \fn QObjectList::QObjectList() - Constructs an empty QObject list. + Constructs an empty TQObject list. */ /*! @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ \ingroup tools A QObjectListIterator iterator is a \link qptrlistiterator.html - QPtrListIterator\<QObject\>\endlink. + QPtrListIterator\<TQObject\>\endlink. - See \l QObject::queryList() for an example of use. + See \l TQObject::queryList() for an example of use. \sa QObjectList */ diff --git a/doc/qpair.doc b/doc/qpair.doc index f28c0fc0d..2b1b5a6e5 100644 --- a/doc/qpair.doc +++ b/doc/qpair.doc @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /**************************************************************************** ** -** QPair class documentation +** TQPair class documentation ** ** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. ** @@ -37,39 +37,39 @@ **********************************************************************/ /***************************************************************************** - QPair documentation + TQPair documentation *****************************************************************************/ /*! - \class QPair ntqpair.h - \brief The QPair class is a value-based template class that provides a pair of elements. + \class TQPair ntqpair.h + \brief The TQPair class is a value-based template class that provides a pair of elements. \ingroup qtl \ingroup tools \ingroup shared - QPair is a TQt implementation of an STL-like pair. It can be used + TQPair is a TQt implementation of an STL-like pair. It can be used in your application if the standard pair\<\> is not available on your target platforms. - QPair\<T1, T2\> defines a template instance to create a pair of + TQPair\<T1, T2\> defines a template instance to create a pair of values that contains two values of type T1 and T2. Please note - that QPair does not store pointers to the two elements; it holds a + that TQPair does not store pointers to the two elements; it holds a copy of every member. This is why these kinds of classes are called \e{value based}. If you're interested in \e{pointer based} classes see, for example, QPtrList and QDict. - QPair holds one copy of type T1 and one copy of type T2, but does + TQPair holds one copy of type T1 and one copy of type T2, but does not provide iterators to access these elements. Instead, the two elements (\c first and \c second) are public member variables of - the pair. QPair owns the contained elements. For more relaxed + the pair. TQPair owns the contained elements. For more relaxed ownership semantics, see QPtrCollection and friends which are pointer-based containers. - Some classes cannot be used within a QPair: for example, all - classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement - widgets. Only "values" can be used in a QPair. To qualify as a + Some classes cannot be used within a TQPair: for example, all + classes derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement + widgets. Only "values" can be used in a TQPair. To qualify as a value the class must provide: \list @@ -82,36 +82,36 @@ copy constructors if no explicit version is supplied. In many cases this is sufficient. - QPair uses an STL-like syntax to manipulate and address the + TQPair uses an STL-like syntax to manipulate and address the objects it contains. See the \link ntqtl.html QTL documentation\endlink for more information. - Functions that need to return two values can use a QPair. + Functions that need to return two values can use a TQPair. */ -/*! \enum QPair::first_type +/*! \enum TQPair::first_type The type of the first element in the pair. */ -/*! \enum QPair::second_type +/*! \enum TQPair::second_type The type of the second element in the pair. */ /*! - \fn QPair::QPair() + \fn TQPair::TQPair() Constructs an empty pair. The \c first and \c second elements are default constructed. */ /*! - \fn QPair::QPair( const T1& t1, const T2& t2 ) + \fn TQPair::TQPair( const T1& t1, const T2& t2 ) Constructs a pair and initializes the \c first element with \a t1 and the \c second element with \a t2. */ /*! - \fn bool operator==( const QPair<T1, T2>& x, const QPair<T1, T2>& y ) + \fn bool operator==( const TQPair<T1, T2>& x, const TQPair<T1, T2>& y ) Returns TRUE if \a x is equal to \a y; otherwise returns FALSE. Two QPairs are equal if both their \c first and \c second elements @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ */ /*! - \fn bool operator<( const QPair<T1, T2>& x, const QPair<T1, T2>& y ) + \fn bool operator<( const TQPair<T1, T2>& x, const TQPair<T1, T2>& y ) Returns TRUE if \a x is less than \a y; otherwise returns FALSE. \a x is less than \a y if x.first is less than y.first, or if @@ -128,18 +128,18 @@ For example, (0, 1) < (0, 4) and (0, 4) < (1, 0). */ -/*! \fn QPair<T1, T2> qMakePair( const T1& x, const T2& y ) +/*! \fn TQPair<T1, T2> qMakePair( const T1& x, const T2& y ) - Convenience wrapper for the QPair constructor. + Convenience wrapper for the TQPair constructor. */ -/*! \fn QDataStream& operator>>( QDataStream& s, QPair<T1, T2>& p ) +/*! \fn QDataStream& operator>>( QDataStream& s, TQPair<T1, T2>& p ) Reads a pair \a p from the stream \a s. The types T1 and T2 must implement the streaming operator as well. */ -/*! \fn QDataStream& operator<<( QDataStream& s, const QPair<T1, T2>& p ) +/*! \fn QDataStream& operator<<( QDataStream& s, const TQPair<T1, T2>& p ) Writes the pair \a p to the stream \a s. The types T1 and T2 must implement the streaming operator as well. diff --git a/doc/qptrlist.doc b/doc/qptrlist.doc index 7b784a66a..df8cfbb9b 100644 --- a/doc/qptrlist.doc +++ b/doc/qptrlist.doc @@ -79,19 +79,19 @@ { public: Employee() : sn( 0 ) { } - Employee( const QString& forename, const QString& surname, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary ) : fn( forename ), sn( surname ), sal( salary ) { } void setSalary( int salary ) { sal = salary; } - QString forename() const { return fn; } - QString surname() const { return sn; } + TQString forename() const { return fn; } + TQString surname() const { return sn; } int salary() const { return sal; } private: - QString fn; - QString sn; + TQString fn; + TQString sn; int sal; }; @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ \ingroup tools \ingroup text - If you want a string list of \l{QString}s use QStringList. + If you want a string list of \l{TQString}s use QStringList. This class is a QPtrList\<char\> instance (a list of char*). diff --git a/doc/qtl.doc b/doc/qtl.doc index aac2128d9..5fd0722c7 100644 --- a/doc/qtl.doc +++ b/doc/qtl.doc @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ object code. If you cannot make copies of the objects you want to store you should use QPtrCollection and friends, all of which operate on pointers rather than values. This applies, for example, to all classes derived -from \l QObject. A QObject does not have a copy constructor, so using +from \l TQObject. A TQObject does not have a copy constructor, so using it as value is impossible. You may choose to store pointers to QObjects in a QValueList, but using QPtrList directly seems to be the better choice for this kind of application domain. QPtrList, like all @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ If you intend sorting your data you must implement \c{operator<()} for your data's class. Good candidates for value based classes are QRect, QPoint, QSize, -QString and all simple C++ types, such as int, bool or double. +TQString and all simple C++ types, such as int, bool or double. The TQt Template Library is designed for speed. Iterators are extremely fast. To achieve this performance, less error checking is done than in @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ operator (it++, it--), since the former is slightly faster. The same concept applies to the other container classes: \code - typedef QMap<QString,QString> Map; + typedef QMap<TQString,TQString> Map; Map map; for( Map::iterator it = map.begin(); it != map.end(); ++it ) printf( "Key=%s Data=%s\n", it.key().ascii(), it.data().ascii() ); @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ Naturally, the sorting templates won't work with const iterators. tqSwap() exchanges the values of two variables: \code - QString second( "Einstein" ); - QString name( "Albert" ); + TQString second( "Einstein" ); + TQString name( "Albert" ); tqSwap( second, name ); \endcode @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ illustrates this: list2 << "Torben" << "Matthias"; tqCopy( list2.begin(), list2.end(), list1.begin() ); - QValueVector<QString> vec( list1.size(), "Dave" ); + QValueVector<TQString> vec( list1.size(), "Dave" ); tqCopy( list2.begin(), list2.end(), vec.begin() ); \endcode @@ -358,10 +358,10 @@ The same applies to QStringList, QValueStack and QMap. */ /*! - \fn QPair qMakePair(T1 t1, T2 t2) + \fn TQPair qMakePair(T1 t1, T2 t2) - \relates QPair + \relates TQPair This is a template convenience function. It is used to create a - QPair\<\> object that contains \a t1 and \a t2. + TQPair\<\> object that contains \a t1 and \a t2. */ diff --git a/doc/qtmac-as-native.doc b/doc/qtmac-as-native.doc index 5b1490926..ce5b07233 100644 --- a/doc/qtmac-as-native.doc +++ b/doc/qtmac-as-native.doc @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ it can interact with specific components of the Mac OS X experience: Interaction with the dock is limited, but at the very least the icon should be able to be interacted with. This can be achieved with - QWidget::setIcon(). The setIcon() call can be made as often as + TQWidget::setIcon(). The setIcon() call can be made as often as necessary, so can be used to provide a constantly updating pixmap that works as expected. diff --git a/doc/qvaluelist.doc b/doc/qvaluelist.doc index ba05b7fb5..2727356f4 100644 --- a/doc/qvaluelist.doc +++ b/doc/qvaluelist.doc @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ pointer-based containers. Some classes cannot be used within a QValueList, for example, all - classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that implement + classes derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueList. To qualify as a value the class must provide: \list @@ -98,18 +98,18 @@ { public: Employee(): sn(0) {} - Employee( const QString& forename, const QString& surname, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary ) : fn(forename), sn(surname), sal(salary) {} - QString forename() const { return fn; } - QString surname() const { return sn; } + TQString forename() const { return fn; } + TQString surname() const { return sn; } int salary() const { return sal; } void setSalary( int salary ) { sal = salary; } private: - QString fn; - QString sn; + TQString fn; + TQString sn; int sal; }; diff --git a/doc/qvaluestack.doc b/doc/qvaluestack.doc index 0995ddee0..f94c5e7be 100644 --- a/doc/qvaluestack.doc +++ b/doc/qvaluestack.doc @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ details. Some classes cannot be used within a QValueStack, for example - everything derived from QObject and thus all classes that + everything derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueStack. To qualify as a value, the class must provide \list diff --git a/doc/qvaluevector.doc b/doc/qvaluevector.doc index 262b66b58..c4df61f85 100644 --- a/doc/qvaluevector.doc +++ b/doc/qvaluevector.doc @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ positions. Some classes cannot be used within a QValueVector: for example, - all classes derived from QObject and thus all classes that + all classes derived from TQObject and thus all classes that implement widgets. Only values can be used in a QValueVector. To qualify as a value the class must provide: \list @@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ { public: Employee(): s(0) {} - Employee( const QString& name, int salary ) + Employee( const TQString& name, int salary ) : n( name ), s( salary ) { } - QString name() const { return n; } + TQString name() const { return n; } int salary() const { return s; } void setSalary( int salary ) { s = salary; } private: - QString n; + TQString n; int s; }; @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ QValueVector<int> vec1; // an empty vector vec1[10] = 4; // WARNING: undefined, probably a crash - QValueVector<QString> vec2(25); // initialize with 25 elements + QValueVector<TQString> vec2(25); // initialize with 25 elements vec2[10] = "Dave"; // OK \endcode diff --git a/doc/qws.doc b/doc/qws.doc index 1b640bff9..127552b6f 100644 --- a/doc/qws.doc +++ b/doc/qws.doc @@ -552,8 +552,8 @@ requirements at the cost of other factors. The following guidelines will improve CPU performance: \list - \i Create dialogs and widgets once, then QWidget::hide() and - QWidget::show() them, rather than creating them and deleting + \i Create dialogs and widgets once, then TQWidget::hide() and + TQWidget::show() them, rather than creating them and deleting them every time they are needed. This will use a little more memory, but will be much faster. Try to create them the first time "lazily" to avoid slow diff --git a/doc/session.doc b/doc/session.doc index 9652f1481..9ec9b4a96 100644 --- a/doc/session.doc +++ b/doc/session.doc @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ the state of the application. <strong>Important:</strong> In order to allow the window manager to restore window attributes such as stacking order or geometry information, you must identify your top level widgets with -unique application-wide object names (see \l{QObject::setName()}). When +unique application-wide object names (see \l{TQObject::setName()}). When restoring the application, you must ensure that all restored top level widgets are given the same unique names they had before. diff --git a/doc/shclass.doc b/doc/shclass.doc index 4d7ccadbb..02bb129ab 100644 --- a/doc/shclass.doc +++ b/doc/shclass.doc @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ These classes have a detach() function that can be called if you want your object to get a private copy of the shared data. They also have a copy() function that returns a deep copy with a reference count of 1. -The same is true for \l QImage, which does not inherit QMemArray. \l +The same is true for \l TQImage, which does not inherit QMemArray. \l QMovie is also explicitly shared, but it does not support detach() or copy(). @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ The TQt classes that are implicitly shared are: \i \l QPixmap \i \l QRegion \i \l QRegExp -\i \l QString +\i \l TQString \i \l QStringList \i \l QValueList \i \l QValueStack @@ -255,6 +255,6 @@ QValueVector, etc.) while you are iterating over it. inherited from QByteArray, such as data(), employ explicit sharing, while those only in QCString detach automatically. Thus, QCString is rather an "experts only" class, provided mainly to ease porting from TQt 1.x to TQt 2.0. -We recommend that you use \l QString, a purely implicitly shared class. +We recommend that you use \l TQString, a purely implicitly shared class. */ diff --git a/doc/signalsandslots.doc b/doc/signalsandslots.doc index 04c4fa966..d3c5c7c22 100644 --- a/doc/signalsandslots.doc +++ b/doc/signalsandslots.doc @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ called with the signal's parameters at the right time. Signals and slots can take any number of arguments of any type. They are completely typesafe: no more callback core dumps! -All classes that inherit from QObject or one of its subclasses -(e.g. QWidget) can contain signals and slots. Signals are emitted by +All classes that inherit from TQObject or one of its subclasses +(e.g. TQWidget) can contain signals and slots. Signals are emitted by objects when they change their state in a way that may be interesting to the outside world. This is all the object does to communicate. It does not know or care whether anything is receiving the signals it @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ A minimal C++ class declaration might read: A small TQt class might read: \code - class Foo : public QObject + class Foo : public TQObject { TQ_OBJECT public: @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ were connected to \c{a.setValue()}). A signal is emitted for \e{every} connection you make, so if you duplicate a connection, two signals will be emitted. You can always -break a connection using \c{QObject::disconnect()}. +break a connection using \c{TQObject::disconnect()}. This example illustrates that objects can work together without knowing about each other, as long as there is someone around to set up a @@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ information on Qt's Meta Object System, see \link templates.html Why doesn't TQt use templates for signals and slots?\endlink.) The meta object contains additional information such as the object's \link -QObject::className() class name\endlink. You can also check if an object -\link QObject::inherits() inherits\endlink a specific class, for example: +TQObject::className() class name\endlink. You can also check if an object +\link TQObject::inherits() inherits\endlink a specific class, for example: \code if ( widget->inherits("QButton") ) { @@ -329,8 +329,8 @@ Here is a simple commented example (code fragments from \l ntqlcdnumber.h ). class QLCDNumber : public QFrame \endcode -QLCDNumber inherits QObject, which has most of the signal/slot -knowledge, via QFrame and QWidget, and #include's the relevant +QLCDNumber inherits TQObject, which has most of the signal/slot +knowledge, via QFrame and TQWidget, and #include's the relevant declarations. \code @@ -346,11 +346,11 @@ include the moc output in the link command. \code public: - QLCDNumber( QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); - QLCDNumber( uint numDigits, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); + QLCDNumber( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); + QLCDNumber( uint numDigits, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); \endcode -It's not obviously relevant to the moc, but if you inherit QWidget you +It's not obviously relevant to the moc, but if you inherit TQWidget you almost certainly want to have the \e{parent} and \e{name} arguments in your constructors, and pass them to the parent constructor. diff --git a/doc/sql-driver.doc b/doc/sql-driver.doc index 657c50a41..995c35852 100644 --- a/doc/sql-driver.doc +++ b/doc/sql-driver.doc @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ public: ~QNullResult() {} protected: QVariant data( int ) { return QVariant(); } - bool reset ( const QString& ) { return FALSE; } + bool reset ( const TQString& ) { return FALSE; } bool fetch( int ) { return FALSE; } bool fetchFirst() { return FALSE; } bool fetchLast() { return FALSE; } @@ -726,10 +726,10 @@ public: QNullDriver(): QSqlDriver() {} ~QNullDriver() {} bool hasFeature( DriverFeature ) const { return FALSE; } - bool open( const QString&, - const QString&, - const QString&, - const QString&, + bool open( const TQString&, + const TQString&, + const TQString&, + const TQString&, int ) { return FALSE; } void close() {} QSqlQuery createQuery() const { return QSqlQuery( new QNullResult( this ) ); } diff --git a/doc/sql.doc b/doc/sql.doc index 4013798e5..d39d48298 100644 --- a/doc/sql.doc +++ b/doc/sql.doc @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ calls to setCalculated(). \skipto InvoiceItem \printline InvoiceItem -\printuntil QString::null +\printuntil TQString::null \printline \caption From \l sql/overview/subclass4/main.cpp diff --git a/doc/threads.doc b/doc/threads.doc index f6226c03f..951656b7b 100644 --- a/doc/threads.doc +++ b/doc/threads.doc @@ -208,32 +208,32 @@ Normally, the programmer would like to include some information in the event sent to the widget. See the documentation for QCustomEvent for more information on user-defined events. -\section1 Threads and QObject subclasses +\section1 Threads and TQObject subclasses -The QObject class itself is \e reentrant. However, certain rules +The TQObject class itself is \e reentrant. However, certain rules apply when creating and using QObjects in a thread that is not the GUI thread. \list 1 -\i \e None of the QObject based classes included in the TQt library are -\e reentrant. This includes all widgets (e.g. QWidget and +\i \e None of the TQObject based classes included in the TQt library are +\e reentrant. This includes all widgets (e.g. TQWidget and subclasses), OS kernel classes (e.g. QProcess, QAccel, QTimer), and all networking classes (e.g. QSocket, QDns). -\i QObject and all of its subclasses are \e not \e thread-safe. This +\i TQObject and all of its subclasses are \e not \e thread-safe. This includes the entire event delivery system. It is important to -remember that the GUI thread may be delivering events to your QObject +remember that the GUI thread may be delivering events to your TQObject subclass while you are accessing the object from another thread. If -you are using QObject in a thread that is not the GUI thread, and you +you are using TQObject in a thread that is not the GUI thread, and you are handling events sent to this object, you \e must protect all access to your data with a mutex; otherwise you may experience crashes or other undesired behavior. -\i As a corollary to the above, deleting a QObject while pending +\i As a corollary to the above, deleting a TQObject while pending events are waiting to be delivered can cause a crash. You must not -delete the QObject directly from a thread that is not the GUI thread. -Use the QObject::deleteLater() method instead, which will cause the +delete the TQObject directly from a thread that is not the GUI thread. +Use the TQObject::deleteLater() method instead, which will cause the event loop to delete the object after all pending events have been delivered to the object. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ are examples of simple GUI operations: QPainter p; p.begin( mywidget ); - p.setPen( QColor( "red" ) ); + p.setPen( TQColor( "red" ) ); p.drawLine( 0,0,100,100 ); p.end(); @@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ Any operations that generate events must not be called by any thread other than the GUI thread. Examples of such operations are: \list -\i creating a QWidget, QTimer, QSocketNotifier, QSocket or other network class. -\i moving, resizing, showing or hiding a QWidget. +\i creating a TQWidget, QTimer, QSocketNotifier, QSocket or other network class. +\i moving, resizing, showing or hiding a TQWidget. \i starting or stoping a QTimer. \i enabling or disabling a QSocketNotifier. \i using a QSocket or other network class. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Events generated by these operations will be lost on some platforms. \section1 Threads and Signals and Slots The Signals and Slots mechanism can be used in separate threads, as -long as the rules for QObject based classes are followed. The Signals +long as the rules for TQObject based classes are followed. The Signals and Slots mechanism is synchronous: when a signal is emitted, all slots are called immediately. The slots are executed in the thread context that emitted the signal. @@ -322,15 +322,15 @@ Some things to watch out for when programming with threads: \list -\i As mentioned above, QObject based classes are neither thread-safe -nor reentrant. This includes all widgets (e.g. QWidget and +\i As mentioned above, TQObject based classes are neither thread-safe +nor reentrant. This includes all widgets (e.g. TQWidget and subclasses), OS kernel classes (e.g. QProcess, QAccel), and all networking classes (e.g. QSocket, QDns). -\i Deleting a QObject while pending events are waiting to be delivered +\i Deleting a TQObject while pending events are waiting to be delivered will cause a crash. If you are creating QObjects in a thread that is not the GUI thread and posting events to these objects, you should not -delete the QObject directly. Use the QObject::deleteLater() method +delete the TQObject directly. Use the TQObject::deleteLater() method instead, which will cause the event loop to delete the object after all pending events have been delivered to the object. diff --git a/doc/tutorial.doc b/doc/tutorial.doc index 3f25932b9..eff571709 100644 --- a/doc/tutorial.doc +++ b/doc/tutorial.doc @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ mentions at the top which file needs to be included to use that class. QPushButton is a classical GUI push button that the user can press and release. It manages its own look and feel, like every other \l -QWidget. A widget is a user interface object that can process user +TQWidget. A widget is a user interface object that can process user input and draw graphics. The programmer can change both the overall \link QApplication::setStyle() look and feel\endlink and many minor properties of it (such as color), as well as the widget's content. A @@ -263,14 +263,14 @@ QApplication::setFont()) for the whole application. \printline connect connect() is perhaps \e the most central feature of Qt. -Note that connect() is a static function in QObject. Do not confuse it +Note that connect() is a static function in TQObject. Do not confuse it with the connect() function in the socket library. This line establishes a one-way connection between two TQt objects (objects -that inherit QObject, directly or indirectly). Every TQt object can have +that inherit TQObject, directly or indirectly). Every TQt object can have both \c signals (to send messages) and \c slots (to receive messages). All -widgets are TQt objects. They inherit QWidget which in turn inherits -QObject. +widgets are TQt objects. They inherit TQWidget which in turn inherits +TQObject. Here, the \e clicked() signal of \e quit is connected to the \e quit() slot of \e a, so that when the button is clicked, the @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ We add an include of ntqvbox.h to get the layout class we'll use. Here we simply create a vertical box container. The QVBox arranges its child widgets in a vertical row, one above the other, handing out -space according to each child's \l QWidget::sizePolicy(). +space according to each child's \l TQWidget::sizePolicy(). \printline resize @@ -350,15 +350,15 @@ the parent has. \printline show When a parent widget is shown, it will call show for all its children -(except those on which you have done an explicit \l QWidget::hide()). +(except those on which you have done an explicit \l TQWidget::hide()). \section1 Behavior The button no longer fills the entire widget. Instead, it gets a "natural" size. This is because there is now a new top-level widget, which uses the button's size hint and size change policy to set the -button's size and position. (See \l QWidget::sizeHint() and \l -QWidget::setSizePolicy() for more information about these functions.) +button's size and position. (See \l TQWidget::sizeHint() and \l +TQWidget::setSizePolicy() for more information about these functions.) (See \link tutorial1-01.html#compiling Compiling\endlink for how to create a makefile and build the application.) @@ -395,12 +395,12 @@ minimum and maximum sizes of a widget, and introduces widget names. \skipto MyWidget \printuntil } -Here we create a new class. Because this class inherits from QWidget, +Here we create a new class. Because this class inherits from TQWidget, the new class is a widget and may be a top level window or a child widget (like the push button in Chapter 3). This class has only one member, a constructor (in addition to the -members it inherits from QWidget). The constructor is a standard Qt +members it inherits from TQWidget). The constructor is a standard Qt widget constructor; you should always include a similar constructor when you create widgets. @@ -411,15 +411,15 @@ defaults to be a top-level window. The second argument is the widget's name. This is \e not the text that appears in the window's title bar or in the button. It is a name associated with a widget to make it possible to \link -QObject::queryList() look up \endlink this widget later, and there is -also a \link QObject::dumpObjectTree() handy debugging function +TQObject::queryList() look up \endlink this widget later, and there is +also a \link TQObject::dumpObjectTree() handy debugging function \endlink that will list a complete widget hierarchy. \printline MyWidget -\printline QWidget +\printline TQWidget The implementation of the constructor starts here. Like most widgets, -it just passes on the \c parent and \c name to the QWidget +it just passes on the \c parent and \c name to the TQWidget constructor. \printuntil setMaximumSize @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ here because we use Qt's automatic layout support. \target constructor \printuntil { -MyWidget is now derived from QVBox instead of QWidget. That way we use +MyWidget is now derived from QVBox instead of TQWidget. That way we use the layout of the QVBox (which places all of its children vertically inside itself). Resizes are now handled automatically by the QVBox and therefore by MyWidget, too. @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ CannonField is a new custom widget that knows how to display itself. \skipto class \printuntil parent=0 -CannonField inherits QWidget, and we use the same idiom as for LCDRange. +CannonField inherits TQWidget, and we use the same idiom as for LCDRange. \printuntil angleChanged @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ provide an interface using the same idiom as for value in LCDRange. \printline protected \printline paintEvent -This is the second of the many event handlers in QWidget that we +This is the second of the many event handlers in TQWidget that we encounter. This virtual function is called by TQt whenever a widget needs to update itself (i.e., paint the widget's surface). @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ important to only emit the signal angleChanged() when the angle \e really has changed. Then we set the new angle value and repaint our widget. The \l -QWidget::repaint() function clears the widget (usually filling it with +TQWidget::repaint() function clears the widget (usually filling it with its background color) and sends a paint event to the widget. This results in a call to the paint event function of the widget. @@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ contains the region in the widget that must be updated. For the time being, we will be lazy and just paint everything. Our code displays the angle value in the widget at a fixed position. -First we create a QString with some text and the angle; then we create +First we create a TQString with some text and the angle; then we create a QPainter operating on this widget and use it to paint the string. We'll come back to QPainter later; it can do a great many things. @@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ coordinates. First we create a rectangle with the size 50x50 and then move it so its bottom left corner is equal to the widget's own bottom- left corner. -The \l QWidget::rect() function returns the widget's enclosing +The \l TQWidget::rect() function returns the widget's enclosing rectangle in the widget's own coordinates (where the top left corner is 0, 0). @@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ Make a moving target. Make sure that the target is always created entirely on-screen. Make sure that the widget cannot be resized so that the target isn't -visible. Hint: \l QWidget::setMinimumSize() is your friend. +visible. Hint: \l TQWidget::setMinimumSize() is your friend. Not easy; make it possible to have several shots in the air at the same time. Hint: make a Shot object. @@ -2071,9 +2071,9 @@ implementation. \quotefile t13/lcdrange.h \skipto include -\printuntil QWidget +\printuntil TQWidget -We inherit QWidget rather than QVBox. QVBox is very easy to use, but +We inherit TQWidget rather than QVBox. QVBox is very easy to use, but again it showed its limitations so we switch to the more powerful and slightly harder to use QVBoxLayout. (As you remember, QVBoxLayout is not a widget, it manages one.) @@ -2089,9 +2089,9 @@ We need to include ntqlayout.h now to get the other layout management API. \printline LCDRange -\printline QWidget +\printline TQWidget -We inherit QWidget in the usual way. +We inherit TQWidget in the usual way. The other constructor has the same change. init() is unchanged, except that we've added some lines at the end: @@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ coordinate system. This is another TQt event handler. It is called when the user already has pressed the mouse button inside this widget and then moves/drags the mouse. (You can make TQt send mouse move events even when no -buttons are pressed. See \l QWidget::setMouseTracking().) +buttons are pressed. See \l TQWidget::setMouseTracking().) This handler repositions the cannon's barrel according to the position of the mouse cursor. diff --git a/doc/tutorial2.doc b/doc/tutorial2.doc index 4066338e0..c8ab98555 100644 --- a/doc/tutorial2.doc +++ b/doc/tutorial2.doc @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ separator. The final field is the label followed by a newline. To read an element we read one record (i.e. one line). We break the data into fields using QStringList::split(). Because it is possible that a label will contain \c FIELD_SEP characters we use -QString::section() to extract all the text from the last field to the +TQString::section() to extract all the text from the last field to the end of the line. If there are enough fields and the value, colors and pattern data is valid we use \c Element::set() to write this data into the element; otherwise we leave the element \c INVALID. We then @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ the elements (in the \c m_elements \c ElementVector) when the form is constructed, and also whenever the user loads an existing data set or creates a new data set. -We reset the caption and set the current filename to QString::null. We +We reset the caption and set the current filename to TQString::null. We also populate the elements vector with invalid elements. This isn't necessary, but giving each element a different color is more convenient for the user since when they enter values each one will @@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ color and set the cell's text to the new color's name. If the user clicks OK we must update the elements vector. We iterate over the vector and set each element's value to the value the user has entered or \c INVALID if the value is invalid. We set the value color -and the label color by constructing QColor temporaries that take a +and the label color by constructing TQColor temporaries that take a color name as argument. The pattern is set to the pattern combobox's current item with an offset of 1 (since our pattern numbers begin at 1, but the combobox's items are indexed from 0). diff --git a/doc/unicode.doc b/doc/unicode.doc index d4e5a2732..405320d3d 100644 --- a/doc/unicode.doc +++ b/doc/unicode.doc @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ strings are stored using Unicode. TQt provides: QTextCodec and \l QTextStream. \i Translation from Input Methods and 8-bit keyboard input. \i Translation to legacy character sets for on-screen display. -\i A string class, \l QString, that stores Unicode characters, with +\i A string class, \l TQString, that stores Unicode characters, with support for migrating from C strings including fast (cached) translation to and from US-ASCII, and all the usual string operations. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ even on Windows platforms that do not support it natively. \endlist -To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using QString for storing +To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using TQString for storing all user-visible strings, and performing all text file I/O using QTextStream. Use \l QKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom widgets you write; it does not make much difference for slow typists @@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ in Western Europe or North America, but for fast typists or people using special input methods using text() is beneficial. All the function arguments in TQt that may be user-visible strings, \l -QLabel::setText() and a many others, take \c{const QString &}s. -\l QString provides implicit casting from \c{const char *} +QLabel::setText() and a many others, take \c{const TQString &}s. +\l TQString provides implicit casting from \c{const char *} so that things like \code myLabel->setText( "Hello, Dolly!" ); \endcode -will work. There is also a function, \l QObject::tr(), that provides +will work. There is also a function, \l TQObject::tr(), that provides translation support, like this: \code myLabel->setText( tr("Hello, Dolly!") ); @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Since US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 are so common, there are also especially fast functions for mapping to and from them. For example, to open an application's icon one might do this: \code - QFile f( QString::fromLatin1("appicon.png") ); + QFile f( TQString::fromLatin1("appicon.png") ); \endcode Regarding output, TQt will do a best-effort conversion from diff --git a/doc/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.doc b/doc/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.doc index f09aeb763..7884ef445 100644 --- a/doc/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.doc +++ b/doc/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.doc @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Let's have a brief look at the API of our handler class \quotefile xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.h \skipto include -\printuntil QString +\printuntil TQString \printline StructureParser \printuntil { -- cgit v1.2.1